Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
36 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
ajinam2.7.50NeuterSingularcarma, kṛtti
anugrahaḥ3.4.13MasculineSingularabhyupapatti
caṇḍālaḥ2.10.19MasculineSingularantevāsī, janaṅgamaḥ, plavaḥ, pukkasaḥ, śvapacaḥ, divākīrtti, cāṇḍālaḥ, niṣādaḥ, mātaṅgaḥ
daivajñaḥ2.8.13MasculineSingularmauhūrttaḥ, sāṃvatsaraḥ, ‍kārtāntikaḥ, jyautiṣikaḥ, daivajñaḥ, gaṇakaḥ, mauhūrttikaḥ
dharmadhvajī2.7.58MasculineSingularliṅgavṛtti
ekāgraḥ3.1.79MasculineSingularekatālaḥ, ananyavṛtti, ekāyanaḥ, ekasargaḥ, ekāgryaḥ, ekāyanagataḥ
gātrānulepanī1.2.134FeminineSingularvartti
janusNeuterSingularjanma, janiḥ, utpatti, udbhavaḥ, jananambirth
jīvikā2.9.1FeminineSingular‍ājīvaḥ, vārtā, vṛtti, vartanam, jīvanam
kīlaḥ3.3.204Ubhaya-lingaSingularkṛttikāḥ, gauḥ, agniḥ, śitiḥ
mṛtFeminineSingularmṛtti
nāpitaḥ2.10.10MasculineSingularkṣurī, muṇḍī, divākīrtti, antāvasāyī
nivāryaḥ3.1.11MasculineSingularsattvasampatti
pādātam2.8.68NeuterSingularpa‍ttisaṃhatiḥ
padātiḥ2.8.68MasculineSingularpādātikaḥ, pa‍dājiḥ, padgaḥ, padikaḥ, pa‍tti, padagaḥ
pataṅgikā2.5.29FeminineSingularputti
pravāhaḥ2.4.18MasculineSingularpravṛtti
puraskṛtaḥ3.3.90MasculineSingularabhidheyaḥ, rāḥ, vastu, prayojanam, nivṝtti
śaṃbhuḥMasculineSingularkapardī, kapālabhṛt, virūpākṣaḥ, sarvajñaḥ, haraḥ, tryambakaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, ahirbudhnyaḥ, paśupatiḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, maheśvaraḥ, īśānaḥ, bhūteśaḥ, giriśaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, ugraḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, mahādevaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, bhargaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, bhīmaḥ, umāpatiḥ, īśaḥ, gajāriḥ, śūlī, śarvaḥ, candraśekharaḥ, girīśaḥ, mṛtyuñjayaḥ, prathamādhipaḥ, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, trilocanaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, smaraharaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, bhavaḥ, rudraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, śivaḥ, īśvaraḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, mṛḍaḥ, pinākī(51)shiva, god
sevā2.9.2FeminineSingularśvavṛtti
sṛṣṭam3.3.45MasculineSingularantaḥ, niṣpatti, nāśaḥ
ūṣaḥ2.1.4MasculineSingularkṣāramṛtti
vanitā3.3.80FeminineSingularvṛtti, janaśrutiḥ
vārtāFeminineSingularvṛttāntaḥ, udantaḥ, pravṛttinews
attiFeminineSingularan older sister
saṃvarttiFeminineSingularnavadalama new leaf of lotus
bhittiFeminineSingularkuḍyam
taittiram2.5.45NeuterSingular
parivitti2.7.60MasculineSingular
sampatti2.8.82FeminineSingularśrīḥ, lakṣmīḥ, saṃpat
vipatti2.8.83FeminineSingular‍vipat, āpat
vṛtti2.9.2FeminineSingular
utpatti3.1.27MasculineSingularutpatiṣṇuḥ
sahāñcatti3.1.33MasculineSingular
patti3.3.79FeminineSingularvedaḥ, śravaḥ
vṛtti3.3.79FeminineSingulardhairyaḥ, dhāraṇam
Monier-Williams Search
1318 results for tti
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
ttif. "gift"(fr.1. -). See bh/aga--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinirvṛttif. resulting, proceeding, accomplishment. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiniṣpattif. appearance commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipattif. seizing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipattipossession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipattimatmfn. possessed of, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisampattif. becoming anything, becoming similar or equal to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhitṛttif. the act of procuring or gaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhittif. not bursting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhittif. no wall View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhittimfn. having no walls id est no solid foundation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivṛttif. coming towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhūyaḥsaṃnivṛttif. no return any more View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyāvṛttif. repetition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupapattif. approaching in order to assist, protection, defence (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' [ ]or with genitive case [ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupapattif. favour, the conferring of a benefit or kindness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupapattif. agreement, assent commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupapattif. impregnation of a woman (especially of a brother's widow, as an act of duty) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyupapattif. (also) confession of faith, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acittif. want of sense, infatuation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acittif. (figuratively said of) an infatuated man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanasaṃvṛttif. community of occupation in reciting (the veda- etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adrohavṛttif. conduct free from malice or treachery. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agniprāyaścitti([ ]) f. an expiatory act during the preparation of the sacrificial fire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhāravṛttif. livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhavṛttimfn. not behaving as the eldest brother ([ ]) , or (ajyeṣṭha-vṛtti-) behaving like one who has no elder brother. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpadeśavṛttitvasee vyā-- vṛtta-, parasmE-pada 1039 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpaniṣpatti View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amṛtotpattif. the production of the amṛta- (Name of a chapter of the first book of the rāmāyaṇa-, relating how the amṛta- was obtained by the gods). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananyavṛttimfn. closely attentive. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāpattimfn. guiltless, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anativṛttif. congruity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavacchittif. uninterruptedness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāvṛttif. non-return to a body, final emancipation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāvṛttibhayamfn. having no fear of return to worldly existence, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāyattavṛttimfn. having an independent livelihood. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāyattavṛttif. independence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anirvṛttif. incompleteness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aniṣpattif. non-accomplishment, incompletion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aniyatavṛttimfn. having no fixed or regular employment or income. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antarvṛttif. internal condition, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anubhittiind. along a mat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anucchittif. ( chid-), not cutting off, non-extirpation, non-destruction, indestructibility. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anucchittidharman(/anucchitti--) mfn. possessing the virtue (or faculty) of being indestructible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupapattif. non-accomplishment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupapattif. failure of proof View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupapattif. inconclusive argumentation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupapattif. irrelevancy, inapplicability View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupapattif. insufficiency of means, adversity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anupravṛttif. (accusative with kṛ-,"to pay attention to"), ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutpattif. failure, non-production View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutpattimfn. not (yet) produced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutpattikadharmakṣāntif. acquiescence in the state which is still future, preparation for a future state View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutpattikadharmakṣāntif. (with Buddhists) resignation to consequences which have not yet arisen, (confer, compare ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anutpattisamamf(ā-) (in nyāya- philosophy) arguing against a thing by trying to show that nothing exists from which it could spring. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvittif. finding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvṛttif. following, acting suitably to, having regard or respect to, complying with, the act of continuance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvṛttif. (in pāṇini-'s grammar) continued course or influence of a preceding rule on what follows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvṛttif. reverting to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvṛttif. imitating, doing or acting in like manner. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuvṛttif. (in dramatic language) politeness, courtesy, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyathāvṛttimfn. altered, disturbed by strong emotion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyāyavṛttimfn. (= - vartin-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyonyavṛttim. mutual effect of one upon another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apanuttif. removing, taking or sending away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apanuttif. expiation and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparāvṛttivartinmfn. turned away not to return, dcceased, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpattif. happening, occurring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpattif. entering into a state or condition, entering into relationship with, changing into etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpattif. incurring, misfortune, calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpattif. fault, transgression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavṛttif. slipping off, end View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāvṛttif. equals ud-vartana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratipattif. non-ascertainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratipattif. not understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratipattif. the state of being undecided or confused View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratipattif. non-performance, failure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apravṛttif. not proceeding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apravṛttif. no further effect or applicability of a precept View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apravṛttif. abstaining from action, inertion, non-excitement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apravṛttiwant of news about (genitive case), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apravṛttif. (in med.) suppression of the natural evacuations, constipation, ischury, etc.
apravṛttimfn. inactive, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apunarāvṛttif. final exemption from life or transmigration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthābhinirvṛttif. accomplishment or successful issue of any matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthābhipattif. resulting from the facts, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthanirvṛttif. fulfilling of a purpose, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthāpattif. inference from circumstances, a disjunctive hypothetical syllogism. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthāpattisamafn. an inference by which the quality of any object is attributed to another object because of their sharing some other quality in common View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthavipattif. failing of an aim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arthāvṛttif. (in rhetoric) re-occurrence of words of the same sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asadvṛttif. low or degrading occupation or profession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asadvṛttimfn. following evil practices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamāvṛttikam. idem or ' m. idem or 'm. a religious student who has not yet completed the period of his residence with his teacher and who therefore has not yet returned home ' (varia lectio)' (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃpattif. ill-luck, want of success, failure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃpattif. the not being sufficient View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃvṛttif. non-completion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsattif. vicinity, proximity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsattif. intimate union View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsattif. uninterrupted sequence (of words equals saṃ-nidhi- q.v), continual succession etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsattif. embarrassment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsattif. perplexity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsattif. reaching, obtaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsattif. gain, profit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśiṣyavṛttimfn. not behaving like a pupil, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśuvṛttitvan. the proceeding quickly commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiparokṣavṛttimfn. (in grammar) having a nature that is no longer discernible id est obsolete. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atipattif. going beyond, passing, lapse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atipattif. kriyātipatti-, the passing by of an action unaccomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atipravṛttif. issuing abundantly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativṛttif. surpassing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativṛttif. hyperbolical meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativṛttif. (in med.) excessive action. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmavṛttif. one's own circumstances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
attim. an eater View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atti f. elder sister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
attietc. See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
attif. elder sister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupapattikamfn. (fr. upa-patti-), present, ready at hand, fit for the purpose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autpattikamf(ī-)n. (fr. ut-patti-), relating to origin, inborn, original, natural etc.; a4@priori View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autpattikamf(ī-)n. inherent, eternal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvaśyakabṛhadvṛttif. Name of a jaina- work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avattinmfn. (after a cardinal num.)"dividing into so many parts" See catur-av- and pañcāi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avittif. (3. vid-), the not finding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avittif. the not possessing, poverty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avṛttif. inadequate support, absence of subsistence or livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avṛttimfn. not happening or occurring. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. turning towards, entering, turning back or from, reversion, retreat, flight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. recurrence to the same point etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. repetition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. repetition (as a figure of rhetoric) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. turn of a way, course, direction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. occurrence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. revolving, going round etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. worldly existence, the revolution of births View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttif. use, employment, application. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvṛttidīpakan. (in rhetoric) enforcing a statement by repeating it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avṛttikamfn. not having to live upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avṛttikamfn. not yielding livelihood (as a country). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyāpyavṛttimfn. being of limited application, of partial inherence (with reference to place and time, as pain, pleasure, love, hatred, virtue, vice, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyāvṛttif. not turning away from (ablative), not neglecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. dependence, subjection, subjecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. affection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. power, strength View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. boundary, limit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. sleeping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. majesty, dignity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. future time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyattif. continuance in the right way, steadiness of conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahirvṛttif. occupation with external objects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bakavṛttimfn. one who acts like a heron, a hypocrite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balābalasūtrabṛhadvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālabhāṣāvyākaraṇasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagatti(bh/aga--) f. (for bh-+ datti-) a gift of fortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavittim. (bh/āga--) patronymic fr. bhaga-vitta- (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavittim. Name of a son of kuthumi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavittikam. patronymic fr. prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavittikīyamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavṛttimfn. subsisting by the vulva View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavṛttif. Name of a gram. work (also ttikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavṛttikāram. Name of its author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgyavṛttif. course or state of fortune, destiny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaikṣavṛttif. equals -jīvikā-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaikṣavṛttimfn. living by charity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṇḍarañjakamṛttif. a particular colouring earth used by potters View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharaheśvaravṛttif. Name of work (see bhareha-nagarī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharatasūtravṛttif. bharatasūtra
bhāṣāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣāvṛttyarthavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣyakāraprapattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṣyavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaṭṭavārttikan. Name of work
bhikṣāvṛttimfn. living on alms, begging View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhikṣusūtrabhāṣyavārttikan. Name of a commentator or commentary on prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnavṛttimfn. having different occupations View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnavṛttimfn. having a different profession commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnavṛttimfn. leading a bad life, following evil courses (equals vṛtta-; bhinnavṛttitā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnavṛttimfn. wrong reading for -vṛtta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhinnavṛttif. bhinnavṛtti
bhittif. breaking, splitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. a mat (made of split reeds) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. a wall (of earth or masonry), partition, panel etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with parts of the body) a wall-like surface (see kapola--, gaṇḍa-bh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. a fragment, bit, portion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. a place, spot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. a rent, fissure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. a flaw, deficiency View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. an opportunity, occasion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhitticauram. "wall-burglar", a house-breaker View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittikamf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals bhitti-, breaking, splitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittikamf(ā-)n. a wall View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. a partition, wall View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. a small house-lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittif. Asparagus Racemosus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittikhātanam. "wall-digger", a rat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhittipātanam. "wall-destroyer", a kind of rat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhogāvalivṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojanavṛttif. plural course or act of eating, a meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojarājavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhojarājavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrātṛvyāpanuttif. equals vya-parāṇutti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrātṛvyaparāṇutti(bhr/ā-) f. the driving away a rivals
bhṛtyavṛttif. subsistence of servant or dependents View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūyaḥsaṃnivṛttif. returning once more (See a-bhūyaḥ-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhipariniṣpattif. perfect knowledge, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajñānavipratipattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brāhmaṇābhyupapattif. protection or preservation of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtrabhāṣyavārttikan. Name of Comm. on Comm. on the brahma-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtrādvaitavṛttif. Name of Comm. on the brahma-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtralaghuvārttikan. Name of Comm. on the brahma-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtravṛttif. Name of Comm. on the brahma-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtravṛttivārttikan.Name of Comm. on Comm. on the brahma-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtropanyāsavṛttif. Name of Comm. on Comm. on the brahma-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavṛttif. the livelihood or subsistence of a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadāraṇyakabhāṣyavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadāraṇyakāpaniṣadvārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadāraṇyakavārttikasāramn. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhadvṛttif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhattiktāf. Clypea Hernandifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caittikamfn. belonging to thought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍavṛttimfn. "of an impetuous character", obstinate, rebellious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturavattinmfn. one who offers oblations consisting of 4 avadāna-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cauryavṛttimfn. living on thievery (varia lectio ra-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cauryavṛttif. practice of theft or robbery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cetti c/etya- See cit-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandonuśāsanavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chitti ttvara- See 1. chid-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chittif. division View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chittif. Pongamia glabra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cidvṛttif. spiritual action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citpravṛttif. thinking, reflection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrabhittif. a painted wall, picture on a wall View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citravṛttif. any astonishing act or practice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittānuvṛttimfn. idem or 'mfn. equals tta-cārin- ( cittānuvartitva rti-tva- n.abstr.) (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')' ( cittānuvṛtttitva tti-tva- n.abstr.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittānuvṛttif. gratification of wishes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittānuvṛtttitvan. cittānuvṛtti
cittavṛttif. state of mind, feeling, emotion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittavṛttif. continuous course of thoughts (opposed to concentration), thinking, imagining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittavṛttif. disposition of soul View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittif. thinking, thought, understanding, wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittif. intention (along with, /ākūti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittif. (plural) thoughts, devotion, [hence equals karman-,"an act of worship" ] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittif. a wise person, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittif. "Thought", Name of the wife of atharvan- and mother of dadhyac- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittif. see /a--, pūrv/a--, pr/āyaś--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citti2. f. crackling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citti2. citt/i-. See 4. cit- and 6. cit-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittinmfn. intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittinSee 4. cit-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittonnattif. equals tta-samunn- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daivadattim. patronymic fr. deva-datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daivadattikamf(ī-)n. relating to deva-datta- gaRa kāśy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
darśapūrṇamāsaprāyaścittif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattif. a gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattikam. forms of names terminating in -datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattilam. forms of names terminating in -datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattiyam. forms of names terminating in -datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehambharavārttikamfn. idem or 'mfn. intent (only) upon nourishing the body or prolonging life ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehambharavārttikamfn. voracious, gluttonous (see udaram-bh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehavṛttif. support of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devadattif. diminutive for -datta-, Va1rtt. 4
devavṛttif. deva-'s (id est puruṣottama-- deva-datta-'s) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhairyavṛttif. steady conduct, composure ( read ujjhita-dhai-rya-vṛttir- varia lectio vṛttam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhairyavṛttimfn. of steady conduct, steadily behaved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanasampatti() f. accumulation or abundance of wealth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanotpattif. income, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmaniṣpattif. fulfilment of duty, moral or religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmapravṛttif. practice of virtue, pious act View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmapravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmasaṃgrahanivṛttif. Name of a jaina- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmavṛttif. "explanation of the law", Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmitāvacchedakapratyāsattif. Name of work
dharmitāvacchedakapratyāsattinirūpaṇan. Name of work
dhātupārāyaṇavṛttif. Name of work on verbal roots. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhātuvṛttif. commentator or commentary on verbal roots, (with mādhavīyā-) sāyaṇa-'s commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhavalamṛttif. "white earth", chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dolācalacittavṛtti() mfn. one whose mind is agitated like a swing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
doṣāpattif. incurring a fault View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drohavṛttimfn. malicious, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durghaṭavṛttif. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvṛttif. distress, misery, want View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvṛttif. vice, crime (varia lectio vṛtta-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durvṛttif. juggling, fraud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣpravṛttif. bad news View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśāhaprayogavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaidattim. patronymic fr. dvi-datta- (wrong reading daivadatti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvayadvayasamāpattif. copulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyādivyutpattivādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvyāśrayakośavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyūtavṛttim. a professional gambler View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dyūtavṛttim. the keeper of a gambling-house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaikavṛttimfn. existing in only one object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
evaṃvṛttimfn. acting or behaving in such a manner, of such a kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇḍabhittif. the cheek fancifully regarded as a flat wall, cheek-bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhavipattif. the death of the foetus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
garbhotpattif. the formation of the embryo. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauratittirim. a kind of partridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanabhittimfn. furnished with thick walls View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanasaṃvṛttif. profound secrecy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭakarparakulakavṛttif. Name of a commentator or commentary on the preceding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
golattif. a kind of animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
golattietc. See g/o-, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
granthavṛttif. a quotation (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhabhittif. a house-wall View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇāntarāpattif. attainment of another quality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇavṛttif. a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opposed to mukhyā vṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇavṛttif. the secondary force of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guṇavṛttif. character or style of qualities or merits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurutalpāpanuttif. the violation of a teacher's bed, 107 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guruvadvṛttif. behaving to any one with as much respect as to a sacred teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guruvṛttimfn. long by nature (vowel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guruvṛttif. behaviour towards one's Guru
guruvṛttiparamfn. trying to behave respectfully towards a Guru View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harṣacaritavārttikan. Name of Comm. on the above work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hīnavṛttimfn. of base conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hlattiSee pra-hl- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
holikotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayavṛttif. disposition or inclination of heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hutāśavṛttif. subsistence gained by working with fire (as at a forge) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hutāśavṛttimfn. subsisting by fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
icchānivṛttif. suppression or cessation of desire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indriyavipratipattif. perversion of the organs, erroneous or perverted perception. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indriyavṛttif. sensitive faculty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janyavṛttif. contest, fight, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātiparivṛttif. change or succession of births View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātyutpattikramam. Name (also title or epithet) of a chapter of the skanda-purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīvavṛttif. "livelihood by living beings", breeding or keeping cattle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavṛttimfn. behaving like an eldest brother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavṛttif. the duties of seniority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyotpattif. the calculation of sines View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālāntarāvṛttiśubhāśubhan. plural good and evil things occurring within the revolutions of time. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmadattif. Name of a daughter of śata-dhanvan- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapolabhittif. idem or 'n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).), the cheekbone ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāpotavṛttimfn. one who subsists like a pigeon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmanivṛttif. the end of a rite, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karttif. a dagger, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikam. (fr. kṛttikā- q.v;with or without māsa-), Name of a month corresponding to part of October and November (the twelfth month of the year, when the full moon is near the Pleiades) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikam. Name of skanda- (See kārttikeya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikam. of a varṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikam. of a medical author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikamn. Name of the first year in Jupiter's period of revolution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikakuṇḍam. Name of a physician commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikamāhātmyan. Name of a section of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikamahimanm. "the greatness of kārttika-", Name of a treatise on the festivals of that month. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikapūrṇimāf. Name (also title or epithet) of a festival, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikaśālim. rice ripening in the month kārttika- (forming the principal harvest in India) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikasiddhāntam. Name of a scholiast on the mugdha-bodha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikeyam. Name of a son of śiva- and pārvatī- (popularly regarded as god of war, because he leads the gaṇa-s or hosts of śiva- against the demon hostsSee p.213; according to to one legend he was son of śiva- without the intervention of pārvatī-, the generative energy of śiva- being cast into the fire and then received by the Ganges, whence he is sometimes described as son of agni- and gaṅgā-;when born he was fostered by the six kṛttikā-s q.v,and these offering their six breasts to the child he became six-headed;he is also called kumāra-, skanda-, and subrahmaṇya-;his N. kārttikeya- may be derived from his foster mothers or from the month kārttika- as the best for warfare: in the and elsewhere he is regarded as presiding over thieves) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikeyaprasūf. "mother of kārttikeya-", Name of pārvatī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttif. of kārttika- above, (with or without rātri-) the night of full moon in the month kārttika-, the day on which the moon stands in the constellation kṛttikā- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttif. the night of new moon in the month kārttika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttif. the śakti- of kārttikeya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikikamfn. taking place in kārttika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikikam. the month kārttika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikīvratan. Name of a particular religious observance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārttikotsavam. a festival on the day of full moon in the month kārttika- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karuṇāvṛttimfn. disposed to pity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryanirvṛttif. the result of an action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryavipattif. failure of an action, reverse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāvyakalpalatāvṛttif. a commentator or commentary by amara-candra- on the last work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāvyakalpalatāvṛttiparimalam. another commentator or commentary on the preceding work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāvyālaṃkāravṛttif. Name of vāmana-'s commentator or commentary on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keralotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kīrttif. incorrectly for kīrt/i-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kliṣṭavṛttimfn. leading a wretched life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyātipattif. the non-realization of an action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyātipattif. (hence) the characteristics and the terminations of the conditional View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛśavṛttimfn. having little livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇamṛttikamfn. having a dark soil or blue mould (as a country) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇamṛttif. black earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇamṛttif. Name of a grāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtāvṛttimfn. moving to and fro, oscillating, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. skin, hide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. a garment made of skin (fr.3. kṛt-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. the hide or skin on which the religious student sits or sleeps, etc. (usually the skin of an antelope) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. the birch tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. the bark of the birch tree (used for writing upon, for making hooka pipes, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. (equals k/ṛttikā-) one of the lunar mansions (the Pleiads) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. a house (probably with reference to ;but see kuṭī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. fame (yaśas-) ; ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish cart; Latin cortex.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtti k/ṛttikā- See 2. kṛt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. plural (rarely sg. ), Name of a constellation (the Pleiads, originally the first, but in later times the third lunar mansion, having agni- as its regent;this constellation, containing six stars, is sometimes represented as a flame or as a kind of razor or knife;for their oldest namesSee ;in mythol. the six kṛttikā-s are nymphs who became the nurses of the god of war, kārttikeya-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. white spots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttif. a vehicle, cart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttikābhavam. "being in the lunar mansion kṛttikā-", Name of the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttikāñji(ñ-) mfn. having white spots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttikāpiñjaramfn. red with white spots View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttikāsambhavam. idem or 'm. "being in the lunar mansion kṛttikā-", Name of the moon ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttikāsutam. "son of the kṛttikā-s", Name of skanda- or kārttikeya- (the nymphs called kṛttikā-s being his foster-mothers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttipattrīf. a species of karañja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttiratham. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttivāsam. equals -vāsas-, in compound kṛttivāseśvaraliṅga seśvara-liṅga- n. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttivāsasm. (k/ṛtti--) "covered with a skin", Name of rudra-śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttivāsasf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛttivāseśvaraliṅgan. kṛttivāsa
kṣapāvṛttimfn. going out for food in the night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāramṛttif. saline soil (especially an impure sulphate of soda) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣatavṛttimfn. being without the means of support View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣatavṛttif. destitution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetragatopapattif. a geometrical proof. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīṇavṛttimfn. out of employ, having no means of subsistence or maintenance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣitivṛttimatmfn. "of a behaviour similar to that of the earth", patient like the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣunnivṛttif. cessation of hunger, appeasing of appetite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuhakavṛttif. juggling, slight-of-hand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuhakavṛttif. hypocrisy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumāñjalivṛttif. Name of commentary on the preceding work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutittirim. a species of bird resembling the partridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvṛttif. bad living View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvṛttietc. See 1. ku-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghumīmāṃsāvārttikaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuparibhāṣāvṛttif. Name of commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghusāṃkhyasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghusāṃkhyavṛtti f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghusūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvākyavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvākyavṛttiprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttif. "short commentary", Name of commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttimfn. having a light nature, light in conduct or behaviour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttimfn. light-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttimfn. ill-conducted or conditioned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttimfn. ill-done, mismanaged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttikārikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttif. insignificance, meanness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttif. light-mindedness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghuvṛttif. bad conduct, mismanagement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇāvṛttiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lattif. a kind of lizard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgakārikāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgānuśāsanavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgavṛttimfn. making a livelihood by false appearance or assumed outward marks, hypocritical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgavṛttim. a religious hypocrite, one who assumes the dress etc. of an ascetic to gain a livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgavṛttif. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohitamṛttif. red earth, red chalk, ruddle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lohitapittinmfn. subject to hemorrhage, suffering from hemorrhage, (cr2. rakta-p-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokānuvṛttif. accommodating one's self to other, dependence on others View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokasaṃvṛttif. right conduct (in the world) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lopāpattif. the being cut off or dropped or elided View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavīyadhātuvṛttif. Name of a treatise on Sanskrit roots by sāyaṇa- (dedicated to his brother mādhava-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakavṛttif. Name of work (also madhyamika v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikavṛttiSee under madhyamaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maghatti(magh/a--) f. (for magha-+ datti-) the giving and receiving of presents View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābhāṣyavārttikan. Name of commentaries on the mahā-bhāṣya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhācittimfn. (fr. mahā-jana-) gaRa sutaṃgamādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākārttif. the night of full moon in the month kārttika- (when the moon is in the constellation rohiṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāprabhāsotpattivarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvārttikan. "great vārttika- or critical commentary", Name of kātyāyana-'s vārttika-s on the sūtra-s of pāṇini- (see māhāv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhāvārttikamf(ī-)n. (fr. mahā-v-) familiar with (kātyāyana-'s) vārttika-s vArttika View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvyutpattif. Name of a Sanskrit-Tibetan lexicon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mālyavṛttim. equals -jīvaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇḍūkānuvṛttif. "frog-course", skipping over or omitting at intervals (see maṇḍūka-pluti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇibhittif. "jewel-walled", Name of the palace of the serpent-demon śeṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manovṛttif. activity or disposition of the mind, volition, fancy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikamf(ī-)n. (fr. mṛttikā-) made of clay or loam, earthen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikam. n. an earthenware pot or dish (m.also"the lid of a pitcher") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikan. a clod or lump of earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikāvatam. (prob.) (fr. mṛttikā-vatī-) Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikāvatam. a prince of mārttikāvata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikāvatam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikāvatam. of a princely race View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikāvatan. (prob.) Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārttikāvatakamfn. relating to the country mārttikāvata- (varia lectio vatika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārutotpattif. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mataṃgavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maunavṛttimfn. observing a vow of silence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsākutūhalavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāślokavārttikan. Name of a metrical paraphrase of śabara-'s mīmāṃsā-bhāṣya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsātantravārttikan. Name of kumārila-'s commentator or commentary on śabarasvāmin-'s mīmāṃsā-bhāṣya- (See below) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāvārttikan. equals sātantra-vārttika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyāpravṛttif. wrong function (of the senses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mokṣavārttikamfn. reflecting upon final emancipation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛttif. earth, clay, loam etc. etc. (ibc. also a-)
mṛttif. a kind of fragrant earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛttif. aluminous slate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛttikācūrṇan. mould, powdered earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛttikāvatan. () Name of a town. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛttikāvatīf. () Name of a town. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūlavyasanavṛttimatmfn. one who gain his living by an hereditary debasing occupation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgarikavṛttif. a courtly manner or style View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagavṛttikam. (and f(-).) a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagnavṛttif. Name of commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikamf(ī-)n. produced by any or by some particular cause, occasional, special, accidental (opp. to nitya-) etc. ( naimittikatva -tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikam. equals prec. m. gaRa ukthādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikan. an effect (See nimitta-n-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikan. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikakarmann. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikakriyāf. an occasional or periodical ceremony or rite (as observed on the birth of a child etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikaprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikaprayoga m. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikaprayogaratnākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikaśrāddhan. special funeral rite View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naimittikatvan. naimittika
nāmacaraṇavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandikeśvarotpattif. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nandīśvarotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārāyaṇavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nārāyaṇavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāstikavṛttimfn. leading the life of an atheist or receiving sustenance from an atheist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nātinirvṛttif. not too much ease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navānupūrvasamāpattikuśalam. Name of buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nemivṛttimfn. following the track of a person's wheels, entirely conforming to (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhanasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlamṛttif. iron pyrites View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimittanaimittikan. dual number cause and effect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimittanimittinmfn. operating and operated upon Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimittāvṛttif. dependence upon a special cause or occasion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimittinmfn. operated on or influenced by a cause, having a cause or reason (see nimitta-n-above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ninṛttif. repetition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niravattif. (; ) allotment or distribution of shares. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niruddhaśamavṛttimfn. "whose state of repose is interrupted", wearied, tired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niruktavṛttif. Name of a commentator or commentary on yāska-'s nirukta- by durgācārya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupapattimfn. unfit, unsuitable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirupapattitvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvṛttimfn. having no occupation, destitute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvṛttif. originating, development, growth, completion, termination (often wrong reading for nivṛtti-,or nirvṛti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvyāvṛttimfn. (emancipation) not involving any return (to worldly existence) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣatti(n/i--) f. sitting, resting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpattif. going forth or out, being brought about or effected, completion, consummation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpattif. coming or being derived from (dhātoḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣpattif. a particular state of ecstasy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityanaimittikan. (with or scilicet karman-) any regularly recurring occasional act or ceremony or any rite constantly performed to accomplish some object (as śrāddha-s at fixed lunar periods) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivāpadattif. sacrificial gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttavṛttimfn. ceasing from any practice or occupation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. (often wrong reading for nir-v-) returning, return, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. ceasing, cessation, disappearance etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. leaving off, abstaining or desisting from (ablative) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. escaping from (ablative) (wrong reading ttaḥ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. ceasing from worldly acts, inactivity, rest, repose (opp. to pra-vṛtti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. (in dramatic language) citation of an example View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. suspension, ceasing to be valid (as of a rule) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. destruction, perdition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. denial, refusal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttif. abolition, prevention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nuttif. driving away, removing, destroying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamālāvārttikasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyasūtravṛttif. a commentary on these aphorisms, I.W. 71. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyatrisūtrīvārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyavārttikatātparyapariśuddhif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyavārttikatātparyaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padārthamālāvṛttif. Name of work
padavṛttif. the hiatus between two words in a sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padavṛttif. Name of commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāvṛttif. the repetition of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padāvṛttif. (in rhetoric) the repetition of the same word with another meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paittikamf(ī-)n. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. (fr. pitta-) relating to the bilious humour, bilious ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paittikamf(ī-)n. of a bilious temperament View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pākṣikasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pālanavṛttif. pālana
pāṃsulāvṛttiprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcakāṭhakaprayogavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcākhyānavarttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcālapadavṛttif. (prob.) a kind of hiatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcāvatttinmfn. one who offers oblations consisting of avadāna-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcīkaraṇavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcīkaraṇavārttikābharaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍumṛttikamfn. having a whitish or chalky soil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇḍumṛttif. equals -bhūma- m. (also ka- in the beginning of a compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāṇinisūtravṛttif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpāpanuttif. "removal of sins", expiation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāṇuttif. driving away, expulsion, removal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāśarasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parasparavyāvṛttif. mutual exclusion, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāvṛttif. turning back or round, returning, revolving (see a-parāv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāvṛttif. change, interchange, exchange, barter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāvṛttif. reversion of a sentence or judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāvṛttif. restoration of property View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāvṛttif. recoiling, rebounding, not taking effect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāṣāvṛttif. Name of work
paricchittif. accurate definition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchittif. limitation, limit, measure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paricchittif. partition, separation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariniṣpattif. perfection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīttif. delivering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivittim. an unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivittif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivittitvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. turning, rolling, revolution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. return (into this world) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. exchange, barter ( parivṛtttyā ttyā- ind.alternately) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. moving to and fro or staying or dwelling in a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. end, termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. surrounding, encompassing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. (in rhetoric) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (exempli gratia, 'for example' ; see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (exempli gratia, 'for example' vṛṣa-lāñchana-for vṛṣadhvaja-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttif. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis (equals vartikā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivṛttim. wrong reading for pari-vitti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parokṣavṛttimfn. living out of sight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parokṣavṛttimfn. formed in an obscure or indistinct manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārṣadavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyavṛttif. alternate course or action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryuṣaṇādaśaśatakavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścāttiryakpramāṇan. the hinder breadth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pataṃgavṛttif. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) id est rashness, temerity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pataṃgavṛttimfn. behaving like a moth (id est very inconsiderately) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātañjalabhāṣyavarttikan. pātañjalabhāṣya
pātañjalasūtravṛttibhāṣyacchāyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattif. (fr.2. pad-) going, moving, walking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattim. (prob. fr. 3. pad-) a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, infantry etc. (mc. also -,R [B.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattim. a hero View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattim. (plural) Name of a people (varia lectio paśu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattif. the smallest division of an army (1 chariot, 1 elephant, 3 horsemen and 5 foot-soldiers;according to others = 55 foot-soldiers) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattigaṇakam. (prob.) an officer whose business is to number or muster the infantry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ttigaṇakan. fr. patti-gaṇaka- gaRa udgātr-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattikamfn. going on foot, pedestrian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattikāra wrong reading for paṭṭi-k-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattikarmann. the business or operations of infantry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattikāyam. (body of) infantry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattinm. = patti-2, a foot-soldier, footman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattipaṅktif. a line of infantry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattisainyan. () a body or troop of infantry. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattisaṃhatif. () a body or troop of infantry. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pauttikan. (fr. puttikā-) a kind of honey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalanirvṛttif. equals -niṣpatti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalanirvṛttif. final consequence or result View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalaniṣpattif. production of fruit, fulfilment of consequences, attainment of reward View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalanivṛttif. cessation of consequences View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalaparivṛttif. a fruitful harvest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalapravṛttif. idem or 'mfn. connected with or producing consequences, yielding fruit ', View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalotpattif. production of fruit, profit, gain, advantage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phiṭsūtravṛttif. the same with comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṇḍanivṛttif. cessation of relationship by the śrāddha- oblations (see -sambandha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṅgalacchandovṛttif. Name of Comm. on this work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṅgalavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
piṅgalavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pracchannavṛttif. a secret manner or way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācīnavṛttif. Name of commentator or commentary on the uṇādi-sūtra-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācyapadavṛttif. a term applied to the rule according to which e- remains in particular cases unchanged before a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācyavṛttif. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgutpattif. first appearance, first manifestation (of a disease) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgvṛttif. conduct or life in a former existence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahlattif. pleasure, delight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajotpattif. the raising up of progeny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakriyākaumudīvṛttif. Name of gram. work
prākṛtaprakriyāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākṛtavyākaraṇavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramāṇavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāmāṇikavāttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇavṛttif. vital activity or function View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇavṛttif. support of life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapattif. pious resignation or devotion, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapattipariśilanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasaṅgavinivṛttif. the non-recurrence of a case View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasattif. clearness, brightness, purity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasattif. graciousness, favour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratikṛttif. gaRa aśvādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratikūlavṛttimfn. resisting, opposing (with genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratinivṛttif. coming back, return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. gaining, obtaining, acquiring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. perception, observation, ascertainment, knowledge, intellect etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. supposition, assertion, statement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. admission, acknowledgment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. giving, granting, bestowing on (locative case or comp) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. causing, effecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. beginning, action, procedure in or with (locative case genitive case or compound) etc. (tatra kā pratipattiḥ syāt-,what is to be done there? ; kā tasya pratipattiḥ-.what is to be done with it? ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. respectful reception or behaviour, homage, welcome (ttiṃ--,to show honour ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. confidence, assurance, determination (see a-pratp-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. resource, means for (locative case), expedient against (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. high rank or dignity, rule, reign View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattif. conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattibhedam. diversity of views, difference of opinions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattidakṣamfn. knowing how to act or what is to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattidarśinmfn. showing what ought to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattikarmann. a concluding rite or ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattimatmfn. possessing appropriate knowledge, knowing what is to be done, active, prompt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattimatmfn. celebrated, high in rank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattiniṣṭhuramfn. difficult to be understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattiparāṅmukhamf(ī-)n. averse from compliance, obstinate, unyielding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattipaṭaham. a kind of kettle-drum (allowed only to chiefs of a certain rank) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattipradānan. the giving of preferment, conferring promotion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratipattiviśāradamfn. equals -dakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativṛttiind. according to the modulation (of the voice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiyogyanadhikaraṇenāśasyotpattinirāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prattif. giving away, giving, gift View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakṣavṛttimfn. having a form visible to the eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakṣavṛttimfn. composed clearly or intelligibly (as a word) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyantajanapadopapattif. birth in a bordering or barbarous country (with Buddhists one of the eight inauspicious ways of being born) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāpattif. ( pad-) return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāpattif. turning back (from evil), conversion (equals vairāgya- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāpattif. restoration, restitution Va1rtt. 6; viii, 4, 68 Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāpattif. expiation (equals śuddhi- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāsattif. immediate proximity (in space, time etc.), close contact etc.
pratyāsattif. good humour, cheerfulness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāsattif. (in gram.) analogy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyāvṛttif. coming back, return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. moving onwards, advance, progress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. coming forth, appearance, manifestation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. rise, source, origin. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. activity, exertion, efficacy, function etc. (in the nyāya- one of the 82 prameya-s ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. active life (as opp. to ni-vṛtti-[q.v.] and to contemplative devotion, and defined as consisting of the wish to act, knowledge of the means, and accomplishment of the object) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. giving or devoting one's self to, prosecution of. course or tendency towards, inclination or predilection for (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. application, use, employment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. conduct, behaviour, practice etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. the applicability or validity of a rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. currency, continuance, prevalence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. fate, lot, destiny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. news, tidings, intelligence of (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. cognition (with viṣaya-vatī-,"a sensuous cognition") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. the exudation from the temples of a rutting elephant (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. Name of avanti- or Oujein or any holy place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttif. (in arithmetic) the multiplier (wrong reading for pra-kṛti-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttijñam. "knowing the news", an emissary, agent. spy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttijñānan. equals -vijñāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāvṛttikamf(ī-)n. (fr. -vṛtti-) corresponding to a former mode of action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāvṛttikamf(ī-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') well acquainted with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttimārgam. active or worldly life, occupancy about the business and pleasures of the world or with the rites and works of religion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttimatmfn. devoted to anything, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttinimittan. the reason for the use of any term in the particular significations which it bears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttinivṛttimatmfn. connected with activity and inactivity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttiparāṅmukhamf(ī-)n. disinclined to give tidings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttipratyayam. a belief in or conception of the things relating to the external world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttivacanamfn. (a word) expressing activity on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravṛttivijñānan. cognition of the things belonging to the external world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyacittif. equals prāyaś-c- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittif. (pr/āyaś--) atonement, expiation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittif. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittimfn. expiating (said of agni-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittikamf(ī-)n. expiatory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittikamf(ī-)n. expiable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittikamf(ī-)n. requiring an expiation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittimatmfn. one who makes atonement or performs penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittinmfn. one who does penance or has to make expiation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogadīpikāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayogavṛttif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyopapattif. a happy event or circumstance, pleasant occurrence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punarāvṛttif. return, re-appearance, re-birth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punarāvṛttif. repetition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punarutpattif. re-appearance, re-birth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purastāttiryakpramāṇan. the width in front View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣārthasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvacittif. (pūrv/a--) foreboding, presentiment (only dative case"at the first notice, forthwith") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvacittif. (prob.) first notion or conception View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvacittif. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvacittif. (prob.) wrong reading for -cita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvacitti() f. Name of an apsaras- equals -citti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣavyutpattilakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣavyutpattivādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvotpattimfn. arising before View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūtimṛttikam. or n. "having fetid soil", Name of a hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrotpattipaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puttif. a doll, puppet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puttif. the white ant or termite (so called from its doll-like form) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puttif. equals pataṃgikā-, a small kind of bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puttif. a gnat equals pluṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rākṣasotpattif. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapaittikamfn. relating to rakta-pitta- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapitttikamfn. subject to or suffering from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapitttinmfn. subject to or suffering from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṇavṛttimfn. having war or battle for a profession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasanivṛttif. cessation or loss of taste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasotpattif. production of taste or flavour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasotpattif. development of passion or sentiment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasotpattif. generation of the vital fluids View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rītivṛttilakṣaṇan. Name of work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtuvṛttif. revolution of the seasons, a year View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛtuvyāvṛttif. the end of a season, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rucidattiyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudradattavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpasampatti() () f. perfection or excellence of form, beauty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdacintāmaṇivṛttif. Name of a Prakrit grammar by śubha-candra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavṛttif. (in rhetoric) the function of a word View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdotpattif. production or origin of sound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadānuvṛtti(n-) f. Name of kiṃ-narī-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadāśivabrahmavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍbhāṣāvārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍdarśanasaṃgrahavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍdarśanavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhuvṛttif. good means of living View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhuvṛttif. good exposition, excellent commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhuvṛttif. good or moral practice or observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhuvṛttimfn. well rounded (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhuvṛttimfn. well-conducted (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhuvṛttif. the being well-conducted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadṛśavṛttimfn. behaving similarly ( sadṛśavṛttitā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadṛśavṛttif. sadṛśavṛtti
sadvṛttif. good conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadvṛttibhājmfn. possessing good habits, having a good character. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadvṛttiviśiṣṭamfn. possessing good habits, having a good character. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahotpattif. simultaneous birth or origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śailabhittif. an instrument for breaking or cutting stones View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śakakārakotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śalākāvṛttin. famine of a particular kind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samānapratipattimfn. of equal intelligence, judicious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyakramavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyapratipattipūrvamind. after an equal elevation, after elevating to a common rank View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpattif. coming together, meeting, encountering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpattif. accident, chance (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpattif. falling into any state or condition, getting, becoming (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpattif. assuming an original form, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpattif. completion, conclusion (varia lectio sam-āpti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpattif. yielding, giving way (in a-s-)
samāpattif. (with Buddhists) a subdivision of the fourth stage of abstract meditation (there are eight samāpatti-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāpattidṛṣṭamfn. seen by chance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāsattif. nearness, vicinity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavṛttif. even state or temper, equanimity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavṛttif. of an equal or even temper, equable, fair, moderate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavṛttif. whose conduct is uniform View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāvṛttif. equals āvartana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāvṛttikaSee a-samāvṛttika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavṛttisāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambandhavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāpañcīkaraṇavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃghavṛttif. a league, alliance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃghavṛttif. combined action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṃkarācāryotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyavṛttif. (-tattva-vilāsa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyāvṛttikara(khyāvṛ-) mfn. "causing repetition of counting", difficult to be counted, very numerous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyavṛttiprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyavṛttisāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃkhyavṛttisāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnivṛttif. returning, coming back (in a-s-and a-bhūyaḥ-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnivṛttif. desisting from, forbearance, avoiding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampatkumāraprapattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. prosperity, welfare, good fortune, success, accomplishment, fulfilment, turning out well (instrumental case = "at random") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. concord, agreement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. attainment, acquisition, enjoyment, possession etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. becoming, turning into View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. being, existing, existence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. good state or condition, excellence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. plenty, abundance, affluence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. a sort of medicinal root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattif. a particular kalā- (q.v) of prakṛti- and wife of īśāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampattika(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals patti-, good condition, excellence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprasattif. equals sam-prasāda- (in vedānta-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattif. going towards, approach, arrival, attaining to, obtaining, acquirement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattif. correct conception, right understanding etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattif. presence of mind (See compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattif. agreement, concurrence, acknowledgement, admission, assent, affirmation etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattif. going against, assault View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattif. (in law) a particular kind of reply or defence, confession or admission of a fact (see pratyavaskanda-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattif. co-operation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattif. bringing about, performing, effecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratipattimatmfn. having presence of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprattiSee sam-pra-- 1. -. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprattif. (for sam-pradatti-) giving entirely up, delivering over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprattikarmann. the act of delivering over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampravṛttif. (only plural) coming forth, appearance, occurrence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakāraṇārthāpattipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakāraṇārthāpattirahasyan. Name of nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samucchittif. cutting off completely, utter destruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samutpattif. rising together, rise, birth, origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samuttijCaus. -tijayati-, to excite, fire with enthusiasm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvittif. knowledge, intellect, understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvittif. perception, feeling, sense of (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvittif. mutual agreement, harmony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvittif. recognition, recollection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃvittikamfn. (fr. saṃ-vitti-) based on a (mere) feeling or perception, subjective View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvṛttif. common occupation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvṛttif. the right effect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvṛttif. Fulfilment (personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvṛttif. being, existing, becoming, happening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvṛttif. often wrong reading for saṃ-vṛti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃvṛtti ttika- wrong reading for saṃ-vṛtti- and sāṃvittika-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyagvṛttif. regular or complete performance, right discharge of duties View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyakpravṛttif. right action or function (of the senses) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṇmukhavṛttinighaṇṭum. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptamṛttif. plural 7 earths collected from 7 places and used in certain solemn rites View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārīrakabhāṣyanyāyavārttikan. Name of Comm. on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārīrakabhāṣyavārttikan. Name of Comm. on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarīrasampattif. health or prosperity of body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarīravṛttif. maintenance of the body, support of life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvadharmopravṛttinirdeśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvajñānottaravṛttif. Name of work
sarvānukramaṇīvṛttif. Name of commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaprāyaścittif. complete atonement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasampattif. success in everything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasampattif. abundance of every View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvatragāminīpratipattijñānabalan. the faculty of knowing the means of going everywhere (one of the 10 faculties of a tathāgata-), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvocchittif. () () complete extermination. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāsanātivṛttif. the transgression of a command View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṣṭhāṃśavṛttim. a king who subsists on the 6th part of the produce of the soil (taken as a tax) edition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstramālāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastravṛttimfn. equals -jīvin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstravyutpattif. perfect conversancy with the śāstra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṭhārivyutpattidīpikāf. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satīvṛttif. Name of commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpañcāśaddhorāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭpañcāśikāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭsthānakavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattif. sitting down, sitting (see n/i-ṣatti-), entrance, beginning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattvavṛttif. the condition or quality of goodness etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyavṛttimfn. devoting one's self to truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saucittim. (prob. fr. su-citta-) patronymic of satya-dhṛti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumadattim. patronymic fr. soma-datta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurāṣṭramṛttif. Surat earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savārttikamfn. (a sūtra-) with its vārttika-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāvitrādiprayogavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savrittimfn. with a maintenance or salary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savṛttikamfn. being in motion, active ( savṛttikatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savṛttikatāf. savṛttika
sevāvṛttif. a livelihood gained by service
siddhāntaśiromaṇivāsanāvārttikan. Name of Comm. on the above work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntavyutpattilakṣaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilavṛttimfn. subsisting by gleaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīlavṛttif. practice of virtue, good conduct or behaviour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śilpavṛttif. equals -jīvikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śleṣabhittikamfn. resting on or adhering to a wall (said to mean simply"resting on") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śliloñchavṛttif. subsistence by gleaning (or by unusual and irregular occupation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śliloñchavṛttif. equals śila-vṛtti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ślokavārttikan. (also called mīmāṃsā-śloka-vārttika-) a metrical paraphrase of śabara-'s mīmāṃsā-bhāṣya- by kumārila-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smayanuttif. the driving away or pulling down of pride View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehānuvṛttif. continuance of affection, affectionate or friendly intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snehapravṛttif. "course of friendship", affection, love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somadatti wrong reading for saumad- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somaprayogavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somotpattif. the origin of soma- (either the plant or the moon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somotpattif. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somotpattipariśiṣṭan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopapattikamfn. well founded or substantiated, correct, right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spaṣṭapratipattif. clear perception or ascertainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphaṭikabhittif. equals -kuḍya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddhavṛttiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrautaparibhāṣāsaṃgrahavṛttif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrībhāṣyavṛttif. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīraṅganāthaprapattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srotaāpattif. entrance into the river (leading to nirvāṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srotāpattif. equals srota-āpatti- below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stambhitabāṣpavṛttimfn. suppressing the flow of tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthānāpattif. taking the place of another person or thing, substitution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudhābhittif. a white washed wall View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdravṛttif. the occupation of a śūdra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūdrotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasaṃvittif. enjoyment or experience of happiness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklavṛttif. pure employment or subsistence, maintenance derived by a Brahman from other Brahmans only View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukotpattif. "birth of śuka-", Name of a section of the śānti-parvan- of the mahā-bhārata-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulbasūtrabhāṣyavārttikavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulbavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulbavṛttivivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suptottithamfn. arisen from sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suramṛttif. alum-slate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suratanivṛttif. cessation of sexual intercourse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sureśvaravārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sureśvaravārttikaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susaṃvṛtti wrong reading for -saṃvṛti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtīvṛttif. Name of a commentator or commentary on the uṇādi-sūtra- (varia lectio for satī-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sutotpattif. birth of a son View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtrakṛtāṅgavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvittim. Name of a divine being View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvṛttif. a good way of living, good conduct or behaviour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suvṛttif. the life of a brahma-cārin-, life of chastity or continence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svairavṛttimfn. acting wilfully or without restraint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svairavṛttif. wilfulness, unbridledness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāmikārttikam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāmikārttikānuprekṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārthopapattif. the gaining one's own object View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarūpasambodhanapañcaviṃśativṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatantravṛttif. acting self-reliantly, independent action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatvanivṛttif. cessation or loss of proprietary right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatvotpattif. the arising of proprietary right, origin of ownership View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvavṛttif. "dog-subsistence", gaining a livelihood by menial service (forbidden to Brahmans) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvavṛttimfn. living on dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvavṛttimfn. a"lick-spittle"or most contemptible toady View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svavṛttif. one's own way of life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svavṛttif. one's own subsistence or existence (also plural; ttyā-,"at the sacrifice of one's own life") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svavṛttif. self-dependence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svavṛttimfn. subsisting by cleansing own exertions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvavṛttinmfn. living on dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svavṛttivādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tadvṛttimfn. living conformably to that View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittiḍīkamf(ī-)n. prepared with tamarind-sauce, iv, 3, 156 Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittiramf(ī-)n. produced or coming from a partridge (tittiri-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittiramf(ī-)n. sprung from the sage tittiri- k. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittiram. a partridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittiran. a flock of partridges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirim. Name of a sage (elder brother of vaiśampāyana- ) (varia lectio titt- plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirim. of a son of kapota-roman- (not in edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirim. (titt-) and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirikam. one who catches partridges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyam. plural "pupils of tittiri-", the taittirīya-s (a school of the yajur-veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyabrāhmaṇan. the brāhmaṇa- of the taittirīya-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyacaraṇan. the school of the taittirīya-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyakamfn. equals ya-śākhin-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyakan. the manual of the taittirīya- on
taittirīyakopaniṣadf. equals rīyop- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyan. the prātiśākhya- of the taittirīya-s (commented on by tri-bhāṣya-ratna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyāraṇyakan. the āraṇyaka- of the taittirīya-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyaśākhāf. equals -caraṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyaśākhinmfn. belonging to khā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyasaṃhitāf. the saṃhitā- of the taittirīya-s (chief recension of the Black YV. , on the origin of which has the following legend: the YV. was first taught by vaiśampāyana- to 27 pupils, among whom was yājñavalkya-;subsequently V. being offended with Y. bade him disgorge the veda- committed to him, which he did in a tangible form;whereupon the older disciples of V. being commanded to pick it up, took the form of partridges, and swallowed the soiled texts, hence named"black";the other name taittirīya-referring to the partridges. Y. then received from the Sun a new or white version of the YV. , called from Y.'s patronymic vājasaneyin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyavārttikan. Name of a commentary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyavedam. the veda- according to the taittirīya-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyayajurvedam. the YV. according to the taittirīya-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittirīyopaniṣadf. the of the taittirīya-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taittiryamfn. coming from a partridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantravārttikan. equals mīmānsā-t-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkaparibhāṣāvṛttif. Name of a commentator or commentary by vimmibhaṭṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taskaravṛttim. a purse-cutter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittiḍaand ḍīka- See tint-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittiram. (onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds) fr. the cry titti-) a partridge (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittiram. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirajamfn. coming from the tittira-s (horses), 3975. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirāṅgan. a kind of steel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittiravallaram. a kind of sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirim. a partridge (ttir/i-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirim. a kind of step (in dancing) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirim. the school of the taittirīya-s k. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirim. Name of a pupil of yāska- (first teacher of the taittirīya- school of the black YV.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirim. of a nāga-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirif. a female partridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirif. ([ see ku--;.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirikam. a partridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittirīphalan. Croton Tiglium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tittiritvan. the condition of a partridge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toyavṛttim. Achyranthes aquatica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivṛttif. livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study, and alms) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tulyavṛttimfn. following the same occupation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayāvṛttif. (in rhetoric) recurrence of a word both with the same sound and sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchittif. extirpation, destroying, destruction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ucchittif. decaying, drying up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udagāvṛttif. (the sun's) turning to the north View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udaṅmṛttikam. equals udag-bhūma- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udgrāhapadavṛttif. the udgrāha- saṃdhi- before a long vowel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udīcyavṛttif. the custom of the Northerners View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udīcyavṛttif. a species of the vaitālīya- metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṇādisūtravṛttif. a commentary on the uṇādi-- sūtra-s. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uñchavṛttimfn. one who lives by gleaning, a gleaner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
unmārgavṛttimfn. going on a wrong road, going wrong, erring (literally and figuratively) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattif. happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearing, taking place, production, effecting, accomplishing etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattif. proving right, resulting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattif. cause, reason View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattiorigin, birth, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattif. ascertained or demonstrated conclusion, proof, evidence, argument etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattif. fitness, propriety, possibility etc. (instrumental case upa-pattyā-,suitably, in a fit manner) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattif. association, connection, possession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattif. religious abstraction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattiuse, employment, Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattimatmfn. demonstrated, proved. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattiparityaktamfn. destitute of argument or proof. unproved, unreasonable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattisamam. (in logic) a kind of contradiction in which both the contradicting assertions are supposed to be demonstrable (exempli gratia, 'for example' sound is uneternal, because it is produced;it is eternal, because it is not tangible) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upapattiyuktamfn. idem or 'mfn. demonstrated, proved.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃpattif. the approaching or reaching or entering into any condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃpattif. coming up to on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasattif. connection with, union View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasattif. service, worship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasattif. gift, donation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavṛttif. motion towards (one's place) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upāvṛttif. return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrubhittif. the region of the hips, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattif. arising, birth, production, origin etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattif. resurrection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattif. production in general, profit, productiveness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattif. producing as an effect or result, giving rise to, generating as a consequence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattif. occurrence, the being mentioned or quoted (as a Vedic passage) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattidhāmann. birth-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattikālam. time of birth or origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattikālāvacchinnatvan. exact limitation of the time of origin (exempli gratia, 'for example' of a jar) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattikālīnamfn. taking place at the time of birth. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattiketanan. birth-place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattikramam. the successive stages of creation (exempli gratia, 'for example' in ,"from brahman- arose ether, from ether wind, from wind fire, from fire water, from water earth, from earth plants, from plants food, from food seed, from seed man") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattimatmfn. produced, born View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattiprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattiprayogam. production by the joint operation of cause and effect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattiprayogam. purport, meaning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattiśiṣṭamfn. taught by a passage occurring in the veda-, taught authoritatively commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattivākyan. a sentence quoted from the veda-, an authoritative sentence commentator or commentary on and View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattividhim. idem or 'n. a sentence quoted from the veda-, an authoritative sentence commentator or commentary on and ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpattivyañjakam. a type of birth (as investiture, a mark of the twice-born) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utsattif. vanishing, fading, absence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttij(ud-- tij-), Causal P. -tejayati-, to excite, stimulate, incite, instigate, animate, encourage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttiṅgam. a species of insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttiṅgam. a particular insect, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttiṣṭhāsāf. the intention to leave off View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttiṣṭhāsāf. the wish to leave (a sacrifice etc.) unfinished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttitīrṣumfn. about to pass out of (water), wishing to land View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgurāvṛttimfn. one who lives by snaring animals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāgurāvṛttif. livelihood obtained by snaring or catching animals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśyavṛttif. a vaiśya-'s mode of life or occupation, agriculture, trade View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāvṛtti wrong reading for vaiyāvṛttya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyāvṛttikaramfn. equals bhogin- (varia lectio vaiyāvṛttya-k-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyavṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyavṛttiprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyavṛttivyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmaikavṛttimfn. always acting perversely ( vāmaikavṛttitva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmaikavṛttitvan. vāmaikavṛtti
vāmanasūtravṛttif. equals kāvyālaṃkāra-vṛtti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmanavṛttif. equals kāśikā-vṛ-, or = kāvyālaṃkāra-vṛ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāmanavṛttiṭīkāf. Name of maheśvara-'s commentator or commentary on the latter work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanavṛttif. equals -jīvikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāprāyaścittividhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaṇigvṛttif. "market's business", trade, traffic, business View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanyavṛttif. forest-food, forest-produce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanyavṛttimfn. living on forest-food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttāvṛttim. "living by any business or profession", a householder, (especially) a vaiśya- (see -karman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikamfn. (fr. vārttā-and vṛtti-) skilled in a profession or business (equals vṛttau sādhuḥ-or vṛttim adhīte veda vā-) gaRa kathādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikamfn. and gaRa ukthādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikamfn. relating to news, bringing or conveying intelligence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikamfn. explanatory, glossarial, containing or relating to a critical gloss or annotation (See n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikam. a businessman, trader View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikam. an emissary, envoy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikam. one who knows antidotes, conjurer, physician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikam. the egg-plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttif. business, trade (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = occupied with, practising) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikam. a sort of quail (prob. wrong reading for vārtikā- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikan. an explanatory or supplementary rule, critical gloss or annotation (added to a grammatical or philosophical sūtra- and defined to be"the exposition of the meaning, of that which is said, of that which is left unsaid, and of that which is ill or imperfectly said";the term vārttika- is, however, especially applied to kātyāyana-'s critical annotations on the aphorisms of pāṇini-'s grammar, the object of which is to consider whether pāṇini-'s rules are correct or not, and to improve on them where this may be found to be necessary;and also to similar works on various matters by kumārila-, sureśvara- etc.; see tantra-v-, śloka-v-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikan. a marriage feast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikābharaṇan. Name of a commentator or commentary on the ṭupṭīkā- (q.v,also called ṭupṭīkā-vyākhyāna-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikāhyan. (for khya-?) Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikakāram. "composer of vārttika-s", Name of kātyāyana-, kumārila- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikakāram. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikakāśikā(?) f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikakṛtm. equals -kāra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikapāṭham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikasāravyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikasūtrikamfn. one who studies the vārttika-s and sūtra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikatātparyaśuddhif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikatātparyaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikaṭippanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikayojanāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārttikendram. an alchemist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsanāvārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsavadatttikamfn. acquainted with the story of vāsava-dattā- or studying it on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasusampattif. accession or acquisition of wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasutti(v/asu--) f. (for -datti-; see bhaga-tti-, maghatti-) the granting of wealth, enrichment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyunivṛttif. "cessation of wind", a calm, lull View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāyunivṛttif. cure of windy disorders View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedalakṣaṇasūtravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasūtravṛttisaṃkṣiptāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntavṛttif. Name of work (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veśyāṅganāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetasavṛttimfn. acting or pliant as a reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhāṣāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibhittif. cleaving, splitting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchittif. (v/i--) cutting asunder or off, breaking off, prevention, interruption, cessation etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchittif. wanting, lack of (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchittif. (in rhetoric) a pointed or cutting or sharp style View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchittif. irregularity or carelessness in dress and decoration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchittif. colouring or marking the body with unguents, painting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicchittif. caesura, pause in a verse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vicittif. perturbation (equals vi-bhrama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyājambhakavārttikamfn. exercising magic of various kinds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyotpattif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vihitavṛttimfn. one who is maintained or nourished by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñāneśvaravārttikan. vijñāneśvara
vikalpānupapattif. untenableness owing to a dilemma View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viklittif. ( klid-) becoming soft or moist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikṛttif. (perhaps wrong reading for kṛntikā-) acute and violent pain in the limbs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikṛttikṛntam. one who cuts through or rends asunder ( pra-kṛntā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilāsabhittif. a wall (only) in appearance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vināyakotpattif. Name of part of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinivṛttif. cessation, coming to an end etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinivṛttif. omission, discontinuance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinivṛtticessation of work, inactivity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinuttif. dispelling, removal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinuttif. Name of an ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparītavṛttimfn. acting or behaving in a contrary manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparivṛttif. turning round or back, return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattif. going wrongly, adversity, misfortune, failure, disaster (opp. to sam-patt/i-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattif. unfavourableness (of time) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattif. ruin, destruction, death etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattif. cessation, end View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattif. agony, torment (equals yātanā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattikālam. a season of adversity or misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattikaramfn. causing misfortune or calamity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattirahitamfn. free from misfortune, prosperous, happy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipattiyuktamfn. attended with misfortune, unfortunate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracittimfn. (v/ipra--) sagacious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracittim. Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracittim. of a dānava- (father of rāhu-) etc. (see -cit-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipracittif. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viprajittim. Name of a preceptor (see vipra-citti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipattif. divergence, difference or opposition (of opinion or interests), contrariety, contradiction, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipattif. incompatibility of two conceptions, opposition of one rule to another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipattif. erroneous perception or notion, error, mistake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipattif. suspicion about (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipattif. aversion, hostile feeling or treatment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipattif. false reply or objection (in argument) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipattif. various acquirement, conversancy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipattif. mutual connection or relation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipravitti varia lectio for -citti-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣamapadavṛttif. Name of various commentaries View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣapratipattif. a special mark of honour or respect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇupadyutpattif. Name of chapter in the padma-- purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvajanīnavṛttimfn. one whose conduct or actions are for the benefit of the whole world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvavṛttif. universal practice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vittif. consciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vittif. understanding, intelligence, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vittif. finding, acquisition, gain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vittif. a find View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vittif. the being found, existence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vittif. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a term of praise gaRa matallikādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivittif. (3. vid-) gain, acquisition ( vi-vikti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivṛttif. going asunder, opening, expansion, development View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivṛttif. turning round, revolution, rolling, whirling, tumbling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivṛttif. (in gram.) the opening of two vowels upon each other without blending, hiatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivṛttipūrvamfn. preceded by a hiatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratātipattif. omission of a religious observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vratāvṛttif. repetition of a vow, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttādhyayanasampattif. welfare resulting from the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttavārttikan. Name of work on metre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. rolling, rolling down (of tears) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. mode of life or conduct, course of action, behaviour, (especially) moral conduct, kind or respectful behaviour or treatment (also varia lectio for vṛtta-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. general usage, common practice, rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. mode of being, nature, kind, character, disposition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. state, condition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. being, existing, occurring or appearing in (locative case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. practice, business, devotion or addiction to, occupation with (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"employed about","engaged in","practising") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. profession, maintenance, subsistence, livelihood (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; see uñcha-v-; vṛttiṃ-kṛ-or kḷp-[ Causal ] with instrumental case,"to live on or by";with genitive case,"to get or procure a maintenance for";only certain means of subsistence are allowed to a BrahmanSee ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. wages, hire, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. working, activity, function etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. mood (of the mind) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. the use or occurrence of a word in a particular sense (locative case), its function or force on etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. mode or measure of pronunciation and recitation (said to be threefold, viz. vilambitā-, madhyamā-,and drutā- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. (in gram.) a complex formation which requires explanation or separation into its parts (as distinguished from a simple or uncompounded form exempli gratia, 'for example' any word formed with kṛt- or taddhita- affixes, any compound and even duals and plurals which are regarded as dvaṃdva- compounds, of which only one member is left, and all derivative verbs such as desideratives etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. style of composition (especially dramatic language style, said to be of four kinds, viz. 1. kaiśikī-, 2. bhāratī- 3. sātvatī-, 4. ārabhaṭī-, qq.vv.;the first three are described as suited to the śṛṅgāra-, vīra-, and raudra- rasa-s respectively, the last as common to all) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. (in rhetoric) alliteration, frequent repetition of the same consonant (five kinds enumerated, scilicet madhurā-, prauḍhā-, puruṣā-, lalitā-,and bhadrā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. final rhythm of a verse (= or varia lectio for vṛtta- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. a commentary, comment, gloss, explanation (especially on a sūtra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. Name of the wife of a rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttibhājmfn. "performing sacrifices etc."or"doing good and evil" (homādi-vyāpāraṃ kurvan-or puṇya-pāpa-kārin- Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttibhaṅgam. loss of livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛtticakran. conduct or mode of (mutual) treatment compared to a wheel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛtticandrapradīpikāniruktif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛtticchedam. deprivation of livelihood or subsistence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttida mfn. affording maintenance, a supporter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttidānan. the giving of maintenance, supporting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttidātṛmfn. affording maintenance, a supporter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttidīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttihan() mfn. destroying a person's (genitive case) means of subsistence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttihantṛ() mfn. destroying a person's (genitive case) means of subsistence. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttihetum. equals -mūla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttihrāsam. equals -bhaṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttika (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals vṛtti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttikaramf(ī-)n. affording a livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttikāra m. the author of a commentator or commentary on a sūtra- (especially applied to vāmana-, the principal author of the kāśikā-vṛtti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttikarṣitamfn. distressed for (want of) a livelihood (bhṛty-abhāvena pīḍitaḥ- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttikṛtm. the author of a commentator or commentary on a sūtra- (especially applied to vāmana-, the principal author of the kāśikā-vṛtti-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttikṣīṇamfn. equals -karṣita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttilābham. (in philosophy) ascertainment of the concurrent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttimatmfn. following the practice of (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttimatmfn. one who is engaged in a particular matter or has a particular way of thinking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttimatmfn. having a means of subsistence (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = "living on or by") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttimatmfn. exercising a particular function, active (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' having anything as its function)
vṛttimūlan. provision for maintenance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttin(in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') equals vṛtti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttinibandhanan. means of support View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttinirodham. obstruction or prevention of activity or function View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttiprabhākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttipradīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttisaṃgraham. Name of a concise commentator or commentary on pāṇini-'s sūtra-s (by rāma-candra-, a pupil of nāgoji-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttisthamfn. being in any state or condition or employment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttistham. a lizard, chameleon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttitvan. state of existence, mode of subsistence, profession, conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttivādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttivaikalyan. lack of means of subsistence, want of a livelihood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttivallabha Name (also title or epithet) of a nāṭaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttivārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāḍīyaparibhāṣāvṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyañjanāvṛttif. vyañjana
vyañjitavṛttibhedamfn. having various actions manifested View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyapapanuttif. driving away, removal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāpattif. falling into calamity or misfortune, suffering injury, failure, loss, ruin, death etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāpattif. disappearance, substitution (of one sound or letter by another) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsadattim. Name of a son of vara-ruci- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāsajyavṛttimfn. inhering in more subjects than one (as a quality etc.)
vyāsasūtravṛttif. Name of work on the above sūtra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyastavṛttimfn. (a word) whose proper force or meaning is changed or altered
vyāvṛttif. turning away, turning the back (See avyāvṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. rolling (the eyes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. deliverance from, getting rid of (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. being deprived of, separation or exclusion from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. exclusion, rejection, removal (see paraspara-vy-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. discrimination, distinction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. distinctness (of sound or voice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. difference View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. cessation, end View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. a kind of sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. screening (prob. for vy-āvṛti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttif. praise, eulogium (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttitvan. See under vyāvritta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyucchittif. cutting off or short, interruption, disturbance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyupapattif. ( pad-) re-birth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutkrāntakasamāpattif. a particular stage of concentration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattif. production, origin, derivation (especially in gram.), etymology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattif. development, perfection, growth (especially in knowledge), proficiency (especially in literature or science), comprehensive learning or scholarship etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattif. difference of tone or sound (fr. 3. vi-denoting variation) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattidīpikāf. Name of work (also called prākṛta-prakriyā-vṛtti-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattimatmfn. learned, cultured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattipakṣeind. on the side of derivation or etymology (an expression used by Vedic commentators when the accentuation is settled by the affixes and not according to to the meanings of the words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattirahitamfn. destitute of (clear) derivation, not to be explained etymologically View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattiratnākaram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādakroḍapattran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādaparyāyapattran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādapattran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yācakavṛttif. the occupation or profession of a beggar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yājñadattim. patronymic (f. ttyā- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñāvṛttif. repetition of a sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāmavṛttif. the being on watch, standing on guard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvṛttiind. in respect to way or mode of living or subsistence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvyutpattiind. according to the degree of education or culture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāvyutpattiind. according to the derivation or etymology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathopapattiind. according to the event or occasion, as may happen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathotpattiind. according to accomplishment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogānuśāsanasutravṛttif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogāpattif. modification of usage or application View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogasūtravṛttif. Name of work relating to the yoga-sūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogavṛttisaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
761 results
akartana अकर्तन a. [कृत्-भावे ल्युट्, न. त.] 1 Not cutting. -2 Dwarfish.
akṣama अक्षम a. [न. त.] 1 Unfit, incompetent, unable; कार्यं˚, पलायन,˚ उपवास˚ &c. -2 Unable to bear or endure, not forbearing, non-forbearing; impatient; ˚मा कालहरणस्य Ś.3 unable to brook delay, admitting of no delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेः R.13.16. -मा [न. त.] 1 Impatience, intolerance; envy, jealousy; धावन्त्यमी मृगजवाक्षमयेव रथ्याः Ś.1.8 as if envying (jealous of) the deer's speed. -2 Anger, passion.
akṣara अक्षर a. [न क्षरतीति; क्षर् चलने अच्-न. त.] 1 Imperishable, indestructible, undecaying, epithet of the Supreme as well as the Individual soul; यमक्षरं क्षेत्रविदो विदुस्तमात्मानमात्मन्यवलोकयन्तम् Ku.3.5; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च । क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16. यस्मात्क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18; the unconcerned (Spirit); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमभ् Bg.8.3. -2 Fixed, firm, unalterable. -रः 1 Śiva. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 A sword. -रा Sound, word, speech (Ved.). -रम् [अश्-सरः Uṇ.3.7, अशेः सरः; अश्नुते व्याप्नोति वेदादिशास्त्राणि.] 1 (a) A letter of the alphabet; अक्षराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.1.33; मुद्राक्षराणि, मधुर˚, त्र्यक्षर &c. (b) a syllable; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83 the monosyllable; गिरामस्म्येकमक्षरम् Bg.1.25, Ms. 2.78,84,125 (sacred syllable). Hence (c) a word or words, speech collectively; प्रतिषेधाक्षरविक्लवाभिरामम् Ś.3.24; अहो संदापनान्यक्षराणि U.4; भर्तुरेतानि प्रणयमयान्यक्षराणि M.3 words; ब्राह्मणसंक्रमिताक्षरेण पितामहेन V.3; अक्षंर वर्णनिर्माणं वर्णमप्यक्षरं विदुः । अक्षरं न क्षरं विद्यादश्नोतेर्वा सरो$क्षरम् ॥ -2 A document (letter &c.), sacred writing; writing in general (in pl.); तत्र भुक्तिः प्रमाणं स्यान्न साक्षी नाक्षराणि च Pt.3.93; तत्रभवत्या अक्षराणि विसृष्टानि स्युः V.2. -3 The highest deity or Godhead, the indestructible spirit, Brahman (परमब्रह्मन्, मूलकारणम्); अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमम् Bg.8.3; कर्म ब्रह्मोद्भवं विद्धि ब्रह्माक्षरसमुद्भवम् 3.15; यथा सतः पुरुषात्केशलोमानि तथाक्षरात्संभवतीह विश्वम् Chān. Up. -4 Religious austerity, penance. -5 Sacrifice. -6 Water. ततः क्षरति अक्षरम् Rv. 1.164.42. -7 The sky. -8 Final beatitude, emancipation from further transmigration. -9 Continuance, permanence. -1 Right, justice (Ved. in these two senses). -11 N. of a plant, Achyranthes Aspera. (अपामार्ग Mar. अघाडा.) -12 A measure of time, equal to one-fifth of a Kāṣṭhā. -Comp -अक्षरः a kind of religious meditation; Kāraṇḍavyūha (Metrical recension) -अङ्गम् 1. a part of a syllable. -2. alphabet. -अर्थः [ष. त.] meaning (of words); किं तावत् गीत्या अवगतो$क्षरार्थः Ś.5. -च (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुः -ञ्चणः, -नः [अक्षरेण वर्णविन्यासलिप्या वित्तः अक्षर -चणप् or चु (ञ्चुं) ञ्चुप् तेन वित्तश्चुञ्चुप् चणपौ; P. V. 2.26.] a scribe, writer, copyist; so ˚जीवकः, -जीवी, अक्षरेण जीवति; जीव् णिनि or ण्वुल्; also ˚जीविकः. -च्युतकम् [अक्षरं च्युतं लुप्तं यत्र; ब कप्] getting out a different meaning by the omission of a letter (e. g. कुर्वन् दिवाकरश्लेषं दधच्चरणडम्बरम् । देव यौष्माकसेनयोः करेणुः प्रसरत्यसौ where another meaning may be got by omitting क in करेणुः i. e. by taking रेणुः). -छन्दस् n. -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of syllables it contains; छन्दस्तु द्विविधं प्रोक्तं वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा । वृत्तमक्षरसंख्यातं जातिर्मात्राकृता भवेत् ॥ unshaken resolve, resolute (अक्षरं निश्चलं छन्दो$भिप्रायो यस्य); -जननी, -तूलिका [अक्षराणां जननीव; तल्लिपिलेखानां तूलिकेव वा साधनत्वात्] a reed or pen. -जीवकः or -जीविन् m. 'One who lives by writing', a scribe. -(वि) न्यासः [ष. त. भावे घञ्] 1 writing, arrangement of letters; भूर्जपत्रगतो ˚सः V.2. -2 the alphabet. -3 scripture. -4 हृदयाद्याधारस्पर्शपूर्वकं तदक्षराणां स्मरणोच्चारणरूपस्तन्त्रप्रसिद्धो वर्णन्यासः - पङ्क्ति a. 1. having 5 syllables (पङ्क्ति = Gr. pentas-five) सु मत् पद् वग दे इत्येष वै यज्ञो$क्षरपङ्क्तिः Ait. Br. (तान्येतान्यक्षराणि होतृज- पादौ प्रयोक्तव्यानि). -2 N. of a metre of four lines (द्विपदा विराज्) each having five syllables (one dactyl and one spondee). -भाज् a. having a share in the syllables (of a prayer ?). -भूमिका tablet; न्यस्ताक्षरामक्षरभूमिकायाम् R.18. 46. -मुखः [अक्षराणि तन्मयानि शास्त्राणि वा मुखे यस्य] a scholar, student. -खम् [ष. त.] the beginning of the alphabet; the letter अ. -मुष्टिका 'finger-speech', speaking by means of finger-signs. -वर्जित a. unlettered, illiterate, not knowing how to read or write. a. of an epithet of परमात्मन्. -व्यक्तिः f. [ष. त.] distinct articulation of syllables. -शिक्षा [ष. त.] the science of (mystic) syllables; theory of ब्रह्म (ब्रह्मतत्त्व); मह्यं ˚क्षां विधाय Dk.11. -संस्थानम् [अक्षराणां संस्थानं यत्र] arrangement of letters, writing, alphabet.
agniḥ अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.
agnyā अग्न्या The Tittira bird.
agra अग्र a. [अङ्ग्-रन् नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; ˚महिषी chief queen; ˚वातमासेवमाना M.1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; ˚आसनम् chief seat, seat of honour; माम- ग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशं ये दृष्टवन्तः पुरा Mu.1.12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (अधिक). -ग्रः Setting mountain; अग्रसानुषु नितान्तपिशङ्गैः Ki.9.7. -ग्रम् 1 (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. मूलम्, मध्यम्); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; धर्मस्य ब्राह्मणो मूलम् मग्रं राजन्य उच्यते Ms.11.83; दर्व्याम् अग्रं मूलम् मध्यम् &c.; नासिका˚ tip of the nose; सूचि˚ &c.; समस्ता एव विद्या जिह्वाग्रे$भवन् K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue; अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5. (b) Top, summit, surface; कैलास˚, पर्वत˚, &c. -2 Front, van; अग्रे कृ put in the front or at the head; तामग्रे कृत्वा Pt.4. See अग्रे. -3 The best of any kind; स्यन्दनाग्रेण with the best of chariots; प्रासादाग्रैः Rām. -4 Superiority, excellence (उत्कर्ष); अग्रादग्रं रोहति Tāṇḍya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (आलम्बनम्); मनुमेकाग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1, See ˚भूमि also. -6 Beginning, See अग्रे. -7 A multitude, assemblage. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; साग्रं स्त्रीसहस्रम् Rām. 1 women and more; so साग्रकोटी च रक्षसाम्. -9 A weight = पल q. v. -1 A measure of food given as alms (ब्राह्मणभोजनम् occurring in अग्रहार); प्रयतो ब्राह्मणाग्रे यः श्रद्धया परया युतः । Mb.13.65.13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (˚ग्रा, अग्रका also). cf. ...अग्रमालम्बने$धिके । पुरोपरिप्रान्ताद्येषु न पुंसि प्रमिताशने । Nm. -12 Forepart of time; नैवेह किंचनाग्र आसीत् Bṛi. Up.1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. ˚अक्चयः First procurement (cf. Daṇḍa-viveka G. O. S.52, p.43). ˚पादः -चरणः the forepart of the foot, toe; so ˚हस्तः, ˚करः, ˚पाणिः &c.; ˚सरोरूहम् the topmost lotus. पद्मानि यस्याग्रसरोरुहाणि Ku.1.16. ˚कर्णम् Tip-ear; top of the ear; Mātaṅga L.5.7. ˚कायः forepart of the body; so ˚नखम्, ˚नासिका tip of the nail, nose &c., -adv. In front, before, ahead. -Comp. -अंशुः [अग्रम् अंशोः] the focal point. -अक्षि n. [कर्म.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (अपाङ्गवीक्षण); अग्राक्ष्णा वीक्षमाणस्तु तिर्यग् भ्रातरमब्रवीत् Rām. -अद्वन् a. having precedence in eating. -अनी (णी) कः (कम्) vanguard; दीर्घाल्लँघूंश्चैव नरानग्रानीकेषु योधयेत् Ms.7.193; [अग्राणीकं रघुव्याघ्रौ राक्षसानां बभञ्जतुः Rām. -अयणीयम [अग्रं श्रेष्टं अयनं ज्ञानं तत्र साधु छ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (उत्पादपूर्वमग्रायणीयमथ वीर्यता प्रवादः स्यात् -हेमचन्द्रः). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Pūrvas). -अवलेहितम् [अग्रम् अव- लेहितम् आस्वादितं यस्य] food at a Śrāddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tested. -आसनम् First seat of honour; मामग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशम् Mu.1.12. -उत्सर्गः taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. e. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, pp.43-44. -उपहरणम् first supply. -उपहरणीय a. [अग्रे उपह्रियते कर्मणि अनीयर्] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [अग्रम् उपह्रियते यस्मै हृ- संप्रदाने अनीयर्] श्राद्धाद्यर्थमुपकल्पितस्य अन्नादेरग्रे दानोद्देश्यः वास्तु- देवादिः Tv. -करः 1 = अग्रहस्तः q. v. -2 the focal point. -केशः front line of hair; ˚शेषु रेणुः अपहरति K.86. -गः [अग्रे गच्छतीति, गम्-ड] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -गण्य a. [अग्रे गण्यते$सौ] foremost, to be ranked first; शमनभवनयाने यद्भवानग्रगण्यः Mahān. -गामिन् a. [अग्रे गच्छति] a leader; प्रष्ठो$ग्रगामिनि P.VIII.3.92. -ज a. [अग्रे जायते; जन्-ड.] first born or produced; आनन्देनाग्रजेनेव R.1.78. (-जः) 1 the first born, an elder brother; सुमतिं ममाग्रजमवगच्छ M.5; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. (-जा) an elder sister; so ˚जात, ˚जातक, ˚जाति. -जङ्घा the forepart of the calf. -जन्मन् m. [अग्रे जन्म यस्य सः] 1 the first-born, an elder brother; जनकाग्रजन्मनोः शासनमतिक्रम्य Dk.2. -2 a Brāhmaṇa (वर्णेषु मध्ये अग्रजातत्वात्, or अग्रात् प्रधानाङ्गात् मुखात् जातत्वात्, ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत्, तस्मात् त्रिवृत् स्तोमानां मुखम... अग्निर्देवतानां ब्राह्मणो मनुष्याणाम्; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणो मुखेन वीर्यं करोति मुखतो हि सृष्टः Tāṇḍya); अतिवयसमग्रजन्मानम् K.12; अवो- चत् ˚न्मा Dk.13.3; N. of Brahmā, as he was the first to be born in the waters. cf. अग्रजन्मा द्विजे ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि ब्रह्मणि स्मृतम् Nm. -जिह्वा the tip of the tongue. -ज्या (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -दानिन् [अग्रे दानम् अस्य; अग्र- दान-इनि] a (degraded) Brāhmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (प्रेतोद्देशेन यद्दानं दीयते तत्प्रति- ग्राही); लोभी विप्रश्च शूद्राणामग्रेदानं गृहीतवान् । ग्रहणे मृतदानानां (ग्रहणात्तिलदानानां Tv.) अग्रदानी बभूव सः ॥ -दानीयः [अग्रे दानमर्हति छ] = अग्रदानिन्. -दूतः a harbinger; कृष्णाक्रोधा- ग्रदूतः Ve.1.22; ˚दूतिका Dk.2; महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः R.6.12; -देवी the chief queen; समग्रदेवीनिवहाग्र- देवी... । Bu.ch.1.15. -धान्यम a cereal grain. (Mar. जोंधळा), Holcus soraghum or Holcus spicatus. (Mar. बाजरी). -निरूपणम् predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand. -नीः (णीः) [अग्रे नीयते असौ नी-क्विप्, णत्वम्] 1 a leader, foremost, first, chief; ˚णी- र्विरागहेतुः K.195; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणाम् R.5.4. chief. -2 fire. -पर्णी [अग्रे पर्णं यस्याः सा-ङीप्] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (अजलोमन्). [Mar. कुयली]. -पातिन् a. [अग्रे आदौ पतति; पत्-णिनि] happening beforehand, antecedent; [˚तीनि शुभानि निमित्तानि K.65. -पादः the forepart of the foot; toes; नवकिसलयरागेणाग्रपादेन M.3.12; ˚स्थिता standing on tiptoe. Ś.5. -पाणिः = ˚हस्तः q. v. -पूजा the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; ˚जामिह स्थित्वा गृहाणेदं विषं प्रभो Rām. -पेयम् precedence in drinking. -प्रदायिन् a. giving in advance; तेषामग्र- प्रदायी स्याः कल्पोत्थायी प्रियंवदः Mb.5.135.35. -बीज a. [अग्रं शाखाग्रं बीजमुत्पादकं यस्य] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'कलम' in Mar. (-जः) a viviparous plant. -भागः [कर्म.] 1 the first or best part (श्राद्धादौ प्रथममुद्धृत्य देयं द्रव्यम्) -2 remnant, remainder (शेषभाग). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -भागिन् a. [अग्र- भागो$स्यास्ति; अस्त्यर्थे इनि] first to take or claim (the remnant); अलङ्क्रियमाणस्य तस्य अनुलेपनमाल्ये ˚गी भवामि V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -भावः precedence. उदारसंख्यैः सचिवैरसंख्यैः कृताग्रभावः स उदाग्रभावः Bu.ch.I.15. -भुज् a. 1 having precedence in eating. स तानग्रभुजस्तात धान्येन च धनेन च Mb.1.178.12. -2 gluttonous, voracious (औदरिक). -भूः [अग्रे भवति भू-क्विप्] = ˚ज. -भूमिः f. 1 goal of ambition or object aimed at; ततो$ग्रभूमिं व्यवसायासिद्धेः Ki.17.55; त्वमग्र- भूमिर्निरपायसंश्रया Śi.1.32 (प्राप्यस्थानम्). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; विमान˚ Me.71. -महिषी the principal queen. -मांसम् [अग्रं भक्ष्यत्वेन प्रधानं मांसम्] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; ˚सं चानीतं Ve.3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -यणम् [अग्रम् अयनात् उत्तरायणात् णत्वं शकं˚ तद्विधानकालो$स्य अच् (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See आग्रयण. -यान a. [अग्रे यानं यस्य, या-ल्युट्] taking the lead, foremost. (-नम्) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy. मनो$ग्रयानं वचसा निरुक्तं नमामहे Bhāg.8.5.26. -यायिन् a. [अग्रे यास्यति या-णिनि] taking the lead, leading the van; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26. मान- धनाग्रयायी R.5.3,5.62.18.1. -योधिन् [अग्रे स्थित्वा युध्यते] the principal hero, champion राक्षसानां वधे तेषां ˚धी भविष्यति Rām.; so ˚वीर; कर्मसु चाग्रवीरः. -रन्ध्रम् opening fore-part; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति Māl.1.1. -लोहिता [अग्रं लोहितं यस्याः सा] a kind of pot-herb (चिल्लीशाक). -संख्या the first place or rank; पुत्रः समारोपयदग्रसंख्याम् R.18.3. -वक्त्रम् N. of a surgical instrument, Suśr. -वातः fresh breeze; अग्रवातमासेवमाना M.1. -शोमा towering beauty or the beauty of the peaks; कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् । Bu. ch.1.3. -संधानी [अग्रे फलोत्पत्तेः प्राक् संधी- यते ज्ञायते $नया कार्यम् Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (यत्र हि प्राणिवर्गस्य प्राग्भवीयकर्मानुसारेण शुभा- शुभसूचकं सर्वं लिख्यते सा यमपञ्जिका). -सन्ध्या early dawn; कर्कन्धूनामुपरि तुहिनं रञ़्जयत्यग्रसन्ध्या Ś.4. v.1. -सर = यायिन् taking the lead; आयोधनाग्रसरतां त्वयि वीर याते R.5.71. -सारा [अग्रं शीर्षमात्रं सारो यस्याः सा] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting immense numbers. -हर a. [अग्रे ह्रियते दीयते$सौ; हृ-अच्] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = अग्रहारिन्. -हस्त (˚कर; ˚पाणिः,) the forepart of the hand or arm; अग्रहस्तेन गृहीत्वा प्रसादयैनाम् Ratn.3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; शीतलस्ते ˚स्तः Mk.3; अतिसाध्वसेन वेपते मे ˚स्तः Ratn.1; कुसुमित इव ते ˚स्तः प्रतिभाति M.1.; प्रसारिते ˚स्ते M.4; ˚हस्तात्प्रभ्रष्टं पुष्पभाजनम् Ś.4. slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; अथ ˚हस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63. (अग्रश्चासौ हस्तश्च Malli.). Ki.5.29. -हायनः (णः) [अग्रः श्रेष्ठः हायनो व्रीहिः अत्र, णत्वम्] the beginning of the year; N. of the month मार्गशीर्ष; (मासानां मार्गशीर्षो$हम् Bg. 1.35.); ˚इष्टिः नवशस्येष्टिर्यागभेदः. -हारः 1 a grant of land given by kings (to Brāhmaṇas) for sustenance (अग्रं ब्राह्मणभोजनं, तदर्थं ह्रियन्ते राजधनात् पृथक् क्रियन्ते ते क्षेत्रादयः- नीलकण्ठ; क्षेत्रोत्पन्नशस्यादुद्धृत्य ब्राह्मणोद्देशेन स्थाप्यं धान्यादि, गुरुकुला- दावृत्तब्रह्मचारिणे देयं क्षेत्रादि, ग्रामभेदश्च Tv.); अग्रहारांश्च दास्यामि ग्रामं नगरसंमितम् Mb.3.64.4. कस्मिंश्चिदग्रहारे Dk.8.9. -2 the first offering in वैश्वदेव Mb.3.234.47.
aṅkaḥ अङ्कः [अङ्क् कर्तरि करणे वा अच्] 1 The lap (n. also); अङ्काद्ययावङ्कमुदीरिताशीः Ku.7.5. passed from lap to lap. -2 A mark, sign; अलक्तकाङ्कां पदवीं ततान R.7.7; पदङ्क्तिरलक्ताङ्का Rām.; रतिवलयपदाङ्के कण्ठे Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.: मद्गोत्राङ्कं गेयम् Me.86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; इन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; कट्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -3 A numerical figure; a number; the number 9. -4 A side flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); समुत्सुकेवाङ्कमुपैति सिद्धिः Ki.3. 4; प्रेम्णोपकण्ठं मुहुरङ्कभाजो रत्नावलीरम्बुधिराबबन्ध Śi.3.36; सिंहो जम्बुकमङ्कमागतमपि त्यक्त्वा निहन्ति द्विपम् Bh.2.3; Ki. 17.64, See- ˚आगत below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D.278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7 A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of रूपक, See S. D.519. -8 An ornament (भूषा). -9 A sham fight, military show (चित्रयुद्ध). -1 A coefficient. -11 A place; नानाङ्क- चिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः (तुरङ्गैः) Bu.ch.2.4. -12 A sin, misdeed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. -15 A mountain. अङ्कः स्थानान्तिकक्रोडभूषणोत्संगलक्ष्मसु । मन्तो नाटकविच्छेदे चित्रयुद्धे च रूपके ॥ Nm. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos] -Comp. -अङ्कमू [अङ्के मध्ये अङ्काः शतपत्रादिचिह्नानि यस्य Tv.] water. -अवतारः when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called अङ्कावतार (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śākuntala or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (अङ्कान्ते सूचितः पात्रैस्तदङ्क- स्याविभागतः । यत्राङकोवतरत्येषो$ङ्कावतार इति स्मृतः S. D.311). The Daśarūpa defines it differently; अङ्कावतारस्त्वङ्कान्ते पातो$ङ्कस्याविभागतः । एभिः संसूचयेत्सूच्यं दृश्यमङ्कैः प्रदर्शयेत् 3.56. -आगत, -गत a. [द्वि. त.] come within the grasp; सिंहत्वं ˚सत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.18; श्रियं युवाप्यङ्कगतामभोक्ता R.13.67. -करणम् marking, branding &c. -तन्त्रम् the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical). -धारणम्-णा 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. -2 manner of holding the person. -परिवर्तः [स. त] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः प्रियया तदङ्कपरिवर्तमाप्नुयाम् Māl.5.8. (an occasion for) embrace (अङ्के क्रोडे सर्वतो- भावेन वर्तनं हृदयालिङ्गनम् इत्यर्थः -Jagaddhara); so ˚परिवर्तिन्; भर्तुः ˚नी भव M.3. -पादव्रतम् N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण. -पालिः -ली [पा-अलि ष. त. वा. ङीप्] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (क्रोडप्रान्त or प्रदेश); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; तावद्गाढं वितर सकृदप्यङ्कपालीं प्रसीद Māl.8.2. स्पृश हस्तेन मे हस्तमेहि देह्यङ्कपालिकाम् । Śivabhārata 21.33. -2 [अङ्केन पालयति पाल्-इ. तृ. त.] a nurse. -3 (-ली) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. धोत्रा-निघण्टुरत्नाकर) [वेदिकाख्यगन्धद्रव्यम्] -पाशः [अङ्कः पाश इव बन्धनेनेव पातनहेतुर्यत्र Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (स्थानान्तमेकादिचयाङ्कघातः संख्याविभेदा नियतैः स्युरङ्कैः । भक्तो$ङ्कमित्याङ्कसमासनिघ्नः स्थानेषु युक्तो मितिसंयुतिः स्यात् ॥ See Līlā.24); (न गुणो न हरो न कृतिर्न घनः पृष्टस्तथापि दुष्टानाम् । गर्वितगणकबहूनां स्यात् पातो$वश्यमङ्कपाशे$स्मिन्). -पूरणम् multiplication of number of figures. -बन्धः. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. -2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (अशिरःपुरुषाकरो$ङ्कः). --भाज् [अङ्कं भजते उप. स.] 1 seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; अविरहितमनेकेनाङ्कभाजा फलेन Ki. 5. 52. -3 premature, early ripe, forced fruit. -मुखम् (or आस्यम्) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called अङ्कमुख, which suggests the germ as well as the end; e. g. in Māl.1 कामन्दकी and अवलोकिता hint the parts to be played by भूरिवसु and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (यत्र स्यादङ्क एकस्मिन्नङ्कानां सूचनाखिला । तदङ्क- मुखमित्याहुर्बीजार्थख्यापकं च तत् ॥ S. D.322.) The Daśarūpa defines it thus: अङ्कान्तपौत्ररङ्कास्यं छिन्नाङ्कस्यार्थसूचनात् । i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -लोड्यः [अङ्केन लोड्यते असौ] a kind of tree (Mar. चिंचोट), ginger. -लोपः subtraction of numbers. -विद्या the science of numbers, arithmetic.
ajahatsvārthā अजहत्स्वार्था [न जहत् स्वार्थो$त्र, हा-शतृ न. ब.] A kind of लक्षणा, in which the primary or original sense of a word (which is used elliptically) does not disappear; as कुन्ताः प्रविशन्ति = कुन्तधारिणः पुरुषाः; श्वेतो धावति = श्वेतवर्णो$श्वो धावति; also called उपादानलक्षणा q. v.; स्वसिद्धये पराक्षेपः; कुन्ताः प्रविशन्ति, यष्टयः प्रविशन्ति इत्यादौ कुन्तादिभिरात्मन: प्रवेशसिद्ध्यर्थं स्वसंयोगिनः पुरुषा आक्षिप्यन्ते K.P.2. Adhyātma Rām.7.5.27. अजहत्स्वार्थवृत्ति ajahatsvārthavṛtti अजहत्स्वार्थवृत्ति a. Functioning without entirely surrendering one's own connotation; उत्पलशद्बसंनिधाने तदपेक्षा नीलशब्दस्तेनैकवाक्यतामभ्युपगच्छन्नजहत्स्वार्थवृत्तिरुपलविशे- षाभिधानपर उच्चार्यमाणः समबन्धमभ्युपैति । ŚB. on. MS.3.1.12.
añjakaḥ अञ्जकः N. of the son of Viprachitti; V.P.
aṇu अणु a. (णु-ण्वी f.) [अण्-उन्] Minute, small, little, atomic (opp. स्थूल, महत्); अणोरणीयान् Bg.8.9; सर्वोप्ययं नन्वणुः Bh.3.26. insignificantly small; अण्वपि भयम् Ms.6. 4; अण्वपि याच्यमानः Pt.4.26 asked but an atom, a very small quantity, न कन्यायाः पिता विद्वान् गृह्णीयात् शुल्कमण्वपि Ms.3.51. -णुः 1 An atom, a very small particle (an exceedingly small measure); the mote in a sunbeam, the smallest perceptible quantity; अस्थूलमनण्वह्रस्वमदीर्घं ब्रह्म; अणुं पर्वतीकृ Bh.2.78. to magnify; cf. also 'To make mountains of molehills.' -2 An atom of time (व्यञ्जनमर्ध- मात्रा तदर्धम् अणु); it is said to be 54,675, th part of a Muhūrta (48 minutes). -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of very small grain such as सर्षप, चीनक &c., अनणुषु दशमांशो$णुष्वथैकादशांशः Līlā. -णु n. the fourth part of a Mātrā. -Comp. -अन्तः [अणुः अन्तो यस्य] a hair-splitting question; (अण्वन्तः सूक्ष्मान्तः सुक्ष्मवस्तुनिर्णयान्तः प्रश्नः Śaṅkara). किमर्थमचारीः पशूनिच्छन्नण्वन्तानिति Br. up. 4.1.1. -तैलम् N. of a medicinal oil. -भा [अण्वी सूक्ष्मा भा प्रभा यस्याः सा] lightning. -मात्र a. [अणुः परिमाणं यस्य अणु-मात्रच्] of the size of an atom. -रेणुः [कर्म.] atomic dust. -रेवती [अणुः सूक्ष्मा रेवतीतारेव] N. of a plant (दन्तीवृक्ष) Croton Polyandrum. -वादः the doctrine of atoms, atomic theory, the theory that all material substances are primarily atoms and secondarily aggregates, and that all atoms are eternal. -वीक्षणम् [ष. त.] 1. minute observation, observation of very minute parts. -2 [अणुः सूक्ष्मो वीक्ष्यते अनेन करणे ल्युट्] an instrument, like the microscope, enabling one to discern the smallest objects. -व्रतानि N. of the twelve smaller vows of laymen adhering to the Jain faith. -व्रीहिः [कर्म.] a fine sort of grain, rice &c.
atilaṅghin अतिलङ्घिन् a. Erring, committing mistakes; नर्तकी- रभिनयातिलङ्घिनीः R.19.14.
atharvan अथर्वन् m. [अथ-ऋ-वनिप् शकन्ध्वादि˚ Tv.; probably connected with some word like athar fire] 1 A priest who has to worship fire and Soma. -2 A Brāhmaṇa. -3 N. of the priest who is said to have first brought down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited prayers. [He is represented as the eldest son of Brahmā sprung from his mouth; as a Prajāpati appointed by Brahmā to create and protect sub-ordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahmā and then taught the Brahmavidyā and is considered to be the author of the Veda called after him. His wife was Śānti, daughter of Kardama Prajāpati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he is also considered identical with Aṅgiras and father of Agni.] -4 Epithet of Śiva, Vasiṣṭha. वृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Kir. 1.1. -(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of this Veda; जिष्णुं जैत्रैरथर्वभिः R.17.13. -र्वा-र्व m. n., ˚वेदः The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Veda. [It contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religious and solemn rites; cf. Mv.2.24. मूर्तिमभिरामघोरां बिभ्रदिवाथर्वणो निगमः. It has nine Śākhās and five Kalpas, and is comprised in 2 Kāṇḍas. The most important Brāhmaṇa belonging to this Veda is the Gopatha Brāhmaṇa, and the Upaniṣads pertaining to it are stated to be 52, or, according to another account 31.] [cf. Zend atharvan, Pers. áturbán.] -Comp. -अधिपः N. of बुध Mercury (सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदराट्). -निधिः, -विढ् m. receptacle of the (knowledge of) Atharvaveda, or conversant with it; गुरुणा- $थर्वविदा कृतक्रियः R.8.4.1.59; (अथर्वविधिपदेन दुरितोपशमन- निमित्तशान्तिकपौष्टिकप्रवीणत्वं पौरोहित्यो चितत्वं द्योत्यते Malli.) -भूताः (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, Names of the 12 Maharṣis. -शिखा, -शिरस् n. (अथर्वणो वेदस्य शिखा शिर इव वा ब्रह्मविद्याप्रतिपादकत्वेन श्रेष्ठत्वात्) N. of an Upaniṣad dealing with Brahmavidyā. अथर्वशिरसो$ध्येता ब्रह्मचारी यतव्रतः Mb.13.9.29. -संहिता A text of collection of hymns of अथर्ववेद. अथर्वसंहितायाजी विदधे विधिवद्धुतम् Bm.1.869.
adurmukha अदुर्मुख a. Ved. Unremitting, zealous, cheerful; यस्याजुषन्नमस्विनः शमीमदुर्मुखस्य वा Rv.8.75.14.
adharīkṛ अधरीकृ 8 U., अधरयति Den. P. To surpass, excel, beat down, worst; शोकं किञ्चिदधरीकृत्य Dk. 6 lessening, forgetting; to defeat, vanquish; भवता धीरतया$धरीकृतः Ki.2.4,6.21; चरितैर्मुनीनधरयञ् शुचिभिः Ki.6.24 exceling; अधरीकृतसर्वस्नेहेन दअपत्यप्रेम्णा K.25.
adharmaḥ अधर्मः [न. त.] 1 Unrighteousness, irreligion, impiousness, wickedness, injustice; ˚दण्डनम् Ms.8.127 unjust punishment; अधर्मेण unjustly, in an improper way; यश्चाधर्मेण पृच्छति Ms.2.111; an unjust act; a guilty or wicked deed; sin; ˚चारिन् committing unjust or unrighteous deeds; so ˚आत्मन् of an irreligious spirit; तदा कथम्˚ भीरुः Ś.5; ˚मय full of wickedness or sin; for definitions &c. of धर्म and अधर्म See Tarka K. P.19. (धर्म and अधर्म are two of the 24 qualities mentioned in Nyāya, and they pertain only to the soul. They are the peculiar causes of pleasure and pain respectively. They are imperceptible, but inferred from reasoning and from transmigration.) -2 N. of a Prajāpati or of an attendant of the sun. -र्मा Unrighteousness personified. -र्मम् Devoid of attributes, an epithet of ब्रह्म -Comp. -अस्तिकायः the category of अधर्म, See अस्तिकाय.
adhikaraṇam अधिकरणम् [कृ-ल्युदट्] 1 Placing at the head of, appointing &c. -2 Relation, reference, connection; रामाधिकरणाः कथाः Rām. referring to. -3 (In gram.) Agreement, concord, government or grammatical relation (as of subject and predicate &c.); तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.1.2.42 having the members (of the compound) in the same relation or apposition; समानाधिकरणो or व्यधिकरणो बहुर्व्रीहिः; पीताम्बरः, चक्रपाणिः &c. -4 A receptacle or subject, technically substratum ज्ञानाधिकरणम् आत्मा T. S. the soul is the substratum of knowledge. -5 Location, place, the sense of the locative case; आधारोधिकरणम् P.1.4.45; कर्तृकर्म- व्यवहितामसाक्षाद्धारयत् क्रियाम् । उपकुर्वत् क्रियासिद्धौ शास्त्रेधिकरणं स्मृतम् ॥ Hari; as गेहे स्थाल्यामन्नं पचति. -6 A topic, subject; section, article or paragraph; a complete argument treating of one subject; A chapter in Kauṭilīya Arthaśāstra. e. g. प्रथमाधिकरणम् the Sūtras of Vyāsa and Jaimini are divided into Adhyāyas, the Adhyāyas into Pādas and the Pādas into Adhikara-ṇas or sections. (According to the Mīmāṁsakas a complete Adhikaraṇa consists of five members : विषय the subject or matter to be explained, विशय or संशय the doubt or question arising upon that matter, पूर्वपक्ष the first side or prima facie argument concerning it, उत्तर or उत्तरपक्ष or सिद्धान्त the answer or demonstrated conclusion, and संगति pertinency or relevancy, or (according to others निर्णय the final conclusion); विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम् । निर्णयश्चैति सिद्धान्तः शास्त्रे$धिकरणं स्मृतम् ॥ The Vedāntins put संगति in th 3 rd place, and सिद्धान्त last; तत्र एकैकमधिकरणं पञ्चावयवम्, विषयः संदेहः संगतिः पूर्वपक्षः सिद्धान्तश्च. Generally speaking, the five members may be विषय, संशय, पूर्वपक्ष, उत्तरपक्ष and सिद्धान्त or राद्धान्त). -7 Court of justice, court, tribunal; स्वान्दोषान् कथयन्ति नाधिकरणे Mk.9.3; ˚रणे च साधनम् Dk.4. -8 Stuff, material; विप्रतिषिद्धं चानधिकरणवाचि P.II.4.13 (अद्रव्यवाचि); अधिकरणै ˚एतावत्त्वे च P.II.4.15 fixed number of things, as दश तन्तोष्ठः Sk. -9 A claim, Bhāg, 5.1.16. -1 Supremacy. -11 A government department; सर्वाधिकरणरक्षणम् Kau. A.4. -12 A gathering place प्रत्यक्षाश्च परोक्षाश्च सर्वाधिकरणेष्वथ । वृत्तेर्भरतशार्दूल नित्यं चैवान्ववेक्षणम् ॥ Mb.12.59.68. -13 A department; अश्वागारान् गजागारान् बलाधिकरणानि च Mb.12. 69.54. -णी One who superintends. -Comp. -भोजकः a court-dignitary, a judge, भीतभीता अधिकरणभोजकाः Mk.9. -मण्डपः court or hall of justice. अधिकरणमण्डपस्य मार्गमादेशय Mk.9. -लेखकः a. official recorder or scribe, who drew up sale-deeds and other documents after getting the land measured in his presence; RT.VI.38. -विचालः [अधिकरणस्य विचालः अन्यथाकरणम्] changing the quantity of any thing, increasing or decreasing it so many times; ˚विचाले च P.V.3.43; द्रव्यस्य संख्यान्तरापादने संख्याया धा स्यात्; एकं राशिं पञ्चधा कुरु Sk. -सिद्धान्तः a conclusion which involves others.
adhigamaḥ अधिगमः मनम् 1 Acquisition, obtaining, getting, finding &c.; (इच्छामि) श्रोतुं च सीताधिगमे प्रयत्नम् Rām.5. 64.32; दुरधिगमः परभागः Pt.5.34; वंशस्थितेरधिगमात् V. 5.15; दाराधिगमनम् Ms.1.112 marriage. -2 Mastery, knowledge; असच्छास्त्राधिगमनम् Ms.11.65. -3 Mercantile return, profit; acquiring property; निध्यादेः प्राप्तिः Mit. or धनप्राप्तिः; स्थापयन्ति तु यां वृद्धिं स तत्राधिगमं प्रति Ms.8.157. -4 Acceptance. -5 Intercourse. -6 Seeing, looking; अपनेष्यामि संतापं तवाधिगमशासनात् Rām.5.35.77. अधिगम्य adhigamya गमनीय gamanīya गन्तव्य gantavya अधिगम्य गमनीय गन्तव्य pot. p. Attainable. &c.
adhijihvaḥ अधिजिह्वः [अधिका जिह्वा यस्य] A serpent (who has a forked tongue). This arose from the attempt of the serpents to lick the nectar placed on a bed of Kuśa grass, the sharp points of which pricked the tongue and split it into two. -ह्वा-जिह्विका [अधिरूढा जिह्वा, स्वार्थे कन् 1 The uvula. -2 A sort of swelling of the tongue or epiglottis.
adhivāsaḥ अधिवासः 1 Abode, residence; dwelling; सतत˚सुभगा- पिंतस्तनम् Māl.5.8; तस्यापि स एव गिरिरधिवासः K.137; लक्ष्मीभृतो$म्भोधितटाधिवासान् Śi.3.71 situated on; settlement, habitation. वसन्ति मन्नियोगेन अधिवासं च राक्षसाः Rām.3.36.4. -2 An inhabitant, neighbour. -3 Obstinate pertinacity in making a demand, sitting without food before a person's house till he ceases to oppose or refuse it (Mar. धरणें). -4 [अधिवासयति देवता अनेन, करणे घञ्] Consecration of an image especially before the commencement of a sacrificial rite; see अधिवासनम् also. शुद्धाधिवासाश्च विशुद्धसत्त्वाः Bu. Ch.1.39. -5 A garment, mantle (अधीवासः also). -6 A birth-place; जातिश्रेण्यधि- वासानां कुलधर्माश्च सर्वतः । वर्जयन्ति च ये धर्मं तेषां धर्मो न विद्यते ॥ Mb.12.36.19.
adhivikartanam अधिविकर्तनम् The act of cutting off or cutting through.
adhiśrayaḥ अधिश्रयः [श्री-भावे अच्] 1 A receptacle. -2 [श्री-अच्] Boiling, making hot (by putting on fire). अधिश्रयणम् adhiśrayaṇam पणम् paṇam अधिश्रयणम् पणम् [श्रि-श्री-भावे-ल्युट्] Placing a kettle on fire; warming, boiling. -णी [अधिश्रीयते पच्यते$त्र, आधारे ल्युट् ङीप्] An oven, a fire-place.
adhyāsaḥ अध्यासः [अस्-घञ्] 1 False attribution, wrong supposition (गिथ्याज्ञनम्, अतस्मिंस्तद्बुद्धिः or अयथार्थानुभवः); स्मृतिरूपः परत्र पूर्वदृष्टावभासः; for full explanation see Ś. B.8-22 and अध्यारोप also. -2 An appendage. -3 Putting down upon; पादाध्यासे शतं दमः Y.2.217.
adhyāsanam अध्यासनम् 1 Sitting down upon, occupying, presiding over. -2 A seat, place.
adhyāsita अध्यासित a. Seated down, upon, settled. -तम् Sitting upon; धेन्वा तदध्यासितकातराक्ष्या निरीक्ष्यमाणः R.2.52.
adhyūhanam अध्यूहनम् Putting of a layer (of ashes &c.).
anapavyayat अनपव्ययत् a. Ved. Not letting go; able.
anapāvṛt अनपावृत् [न. ब.] Not returning or coming back, non-recurrent (पुनरावृत्तिशून्य); unremitting(?).
anavasāna अनवसान a. [न. ब.] Endless, having no setting; free from death.
anāptṛ अनाप्तृ a. Not getting &c.; अनाप्तुरेनसाम् Śi.16.38 not touched by sin.
anigraha अनिग्रह a. Unrestrained, invincible, unconquerable. -हः 1 Non-restraint. -2 Non-refutation. -3 Not admitting one's defeat in argument; ˚स्थानम् occasion of non-refutation.
aniviśamāna अनिविशमान a. Not sitting down or retiring to rest, ever going, restless; पुनाना यन्त्यनिविशमानाः Rv.7.49.1.
aniṣṭa अनिष्ट a. 1 Unwished, undesirable; unfavourable, disagreeable, ill (with gen.); ध्यायत्यनिष्टं यत्किञ्चित्पाणिग्राहस्य चेतसा Ms.9.21 whatever ill she thinks of her husband. -2 Evil, forbidden. -3 Bad, unlucky, ominous. -4 Not honoured with a sacrifice. -ष्टम् An evil, mishap, misfortune, calamity, disadvantage; a crime, offence, wrong, unwelcome thing; ˚एकबुद्धि Māl.8.12; भवत्यनिष्टादपि नाम दुःसहान्मनस्विनीनां प्रतिपत्तिरीदृशी Ku.5.42; ill-omen; प्रातरेव ˚दर्शनं जातम् H.1. -Comp. -अनुबन्धिन् a. followed by or attended with calamities; विषयोपभोगेषु ˚बन्धिषु यः सुखपुद्धिमारो- पयति K.155. -आपत्तिः f., -आपादनम् getting what is not desired, an undesired occurrence. -आशंसिन् a. (˚सूचक) indicating or boding ill. -ग्रहः an evil or malignant planet. -दुष्टधी a. having an evil and corrupt mind. -प्रसङ्गः 1 an undesired occurrence. -2 connection with a wrong object, argument or rule. -फलम् an evil result. -शङ्का fear of evil. -हेतुः an evil omen.
anukūla अनुकूल a. [अनुगतः कूलं तटं स्नेहादिबन्धनं वा] 1 Favourable, agreeable (lit. following the bank of slope, according to the current, with the grain;), as wind, fate &c.; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वाम् Me.9; शान्त ˚पवनश्च Ś.4.11; ˚परिणामा संवृत्ता Ś.7; बाणास्त एव मदनस्य ममानुकूलाः V.3.2. -2 Friendly, kind, well or kindly disposed. -3 Conformable to; pleasing, agreeable or favourable to, conducting to, capable of; oft. in comp.; स्पर्शानुकूला इव सूर्यकान्ताः Ś.2.7; अननुकूलो$भिमानस्य K.45 not inclined to pride; दर्शनानुकूलाहमस्य न वेति 197; कुशलविरचितानुकूलवेशः R.5.76 befitting, suitable. -लः 1 A faithful or kind husband, (एकरतिः S. D. or एकनिरतः एकस्यामेव नायिकायाम् आसक्तः), a variety of नायक. -2 'Favourable to all', epithet of Viṣṇu. -ला 1 N. of a tree (दन्ती) Croton Polyandrum. -2 N. of a metre. -लम् 1 Favour, kindness; नारीणामनुकूलमाचरति चेत् K. P.9. -2 (Rhet.) A figure in which unfavourableness turns into kindness; अनुकूलं प्रतिकूल्यमानुकूल्यानुबन्धि चेत् S. D.; कुपितासि यदा तन्वि निधाय करजक्षतम् । बधान भुजपाशाभ्यां कण्ठमस्य दृढं तदा ॥.
anuprāptiḥ अनुप्राप्तिः f. Getting to, reaching, arriving &c.
anumantṛ अनुमन्तृ a. Consenting to, permitting, allowing, suffering (opp. to active agent); उपद्रष्टा$नुमन्ता च भर्ता भोक्ता महेश्वरः Bg.13.22; Ms.5.51 adviser.
anulomanam अनुलोमनम् 1 Regular gradation, sending or putting in the right direction. -2 (In medicine) Carrying off by the regular channels, such as purging; alleviation.
anuśayāna अनुशयान a. Regretting &c. -ना A variety of heroine (परकीयनायिकाभेदः); one who is sad and dejected, being apprehensive of the loss of her lover (इष्ठहानि- जनितानुतापवती).
anusaṃdhānam अनुसंधानम् 1 Inquiry, investigation; close inspection or scrutiny, examination; Mv.7. -2 Aiming at. H. -3 Planning, arranging, getting ready &c.; दुर्गानुसंधाने को नियुज्यताम् H.3 equipping with the necessary materials. -4 A plan, scheme. -5 Suitable connection. -6 (In the Vaiś. Phil.) The 4th step in a syllogism, the उपनय or application. अनुसंधानिन् anusandhānin संधायिन् sandhāyin अनुसंधानिन् संधायिन् a. Investigating, looking after; skilful in concerting plans.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
antara अन्तर a. [अन्तं राति ददाति, रा-क] 1 Being in the inside, interior, inward, internal (opp. बाह्य); योन्तरो यमयति Śat. Br.; ˚र आत्मा Tait. Up.; कश्चनान्तरो धर्मः S. D. अन्तरापणवीथ्यश्च नानापण्योपशोभिताः अनुगच्छन्तु Rām.7.64.3. -2 Near, proximate (आसन्न); कृष्वा युजश्चिदन्तरम् Rv.1. 1.9. -3 Related, intimate, dear, closely connected (आत्मीय) (opp. पर); तदेतत्प्रेयः पुत्रात् ...... प्रेयो$न्यस्मात्सर्व- स्मादन्तरतरं यदयमात्मा Śat. Br.; अयमत्यन्तरो मम Bharata. -4 Similar (also अन्तरतम) (of sounds and words); स्थाने$न्तरतमः P.I.1.5; हकारस्य घकारोन्तरतमः Śabdak.; सर्वस्य पदस्य स्थाने शब्दतो$र्थतश्चान्तरतमे द्वे शब्दस्वरूपे भवतः P. VIII.1.1. Com. -5 (a) Different from, other than (with abl.); यो$प्सु तिष्ठन्नद्भ्यो$न्तरः Bṛi. Ār. Up.; आत्मा स्वभावो$न्तरो$न्यो यस्य स आत्मान्तरः अन्यस्वभावः व्यवसायिनो$न्तरम् P.VI.2.166 Sk. ततो$न्तराणि सत्त्वानि स्वादते स महाबलः Rām.7. 62.5. (b) The other; उदधेरन्तरं पारम् Rām. -6 Exterior, outer, situated outside, or to be worn outside (अन्तरं बहिर्योगोपसंव्यानयोः P.I.1.36) (In this sense it is declined optionally like सर्व in nom. pl. and abl. and loc. sing.) अन्तरे-रा वा गृहाः बाह्या इत्यर्थः (चण्डालादिगृहाः); अन्तरे-रा वा शाटकाः परिधानीया इत्यर्थः Sk.; so अन्तरायां पुरि, अन्तरायै नगर्यै, नमो$न्तरस्मै अमेधसाम् Vop. -रम् 1 (a) The interior, inside; ततान्तरं सान्तरवारिशीकरैः Ki.4.29,5.5; जालान्तरगते भानौ Ms.8.132; विमानान्तरलम्बिनीनाम् R.13.33; Mk.8.5, Ku. 7.62; अपि वनान्तरं श्रयति V.4.24; लीयन्ते मुकुलान्तरेषु Ratn. 1.26, Ki.3.58; अन्तरात् from inside, from out of; प्राकारपरिखान्तरान्निर्ययुः Rām.; अन्तरे in, into; वन˚, कानन˚, प्रविश्यान्तरे &c. (b) Hence, the interior of any thing, contents; purport, tenor; अत्रान्तरं ब्रह्मविदो विदित्वा Śvet. Up. (c) A hole, an opening; तस्य बाणान्तरेभ्यस्तु बहु सुस्राव शोणितम्. -2 Soul, heart; mind; सततमसुतरं वर्णयन्त्यन्तरम् Ki.5.18 the inmost or secret nature (lit. middle space or region); लब्धप्रतिष्ठान्तरैः भृत्यैः Mu.3.13 having entered the heart; सदृशं पुरुषान्तरविदो महेन्द्रस्य V.3. -3 The Supreme Soul. -4 Interval, intermediate time or space, distance; रम्यान्तरः Ś.4.11; किंचिदन्तरमगमम् Dk.6; अल्प- कुचान्तरा V.4.49; क्रोशान्तरेण पथि स्थिताः H.4 at the distance of; बृहद् भुजान्तरम् R.3.54; अन्तरे oft. translated by between, betwixt; गीतान्तरेषु Ku.3.38 in the intervals of singing; मरणजीवितयोरन्तरे वर्ते betwixt life and death; अस्त्रयोगान्तरेषु Rām.; तन्मुहूर्तकं बाष्पसलिलान्तरेषु प्रेक्षे तावदार्यपुत्रम् U.3 in the intervals of weeping; बाष्पविश्रामो$प्यन्तरे कर्तव्य एव U.4 at intervals; स्मर्तव्योस्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7 in the course of conversation; कालान्तरावर्तिशुभाशुभानि H.1 v. l. See कालान्तरम्; सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्यदन्तरम् Ms.2.17,22; द्यावापृथिव्यो- रिदमन्तरं हि व्याप्तं त्वयैकेन Bg.11.2; न मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.6.18 between the breasts; Bg.5.27; अस्य खलु ते बाणपथवर्तिनः कृष्णसारस्यान्तरे तपस्विन उपस्थिताः Ś.1; तदन्तरे सा विरराज धेनुः R.2.2;12.29. (b) Intervention (व्यवधान) oft. in the sense of 'through'; मेघान्तरालक्ष्यमि- वेन्दुबिम्बम् R.13.38 through the clouds; वस्त्रं अन्तरं व्यवधायकं यस्य स वस्त्रान्तरः P.VI.2.166 Sk.; महानद्यन्तरं यत्र तद्देशान्त- रमुच्यते; जालान्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिः R.7.9 peeping through a window; विटपान्तरेण अवलोकयामि Ś.1; क्षणमपि विलम्बमन्तरीकर्तु- मक्षमा K.36 to allow to come between or intervene; कियच्चिरं वा मैघान्तरेण पूर्णिमाचन्द्रस्य दर्शनम् U.3. -5 Room, place, space in general; मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्यलभ्यम् Ku.1.4; न ह्यविद्धं तयोर्गात्रे बभूवाङ्गुलमन्तरम् Rām.; मूषिकैः कृते$न्तरे Y.1. 147; गुणाः कृतान्तराः K.4 finding or making room for themselves; न यस्य कस्यचिदन्तरं दातव्यम् K.266; देहि दर्शना- न्तरम् 84. room; पौरुषं श्रय शोकस्य नान्तरं दातुमर्हसि Rām. do not give way to sorrow; तस्यान्तरं मार्गते Mk.7.2 waits till it finds room; अन्तरं अन्तरम् Mk.2 make way, make way. -6 Access, entrance, admission, footing; लेभेन्तरं चेतसि नोपदेशः R.6.66 found no admission into (was not impressed on) the mind; 17.75; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे 16.7. -7 Period (of time), term; मासान्तरे देयम् Ak.; सप्तैते मनवः । स्वे स्वेन्तरे सर्वमिदमुत्पाद्यापुश्चराचरम् Ms.1.63, see मन्वन्तरम्; इति तौ विरहान्तरक्षमौ R.8.56 the term or period of separation; क्षणान्तरे -रात् within the period of a moment. -8 Opportunity, occasion, time; देवी चित्रलेखामव- लोकयन्ती तिष्ठति । तस्मिन्नन्तरे भर्तोपस्थितः M.1. अत्रान्तरे प्रणम्याग्रे समुपविष्टः; Pt.1 on that occasion, at that time; अस्मिन्नन्तरे Dk.164; केन पुनरुपायेन मरणनिर्वाणस्यान्तरं संभावयिष्ये Māl.6; कृतकृत्यता लब्धान्तरा भेत्स्यति Mu.2.22 getting an opportunity; 9; यावत्त्वामिन्द्रगुरवे निवेदयितुं अन्तरान्वेषी भवामि Ś.7. find a fit or opportune time; शक्तेनापि सता जनेन विदुषा कालान्तरप्रेक्षिणा वस्तव्यम् Pt.3.12; waiting for a suitable opportunity or time; सारणस्यान्तरं दृष्ट्वा शुको रावणमब्रवीत् Rām. -9 Difference (between two things), (with gen. or in comp.) शरीरस्य गुणानां च दूरमत्यन्तमन्तरम् H.1.46; उभयोः पश्यतान्तरम् H.1.64, नारीपुरुषतोयानामन्तरं महदन्तरम् 2.39; तव मम च समुद्रपल्वलयोरिवान्तरम् M.1; Bg.13.34; यदन्तरं सर्षपशैलराजयोर्यदन्तरं वायसवैनतेययोः Rām.; द्रुमसानुमतां किमन्तरम् R.8.9;18.15; rarely with instr.; त्वया समुद्रेण च महदन्तरम् H.2; स्वामिनि गुणान्तरज्ञे Pt.1.11; difference; सैव विशिनष्टि पुनः प्रधानपुरषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K. -1 (Math.) Difference, remainder also subtraction, cf. योगोन्तरेणोनयुतो$र्धितस्तौ राशी स्मृतौ संक्रमणाख्यमेतत् ॥ Līlā. -11 (a) Different, another, other, changed, altered (manner, kind, way &c.); (Note:- that in this sense अन्तर always forms the latter part of a compound and its gender remains unaffected i. e. neuter, whatever be the gender of the noun forming the first part; कन्यान्तरम् (अन्या कन्या), राजान्तरम् (अन्यो राजा), गृहान्तरम् (अन्यद् गृहम्); in most cases it may be rendered by the English word 'another'.); इदमवस्थान्तरमारोपिता Ś.3 changed condition; K.154; Mu.5; शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवाद्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121; जननान्तरसौहृदानि &Sacute.5.2 friendships of another (former) existence; नैवं वारान्तरं विधास्यते H.3 I shall not do so again; आमोदान् हरिदन्तराणि नेतुम् Bv.1.15, so दिगन्तराणि; पक्षान्तरे in the other case; देश˚, राज˚, क्रिया˚ &c. (b) Various, different, manifold (used in pl.); लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2; मन्निमित्तान्यवस्थान्तराण्यवर्णयत् Dk.118 various or different states; 16; sometimes used pleonastically with अन्यत् &c.; अन्यत्स्थानान्तरं गत्वा Pt.1. -12 Distance (in space); व्यामो बाह्वोः सकरयोस्ततयोस्ति- र्यगन्तरम् Ak.; प्रयातस्य कथंचिद् दूरमन्तरम् Ks.5.8. -13 Absence; तासामन्तरमासाद्य राक्षरीनां वराङ्गना Rām.; तस्यान्तरं च विदित्वा ibid. -14 Intermediate member, remove, step, gradation (of a generation &c.); एकान्तरम् Ms.1.13; द्वयेकान्तरासु जातानाम् 7; एकान्तरमामन्त्रितम् P.VIII.1.55; तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27 separated by one remove, See एकान्तर also. -15 Peculiarity, peculiar or characteristic possession or property; a (peculiar) sort, variety, or kind; व्रीह्यन्तरेप्यणुः Trik.; मीनो राश्यन्तरे, वेणुर्नृपान्तरे ibid.; प्रासङ्गो युगान्तरम् cf. also प्रधानपुरुषान्तरं सूक्ष्मम् Sāṅ. K.37. &c. -16 Weakness, weak or vulnerable point; a failing, defect, or defective point; प्रहरेदन्तरे रिपुम्, Śabdak. सुजयः खलु तादृगन्तरे Ki.2.52; असहद्भिर्माममिमित्रैर्नित्यमन्तरदर्शिभिः Rām; परस्यान्तरदर्शिना ibid.; कीटकेनेवान्तरं मार्गयमाणेन प्राप्तं मया महदन्तरम् Mk.9; अथास्य द्वादशे वर्षे ददर्श कलिरन्तरम् Nala.7.2.; हनूमतो वेत्ति न राक्षसो$न्तरं न मारुतिस्तस्य च राक्षसो$न्तरम् Rām. -17 Surety, guarantee, security; तेन तव विरूपकरणे सुकृतमन्तरे धृतम् Pt.4 he has pledged his honour that he will not harm you; आत्मान- मन्तरे$र्पितवान् K.247; अन्तरे च तयोर्यः स्यात् Y.2.239; भुवः संज्ञान्तरयोः P.III.2.179; धनिकाधमर्णयोरन्तरे यस्तिष्ठति विश्वासार्थं स प्रतिभूः Sk. -18 Regard, reference, account; न चैतदिष्टं माता मे यदवोचन्मदन्तरम् Rām. with reference to me; त्वदन्तरेण ऋणमेतत्. -19 Excellence, as in गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6 (this meaning may be deduced from 11). -2 A garment (परिधान). -21 Purpose, object, (तादर्थ्य) तौ वृषाविव नर्दन्तौ बलिनौ वासितान्तरे Mb.1.12.41; (Malli. on R.16.82). -22 Concealment, hiding; पर्व- तान्तरितो रविः (this sense properly belongs to अन्तर्-इ q. v.). -23 Representative, substitution. क्षात्रमाचरतो मार्गमपि बन्धोस्त्वदन्तरे Mb.12.1.3. -24 Destitution, being without (विना) which belongs to अन्तरेण. (अन्तरमवकाशाव- धिपरिधानान्तर्धिभेदतादर्थ्ये । छिद्रात्मीर्यावेनाबहिरवसरमध्येन्तरात्मनि च Ak.) [cf. L. alter] -25 Space (अवकाश); प्रेक्षतामृषि- सङ्घानां बभूव न तदान्तरम् Rām.7.14.19. -26 Separation (वियोग); भार्यापत्योरन्तरम् Mb.5.35.43. -27 A move or skilful play in wrestling; अन्योन्यस्थान्तरप्रेप्सू प्रचक्राते$न्तरं प्रति Mb.9.57.11. -28 A moulding of the pedestal and the base; षडंशं चान्तरे कर्णे उत्तरांशं तदूर्ध्वके । Māna.13.121; cf. स्थानात्मीयान्यतादर्थ्यरन्ध्रान्तर्धिषु चान्तरम् । परिधाने$वधौ मध्ये$- न्तरात्मनि नपुंसके । Nm. -Comp. -अपत्या a pregnant woman. -चक्रम् a technical term in augury Bṛi. S. chap.86. -ज्ञ a. knowing the interior, prudent, wise, foreseeing; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातु प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24 not knowing the difference. -तत् a. spreading havoc. -द a. cutting the interior or heart. -दिशा, अन्तरा दिक् intermediate region or quarter of the compass. -दृश् a. realizing the Supreme Soul (परमात्मानुसंधायिन्). -पु(पू)रुषः the internal man, soul (the deity that resides in man and witnesses all his deeds); तांस्तु देवाः प्रपश्यन्ति स्वस्यैवान्तरपूरुषः; Ms.8.85. -पूजा = अन्तर-पूजा. -प्रभवः [अन्तराभ्यां भिन्नवर्णमातापितृभ्यां प्रभवति] one of a mixed origin or caste. (अम्बष्ठ, क्षत्तृ, करण, इ.); अन्तरप्रभवाणां च धर्मान्नो वक्तुमर्हसि Ms.1.2. -प्रश्नः an inner question, one contained in and arising out of what has been previously mentioned. -शायिन् -स्थ, -स्थायिन् -स्थित a. 1 inward, internal, inherent; ˚स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केन चित् Pt. 1.221. -2 interposed, intervening, separate. -3 seated in the heart, an epithet of जीव.
antya अन्त्य a. [अन्ते भवति वसति &c., अन्ताय हितः; अन्त-यत्] 1 Last, final (as a letter, word &c.); last (in time, order or place) P.I.1.47; as ह of letters, Revatī of asterisms, Mīna of the zodiacal signs. &c.; अन्त्ये वयसि in old age R.9.79; अन्त्यं ऋणम् R.1.71 last debt; ˚मण़्डनम् 8.71 last funeral decoration, Ku.4.22. -2 Immediately following (in comp.); अष्टम˚ ninth. -3 perishable, transitory; देहाद्यपार्थमसदन्यमभिज्ञमात्रं (विन्देत) Bhāg.12.8.44. -4 Lowest (in rank, degree or position), undermost, worst, inferior, base, vile, wretched; ˚अवस्थां गतः Pt.4.11 reduced to the worst plight; अन्त्यासु दशासु Pt.1.336 at perilous (critical) times; belonging to the lowest caste; चण्डाल ˚स्त्रियःMs.11.175; ˚स्त्रीनिषेविणः 12.59; अन्त्यादपि वरं रत्नं स्त्रीरत्नं दुष्कुलादपि; शूद्राश्च सन्तः शूद्राणामन्त्यानामन्त्ययोनयः (साक्ष्यं कुर्युः) 8.68, 3.9; 4.79; Y.1.148, 2.294. -न्त्यः 1 A man of the lowest caste; see above. -2 N. of a plant (मुस्ता Mar. नागर- मोथा) (f. also) (the roots of which are prescribed for colic). -3 The last syllable of a word. -4 The last lunar month i. e. Fālguna. -5 A Mlechcha, foreigner, barbarian. अन्त्येषु स विनिक्षिप्य पुत्रान् यदुपुरोगमान् Mb.1.86.12. -6 (In Vaiśeṣika Phil.) A name for the category विशेष; अन्त्यो नित्यद्रव्यवृत्तिर्विशेषः परिकीर्तितः Bhāṣā P. -न्त्या 1 A technical name for त्रिज्या in astronomy. -2 A woman of the lowest tribe. -न्त्यम् 1 A measure of number; 1 billions (1,,,,.) -2 The 12th sign of the zodiac. -3 The last member or term of a progression (series), the last figure; स्थाप्योन्तवर्गो द्विगुणान्त्यनिघ्नः Līlā. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः see under अनुप्रास. -अवसायिन् m., f. (˚यी, ˚यिनी) a man or woman of the lowest caste, begotten by a chāṇḍāla on a Niṣādī woman; निषादस्त्री तु चाण्डालात्पुत्रमन्त्यावसा- यितम् । स्मशानगोचरं सूते बाह्यानामपि गर्हितम् ॥ Ms.1.39; the following 7 are regarded as belonging to this class; चाण्डालः श्वपचः क्षत्ता सूतो वैदेहकस्तथा । मागधायोगवौ चैव सप्तैते$- न्त्यावसायिनः ॥ सो$हमन्त्यावसायानां हराम्येनां प्रतिगृहात् Mb.12.141.41. see अन्तेवसायिन्. -आश्रमिन् m. one who belongs to the last or mendicant order. -आहुतिः -इष्टिः f. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया last or funeral oblations, sacrifices or rites; ˚कर्म Ms.11.197,5.168; अन्त्याहुतिं हावयितुं सविप्राः Bk. -ऋणम् the last of the three debts which every one has to pay, i. e. begetting children; see अनृण. -गमनम् intercourse by a woman of the higher caste with a man of the lowest caste. -ज. a 1 latest born, younger -2 belonging to the lowest caste; ˚जैर्नृभिः Ms.4.61; ˚स्त्री 8.385. (-जः) 1 a śūdra (अन्त्यः सन् जायते, वर्णमध्ये शेषभवत्वात्). -2 one of the 7 inferior tribes; chāṇḍāla &c.; रजकश्चर्मकारश्च नटो वरुड एव च । कैवर्तमेदभिल्लाश्च सप्तैते चान्त्यजाः स्मृता ॥ Yama; also Ms.8.279; Y.1.273. (-जा) a woman of the lowest caste; Ms.11.59.171; Y.3.231. -जन्मन्, -जाति, -जातीय a. 1 one belonging to the lowest caste; प्रतिग्रहस्तु क्रियते शूद्रादप्यन्त्यजन्मनः Ms.1.11. -2 a Śūdra; ˚तिता Ms.12.9. -3 a chāṇḍāla. -धनम् the last term of a progression or series. -पदम्, -मूलम् the last or greatest root (in a square). -भम् 1 the last lunar mansion रेवती. -2 the last sign of zodiac; मीन Pisces.. -युगम् the last or Kali age. -योनि. a. of the lowest origin; अन्त्याना- मन्त्ययोनयः (साक्ष्यम्) Ms.8.68. (-निः) the lowest source or origin. -लोपः dropping of the last letter or syllable of a word. -वर्णः, -वर्णा a man or woman of the lowest caste, a śūdra male or female. -विपुला N. of a metre.
andha अन्ध a. 1 Blind (lit. and fig.); devoid of sight, unable to see (at particular times); दिवान्धाः प्राणिनः केचिद्रात्रावन्धास्तथापरे; D. Bhāg. made blind, blinded; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24; मदान्धः blinded by intoxication; so दर्पान्धः, क्रोधान्धः; काम˚ लोभ˚ अज्ञान˚ अज्ञाना- न्धस्य दीपस्य ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥; सहजान्धदृशः स्वदुर्नये Śi.16.29 blind to his own wicked acts. -2 Making blind, preventing the sight; utter, pitchy; complete, thick (darkness) प्रधर्षितायां वैदेह्यां बभूव सचराचरम् । जगत्सर्वममर्यादं तमसान्धेन संवृतम् ॥ Rām 3.52. 9. Ms.8.94; सीदन्नन्धे तमसि U.3.33; Māl.9.8.2; See ˚कूप, ˚तामसम् infra. -3 Afflicted. आर्यः पर्युषितं तु नाभ्य- वहरत्यन्धः क्षुधान्धो$प्यसौ Viś. Guna.11. -4 Soiled, tarnished; निःश्वासान्ध इवादर्शश्चन्द्रमा न प्रकाशते Rām.3.16.13. -न्धम् Darkness. अन्धः स्यादन्धवेलायां बाधिर्यमपि चाश्रयेत् Mb. 1.14.12. -2 Spiritual ignorance; अज्ञान or अविद्या q.v. -3 Water; also, turbid water. -धः 1 A kind of mendicant (परिव्राजक) who has completely controlled his organs; तिष्ठतो व्रजतो वापि यस्य चक्षुर्न दूरगम् । चतुष्पदां भुवं मुक्त्वा परिव्राडन्ध उच्यते ॥ -2 An epithet of the zodiacal signs at particular periods; (नष्टद्रव्यलाभालाभोपयोगयुक्तो राशिभेदः); मेषो वृषा मृगेन्द्रश्च रात्रावन्धाः प्रकीर्तिताः । नृयुक्कर्कटकन्याश्च दिवान्धाः परिकीर्तिताः ॥ -न्धाः (pl.) N. of a people; see अन्ध्र. -Comp. -अलजी a blind boil or abscess in the eyes (one that does not open or suppurate). (Ved. अलजि विसल्पस्य विद्रधस्य वातीकारस्य वालजेः Av.9.8.2.) -अहिः, -अहिकः a blind serpent, i. e. one that is not poisonous. (-हिः, -हिकः) N. of a fish (कुचिका). -कारः [अन्धं करोति] darkness (lit. and fig.); लीनं दिवाभीतमिवान्धकारम् Ku. 1.12; काम˚, मदन˚; अन्धकारतामुपयाति चक्षुः K.36 grows dim; बाष्पजलधारान्धकारितमुखी K.161,286. -कूपः [अन्धयतीत्यन्धः, अन्धः कूपः] 1 a well, the mouth of which is hidden; a well overgrown with plants &c. -2 [अन्धस्य दृष्टयभावस्य कूप इव] mental darkness, infatuation. -3 N. of a hell, to which those who tease and kill harmless creatures are condemned. -तमसम् (P.V.4. 79.) -तामसम्, -न्धातमसम् deep or complete darkness; लोकमन्धतमसात्क्रमोदितौ R.11.24; अन्धतमसमिव प्रविशामि U.7 the gloom of hell; प्रध्वंसितान्धतमसस्तत्रोदाहरणं रविः Śi.2.33. (-सा) night. -तामिस्रः, श्रः (-स्रम् also) 1 complete or deep darkness (especially of the soul); तामिस्रोष्टदशधा तथा भवत्यन्धतामिस्रः Sāṅ K.48 (भयविशेषविषयको$भिनिवेशः); तस्यामन्धतामिस्रमभ्यध्यायत् Mv.1. -2 spiritual ignorance (देहे नष्टे अहमेव नष्टः इति रूपमज्ञानम्); enveloped in utter darkness. (-स्रः, स्रम्) 1 N. of a division of Tartarus or infernal regions, the second of the 21 hells to which those who seduce the wives of others and enjoy them are condemned. According to Bhavabhūti persons committing suicide were condemned to this hell; cf. अन्धतामिस्रा ह्यसूर्या नाम ते लोकास्तेभ्यः प्रतिविधीयन्ते य आत्मघातिन इत्येवमृषयो मन्यन्ते U.4; तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रं महारौरवरौरवौ । नरकं कालसूत्रं च महानरकमेव च ॥ Ms.4.88,197; Y.3.224; doctrine of annihilation after death. -2 Death मोहो$प्रकाशस्तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रसंज्ञितम् । मरणं चान्धतामिस्रं तामिस्रं क्रोध उच्यते ॥ Mb.12.313.25. -धी a. mentally blind. -पूतना a demoness supposed to cause diseases in children; यो द्वेष्टि स्तनमतिसारकासहिक्काछर्दीभिर्ज्वर- सहिताभिरर्द्यमानः । दुर्वर्णः सततमधःशयो$म्लगन्धिस्तं ब्रूयुर्वरभिषजोन्ध- पूतनार्तम् Suśr. -मूषा a small covered crucible with a hole in the side. -मूषिका [अन्धं दृष्ट्यभावं मुष्णाति, मुष्-ण्वुल्] N. of a plant or grass देवताड (तत्सेवनेन चक्षुष्मत्ता भवतीति वैद्यकप्रसिद्धिः). -रात्री dark night (Ved). -वर्त्मन् m. [अन्धं सूर्यप्रकाशराहित्याद्वर्त्म यत्र] the seventh skandha or region of wind.
annam अन्नम् [अद्-क्त; अनित्यनेन, अन्-नन्; according to Yāska from अद्, अद्यते अत्ति च भूतानि; or from आ-नम्, आ आभि मुख्येन ह्येतन्नतं प्रह्वीभूतं भवति भोजनाय भूतानाम्] 1 Food (in general); अद्यते$त्ति च भूतानि तस्मादन्नं तदुच्यते Tait. Up.; मदो$सृङ्मांसमज्जास्थि वदन्त्यन्नं मनीषिणः Ms.3.8.182; अहमन्नं भवान् भोक्ता H.1.51. I am your prey &c.; चराणामन्नमचराः Ms.5.29. -2 Food as representing the lowest form in which the Supreme Soul is manifested, being the coarsest and last of the 5 vestures (कोश) in which the soul is clothed and passes from body to body in the long process of metempsychosis - "the nutrimentitious vesture or visible body in the world of sense" (स्थूल- शरीर called अन्नमयकोश). -3 Boiled rice; अन्नेन व्यञ्जनम् P. II.1.34. -4 Corn (bread corn); ता (आपः) अन्नम- सृजन्त तस्माद्यत्र क्व च वर्षति तदेव भूयिष्ठमन्नं भवति Ch. Up. 6.2.4.; आदित्याज्जायते वृष्टिर्वृष्टेरन्नं ततः प्रजाः Ms.3.76; कृत˚ 9.219;1.86,12.65. -5 Water. -6 Earth (पृथिव्या अन्नहेतुत्वादन्नशब्दवाच्यता). -7 N. of Viṣṇu. -न्नः The sun (स हि अन्नहेतुवृष्टिहेतुः). -Comp. -अकालः = अनाकाल q. v. -अत्तृ, -आदिन्, -आहारिन् eating food. -अद a. eating food. -2 having a good appetite (दीप्ताग्नि). (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. -अद्यम् proper food, food in general; कुर्यादहरहः श्राद्धमन्नाद्येनोदकेन वा Ms.3.82,4.112, 11.144. अन्नाद्येन प्रजापतिः (तृप्तः) Mb.3.2.68. -आच्छा- दनम्, -वस्त्रम् food and clothing, food and raiment, the bare necessaries of life. -आयुः (अन्नायु) consisting of, living by, food; desirous of food (अन्नबन्धनः, अन्नजीवनः). -काम a. desirous of food; स इद्भोजो यो गृहवे ददात्यन्नकामाय Rv.1.117.3. -कालः hour of dinner; meal-time. -किट्टः = ˚मल q. v. -कूटः a large heap of boiled rice. -कोष्ठकः 1 a cupboard; granary. -2 Viṣṇu. -3 the sun. -गतिः f. the passage of food, gullet (cf. बहिः- स्रोतस्). -गन्धिः dysentery, diarrhoea. -ज, जात a. produced from food as the primitive substance. -जम् rice-gruel of three days. -जा f. a hickup. -जलम् food and water, bare subsistence. -तेजस् a. having the vigour caused by food. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -प्रद a. 1 giving food. वारिदस्तृप्तिमाप्नोति सुखमक्षय्यमन्नदः Ms.4.229. -2 epithet of Śiva. -दा N. of Durgā or Annapūrṇā. -दासः [अन्नेन पालितो दासः शाक. त.] a servant who works for food only, one who becomes a servant or slave by getting food only. -देवता the deity supposed to preside over articles of food. -दोषः 1 sin arising from eating prohibited food; Ms.5.4. -2 a defect in the food eaten; derangement of food or the humours of the body; आलस्यादन्नदोषाच्च मृत्युर्विप्राञ् जिघांसति Ms.5.4. -द्वेषः dislike of food, loss of appetite. -पतिः lord or possessor of food, epithet of Savitṛ, Agni, and Śiva. अन्नपते$न्नस्य नो देहि Tait. Saṁ.11.83;34.58. -पाकः cooking of food; digestion of food; (by the fire in the stomach). -पू a. purifying food, epithet of the Sun. -पूर्ण a. filled with, possessed of, food. (-र्णा) a form of Durgā (the goddess of plenty); ˚ईश्वरी N. of Durgā or a form of Bhairavī. -पेयम् = वाज- पेयम् q. v. -प्रलय a. being dissolved into food after death. -प्राशः, प्राशनम् the ceremony of giving a new-born child food to eat for the first time, one of the 16 Saṁskāras performed between the 5th and 8th month (usually in the sixth, Ms.2.34) with preliminary oblations to fire (Mar.उष्टावण); षष्ठे$न्नप्राशन मासि Ms.2.34; Y.1.12. -ब्रह्मन्, -आत्मन् m. Brahman as represented by food. -भक्त a. [अन्नार्थं भक्तः दासः] = अन्नदास q. v. -भुज् a. eating food, epithet of Śiva. -मय a. see below. -मलम् 1 excrement, faeces; P.VI.1.148 Sk. -2 spirituous liquor; सुरा वै मलमन्नानाम् Ms.11.93. -रक्षा precautions as to eating food. -रसः essence of food, chyle; food and drink, nutriment; नानाविधानन्नरसान् वन्यमूलफलाश्रयान् । तेभ्यो ददौ Rām. -वत् a. possessed of food; अन्नवान्त्सन् रफितायोपज- ग्मुषे Rv.1.117.2. -वस्त्रम् = ˚आच्छादनम् q. v. -विकारः. 1 transformation of food, assimilation. -2 disorder of the stomach caused by indigestion. -3 seminal discharge (of man); semen itself; cf. अन्नाद्रेतः संभवति. -विद् a. acquiring food; कार्षीवणा अन्नविदो न विद्यया Av.6.116.1. -व्यवहारः the law or custom relating to food; i. e. the custom of eating together or not with other persons. -शेषः leavings of food, offal. -संस्कारः consecration of food. -होमः a sacrifice (with 1 materials) connected with the Aśvamedha sacrifice.
anvavasargaḥ अन्ववसर्गः [सृज्-घञ्] 1 Slackening, letting loose (opp. आयाम). -2 Permission to do as one likes (काम- चारानुज्ञा), one of the senses of अपि P.I.4.96; see अपि. -3 Following one's own will.
anvādhānam अन्वाधानम् [अग्निस्थापनस्य पश्चादाधानम्] Putting on or depositing fuel on the sacred fires.
anvāsīna अन्वासीन pres. p. Sitting down after, seated along side of.
anvita अन्वित p. p. 1 Followed or attended by, in company with, joined by; अमात्यपुत्रैः सवयोभिरन्वितः R.3.28. -2 Possessed of, having, possessing, endowed with; full of, seized or struck with, overpowered by; with instr. or in compound; कुलान्वितं कुकुलजा निन्दन्ति Pt. 1.415; धैर्य˚; गुण˚, वित्त˚; विस्मय˚ struck with wonder; भय˚, क्रोध˚, लोभ˚ &c. &c. -3 Connected with, linked to, following (as a consequence). -4 Connected grammatically; वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9. -5 Understood, reached by the mind. -6 Suitable, befitting; तपसा चान्वितो वेषस्त्वं राममहिषी ध्रुवम् Rām.5.33. 13. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a meaning which is easily understood from the context. ˚वादः-अभिधानवादः a doctrine of the Mīmāṁsakas that words in a sentence convey meanings not independently or generally, but as connected with one another in that particular sentence; see अभिहितान्वयवादिन् under अभिधा and K. P.2.
apakṣip अपक्षिप् 6 P. To throw away or down, take away, remove. अपक्षेपः apakṣēpḥ क्षेपणम् kṣēpaṇam अपक्षेपः क्षेपणम् 1 Casting away or throwing down. -2 Throwing or putting down, one of the 5 kinds of कर्मन् in the Vaiśeṣika Phil., see कर्मन्.
apaghātaḥ अपघातः 1 Striking or cutting off, warding off, preventing; वात्सल्यात्सर्वभूतेभ्यो वाच्याः श्रोत्रसुखा गिरः । परिता- पो$पघातश्च पारुष्यं चात्र गर्हितम् ॥ Mb.12.191.14. -2 Killing. -3 A violent death, any evil accident proving fatal.
apacchedaḥ अपच्छेदः दनम् 1 Cutting off or away. -2 loss. -3 Interruption. -4 Break; संयुक्तस्य हि पृथग्भावो$पच्छेदः ŚB. on MS.6.5.5. -Comp. -न्यायः the maxim concerning अपच्छेद.
apadhā अपधा Ved. Shutting up, hiding (वारणार्थं निरोधः) यो गा उदाजपधा वलस्य Rv.2.12.3.
aparāddha अपराद्ध p. p. 1 Sinned, offended, having committed an offence, guilty, an offender, criminal (used in an active sense); कृतवत्यसि नावधीरणामपराद्धे$पि यदा चिरं मयि R.8.48; प्रोवाच कोशलपतिः प्रथमापराद्धः 9.79 the first to offend. -2 Missed, not hitting the mark (as an arrow) मृगदेहापराद्धैर्नामेषुमोक्षणैः Dk.163; ˚इषुः or ˚पृषत्कः an archer whose arrows always miss the mark, an unskilful archer; निमित्तादपराद्धेषोर्धानुष्कस्येव वल्गितम् Śi.2.27. -3 Violated, transgressed; अपराद्धा अभिषेकवेलोपाध्यायस्य V.3. -द्धम् [भावे क्तः] An offence, crime, injury; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभग- मपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.8.
apavādaḥ अपवादः 1 Censuring, reviling; censure, reproach, blame, abuse; आः तातापवादभिन्नमर्याद U.5; लोकापवादो बल- वान्मतो मे R.14.4; लोकापवादाद्भयम् Bh.2.62; scandal, evil report; चिरकालान्मया श्रुतस्तवापवादः Pt.I; Ki.11.25, 14.12; Mk.9.3; U.1; Pt.4; Y.2.27; देव्यामपि हि वैदेह्यां सापवादो यतो जनः U.1.6 spreading or indulging in scandals about; न केवलमत्याहितं सापवादमपि U.2; साप- वादम् censuringly Māl.9. -2 An exception, a special rule that restricts or sets aside a general rule (opp. उत्सर्ग); मा हिंस्यात्सर्वभूतानि इति उत्सर्गः; वायव्यं श्वेतमालभेत इत्यपवादः; अपवादैरिवोत्सर्गाः कृतव्यावृत्तयः परैः Ku.2.27; R. 15.7; ˚प्रत्ययः exceptional suffix; ˚स्थलम् a case for a special rule. -3 An order, command; ततो$पवादेन पताकिनीपते- श्चचाल निर्ह्रादवती महाचमूः Ki.14.27. cf. ... अपवादस्तु निन्दने । आज्ञायां स्यात् ... । Nm. -4 Refutation; (in Vedānta Phil.) refutation as of a wrong imputation or belief; रज्जुविव- र्तस्य सर्पस्य रज्जुमात्रत्ववत्, वस्तुभूतब्रह्मणो विवर्तस्य प्रपञ्चादेः वस्तु- भूतरूपतो$पदेशः अपवादः Tv.; अध्यारोपापवादाभ्यां वस्तुतत्त्वविनिश्चयः Vedānta; hence also, a means of refutation. -5 Confidence, trust. -6 Love; familiarity. -7 A small bell or other instrument sounded to decoy deer; मधुकरैरपवाद- करैरिव Śi.6.9; (˚करैः = व्याधैः; अपवादं मृगवञ्चनाय घण्टादि- कुत्सितवाद्यं कुर्वन्ति तैः Malli.) अपवादक apavādaka अपवादिन् apavādin अपवादक अपवादिन् a. 1 Blaming, censuring, reviling, traducing, defaming; मृगयापवादिना माढव्येन Ś.2. -2 Opposing; contradicting, excepting, setting aside, excluding.
apaspṛś अपस्पृश् a. Ved. Not letting oneself be touched.
apasmaraṇam अपस्मरणम् Reminding (?); सकृद्वचनेन ज्ञातस्य पुनर्वचनेन प्रयोजनमस्तीति । उच्यते । भवति अपस्मरणमपि प्रयोजनमित्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.5.1 1. (If the word is अप्रस्मरण it would mean 'absence of forgetting' प्र + स्मृ is used by Śabara in the sense 'to forget'. It is, therefore, likely that the reading here is अप्रस्मरण instead of अपस्मरण which does not appear in शबर's भाष्य elsewhere.)
apahāraḥ अपहारः Taking or carrying away, stealing, plundering, removing, killing, destroying; कर्णनासापहारेण भगिनी मे विरूपिता Rām. by the cutting of ears and nose; निद्रापहार, विष˚. -2 Concealing, dissembling; कथमात्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1 how shall I dissemble myself, conceal my real name and character; see अपहारक below. -3 Spending or using another's property. -4 Loss, damage. -5 Bringing in, obtaining; समिक्तुशकुसुमापहारसंमार्जनलब्धविश्रमाः (वानप्रस्थाः) Mb.12.192.1.
apāvṛt अपावृत् 1 A. 1 To turn away, return, turn back; to turn away from, abstain or desist from. -2 To come to nothing. -Caus. To send back, turn back; to reject, repulse. अपावर्तनम् apāvartanam वृत्तिः vṛttiḥ अपावर्तनम् वृत्तिः f. Turning away or from, retreating, retiring; repulse, rejection. -2 Revolution.
apāsanam अपासनम् 1 Throwing away, discarding. -2 Quitting. -3 Killing.
apūrva अपूर्व a. 1 Not preceded, not having existed before, like of which did not exist before, quite new; ˚र्वं नाटकम् Ś.1; ˚र्वं राजकुलम् M.5; K.191; -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; अपूर्वः को$पि बहुमानहेतुर्गुरुषु U.4; अपूर्वो दृश्यते वह्निः कामिन्याः स्तनमण्डले । दूरतो दहतीवाङ्गं हृदि लग्नस्तु शीतलः ॥ Ś. Til.17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; अपूर्व एष विरहमार्गः Ś.6; अपूर्वरूपा दारिका M.1; अतो$- पूर्वः खलु वो $ नुग्रहः Ś.7; अपूर्वकर्मचाण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुञ्च माम् U.1.46 committing an unparalleled atrocity. -3 Unknown, unacquainted, stranger; अपूर्वो$प्यथवा विद्वान् यMb.13.22.8; विदिते$प्यपूर्व इव Ki.6.39. -4 Not first. -5 Preceded by अ or आ. -6 (In phil.) 'That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect. -Colebrooke. -र्वम् 1 The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds), (Mīmāṁsā). --2 Virtue and vice (पापपुण्यम्) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery. -र्वः The Supreme Soul (परब्रह्म). -Comp. -कर्मन् n. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before. -पतिः f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; ˚तिः कुमारी Sk. -वादः discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul. -विधिः an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds; कर्मविधि, गूणविधि, विनियोगविधि and प्रयोगविधि.
apsu अप्सु a. [नास्ति प्सु रूपं यस्य Nir.] 1 Formless, shapeless. -2 Not beautiful. Note : -अप्सु forms the first member of several compounds. -क्षित् a god (dwelling within the clouds); अप्सुक्षितो महिनैकादश स्थ Rv.1.139.11. -चर a. aquatic; moving in waters. P.IV.3.1. -ज, जा a. born in the waters or in the atmosphere; यदग्ने दिविजा अस्यप्सुजा वा सहस्कृत Rv.8.43.28. (-जाः) -योनिः 1 a horse. -2 a cane or reed. -जित् vanquishing the aerial Asuras. -मत् a. possessed of what is in water; not losing one's nature in water (as lightning); getting sufficient water. -योनि a. born from the waters.
abrahmaṇya अब्रह्मण्य a. 1 Not fit for a Brāhmaṇa; अब्रह्मण्यमवर्णं स्यात् ब्रह्मण्यं ब्रह्मणो हितम् Halāy. -2 Inimical to Brāhmaṇas, -ण्यम् An act not befitting a Brāhmaṇa; an un-Brahmanical act. In dramas usually found as an exclamation uttered by a Brāhmaṇa in the sense of 'to the rescue', 'help', 'help', 'a horrible or disgraceful deed has been committed'. अहो ˚ण्यं˚ ण्यम् Pt.1.; Ś.6; U.1; अत्रान्तरे ब्राह्मणेन मृतपुत्रमारोप्य राजद्वारि सोरस्ताडनम- ब्रह्मण्यमुद्घोषितम् U.2 a cry of help, or distress; अथैत्य योगनन्दस्य व्याडिना क्रन्दितं पुरः । अब्रह्मण्यमनुत्क्रान्तजीवो योगस्थितो द्विजः Bṛi. Kath.
abrūkṛtam अब्रूकृतम् Making a growling (or Abrū) sound, an indistinct speech uttered by shutting the lips.
abhijit अभिजित् a. [अभि-जि-क्विप्] 1 Victorious, conquering completely. पराभिजिद्गन्धनगन्धवाहः Rām.6.19.12. -2 Helping in conquering completely. -3 Born under the constellation अभिजित् P.IV.3.36, see अभिजित. m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of a sacrifice, part of the great sacrifice called गवामयन; (यजेत) अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा Ms. 11.75, also used for अतिरात्र q. v. -3 N. of a star; N. of one of the lunar mansions. -4 Name of a son (Hariv.) or the father (V. P.) of Punarvasu. n. 1 The 8th Muhūrta of the day, mid-day (fit for a Śrāddha ceremony). -2 N. of a लग्न favourable to setting out. -Comp. -मुहूर्तः The 8th Muhūrta or period comprising 24 minutes before and 24 minutes after noon. -विश्वजितौ the two Soma-sacrifices Abhijit and Viśvajit.
abhidrohaḥ अभिद्रोहः 1 Injuring, plotting against, harm, cruelty, oppression; स परत्रान्धकूपे तदभिद्रोहेण निपतति Bhāg. 5.26.17; Ki.11.21. -2 Abuse; censure. नामजातिग्रहं त्वेषामभिद्रोहेण कुर्वतः Ms.8.271. -3 Sorrow, misery; संस्थायां यस्त्वभिद्रोहो दुःसहश्चेतनापहः (यूयं न जानीथ) Bhāg.6.1.3.
abhinidhānam अभिनिधानम् 1 Putting on, setting up. -2 Euphonic, suppression, weakening in the pronunciation of words, especially the supression of an initial अ after ए or ओ; cf. अवग्रह.
abhipitvam अभिपित्वम् a. or s. Ved. [पा भावे कित्वन्] 1 Come, approaching (अभिप्राप्त). -2 Visiting, putting up (for the night at an inn &c.); the time of coming. -3 Approaching time. -4 Close or departure of day, evening. -5 Dawn sacrifice.
abhimāti अभिमाति a. [मे कर्तरि क्तिन् न इत्त्वम्] 1 Insidious; स हि ष्मा विश्वचर्षणिरभिमाति सहो दधे Rv.5.23.4. -2 Striving or seeking to injure, inimical. -तिः f. 1 Seeking to injure, hurting, plotting against. -2 An enemy, a foe.
abhiyukta अभियुक्त p. p. 1 (a) Engaged or occupied or absorbed in, applying oneself to, intent on; स्वस्वकर्म- ण्यधिकतरमभियुक्तः परिजनः Mu.1. (b) Diligent, persevering, resolute, zealous, intent, assiduous, zealously engaged, attentive, careful; इदं विश्वं पाल्यं विधिवदभियुक्तेन मनसा U.3.3; Mu.1.13; Dk.55; अश्वावेक्षणे$नभि- युक्ते Mu.3; भवतु भूयो$भियुक्तः स्वख्यक्तिमुपलप्स्ये Mu.1; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg.9.22; Kām.5.77. -2 Well-versed or proficient in; शास्त्रार्थेष्वभियुक्तानां पुरुषाणाम् Kumārila. -3 (Hence) Learned, of acknowledged position; a competent judge, an expert, connoisseur, a learned person (m. also in this sense); न हि शक्यते दैव- मन्यथाकर्तुमभियुक्तेनापि K.62; अन्ये$भियुक्ता अपि नैवेदमन्यथा मन्यन्ते Ve.2; सूक्तमिदमभियुक्तैः प्रकृतिर्दुस्त्यजेति ibid. -4 Attacked, assailed; अभियुक्तं त्वयैनं ते गन्तारस्त्वामतः परे Śi.2. 11; Mu.3.25. -5 Accused, charged, indicted; Mk. 9.9; prosecuted; a defendant; अभियुक्तो$भियोगस्य यदि कुर्यादपह्नवम् Nārada. -6 Appointed. अभियुक्ताश्च ये यत्र यन्निबन्धं नियोजयेत् Śukra 4.545. -7 Said, spoken. -8 Proper, just; श्रेयो$भियुक्तं धर्म्यं च Rām.7.11.38. -9 Believing, putting faith in; हितेष्वनभियुक्तेन सो$यमासादितस्त्वया Mb.6.63.2. अभियुग्व abhiyugva (ज्व jva) न् n अभियुग्व (ज्व) न् m. One who hurts or attacks; an enemy.
abhilāvaḥ अभिलावः [लू-घञ् निरभ्योः पूल्वोः P.III.3.28] Cutting, reaping, mowing. वनाभिलावान् कुर्वन्तः स्वेच्छया चारुविक्रमाः Bk.7.37.
abhiśravaṇam अभिश्रवणम् Repeating Vedic texts, while Brāhmanas are sitting down to a Śrāddha.
abhiṣekaḥ अभिषेकः 1 Sprinkling, watering, wetting. -2 Anointing, inaugurating or consecrating by sprinkling water (a king, idol &c.). ततो हि नः प्रियतरं नान्यत्किंचिद्भविष्यति । यथाभिषेको रामस्य Rām.2.17.11; अग्निहोत्राभिषेकौ Kau. A. 1.3. -3 (Particularly) Coronation, inauguration, installation (of kings); royal unction; अथाभिषेकं रघुवंशकेतोः R.14.7. -4 The (holy) water required at inauguration, coronation water; अमात्यपरिषदं ब्रूहि संभ्रियतामायुषो राज्याभिषेक इति V.5; यौवराज्य ˚ ibid.; R.17.14. -5 Bathing; ablution, holy or religious bathing; अभिषेकोत्तीर्णाय काश्यपाय Ś.4; अत्राभिषेकाय तपोधनानाम् R.13.51, 1.85, 1.63,13.58,14.82; K.22,36,96; Ku.5.16;7.11; Ś.7.12; H.4.87. -6 Bathing or sprinkling with water (of a divinity to whom worship is offered). -Comp. -अहः day of coronation. -शाला coronationhall.
abhisaṃrambhaḥ अभिसंरम्भः Attitude of revenge; तृष्णा क्रोधो$भिसंरम्भो राजसास्ते गुणाः स्मृताः Mb.14.31.2.
abhyayaḥ अभ्ययः 1 Going over, approach, arrival. -2 Entering. -3 Setting (of the sun).
abhūmiḥ अभूमिः f. 1 Non-earth, anything but earth, -2 An unfit place or object, no proper object for, beyond the reach or scope of; अभूमिरियं मालविकायाः M.3; अभूमिरियमविनयस्य Ś7; स खलु मनोरथानामप्यभूमिर्वि- सर्जनावसरसत्कारः ibid. far exceeded or transcended my (highest) expectations; Śi.1.42; Śānti.4.22. K. 45,196,24. -Comp. -ज 1 produced in a bad or improper place. -2 not produced in earth. अभूयःसंनिवृत्तिः abhūyḥsannivṛttiḥ अभूयःसंनिवृत्तिः f. No return any more i. e. absolution; त्वय्यावेशितचित्तानां त्वत्समर्पितकर्मणाम् । गतिस्त्वं वीत- रागाणामभूयःसंनिवृत्तये ॥ R.1.27.
abhyarhita अभ्यर्हित a. 1 Honoured, revered, greatly respectable; अभ्यर्हितं च Vārttika on P.II.2.34, Kāsi.29. -2 Fit, becoming, suitable; अभ्यर्हिता बन्धुषु तुल्यरूपा वृत्ति- र्विशेषेणतपोधनानाम् Ki.3.11.
abhyastamayaḥ अभ्यस्तमयः Setting of the sun during or with reference to some act.
abhyāgamaḥ अभ्यागमः 1 Coming or going near, arrival; a visit; तपोधनाभ्यागमसंभवा मुदः Śi.1.23; किं वा मदभ्यागमकारणं ते R.16.8; Mv.2.22 (v. l.) वसन्तमास˚ K.38. -2 Vicinity, neighbourhood. -3 Arriving at or enjoying a result. -4 Rising, getting up. -5 Striking, killing. -6 Encountering, attacking. -7 War, battle. -8 Enmity, hostility.
abhyukṣaṇam अभ्युक्षणम् 1 Sprinkling over, wetting; परस्पराभ्युक्षण- तत्पराणाम् (तासाम्) R.16.57. -2 Consecration by sprinkling; (प्रोक्षण, अभ्युक्षण and अवोक्षण are thus distinguished; उत्तानेनैव हस्तेन प्रोक्षणं परिकीर्तितम् । न्यञ्चताभ्युक्षणं प्रोक्तं तिरश्चा- वोक्षणं स्मृतम् ॥).
abhyutthānam अभ्युत्थानम् 1 Rising (from a seat) to do honour, rising in honour of; नाभ्युत्थानक्रिया यत्र Pt.2.62. -2 Starting, departure, setting out; arrangements for starting; अभ्युत्थानं त्वमद्यैव कृष्णपक्षचतुर्दशी । कृत्वा निर्याह्यमावास्यां विजयाय बलैर्वृतः ॥ Rām.6.92.62. -3 Rise (lit. and fig.), elevation, exaltation, prosperity, dignity, a position of dignity or authority; (तस्य) नवाभ्युत्थानदर्शिन्यो ननन्दुः सप्रजाः प्रजाः R.4.3; यदा यदा हि धर्मस्य ग्लानिर्भवति भारत । अभ्युत्थान- मधर्मस्य तदात्मानं सृजाम्यहम् Bg.4.7 when impiety increases or is in the ascendant. -4 Sunrise.
abhyupagamaḥ अभ्युपगमः 1 Approach, arrival. -2 Granting, admitting, accepting to be true. P.VIII.3.74 Sk.; confession (as of guilt); करिष्याम्येवं नो पुनरिति भवेदभ्युपगमः Ratn.2.18. -3 Undertaking, promising; निर्णय˚ M.1; a contract, agreement, promise; क्रियाभ्युपगमात्त्वेतद्वीजार्थंय- त्प्रदीयते Ms.9.53. -4 Probable ascertainment, belief; judgement, a view accepted; युष्माकमभ्युपगमाः प्रमाणं पुण्य- पापयोः Mv.1.38. supposition, inference. -5 Analogy, affinity. -Comp. -सिद्धान्तः an admitted proposition of axiom; Nyāyadarśana.
abhrayantī अभ्रयन्ती f. 1 Forming clouds, bringing rainy weather. -2 Name of one of the seven Kṛittikās; Yv. Ts.
amucī अमुची f. Ved. Not unbinding, not setting at liberty (said of an evil spirit).
amṛdhra अमृध्र a. Ved. 1 Unassailable, invulnerable. -2 Unremitting, unceasing.
amocanam अमोचनम् Not loosening or letting go, nonliberation.
ambikeyaḥ अम्बिकेयः यकः N. of Gaṇeśa, Kārttikeya or Dhṛitarāṣṭra; प्रज्ञाचक्षुस्तप्यमानो$म्बिकेयः Mb.3.4.1; more correctly written आम्बिकेय q. v.
ambūkṛta अम्बूकृत a. Sputtered, pronounced indistinctly in shutting the lips, the sound thus remaining as it were in the mouth; uttered while emitting saliva from the mouth. -तम् A sputtering noise, the growling of a bear; दधति कुहरभाजामत्र भल्लूकयूनामनुरसितगुरूणि स्त्यानम्बूकृतानि U.2.21; Māl.9.6; Mv.5.41.
aruṃtuda अरुंतुद a. [अरूंषि मर्माणि तुदति; अरुस्-तुद्, खश् मुमागमश्च विध्वरुषोस्तुदः P.III.2.35; अरुद्विषदजन्तस्यमुम् VI.3.67] 1 Cutting or wounding the vital parts, inflicting wounds, corrosive, painful, sharp (fig. also); caustic; अरुंतुदमिवालानमनिर्वाणस्य दन्तिनः R.1.71; Ki.14.55; Si. 2.19. -2 Acrimonious, sour (disposition); नारुंतुदः स्यादार्तो$पि Ms.2.161.
arjanam अर्जनम् [अर्ज्-ल्युट्] Getting, acqisition; अर्थानामर्जने दुःखम् Pt.1.163; अर्जयितव्यापारो$र्जनम् Dāy. B.
arthya अर्थ्य a. [अर्थ्-कर्मणि ण्यत्] 1 Fit to be asked or sought for. -2 [अर्थादनपेतः, अर्थ-यत्] Fit, proper, suitable; अर्थ्यो विरोधः Mv.2.7. -3 Appropriate, not deviating from the sense, significant; स्तुत्यं स्तुतिभिरर्थ्या- भिरुपतस्थे सरस्वती R.4.6,1.59; Ku.2.3. -4 Rich, wealthy. -5 Wise, intelligent. -6 True, real; अर्थ्यं विज्ञापयन्नेव भरतं सत्यविक्रमम् Rām.6.127.25. -7 Expert in getting money (अर्थसंपादनचतुर); अर्थी येनार्थकृत्येन संव्रजत्यविचारयन् । तमर्थमर्थशास्त्रज्ञाः प्राहुरर्थ्याः सुलक्ष्मण ॥ Rām. 3.43.34. -र्थ्यम् Red chalk.
ardha अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable.
arpaṇam अर्पणम् [ऋ-णिच्-ल्युट्] 1 Placing or putting upon, setting upon; स तस्य दृष्टयर्पणसंप्रचोदितः Rām.5.47.2; पादार्पणानुग्रहपूतपृष्ठम् R.2.35. -2 Inserting, placing or putting in. -3 Giving, offering, resigning; स्वदेहार्पण- निष्क्रयेण R.2.55; मुखार्पणेषु प्रकृतिप्रगल्भाः 13.9; तत्कुरुष्व मदर्पणम् Bg.9.27. -4 Restoration, delivery, giving back; न्यास˚ Ak. -5 Piercing, perforating; यद्यद् द्युत्तं लिखितमर्पणेन Av.12.3.22; तीक्ष्णतुण्डार्पणैग्रीवां नखैः सर्वां व्यदार- यत् Rām. (Said to mean also fire, god, an oblation, a Mantra and the tongue of fire. Tv.
ātan आतन् 8 U. 1 To extend, stretch over, overspread, cover; निषादिवक्षःस्थलमातनोति Ki.16.15 pervade, penetrate; Ki.7.25. -2 To spread, diffuse. -3 To cause, produce; आनन्दनेन जडतां पुनरातनोति U.3.12; Ki.6.18,7.39; K.176; Māl.5.9; Mv.4.31. -4 To bring to pass, effect, accomplish, do, perform; सुरतमाततान K.57; सपर्याम् 64. -5 To illuminate. -6 To take hold of; seek to attain. -7 To assume a hostile attitude. -8 To stretch (as a bow).
ādānam आदानम् 1 Taking, receiving, accepting, seizing, कुशाङ्कुरादानपरिक्षताङ्गुलिः Ku.5,11; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86. -2 Earning, getting. -3 A symptom (of a disease). -4 Binding, fettering (from आदा 2 P.). -5 A horse's trappings. -6 An action; आदानमुभयाश्रयम् Bhāg.2.1.24. -7 Subjugating, overpowering; अथवा मन्त्रवद् ब्रूयुरात्मादानाय दुष्कृतम् Mb.12.212. 3. -नी N. of a plant हस्तिघोषा (Mar. घोसाळें). -Comp. -समितिः A method of cautious seizing so that no creature be hurt. It is one of the पञ्चसमितिs or rules of careful conduct in Jaina.
ādīpanam आदीपनम् 1 Setting on fire, inflaming. -2 Exciting, stimulating; embellishing. -3 Whitening the walls, floors &c. on festive occasions.
ādardira आदर्दिर a. Ved. Crushing, splitting open; आदर्दिरासो अद्रयो न विश्वहा Rv.1.78.6.
ādhānam आधानम् 1 Placing, putting upon; समिदाधानं, तुलाधानम् &c. -2 (a) Taking, having. (b) Receiving, recovering. (c) Containing or being in possession of anything or consecrating. -3 Keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान), a ceremony performed with the sacred fire; पुनर्दारक्रियां कुर्यात् पुनराधानमेव च Ms.5.168. -4 Doing, executing, performing; आज्ञापयामास नरेन्द्रसूनुः स्वर्गीयमाधानमदीनसत्त्वः Rām. 6.19.24. (स्वर्गीयमाधानम् = प्रेतकृत्यम्) -5 Infusing, putting in, inspiring, imparting; गुणो विशेषाधानहेतुः सिद्धो वस्तुधर्मः S. D.2; निश्चयाधानम् K.262; प्रजानां विनयाधानाद्रक्षणाद् भरणादपि R.1.24 imparting or providing moral instruction. -6 (a) Engendering, producing, कौतुकाधानहेतोः Me.3; गर्भाधान- क्षणपरिचयात् 9. (b) Assigning, attributing, employing. -7 Effort, exertion, application; Mv.3.13. -8 A pledge, deposit; Y.2.238,247. विक्रयाधानवर्ज्यम् Kau. A.2.1. -9 A place where anything is deposited, a receptacle, as in पक्वाधानम्, पुरुषाधानम्, अयं मध्यमः प्राणः तस्येद- मेवाधानम् Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -1 A surety. -11 Enclosure, circuit. -12 A ceremony performed previous to conception; see गर्भाधान. -13 cohabitation (मैथुन) तवापि मृत्युराधानादकृतप्रज्ञ दर्शितः Bhāg.9.9.36.
ādhāyaka आधायक a. Putting, placing, assigning.
ādheya आधेय pot. p. 1 To be placed, pledged, appointed &c. -2 To be assigned, attributed, or given. -3 To be received, held, or supported; to be contained. -यम् = आधानम् Putting, placing; अग्न्याधेयानि गुर्वर्थम् Mb.12.18.36.
ānaddha आनद्ध p. p. 1 Bound, tied, fastened; -2 Costive (as stomach). -द्धः 1 A drum in general. -2 Dressing, putting on clothes, ornaments &c., accoutring. -Comp. -बस्तिता retention of urine or constipation.
āpaka आपक a. [आप्-ण्वुल्] Getting, obtaining.
āpanam आपनम् [आप्-ल्युट्] Getting, obtaining, reaching &c. -2 Pepper.
āptiḥ आप्तिः f. [आप्-क्तिन्] 1 Gettting obtaining, gain, acquisition; ध्यायन्ति वेदहृदया मुनयस्तदाप्त्यै Bhāg.12.8.42. मित्र˚, काम˚ &c. -2 Reaching, overtaking, meeting with; केन यजमानो मृत्योराप्तिमतिमुच्यते Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -3 Binding, connection, relation. -4 Union; especially with a woman (Med.). -5 Fitness, aptitude, propriety. -6 Completion, fulfilment; कामस्याप्तिं जगतः प्रतिष्ठाम् Kaṭh. 1.2.11. -7 Future time. -pl. N. of 12 sacrificial verses beginning with Āpaye. Vāj.9.2.
āpatti आपत्तिः f. [आ-पद्-क्तिन्] 1 Turning or changing into, entering into any state or condition. -2 Obtaining, procuring, getting; स्थानापत्तेर्द्रव्येषु धर्मलाभः Kāty. -3 Misfortune, calamity, adversity; Y.3.42. -4 A fault, transgression. -5 Remonstrance, expostulation. -6 (In phil.) An undesirable conclusion or occurrence (अनिष्टप्रसङ्ग).
āplāvaḥ आप्लावः 1 Bathing, immersing, -2 Sprinkling, wetting. -3 Submerging. -4 A flood, an inundation; प्रलयाप्लावमिवाभिदर्शयन्तः Śi.2.7.
ābaddha आबद्ध p. p. 1 Bound, tied. -2 Fixed; स्यन्दनाबद्धदृष्टिषु R.1.4. -3 Formed, made; आबद्धमण्डला तापसपरिषद् K.49 sitting in a circle; आबद्धरेखमभितो रविमञ्जरीभिः Gīt.11; Bk.3.3; Ki.5.33. -4 Obtained. -5 Hindered, -द्धम् (-द्धः also) 1 Binding, joining. -2 A yoke. -3 Ornament; Sāṅ. Gṛi. Sūtras 2.1.25. -4 Affection. -Comp. मण़्डल a. Forming a circle, sitting in a circle. -माल a. forming a wreath, arranged in a row; गर्भाधानक्षणपरिचयान्नूनमाबद्धमालाः Me.9.
āmīlanam आमीलनम् Shutting or closing of the eyes; K.256.
āmuktiḥ आमुक्तिः f. 1 Liberation, being let loose. -2 Final beatitude. -3 Putting on, wearing (clothes, ornaments &c.). -क्ति ind. Till final beatitude is obtained. आमोक्षणम् āmōkṣaṇam आमोचनम् āmōcanam आमोक्षणम् आमोचनम् 1 Loosening, liberating. -2 Emitting, shedding, letting forth, discharging. -3 Putting or tying on; केयूरामोक्षणस्य च Rām.2.24.38.
āropaṇam आरोपणम् 1 placing or fixing in or upon, putting; आर्द्राक्षतारोपणमन्वभूताम् R.7.28; Ku.7.88; (fig.) establishing, installing; अधिकारारोपणम् Mu.3. -2 Causing to mount or ascend, raising (to heaven). -3 Planting. -4 The stringing of a bow. -5 Trusting, delivering.
ālīḍha आलीढ p. p. [आ-लिह्-क्त] 1 Licked, eaten, lapped, scraped. -2 Wounded, hurt; सेनान्यमालीढमिवासुरास्त्रैः R.2.37. -3 Closed (as in sleep) Dk.117. -ढम् A particular attitude in shooting, the right knee being advanced and the left leg retracted; अतिष्ठदालीढविशेष- शोभिना R.3.52; see Malli. on Ku.3.7.
āvāpa आवाप a. [आवप्-घञ्] Throwing, scattering. (as in अक्षावाप q. v.). -पः 1 Sowing seed. -2 Scattering, throwing in general; casting, directing. -3 Mixing, inserting. -4 Especially, throwing additional ingredients into a compound in course of preparation. -5 A basin for water round the root of a tree (आलवाल). -6 A vessel, jar for corn. -7 Setting out or arranging vessels. -8 Hostile purpose, intention of fighting (with another); foreign affairs; 'तन्त्रः स्वराङ्कचिन्तायामा- वापः परचिन्तने इति वैजयन्ती; तन्त्रावापविद् Śi.2.88. -9 A principal sacrifice or oblation to fire. -1 A kind of drink. -11 A bracelet (आवापक). -12 Uneven ground. -13 Decentralisation, a matter which serves several persons or things only if repeated with each one of them (opp. तन्त्र q. v.) यस्तु आवृत्त्या उपकरोति स आवापः । यथा तेषामेव ब्राह्मणानामनुलेपनम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.1.
āvaraṇa आवरण a. Covering, hiding, obscuring, obstructing; नेत्रावरणमश्रु R.14.71. -णम् 1 Covering, concealing, hiding, obscuring; सूर्ये तपत्यावरणाय दृष्टेः कल्पेत लोकस्य कथं तमिस्रा R.5.13,19.46,19.16. -2 Shutting, enclosing, fencing. -3 A covering, anything that covers or protects &c.; हस्तौ स्वौ नयति स्तनावरणताम् M.4. 14; Ś.3.21; (fig.) protection, defence; शीलमावरणं स्त्रियाः Rām.; चरित्रावरणाः स्त्रियः Chāṇ.76. -4 Obstruction, interruption, restraint (of bashfulness &c.); कालेनावरणात्ययात् U.1.39. -5 An enclosure, fence, surrounding wall; लब्धान्तरा सावरणे$पि गेहे R.16.7; Ki.5.25. -6 A bolt, latch. -7 A shield. -8 An armour; आक्षिप्तचापावरणेषु जालानि Ki.17.59. -9 (in phil.) mental blindness (Jaina). -Comp. -शक्तिः mental ignorance (which veils the real nature of things).
āvraścanam आव्रश्चनम् 1 Cutting or tearing off. -2 The stump of a tree (Ved).
āśasanam आशसनम् Ved. Cutting up an animal (when killed).
āsanam आसनम् [आस्-ल्युट्] 1 Sitting down. -2 A seat, place, stool; Bg.11.42; स वासवेनासनसन्निकृष्टम् Ku.3.2; आसनं मुच् to leave one's seat, rise; R.3.11. -3 A particular posture or mode of sitting; cf. पद्म˚, वीर˚, भद्र˚, वज्र˚ &c. cf. अनायासेन येन स्यादजस्रं ब्रह्मचिन्तनम् । आसनं तद् विजानीयाद् योगिनां सुखदायकम् ॥ -4 Sitting down or halting, stopping, encamping. -5 Abiding, dwelling; Ms.2.246; 6.59. -6 Any peculiar mode of sexual enjoyment (84 such āsanas are usually mentioned). -7 Maintaining a post against an enemy (opp. यानम्), one of the six modes of foreign policy; which are :-- संधिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.; प्रतिबद्धशक्त्योः कालप्रतीक्षया तूष्णीमवस्थानमासनम्; परस्परस्य सामर्थ्यविघातादासनं स्मृतम् Agni P.; Ms.7.16,162,166; Y.1.347; Pt.3. -8 The front part of an elephant's body, withers. -9 Throwing (fr. अस् to throw). -1 N. of two trees (असन and जीवक). -11 Place where the elephant-rider sits, cf. मस्तकद्वितयं दन्तावासनं वंश एव च । षडेते प्रोन्नता यस्य स गजो राजवाहनः ॥ Mātanga L.2.1. -12 Neutrality (as of a nation); Kau. A.7.1. -13 A moving piece (draught) in the game of dice; प्राणग्लहो$यं समर इष्वक्षो वाहनासनः Bhāg.6.12.17. -ना A seat, stool, stay. -नी 1 Stay, abiding, sitting. -2 A small seat or stool. -3 A shop, stall. -Comp. -बन्धधीर a. resolute to sit down, firm in one's seat; निषेदुषीमासनबन्धधीरः R.2.6. -मचूडकम् Semen (मचूडकं विथावीति ख्यातम्); आसनमचूडकं शयनीय- प्रच्छदपटापवारितं भवति किं न वेति Māl.7. (v. l. आसनमयूरकम्).
āsita आसित p. p. [आस्-क्त] Seated, at rest; आसितः सः; आसितं तेन Sk. -तम् 1 Sitting down. -2 A seat; इदमेषामा- सितम् Sk. -3 Abode, a place where one has lived; a city.
āsīna आसीन Pres. p. Sitting, seated; आसीनानां सुरभितशिलं नाभिगन्धैर्मृगाणाम् ˚प्रचलायितम् nodding when seated; falling asleep.
āsyā आस्या Sitting, abode, state of rest; आस्या वर्णकफस्थौल्य- सौकुमार्यकरी सुखा Suśr.
āsañjanam आसञ्जनम् 1 Fastening to, fixing, putting on the body (as dress, armour &c.). -2 Getting entangled, clinging; व्रततिवलयासञ्जनात् Ś.1.33 v. l. -3 Attachment, devotion. -4 Contact, proximity. -5 A handle, hook.
āsatti आसत्तिः f. [आ-सद्-क्तिन्] 1 Meeting, junction. -2 Intimate union, nearness, close contact; किमपि किमपि मन्दं मन्दमासत्तियोगात् U.1.27. -3 Gain, profit, acquirement. -4 (In Logic) Proximity, the absence of interruption in the apprehension of what is said; relation between two or more proximate terms and the sense conveyed by them; कारणं सन्निधानं तु पदस्या- सत्तिरुच्यते Bhāṣā P.83; वाक्यं स्याद् योग्यताकाङ्क्षासत्तियुक्तः पदोच्चयः S. D.2. -5 Embarrassment, perplexity; न च ते क्वचिदासत्तिर्बुद्धेः प्रादुर्भविष्यति Mb.12.52.17. आसदनम् -1 Gain, profit. -2 Contact, union. -3 Nearness, proximity. -4 The act of sitting down. -5 A seat.
āsanna आसन्न p. p. 1 Drawn near, approached, near (in time, place or number); आसन्नविंशाः nearly or about 2; at hand, close by आसन्नमेव नृपतिर्भजते मनुष्यम् Pt.; impending, imminent; पूर्वमासन्नशृङ्गा वै गाव इत्यनुशुश्रुम Mb.13.81. 13; आसन्नपतने कूले Ś. B.; ˚मरण ˚काल q. v. -2 Adjacent, adjoining. -3 Well-placed. -4 about to die. -5 Obtained, got; बाह्वोरासन्नामतिमात्रं ननन्द Rām.5.63.33. -न्नः The setting sun. -Comp. -कालः 1 the hour of death. -2 one whose death is near. -चर a. moving round about in the proximity; Ku. -परिचारकः, -चारिका personal attendant, body-guard; U.1; Ś.6. -प्रसव a. about to be confined or delivered; about to bring forth or lay eggs (as a hen &c.). -मृत्यु, -शरीरपात a. one whose death has drawn near; आसीनमासन्नशरीरपात- स्त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44.
āsādanam आसादनम् 1 Putting or laying down. -2 Attacking. -3 Overtaking, meeting with, going towards. -4 Obtaining, attaining, accomplishing. आसादयितव्य āsādayitavya आसाद्य āsādya आसादयितव्य आसाद्य pot. p. Attainable, to be attained &c.
āsikā आसिका [पर्यायेण आसनम्, आस्-ण्वुल्] Turn or order of sitting, sitting.
āsekaḥ आसेकः Wetting, watering, pouring in.
āsecana आसेचन a. (-नी f.) 1 Charming, beloved; so आसेचनक. नयनयुगासेचनकं मानसवृत्त्यापि दुष्प्रापम् S. D. -नम् 1 Pouring into, wetting, sprinkling. -2 A vessel for fluids (Ved.); ˚वत् hollow, concave. -नी A small vessel.
āsura आसुर a. (-री f.) [असुरस्येदं अण् opp. दैव] 1 Belonging to Asuras. -2 Belonging to evil spirits; आसुरी माया, आसुरी रात्रिः &c. -3 Infernal, demoniacal; आसुरं भावमाश्रितः Bg.7.15 (for a full exposition of what constitutes आसुर conduct, see Bg.16.7-24). -4 Not performing sacrifices. -5 Divine, spiritual. -रः 1 A demon [स्वार्थे अण्]. -2 One of the eight forms of marriage, in which the bridegroom purchases the bride from her father or other paternal kinsmen; (see उद्वाह); आसुरो द्रविणादानात् Y.1.61; Ms.3.31. -3 (pl.) The stars of the southern hemisphere. -4 A prince of the warrior-tribe Asura. -री 1 Surgery, curing by cutting by instruments. -2 A female demon, demoness; संभ्रमादासुरीभिः Ve.1.3. -3 N. of a plant Sinapis Ramosa Roxb. (Mar. मोहरी; राई) -रम् 1 Blood. -2 Black salt.
āsrāvin आस्राविन् a. Flowing, emitting fluid or humour; an epithet of the elephant when ichor is issuing from its temples.
āhatya आहत्य ind. Having struck or beaten; striking, hitting. -वचनम्, -वादः An explicit or energetic explanation.
āhāra आहार a. (रा or री f.) 1 Bringing near, procuring, getting; भाराहारः कार्यवशात् Sk. -2 Going to fetch; अयं गच्छति भर्ता मे फलाहारो महावनम् Mb.3.296.23. -रः 1 Taking, fetching, or bringing near; निर्गतस्तु पुराद्वीरो भक्ष्याहारप्रचोदितः Rām.7.68.2. -2 Employing, using. -3 Taking food. -4 Food; (आहरन्ति रसमस्मादित्याहारः Sk.); ˚वृत्तिमकरोत् Pt.1 took his dinner; फलाहार, ˚वृत्तिः means of livelihood; भैक्षाहारः living on alms; यवाहार, निराहार &c. -Comp. -अर्थिन् a. begging or seeking for food. -तेजस् Quicksilver. -निःसरणमार्गः the posterior part, passage of voiding excrements. -पाकः 1 cooking. -2 digestion (of food). -विरहः want of food, privation, starvation. -संभवः the juice of the body, chyle, lymph.
iṣṭiḥ इष्टिः f. [इष्-क्तिन्] 1 Wish, request, desire. -2 Seeking, striving to get. -3 Any desired object. -4 A desired rule or desideratum; (a term used with reference to Patañjali's additions to Kātyāyana's Vārttikas; इष्टयो भाष्यकारस्य, इति भाष्यकारेष्टया &c.; cf. उपसंख्यान). -5 Impulse, hurry. -6 Invitation, order. -7 (यज्-क्तिन्) A sacrifice. Ms.11.2.2. शबर seems to interpret the word especially in the sense of 'a दर्शपूर्णमास sacrifice'. इष्टिराजसूयचातुर्मास्येषु । &c. MS.II.2.12. -8 An oblation consisting of butter, food &c. -9 Summary in verses (= संग्रहश्लोक). एभिर्यज्ञेभिस्तदभीष्टिमश्याम् Rv.1.166.14. -Comp. -अयनम् a sacrifice lasting for a long time. -पचः 1 a miser. -2 a demon; an Asura; so ˚मुष्. -पशु an animal to be killed at a sacrifice. -श्राद्धम् A particular funeral rite.
īrya ईर्य a. To be excited. -र्या Wandering about as a religious mendicant. -Comp. -पथः 1 the observances of a religious mendicant to obtain knowledge. -2 the four positions of the body, i. e. going, standing upright, sitting and lying down.
ugra उग्र a. [उच्-रन् गश्चान्तादेशः Uṇ.2.28] 1 Fierce, cruel, ferocious, savage (as a look &c.); ˚दर्शनः having a fierce or cruel look. -2 Formidable, terrific, frightful; सिंहनिपातमुग्रम् R.2.5; Bg.11.3; Ms.6.75,12.75; ˚दन्तः, ˚नासिकः &c. -3 Powerful, mighty, strong, violent, intense; उग्रातपां वेलाम् Ś.3 intensely hot. उग्रशोकाम् Me.115 v. l.; निखिलरसायनराजो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव Bv. Sharp, pungent, hot, -5 High, noble. यत्र भगवानास्ते वाल्मीकिसुग्रधीः Rām.7.49.1. -6 Angry, passionate, wrathful. -7 Ready to do any work, industrious. -ग्रः 1 N. of Śiva or Rudra; जघ्ने$द्भुतैणवपुषा$$श्रमतो$- पकृष्टो मारीचमाशु विशिखेन यथा कमुग्रः Bhāg.9.1.1. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, descendant of a Kṣatriya father and Śūdra mother (his business being to catch or kill animals dwelling in holes, such as snakes; cf. क्षत्रियाच्छूद्रकन्यायां क्रूराचारविहारवान् । क्षत्रशूद्र- वपुर्जन्तुरुग्रो नाम प्रजायते ॥ Ms.1.9,13,15.). -3 N. of a tree शोभाञ्जनवृक्ष (Mar. शेवगा). -4 A group of five asterisms; their names are :- पूर्वाफल्गुनी, पूर्वाषाढा, पूर्वाभाद्रपदा, मघा and भरणी. -5 N. of a country called Kerala (Modern Malabar). -6 The sentiment called रौद्र. -7 Wind. -8 A royal attendant (like उग्र tribe); उग्राः प्रत्येनसः सूतग्रामण्यः Bṛi. Up.4.3.37. -ग्रा 1 N. of different plants; वचा, यवानी, धन्याक. (Mar. वेखंड, ओवा, मेथी). -2 A cruel woman. -ग्री A kind of being belonging to the class of demons; य उग्रीणामुग्रबाहुर्ययुः Av.4.24.2. -ग्रम् 1 A certain deadly poison, the root of Aconitum Ferox (वत्सनाभविषम्; Mar. बचनाग). -2 Wrath, anger. -Comp. -ईशः the mighty or terrible lord, N. of Śiva. -कर्मन् n. fierce in action, cruel. -काण्डः a sort of gourd (कारवेल). -काली form of Durgā. -गन्ध a. strongsmelling. (-न्धः) 1 the Cahmpaka tree. -2 N. of other trees also; कटुफल, अर्जकवृक्ष. -3 garlic. (-न्धा) 1 Orris root. -2 a medicinal plant. -3 N. of various plants; यवानी, वचा, अजमोदा. (-न्धम्) Asafœtida. -गन्धिन् a. strong-smelling. -चयः a strong desire. -चारिणी, -चण्डा N. of Durgā. -जाति a. base-born. -तारा N. of a goddess. -तेजस् a. endowed with powerful or terrible energy. -दंष्ट्र a. having terrific teeth. -दण्ड a. ruling with a rod of iron, stern, cruel, relentless; Pt.3. -ण्डः Stern rule; तस्योग्रदण्डसंविग्नाः सर्वे लोकाः सपालकाः । अन्यत्रालब्धशरणाः शरणं ययुरच्युतम् ॥ Bhāg.7.4.21. -दर्शन, -रूप a. frightful in appearance, fierce-looking, grim, terrible. -दुहितृ f. the daughter of a powerful man. -धन्वन् a. having a powerful bow. (m.) N. of Śiva and Indra; पिङ्गस्तमुग्रधन्वा कृणोतु हृदयाविधम् Av.8.6.18. -नासिक a. large-nosed. -पीठम् A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 36 equal parts (Mānasāra 7.7). -पुत्र a. born in a mighty family. (-त्रः) N. of Kārttikeya. -पूति a. horribly stinking; Māl.5.16. -रेतस् m. a form of Rudra. -वीर a. having powerful men. -वीर्यः Assafœtida (Mar. हिंग). -शासन a. strict in orders, severe in commands. -शेखरा 'crest of Śiva'. N. of the Ganges. -शोक a. sorely-grieving, deeply afflicted. -श्रवस् (see वृद्धश्रवस्) N. of the son of रोमहर्षण. उग्रश्रवाः पुरा सूतो रोमहर्षणसंभवः Bm.1.2. -श्रवणदर्शन a. terrible to hear and see. -सेनः 1 N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of a king of Mathurā and father of Kaṁsa. He was deposed by his son; but Kṛiṣṇa after having slain Kaṁsa restored him to the throne. (-ना) N. of the wife of Akrūra; ˚जः N. of Kaṁsa, the uncle and enemy of Krisna.
uccalanam उच्चलनम् Moving away, setting out.
uccalita उच्चलित p. p. 1 On the point of going, setting out. -2 Gone up or out; winnowed (as grain).
ucchedaḥ उच्छेदः दनम् 1 Cutting off. -2 Extirpation, eradication, destruction, putting an end to; सतां भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74. -3 Excision.
ucchvasita उच्छ्वसित p. p. (Used actively). 1 Heaving, breathing; U.3. -2 Emitting or sending out vapour (refreshed); V.4. -3 Full blown, opened, expanded; Māl.4; ˚मूर्तिः K.92 raised up, Ch. P.13. -4 (a) Enlivened, gladdened, refreshed; त्वन्निष्यन्दोच्छ्वसित- वसुधागन्धसंपर्करम्यः Me.44. (b) Inspired or animated with hope; कामस्योच्छ्वसितं मनः Ku.6.14. -5 Breathing a sigh of relief; हृदयमुच्छ्वसितं मम विक्लवम् M.3.6; R.1.73; K.181. -6 Consoled; उत्कण्ठोच्छ्वसितहृदया Me.12. -7 Waving, dishevelled; ˚अलकम् R.8.55. -8 Effaced; (सम्˚) किंचित्समुच्छ्वासितपत्रलेखनम् Ku.3.38. -तम् 1 Breath, the (very) life; सा कुलपतेरुच्छ्वसितमिव Ś.3; Ku.7.4. -2 Blooming, blowing. -3 Exhalation; विशदोच्छ्वसितेन मेदिनी कथयामास कृतार्थतामिव R.8.3. -4 Heaving upheaval, throbbing; केयूरबन्धोच्छ्वसितैर्नुनोद R.6.68; V.1. -5 Becoming loose or relaxed. -6 Sighing. -7 The vital airs of the body.
ujjha उज्झ a. [उज्झ्-अच्] Leaving, quitting.
utka उत्क a. [उद्-स्वार्थे कन्; उत्कः = उत्कण्ठितः; उत्क उन्मनाः P.V. 2.8. Sk.] 1 Desirous of, longing for, anxiously wishing for (in comp.); अद्रिसुतासमागमोत्कः Ku.6.95; मानसोत्काः Me.11; sometimes with an inf.; उत्कन्धरं द्रष्टुमवेक्ष्य शौरिम् Śi.4.18. -2 Regretting, sad, sorrowful. -3 Absentminded. -त्कः 1 Desire. -2 Opportunity.
utkaṭa उत्कट a. Large, spacious; ज्याजिह्वया वलयितोत्कटकोटि- दंष्ट्रम् U.4.29. -2 Powerful, mighty, extraordinary, fierce; अत्युत्कटे च रौद्रे च शत्रौ यस्य न हीयते Pt.1.13; Mv. 1.39,5.33. -3 Excessive, much; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.85. -4 Prominently visible, conspicuous; ˚लाञ्छनस्य U.35. -5 Abounding in, richly endowed with; पादपान् कुसुमोत्कटान् Rām. -6 Drunk, mad, furious; मदोत्कटः. -7 Superior, high. -8 Proud, haughty. -9 Uneven. -1 Difficult. -टः 1 A fluid (ichor) dropping from the temples of an etephant in rut. -2 An elephant in rut. -3 The plant Saccharum Sara (इक्षुतृण). -4 Pride, intoxication. -टाः The plant Laurus Cassia (सैहीलता; Mar. उट्कटारी, सिंहपिंपळी). -टम् The fragrant bark of Laurus Cassia (Mar. दालचिनी). उत्कटिका utkaṭikā उत्कटुकासनम् utkaṭukāsanam उत्कटिका उत्कटुकासनम् Sitting on the hams, squatting, the manner of sitting of Yogis (the legs being outstretched and forming a right angle).
utkaṇṭhita उत्कण्ठित p. p. 1 Anxious, uneasy. -2 Regretting, grieving for, sorrowful. -3 Longing for a beloved person or thing. -ता A mistress longing for her absent lover or husband, one of the eight heroines; she is thus defined -आगन्तुं कृतचित्तो$पि दैवान्नायाति यत्प्रियः । तदनागमदुःखार्ता विरहोत्कण्ठिता तु सा ॥ S. D.121. उत्कण्ठितासि तरले, न हि न हि सीख पिच्छिलः पन्थाः ।
utkalita उत्कलित a. Unbound, loosened; स तस्य हस्तोत्कलितस्तदा$- सुरः Bhāg.7.8.26. -2 Regretting, sorry for. -3 Opened, blossomed (as flowers); प्रहर्षवेगोत्कलितेक्षणाननाः Bhāg. 1.43.2. -4 Rising, prosperous; पास्यन्त्यपाङ्गोत्कलितस्मि- तासवम् Bhāg.1.39.23.
utkalikā उत्कलिका 1 Anxiety in general, uneasiness; जाता नोत्कलिका Amaru.84; K.138,25,21,234; Dk.17.2. -2 Longing for, regretting, missing anything or person. -3 Wanton sport, dalliance (हेला). -4 A bud. -5 A wave; वनावलीरुत्कलिकासहस्र˚ Śi.3.7; क्षुभितमुत्कलिका- तरलं मनः ruffled by waves. Māl.3.1 (where उत्कलिका also means anxiety); K.161; cf. also जलयन्त्रजलाकार- कीलालोत्कलिकाकुलाः Śiva. B.14.33. -Comp. -प्रायम् a variety of prose-composition abounding in compound words and hard letters; भवेदुत्कलिकाप्रायं समासाढ्यं दृढाक्षरम् Chand. M.6.
utkartanam उत्कर्तनम् 1 Cutting off, tearing out, cutting to pieces. -2 Rooting out, eradication.
utkhedaḥ उत्खेदः Cutting out; drawing out.
uttaṃsa उत्तंस a. Sharpening, whetting (as जिह्वाजाड्य): तथाम्ललवणोत्तंसैर्विविधै रागखाण्डवैः Rām.5.11.18.
uttāna उत्तान a. 1 Stretched out, spread out, expanded, dilated; उत्तानतारकस्य लोचनयुगलस्य K.143; U.3.23. -2 (a) Lying on the back, with the face upwards, supine; Māl.3; उत्तानोच्छूनमण्डूकपाटितोदरसंनिभे K. P.7; पितृपात्रं तदुत्तानं कृत्वा विप्रान्विसर्जयेत् Y.1.248. (b) Upright, erect. -3 Open, turned upwards; उत्तान आस्येन हविर्जुहोति Mb.12.245.27. उत्तानपाणिद्वयसंनिवेशात् Ku.3.45; ˚रश्मिषु Pt.3.151. -4 Open, unreserved, frank, candid; स्वभावोत्तानहृदयम् Ś5; frank-minded. -5 Elevated; Māl.7. -6 Concave; having the mouth upwards. -7 Shallow -Comp. -अर्थ a. Superficial, shallow. -कूर्मकम् a particular posture in sitting. -पट्टम् A pavement; व्यूढं चोत्तान- पट्टं सकलकनखले ... यश्चकार ... (An Abu inscription in the reign of Bhūmadeva. Ind. Ant. Vol. XI). -पत्रकः a. species of Ricinus (रक्तैरण्ड). -पद् f. 1 vegetation, the whole creation of upward germinating plants (Sāy.). -2 One whose legs are extended (in parturition). -पाद a. with extended legs (children). (-दः) 1 N. of a king, father of Dhruva. -2 the Supreme Spirit. ˚जः N. of Dhruva, the polar star. -शय a. sleeping supinely or on the back, lying with the face upwards; कदा उत्तानशयः पुत्रकः जनयिष्यति मे हृदयाह्लादम् K.62. (-यः, -या) a little child, suckling, infant. -शीवन् a. lying extended; stagnant. आप उत्तानशीवरीः Av.3.21.1. -हस्त a, having the hands stretched out in prayers. (-स्तौ) (du.) the two hands with the fingers stretched out and with the backs turned towards the ground. -हृदय Open-hearted.
uttama उत्तम a. [उद्-तमप्] 1 Best, excellent (oft. in comp.); उत्तमे शिखरे देवी Mahānār. Up.15.5. स उत्तमः पुरुषः Ch. Up.8.12.3. उत्तमः पुरुषस्त्वन्यः Bg.15.17. द्विजोत्तमः the best of Brāhmaṇas; so सुर˚, नर˚ &c.; प्रायेणाधममध्यमोत्तमगुणः संसर्गतो जायते Bh.2.67. -2 Foremost, uppermost, highest (opp. हीन, जघन्य). -3 Most elevated, chief, principal. -4 Greatest, first; स गच्छत्युत्तमस्थानम् Ms.2.249. -मः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 The third person (= first person according to English phraseology). (pl.) N. of a people; Mb. -मा 1 An excellent woman. -2 A kind of pustule or pimple. -3 The plant Asclepias Rosea Roxb. (दुग्धिका; Mar. भुई- आंवळी, अळिता). -Comp. -उङ्गम् 'the best limb of the body', the head; कश्चिद् द्विषत्खङ्गहृतोत्तमाङ्गः R.7.51; Ms.1.93,8.3; Ku.7.41; Bg.11.27. the back; तान् क्षिप्रं व्रज सतताग्निहोत्रयाजिन् । मत्तुल्यो भव गरुडोत्तमाङ्गयानः ॥ Mb.7.143.48. -अधम a. high and low; ˚मध्यम good, middling, and bad; high, low, and middling; (the order is often reversed); cf. भक्षयित्वा बहून्मत्स्यानुत्तमाधम- मध्यमान् Pt.1.21. -अम्भस् n. a sort of satisfaction (acquiescence) one of the nine kinds of तुष्टि in Sāṅ. Phil. -अरणी the plant Asparagus Racemosus (इन्दीवरी शतावरी). -अर्धः 1 the best half. -2 the last half or part. -अर्ध्य a. pertaining to the best half. -अहः the last or latest day; a fine or lucky day. -उपपद a. one to whom the best term is applicable, best, excellent. ऋणः, ऋणिकः (उत्तमर्णः) a creditor (opp. अधमर्णः) धारेरुत्तमर्णः P.I.4.35; अधमर्णार्थसिद्धयर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47,5; Y.2.42. Śukra.4.831. (pl.) N. of a people; V. P., Mārk. P. -ओजस् a. of excellent valour, N. of one of the warriors of the Mahābhārata; उत्तमौजाश्च वीर्यवान् Bg.1.6. -गन्धाढ्य a. possessing copiously the most delicious fragrance. -गुण a. of the best qualities, best, highest; विघ्नैः पुनः पुनरपि प्रतिहन्यमानाः प्रारब्धमुत्तमगुणा न परित्यजन्ति Mu.2.17. (v. l.) -दशतालम् A sculptural measurement in which the whole height of an image is generally divided into 12 equal parts. The same measurement in 112 equal parts is called उत्तमनवताल. -पदम् a high office. -पु (पू)- रुषः 1 the third person in verbal conjugation; (= first person according to English phraseology; in Sanskrit, verbs are conjugated by putting the English I st person last and 3 rd person first). -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an excellent man. -फलिनी f. The plant Oxystelma Esculentum (Mar. दुधी, दुधाणी). -लाभः an excellent profit. -वयसम् The last period of life; Śat. Br.12.9.1.8. -व्रता A wife devoted to the husband; हृदयस्येव शोकाग्निसंतप्तस्योत्तमव्रताम् Bk.9.87. -वेशः N. of Śiva. -शाखः 1 a tree having excellent branches. -2 N. of a region. -श्रुत a. Possessing the utmost learning. Rām. -श्लोक a. of excellent fame, illustrious, glorious, well-known, famous. -कः N. of Vi&stoa;ṇu, क उत्तमश्लोक- गुणानुवादात् पुमान् विरज्येत विना पशुघ्नात् Bhāg.1.1.4. -संग्रहः (˚स्त्री˚) intriguing with another man's wife, i. e. speaking with her privately, looking amorously at her &c. -साहसः, -सम् 1 the highest (of the fixed) pecuniary punishments; a fine of 1 (or according to some 8,) paṇas; Ms.9.24; Y.1.366; पणानां द्वे शते सार्धे प्रथमः साहसः स्मृतः । मध्यमः पञ्च विज्ञेयः सहस्रं त्वेष चोत्तमः ॥ Capital punishment, banishment, confiscation, and mutilation are also regarded as forms of this punishment.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
uttejanam उत्तेजनम् ना 1 Excitement, instigation, animating, stirring up; ˚समर्थः श्लोकैः Mu.4; Mv.2. -2 Urging on, driving. -3 Sending, despatching. -4 Whetting, sharpening, furbishing, polishing (weapons &c.); मन्दरकूटकोटिव्याघट्टनोत्तेजना Śi.3.6. -5 An exciting speech. -6 An inducement, incentive, stimulant.
uttāra उत्तार a. 1 Surpassing others, excellent, preeminent. -2 Having the eye-balls turned up (as eyes). -रः 1 Transporting over, conveying. -2 Fording, crossing; सुखोत्तारताम् K.326. -3 Landing, disembarking. -4 Delivering, rescuing. -5 Getting rid of. -6 Vomiting. -7 Instability.
utthāna उत्थान a. Causing to arise or spring up. -नम् 1 The act of rising or standing up, getting up; शनैर्यष्टयुत्थानम् Bh.3.9. -2 Rising (as of luminaries); इन्दुं नवोत्थानमि- वेन्दुमत्यै R.6.31 newly risen. -3 Rise, origin. -4 Resurrection. -5 (a) Effort, exertion, activity; मेदच्छेद- कृशोदरं लघु भवत्युत्थानयोग्यं वपुः Ś.2.5; ˚शीलः Dk.153 disposed to work; Mv.6.23; यद्युत्थानं भवेत्सह Ms.9.215, effort (for money), acquisition of property. (b) Manly exertion, manhood, Mb.1.2.6; राज्ञो हि व्रतमुत्थानम् Kau. A.1.19. also अर्थस्य मूलमुत्थानम् -5 Energy. उत्थानेन सदा पुत्र प्रयतेथा युधिष्ठिर । न हयुत्थानमृते दैवं राज्ञामर्थं प्रसाधयेत् ॥ Mb.12.56.14. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 War, battle. -8 An army. -9 Evacuating (by stool &c.). -1 A book. -11 A court-yard. -12 A shed where sacrifices are offered. -13 A term, limit, boundary. -14 Business (cares &c.) of a family or realm. -15 Reflection. -16 Proximate cause of a disease. -17 Awakening. -18 A monastery. -19 Readiness of the army for fight; युद्धानुकूलव्यापार उत्थानमिति कीर्तितम् Śukra.1.325. -Comp. -एकादशी the eleventh day in the light fortnight of Kārttika when Viṣṇu rises from his four month's sleep (also called प्रबोधिनी) -वीरः A man of action, one who makes effort; Mb. -शीलिन् a. Industrious; Mb.2.
utphālaḥ उत्फालः 1 A jump, spring, leaping up; rapid motion; Mk.6. -2 Shuffling of feet. -3 The jumping attitude.
utphulliṅga उत्फुल्लिङ्ग (for उत्स्फुल्लिङ्ग) Emitting sparks, sparkling.
utsuka उत्सुक a. 1 Anxiously desirous, eagerly expecting; striving for (any object) (with instr. or loc. or in comp.); P.II.3.44. निद्रया निद्रायां वोत्सुकः Sk.; मनो नियोगक्रिययोत्सुकं मे R.5.11; सोत्सुका सुतजन्मनि Ks.21.139; R.2.45; Me.99; संगम˚ Ś.3.13; so रण˚, गमन˚, जय˚ &c. -2 Restless, uneasy, anxious; आशङ्क्योत्सुकसारङ्गां चित्र- कूटस्थलीं जहौ R.12.24. -3 Fond of, attached to; वत्सोत्सुकापि R.2.22. -4 Regretting, repining, sorrowing for. -कः Longing for, anxious desire; प्रकुर्वते कस्य मनो न सोत्सुकम् Rs.1.6.
utsargaḥ उत्सर्गः 1 Laying or leaving a side, abandoning, suspension; श्रीलक्षणोत्सर्गविनीतवेवाः Ku.7.45. -2 Pouring out, dropping down, emission; तोयोत्सर्गद्रुततरगतिः Me.19, 39; so शुक्र˚. -3 A gift, donation, giving away; (धनस्य) उत्सर्गेण शुध्यन्ति Ms.11.193. 4 Spending; अर्थ˚ Mu.3. -5 Loosening, letting loose; as in वृषोत्सर्गः -6 An oblation, libation. -7 Excretion, voiding by stool &c.; पुरीष˚, मलमूत्र˚. -8 Completion (as of study or a vow); cf. उत्सृष्टा वै वेदाः (opp. उपाकृता वै वेदाः). -9 A general rule or precept (opp. अपवाद a particular rule or exception); अपवादैरिवो- त्सर्गाः कृतव्यावृत्तयः परैः Ku.2.27, अपवाद इवोत्सर्गं व्यावर्तयितु- मीश्वरः R.15.7. -1 Offering what is promised (to gods, Brāhmaṇas &c.) with due ceremonies. -11 The anus; मित्रमुत्सर्गे Ms.12.121. -12 A heap, mass; अन्नस्य सुबहून् राजन्नुत्सर्गान्पर्वतोपमान् Mb.14.85.38. -13 Dedication, securing the services (of priests). उत्सर्गे तु प्रधानत्वात् etc. MS.3.7.19. (where शबर paraphrases उत्सर्ग by परिक्रय). -Comp. -समितिः carefulness in the act of excretion so that no living creature be hurt (Jaina).
utsargin उत्सर्गिन् a. 1 Leaving out or off. -2 Omitting abandoning.
utsarjanam उत्सर्जनम् 1 Leaving, abandoning, letting loose, quitting &c. -2 A gift, donation. -3 Suspension of a Vedic study. -4 A ceremony connected with this suspension (to be performed half yearly); पुष्ये तु च्छन्दसां कुर्याद् बहिसुत्सर्जनं द्विजः Ms.4.96; वेदोत्सर्जनाख्यं कर्म करिष्ये Śrāvaṇī Mantra.
uditiḥ उदितिः f. 1 Ascending, rising (of the sun); पश्येम तदुदितौ सूर्यस्य Av.7.5.3. -2 Setting, मध्यन्दिन उदिता सूर्यस्य Rv.5.69.3;76.3. -3 Speech.
udgāraḥ उद्गारः [उद्-गॄ-घञ् P.III.3.29] उन्न्योर्ग्रः 1 (a) Ejection, spitting out, vomiting, giving out, emitting; खर्जूरी- स्कन्धनद्धानां मदोद्गरसुगन्धिषु R.4.57; Bh.2.36; सलिलो- द्गारमुच्चैर्विमानाः Me.65, धूमोद्गारानुकृतिनिपुणा जर्जरा निष्पतन्ति Me.71; Śi.12.9. (b) Oozing, flowing out, stream, issuing out; सनिर्झरोद्गार इवाद्रिराजः R.6.6; रुधिर˚दिग्धा- खिलाङ्गाः Mv.6.33. -2 Repeating, narration, citing repeatedly; पुरावृत्तोद्गारैरपि च कचिता कार्यपदवी Māl.2.13; साम˚ K.42; H.3.99; सौजन्य˚ Mv.4 expression of goodness. -3 Quantity, mass (thrown out); Mu.3. -4 Spittle, saliva. -5 Eructation, belching. दृष्ट्वोद्गारान् सान्नरसांस्तृप्त्या परमया युताः Mb.3.263.29. -6 Sound, roaring, echo, hissing sound (शब्दः, कण्ठगर्जनं नागवायुकर्म); Śānti.1.21; गम्भीरगह्वर˚ Māl.9. -7 Overflow, swelling; पश्चिमेन तु तं दृष्ट्वा सागरोद्गारसंनिभम् Rām.7.32.9;32.19. -Comp. -चूडकः A species of bird.
udgārin उद्गारिन् 1 Going up, rising, being sent forth; उद्गारि- घोरघनघर्घरघोषमेतत् Mv.3.29; U.4.29. -2 Emitting, sending forth, pouring down; धारास्वनोद्गारिदरीमुखो$सौ R.13.47; Mk.5.27. -रिः (m.) The 57th year of the Jupiter cycle; उद्गारिसंज्ञं तदनु क्षयाय नरेश्वराणां विषमा च वृष्टिः Bṛi. S.8.5.
uddalana उद्दलन a. Tearing out. -नः The act of splitting, causing to burst (Jaina).
uddīpanam उद्दीपनम् 1 Inflaming, exciting; क्रोध˚, अग्नि˚. -2 (In Rhet.) That which excites or feeds (a sentiment or rasa), any aggravating or attendant circumstance which gives poignancy to a feeling or passion; उद्दीपन- विभावास्ते रसमुद्दीपयन्ति ये S. D.16; see आलम्बनम् also. -3 Illuminating, lighting, setting fire to, burning; जतुमयशरणोद्दीपनः Ve.5.26. -4 Burning of a body.
udbhedaḥ उद्भेदः दनम् 1 Breaking through or out, becoming visible, appearance, display, manifestation, growth, development; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्द्विभिः Ś.4.5; उमास्तनो- द्भेदमनु प्रवृद्धः Ku.7.24; तं यौवनोद्भेदविशेषकान्तम् R.5.38; Śi.18.36; Mu.5.3. पुष्पोद्भेदं शरकिसलयैर्भूषणानां विशेषात् । Me;76. -2 Breaking, splitting; प्रस्तरोद्भेदयोग्यः U.3.25. -3 A spring, fountain. -4 Horripilation; as in पुलकोद्भेद, रोमोद्भेद. -5 Treason, betrayal.
udvahni उद्वह्नि a. Emitting sparks or gleams (as an eye); उद्वह्निलोचनम् Śi.4.28.
undanam उन्दनम् Moistening, wetting, Bhāg.3.26.43.
unmanas उन्मनस् नस्क a. [उद्भ्रान्तं मनो$स्य] 1 Excited or disturbed in mind, perplexed, agitated, uneasy; उन्मनाः प्रथमजन्मचेष्टितान्यस्मरन्नपि बभूव राघवः R.11.22; Ki.14. 45. -2 Regretting, repining for a lost or departed friend. -3 Anxious, eager, impatient; गन्तुं पावकमुन्मनस्त- दभवत् Bh.2.75. -4 Proud (मनस्विन्); मुदमायातु नितान्तमुन्मनाः Śi.16.3 (where it also means "anxious").
upagantṛ उपगन्तृ a. 1 Approaching. -2 Getting, acquiring. -3 Knowing. -4 Accepting, receiving.
upajihvā उपजिह्वा ह्विका 1 The uvula or soft palate; epiglottis; Y.3.97. -2 Enlargement of the under side of the tongue. -3 A kind of ant; यदत्त्युपजिह्विका यद्वम्रो अतिसर्पति । सर्वं तदस्तु ते घृतम् Rv.8.12.21.
upadhāna उपधान a. Used (as a Mantra) in the putting up of the sacrificial bricks; P.IV.4.125. -नम् 1 Placing or resting upon. -2 A pillow, cushion; रामबाहुरुपधानमेष U.1. विपुलमुपधानं भुजलता Bh.3.79. -3 Peculiarity, individuality (विशेषम्); फलोपाधानाभावात् P.VI.3.39. Sk. -4 Affection, kindness. -5 A religious observance among especially the Jainas for preparing the ground for future monkhood. -6 Excellence or excellent quality; सोपधानां धियं धीराः स्थेयसीं खट्वयन्ति ये Śi.2.77. (where उ˚ also means a pillow). -7 Poison. -8 A small wooden pin of a stringed musical instrument; पाशोपधानां ज्यातन्त्रीं चापदण्डां महास्वनाम् Mb.4.35.16. -नी 1 A pillow, cushion. -2 A foot-stool.
upahitiḥ उपहितिः f. 1 The putting or placing upon. -2 Devotedness to; Yv. Ts 2.
upanikṣepaḥ उपनिक्षेपः 1 The act of depositing or placing down. -2 An open deposit, any article given in another's charge by letting him know its form, quantity &c. Y. 2.25; (on which Mitā. says:- उपनिक्षेपो नाम रूपसंख्या- प्रदर्शनेन रक्षणार्थं परस्य हस्ते निहितं द्रव्यम्). -3 A deposit sealed or covered up (?).
upaniṣad उपनिषद् f. [said to be from उपनि-सद् 'knowledge derived from sitting at the feet of the preceptor'; but, according to Indian authorities, it means 'to destroy ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the Supreme Spirit and cutting off the bonds of worldly existence'; यथा य इमां ब्रह्मविद्यामुपयन्त्यात्मभावेन श्रद्धाभक्तिपुरःसराः सन्तस्तेषां गर्भजन्मजरारोगाद्यनर्थपूगं निशातयति परं वा ब्रह्म गमयति अविद्यादि- संसारकारणं चात्यन्तमवसादयति विनाशयतीत्युपनिषद् । उपनिपूर्वस्य सदेरेवमर्थस्मरणात्; Śaṅkara] 1 N. of certain mystical writings attached to the Brāhmaṇas, the chief aim of which is to ascertain the secret meaning of the Vedas; Bv.2.4; Māl 1.7; (other etymologies also are given to explain the name:- (1) उपनीय तमात्मानं ब्रह्मापास्तद्वयं यतः । निहन्त्यविद्यां तज्जं च तस्मादुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (2) निहत्यानर्थमूलं स्वाविद्यां प्रत्यक्तया परम् । नयत्यपास्तसंभेदमतो वोपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (3) प्रवृत्तिहेतून्निःशेषास्तन्मूलोच्छेदकत्वतः । यतोवसादयेद्विद्या तस्मा- दुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ In the मुक्तकोपनिषद् 18 Upaniṣads are mentioned, but some more have been added to this number. They are said to have been the source of the six Darśanas or systems of philosophy, particularly of the Vedānta Philosophy. The more important Upaniṣads are:- ईशकेनकठप्रश्नमुण्डमाण्डूक्यतित्तिरः । ऐतरेयं च छान्दोग्यं बृहदारण्यकं तथा ॥. -2 (a) An esoteric or secret doctrine, mystical meaning, words of mystery; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. (b) Mystical knowledge or instruction; मन्त्रपारायण˚ U.6; दिव्यामस्त्रोपनिषदमृषेर्यः कृशाश्वस्य शिष्यात् Mv.2.2. -3 True knowledge regarding the Supreme Spirit. -4 Sacred or religious lore. -5 Secrecy, seclusion. -6 A neighbouring mansion. -7 A lonely place. -8 A religious observance. -9 Me- ditation, यदेव विद्यया करोति श्रद्धयोपनिषदा तदेव वीर्यवत्तरं भवति Ch. Up.1.1.1. -1 One that takes to (like a boat); तस्योपनिषत्सत्यस्य सत्यमिति Bṛi. Up.2.1.2.
upaniṣādin उपनिषादिन् a. 1 Sitting at the feet (of another, such as a preceptor). -2 Subjected.
upapatti उपपत्तिः f. 1 Happening, occurring, becoming visible, appearance, production, birth; अथोपपत्तिं छलनापरो$- पराम् Śi.1.69 (जन्म); इष्टानिष्टोपपत्तिषु Bg.13.9. -2 Cause, reason, ground; प्रियेषु यैः पार्थ विनोपपत्तेः Ki.3.52. -3 Reasoning, argument; उपपत्तिमदूर्जितं वचः Ki.2.1; देवि सोपपत्तिकमभिहितम् । Nāg.5 argumentative; giving a reason for the establishment of a matter; S. D.482. -4 Fitness, propriety. -5 Termination, end. -6 Association, connection. -7 Acceptance, adoption; Mv.5. -8 Ascertainment, demonstration, demonstrated conclusion; उपपत्तिरुदाहृता बलात् Ki.2.28. -9 (In Arith. or Geom.) Proof, demonstration. -1 A means, an expedient. -11 Assistance, support, help; ततः प्रजह्रे सममेव तत्र तैरपेक्षितान्योन्यबलोपपत्तिभिः Ki.14.44. -12 Doing, effecting, gaining; accomplishment; स्वार्थोपपत्तिं दुर्बलाशः R.5.12; तात्पर्यानुपपत्तितः Bhāṣā P.; H.3.111; see अनुपपत्ति. -13 Attainment, getting; असंशयं प्राक् तनयोपपत्तेः R.14.78; Ki.3.1. -14 Religious abstraction (समाधि). -15 Accident, chance; उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. -16 Suitability, expediency; उपपत्ति- मदूर्जिताश्रयं नृपमूचे वचनं वृकोदरः Ki.2.1; Bhag.4.28.68. -Comp. -समः (in logic) a kind of contradiction in which both the contradictory ascertions are supposed to be demonstrable (e. g. sound is eternal because it is produced; it is eternal because it is not tangible). Nyāyadarśana. -परित्यक्त a. Unproved, unreasonable, destitute of argument or proof; Raj. T.
upasadanam उपसदनम् 1 Going near to, approaching. -2 Sitting at the feet of a teacher, becoming a pupil; Mb.1.132.5; तत्रोपसदनं चक्रे द्रोणस्येष्वस्त्रकर्मणि Mb. -3 Neighbourhood. -4 Service. -5 Partaking of. -6 An abode, place; यज्ञोपसदनं ब्रह्मन्प्राप्तो$सि मुनिभिः सह Rām.1.5.15.
upari उपरि ind. 1 As a separable preposition (usually with gen., rarely with acc. or loc.) it means (a) Above, over, upon, on, towards; (opp. अधः) (with gen.); गतमुपरि घनानाम् Ś.7.7; अवाङ्मुखस्योपरि वृष्टिः पपात R.2.6; अर्कस्योपरि Ś.2.9; प्रासादानाम् Māl.7.5; U.5.2; Śi.16. 9.12.37; so ˚स्थापनम्, ˚स्थित &c.; with loc. उपर्येव स लङ्कायाम् Rām.; or acc. यन्त्राण्युपरि यन्त्राणि ibid. oft. at the end of comp.; रथ˚, तरुवर˚, तद्˚. (b) At the end of, at the head of; सर्वानन्दानामुपरि वर्तमाना K.158. (c) Beyond, in addition to; पणस्योपरि संस्थाप्य व्ययम् Y.2.253; भुक्तस्यो- परि Suśr. (d) In connection with, with regard to, towards, upon; परस्परस्योपरि पर्यचीयत R.3.24; Śānti. 3.23; तस्योपरि क्रुद्धः, ममोपरि दुष्टबुद्धिः &c.; तवोपरि प्रायोपवेशनं करिष्यामि on your account. (e) After; मुहूर्तादुपरि उपाध्याय- श्चेदागच्छेत् P.III.3.9 Sk. उपरि joined to उपरि (with acc. or gen. or by itself) means (a) Just above; लोकानुपर्युपर्यास्ते माधवः Vop. (b) higher and higher, far high, high above; उपर्युपरि सर्वेषामादित्य इव तेजसा Mb. -2 (As a separable adverb) It means (a) high above, upon, towards the upper side of (opp. अधः); त्रिदशा- न्विनिहत्याशु स्वयं स्थास्याम्यथोपरि Rām.7.29.6. उपर्युपरि पश्यन्तः सर्व एव दरिद्रति H.2.2; so उपरि या; ˚स्थापन, ˚स्थित &c.; oft. in com. स्वमुद्रोपरिचिह्नितम् Y.1.319. (b) Besides, in addition, further, more; शतान्युपरि चैवाष्टौ तथा भूयश्च सप्ततिः Mb. (c) Afterwards; यदा पूर्वं नासीदुपरि च तया नैव भविता Śānti.2.7; सर्पिः पीत्वोपरि पयः पिबेत् Suśr.; उपर्युपरि more and more, repeatedly, continuously. [cf. Zend upairi, upara; Gr. huper; L. super; Old Germ. obar; Germ. uber; Eng. over; Hind. upar]. -Comp. -आसनम् sitting on high. -करः A tax paid by temporary tenants. -काण्डम् The third division of the Maitrāyaṇī Saṁhitā. -गत a. gone up, ascended. -चर a. moving above (as a bird). -रः N. of the king Vasu. -चित a. piled over or above. -ज a. produced above, elevated, high. -तन, स्थ a. upper, higher. -तलम् Upper part; उपरितलनिपातितेष्टकः Mk.3.22. -प्रुत a. Ved. coming from above; Vāj.7.3. -बुध्न a. Ved. raised above the ground; Rv.1.73.8. -बृहती A variety of बृहती metre. -भागः the upper portion or side. -भावः being above or higher. -भूमिः f. the ground above. -मर्त्यम् ind. Ved. above men; अवो देवमुपरि- मर्त्यं कृधि Rv.8.19.12. -शयनम् a place of rest. यदु- परिशयनमाहरन्ति स्वर्गमेव तेन लोकमवरुन्द्धे Av.9.6.9. -श्रेणिक a. being in the upper line or series. -ष्ठ (स्थ) a. Above, staying up; पर्वतस्योपरिष्ठस्य कर्मेदं कस्यचिद्भवेत् Rām.7.16. 5. -सद् a. lying or sitting above; Vāj.9.35. (m.) a class of gods. -सद्यम् sitting above. -स्थायिन् a. Standing higher, prominent. -स्पृश् Reaching above, elevated; वसवो रुद्रा आदित्या उपरिस्पृशम् Rv.1.128.9. -कः A provincial governor.
upalabdhiḥ उपलब्धिः f. 1 Getting, obtaining, acquisition; उपलब्धौ यत्नः क्रियताम् Mbh. on 1.1.1. वृथा हि मे स्यात्स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56,8.17. -2 Observation, perception, knowledge (ज्ञान); बुद्धिरुपलब्धिर्ज्ञानं प्रत्यय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् Nyāya Sūtra, नाभाव उपलब्धेः Brahma Sūtra 2.2.28; भावे चोपलब्धेः 2.1.15. cf. Nyāya S.2.28,3. -3 Understanding, mind (मति). -4 A conjecture, guess. -5 Perceptibility appearance (recognized as a kind of proof by the Mīmāṁsakas); तत्र वेदविधिः स स्याज्ज्ञानं चेत्पुरुषं प्रति । उपपत्त्युपलब्धिभ्याम् Mb.12.238.3. see अनुपलब्धि. -Comp. -समः (in logic) A kind of sophistical refutation of an argument (e. g. the argument 'sound is uneternal because it is produced by some effort-' is refuted by saying that sound is also produced by wind); Nyāyadarśana.
upaveśaḥ उपवेशः शनम् 1 Sitting, sitting down; as in प्रायोप- वेशन. -2 Directing one's mind to, being attached to. -3 Voiding by stool. -4 Placing down. -5 Surrendering; सागरस्योपवेशनम् Rām.6.19.33.
upaveśin उपवेशिन् a. 1 Sitting -2 Devoting oneself to.
upaveṣṭṛ उपवेष्टृ a. One who sits, sitting down.
upasthā उपस्था 1 U. (cf. P.I.3.25-6. and Vārt.1) 1 To stand near; fall to one's share; नादत्तमुपतिष्ठति Pt.2. 127 remain; विष्टभ्य पादावुपतिष्ठते श्रीः Mu.4.13. -2 To come near, approach; मामुपतिष्ठस्व Mu.1 come to me; रामं मुनिरुपस्थितः R.15.76; Ku.2.64; Pt.1. राजद्वारम् U.1; R.1.45,87;2.39,15.15. -3 To wait or attend upon, serve; नाटकेनोपस्थातव्यमस्माभिः Ś.1. We must wait upon (serve) (the audience) with a play; Ms.2.48,3.189; पुरा शक्रमुपस्थाय R.1.75,14.24; U.1. -4 To approach with prayers, worship (said to be Ātm. only in this sense); ये सूर्यमुपतिष्ठन्ते मन्त्रैः Bk.8.13; न त्र्यम्बकादन्यमुपस्थि- तासौ 1.3; Ku.2.3; R.4.6,1.63,17.1,18.22; Māl.; U.2,3,7; सख्येन मामुपतिष्ठते treats me as a friend. -5 To be or remain near, stay with. -6 To go to with the desire of getting (P. or Ā.); प्रभुमुपतिष्ठति-ते Sk. -7 To approach for intercourse; कं रहस्युपतिष्ठसे Bk.5.68; पतिमुपतिष्ठते नारी Vop. -8 To meet, join (as a river) (Ā.); गङ्गा यमुनामुपतिष्ठते Sk. -9 To form friendship with, make a friend of; रथिकानुपतिष्ठते Sk.; उपस्थितैवमुक्ते तं सखायं राघवः पितुः Bk.6.42; सन्तमुपतिष्ठते साधुः Vop. -1 To approach with hostile intentions. -11 To lead to, go to or reach (Ā.) (as a way); पन्थाः स्रुघ्नमुपतिष्ठते Sk. (प्राप्नोति); Ms.3.76. -12 To pass over to, devolve upon, fall to the share of; मूलपुरुषावसाने संपदः परमुपतिष्ठन्ति Ś.6; Ki.13.69; वीरसूरिति शब्दो$यं तनयात्त्वामुपस्थितः M.5. 16, applies to you; R.8.2; विपदुत्पत्तिमतामुपस्थिता 8.83 awaits or falls to the lot of. -13 To occur, arise; be got; अहो$स्माकं भोजनमुपस्थितम् H.1. -14 To be present (Ā.); स्मृत्युपस्थितौ श्लोकौ U.6; भोजनकाले उपतिष्ठते Sk. -15 To stand under for support. -16 To resort to; वेशमुपतिष्ठन्ति Dk.6. -17 To conciliate. -Caus. (-स्थाप- यति) 1 To provide, present with, furnish with; to get ready, prepare; अस्खलितसुखसंपातं रथमुपस्थापय U.1; सबाणासनं रथम् Ś.2. -2 To place upon or near. -3 To produce.
upastha उपस्थ a. Near, approximate. -स्थः 1 The lap; उपस्थं कृ to make a lap; ˚स्थे कृ to take on the lap. -2 The middle part in general. तस्मिन्निर्मनुजे$रण्ये पिप्पलोपस्थ आस्थितः Bhāg.1.6.16. -स्थः, -स्थम् 1 The organ of generation (of men and women, particularly of the latter); स्नानं मौनोपवासेज्यास्वाध्यायोपस्थनिग्रहाः Y.3.313 (male); स्थूलोपस्थस्थलीषु Bh.1.37 (female); हस्तौ पायु- रुपस्थश्च Y.3.92 (where the word is used in both senses). -2 The anus. -3 The haunch or hip. -4 A sheltered place, seat. एवमुक्त्वा$र्जनः संख्ये रथोपस्थ उपाविशत् Bg.1.47. -5 Surface, ground; तं शयानं धरोपस्थे Bhāg.7.13.12. -Comp. -दघ्न a. reaching to the lap. -निग्रहः restraint of sensual passions, continence; स्नानं मौनोपवासेज्यास्वाध्यायोपस्थनिग्रहाः Y.3..313. -पत्रः, -दलः the Indian fig-tree (so called because its leaves resemble in shape the female organ of generation). -पदा f. A particular artery leading to the generative organs (of a male); Sāyaṇa on Ait. Br.3.37.6. -पाद a. Sitting with the legs bent down so as to form a lap; Sāṅkhyāyana Gr. Sūtra 4. -सद् a. sitting in the lap. प्रेष्ठः श्रेष्ठ उपस्थसत् Rv.1.156.5.
upasthānam उपस्थानम् 1 Presence, proximity, nearness. -2 Approaching, coming, appearance, coming into the presence of; युगपदाचार्ययोरुपस्थानम् M.1. -3 (a) Worshipping, waiting upon (with prayers); attendance, service; सूर्योपस्थानात्प्रतिनिवृत्तं पुरूरवसं मामुपेत्य V.1; सूर्यस्योपस्थानं कुर्वः V.4; Y.1.22,3.282. (b) Obeisance; greeting; ˚स्तोत्रपद्धतिम् U.1 a form of congratulatory panegyric. (c) Accepting, agreeing (as a lover &c); सो$यं मामनु- पस्थाने व्यक्तं नैराश्यमागतः Rām.6.92.47. -4 Attending to, guarding; रावणहित˚ Mv.5. -5 An abode, abode of wrestling; चाणूरो मुष्टिकः कूटः शलस्तोशल एव च । त आसेदुरुप- स्थानं वल्गुवाद्यप्रहर्षिताः ॥ Bhāg.1.42.37. -6 The sanctuary, any sacred place (approached with respect). -7 An appeal, application; यदि कुर्युरुपस्थानं वादं तत्र प्रवर्तयेत् Śukra.4.63. -8 Remembrance, recollection, memory; तत्त्वस्मृतेरुपस्थानात् (योगः प्रवर्तते) Y.3.16. -9 Obtaining, getting; दृष्टः कश्चिदुपायो मे सीतोपस्थानकारकः Rām.6.64.21. -1 A reception room; assembly; palace; a court; उपस्थानगतः कार्यार्थिनामद्वारासङ्गं कारयेत् Kau. A.1.14; Rām.2.15.1. -11 A particular part of the संध्या. -Comp. -शाला An assembly-room (in monastery); Buddha.
upasthāpanam उपस्थापनम् 1 Placing near, getting ready. -2 The awakening of memory. -3 Attendance, service. -ना The act of ordaining (a monk); Jaina.
upasthitiḥ उपस्थितिः f. 1 Approach. -2 Proximity, presence. -3 Obtaining, getting. -4 Accomplishing, effecting. -5 Remembrance, recollectiou, -6 Service, attendance.
upāptiḥ उपाप्तिः f. 1 Reching to. -2 Obtaining, getting.
upālabh उपालभ् 1 Ā. 1 To censure, blame, revile, scold, taunt; पयोधरविस्तारयितृकमात्मनो यौवनमुपालभस्व मां किमुपालभसे Ś.1; रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्रशेखरः Ku.5.58; R.7.44; Śi. 9.6; Bk.3.3,6.125. -2 To obtain (Ved.). -3 तं यदि स्वरेषूपालभेत Ch. Up.2.22.3. -3 To lay hold of, seize (a sacrificial animal). उपालम्भः upālambhḥ म्भनम् mbhanam उपालम्भः म्भनम् 1 Abuse, taunt, censure; अस्या महदुपालम्भनं गतो$स्मि Ś.5; तवोपालम्भे पतितास्मि M.1 laid myself open to your censure; उचितस्तदुपालम्भः U.3. -2 Delaying, putting off. -3 Escorting, conducting; केचिदस्मदुपालम्भे मतिं चक्रुर्हि तापसाः Mb.5.176.2.
upāsīna उपासीन a. 1 Sitting near to; उपासीनेषु विप्रेषु पाण्डवेषु महात्मसु Mb.3.233.1. -2 Attending on, serving; Mb.4.
upekṣā उपेक्षा 1 Overlooking, disregard, neglect. -2 Indifference, contempt, disdain; कुर्यामुपेक्षां हतजीविते$स्मिन् R.14.65. -3 Leaving, quitting. -4 Endurance, patience. -5 Dissent. -6 Neglect, trick or deceit (one of the 7 expedients in war). -7 A sort of भावना in Yoga, q. v. -8 Regard, consideration.
umā उमा [ओः शिवस्य मा लक्ष्मीरिव, उं शिवं माति मन्यते पतित्वेन मा-क वा Tv.] 1 N. of the daughter of Himavat and Menā, and wife of Śiva; Kālidāsa thus derives the name :- उ मेति (oh do not, scil. practise penance) मात्रा तपसो निषिद्धा पश्चादुमाख्यां सुमुखी जगाम Ku.1.26; उमावृषाङ्कौ R.3.23. -2 Light, splendour. -3 Fame, reputation. -4 Tranquility, calmness. -5 Night. -6 Turmeric (हरिद्रा). -7 Flax (अतसी). -Comp. कटः, -टम् उमा + कटच् P. V.2.29 Vārt. 1 the pollen of flax. -कान्तः N. of Śiva; Mb.13. -गुरुः, -जनकः N. of the Himālaya (as the father of उमा). -चतुर्थी f. The fourth day in the light half of the month of Jyeṣṭha. -पतिः N. of Śiva; मुहु- रनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14; so ˚ईशः, ˚वल्लभः, ˚सहायः &c. -महेश्वरव्रतम् N.of a particular observance. -वनम् N. of the town Vanapura or Devi-koṭa (शोणितपुर). -सुतः N. of Kārttikeya or of Gaṇesa.
ulluñcanam उल्लुञ्चनम् 1 Plucking out, cutting; पादकेशाशुककरो- ल्लुञ्चनेषु पणान् दश (दमः); Y.2.217. -2 Plucking or pulling out the hair. उल्लुण्ठनम् ulluṇṭhanam उल्लुण्ठा ulluṇṭhā उल्लुण्ठनम् उल्लुण्ठा 1 Rolling, wallowing. -2 Irony; धीराधीरा तु सोल्लुण्ठभाषणैः खेदयेदमुम् S. D.15; सोल्लुण्ठम् ironically, often occurring as a stage-direction in plays.
ullu उल्लु a. Cutting up.
uśatī उशती 1 Injurious talk. -2 Cutting speech.
ūrdhva ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला).
ūrmiḥ ऊर्मिः m., f. [ऋ-मि अर्तेरुच्च Uṇ.4.44.] 1 A wave, billow; पयो वेत्रवत्याश्चलोर्मि Me.24; R.5.61,12.85. -2 Current, flow. -3 Light. -4 Speed, velocity. -5 A fold or plait in a garment. -6 A row, line. -7 A human infirmity (Wilson); शोकमोहौ जरामृत्यू क्षुत्पिपासे षडूर्मयः; प्राविशद्यन्निविष्टानां न सन्त्यङ्ग षडूर्मयः Bhāg.1.7.17. -8 Distress, uneasiness, anxiety. -9 The course of a horse. -1 Missing, regretting. -11 Association, number, quantity. -12 Desire (संकल्प); इन्द्रियाणि मनस्यूर्मौ वाचि वैकारिकं मनः Bhāg.7.15.53. -Comp. -मालिन् a. wreathed or adorned with waves. --m. the ocean; चन्द्रं प्रवृद्धोर्मिरिवोर्मिमाली R.5.61.
ṛju ऋजु ऋजुक a. [अर्जयति गुणान्, अर्ज्-उ Tv.] (जु or ज्वी f.) (compar. ऋजीयस्, superl. ऋजिष्ठ) 1 Straight (fig. also); उमां स पश्यन् ऋजुनैव चक्षुषा Ku.5.32; Śi.1.13, 12.18,2.77; ˚प्रणाम R.6.25. -2 Upright, honest, straight-forward; ऋजूननृजवः Pt.1.415. -3 Simpleminded, plain; Mk.5; Ratn.2,3. -4 Favourable, beneficial, good. -ind. In the right manner, Correctly; Rv.2.3.7. -Comp. -आयत a. sitting or being upright and stretched up or distended; ऋज्वायतं संनमितोभयांसम् Ku.3.45; M.2.7. -कायः The sage कश्यप. -क्रतु a. acting righteously; N. of Indra; यूथा गवामृजुक्रतुः Rv.1.81.7. -गः 1 one who is honest in his dealings; स नो मृडाति तन्व ऋजुगः Av.1.12.1. -2 an arrow. -गाथ a. Ved. singing correctly; धारवाकेष्वृजुगाथ शोभसे Rv.5.44.5. -नीतिः f. Ved. right conduct; guidance; ऋजुनीती नो वरुणो Rv.1.9.1. -मिताक्षरा N. of a commentary on Yājñavalkya's law-book, generally called Mitākṣarā. -रोहितम् the straight red bow of Indra. -लेख a. Rectilinear. -खा Straight line. -वनि, -हस्त a. granting auspicious gifts; स्मत् सूरिभिर्ऋजुहस्त ऋजुवनिः Rv.5.41.15.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
odmaḥ ओद्मः ओद्मन् n. 1 Flowing; flooding; Vāj.13.53. -2 Wetting; P.VI.4.29.
autsargika औत्सर्गिक a. (-की f.) [उत्सर्ग-ठञ्] 1 That which is liable to be abolished in exceptional cases, though generally valid (as a rule of grammar). -2 General (opp. to particular), not restricted -3 Terminating, concluding. -4 Leaving, quitting. -5 Natural, inherent. -6 Produced naturally or directly. -7 Derivative.
aupaveṣika औपवेषिक a. (-की f.) [उपवेष-ठञ्] Getting livelihood by entire devotion to any employment.
kacchaḥ कच्छः च्छम् 1 Bank, margin, skirt, bordering region (whether near water or not); यमुनाकच्छमवतीर्णः Pt.1; गन्धमादनकच्छो$ध्यासितः V.5; Śi.3.8; Māl.9.16. -2 A marsh, morass, fen. 'जलप्रायमनूपं स्यात्पुंसि कच्छस्तथाविधः' Nm. -3 The hem of the lower garment tucked into the waistband; see कक्षा. -4 A part of boat. -5 A particular part of a tortoise (in कच्छप). -6 A tree, the timber of which is used for making furniture of (तुन्न, Mar. नांदुरकी); Mb.1.7.21. -7 A populous region. -च्छा 1 A cricket. -2 The plant Lycopodium Imbricatum (वाराही). -Comp. -अन्तः the border of a lake or stream; marshy place; Ki.7.39; कच्छान्ते सुरसरितो निधाय सेनाम् 12.54. -देशः N. of a place in the South. -पः (-पी f.) 1 a turtle, tortoise; केशव धृतकच्छपरूप जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1; Ms.1.44,12.42 (thus explained by Durga; कच्छं आत्मनो मुखसंपुटं पाति स हि किंचित् दृष्ट्वा शरीर एव मुखसंपुटं प्रवेशयति). -2 a tumour on the palate. -3 an apparatus used in the distillation of spirituous liquor. -4 an attitude in wrestling. -5 the tree Cedrela Toona (Mar. नांदुरकी) -6 one of the nine treasures of Kubera. (-पी) 1 a female tortoise. -2 a cutaneous disease, wart or blotch. -3 a kind of lute; also the lute of Sarasvatī. -भूः f. marshy ground, morass. -रुहा a kind of grass (दूर्वा). कच्छ kaccha (च्छा cchā) टिका ṭikā कच्छाटी kacchāṭī कच्छ (च्छा) टिका कच्छाटी The end or hem of a lower garment which, after being carried round the body, is gathered up behind and tucked into the waist-band.
kañcukaḥ कञ्चुकः 1 An armour, mail; घनाश्च कञ्चुकाः Śi.1.45. The skin of a snake, slough; भोगिनः कञ्चुकाविष्टाः Pt.1.65. -2 आस्तां स्वस्तिकलक्ष्म वक्षसि, तनौ नालोक्यते कञ्चुकः Nāg.5.17. -3 A dress, grab, cloth (in general); धर्म˚ प्रवेशिनः Ś.5; कपटधर्म˚ Dk.29. -4 A dress fitting close to the upper part of the body, robe; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य विशति त्रासादयं वामनः Ratn.2.3; सुभाषितरसास्वादजातरोमाञ्च- कञ्चुकम् Pt.2.1.68. -5 A bodice, jacket; क्वचिदिवेन्द्रगजाजिन- कञ्चुकाः Śi.6.51,12.2; Amaru.81; (Phrase:- निन्दति कञ्चुककारं प्रायः शुष्कस्तनी नारी; cf. "a bad workman quarrels with his tools"). -6 A kind of drawers or short breeches. -7 A strap of leather. -8 Husk.
kaṭaḥ कटः 1 A straw mat; Ms.2.24. -2 The hip; Mb.13.53.42. -3 Hip and loins; the hollow above the hips. -4 The temples of an elephant; कण्डूयमानेन कटं कदाचित् R.2.37,3.37,4.47. -5 A particular throw of the dice in hazard; नर्दितदर्शितमार्गः कटेन विनिपातितो यामि Mk.2.8. -6 A kind of grass; दग्धव्यौ वा कटाग्निना Ms.8.377. -7 Excess (as in उत्कट). -8 A corpse; कट- धूमस्य सौरभ्यमवघ्राय व्रजौकसः Bhāg.1.6.41. -9 A hearse, bier. -1 An arrow. -11 A custom. -12 A cemetery, burial ground. -13 A time or season. -14 The plant Saccharum Sara (शर). -15 An annual plant. -16 Grass (in general). -17 A thin piece of wood, plank. -18 See कटाक्ष; घ्नन्तीवैक्षत्कटाक्षेपौः Bhāg.1.32.6. -टी Long pepper. -टम् Dust of flowers. -Comp. -अक्षः a glance, a side-long look, leer; गाढं निखात इव मे हृदये कटाक्षः Māl.1.29; also 25, 28; Me. 37. ˚मुष्ट a. caught by a glance. ˚विशिखः an arrow-like look of love. -अग्निः a fire kept up with dry grass or straw; the straw placed round a criminal to be burnt. दग्धव्यौ वा कटाग्निना Ms.8.377; Y.2.282. -अन्तः the extremity of the temples; आताम्राभा रोषभाजः कटान्तात् Śi.18.42. -उदकम् 1 water for a funeral libation; कृत्वा कटोदकादीनि भ्रातुःपुत्रानसान्त्वयत् Bhāg.7.2.17, -2 rut, ichor (issuing from an elephant's temples). -कारः a mixed tribe (of low social position); (शूद्रायां वैश्यतश्चौर्यात् कटकार इति स्मृतः Uśanas). -कुटिः m. A straw hut; स्वलंकृताः कटकुटिकम्बलाम्बराद्युपस्करा ययुरधियुज्य सवतः Bhāg. 1.71.16. -कृत् m. A plaiter of straw mats; ददार करजैर्वक्षस्येरकां कटकृद्यथा Bhāg.1.3.18. -कोलः a spittingpot. -खादक a. eating much, voracious. (-कः) 1 a jackal. -2 a crow. -3 a glass vessel, a tumbler or bowl. -घोपः a hamlet inhabited by herdsmen. -पूतनः, -ना a kind of departed spirits; अमेध्यकुणपाशी च क्षत्रियः कटपूतनः Ms.12.71; उत्तालाः कटपूतनाप्रभृतयः सांराविणं कुर्वते Māl.5.11. (पूतन v. l.); also 23. -पूर्णः Designation of an elephant in the first stage of must; Mātaṅga. L. -प्रभेदः opening of the temples, appearance of rut; बभूव तेनातितरा सुदुःसहः कटप्रभेदेन करीव पार्थिवः R.3.37. -प्रू a. acting by will. (-प्रूः) 1 Śiva. -2 an imp or goblin. -3 one who gambles or plays with dice. -4 a worm. -5 a kind of demi-god, (of the class of Vidyādharas). -प्रोथः, -थम् the buttocks. -भङ्गः 1 gleaning corn with the hands. -2 any royal calamity or misfortune. -3 To break through a close rank of the army; 'कटभङ्गस्तु सस्यानां हस्तच्छेदे नृपात्यये' इति मेदिनी. -भीः N. of several plants ज्योतिष्मती, अपराजिता &c. -भू f. The cheek of an elephant; कण्डूयतः कटभुवं करिणो मदेन Śi.5.46. -मालिनी wine or any vinous liquor. -व्रणः N. of Bhīmasena. -शर्करा 1 a fragment of a mat broken off or of straw. -2 N. of a plant, (गाङ्गेष्टी). -स्थलम् 1 the hips and loins. -2 an elephant's temples. -स्थालम् A corpse.
kanakam कनकम् Gold; कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.12; Me.2,39,67. -कः 1 The Palāś tree. -2 The Dhattūra tree (several other plants as गुग्गुळ, चन्दन, चम्पक &c.) -3 Mountain ebony. -Comp. -अङ्गदम् a gold bracelet. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -गिरिः, -शैलः epithets of the mountain Sumeru; अधुना कुचौ ते स्पर्धेते किल कनकाचलेन सार्धम् Bv.2.9. -अध्यक्षः the treasurer. -आह्वः the धत्तूर tree. (-ह्वम्) = नागकेशर. -आलुका a golden jar or vase. -आह्वयः the Dhattūra tree. (-यम्) a flower. -कदली A species of plantain; क्रीडाशैलः कनककदलीवेष्टनप्रेक्षणीयः Me.79. -कारः A goldsmith. -क्षारः borax. -टङ्कः a golden hatchet. -दण्डम्, -दण्डकम् (golden-sticked) the royal parasol. -दण्डिका a golden sheath for a sword &c.; Mu.2. -निकषः a streak of gold (rubbed on a touch-stone). -पट्टम् Gold brocade cloth; पीतं कनक- पट्टाभं स्रस्तं तद्वसनं शुभम् Rām.5.15.45. -पत्रम् an earornament made of gold; जीवेति मङ्गलवचः परिहृत्य कोपात् कर्णे कृतं कनकपत्रमनालपन्त्या Ch. P.1. -परागः gold-dust. -पर्वतः The mountain Meru; Mb.12. -पलः a kind of fish. (-लम्) a weight of gold (equal to 16 Maṣakas or about 28 grains). -प्रभ a. bright as gold. (-भा) the महाज्योतिष्मती plant. -प्रसवा the स्वर्णकेतकी plant. -भङ्गः a piece of gold. -रम्भा the स्वर्णकदली plant. -रसः 1 a yellow orpiment. -2 fluid gold. -शक्तिः N. of Kārttikeya. -सूत्रम् a gold necklace; काक्या कनकसूत्रेण कृष्णसर्पो विनाशितः Pt.1.27. -स्थली 'a land of gold', gold mine.
kanyā कन्या [Uṇ.4.111] 1 An unmarried girl or daughter; R.1.51.2.1,3.33; Ms.1.8. -2 A girl ten years old. -3 A virgin, maiden; Ms.8.367,3.33. -4 A woman in general. -5 The sixth sign of the zodiac, i. e. Virgo. -6 N. of Durgā; Mb.3. -7 Large cardamoms. -Comp. -अन्तःपुरम् the women's apartments; सुरक्षिते$पि कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1; Mv.2.5. -आट a. following after or hunting young girls. (-टः) 1 the inner apartments of a house. -2 a man who hunts or goes after young girls. -कुब्जः N. of a country. (-ब्जम्) N. of an ancient city in the north of India, situated on a tributary of the Ganges, now called Kanoja. -कुमारि f., -री also कन्यकुमारी N. of Durgā; कन्यकुमारि धीमहि Mahānār 3.12. -गतम् the position of a planet in the sign Virgo. -ग्रहणम् taking a girl in marriage. -दानम् giving away a girl in marriage; अद्भिरेव द्विजाग्ऱ्याणां कन्यादानं विशिष्यते Ms.3.35. -दूषकः The violator of a virgin; Ms.3.164. -दूषणम् defilement of a virgin. -दोषः a defect or blemish in a l, bad repute (such as a disease &c.) -धनम् dowry; a girl's property. -पतिः 'daughter's husband', a son-in-law. -पालः a dealer in slave girls. -पुत्रः, -गर्भः the son of an unmarried daughter (called कानीन); संघर्ष- जननस्तस्मात्कन्यागर्भो विनिर्मितः Mb.12.2.4. -पुरम् the women's apartments. -प्रदानम् Giving a daughter in marriage; Ms.3.29-31. -भर्तृ -m. 1. a son-in-law. -2 N. f Kārttikeya. -भैक्ष्यम् Begging for a girl; Mb. -रत्नम् a very fine girl; कन्यारत्नमयोनिजन्म भवतामास्ते Mv.1.3. -राशिः the sign Virgo. -वेदिन् -m. a son-in-law (marrying one's girl); Y.1.262. -व्रतस्था A woman in her monthly state; मयि कन्याव्रतस्थायां जमुर्मन्दा- किनीतटम् Ks.26.56. -शुल्कम् money given to the bride's father as her price, purchase-money of a girl. -समुद्भव a. Born from an unmarried woman; Ms.9.172. -स्वयंवरः the choice of a husband by a maiden. -हरणम् ravishment or seduction of a maiden; प्रसह्य कन्याहरणं राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते Ms.3.33.
kapiñjalaḥ कपिञ्जलः 1 The Chātaka bird; सोमपीथं तु यत्तस्य शिर आसीत्कपिञ्जलः Bhāg.6.9.5. -2 The Tittiri bird.
karṇa कर्ण a. Ved. 1 Having long ears. -2 Furnished with chaff (as grain). -र्णः 1 The ear; अहो खलभुजङ्गस्य विपरीतवधक्रमः । कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते ॥ Pt.1. 35, 34 also; -कर्णे दा to listen; कर्णमागम् to come to the ear, become known; तद्गुणैः कर्णमागत्य R.1.9; कर्णे कृ to put round the ear; Ch. P.1; कर्णे कथयति whispers in the ear; cf. षट्कर्ण, चतुष्कर्ण &c. also. -2 The handle or ear of a vessel; उभा कर्णा हिरण्यया Rv.8.72.12. -3 The helm or rudder of a ship; सेना भ्रमति संख्येषु हत- कर्णेव नौर्जले Rām.6.48.26. -4 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -5 The diameter of a circle; Sūrya. -6 An intermediate region or quarter (उपदिग्भाग); Mb.6. 6.1. -7 (In prosody) A spondee. -8 N. of a tree (Mar. बाहवा, रुइमांदार) Rām.5.56.34. -2 N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahābhārata. भवान् भीष्मश्च कर्णश्च Bg.1.8;11.34. [He was the son of Kuntī begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kuntī). When the child was born, Kuntī, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhṛitrāṣṭra, and given over to his wife Rādhā, who brought him up like her own child; whence Karṇa is often called Sūtaputra, Rādheya &c. Karṇa, when grown up, was made king of Aṇga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brāhmaṇa and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brāhmaṇa went to Parasurāma and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Parasurāma had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karṇa's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karṇa's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karṇa showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was curse by a Brāhmaṇa (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvantages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Paṇḍavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhīṣma and Droṇa had fallen. He maintained the field against the Paṇḍavas for three days, but on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. Karṇa was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, and with Śakuni joined him in all the various schemes and plots that were devised from time to time for the destruction of the Paṇ&dvas.] -Comp. -अञ्चलः (लम्) Ear-lobe; (Mātaṅga L.5.12.) -अञ्जलिः 1 The auditory passage of the outer ear. -2 The ears pricked up; आपीय कर्णाञ्जलिभिर्भवापहाम् Bhāg.3.13.5. -अनुजः Yudhiṣṭhira. -अन्तिक a. close to the ear; स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -अन्दुः, -न्दू f. an ornament for the ear, ear-ring. -अर्पणम् giving ear, listening. -आरा (= -वेधनी). -आस्फालः the flapping of the elephant's ears. -इन्दुः f. a semicircular ear-ring. -उत्तंसः an ear-ornament or merely an ornament (according to some authorities). (Mammaṭa says that here कर्ण means कर्णंस्थितत्व; cf. also his remark ad hoc:- कर्णावतंसादिपदे कर्णादिध्वनिनिर्मितः । सन्निधानार्थबोधार्थं स्थितेष्वेत- त्समर्थनम् ॥ K. P.7). -उपकर्णिका rumour; (lit. 'from ear to ear'). प्रागेव कर्णोपकर्णिकया श्रुतापवादक्षुभितहृदयः Pt. -ऊर्णः a kind of deer; कर्णोर्णैकपदं चास्मै निर्जुष्टं वृकनाभिभिः Bhāg. -कषायः Dirt in the ears; आपीयतां कर्णकषायशोषाननुक्रमिष्ये न इमान्सुपेशान् Bhāg.2.6.46. -कीटा, -टी 1 a worm with many feet and of a reddish colour, -2 a small centipede. -कुमारी N. of Bhavānī. -कूटः The tower at the corner of the roof; Māna.19.54-55. -क्ष्वेडः (in Medic.) a constant noise in the ear. -गूथम् earwax. (-थः) -गूथकः hardening of the wax of the ear. -गोचर a. audible. -ग्राहः a helmsman. -चूलिका f. An ear-ring; उत्कृत्तकर्णचूलिकेन मुखेन ...... Svapna.2. -जप a. (also कर्णेजप) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer. कर्णेजपः सूचकः Mbh. on P.III.2.13. -जपः, -जापः slandering, tale-bearing, calumniating. -जलूका a small centipede. (also -जलौकस्, -जलौका) -जाहम् the root of the ear; cf. तस्य पाकमूले पील्वादिकर्णादिभ्यः कुणब्जाह चौ Pān. V.2.24. अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः Māl.5.8. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Karṇa', epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince. -ज्वरः pain to the ear; U.5.6. -तालः the flapping of the elephant's ears, the noise made by it; विस्तारितः कुञ्जरकर्ण- तालैः R.7.39,9.71; Śi.17.37. -दर्पणः an ear-ring. -दुन्दुभिः = कर्णकीटा. -धारः a helmsman, a pilot; अकर्णधारा जलधौ विप्लवेतेह नौरिव H.3.2; अविनयनदीकर्णधार- कर्ण Ve.4. -धारिणी a female elephant. -पत्रकः The lobe of the ear; Y.3.96. -पथः the range of hearing. -परम्परा from ear to ear, hearsay; इति कर्णपरंपरया श्रुतम् Ratn.1. -पर्वन् n. the eighth (i. e. Karṇa) section of the Mahābhārata. -पाकः inflammation of the outer ear. -पालिः, -ली f. 1 the lobe of the ear. -2 the outer edge of the ear. (-ली) an ornament of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear; U.6.27. -पिशाची f. a type of goddess. -पुटम् the auditory passage of the ear. -पूरः 1 an ornament (of flowers &c.) worn round the ear, an ear-ring; इदं च करतलं किमिति कर्णपूरतामारोपितम् K.6. प्रचुरसमरशोभासुभ्रुवः कर्णपूरः Śiva. B.3.46. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Śirīṣa tree. -4 the blue lotus. -पूरकः 1 an ear-ring. -2 the Kadamba tree. -3 the Aṣoka tree. -4 the blue lotus. -प्रणादः, -प्रतिनाहः a disease of the ear. -प्रान्तः the lobe of the ear. -फलः a kind of fish. -भूषणम्, -भूषा an ear-ornament. -मुकुरः an ear-ornament. -मूलम् the root of the ear; तं कर्णमूलमागत्य रामे श्रीर्न्यस्यतामिति R.12.2. -मोटी a form of Durgā. -योनि a. having the ear as a source. तस्य साध्वीरिषवो याभिरस्यति नृचक्षसो दृशये कर्णयोनयः Rv.2.24.8. -लता, -लतिका the lobe of the ear; मन्ये$मुना कर्णलतामयेन N.7.64. -वंशः a raised platform or dais of bamboo. -वर्जित a. earless. (-तः) a snake. -विवरम्, -छिद्रम्, -पुरम्, -रन्ध्रम् the auditory passage of the ear. -विष् f. ear-wax; Ms.5.135. -विषम् 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting. -वेधः piercing the ears to put ear-rings on; a religious ceremony (संस्कार). -वेधनी, -वेधनिका an instrument for piercing the ear. -वेष्टः, -वेष्टनम् an ear-ring; सुकृतौ कर्णवेष्टौ च Rām.5.15.42. -शष्कुली the outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); AV.9.8.1. अवलम्बितकर्णशष्कुलीकलसीकं रचयन्नवोचत N.2.8. -शूलः, -लम् ear-ache. -श्रव a. audible, loud; कर्णश्रवे$- निले Ms.4.12. -श्रावः, -संश्रवः 'running of the ear', discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear. -सूः f. Kuntī, mother of Karṇa. -स्रोतस् n. excretion of the ear (कर्णमल) कर्णस्रोतोभवं चापि मधुं नाम महासुरम् Mb.6. 67.14. -हर्म्यम् a tower, a side-tower. -हीन a. earless. (-नः) a snake.
karta कर्त a. Ved. Cutting. -र्तः 1 A hole, cavity; यदि कर्तं पतित्वा संशश्रे Av.4.12.7. -2 Rending, tearing; गतो मुकुन्दं परिहृत्य कर्तम् Bhāg.11.5.41.
kartana कर्तन a. Cutting. -नम् 1 Cutting, lopping off; Y.2.229,286. -2 Spinning cotton or thread (तर्कुः कर्तनसाधनम्).
karman कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.
kalana कलन a. (at the end of comp.) Causing, effecting. -नः A sort of cane. -नम् 1 A spot, mark. -2 A defect, an offence, fault. -3 Taking, seizing, grasping; कलनात्सर्वभूतानां स कालः परिकीर्तितः. -4 Knowing, understanding, apprehension. -5 Sounding. -6 An embryo at the first stage after conception. -ना 1 Taking, seizing, grasping; कालकलना Ā. L.29. -2 Doing, effecting. -3 Subjection. -4 Understanding, comprehension. -5 Putting on, wearing; also letting loose; चूडाकलनाम् Śi.3.5.
kalpanam कल्पनम् [क्लृप्-ल्युट्] 1 Forming, fashioning, arranging. -2 Performing, doing, effecting. -3 Clipping, cutting. -4 Fixing. -5 Anything placed upon another for decoration. -ना 1 Fixing, settlement; अनेकपितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12;247; Ms.9.116. -2 Making, performing, doing. -3 Forming, arranging; विषमासु च कल्पनासु Mk.3.14; केश˚ Mk.4. -4 Decorating, ornamenting. -5 Composition. -6 Invention. -7 Imagination, thought; कल्पनापोढः Sk. P.II.1.38 = कल्पनाया अपोढः. -8 An idea, fancy or image (conceived in the mind); Śānti.2.8. -9 Fabrication. -1 Forgery. -11 A contrivance, device. -12 (In Mīm. phil.) = अर्थापत्ति q. v. -13 Decorating an elephant. -Comp. -शक्तिः f. the power of forming ideas; MW.
kātantram कातन्त्रम् N. of a grammar (said to have been written by Śarvavarman through the favour of Kārttikeya).
kātyāyanī कात्यायनी 1 An elderly or middle aged widow (dressed in red clothes). -2 N. of a wife of Yajñavalkya मैत्रेयी च कात्यायनी च Bṛi. Up.4.5.1. -3 N. of Pārvatī; cf. उमा कात्यायनी गौरी काली हैमवतीश्वरी Ak. -Comp. -तन्त्रम् n. a Tantra containing the description of the methods of दुर्गापूजा and said to have been composed by Śiva. -पुत्रः, -सुतः N. of Kārttikeya.
kādambaram कादम्बरम् 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the Kadamba tree; निषेध्य मधु माधवाः सरसमत्र कादम्बरम् Śi.4.66. -री 1 A spirituous liquor distilled from the flowers of the कदम्ब tree. -2 Spirituous liquor or wine in general; कादम्बरीसाक्षिकं प्रथमसौहृदमिष्यते Ś.6; or कादम्बरीमदविघूर्णितलोचनस्य युक्तं हि लाङ्गलभृतः पतनं पृथिव्याम् Udb.; ˚रसभरेण K.24. -3 The fluid issuing from the temples of a rutting elephant. -4 An epithet of Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning. -5 A female cuckoo. -6 The rain-water collected into clefts or hollow places. -7 A female bird (सारिका). -8 N. of a celebrated story by Bāṇa; the heroine is of the same name being a daughter of Chitraratha Gandharva. -Comp. -बीजम् a ferment, yeast.
kānta कान्त p. p. [कम्-क्त] 1 Desired, favourite, loved, dear; कान्तं क्रतुं चाक्षुषम् M.1.4. -2 Pleasing, agreeable; भीमकान्तैर्नृपगुणैः R.1.16. -3 Lovely, beautiful; सर्वः कान्तमात्मीयं पश्यति Ś.2. -तः 1 A lover. -2 A husband; कान्तोदन्तः सुहृदुपगतः संगमात् किंचिदूनः Me.12; Śi.1.3, 29. -3 Any beloved person. -4 The moon. -5 The spring. -6 A kind of iron. -7 A precious stone (in comp. with सूर्य, चन्द्र and अयस्). -8 An epithet of (1) Kārttikeya, (2) Kṛiṣṇa. -तम् 1 Saffron. -2 A kind of iron. -comp. -अयसम् the loadstone. -नावकम् a. Variety of hides; Kau. A.2.11. -पक्षिन् m. a peacock (of iron). -पुष्पः a kind of tree (कोविदारवृक्ष). -लोहम् the loadstone. -लौहम् steel.
kāmaḥ कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.
kārtikeyaḥ कार्तिकेयः [कृत्तिकानामपत्यं ढक्] N. of Skanda (so called because he was reared by the six Kṛittikās). [Kārtikeya is the Mars or the god of war of the Indian mythology. He is the son of Śiva (but born without the direct intervention of a woman). Most of his epithets have reference to the circumstances of his birth. Śiva cast his seed into Agni (who had gone to the god in the form of a dove, while he was enjoying Pārvatī's company), who being unable to bear it cast it into the Ganges; (hence Skanda is called Agnibhū, Gaṅgāputra). It was then transferred to the six Kṛittikās (when they went to bathe in the Ganges), each of whom therefore conceived and brought forth a son. But these six sons were afterwards mysteriously combined into one of extraordinary form with six heads and twelve hands and eyes, (hence he is called Kārtikeya, Ṣadānana, Ṣaṇmukha &c.). According to another account the seed of Śiva was cast by the Ganges into a thickest of reeds (Śara); whence the boy was called Śaravaṇabhava, or Śarajanman. He is said to have pierced the mountain Krauñcha, whence his name Krauñchadāraṇa. He was the commander of the army of the gods in their war with Tāraka, a powerful demon (q. v.) whom he vanquished and slew; and hence his names Senānī and Tārakajit. He is represented as riding a peacock.] -Comp. -प्रसूः f. Pārvatī, mother of Kārtikeya.
kāla काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.
kuṭṭa कुट्ट a. (At the end of comp.) Dividing, cutting; grinding; -ट्टः (in Math.) A multiplier.
kuṭṭanam कुट्टनम् 1 Cutting. -2 Pounding; नैसर्गिकी सुरभिणः कुसुमस्य सिद्धा मूर्ध्नि स्थितिर्न मुसलैर्बत कुट्टनानि Māl.9.5. (v. l.). -3 Abusing, censuring.
kumbaḥ कुम्बः Ved. 1 A kind of head-dress for women (?) कुरीरमस्य शीर्षणि कुम्बं चाधिनिदध्मसि Av.6.138.3. -2 The upper part of a club. -बा 1 A thick petticoat. -2 An enclosure round the sacrificial ground. -Comp. -कुरीरः a. kind of head-dress for women.
kulābhiḥ कुलाभिः m. a. A treasure. कुलायः, _x001F_1-यम् _x001F_.1 _x001F_.The _x001F_.nest _x001F_.of _x001F_.a _x001F_.bird; कूजन्तकपोत- कुक्कुटकुलाः कूले कुलायद्रुमाः U.2.9; N.1.141. -2 The body; त्वदनुपथं कुलायमिदमात्मसुहृत्प्रियवत् (चरति) Bhāg.1.87.22, प्राणेन रक्षन्नवरं कुलायम् Bṛi. Up.4.3.12. -3 A place or spot in general; विश्वंभरकुलाये तं न पश्यन्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.7. -4 A woven texture, a web. -5 A case or receptacle. -Comp. -निलायः the act of sitting in a nest, hatching, brooding; खगकुलाय-कुलायनिलायिनाम् Śi. -स्थः a bird.
kuṣmalam कुष्मलम् 1 Cutting. -2 A leaf.
kūrmaḥ कूर्मः [कौ जले ऊर्मिर्वेगो$स्य पृषो˚ Tv.] 1 A tortoise; गूहे- त्कूर्म इवाङ्गानि रक्षेद्विवरमात्मनः Ms.7.15; Bg.2.58; कूर्मः पादो$त्र यष्टिर्भुजगपतिरसौ भाजनं भूतधात्री Udb. -2 Viṣṇu in his second or Kūrma incarnation. -3 One of the outer winds of the body. -4 A particular gesticulation with the fingers. -र्मी A female tortoise. -Comp. -अवतारः the Kūrma incarnation of Viṣṇu; cf. Gīt.1 :-- क्षिति- रतिविपुलतरे तव तिष्ठति पृष्ठे धरणिधरणकिणचक्रगरिष्ठे । केशवधृत- कच्छरूप जय जगदीश हरे ॥ -आसनम् a particular posture in sitting (practised by ascetics). -द्वादशी the twelvth day in the light (or dark ?) half of पौष month. -पुराणम् one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पृष्ठम्, -पृष्ठकम् 1 the back or shell of a tortoise. -2 a lid or cover of a dish. -राजः Viṣṇu in the shape of tortoise in his second incarnation; पृथ्वि स्थिरा भव भुजङ्गम धारयैनाम् । त्वं कूर्मराज तदिदं द्वितयं दधीथाः ॥ Mahān.
kṛta कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.
kṛt कृत् 1. 6 P. (कृन्तति-कृत्त) 1 To cut, cut off, divide, tear asunder, cut in pieces, destroy; प्रहरति विधिर्मर्मच्छेदी न कृन्तति जीवितम् U.3.31,35; Bk.9.42;15.97;16.15; Ms.8.12. -II. 7 P. (कृणत्ति, कृत्त) 1 To spin. -2 To surround, encompass. -3 To attire.
kṛntanam कृन्तनम् Cutting, cutting off, dividing, tearing asunder; नातः परं कर्मनिबन्धकृन्तनम् Bhāg.6.2.46. कृन्तनिका; -नी 1 A small knife. -2 The sharp edge of a knife.
kṛṣṇa कृष्ण a. [कृष्-नक्] 1 Black, dark, dark-blue. -2 Wicked, evil; मनो गुणान्वै सृजते बलीयस्ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि । शुक्लानि कृष्णान्यथ लोहितानि तेभ्यः सवर्णाः सृतयो भवन्ति ॥ Bhāg. 11.23.44. -ष्णः 1 The black colour. -2 The black antelope; Bhāg.1.35.19. -3 A crow. -4 The (Indian) cuckoo. -5 The dark half of a lunar month (from full to new moon); Bg.8.25. -6 The Kali age. -7 Viṣṇu in his eighth incarnation, born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. [Kṛiṣna is the most celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī and thus a cousin of Kaṁsa, he was, for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and Yaśodā, by whom he was brought up and in whose house he spent his childhood. It was here that his divine character began to be gradually discovered, when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, such as Baka, Pūtanā &c., that were sent to kill him by Kaṁsa, and performed many other feats of surprising strength. The chief companions of his youth were the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among whom Rādhā was his special favourite (cf. Jayadeva's Gitagovinda). He killed Kaṁsa, Naraka, Keśin, Ariṣṭa and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support of the cause of the Pāṇḍavas was the main cause of the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical occasions, it was Kṛiṣṇa's assistance and inventive mind that stood the Pāṇḍavas in good stead. After the general destruction of the Yādavas at Prabhāsa, he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at a distance for a deer. He had more than 16 wives, but Rukmiṇi and Satyabhāmā, (as also Rādhā) were his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue or cloud-like colour; cf. बहिरिव मलिनतरं तव कृष्ण मनो$पि भविष्यति नूनं Gīt.8. His son was Pradyumna]. -8 N. of Vyāsa, the reputed author of the Mahābhārata; कुतः सञ्चोदितः कृष्णः कृतवान्संहितां मुनिः Bhāg.1.4.3. -9 N. of Arjuna. -1 Aloe wood. -11 The Supreme spirit. -12 Black pepper. -13 Iron. -14 A Śūdra; कृष्णस्तु केशवे व्यासे कोकिले$र्जुनकाकयोः । शूद्रे तामिस्रपक्षे$ग्निकलिनीलगुणेषु च ॥ Nm. -15 The marking nut (भल्लातक); विरक्तं शोध्यते वस्त्रं न तु कृष्णोपसंहितम् Mb.12.291.1. -ष्णा 1 N. of Draupadī, wife of the Pāṇḍavas; तेजो हृतं खलु मयाभिहतश्च मत्स्यः सज्जीकृतेन धनुषाधिगता च कृष्णा Bhāg.1.15.7; प्रविश्य कृष्णासदनं महीभुजा Ki.1.26. -2 N. of a river in the Deccan that joins the sea at Machhalipaṭṭaṇa. -3 A kind of poisonous insect. -4 N. of several plants. -5 A grape. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Durgā Bhāg.4.6.7. -8 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -9 N. of the river Yamunā; विलोक्य दूषितां कृष्णां कृष्णः कृष्णाहिना विभुः Bhāg.1.16.1. -ष्णी A dark night; रिणक्ति कृष्णीर- रुषाय पन्थाम् Rv.7.71.1. -ष्णम् 1 Blackness, darkness (moral also); शुक्रा कृष्णादजनिष्ट श्वितीची Rv.1.123.9. -2 Iron. -3 Antimony. -4 The black part of the eye. -5 Black pepper. -6 Lead. -7 An inauspicious act. -8 Money acquired by gambling. -Comp. -अगुरु n. a kind of sandal-wood. -अचलः an epithet of the mountain Raivataka. -अजिनम् the skin of the black antelope. -अध्वन्, -अर्चिस् m. an epithet of fire; cf. कृष्ण- वर्त्मन्. -अयस्, n. -अयसम्, -आमिषम् iron, crude or black iron. -कृष्णायसस्येव च ते संहत्य हृदयं कृतम् Mb.5.135. 1; वाचारम्भणं विकारो नामधेयं कृष्णायसमित्येव सत्यम् Ch. Up. 6.1.6. -अर्जकः N. of a tree. -अष्टमी, -जन्माष्टमी the 8th day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa when Kṛiṣṇa, was born; also called गोकुलाष्टमी. -आवासः the holy fig-tree. -उदरः a kind of snake. -कञ्चुकः a kind of gram. -कन्दम् a red lotus. -कर्मन् a. of black deeds, criminal, wicked, depraved, guilty, sinful. -काकः a raven. -कायः a buffalo. -काष्ठम् a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum. -कोहलः a gambler. -गङ्गा the river कृष्णावेणी. -गति fire; ववृधे स तदा गर्भः कक्षे कृष्णगतिर्यथा Mb.13.85.56; आयोघने कृष्णगतिं सहायम् R.6.42. -गर्भाः (f. pl.) 1 the pregnant wives of the demon Kṛiṣṇa; यः कृष्णगर्भा निरहन्नृजिश्वना Rv.1.11.1. -2 waters in the interiors of the clouds. -गोधा a kind of poisonous insect. -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva. -चञ्चुकः a kind of pea. -चन्द्रः N. of Vasudeva. -चर a. what formerly belonged to Kṛiṣṇa. -चूर्णम् rust of iron, iron-filings. -च्छविः f. 1 the skin of the black antelope. -2 a black cloud; कृष्णच्छविसमा कृष्णा Mb.4.6.9. -ताम्रम् a kind of sandal wood. -तारः 1 a species of antelope. -2 an antelope (in general) -तालु m. a kind of horse having black palate; cf. शालिहोत्र of भोज, 67. -त्रिवृता N. of a tree. -देहः a large black bee. -धनम् money got by foul means. -द्वादशी the twelfth day in the dark half of Āṣaḍha. -द्वैपायनः N. of Vyāsa; तमहमरागमकृष्णं कृष्णद्वैपायनं वन्दे Ve.1.4. -पक्षः 1 the dark half of a lunar month; रावणेन हृता सीता कृष्णपक्षे$- सिताष्टमी Mahān. -2 an epithet of Arjuna; -पदी a female with black feet, -पविः an epithet of Agni. -पाकः N. of a tree (Mar. करवंद). -पिङ्गल a. dark-brown. (-ला) N. of Durgā. -पिण्डीतकः (-पिण्डीरः) N. of a tree (Mar. काळा गेळा). -पुष्पी N. of a tree (Mar. काळा धोत्रा). -फलः (-ला) N. of a tree (Mar. काळें जिरें). -बीजम् a watermelon. -भस्मन् sulphate of mecury. -मृगः the black antelope; शृङ्गे कृष्णमृगस्य वामनयनं कण्डूयमानां मृगीम् Ś.6.17. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः the black-faced monkey. -मृत्तिका 1 black earth. -2 the gunpowder. -यजुर्वेदः the Taittirīya or black Yajurveda. -यामः an epithet of Agni; वृश्चद्वनं कृष्णयामं रुशन्तम् Rv.6.6.1. -रक्तः dark-red colour. -रूप्य = ˚चर q. v. -लवणम् 1 a kind of black salt. -2 a factitious salt. -लोहः the loadstone. -वर्णः 1 black colour. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a Śūdra; विडूरुङ्घ्रिश्रितकृष्णवर्णः Bhāg.2.1.37. -वर्त्मन् m. 1 fire; श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42; Ms.2.94. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a low man, profligate, black-guard. -विषाणा Ved. the horns of the black antelope. -वेणी N. of a river. -शकुनिः a crow; Av.19.57.4. -शारः, -सारः, -सारङ्गः the spotted antelope; कृष्णसारे ददच्चक्षुस्त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6; V.4.31; पीयूषभानाविव कृष्णसारः Rām. Ch.1.3. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -सखः, -सारथिः an epithet of Arjuna. (-खी) cummin seed (Mar. जिरें). -स्कन्धः N. of a tree (Mar. तमाल).
klṛpta क्लृप्त p. p. [क्लृ प्-क्त] 1 Arranged, prepared, done, got ready, at hand; जातस्य मृत्युर्ध्रुव एष सर्वतः प्रतिक्रिया यस्य न चेह क्लृप्ता Bhāg.6.1.32; equipped; क्लृप्तविवाहवेषा R.6. 1; decked in her nuptial attire. -2 Cut, pared; क्लृप्तकेशनखश्मश्रु Ms.4.35. -3 Caused, produced. -4 Fixed, settled; पञ्च क्लृप्ता महायज्ञाः प्रत्यहं गृहमेधिनाम् Ms.3.69; 11.27. -5 Thought of, invented. -6 Formed, framed. -7 Ascertained, determined; न तस्याश्चित्तमन्यादृक्क्लृप्तो$त्र प्रत्ययस्तथा Ks.123.147. -Comp. -कीला a title-deed. -धूपः frankincense.
keśaḥ केशः [क्लिश्यते क्लिश्नाति वा क्लिश्-अन् लो लोपश्च Uṇ 5.33] 1 Hair in general; विकीर्णकेशासु परेतभूमिषु Ku.5.68. -2 Especially, the hair of the head; केशेषु गृहीत्वा or केश- ग्राहं युध्यन्ते Sk.; मुक्तकेशा Ms.7.91; केशव्यपरोपणादिव R.3.56;2.8. -3 The mane of a horse or lion. -4 A ray of light. -5 An epithet of Varuṇa. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -शी 1 A lock of hair (on the crown of the head.) -2 An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -अन्तः 1 the tip of the hair. -2 long hair hanging down, a lock of tuft of hair. -3 cutting of the hair as a religious ceremony; केशान्तः षोडशे वर्षे ब्राह्मणस्य विधीयते । राजन्यबन्धोर्द्वाविंशे वैश्यस्य द्वयधिके ततः ॥ Ms.2.65. -अन्तिक a. 1 extending to the end of the hair as far as the forehead. -2 relating to the ceremony of final tonsure. -अरिः m. N. of a plant (Mar. नागकेशर). -अर्हा f. N. of a plant (Mar. थोरनीली). -उच्चयः much or handsome hair. -कर्मन् n. dressing or arranging the hair (of the head) -कलापः a mass or quantity of hair. -कारम् a sort of sugar-cane. -कारिन् a. dressing or arranging the hair of the head; निहीनवर्णां सैरन्ध्रीं बीभत्सां केशकारिणीम् Mb.4.14.34. -कीटः a louse. -गर्भः 1 a braid of hair. -2 an epithet of Varuṇa. -गृहीत a. seized by the hair. -ग्रन्थिः m. a tie of hair; Bhāg.1.39.14. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् pulling the hair, seizing (one) by the hair (both in amorous sports and in fighting); केशग्रहः खलु तदा द्रुपदात्मजायाः Ve.3.11, 29; Me.52; so यत्र रतेषु केशग्रहाः K.8 (that is, not in battles). -घ्न morbid baldness. -छिद् m. a hair-dresser, barber. -जाहम् the root of the hair. -धारणम् keeping (not cutting) the hair; दूरेवार्ययनं तीर्थं लावण्यं केशधारणम् Bhāg.12.2.6. -प्रसारः cleaning the hair; Bhāg.1. 59.46. -पक्षः, -पाशः, -हस्तः much (or ornamented) तं केशपाशं प्रसमीक्ष्य कुर्युर्बालप्रियत्वं शिथिलं चमर्यः Ku.1.48;7. 57; Śi.8.27. 'the hair for a hand' (केशहस्तः) is another interpretation; cf. कचपक्ष, कचहस्त &c. -बन्धः 1 a hair-band; (विराजसे) मुकुटेन विचित्रेण केशबन्धेन शोभिना Mb. 4.6.12. -12 a particular position of hands in dancing. -भूः, -भूमिः f. the head or any other part of the body on which hair grows. -प्रसाधनी, -मार्जकम्, -मार्जनम् a comb. -रचना dressing the hair; कुर्वन्ति केशरचनामपरा- स्तरुण्यः Ṛs.4.15. -लुञ्चकः a Jaina ascetic. -वपनम् shaving or cutting the hair. -वेशः a tress of fillet of hair. -वेष्टः the parting of the hair. -व्यपरोपणम् putting the hair; चुकोप तस्मै स भृशं सुरश्रियः प्रसह्य केशव्यपरोपणादिव R.3.56. -शूला a harlot (वेश्या); केशशूलाः स्त्रियश्चापि भविष्यन्ति युगक्षये Mb.3.19.52. -शूलम् disease of the hair; Mb.3; hair on the head and face केशश्मश्रु वपति Mbh. on I.3.1. -संवाहनम् dressing of hair; cf. पादसंवाहने वज्री केशसंवाहने फणी । अहो भाग्यं पुरन्ध्रीणां दधिसंमथने रविः ॥ Subh. Ratn. (स्त्रीप्रशंसा 17).
kauñjara कौञ्जर a. Belonging to an elephant; आपन्नः कौञ्जरीं योनिम् Bhāg.8.4.12. -रम् A particular method of sitting (of yogi); सर्वाण्येवापिधीयन्ते पदजातानि कौञ्जरे Mb.12. 245.18.
krathanam क्रथनम् 1 A slaughter. -2 Cutting.
kram क्रम् 1 U., 4. P. (क्रामति, क्रमते, क्राम्यति, चक्राम, चक्रमे, अक्रमीत्, अक्रस्त, क्रान्त) 1 To walk, step, go; क्रामत्यनुदिते सूर्ये वाली व्यपगतक्लमः Rām.; गम्यमानं न तेनासीदगतं क्रामता पुरः Bk.8.2;25. -2 To go to, approach (with acc.).; देवा इमान् लोकानक्रमन्त Śat. Br. -3 To pass or go over, go across, traverse; U.2.13; सुखं योजनपञ्चाशत्क्रमेयम् Rām. -4 To leap, jump; क्रमं वबन्धं क्रमितुं सकोपः (हरिः) Bk. 2.9.5.51. -5 To go up, ascend; क्रामत्युच्चैर्भूभृतो यस्य तेजः Śi.16.83. -6 (a) To cover, occupy, take possession of, fill; क्रान्ता यथा चेतसि विस्मयेन R.14.17. (b) To reach up to, pervade, penetrate; क्रामद्भिर्घनपदवीमनेकसंख्यैः Ki.5.34. -7 To surpass, excel; स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1. 14. -8 To undertake, strive after, be able or competent for, show energy for (with dat. or inf.); व्याकरणाध्यय- नाय क्रमते Sk; धर्माय क्रमते साधुः Vop; व्युत्पत्तिरावर्जितकोविदापि न रञ्जनाय क्रमते जडानाम् Vikr.1.16; हत्वा रक्षांसि लवितुमक्रमी- न्मारुतिः पुनः । अशोकवनिकामेव Bk.9.23. -9 To be developed or increased, to have full scope, be at home (with loc.); कृत्येषु क्रमन्ते Dk.17; क्रमन्ते$स्मिञ्शास्त्राणि, or ऋक्षु क्रमते बुद्धिः Sk. क्रममाणो$रिसंसदि Bk.8.22. -1 To succeed, have effect (Atm.); न चक्रमस्याक्रमताधिकं धरम् Śi.1.54. -11 To be repeated (as a letter or word in the arrangement called क्रम q. v.) -12 To fulfil, accomplish. -13 To have sexual intercourse with; to cover (in copulation); क्रमस्पर्श इव रोहितमनवग्लायता सदा Av.4.4.7. (By वृत्तिसर्गतायनेषु क्रमः P.I.3.38; क्रम् by itself is used in the Ātm. in the sense of 'continuity' or 'want of interruption', 'energy or application', and 'development or increase', and also 'conquering or getting over.) -Caus. (क्रमयति, क्रामयति) 1 To cause to go &c. -2 To repeat a letter (as in the क्रम arrangement). -Desid. चिक्रमिषति, चिक्रंसते &c.
kledaka क्लेदक a. Wetting, moistening. -कः 1 Phlegm. -2 One of the fires in the body.
kledana क्लेदन a. [क्लिद् णिच्-ल्युट्] Wetting, making wet. -नः Phlegm. -नम् 1 Wetting, moistening. -2 Trickling, oozing.
kṣatiḥ क्षतिः f. [क्षण्-क्तिन्] 1 Injury, wound; द्विषां क्षतीर्याः प्रथमे शिलीमुखा विभिद्य देहावरणानि चक्रिरे Ki.14.55. -2 Destruction, cutting, tearing down; विस्रब्धं क्रियतां वराहततिभिर्मुस्ताक्षतिः पल्वले Ś.2.6. -3 (Fig.) Ruin, loss, disadvantage; सुखं संजायते तेभ्यः सर्वेभ्योपीति का क्षतिः S. D.37. -4 Decline, decay, diminution; प्रतापक्षतिशीतलाः Ku.2.24; H.1.114. -5 Death; आचक्षते शुद्धिदमा प्रसूतेरा च क्षते रागमधोक्षजे च Viś. Guṇa 572.
kṣipa क्षिप a. [क्षिप्-क] Throwing, striking, hitting. -पः 1 Throwing, casting. -2 Reviling, insulting. -पा 1 Sending. -2 Throwing. -3 Night.
kṣepaṇam क्षेपणम् [क्षिप्-ल्युट्] 1 Throwing, casting, sending, directing &c. -2 Spending (as time). -3 Omitting. -4 Abusing. -5 A sling; दिग्भ्यो निपेतुर्ग्रावाणः क्षेपणैर्महिता इव Bhāg.3.19.18. -णिः, -णी f. 1 An oar. -2 A net for fishing. -3 A sling or any instrument with which missiles are thrown.
kha खः The sun. -खम् 1 The sky; खं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2; यावद्गिरः खे मरुतां चरन्ति Ku.3.72; Me.9. -2 Heaven. -3 Organ of sense; पराञ्चि खानि व्यतृणत्स्वयंभूस्तमात्पराङ् पश्यति नान्तरात्मन् Kaṭh.2.1.1. -4 A city. -5 A field. -6 A cypher. -7 A dot, an anusvāra. -8 A cavity, an aperture, hollow, hole; नश्यतीषुर्यथा विद्धः खे विद्धमनुविध्यतः Ms.9.43. -9 An aperture of the human body; (of which there are 9, i. e. the mouth, the two ears, the two eyes, the two nostrils, and the organs of excretion and generation); खानि चैव स्पृशेदद्भिः Ms.2.6,53;4.144; Y.1.2; cf. Ku.3.5. -1 A wound. -11 Happiness, pleasure. -12 Tale. -13 Action. -14 Knowledge. -15 Brahman. -16 The glottis (in anatomy). -17 The tenth mansion from any given constellation or the sun's entrance into it. -खा 1 A well, fountain. -2 A river. -3 Pārvatī. -4 The earth. -5 Lakṣmi. -6 The speech; cf. खोमा क्ष्मा कमला च गीः Enm. -Comp. -अटः (खे$टः) 1 a planet. -2 Rāhu, the ascending node. -आपगा an epithet of the Ganges. -उल्कः, -खोल्कः 1 a meteor. -2 a planet. -3 N. of the sun. ˚आदित्यः a form of the sun. -उल्मुकः the planet Mars. -कामिनी N. of Durgā. -कुन्तलः N. of Śiva. -ग a. [खे आकाशे गच्छति गम्-ड] moving in the air; आरुह्यतामयं शीघ्रं खगो रत्नविभूषितः Rām.3.42.7. (-गः) 1 a bird; अधुनीत खगः स नैकधा तनुम् N.2.2; Ms.12.63. -2 air, wind; तमांसीव यथा सूर्यो वृक्षानग्निर्घनान्खगः Mb. -3 the sun. -4 a planet; e. g. आपोक्लिमे यदि खगाः स किलेन्दुवारः Tv. -5 a grass-hopper. -6 a deity. -7 an arrow; आशीविषाभान् खगमान् प्रमुञ्चन् Mb.8.67.2. ˚अधिपः an epithet of Garuḍa; हर्षयन्विबुधानीकमारुरोह खगाधिपम् Bhāg.8. 4.26. ˚अन्तकः a hawk, falcon. ˚अभिरामः an epithet of Śiva. ˚आसनः 1 the eastern mountain on which the sun rises. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Garuḍa ज्ञानेन वैयासकिशद्वितेन भेजे खगेन्द्रध्वजपादमूलम् Bhāg. ˚वती f. the earth. ˚स्थानम् 1 the hollow of a tree. -2 a bird's nest. -गङ्गा celestial Gaṅgā. -गतिः f. 1 flight in the air. -2 the motion of a planet. -3 a metre of 4 x 16 syllables. -गम a. moving in the air, flying (as the Gandharvas or missile weapons). (-मः) a bird. -(खे)गमनः a kind of gallinule. -गुण a. having a cypher as a multiplier. -गोलः the celestial sphere. ˚विद्या astronomy. -चमसः the moon. -चर a. flying, moving in the air. (-रः) or खेचरः 1 a bird. -2 a cloud. -3 the sun. -4 the wind. -5 a demon. -6 an aerial spirit. -7 a Gandharva or Vidyādhara खचरनगरकल्पं कल्पितं शास्त्रदृष्ट्या Mb.7.7.54; दिव्यस्रग्वस्त्रसन्नाहाः कलत्रैः खेचरा इव Bhāg.1.82.9. -8 a planet. (hence the number 'nine'). -9 mercury or quicksilver. -1 a sign of the zodiac. (-री i. e. खेचरी) 1 a semi-divine female able to fly. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -3 The magical power of flying (सिद्धि); एवं सखीभिरुक्ताहं खेचरी- सिद्धिलोलुभा Ks.2.15. -4 a particular मुद्रा or position of fingers. -चारिन् a. moving in the air. (-m.) an epithet of Skanda. -जलम् 'sky-water', dew, rain, frost &c. -ज्योतिस् m. a firefly. -तमालः 1 a cloud. -2 smoke. -तिलकः the sun, -द्योतः 1 a firefly; खद्योतालीविलसितनिभां विद्युदुन्मेषदृष्टिम् Me.83. -2 the sun. -द्योतनः the sun. -धूपः a rocket; मुमुचुः खधूपान् Bk.3.5. -परागः darkness. -पुष्पम् 'sky-flower', used figuratively to denote anything impossible, an impossibility; cf. the four impossibilities stated in this verse :-- मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः शशशृङ्गधनुर्धरः । एष वन्ध्यासुतो याति खपुष्पकृतशेखरः Subhāṣ. -बाष्पः dew, frost. -भ्रमः a planet. -भ्रान्तिः a falcon. -मणिः 'the jewel of the sky', the sun. -मीलनम् sleepiness, lassitude. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva; a celestial body or person; Ms.2.82. -वारि n. rain-water, dew &c. -बाष्पः snow, hoar-frost. -शय (also खेशय) a. resting or dwelling in the air. -शरीरम् a celestial body. -श्वासः wind, air. -समुत्थ, -संभव a. produced in the sky, ethereal. -सिन्धुः the moon. -सूचि See under that word. -स्तनी the earth. -स्फटिकम् the sun or moon gem. -हर a. having a cypher for its denominator.
khaṭaḥ खटः [खट्-अच्] 1 Phlegm. -2 A blind well. -3 A hatchet. -4 A plough. -5 Grass. -6 The closed fist. -7 A kind of blow or wound. -Comp. -कटाहकः a spitting-box. -खादकः 1 a jackal. -2 a crow. -3 an animal. -4 a glass-vessel. -5 an eater.
khaṭakāmukham खटकामुखम् A particular position of the hand in shooting. -खः A man in the attitude of sheoting.
khaṇḍana खण्डन a. [खण़्ड्-ल्युट्] 1 Breaking, cutting, dividing. -2 Destroying, annihilating; स्मरगरलखण्डनं मम शिरसि मण्डनम् Gīt.1; भवज्वरखण्डन 12. -नम् 1 Breaking or cutting. -2 Biting; injuring, hurting; अधरोष्ठखण्डनम् Pt.1; घटय भुजबन्धनं जनय रदखण्डनम् Gīt.1; Ch. P.12; दर्शनेन कृतखण्डनव्यथाः R.19.21. -3 Disappointing, frustrating (as in love). -4 Interrupting; रसखण्डनवर्जितम् R.9.36. -5 Cheating, deceiving. -6 Refuting (in argument); N.6.113. -7 Rebellion, opposition. -8 Dismissal. -Comp. -खण्डखाद्यम् N. of a work on logic by Harṣa. -रतम् Skilful in cutting or destroying. खण्डनीय khaṇḍanīya खण्डयितव्य khaṇḍayitavya खण्डनीय खण्डयितव्य pot. p. 1 To be broken, fragile, brittle. -2 Destructible. -3 Refutable &c.
khara खर a. [opp. मृदु, श्लक्ष्ण, द्रव) 1 Hard, rough, solid. -2 Severe, sharp, strict, R.8.9; स्मरः खरः खलः कान्तः Kāv.1.59. -3 Pungent, acid. -4 Dense, thick. -5 Hurtful, injurious, cutting, smart (words). -6 Sharpedged; देहि खरनयनशस्घातम् Gīt.1. -7 Hot; खरांशुः &c. -8 Cruel; Rām.6.59.17. -रः 1 An ass, Ms.2.21; 4.115,12,8.37; Y.2.16. -2 A mule. -3 A heron. -4 A crow. -5 A kind of prickly nightshade. -6 A quadrangular mound of earth for receiving the sacrificial vessels. -7 A Daitya or demon in general -8 An attendant of (a) Sūrya, (b) Śiva. -9 N. of a demon, half-brother of Rāvaṇa and slain by Rāma; R.12.42. -1 N. of the 25th year of the sixty years cycle; खरो बालेयवर्षयोः Nm. -रम् ind. In a sharp way; Rām.3. -Comp. -अंशुः, -करः, -रश्मिः the sun. -अब्दाङ्कुरकः lapis lazuli. -उष्ट्रम् ass and camel; सममेषां विवीते$पि खरोष्ट्रं महिषीसमम् Y.2.16. -कण्डूयनम् making worse any evil; Mb.3. -कुटी 1 a stable for asses. -2 a barber's shop; a barber's bag तत्वं खरकुटीः पश्य Mbh.IV.1.3. -कोणः, -क्वाणः the francoline partridge. -कोमलः the month of Jyeṣttod;ha. -गृहम्, -गेहम् 1 a stable for asses. -2 a tent. -चर्मा a crocodile; Gīrvāṇa. -णस्, -णस a. sharp-nosed. -दण्डम् a lotus; खरदण्डजलाशयम् Bhāg.4. 6.29. -दला the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -दूषणः the thorn apple. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Rāma, who killed the demon खर; मध्यं पातु खरध्वंसी Rāma-rakṣā. -नादः the braying of an ass. -नालः a lotus; नार्वाग्गतस्तत्खरनालनाल- नाभिं विचिन्वंस्तदविन्दताजः Bhāg.3.8.19. -पात्रम् an iron vessel. -पादाढ्यः the wood-apple. -पालः a wooden vessel. -प्रियः a pigeon. -यानम् a donkey-cart; Ms.11.21. -लोमन् a kind of serpent; L. D. B. -वृषभः a jack-ass. -शब्दः 1 the braying of an ass. -2 an osprey. -शाला a stable for asses. -सारम् iron. -स्पर्श a. sharp, hot (wind); वायुर्वाति खरस्पर्शः Bhāg.1.14.16. -स्वरा wild jasmine.
gañjana गञ्जन a. 1 Contemning, putting to shame, surpassing, excelling; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदयरञ्जनम् (चरणद्वयम्) Gīt.1; अलिकुलगञ्जनमञ्जनकम् 12; नेत्रे खञ्जनगञ्जने S. D.; युष्मत्कृते खञ्जनगञ्जनाक्षि शिरो मदीयं यदि याति यातु Udb. -2 Defeating, conquering; कालियविषधरगञ्जन Gīt.1.
gaṇaḥ गणः [गण् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा अच्] 1 A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; गुणिगणगणना, भगणः -2 A series, a class. -3 A body of followers or attendants. -4 Particularly, a troop of demigods considered as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa, a demigod of this troop; गणानां त्वा गणपतिं हवामहे कविं कवीनाम् &c.; गणा नमेरुप्रसवावतंसाः Ku.1.55,7.4,71; Me.35.57; Ki.5.13. -5 Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects. -6 A company, association. -7 A tribe, class. -8 A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons). -9 A sect (in philosophy, religion). -1 A small body of troops (a sub-division of अक्षौहिणी), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot; Mb.1.2.21. -11 A number (in math.). -12 A foot (in prosody). -13 (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. भ्वादिगण i. e. the class of roots which begin with भू. -14 An epithet of Gaṇeśa. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -अचलः N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva. -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः 1 N. of Śiva; Śi.9.27. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals. -अन्नम् a mess, food prepared for number of persons in common; Ms.4.29,219. -अभ्यन्तर a. one of a troop or number. (-रः) the leader or member of any religious association; Ms.3.154. -ईशः N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see गणपति below). ˚जननी an epithet of Pārvatī. ˚भूषणम् red-lead. -ईशानः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -2 of Śiva. -उत्साहः the rhinoceros. -कारः 1 a classifier. -2 an epithet of Bhīmasena. -कृत्वस् ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times. -गतिः a particular high number. -चक्रकम् a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men. -छन्दस् n. metre regulated and measured by feet. -तिथ a. forming a troop or collection. -दीक्षा 1 initiation of a number or a class. -2 performance of rites for a number of persons. -दीक्षिन् a. 1 one who officiates for a number of persons or for various castes (as a priest). -2 one who has been initiated into the worship of Ganeśa. -देवताः (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes of troops; Ak. thus classifies them :-- आदित्यविश्ववसव- स्तुषिता भास्वरानिलाः । महाराजिकसाध्याश्च रुद्राश्च गणदेवताः ॥ -द्रव्यम् 1 public property, common stock; Y.2.187. -2 a variety of articles. -धरः 1 the head of a class or number. -2 the teacher of a school. -नाथः, -नाथकः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of the attendants of any god; Bhāg.5.17.13. -4 the head of an assemblage or corporation; Bṛi. S.15.4. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -पः, पतिः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, or of Pārvatī only; for according to one legend, he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invoked and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting posture, short and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's entrance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṁṣṭra &c.). There are several legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman]. -3 also an epithet of Bṛihaspati and Indra. -4 the leader of a class or troop. -पर्वत see गणाचल. -पाठः a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule. -पीठकम् the breast, bosom. -पुङ्गवः the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people; Bṛi. S.4.24. -पूर्वः the leader of a tribe or class; (ग्रामणी); Mb.13.23.2. ˚तापनी N. of a Upaniṣad. -भर्तृ m. 1 an epithet of Śiva; गणभर्तृरुक्षा Ki.5.42. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -3 the leader of a class. -भोजनम् mess, eating in common. -यज्ञः a rite common to all. -रत्नमहोदधिः a collection of grammatical gaṇas by Vardhamāna. -राज्यम् N. of an empire in the Deccan; Bṛi. S.14. 14. -रात्रम् a series of nights. -वल्लभः a general of the army (सेनानायक); Rām.2.81.12. -वृत्तम् see गणच्छन्दस्. -हासः, -हासकः a species of perfume.
gaṇḍaḥ गण्डः 1 The cheek, the whole side of the face including the temples; गण्डाभोगे पुलकपटलम् Māl.2.5; तदीष- दार्द्रारुणगण्डलेखम् Ku.7.82; Me.26,93; Amaru.83; Ṛs.4.6;6.1; Ś.6.18; Śi.12.54. -2 An elephant's temple; गण्डोड्डीनालिमाला˚ Māl.1.1. -3 A bubble. -4 A boil, tumour, swelling, pimple; अयमपरो गण्डस्योपरि विस्फोटः Mu.5; तदा गण्डस्योपरि पिटिका संवृत्ता Ś.2. -5 Goitre and other excrescences of the neck. -6 A joint, knot. -7 A mark, spot; गण्डोज्ज्वलामुज्ज्वलनाभिचक्रया Śi.12.8. -8 A rhinoceros. -9 The bladder. -1 A hero, warrior. -11 Part of a horse's trappings, a stud or button fixed as an ornament upon the harness. -12 An unexpected combination of words consisting in putting one speech immediately after another, so as to be syntactically connected; see वीथि; e. g. राक्षसः- अपि नाम दुरात्मा चाणक्यबटुः । दौवारिकः -- जयतु । -रा˚ -अति- संधातुं शक्यः स्यात् । --दौ˚ -अमात्यः । Mu.4; so किमस्या न प्रेयो यदि पुनरसह्यस्तु विरहः. --दौ˚ -देव उपस्थितः U.1. -13 The tenth yoga or one of the twenty-seven portions of a circle on the plane of the ecliptic. -14 An astronomical period. -Comp. -अङ्गः a rhinoceros. -उपधानम् a pillow; मृदुगण्डोपधानानि शयनानि सुखानि च Suśr. -कुसुमम् the juice that exudes from the elephant's temples during rut, ichor. -कूपः 1 a well on the peak or summit of a mountain. -2 Upper region or table-land of a mountain. -ग्रामः any large or considerable village. -देशः, -प्रदेशः, -स्थलम्, -पाली, -पिण्डः 1 the cheek, the temples of an elephant. -2 temple-region (in general); कण्डूलद्विपगण्डपिण्डकषणम् U.2.9; Māl.9.31. -फलकम् a broad cheek; धृतमुग्धगण्डफलकैर्विबभुर्विकसद्भिरास्यकमलैः प्रमदाः Śi.9.47. -भित्तिः f. 1 the opening in the temples of an elephant from which ichor exudes during rut. -2 'a wall-like cheek', an excellent i. e. broad and expansive cheek; निर्धौतदानामलगण्डभित्तिः (गजः) R.5.43 (where Malli. says प्रशस्तौ गण्डौ गण्डभित्ति, see et seq.); 12.12. -भेदः a thief; गण़्डभेददास्याः शीलं जानन्नापि आत्मनो भोजनविस्रम्भेण छलितो$स्मि Avimāraka 2. -मालः, -माला inflammation of the glands of the neck. -मूर्ख a. exceedingly foolish, very stupid. -शिला any large rock; दृष्टो$ङ्गुष्ठशिरोमात्रः क्षणाद्गण्डशिलासमः Bhāg.3.13.22. -शैलः 1 a huge rock thrown down by an earthquake or storm; Ki.7.37; cf. also गण्डशैलैः कारवेल्लैर्लोहकण्टकवेष्टितैः । (अचलः परिपूर्णो$यम् ...) Parṇāl 4.75. -2 the forehead; गण्डशैलः कपोले च द्रोणपाषा- णभेदयोः । Nm.; किं पुत्रि गण्डशैलभ्रमेण नवनीरदेषु निद्रासि । Āryā Saptaśatī. -साह्वया N. of a river, also called गण्डकी. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the cheek; गण्डस्थलेषु मदवारिषु Pt.1.123; Ś. Til.7; गण्डस्थलीः प्रोषितपत्रलेखाः R.6.72; Amaru.82. -2 temples of an elephant.
gama गम a. [गम् भावादौ अप्] (At the end of comp.) Going, moving, going to, reaching, attaining, getting &c.; खगम, पुरोगम, हृदयंगम, &c. -मः 1 Going, moving. -2 March; आदरेण गमं चक्रुर्विषमेष्वप्यसङ्घसाः Bk.7.56; अश्वस्यैकाहगमः. -3 The march of an assailant. -4 A road. -5 Inconsiderateness, thoughtlessness. -6 Superficiality, careless perusal. -7 (Sexual) intercourse with a woman, cohabitation; गुर्वङ्गनागमः Ms.11.55; Y.2.293. -8 A game played with dice and men. -9 Removal (as of fraction in math.) -Comp. -आगमः going and coming. -कारित्वम् inconsiderateness, rashness.
gara गर a. (-री f.) [गीर्यते गॄ-कर्मादौ अच्] Swallowing. -रः 1 Any drink or fluid, beverage. -2 Sickness, disease. -3 Swallowing (गरा also in this sense). -4 A factitious poison. -रः, -रम् 1 Poison. -2 An antidote. -रम् 1 Sprinkling, wetting. -2 The fifth of the eleven Karaṇas. -Comp. -अधिका 1 the insect called Lākṣā. -2 the red dye obtained from it. -घ्न a. 1 destroying poison. -2 healthy. -श्रीः a kind of fish. -द a. poisoning, giving poison. (-दः, -दम्) poison; अगारदाही गरदः Ms.3.158; किं कुर्मः कं प्रति ब्रूमो गरदायां स्वमातरि Udb. -व्रतः a peacock.
gava गव (A substitute for गो at the beginning of certain compounds, especially before words beginning with vowels or as the second member of Dvigu comp.; पञ्चगवम् five cows; गवाकृति cow-shaped). -Comp. -अक्षः 1 an air hole, a round window; विलोलनेत्रभ्रमरैर्गवाक्षाः सहस्रपत्राभरणा इवासन् R.7.11; कुवलयितगवाक्षां लोचनैरङ्गनानाम् 11.93; Ku. 7.58; Me.1. ˚जालम् a lattice. -2 the mesh of a shirt of mail. -अक्षकः an air-hole. -अक्षित a. furnished with windows. -अग्रम् a multitude of cows; (written as गो$ग्रम्, गोअग्रम् and गवाग्रम्). -अदनम् pasture or meadow grass. -अदनी 1 a pasture. -2 a manger, a trough for holding grass &c. for feeding cattle. -अधिका lac. -अनृतम् a lie on cow's oath (अनृतगोशपथस्य पापम्); तस्या- धर्मो गवानृतम् Mb.13.23.33; Ms.8.98. -अमृतम् 1 the beverage or nectar consisting of rays of light. -2 cow's milk. -अर्ह a. of the value of a cow. -अविकम् cattle and sheep. -अशनः 1 a shoe-maker. -2 an out-cast. -अश्वम् bulls and horses. -आकृति a. cow-shaped. -आलम्भः the cow-killing in मधुपर्क rite. -आह्निकम् the daily measure of food given to a cow; a kind of व्रत; निरुद्विग्नस्तु यो दद्यान्मासमेकं गवाह्निकम् Mb.13.133.3. -इन्द्रः 1 an owner of kine. -2 an excellent bull. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः an owner of cows. -उद्धः an excellent cow or bull; Rām.4.28.43; Mb.13.78.14. -राजः a bull.
gāḍha गाढ p. p. [गाह्-क्त] 1 Dived or plunged into, bathed in, deeply entered. -2 Frequently plunged into, resorted to, thickly crowded or inhabited; तपस्विगाढां तमसां प्राप नदीं तुरङ्गमेण R.9.72. -3 Closely pressed together, tightly drawn, fast, close, tight; गाढाङ्गदै- र्बाहुभिः R.16.6; गाढालिङ्गन Amaru.4, a close embrace; Ch. P.6. -4 Thick, dense. -5 Deep, impervious. -6 Strong, vehement, excessive, intense; गाढनिद्रामवाप fell fast asleep; 2. ˚उद्वेग excessively tormented; U.3.31; Māl.9.12; गाढोत्कण्ठाललितलुलितैरङ्ग- कैस्ताम्यतीति Māl.1.15; Me.85; प्राप्तगाढप्रकम्पा Ś. Til.12; Amaru.74; so also गाढतप्तेन तप्तम् Me.14. -ढम् ind. Closely, fast, much, excessively, heavily, vehemently, powerfully. -Comp. -अङ्गद a. having closely fitting armlets; R.16.6. -आलिङ्गनम् a close embrace. -कर्णः an attentive ear; ता ये पिबन्त्यवितृषो नृप गाढकर्णैः Bhāg.4.29.41. -तरम् ind. 1 more tightly, closely. -2 more intensely. -मुष्टि a. close-fisted, avaricious, miserly. (-ष्टिः) a sword. -वचस् m. a frog. -वर्चस् a. costive, constipated.
gumphaḥ गुम्फः [गुम्फ्-घञ्] 1 Tying, stringing together. गुम्फो वाणीनाम् B. R.1.1. -2 Putting together, composing, arrangement. -3 A bracelet. -4 A whisker, a mustachio.
gṛham गृहम् [गृह्यते धर्माचरणाय, ग्रह् गेहार्थे क Tv.] 1 A house, dwelling, habitation, mansion; न गृहं गृहमित्याहुर्गृहिणी गृह- मुच्यते Pt.4.81,5.15; पश्य वानरमूर्खेण सुगृही निर्गृहीकृतः Pt. 1.39. -2 A wife; (the first quotation in 1 is sometimes erroneously cited as an illustration). -3 The life of a householder; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7. 71,5.1; Mv.4.28. -4 A sign of the zodiac. -5 A name or appellation. -6 A square (in chess or any other game). -हाः (m. pl.) 1 A house, dwelling; इमे नो गृहाः Mu.1; स्फटिकोपलविग्रहा गृहाः शशभृद्भित्तनिरङ्कभित्तयः N.2.74; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77. -2 A wife; अथावलोकको$गच्छद्गृहानेकः परावसुः Mb.3.138.4. -3 The inhabitants of a house, family; the life of a householder; गृहानुत्सृज्य यो राजन् मोक्षमेवाभिपद्यते Mb.12.16.29. -हः Ved. An assistant, or servant; गृहो याम्यरंकृतो देवेभ्यो हव्यवाहनः Rv.1.119.13. In comp. oft. rendered by 'domestic', 'household' or 'tame'; e. g. ˚कपोतः 'a tame pigeon'; ˚कार्याणि-कर्माणि 'household duties'; ˚ शकु- न्तिका 'tame bird'; छद्मना परिददामि मृत्यवे सौनिको गृहशकुन्तिका- मिव U.1.45 &c. -Comp. -अक्षः a loophole, eyelet-hole, a round or ablong window. -अधिपः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a house-holder. -2 a regent of a sign of the zodiac. संशयस्थः see अनुपात. -अयनिकः a house-holder. -अर्थः domestic affairs, any household matter; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरि- ष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -अभिपालिन् m. a watchman. -अम्लम् a kind of sour-gruel. -अवग्रहणी the threshold. -अश्मन् m. a flat ablong stone upon which condiments are ground (Mar. पाटा). -आगत a. one who has come to a house. (-तः) a guest. -आचारः household or domestic business; U.2. -आरम्भः building a house; गृहारम्भातिदुःखाय Bhāg.11.9.15. -आरामः, -वाटी, -वाटिका a garden attached to a house. -आशया, -आश्रया the betel-tree. -आश्रमः the order of a householder, the second stage in the religious life of a Bāhmaṇa; see आश्रम; Ms.6.1. -आश्रमिन् m. a householder; Bhāg.1.8.7. -ईश्वरी a housewife; दिष्ट्या गृहेश्वर्यसकृन्मयि त्वया कृतानुवृत्तिर्भवमोचनी खलैः Bhāg.1.6.54. -उत्पातः any domestic nuisance. -उपकरणम् a domestic utensil, anything required for household use; एकदा निर्गता क्रेतुं गृहोपकरणानि सा Ks.2.15. -कच्छपः = गृहाश्मन् q. v. -कन्या, -कुमारी the plant Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -कपोतः, -तकः a tame or domestic pigeon; Śi.4.52. -करणम् 1 household affairs. -2 house-building. -कर्तृ m. 1 'a house-builder,' a kind of sparrow. -2 a carpenter; गृहकर्ता भवानेव देवानां हृदयेप्सितम् Rām.7.5.19. -कर्मन् n. 1 household affairs. -2 a domestic rite. ˚करः, ˚कारः, ˚दासः a menial, domestic servant; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1.1. -कलहः domestic feuds, intestine broils. -कारकः a housebuilder, mason; करोति तृणमृत्काष्ठैर्गृहं वा गृहकारकः Y.3.146. -कारिन् m. 1 a housebuilder. -2 a kind of wasp. -कुक्कुटः a domestic cock. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् household affairs; सदा प्रहृष्टया भाव्यं गृहकार्येषु दक्षया Ms.5.15. -गोधा, -गोधिका the small house-lizard. -चुल्ली a house with two rooms contiguous to each other, but one facing west, the other east; Bṛi. S.53.4. -चेतस् a. thinking only of one's house; Bhāg.9.11.17. -छिद्रम् 1 a family-secret or scandal. -2 family dissensions; आयुर्वित्तं गृहच्छिद्रं मन्त्रमैथुनभेषजम् H.1.123. -ज, -जात a. born in the house (a slave &c.); Bṛi.5.61.7; Ms. 8.415. -जनः family, members of a family, especially the wife; Mu.1. -जालिका deceit, disguise. -ज्ञानिन् (also गृहेज्ञानिन्) 'wise only in the inside of the house', inexperienced, stupid, foolish. -तटी a terrace in front of the house. -दारु n. a house-post; नरपतिबले पार्श्वायाते स्थितं गृहदारुवत् Mk.4.3. -दाहः setting a house on fire, incendiarism. -दासः a domestic slave. -दासी a female domestic slave; एकदा गृहदासीषु यशोदा नन्दगेहिनी । कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि ॥ Bhāg.1.9.1. -दीप्तिः f. the splendour or ornament of a house, a virtuous woman; प्रजनार्थं महाभागाः पूजार्हा गृहदीप्तयः Ms.9.26. -देवता the goddess of a house; (pl.) a class of household deities; Ks.4.74. -देहली the threshold of a house; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनाम् Mk.1.9. -नमनम् wind. -नाशनः a wild pigeon. -नीडः a sparrow, -पतिः 1 a householder; बामं गृहपतिं नय Rv.6.53.2; a man who has entered on the second stage of life, one who, after having completed his studies, is married and settled. -2 a sacrificer. -3 the virtue of a householder; i. e. hospitality. -4 Ved. an epithet of Agni. -5 the maintenance of the sacred and perpetual fire. -6 the head or judge of a village; Mk.2; Dk.8. -पत्नी Ved. 'the mistress of a house', the wife of the householder; गृहान् गच्छ गृहपत्नी यथासः Rv.1.85.26. -पालः 1 the guardian of a house. -2 a housedog; आस्ते$वमत्योपन्यस्तं गृहपाल इवाहरन् Bhāg.3.3.15. -पिण्डी f. the basement of a building; Kāmikāgama 55.2-21. -पोतकः the site of a house, the ground on which it stands and which surrounds it. -पोषणम् maintenance of a household; तेन चास्य नियुक्ताभूत्स्वभार्या गृहपोषणे Ks.2.55. -प्रवेशः a solemn entrance into a house according to prescribed rites. -बभ्रुः a domestic ichneumon. -बलिः a domestic oblation, offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals, supernatural beings, and particularly household deities; Ms.3.265. ˚प्रियः a crane. ˚भुज् m. 1 a crow. -2 a sparrow; नीडारम्भैर्गृहबलि- भुजामाकुलग्रामचैत्याः Me.23. ˚देवता a deity to whom a domestic oblation is offered. -भङ्गः 1 one who is driven from his house, an exile. -2 destroying a house. -3 breaking into a house. -4 failure, ruin or destruction of a house, firm &c. -भञ्जनम् 1 breaking down or destroying a house. -2 causing the decay or ruin of a family. -भद्रकम् an audience-hall. -भर्तृ m. the master of a house; Bṛi. S. 53.58. -भूमिः f. the site of a house. -भेदिन् a. 1 prying into domestic affairs. -2 causing domestic quarrels. -भोजिन् m. an inmate of the same house, tenant; तस्मा- दप्यग्रहारान्ये जगृहुर्गृहभोजिनः Rāj. T.5.43. -मणिः a lamp. -माचिका a bat. -मार्जनी a female servant of the house; सख्योपेत्याग्रहीत्पाणिं यो$हं तद्गृहमार्जनी Bhāg.1.83.11. -मृगः a dog. -मेघः a multitude of houses; Rām.5. -मेध a. 1 one who performs the domestic rites or sacrifices; गृह- मेधास आ गत मरुतो माप भूतन Rv.7.59.1. -2 connected with the duties of a householder. (-धः) 1 a householder. -2 a domestic sacrifice; Bhāg.2.6.19. -मेधिन् m. a householder, a married Brāhmaṇa who has a household; (गृहैर्दारैर्मेधन्ते संगच्छन्ते Malli.); प्रजायै गृहमेधिनाम् R.1. 7; see गृहपति above. (-नी) 1 the wife of a householder, a house-wife; न व्यचष्ट वरारोहां गृहिणीं गृहमेधिनीम् Bhāg.4. 26.13. -2 the intellect based on the Sattva quality. -यज्ञः see गृहमेधः; Mb.1.18.5. -यन्त्रम् a stick or other instrument to which, on solemn occasions, flags are fastened; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -रन्ध्रम् family-dissensions. -वाटिका, -वाटी a garden attached to a house. -वित्तः the owner of a house. -व्रत a. devoted to home. मतिर्न कृष्णे परतः स्वतो वा मिथो$भिपद्येत गृहव्रतानाम् Bhāg.7.5.3. -शायिन् m. a pigeon. -शुकः 1 a domestic parrot, one kept for pleasure; Amaru.16. -2 a domestic poet; आयातेन शुकैः सार्धं दत्ता गृहशुकेन यः । मुक्ताः प्राप्य प्रतिष्ठायां चक्रे ख्यातां शुकावलीम् ॥ Rāj. T.5.31. -संवेशकः a house-builder by profession; Ms.3.163. -सार property; गृहीतसारमेनं सपुत्रकलत्रं संयम्य Mu.1. -स्थः a householder, one who has entered on the stage of a house-holder; संकटा ह्याहिताग्नीनां प्रत्यवायैर्गृहस्थता U.1.9; see गृहपति above and Ms.3.68;6.9. ˚आश्रमः the life of a householder; see गृहाश्रम. ˚धर्मः the duty of a householder. -स्थूणा the pillar of a house.
go गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
gauḍaḥ गौडः 1 N. of a country; the स्कन्दपुराण thus describes its position :-- वङ्गदेशं समारभ्य भुवनेशान्तगः शिवे । गौडदेशः समाख्यातः सर्वविद्याविशारदः ॥ -2 A particular subdivision of Brāhmaṇas. -3 see गोण्डः above. L. D. B. -डाः (pl.) The inhabitants of Gauḍa. -डी 1 Spirit distilled from molasses; गौडी पैष्ठी च माध्वी च विज्ञेया त्रिविधा सुरा Ms. 11.95. -2 One of the Rāgiṇis. -3 (In rhet.) One of the Ritis or Vrittis or styles of poetic composition; S. D. mentions four Ritis, while K. P. only three, गौडी being another name for पुरुषा वृत्ति; ओजःप्रकाशकैस्तैः (वर्णैः) तु परुषा (i. e. गौडी) M. P.7; ओजःप्रकाशकैर्वर्णैर्बन्ध आडम्बरः पुनः समासबहुला गौडी S. D.627. Here is an illustration : उन्मीलन्मधुगन्धलुब्धमधुपव्याधूतचूताङ्कुरः क्रीडत्कोकिलकाकंलीकलकलैरु- द्गीर्णकर्णज्वराः । नीयन्ते पथिकैः कथं कथमपि ध्यानावधानक्षणप्राप्त- प्राणसमासमागमरसोल्लासैरमी वासराः ॥ अलंकारशेखर 6. -डम् Sweet- meats; भोजनानि सुपूर्णानि गौडानि च सहस्रशः Rām.1.53.4. -a. Relating to or prepared from molasses; विविधानि च गौडानि खाण्डवानि तथैव च Rām.7.92.12. -Comp. -पादः N. of a commentator. -मालवः N. of a Rāga.
grasta ग्रस्त p. p. [ग्रस् कर्मणि क्त] 1 Eaten, devoured. -2 Seized, stricken, affected, possessed; ग्रह˚, विपद्˚, जरा˚ U.6. 39. -3 Slurred; ˚मुक्तम् U.5.13; ˚आमिषम् Pt.1.193. -4 Eclipsed. -5 Taken, seized. -6 Tormented, afflicted; Y.3.245. -स्तम् A word or sentence half-uttered or slurred over. -Comp. -अस्तम् the setting of the sun or moon while eclipsed. -उदयः rising of the sun or moon while eclipsed.
grahaṇam ग्रहणम् [ग्रह् भावे ल्युट्] 1 Seizing, catching, seizure; श्वा मृगग्रहणे$शुचिः Ms.5.13. -2 Receiving, accepting, taking; आचारधूमग्रहणात् R.7.27. -3 Mentioning, uttering; नामग्रहणम्. -4 Wearing putting on; सोत्तरच्छदमध्यास्त नेपथ्यग्रहणाय सः R.17.21. -5 An eclipse; ग्रहणं चन्द्रसूर्ययोः Y.1.218. -6 Understanding, comprehension, knowledge; यस्य नु ग्रहणं किंचित्कर्मणो$न्यन्न दृश्यते Rām.2.22.21; न परेषां ग्रहणस्य गोचराम् N.2.95 -7 Learning, acquiring, grasping mentally, mastering; विपेर्यथावद्ग्रहणेन वाङ्- मयं नदीमुखेनेव समुद्रमाविशत् R.3.28. -8 Taking up of sound, echo; अद्रिग्रहणगुरुभिर्गर्जितैर्नर्तयेथाः Me.46. -9 The hand. -1 An organ of sense. -11 A prisoner, captive. -12 Taking by the hand, marrying; तद्दारग्रहणे यत्नं सन्तत्यां च मनः कुरु Mb.1.13.26. -13 Taking captive, imprisonment; न दोषो ग्रहणे तस्याः Ks.91.37. -14 Gaining, obtaining, purchasing. -15 Choosing. -16 Taking or drawing up. -17 Attraction. -18 Containing, enclosing. -19 Undertaking, undergoing. -2 Service; अजस्य जन्मोत्पथनाशनाय कर्माण्यकर्तुर्ग्रहणाय पुंसाम् Bhāg.3.1.44. -21 Mentioning with praise, respecting; प्रमाणं सर्वभूतेषु गत्वा च ग्रहणं महत् Mb.12.15.1. -22 Acceptation, meaning. -23 Assent, agreement. -24 Inviting, calling, addressing; name; अलसग्रहणं प्राप्तो दुर्मेधावी तथोच्यते Mb.12.266.6. -Comp. -अन्तः close of study.
graiveyakam ग्रैवेयकम् [ग्रीवायां बद्धो$लंकारः, ढकञ्] 1 A neck-ornament; e. g. अस्माकं सखि वाससी न रुचिरे ग्रैवेयकं नोज्ज्वलम् Ś. D.3; सा हि चन्दनवर्णाभा ग्रीवा ग्रैवेयकोचिता Rām.3.6.32. -2 A chain worn round the neck of an elephant. -m. (pl.) a class of deities (9 in number) sitting on the neck of Loka-puruṣa. (Jaina.) ग्रैष्म graiṣma ग्रैष्मिक graiṣmika ग्रैष्म ग्रैष्मिक a. Relating to summer; ग्रैष्मौ मासौ गोप्तारावकुर्वन् Av.15.4.2.
ghātana घातन [इन् णिच् भावे ल्युट्] A killer, murderer. -नम् 1 Striking, killing, slaughter. -2 Killing (as an animal at a sacrifice), immolatting; स्वपुत्रघातनं कृत्वा प्राप्तं तन्मांसभक्षणम् Ks.2.214.
ghāraḥ घारः [घृ-घञ्] Sprinkling, wetting.
caṭanam चटनम् Cracking, splitting. -2 Falling off in small pieces.
caṇḍātakaḥ चण्डातकः कम् A short petticoat.
caraṇaḥ चरणः णम् [चर्-करणे ल्युट्] 1 A foot; शिरसि चरण एष न्यस्यते वारयैनम् Ve.3.38; जात्या काममवध्यो$सि चरणं त्विदमुद्धृतम् 39. -2 A support, pillar, prop. -3 The root of a tree. -4 The single line of a stanza. -5 A quarter. -6 A school or branch of any of the Vedas; e. g. चरणगुरवः Mv.1; Māl.1; Pt.4.3. -7 A race. -8 (In prosody) A dactyl. -णः A foot-soldier. -2 A ray of light. -णम् 1 Moving, roaming, wandering. -2 Performance, practising; Ms.6.75. -3 Conduct of life, behaviour (moral). -4 Accomplishment. -5 Eating, consuming. -6 Course. -7 Acting, dealing, managing, conduct. -8 Fixed observance of any class, age (as priesthood &c.); -9 studying under strict rules of ब्रह्मचर्य; विशुद्धवीर्याश्चरणोपपन्नाः Mb.5.3.7. -Comp. -अचलः The setting mountain; यातो$स्तमेष चरमाचलचूड- चुम्बी Murāri. -अमृतम्, -उदकम् water in which the feet of a (revered) Brāhmaṇa or spiritual guide have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पद्मम् a lotuslike foot. -आयुधः a cock; आकर्ण्य संप्रति रुतं चरणायुधानाम् S. D. -आस्कन्दनम् trampling, treading under foot. -उपधानम् A foot-rest; कृष्णा च तेषां चरणोपधाने Mb. 1.193.1. -गत a. fallen at the feet, prostrate. -ग्रन्थिः m., -पर्वन् n. the ankle. -न्यासः a footstep. -पः a tree. -पतनम् falling down or prostration (at the feet of another); Amaru.17. -पतित a. prostrate at the feet; Me.15. -पातः 1 tread, trampling. -2 footfall. -3 prostration. -योधिन् m. (= -आयुधः) विहिता वृक्षमूले तु वृत्तिश्चरणयोधिनाम् Rām.4.58.31. -व्यूहः A book dealing with the śākhās of the vedas. -शुश्रूषा, -सेवा 1 prostration. -2 service, devotion.
carvita चर्वित p. p. [चर्व् कर्मणि क्त] 1 Chewed, bitten, eaten. -2 Tasted. -Comp. -चर्वणम् (lit.) chewing the chewed; (fig.) tautology, useless repetition, profitless reiteration. -पात्रम् a spitting pot.
calana चलन a. चल् भावे ल्युट्] Moving, tremulous, trembling, shaking. -नः 1 A foot. -2 A deer. -नम् Trembling, shaking or shaking motion; चलनात्मकं कर्म T. S.; हस्त˚, जानु˚ &c.; तरलदृगञ्चलचलनमनोहरवदनजनितरतिरागम् Gīt. 11. -2 Turning or leaving off. -3 Roaming, wandering. -नी 1 A short petticoat worn by common women. -2 The rope for tying an elephant.
calanakam चलनकम् [चलनं संज्ञायां कन्] A short petticoat worn by low women. -निका Silken fringes.
cihnam चिह्नम् 1 Mark, spot, stamp, symbol; emblem, badge, symptom; ग्रामेषु यूपचिह्नेषु R.1.44;3.55; संनिपातस्य चिह्नानि Pt.1.177. -2 A sign, indication; प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरःफलानि R.2.22; प्रहर्षचिह्न 2.68. -3 A sign of the zodiac. -4 Stamp, print, impression; पद˚. -5 Aim, direction. -Comp. -कारिन् a. 1 marking, spotting. -2 striking, wounding, killing. -3 frightful, hideous.
coṭī चोटी A petticoat.
cha छ a. 1 Pure, clean. -2 Trembling, unsteady. -छः 1 A part, fragment. -3 Cutting, dividing. Enm. says : छः सोमः -छा 1 Covering, concealing. -2 An infant, a child. -3 Quick-silver. -4 The number seven; छा च रुट् ibid. -छम् A house; छमर्चिर्भूतलं स्वः स्यात् कूटं कूलं मुखं कुलम् । ibid. Nm. says : 'छ इत्याच्छादने$ब्जे च छं क्लीबे संवृतौ पुमान् । त्रिष्वयं निर्मले नित्ये मलिने भेदके$पि च ॥
chalanam छलनम् ना [छल् णिच् भावे ल्युट्] 1 Deceiving, cheating, outwitting; अथोपपत्तिं छलनापरो$पराम् Śi.1.69. -2 Fraud, trick.
chitti छित्तिः f. [छिद्-क्तिन्] Cutting, dividing.
chitvara छित्वर a. (-री f.) [छिद्-ष्वर प् पृषो˚ दस्य तः] 1 Fit for cutting. -2 Hostile, fraudulent, roguish.
chid छिद् a. (At the end of comp.) Cutting, dividing, destroying, removing, splitting &c.; श्रमच्छिदामाश्रम- पादपानाम् R.5.6; पङ्कच्छिदः फलस्य M.2.8. -m. The divisor, denominator.
chidā छिदा Cutting, dividing.
chidiḥ छिदिः f. 1 An axe. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -3 Cutting off.
chidura छिदुर a. [छिद्-कुरच्] 1 Cutting, dividing, removing; Śi.6.8. -2 Easily breaking. -3 Broken, disordered, deranged; संलक्ष्यते न च्छिदुरो$पि हारः R.16.62. -4 Hostile. -5 Roguish, knavish.
chedaḥ छेदः [छिद् भावे घञ् अच् वा] 1 Cutting, felling down, breaking down, dividing; अभिज्ञाश्छेदपातानां क्रियन्ते नन्दनद्रुमाः Ku.2.41; छेदो दंशस्य दाहो वा M.4.4; R.14.1; Ms.8. 27,37; Y.2.223,24. -2 Solving, removing, dissipating, clearing; as in संशयच्छेद. -3 Destruction, interruption; निद्राच्छेदाभिताम्रा Mu.3.21. -4 Cessation, end, termination, disappearance as in घर्मच्छेद Ś.2.5. -5 A distinguishing mark. -6 A cut, an incision, cleft. -7 Deprivation, want, deficiency. -8 Failure; सन्तति- च्छेद Ś.6. -9 A piece, bit, cut, fragment, section; बिसकिसलयच्छेदपाथेयवन्तः Me.11,59; अभिनवकरिदन्तच्छेदपाण्डुः कपोलः Māl.1.22; Ku.1.4; Ś.3.6; R.12.1. -1 (In math.) A divisor, the denominator of a fraction. -Comp. -करः a wood-cutter.
chedaka छेदक a. [चिद्-ण्वुल्] 1 Cutting off, dividing &c. -कः The denominator of a fraction.
chedana छेदन a. [छिद् भावे ल्युट्] 1 Cutting asunder, dividing splitting. -2 Destroying, solving, removing. -नम् Cutting, tearing, cutting off, splitting, dividing; Ms.8. 28,292,322. -2 A section, portion, bit, part. -3 Destruction, removal. -4 Division. -5 A medicine for removing the humours of the body.
chedi छेदि a. [छिद्-इन्] 1 Cutting. -2 Breaking. -दिः 1 A carpenter. -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
chedin छेदिन् a. 1 Cutting or tearing off, dividing; लोष्ठमर्दी तृणच्छेदी Ms.4.71. -2 Destroying, removing.
janayitṛ जनयितृ a. (-त्री f.) Producing, begetting, creator. -m. 1 A father; Pt.1.9. -2 Brahmadeva; प्रजावांस्तेन भवति यथा जनयिता तथा Mb.13.61.1.
jāgaraṇam जागरणम् [जागृ भावे ल्युट्] 1 Waking, wakefulness. -2 Watchfulness, vigilance. -3 Sitting up at night as a part of a religious ceremony.
jātu जातु ind. A particle meaning :-- 1 At all, ever, at any time, possibly; नान्तरज्ञाः श्रियो जातुः प्रियैरासां न भूयते Ki.11.24; किं तेन जातु जातेन मातुर्यौवनहारिणा Pt.1.26; न जातु कामः कामानामुपभोगेन शाम्यति Ms.2.94; Ku.5.55. -2 Perhaps, sometimes; गौरवाद्यदपि जातु मन्त्रिणां दर्शनं ... ददौ R.19.7. -3 Once, once upon a time, sometime, at some day. -4 Used with the potential mood जातु has the sense of 'not allowing or putting up with'; जातु तत्रभवान् वृषलं याजयेन्नावकल्पयामि (न मर्षयामि) Sk. -5 Used with a present indicative it denotes censure (गर्हा); जातु तत्रभवान् वृषलं याजयति ibid.
jālam जालम् 1 A net, snare. -2 (a) A web, cob-web. (b) Any woven texture. -3 A coat of mail, a helmet made of wire. -4 An eye-hole, lattice, window; जाला- न्तरप्रेषितदृष्टिरन्या R.7.9; धूपैर्जालविनिः सृतैर्वलभयः संदिग्धपारा- वताः V.3.2; Ku.7.6. -5 A collection, an assemblage, number, mass; गभस्तिजालैः प्रदिशो दिशश्च Mb.3.164.1; चिन्तासन्ततितन्तुजालनिबिडस्यूतेव Māl.5.1; Ku.7.89; Śi. 4.56; Amaru.58. -6 Magic. -7 Illusion, deception. -8 An unblown flower. -9 The membrane which unites the toes of many water-birds. -1 A disease of the eyes. -11 Pride, arrogance. -लः The Kadamba tree. -Comp. -अक्षः a loop-hole, window; हेमजालाक्षनिर्गच्छद्धूमेन Bhāg.8.15.19. -कर्मन् n. the occupation of catching fish, fishing. -कारकः 1 a net-maker. -2 a spider. -गर्दमः a kind of pimple or boil. -गोणिका a kind of churning vessel. -ग्रथित a. connected by a web; Ś. 7.16. -पाद्, -पादः a goose; जालपादभुजौ तौ तु पादयोश्चक्रलक्षणौ Mb.12.343.36. -प्राया mail, armour.
jālakam जालकम् [जालमिव कायति कै-क] 1 A net. -2 A multitude, collection; बद्धं कर्णशिरीषरोधि वदने घर्माम्भसां जालकम् Ś.1.3; R.9.68. -3 A lattice, window; जालकमुखोप गतान् Śi.9.39; आननविलग्नजालकम् R.9.68. -4 A bud, an unblown flower; अभिनवैर्जालकैर्मालतीनाम् Me.98; so यूथिकाजालकानि 26. -5 A kind of ornament (worn in the hair); तिलकजालकजालकमौक्तिकैः R.9.44 (आभरणविशेषः). -6 A nest. -7 Illusion, deception. -8 A plantain or the fruit. -9 Pride. -1 A kind of tree; माधवीजालकादिभिः Bhāg.8.2.19. -कः 1 A window, lattice. -2 A fowler. -Comp. -मालिन् a. veiled.
jijñāsu जिज्ञासु a. [ज्ञा सन् उ] 1 Desirous of knowing, inquisitive, curious; Bg.6.44. -2 Desirous of getting absolution (मुमुक्षु). जित्तमः jittamḥ जितुमः jitumḥ जित्मः jitmḥ जित्तमः जितुमः जित्मः Gemini, the third sign of the zodiac (a word of Greek origin); Bṛihajjātaka 1.8;24.14.
jihāna जिहान a. 1 Going, going to. -2 Getting, obtaining; see हा 'to go'.
jñāteyam ज्ञातेयम् Relationship, an act befitting a relative; ज्ञातेयं कुरु सौमित्रे भयात् त्रायस्व राघवम् । Bk.5.54.
jyāniḥ ज्यानिः f. [ज्या-नि] 1 Old age, decay; तस्माद् यद्यपि सर्वज्यानिं जीयत आत्मना चेज्जीवति प्रधिनागादित्येवाहुः Bṛi. Up. 1.5.15; दानज्यानिविषाद ... etc. Māl.9.33. -2 Quitting, abandoning. -3 A river, stream. -4 Oppression. -5 Deprivation, loss; Māl.9.33.
ḍhakkanam ढक्कनम् Shutting of a door.
takṣ तक्ष् a. (At the end of comp.) Paring, cutting &c.; also तक्ष; Bṛi. S.87.2,24; also तक्षक q. v.; R.15.89.
takṣaṇam तक्षणम् (तक्ष् भावे-ल्युट्] Paring, cutting; दारवाणां च तक्षणम् Ms.5.115; Y.1 185. -णी A carpenter's adze.
taṭaḥ तटः [तट्-अच्] 1 A slope, declivity, precipice. -2 The sky or horizon. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -टः, -टा, -टी, टम् 1 The shore or bank, declivity, slope; शीलं शैलतटात् पततु Bh.2.39; प्रोत्तुङ्गचिन्तातटी Bh.3.45.; सिन्धो- स्तटावोघ इव प्रवृद्धः Ku.3.6; U.3.8; उच्चारणात् पक्षिगणस्तटी- स्तम् Śi.4.18. -2 A term applied to certain parts of the body which have, as it were, sloping sides; पद्मापयोधर- तटीपरिरम्भलग्न Gīt.1; नो लुप्तं सखि चन्दनं स्तनतटे Ś. Til.7; so जघनतट, कटितट, श्रोणीतट, कुचतट, कण्ठतट, ललाटतट &c. -टम् A field. -Comp. -आघातः butting, striking against a bank of declivity; अभ्यस्यन्ति तटाघातं निर्जितैरावता गजाः Ku.2.5. -द्रुमः a tree standing on the shore. -भू the shore; आसीना तटभुवि सस्मितेन भर्त्रा Śi.8.19. -स्थ a. 1 (lit.) situated on a bank or declivity. -2 (fig.) standing aloof, neutral, indifferent, alien, passive; तटस्थः स्वानर्थान् घटयति च मौनं च भजते Māl.1.14; तटस्थं नैराश्यात् U.3.13; मया तटस्थस्त्वमुपद्रुतोसि N.3.55. (where तटस्थ has sense 1 also). (-स्थः) an indifferent person, one neither a friend nor a foe. (-स्थम्) that property or लक्षण of a thing which is distinct from its nature, and yet is the property by which it is known; e. g. गन्धवत्त्व in the case of पृथ्वी.
tantuḥ तन्तुः [तन्-तुन्] 1 A thread, cord, wire, string, line; चिन्तासंततितन्तु Māl.5.1; Me.7. -2 A cob-web R.16.2. -3 filament; विसतन्तुगुणस्य कारितम् Ku.4. 29. -4 An offspring, issue, race; स्वमायया$वृणोद्गर्भं वैराट्याः कुरुतन्तवे Bhāg.1.8.14; Mb.6.43.98. -5 A shark. -6 The Supreme Being; Bhāg.8.16.31. -7 A snare, fetter (पाश); ते तानावारयिष्यन्ति ऐणेयानिव तन्तुना Mb.5. 57.41. -Comp. -करणम् spinning. -कार्यम् a web. -काष्ठम् a piece of wood or brush used by weavers for cleaning threads. -कीटः a silk-worm. -कृन्तनम् cutting off the propagation of a family; तन्तुकृन्तन यन्नस्त्वमभद्रमचरः पुनः Bhāg.6.5.43. -नागः a (large) shark. -निर्यासः the palmyra tree. -नाभः a spider. -पर्वन् n. the anniversary of the day of full-moon in the month of Srāvaṇa when Krisna was invested with the sacred thread. -भः 1 the mustard seed. -2 a calf. -वर्धनः 'increasing the race', N. of Viṣṇu, also of Śiva. -वाद्यम् any stringed musical instrument. -वानम् weaving. -वापः 1 a weaver. -2 a loom. -3 weaving. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; तन्तुवायो दशपलं दद्यादेकपलाधिकम् Ms.8.397; तन्तुवायास्तुन्नवायाः ... Śiva. B.31.19. -3 weaving. ˚दण्डः a loom. -विग्रहा a plantain. -शाला a weaver's workshop. -संतत a. woven, sewn. (तम्) woven cloth. -संततिः f., -संतानः weaving. -सारः the betel-nut tree.
tandrita तन्द्रित a. Lazy; as in अतन्द्रित 'unremitting'; Ku.5.14; यदि ह्यहं न वर्तेयं जातु कर्मण्यतन्द्रितः Bg.3.23.
tarkuḥ तर्कुः -m., f. A spindle, an iron pin upon which cotton is first drawn out; तर्कुः कर्तनसाधनम्. -Comp. -पिण्डः, -पीठी, पीठः, -पाठी a ball at the lower end of a spindle. -लासकः a concave shell or saucer serving to hold the lower end of a spindle. -शाणः a Whetstone for sharpening spindles. तर्कुटम् (-टी) Cutting; L. D. B.
tarjanam तर्जनम् ना [तर्ज्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Threatening, frightening. -2 Censuring; अङ्गुलीकिसलयाग्रतर्जनम् R.19.17; Ku. 6.45. -3 Pointing at (in ridicule or contempt.) -4 Putting to shame, excelling, surpassing. -5 Anger. -नी The fore-finger; विलोक्य भ्रामयामास यमाज्ञामिव तर्जनीम् Ks.17.88.
tejanam तेजनम् [तिज्-णिच्-ल्यु] 1 A bamboo. -2 Sharpening, whetting. -3 Kindling. -4 Rendering bright. -5 Polishing. -6 A reed. -7 the point of an arrow, the edge of a weapon. -नी 1 A mat. -2 A tuft. -3 A tuft of hair on the head of a horse.
tuṣaḥ तुषः [तुष्-क] 1 The husk or chaff of grain; अजानतार्थं तत्सर्वं (अध्ययनं) तुषाणां कण्डनं यथा; Ms.4.78. -2 The Bibhītaka tree. -3 Fault; L. D. B. -Comp. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 fire of the chaff or husk of corn. -2 a mode of capital punishment consisting in twisting straw round the limbs of a criminal and then setting it on fire. -अम्बु n., -उदकम्, -उत्थम् sour rice-gruel or barley gruel. -ग्रहः, -सारः fire.
tṛṇam तृणम् [तृह्-नक् हलोपश्च Uṇ.5.8] 1 Grass in general; किं जीर्णं तृणमत्ति मानमहतामग्रेसरः केसरी Bh.2.29. -2 A blade of grass, reed, straw. -3 Anything made of straw (as a mat for sitting); often used as a symbol of worthlessness or uselessness; तृणमिव लघुलक्ष्मीर्नैव तान- संरुणद्धि Bh.2.17; see तृणीकृ also. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of chaff of straw; ब्राह्मणस्त्वनधीयानस्तृणाग्निरिव शाम्यति Ms.3. 168. -2 fire quickly extinguished. -3 burning a criminal by twisting straw round his body and then setting it on fire. -अञ्जनः a chameleon. -अटवी a forest abounding in grass. -अन्नम् rice growing wild. -असृज् n., -कुङ्कुमम्, -गौरम् a variety of perfume. -आवर्तः a whirlwind. -इन्द्रः the palmyra tree. -उल्का a torch of hay, a fire-brand made of straw. -ओकस् n. a hut of straw. -काण्डः, -ण्डम् a heap of grass. -कुटी, -कुटीर- कम् a hut of straw. -कूटम् a heap of straw. -कूर्चिका a whisk. -केतुः 1 the palmyra tree. -2 a bamboo. -गणना thinking anything to be of no importance; यशसि रसिकता- मुपागतानां तृणगणना गुणरागिणां धनेषु Vikr.6.2. -गोधा a kind of chameleon. -ग्राहिन् m. a sapphire. -चरः a kind of gem (गोमेद). -जलायुका, -जलूका a caterpillar; यथा तृणजलूकेयं नापयात्यपयाति च । न त्यजेन्म्रियमाणो$पि प्राग्देहा- भिमतिं जनः ॥ Bhāg.4.29.77. -जम्भन् a. feeding on grass. -जातिः f. grass-kind, the vegetable kingdom; Ms.1 48. -ज्योतिस् n. the plant called ज्योतिष्मती; Ki.15. 47 com. -द्रुमः 1 the palm tree. -2 the cocoa-nut tree. -3 the betel-nut tree. -4 the Ketaka tree. -5 the date-tree -धान्यम् grain growing wild or without cultivation (Mar. देवभात). -ध्वजः 1 the palmyra tree. -2 a bamboo. -पीडम् hand-to-hand fighting; 'रज्जूकरणे तृणमिव यत्र बाह्वादिकं व्यावर्त्यते तद्युद्धम्' Mb.23.3.2 com. -पूलिक N. of a human abortion; Charaka 4.4.1. -पूली a mat, seat made of reeds. -प्राय a. worth a straw, worthless, insignificant. -बिन्दुः N. of a sage; R.8.79. -भुज् a. graminivorous; Ks.6. -भूत a. deprived of all power; Mb.7. -मणिः a sort of gem (amber). -मत्कुणः a bail or surety (perhaps a wrong reading for ऋणमत्कुण). -राज् m. the vine palm. -राजः 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the bamboo. -3 the sugarcane. -4 the palmyra tree. -वृक्षः 1 the fanpalm tree. -2 the date-tree. -3 the cocoa-nut tree. -4 the areca-nut tree. -शालः the areca-nut tree, bamboo; तृणशालो राज- ताल्यां वेणौ Nm. -शीतम् a kind of fragrant grass. -शून्यम् N. of two plants केतकी and मल्लिका; तृणशून्यं तु मल्लिका Ak; परिलसत्तृणशून्यमतल्लिकापरिमलावहमारुतसेवितः Rām. Ch.4.32. -षट्पदः a kind of wasp (Mar. कुंभारीण). -सारा the plantain tree. -सिंहः an axe. -हर्म्यः a house of straw.
taraṇi तरणि a. [तॄ-अनि] Ved. 1 Passing through, pervading (as the sun). -2 Quick, energetic, unremitting; विपश्चितं तरणिं भ्राजमानम् Av.13.2.4. -3 Saving, carrying over, benevolent. -णिः 1 The sun; 'तरणिर्द्युमणौ पुंसि कुमारीनौकयोः स्त्रियाम् Medinī. -2 A ray of light. -3 The Arka plant. -4 Copper. -णिः, -णी f. A raft, boat. -Comp. -तनया the river Yamunā; परिश्रान्तस्यायं तरणि- तनयातीरनिलयः Bv.4.7. -धन्यः an epithet of Śiva. -पेटकः an oval bowl of wood for baling a boat. -रत्नम् a ruby. तरण्डः taraṇḍḥ ण्डा ṇḍā ण्डी ṇḍī ण्डम् ṇḍam तरण्डः ण्डा ण्डी ण्डम् [तॄ-अण्डच्] A boat. -ण्डः, -ण्डम् 1 A raft or float made of bamboos tied together and floated on jars or inverted hollow gourds. -2 The float of a fishing-line. -3 An oar. -Comp. -पादा a kind of boat.
temanam तेमनम् 1 Wetting, moistening. -2 Moisture. -3 A sauce, condiment. -नी A fire-place.
taittirīya तैत्तिरीय m. (pl.) The followers of the Taittirīya school of the Yajurveda. -यः The Taittirīya branch of the Yajurveda (कृष्णयजुर्वेद). -Comp. -चरणम्, -शाखा the school of the T. -संहिता the Saṁhitā of the T., chief recension of the Black Yv.
toḍanam तोडनम् 1 Splitting, dividing. -2 Tearing. -3 Hurting, injuring. तोत्त्रम् tōttram तोद tōda तोदनम् tōdanam तोत्त्रम् तोद तोदनम् See under तुद्.
tyajanam त्यजनम् 1 Leaving, quitting. -2 Giving. -3 Excepting, exclusion.
truṭiḥ त्रुटिः टी f. [त्रुट्-इन् वा ङीप्] 1 Cutting, tearing. -2 A small part, an atom. -3 A very minute space of time equal to 1/4 of a Kṣaṇa; or 1/2 of a Lava; Mb. 1.25.14; Bhāg;1.13.4. -4 Doubt, uncertainty. -5 Loss, destruction. -6 Small cardamoms (the plant).
thutkāraḥ थुत्कारः The sound थुत् made in spitting.
thurv थुर्व् 1 P. (थु-थूर्वति) To hurt, injure. थूत्कारः thūtkārḥ थूत्कृतम् thūtkṛtam थूत्कारः थूत्कृतम् The sound थूत् made in spitting; स्वादूचितं स्वादुतयैव भुङ्क्ते थूत्कृत्य मुञ्चत्यपि थूत्कृतानि Rāj. T.7.1114.
thūthū थूथू ind. Imitative sound of spitting.
da द a. (At the end of comp.) Giving, granting, producing, causing, cutting off, destroying, removing; as धनद, अन्नद, गरद, तोयद, अनलद &c. -दः 1 A gift, donation. -2 A mountain. -दम् A wife. -दा 1 Heat. -2 Repentance.
daṃśaḥ दंशः [दंश्-अच भावे घञ् वा] 1 Biting, stinging; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1. -2 The sting of a snake. -3 A bite, the spot bitten; छेदो दंशस्य दाहो वा M.4.4; U.3.35. -4 Cutting, tearing. -5 A gad-fly; R.2.5; Ms.1.4; Y.3.215. -6 A flaw, fault, defect (in a jewel). -7 A tooth; प्रुत्युप्तमन्तः सविषश्च दंशः -8 Pungency. -9 An armour; शितविशिखहतो विशीर्णदंशः Bhāg.1.9.38. -1 A joint, limb. -Comp. -भीरुः, -भीरुकः a buffalo. -वदनः a heron.
daṃśita दंशित a. 1 Bitten. -2 Mailed, furnished with an armour; अन्वाद्रवद्दंशित उग्रधन्वा Bhāg.1.7.17; तिष्ठन्तु दंशिताः शूराः पृष्ठे दश दश स्थिराः Śiva. B.21.7. -3 Protected. -4 Fitting closely (as an armour). -5 Ready for; त्यक्त्वा सन्तापजं शोकं दंशितो भव कर्मणि Mb.12.22.9. -6 Alert, attentive; शुश्रूषन्ते च वः शिष्याः कच्चिद्वर्मसु दंशिताः Rām.2.2. 39. -तम् A bite.
daṇḍaḥ दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama.
daraṇam दरणम् Breaking, splitting.
darbhaḥ दर्भः [दृभ्-घञ् अच् वा] A kind of sacred grass (Kuśa grass) used at sacrificial ceremonies &c.; शरासः कुशरासो दर्भासः सैर्या उत Rv.1.191.3. दभैर्रर्धावलीढैः Ś.1.7; R.11. 31; Ms.2.43;3.28;4.36. -Comp. -अङ्कुरः a pointed blade of darbha grass; दर्भाङ्कुरेण चरणः क्षत इत्यकाण्डे Ś.2.13. -अनूपः a watery place full of darbha grass -आह्वयः the Muñja grass. -पत्रम् a kind of grass (काश). -लवणम् an instrument for cutting grass. -संस्तरः a bed of Kuśa grass.
dalaḥ दलः लम् [दल्-अच्] 1 (a) A piece, portion, part, fragment; वापीष्वन्तर्लीनमहानीलदलासु Śi.4.44. (b) A piece torn or split off. (c) Tearing, cutting. -2 A degree. -3 A half, the half. -4 A sheath, scabbard. -5 A small shoot or blade, a petal, leaf; ताम्बूलीनां दलैस्तत्र रचितापानभूमयः R.4.42; Ś.3.2,21. -6 The blade of any weapon. -7 A clump, heap, quantity. -8 A detachment, a body of troops. -9 Alloy or adulteration. -Comp. -आढकः 1 foam. -2 a cuttle-fish bone. -3 a ditch, moat. -4 a hurricane, high wind. -5 red chalk. -6 wild sesamum. -7 the Kunda creeper. -8 a Sūdra. -9 the headman of a village. -1 an elephant's ear. -आढ्यम् mud on the banks of a river. -उदर a. having a tapering (leaf-like) belly; पूररेचकसंविग्नवलि- वल्गुदलोदरम् Bhāg.4.24.51. -कपाटः a folded leaf. -कोमलम् a lotus. -कोषः the Kunda creeper. -निर्मोकः the Bhūrja tree. -पुष्पा the Ketaka plant. -सूचिः, -ची f. a thorn. -स्नसा the fibre or vein of a leaf.
dalanam दलनम् [दल्-करणे ल्युट्] Bursting, breaking, cutting, dividing, crushing, grinding, splitting; उत्तस्थुर्मेघदलना वैद्युता इव बह्नयः Bhāg.7.1.6; मत्तेभकुम्भदलने भुवि सन्ति शूराः Bh.1.59.
dāhīn दाहीन् a. [दह्-णिनि] 1 Burning, setting on fire. -2 Tormenting, paining, distressing.
dātiḥ दातिः f. 1 Giving. -2 Cutting, destroying. -3 Distribution.
dātram दात्रम् 1 An instrument of cutting, a sort of sickle or knife; दात्रैश्छिन्दन् क्वचित् क्वचित् Rām.2.8.7; Mb.12. 228.6. -2 Ved. A share, possession. -3 A gift, donation.
dānam दानम् [दा-ल्युट्] 1 Giving, granting, teaching, &c. (in general); giving in marriage (cf. कन्यादान). -2 Delivering, handing over. -3 A gift, donation, present; Ms.2.158; दातव्यमिति यद्दान दीयते$नुपकारिणे Bg.17.2; Y.3.274. -4 Liberality, charity, giving away as charity, munificence; R.1.69; दानं भोगो नाशस्तिस्रो गतयो भवन्ति वित्तस्य Bh.2.43; दानं हि उत्सर्गपूर्वकः परस्य स्वत्वसम्बन्धः ŚB. on MS.4.1.3; ननु दानमित्युच्यते स्वत्वनिवृत्तिः परस्वत्वा- पादनम् च । ŚB. on MS.6.7.1. -5 Ichor or the uicej that exudes from the temples of an elephant in rut; स दानतोयेन विषाणि नागः Śi.4.63; Ki.5.9; V.4.25; Pt.2.75 (where the word has sense 4 also); R.2.7;4.45;5.43. -6 Bribery, as one of the four Upāyas or expedients of overcoming one's enemy; see उपाय. -7 Cutting, dividing. -8 Purification, cleaning. -9 Protection. -1 Pasture. -11 Adding; addition. -नः Ved. 1 Distribution (of food), meal, especially a sacrificial meal. -2 Part, possession, share. -3 A distributor. -Comp. -काम a. liberal. -कुल्या the flow of rut from an elephant's temples. -तोयम् दानवारि q. v. -धर्मः alms-giving, charity. -पतिः 1 an exceedingly liberal man. -2 Akrūra, a friend of Kṛiṣṇa; Bhāg.1.36.29. -पत्रम् a deed of gifts. -पात्रम् 'a worthy recipient', a Brāhmaṇa fit to receive gifts. -पारमिता perfection of liberality. -प्राति- भाव्यम् security for payment of a debt. -भिन्न a. made hostile by bribes; लुब्धानुजीविकैरेष दानभिन्नैर्निहन्यते H.4.39. -वज्रः an epithet of the Vaiśyas or men of the third tribe; वैश्या वै दानवज्राश्च Mb.1.17.52. -वर्षिन् an elephant in rut, infatuated elephant; दानवर्षी कृताशंसो नागराज इवाबभौ Ki.15.45. -वार् n. libation of water. -वारि n., ichor flowing from the temples of elephants. -वीरः 1 a very liberal man. -2 (In Rhet.) the sentiment of heroism arising out of liberality, the sentiment of chivalrous liberality, e. g. Paraśurāma who gave away the earth with its seven continents; cf. the instance given in R. G. under दानवीरः:-- कियदिदमधिकं मे यद् द्विजायार्थयित्रे कवचमरमणीयं कुण्डलं चार्पयामि । अकरुणमवकृत्य द्राक्कृ- पाणेन निर्यद् बहलरुधिरधारं मौलिमावेदयामि ॥ -व्यत्यासः giving to a wrong person. -शाला hall for almsgiving. -शील, -शूर, -शौण्ड a. exceedingly liberal or munificent; निर्गुणो$पि विमुखो न भूपतेर्दानशौण्डमनसः पुरो$भवत् Śi.14.46.
dāraka दारक a. (-रीका f.) [दॄ-ण्वुल्] Breaking, tearing, splitting; दारिका हृदयदारिका पितुः. -कः 1 A boy, a son. (-की) A girl, a daughter; कथं नु दारका दीना दारकीर्वा- परायणाः । वर्तिष्यन्ते मयि गते भिन्ननाव इवोदधौ ॥ Bhāg.4.28. 21. -2 A child, infant. -3 Any young animal. -4 A village hog. -Comp. -आचार्यः a schoolmaster.
dāraṇam दारणम् [दॄ-णिच् युच्] 1 Splitting, tearing, rending, opening, cleaving. -2 The fruit of the clearing-nut plant. -णी N. of Durgā.
dāriḥ दारिः f. Tearing, cutting.
ditiḥ दितिः f. 1 Cutting, splitting, dividing. -2 Liberality. -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa, wife of Kaśyapa and mother of the demons or daityas. -m. A king. -Comp. -जः, -तनयः a demon, a Rākṣasa.
duṣyantaḥ दुष्यन्तः N. of a king of the lunar race, descendant of Puru, husband of Śakuntalā and father of Bharata. [Once upon a time Duṣyanta, while hunting in the forest, went to the hermitage of the sage Kaṇva, while pursuing a deer. There he was hospitably received by Śakuntalā, the adopted daughter of the sage, and her transcendent beauty made so great an impression on his mind that he prevailed on her to become his queen, and married her according to the Gāndharva form of marriage. Having passed some time in her company the king returned to his capital. After some months Śakuntalā was delivered of a son, and her father thought it advisable to send her with the boy to her husband. But when they went and stood before Duṣyanta, he (for fear of public scandal) denied all knowledge of having ever before seen or married her. But a heavenly voice told him that she was his lawful wife, and he thereupon admitted her; along with the boy, into his harem, and made her first queen. The happy pair lived to a good old age and committing the realm to the care of Bharata, retired to the woods. Such is the account of Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā given in the Mahābhārata; the story told by Kālidāsa differs in several important respects; see "Sakuntalā".]
dṛḍha दृढ a. [दृंह्-क्त नि˚ नलोपः] 1 Fixed, firm, strong, unswerving, untiring; असंगशस्त्रेण दृढेन छित्त्वा Bg.15.3; दृढभक्तिः H.3.58; दृढव्रतम् R.13.78. -2 Solid, massive. -3 Confirmed, established. -4 Steady, persevering; भजन्ते मां दृढव्रताः Bg.7.28. -5 Firmly fastened, shut fast. -6 Compact. -7 Tight, close, dense. -8 Strong, intense, great, excessive, mighty, severe, powerful; तस्याः करि- ष्यामि दृढानुतापम् Ku.3.8; R.11.46. -9 Tough. -1 Difficult to be drawn or bent (as a bow); दृढस्य धनुष आयमनम् Ch. Up.1.3.5. -11 Durable. -12 Reliable. -13 Certain, sure. -14 Hard-hearted, cruel; U.4. -15 Secure. -16 (In Math.) Reduced to the smallest number by a common divisor. -ढम् 1 Iron. -2 A stronghold, fortress. -3 Excess, abundance, high degree -4 Anything fixed or firm or solid. -ढम् ind. 1 Firmly, fast. -2 Very much, excessively, vehemently. -3 Thoroughly. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. strong-limbed, stout. (-गम्) a diamond. -अनुतापः deep repentance; तस्याः करिष्यामि दृढानुतापम् Ku.3.8. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -इषुधि a. having a strong quiver. -काण्डः, -ग्रन्थिः, -पत्रः a bamboo. -कारिन् a. resolute. -कट्टुकः (in Math.) a multiplier admitting of no further simplification or reduction. -गात्रिका granulated sugar. -ग्राहिन् a. seizing firmly, pursuing an object with untiring energy, resolute; दृढग्राही करोमीति जाप्यं जपति जापकः Mb.12. 197.11. -दंशकः a shark. -द्वार a. having the gates well-secured. -धनः an epithet of Buddha. -धन्वन्, -धन्विन् m. a good archer; राजानं दृढधन्वानं दिलीपं सत्यवादि- नम् Mb. -धृति a. resolute. -नाभः a spell for restraining अस्त्रs; Rām.1.29.5. -निश्चय a. 1 of firm resolve, resolute, firm. -2 confirmed. -नीरः, -फलः the cocoanut tree. -पाद a. resolute. (-दः) an epithet of Brahmā. -पृष्ठकः a tortoise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. firm to a promise, true to one's word, faithful to an agreement. -प्रत्ययः firm confidence, settled conviction; संप्राप्तान्न पुरा न संप्रति न च प्राप्तौ दृढप्रत्ययान् Bh.3. -प्ररोहः the holy fig tree. -प्रहारिन् a. 1 striking hard. -2 hitting firmly, shooting surely. -भक्ति a. faithful, devoted. -भाजकः (In Math.) the greatest common measure. -भूमिः a person with a firm concentration of his mind in yogic studies; स तु दीर्घकालनैरन्तर्यसत्कारसेवितो दृढमतिः Yogadarśana. -भेदिन् A good archer; भ्राम्यञ्जले घटो वेध्यश्चक्रे मृत्पिण्डकं तथा । भ्रमन्तं वेधयेद्यो हि दृढभेदी स उच्यते ॥ Dhanur.15. -मति a. resolute, strong-willed, firm. -मन्यु a. having intense anger or grief; भार्गवाय दृढमन्यवे पुनः क्षत्रमुद्यतमिव न्यवेदयत् R.11.46. -मुष्टि a. close-fisted, miserly, niggardly. (-ष्टिः) 1 a sword. -2 strong fist; Ks.19.148. -मूलः, -वृक्षः the cocoa-nut tree. -रङ्गा alum. -लोमन् m. a wild hog. -वैरिन् m. a relentless foe; an inveterate enemy. -व्रत a. 1 firm in religious austerity. एवं दृढव्रतो नित्यं ब्रह्मचारी समाहितः Ms.11.81. -2 firm, faithful. -3 persevering, persistent. -संधि a. 1 firmly united, closely joined. -2 close, compact. -3 thick-set. -सौहृद a. firm in friendship.
dṛṣṭiḥ दृष्टिः f. [दृश्-भावे-क्तिन्] 1 Seeing, viewing. -2 Seeing with the mental eye. -3 Knowing, knowledge; सम्यग्- दृष्टिस्तस्य परं पश्यति यस्त्वाम् Ki.18.28. -4 The eye, the faculty of seeing, sight; केनेदानीं दृष्टिं विलोभयामि V.2; चलापाङ्गं दृष्टिं स्पृशसि &Sacute.1.23.; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6.19; R.2.28; Ś.4.2; देव दृष्टिप्रसादं कुरु H.1. -5 A look, glance. -6 View, notion; क्षुद्रदृष्टिरेषा K.173; एतां दृष्टिमवष्टभ्य Bg. 16.9. -7 Consideration, regard. -8 Intellect, wisdom; तुभ्यं नमस्ते$स्त्वविषक्तदृष्टये Bhāg.1.4.12. -9 (In Astrol.) Aspect of the stars. -1 Light (प्रकाश). -11 A theory, doctrine, notion; याश्च काश्च कृदृष्टयः (सर्वास्ता निष्फलाः) Ms. 12.95. -Comp. -कृत् n., -कृतम् a kind of lily (स्थलपद्म). -क्षम worth-seeing; V.4.21. -क्षेपः a glance, look. -गतम् a theory, doctrine. -गुणः a mark for archers, butt, target. -गोचर a. within the range of sight, in sight, visible. (-रः) the range of sight. -दानम् appearance. -दोषः the evil influence of the human eye. -पातः 1 a look, glance; मार्गे मृगप्रेक्षिणि दृष्टिपातं कुरुष्व R.13.18; Bh.1.11,94;3.66. -2 act of seeing, function of the eye; रजःकणैर्विघ्नितदृष्टिपाताः Ku.3.31 (Malli. interprets-unnecessarily in our opinion-- पात by प्रभा). -पथः the range of sight. -पूत a. 'kept pure by the sight', watched that no impurity is contracted; दृष्टिपूतं न्यसेत्पादम् Ms.6.46. -प्रसादः the favour of a look. -बन्धुः a firefly. -मण्डलम् 1 the pupil of the eye. -2 the circle of sight. -रागः the expression of the eyes; भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2.11-12. -वादः 1 a Buddhist canon dealing with discussion on other religious views; दृष्टिवादो द्वादशाङ्गी स्याद्गणिपिटकाह्वया । प्रतिकर्मसूत्रपूर्वानुयोगो पूर्व- गतचूलिकाः । पञ्च स्युर्द्दष्टिवादभेदाः पूर्वाणि चतुर्दशापि पूर्वगते । Hem. -2 N. of the 12th Aṅga of the Jainas. -विक्षेपः a side-glance, leer, oblique look. -विद्या optics. -विभ्रमः an amorous glance, a coquettish look; Ś.1.23. -विषः a serpent. -संभेदः mutual glance; त्वयापि न निरूपिता अनयोर्द्दष्टिसंभेदाः Māl.7.
dīrṇa दीर्ण p. p. [दॄ-क्त] 1 Torn, rent, split &c. -2 Frightened, afraid. -र्णम् 1 Cutting, a rent. -2 Fear.
dyutiḥ द्युतिः f. [द्युत्-इन्] 1 Splendour, brightness, lustre, beauty; काचः काञ्चनसंसर्गाद् धत्ते मारकतीं द्युतिम् H. Pr.35; Māl.2.1; R.3.64. -2 Light, a ray of light; Bh. 1.61. -3 Majesty, dignity; Ms.1.87. -4 (in drama) A threatening attitude. -Comp. -करः the polar star or the sage Dhruva. -धरः Viṣṇu.
drāvaṇam द्रावणम् [द्रु-णिच्-युच्] 1 Putting to flight, Mb.8.34. 69; त्रैलोक्यद्रावणं क्रूरं दुराचारं महाबलम् (रावणम्) Hariv. -2 Melting. fusing, -3 Distilling. -4 The clearing-nut.
drupadaḥ द्रुपदः N. of a king of the Pāñchālas [He was a son of Prisata. He and Drona were school-fellows, as they learnt the science of archery from Droṇa's father, Bharadvāja. After Drupada had succeeded to the throne, Droṇa, when in pecuniary difficulties, went to him on the strength of his former friendship; but the proud monarch disrespected and slighted him. For this Droṇa afterwards got him captured by his pupils the Pāṇḍavas, but was kind enough to spare his life, and allowed him to retain half his kingdom. But the defeat sustained by him at Droṇa's hands rankled in his soul, and with the desire of getting a son who would avenge the wrong done to him, he performed a sacrifice, when a son named Dhṛiṣtadyumna (and a daughter called Draupudī) sprang up from the fire. This son afterwards treacherously cut off the head of Droṇa. See Droṇa also.]
druh द्रुह् a. (At the end of comp.) (Nom. sing. ध्रुक्-ग्, ध्रुट्-ड्) Injuring, hurting, plotting or acting as an enemy against; पुरः क्लिश्नाति सोमं हि सैंहिकेयो$सुरद्रुहाम् Śi.2. 35; Ms.5.9. -f. Injury, damage.
drohaḥ द्रोहः [द्रुह् भावे-घञ्] 1 Plotting against, seeking to hurt or assail, injury, mischief, malice; अद्रोहशपथं कृत्वा Pt.2.35; मित्रद्रोहे च पातकम् Bg.1.38; Ms.2.161;7.48; 9.17. -2 Treachery, perfidy. -3 Wrong, offence. -4 Rebellion. -Comp. -अटः 1 A religious imposter, hypocrite, imposter. -2 a hunter. -3 a false man. -चिन्तनम् a malicious thought, malice prepense; a thought or attempt to injure. -बुद्धि a. bent on mischief or evil design. (-द्धिः f.) a wicked or evil purpose. -भावः hostile disposition; Ms.9.17.
drohin द्रोहिन् a. 1 Hurting, injuring. -2 Malevolent, malicious. -3 Plotting against, rebellious.
dvi द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two 'Ka's in the word काक). -2 the ruddy goose (there being two 'Ka's in the word कोक). -ककुद् m. a camel. -कर a. Yielding two senses, serving two purposes; तत्र द्विकरः शब्दः स्यात् । न च सकृदुच्चरितः शक्तो ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -कार्षापणिक a. worth two कार्षापणs -कौडविक a. containing or worth two कुडवs. -गत a ambiguous. -गु a. exchanged or bartered for two cows. (-गुः) a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the first member is a numeral; द्वन्द्वो द्विगुरपि चाहम् Udb. -गुण a. double, twofold; पितुर्वधव्यसनमिदं हि येन मे चिरादपि द्विगुणमिवाद्य वर्धते Mu.5.6 (द्रिगुणाकृ to plough twice; द्विगुणीकृ to double, increase; द्विगुणीभूत a. double, augmented). -गुणित a. 1 doubled, multiplied by two; वैरोचनैर्द्विगुणिताः सहसा मयूखैः Ki.5.46. -2 folded double. -3 enveloped. -4 doubly increased, doubled. -चरण a. having two legs, two-legged; द्विचरणपशूनां क्षितिभुजाम् Śānti.4.15. -चत्वारिंश a. (द्वि-द्वा-चत्वारिंश) fortysecond. -चत्वारिंशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा चत्वारिंशत्) forty-two. -चन्द्रधी, -मतिः The illusion of seeing two moons due to an eye disease called Timira; N.13.42. -जः 'twice-born' 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus (a Brāhmaṇa, Kṣatriya or Vaiśya); मातुर्यदग्रे जायन्ते द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धनात् । ब्राह्मणक्षत्रियविशस्तस्मादेते द्विजाः स्मृताः Y.1.39. -2 Brāhmaṇa (over whom the Saṁskāras or purificatory rites are performed); जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारै- र्द्विज उच्यते. -3 any oviparous animal, such as a bird, snake, fish &c.; Mb.12.361.5. (द्विजश्रेष्ठ = द्विजाना- मण्डजानां सर्पाणां श्रेष्ठ); स तमानन्दमविन्दत द्विजः N.2.1; Ś.5.22; R.12.22; Mu.1.11; Ms.5.17. -4 a tooth; कीर्णं द्विजानां गणैः Bh.1.13. (where द्विज means 'a Brāhmaṇa' also). -5 A star; L. D. B. -6 A kind of horse; जलोद्भवा द्विजा ज्ञेयाः Aśvachikitsā. -7 A Brahmachārī; Bhāg.11.18.42. ˚अग्ऱ्य a Brāhmaṇa. ˚अयनी the sacred thread worn by the first three castes of the Hindus. ˚आलयः 1 the house of a dvija. -2 a nest. ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः 1 the moon; द्विजेन्द्रकान्तं श्रितवक्षसं श्रिया Śi.12.3. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚दासः a Sūdra. ˚देवः 1 a Brāhmaṇa; Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 a sage; Bhāg.3.1.23. -3 N. of Brahmadeva; Bhāg. 5.2.16. ˚पतिः, ˚राजः an epithet of 1 the moon; इत्थं द्विजेन द्विजराजकान्तिः R.5.23. -2 Garuḍa. -3 camphor. ˚प्रपा 1 a trench or basin round the root of a tree for holding water. -2 a trough near a well for watering birds, cattle &c. ˚प्रियः kind of khadira. ˚प्रिया the Soma plant. ˚बन्धुः, ˚ब्रुवः 1 a man who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -2 one who is 'twice-born' or a Brāhmaṇa by name and birth only and not by acts; cf. ब्रह्मबन्धु. ˚मुख्यः a Brāhmaṇa. ˚लिङ्गिन् m. 1 a Kṣatriya. -2 a pseudo-Brāhmaṇa, one disguised as a Brāhmaṇa. ˚वाहनः an epithet of Viṣṇu (having Garuḍa for his vehicle). ˚सेवकः a Sūdra. -जन्मन् a. 1 having two natures. -2 regenerated. -3 oviparous (-m.). -जातिः m. 1 a man of any of the first three castes of the Hindus; एतान् द्विजातयो देशान् संश्रयेरन् प्रयत्नतः Ms.2.24. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. Ki.1.39; Ku.5.4. गुरुरग्निर्द्विजातीनां वर्णानां ब्राह्मणो गुरुः H. -3 a bird. -4 a tooth. -5 A kind of horse; लक्षणद्वयसम्बन्धाद् द्विजातिः स्यात् तुरङ्गमः Yuktikalpataru. -जातीय a. 1 belonging to the first three castes of the Hindus. -2 of a twofold nature. -3 of mixed origin, mongrel. (-यः) a mule. -जानि a having two wives. -जिह्व a. double-tongued (fig. also). -2 insincere. (-ह्वः) 1 a snake; परस्य मर्माविधमुज्झतां निजं द्विजिह्वतादोषमजिह्मगामिभिः Śi.1.63; R.11.64;14.41; Bv.1.2. -2 an informer, a slanderer, tale-bearer. -3 an insincere person -4 a thief. -5 particular disease of the tongue. -ज्या the sine of an arc. -ठः 1 the sign visarga consisting of two dots. -2 N. of Svāhā, wife of Agni. -त्र a. (pl.) two or three; द्वित्राण्यहान्यर्हसि सोढुमर्हन् R.5.25; सूक्ष्मा एव पतन्ति चातकमुखे द्वित्राः पयोबिन्दवः Bh.2.121. -त्रिंश (द्वात्रिंश) a. 1 thirty second. -2 consisting of thirty two. -त्रिंशत् (द्वात्रिंशत्) f. thirty-two. ˚लक्षण a. having thirty-two auspicious marks upon the body. -दण्डि ind. stick against stick. -दत् a. having two teeth (as a mark of age). -दन्तः an elephant. -दल a. having two parts, two-leafed. -दश a. (pl.) twenty. -दश a. (द्वादश) 1 twelfth; गर्भात् तु द्वादशे विशः Ms.2.36. -2 consisting of twelve. -दशन् (द्वादशन्) a. (pl.) twelve. ˚अंशुः, ˚अर्चिस् m. an epithet of 1 the planet Jupiter. -2 Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods. ˚अक्षः, ˚करः, ˚लोचनः epithets of Kārtikeya ˚अक्षरमन्त्रः- विद्या the mantra ऊँ नमो भगवते वासुदेवाय; गन्धधूपादिभिश्चार्चेद्वाद- शाक्षरविद्यया Bhāg.8.16.39. ˚अङ्गुल a measure of twelve fingers. ˚अध्यायी N. of Jaimini's Mimāṁsā in twelve Adhyāyas. ˚अन्यिक a. committing twelve mistakes in reading. ˚अस्र a dodecagon. ˚अहः 1 a period of twelve days; शुध्येद् विप्रो दशाहेन द्वादशाहेन भूमिपः Ms.5.83;11.168. -2 a sacrifice lasting for or completed in twelve days. ˚अक्षः, ˚आख्यः a Buddha. ˚आत्मन् m. the sun; N.1.52. ˚आदित्याः (pl.) the twelve suns; see आदित्य. ˚आयुस् m. a dog. ˚लक्षणी f. the मीमांसासूत्र of जैमिनि (so called because it comprises twelve chapters); धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः ŚB. on MS. ˚वार्षिक a. 1 twelve years old, lasting for twelve years; Pt.1. ˚विध a. twelve-fold. ˚सहस्र a. consisting of 12. -दशी (द्वादशी) the twelfth day of a lunar fortnight. -द्वादशान्यिक (द्वादशापपाठा यस्य जाताः द्वादशान्यिकः). -दशम् (द्वादशम्)) a collection of twelve, ˚आदित्याः Twelve Ādityas:- विवस्वान्, अर्यमा, पूषन्, त्वष्टा, सविता, _x001F_3भग, धाता, विधाता, वरुण, मित्र, रुद्र, विष्णु. ˚पुत्रा Twelve types of sons according to Dharmaśāstra:-- औरस, क्षेत्रज, दत्तक, कृत्रिम, गूढोत्पन्न, अपविद्ध, कानीन, सहोढ, क्रीत, पौनर्भव, स्वयंदत्त, पारशव. -दाम्नी a cow tied with two ropes. -दिवः a ceremony lasting for two days. -देवतम् the constellation विशाखा. -देहः an epithet of Gaṇesa. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -नग्नकः a circumcised man. -नवत (द्वि-द्वा-नवत) a. ninety-second. -नवतिः(द्वि-द्वा-नवतिः) f. ninety-two. -पः an elephant; यदा किञ्चिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.3.31; विपूर्यमाणश्रवणोदरं द्विपाः Śi. ˚अधिपः Indra's elephant. ˚आस्य an epithet of Gaṇesa. -पक्षः 1 a bird. -2 a month. -पञ्चाश (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाश) a. fifty-second. -पञ्चाशत् f. (द्वि-द्वा-पञ्चाशत्) fifty-two. -पथम् 1 two ways. -2 a cross-way, a place where two roads meet. -पद् see द्विपाद् below. -पद a. having two feet (as a verse). -पदः a biped man. -पदिका, -पदी a kind of Prākṛita metre. -पाद्, a. two footed; द्विपाद बहुपादानि तिर्यग् गतिमतीनि च Mb.14.37. -पादः 1 a biped, man. -2 a bird. -3 a god. -पाद्यः, -द्यम् a double penalty. -पायिन् m. an elephant. -फालबद्धः hair parted in two; N.1.16. -बाहुः man; Ks.53.94. -बिन्दुः a Visarga (:). -भातम् twilight. -भुजः an angle. -भूम a. having two floors (as a palace). -भौतिकः a horse possessing two elements out of the five; द्वयोर्लक्षणसंबन्धात् तुरगः स्याद् द्विभौतिकः Yuktikalpataru. -मातृ, -मातृजः an epithet of 1 Gaṇesa. -2 king Jarāsandha. -मात्रः a long vowel (having two syllabic instants); एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वो द्विमात्रो दीर्घ उच्यते Śikṣā. -मार्गी a cross-away. -मुखा 1 a leech. -2 kind of water-vessel; ˚अहिः, ˚उरगः a doublemouthed snake. -रः 1 a bee; cf. द्विरेफ. -2 = बर्बर q. v. -मुनि ind. the two Munis, Pāṇini and Kātyāyana; द्विमुनि व्याकरणस्य, विद्याविद्यावतारभेदाद् द्विमुनिव्याकरणमित्यपि साधु Sk. -मूर्वा N. of a plant, presumably some hemp. Mātaṅga. L.9.2. -यामी Two night-watches = 6 hours. -रदः an elephant; सममेव समाक्रान्तं द्वयं द्विरदगामिना R.4.4; Me.61. ˚अन्तकः, ˚अराति, ˚अशनः 1 a lion. -2 the Śarabha. -रसनः a snake. -रात्रम् two nights. -रूप a. 1 biform. -2 written in two ways. -3 having a different shape. -4 bi-colour, bipartite. (-पः) 1 a variety of interpretation or reading. -2 a word correctly written in two ways. -रेतस् m. a mule. -रेफः a large black bee (there being two 'Ra's in the word भ्रमर); अनन्तपुष्पस्य मधोर्हि चूते द्विरेफमाला सविशेषसङ्गा Ku.1.27;3.27,36. -लयः (in music) double time (?); साम्य of two things (like गीत and वाद्य); द्विलयान्ते चर्चरी V.4.35/36. -वक्त्रः 1 a double-mouthed serpent. -2 a kind of demon; एकवक्त्रो महावक्त्रो द्विवक्त्रो कालसंनिभः Hariv. -वचनम् the dual number in grammar. -वज्रकः a kind of house or structure with 16 angles (sides). -वर्गः The pair of प्रकृति and पुरुष, or of काम and क्रोध; जज्ञे द्विवर्गं प्रजहौ द्विवर्गम् Bu. Ch.2.41. -वाहिका a wing. -विंश (द्वाविंश) a. twenty-second. -विंशतिः f. (द्वाविंशति) twenty-two. -विध a. of two kinds or sorts; द्विविधः संश्रयः स्मृतः Ms.7.162. -वेश(स)रा a kind of light carriage drawn by mules. -व्याम, -व्यायाम a. two fathoms long. -शतम् 1 two hundred. -2 one hundred and two. -शत्य a. worth or bought for two hundred. -शफ a. clovenfooted. (-फः) any cloven-footed animal. -शीर्षः an epithet of Agni; also द्विशीर्षकः; सप्तहस्तः चतुःशृङ्गः सप्तजिह्वो द्विशीर्षकः Vaiśvadeva. -श्रुति a. comprehending two intervals. -षष् a. (pl.) twice six, twelve. -षष्ट (द्विषष्ट, द्वाषष्ट) a. sixty-second. -षष्टिः f. (-द्विषष्टिः, द्वाषष्टिः) sixty-two. -सन्ध्य a. having a morning and evening twi-light. -सप्तत (द्वि-द्वा-सप्तत) a. seventy-second. -सप्ततिः f. (द्वि-द्वा सप्ततिः) seventy two. -सप्ताहः a fortnight. -सम a. having two equal sides. -समत्रिभुजः an isosceles triangle. -सहस्राक्षः the great serpent Śeṣa. -सहस्र, -साहस्र a. consisting of 2. (-स्रम्) 2. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed in two ways, i. e. first length-wise and then breadth-wise. -सुवर्ण a. worth or bought for two golden coins. -स्थ (ष्ठ) a. conveying two senses; भवन्ति चद्विष्ठानि वाक्यानि यथा श्वेतो धावति अलम्बुसानां यातेति ŚB. on MS.4.3.4. -हन् m. an elephant. -हायन, -वर्ष a. two years old; शुके द्विहायनं कत्सं क्रौञ्चं हत्वा त्रिहायनम् Ms.11.134. -हीन a. of the neuter gender. -हृदया a pregnant woman. -होतृ m. an epithet of Agni.
dvidhā द्विधा ind. 1 In two parts; द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R. 1.39; Ms.1.12,32; द्विधेव हृदयं तस्य दुःखितस्याभवत् तदा Mb. -2 In two ways. -Comp. -करणम् dividing into two parts, splitting. -गतिः 1 an amphibious animal. -2 a crab. -3 a crocodile.
dvedhā द्वेधा ind. In two parts, in two ways, twice. -Comp. -क्रिया breaking or splitting in two; प्रागप्राप्तनिसुम्भशांभव- धनुर्द्वेधाक्रियाविर्भवत् Mv.2.33. द्वेषः dvēṣḥ द्वेषण dvēṣaṇa द्वेष्य dvēṣya द्वेषः द्वेषण द्वेष्य &c. See under द्विष्.
dhanus धनुस् a. [धन् शब्दे-असि] Armed with a bow. n. 1 A bow; धनुर्वंशविशुद्धो$पि निर्गुणः किं करिष्यति Subhāṣ. धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66; so इन्द्रधनुः &c. (At the end of Bahu. comp. धनुस् is changed to धन्वन्; अधिज्यधन्वा विचचार दावम् R.2.8.). -2 A measure of length equal to four hastas; धनुःशतं परीणाहो ग्रामे क्षेत्रान्तरं भवेत् Y.2.167; Ms. 8.237. -3 An arc of a circle. -4 The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -5 A desert; cf. धन्वन् -m. N. of Śiva. -Comp. -आकार a. (धनुराकार) bow-shaped, curved, bent. -आसनम् (धनुरासनम्) a particular mode of sitting. -कर (धनुष्कर) a. having or armed with a bow. (-रः) a bow-maker. -काण्डम् (धनु- ष्काण्डम्) a bow and arrow. -खण्डम् (धनुष्खण्डम्) part of a bow. Me.15. -गुणः (धनुर्गुणः) a bowstring. -ग्रहः (धनुर्ग्रहः), ग्राहः an archer. धनुर्ग्रहवरो यस्यं बाणखड्गास्त्रभृत्स्वयम् Rām.2.44.2. -ग्रहम् a measure, a cubit of 27 aṅgulas; Māna.2.52. -ज्या (धनुर्ज्या) a bow-string; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् Ś2.4. -दुर्गम् (धनुर्दुर्गम्) a place protected by a desert; Ms.7.7. -द्रुमः (धनुर्द्रुमः) a bamboo. -धरः, -भृत् m. (धनुर्धरः &c.) 1 an archer; धनुर्भृतो$प्यस्य दयार्द्रभावम् R.2.11; धनुर्धरः केसरिणं ददर्श 29;3.31,38,39;9.11;12.97; 16.77. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 the sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -धारिन् (धनुर्धारिन्) m. an archer. -पाणि a. (धनुष्पाणि) armed with a bow, with a bow in hand; अहमेव धनुष्पाणिर्योद्धा समरमूर्धनि Rām. -मार्गः (धनुर्मार्गः) a line curved like a bow, a curve. -मासः (धनुर्मासः) The period during which the sun is in Sagittarius. -मुष्टिः (धनुर्मुष्टिः) a measure, a cubit of 26 aṅgulas; Māna 2.51. -लता 1 bow. -2 Soma creeper. -वातः (धनुर्वातः) a kind of disease. -विद्या (धनुर्विद्या) the science of archery. -वृक्षः (धनुर्वक्षः) 1 a bamboo. -2 the अश्वत्थ tree. -वेदः (धनुर्वेदः) the science of archery, one of the four Upavedas q. v. चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं वेद पञ्चविधं द्विज । रथनागाश्वपत्तीनां योधांश्चाश्रित्य कीर्तितम् ॥ यन्त्रमुक्तं पाणिमुक्तं मुक्तसन्धारितं तथा । अमुक्तं बाहुयुद्धं च पञ्चधा तत् प्रकीर्तितम् ॥ Agni P. -वेदिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्भः Tetanus.
dhārā धारा 1 A stream or current of water, a line of descending fluid, stream, current; धारा नैव पतन्ति चातक- मुखे मेघस्य किं दूषणम् Bh.2.93; Me.55; R.16.66; आबद्ध- धारमश्रु प्रावर्तत Dk.74. -2 A shower, a hard or sharpdriving shower. -3 A continuous line or series; प्रणतौ हन्त निरन्तराश्रुधाराः Bv.2.2. -4 A leak or hole in a pitcher. -5 The pace of a horse; धाराः प्रसाधयितुमव्यतिकीर्ण- रूपाः Śi.5.6; N.1.72. -6 The margin, edge or border of anything; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया शमीलतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यव- स्यति Ś.1.18. -7 The sharp edge of a sword, axe, or of any cutting instrument; तर्जितः परशुधारया मम R.11.78; 6.42;1.86,41; Bh.2.28. -8 The edge of mountain or precipice. -9 A wheel or the periphery of a wheel; धारानिबद्धेव कलङ्करेखा R.13.15. -1 A garden-wall, fence, hedge. -11 The van or front line of an army. -12 The highest point, excellence. -13 A multitude. -14 Fame. -15 Night. -16 Turmeric. -17 Likeness. -18 The tip of the ear. -19 Speech. -2 Rumour, report. -21 N. of an ancient town in Mālvā, capital of king Bhoja. -Comp. -अग्रम् the broad-edged head of an arrow. -अङ्कुरः 1 a drop of rain. -2 hail; धाराङ्कुरवर्षिणो जलदाः Bṛi.S.32.21. -3 advancing before the line of an army (to defy the enemy). -अङ्गः a sword. -अटः 1 the Chātaka bird. -2 a horse. -3 a cloud. -4 a furious elephant, one in rut. -अधिरूढ a. raised to the highest pitch; किं वा धाराधिरूढं हि जाड्यं वेदजडे जने Ks.6.62. -अवनिः f. wind. -अश्रु n. a flood of tears; Amaru.1. -आवर्तः a whirlpool. -आसरः a heavy down-fall of rain, a hard or sharp driving shower; धारासारैर्महति वृष्टिर्बभूव H.3; V.4.1. -ईश्वरः king Bhoja. -उष्ण a. warm from a cow (as milk); धारोष्णं त्वमृतं पयो भ्रमहरं निद्राकरं कान्तिदम् । वृष्यं बृंहणमग्निवर्धन- मतिस्वादु त्रिदोषापहम् ॥ Rājanighaṇṭu. -गिरिः The fort of Devagiri or Daulatabad; स हि शैलो निजामस्य प्रियकारी महायशाः । प्रतापी प्रथितो लोके धारागिरिरिवापरः ॥ Śiva. B.2. -गृहम् a bath-room with water-jets, a shower-bath or a house furnished with artificial jets or fountains of water; शिलाविशेषानधिशय्य निन्युर्धारागृहेष्वातपमृद्धिमन्तः R.16.49. -धरः 1 holder of streams, a cloud; धातः किं नु विधौ विधातुमुचितो धाराधराडम्बरः Bv.1.4. -2 a sword. -निपातः, -पातः 1 a fall of rain, a hard or pelting shower, Me.48. -2 a stream of water. -यन्त्रम् a fountain, jet (of water); धारायन्त्रजलाभिषेककलुषे धौताञ्जने लोचने Amaru.124; धारायन्त्र- विमुक्तसंततपयः पूरप्लुते सर्वतः Ratn.1.1. -वर्षः, -र्षम्, -संपातः a hard, sharp-driving or incessant shower; न प्रसेहे स रुद्धार्कमधारावर्षदुर्दिनम् R.4.82. -वाहिन् a. incessant, continuous; पटुर्धारावाही नव इव चिरेणापि (मन्युः) U.4.3. -विषः a crooked sword. -शीत a. (milk) cooled after having been milked.
dhṛta धृत p. p. [धृ-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Held, carried, borne, supported. -2 Possessed. -3 Kept, preserved, retained. -4 Seized, grasped, laid, hold of. -5 Worn, used, put on; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -6 Placed, deposited. -7 Practised, observed. -8 Weighed. -9 (Actively used) Holding, bearing. -1 Intent upon. -11 Prepared, ready. -12 Resolved, firm; रिपुनिग्रहे धृतः Rām.4.27.47; see धृ also. -तम् 1 Falling. -2 State, existence. -3 Taking, seizing. -4 Wearing, putting on. -5 A particular manner of fighting. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. firm minded, steady, calm, collected. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्सेक a. haughty, arrogant; Rāj. T. -एकवेणि a. bearing a single braid of hair (as a sign of mourning); नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś7.21. -गर्भ a. pregnant; Ks.7.83. -दण्ड a. 1 inflicting punishment. -2 one on whom punishment is inflicted; राजभिर्धृतदण्डास्तु कृत्वा पापानि मानवाः । निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा ॥ Ms.8.318. -दीधितिः fire. -पट a. covered with a cloth. -मानस a. firm-minded, bent upon; तपसे धृतमानसः Rām.7.9.46. -राजन् a. ruled by a good king (as a country). -राष्ट्रः 1 a good king. -2 a country ruled by a good king. -3 N. of the eldest son of Vyāsa by a widow of विचित्रवीर्य. [As the eldest son he was entitled to the throne, but being blind from birth, he renounced the sovereignty in favour of Pāṇḍu; but on his retirement to the woods, he undertook it himself, making Duryodhana, his eldest son, the virtual ruler. When Duryodhana, was killed by Bhīma, the old king thirsted for revenge, and expressed his desire to embrace Yudhiṣṭhira and Bhīma. K&rtod.;iṣṇa readily discovered his object, and convinced that Bhīma was marked out by the king as his prey, he caused an iron image of Bhīma to be made. And when the blind king rushed forward to embrace Bhīma, Kṛiṣṇa substituted the iron image which the revengeful old man pressed with so much force that it was crushed to pieces, and Bhīma escaped. Thus dis comfited, he, with his wife, repaired to the Himālaya and there died after some years.] -4 N. of a bird; L. D. B. -वर्मन् a clad in armour, mailed; -m. N. of a reputed king. -व्रत a. 1 observing vows, performing religious rites. -2 devoted, attached. -3 of a fixed law or order. (-तः) an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Varuṇa. (3) Agni. (4) A king in the Puru dynasty.
dhyāna ध्यान [ध्यै-भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Meditation, reflection, thought; contemplation; ज्ञानाद् ध्यानं विशिष्यते Bg.12.12; Ms.1.12; 6.72. -2 Especially, abstract contemplation, religious meditation; तदैव ध्यानादवगतो$स्मि Ś.7; ध्यानस्तिमितलोचनः R.1.73. -3 Divine intuition or discernment. -4 Mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity; इति ध्यानम्. -Comp. -गम्या a. attainable by meditation only; योगिभिर्ध्यानगम्यम् Viṣṇustotra. -तत्पर, -निष्ठ, -पर a. lost in thought, absorbed in meditation, contemplative. -धिष्ण्य a. suitable for ध्यान; रूपं चेदं पौरुषं ध्यानधिष्ण्यम् Bhāg.1.3.28. -मात्रम् mere thought or reflection. -मुद्रा a prescribed attitude in which to meditate on a deity. -योगः profound meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation; lost in thought.
dhvajīkaraṇam ध्वजीकरणम् 1 Raising a standard, hoisting a flag. -2 Setting up as a pretext of claim, making anything a plea.
nabha नभ a. Killing, hurting. -भः The month Śrāvaṇa. -भम् The sky, atmosphere. -भा A spitting-pot.
nabhas नभस् n. [नह्यते मेधैः नह्-असुन् भश्चान्तादेशः; cf. Uṇ. 4.21] 1 The sky, atmosphere; R.5.29; नभश्च पृथिवीं चैव तुमुलो व्यनुनादयन् Bg.1.19; वनान्तरे तोयमिति प्रधाविता निरीक्ष्य भिन्नाञ्जनसंनिभं नभः Ṛs.1.11. -2 A cloud. -3 Fog, vapour. -4 Water. -5 Period of life, age. -m. 1 The rains or rainy season. -2 The nose, smell. -3 N. of the month of Śrāvaṇa (corresponding to July-August), (said to be n. also in this sense); प्रत्यासन्ने नभसि दयिताजीवितालम्बनार्थी Me.4; R.12.29;17.41;18.6; N.9.84; श्रावणे तु स्यान्नभाः श्रावणिकश्च सः Ak.; पञ्चमो$यं तु संप्राप्तः नभाः श्यामनभाः शुभः Śiva. B.26.57. -4 The fibres in the root of the lotus. -5 A spitting-pot.-- (du.) Both the worlds, heaven and earth. -Comp. -अम्बुपः the Chātaka bird. -केतनः, -पान्थः the sun, -क्रान्तिन् m. a lion. -ग a. going in the sky (as a star, god, bird &c.). -गजः a cloud. -गति f. soaring, flying. -चक्षुस् m. the sun. -चमसः 1 the moon. -2 magic. -चर a. moving in the sky; निकामतप्ता विविधेन वह्निना नभश्चरेणेन्धनसंभृतेन सा Ku.5.23. (-रः) 1 a god or demi-god; नभश्चरैर्गीतयशाः स लेभे R.18.6. -2 a bird. -तलम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the lower region of the sky; (लेभे) नभस्तलश्यामतनुं तनूजम् R.18.6. -दुहः a cloud. -दृष्टि a. 1 blind. -2 looking towards the sky. -द्वीपः, -धूमः a cloud. -नदी the celestial Ganges. -प्राणः wind. -मणिः the sun. -मण्डलम् the firmament the atmosphere; नेदं नभोमण्डलमम्बुराशिः S. D.1. ˚दीप. the moon. -योनिः an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् n. darkness. -रूप a. gloomy, dark. -रेणुः f. fog-mist. -लयः smoke. -लिह् a. licking the sky, lofty, very high; cf. अलिह. -वटः atmosphere. -वीथी the sun's path. -श्वासः wind. -सद् m. 1 a bird. -2 a star. < b>-3 a god; अतीनिपज्ञान- निधिर्नभःसदः Śi.1.11. -सरित् f. 1 the milky way. -2 the celestial Ganges. -स्थलः an epithet of Śiva. -स्थली the sky. -स्पृश् a. reaching the sky, lofty.
nābhi नाभि भी m., f. [नह्-इञ् भश्चान्तादेशः cf. Uṇ.4.125] 1 The navel; गङ्गावर्तसनाभिर्नाभिः Dk.2. &c.; निम्ननाभिःMe.84,28; R.6.52; अरा इव रथनाभौ प्राणे सर्वं प्रतिष्ठितम् Praśn. Up. -2 Any navel-like cavity. -m. 1 The nave of a wheel; अरैः संधार्यते नाभिर्नाभौ चाराः प्रतिष्ठिताः । स्वामिसेवकयोरेवं वृत्तिचक्रं प्रवर्तते ॥ Pt.1.81. -2 The centre, focus, chief point; समुद्रनाभ्यां शाल्वो$भूत् सौभमास्थाय शत्रुहन् Mb.3.2.17. -3 Chief, leader, head; कृत्स्नस्य नाभिर्नृपमण्डलस्य R.18.2. -4 Near relationship, community (of race &c.); as in सनाभि q. v. -5 A paramount sovereign or lord; उपगतो$पि च मण्डलनाभिताम् R.9.15. -6 A near relation. -7 A Kṣatriya -8 Home. -9 A field; Nm. -भिः f. Musk. (i. e. मृगनाभी). [N. B. नाभि at the end of Bah. comp. becomes नाभ when the comp. is used as epithet; as पद्मनाभः.] -Comp. -आवर्तः the cavity of the navel. -कण्टकः, -कूपिका, -गु (-गो) -लकः ruptured navel. -गन्धः the odour of the musk; नाभिगन्धैर्मृगाणाम् Me.54. -जः, -जन्मन् m., -भूः epithets of Brahmā. -नाडी, -नालम् 1 the umbilical cord; तदङ्कशय्याच्युतनाभिनाला R.5.7. -2 rupture of the navel. -मूलम् the part of the body immediately under the navel. -वर्धनम् 1 cutting or division of the umbilical cord. प्राङ् नाभिवर्धनात् पुंसो जातकर्म विधीयते Ms.2. 29. -2 rupture of the navel. -3 corpulency. -वर्षम् N. of one of the nine वर्षs belonging to Jambudvīpa and named after Nābhi, the son of Agnīdhra. -वीथिः a road proceeding from the central part of a village or town; Kāmikāgama 25.1.
nāśana नाशन a. [नश्-णिच्-ल्यु] (-नी f.) Destroying, causing to perish, removing (in comp.) -नम् 1 Destruction, ruin. -2 Removing, removal, expulsion. -4 Perishing, death. -5 Forgetting; अधीतस्य च नाशनम् Y.3.228.
nikartanam निकर्तनम् 1 Cutting down or off, tearing; निकर्तनमिवा- त्युग्रं लाङ्गूलस्य महाहरिः Mb.7.17.25. -2 Annihilation, wiping out completely; उत्सादनममित्राणां परसेनानिकर्तनम् Mb.3.167.55.
nikṛntana निकृन्तन a. (-नी f.) Cutting down, destroying; विरहि- निकृन्तनकुन्तमुखाकृतिकेतकिदन्तुरिताशे (वसन्ते) Gīt.11. -नम् 1 Cutting, cutting off, destruction. -2 An instrument for cutting; एकेन नखनिकृन्तनेन सर्वं कार्ष्णायसं विज्ञातं स्यात् Ś. B. -3 N. of a hell.
nikṣepaṇam निक्षेपणम् 1 Putting down, placing down (the feet); Ku.1.33. -2 A means by which anything is kept.
nigrahaḥ निग्रहः 1 Keeping in check, restraint, curbing, subjection; as in इन्द्रियनिग्रह Ms.6.92; Y.1.222; Bh.1.66; चञ्चलं मनः...... तस्याहं निग्रहं मन्ये वायोरिव सुदुष्करम् Bg.6.34; तस्य ता वपुषाक्षिप्ता निग्रहार्थं जजृम्भिरे Bu. Ch.4.6. -2 Suppression, obstruction, putting down; तथेन्द्रियाणां दह्यन्ते दोषाः प्राणस्य निग्रहात् Ms.6.71. -3 Overtaking, capturing, arresting; त्वन्निग्रहे तु वरगात्रि न मे प्रयत्नः Mk.1. 22; Śi.2.88. -4 Confinement, imprisonment. -5 Defeat, overthrow, vanquishing. -6 Dispelling, destruction, removing; दिनमुखानि रविर्हिमनिग्रहैर्विमलयन् मलयं नगम- त्यजत् R.9.25;15.6; Ku.5.53. -7 Arresting of disease, cure. -8 Punishment (opp. अनुग्रह) निग्राहानु- ग्रहस्य कर्ता Pt.1; निग्रहो$प्ययमनुग्रहीकृतः R.11.9,55;12. 52,63. -9 Rebuke, reprimand, blame. -1 Aversion, dislike, disgust. -11 (In Nyāya phil.) A flaw in an argument, a fault in a syllogism (by which a disputant is put down in argument); cf. Mu.5.1. -12 A handle. -13 A limit, boundary. -14 The Supreme Being. -15 Transgressing (अतिलङ्घन); निग्रहाद्धर्मशास्त्राणा- मनुरुद्ध्यन्नपेतभीः Mb.12.24.13. -Comp. -स्थानम् the reason of defeat, unfitness to be argued with, one of the 16 categories of the Naiyāyikas; एवमपि प्रकृतं दूषयितुमशक्नु- वतस्तत्सिद्धान्तान्तरदूषणे निग्रहस्थानमापद्यते । ŚB. on MS.1.1.5.
nigrābhaḥ निग्राभः Pressing down, letting sink, suppressing (the voice).
nicchedaḥ निच्छेदः 1 Cutting off. -2 (In arith.) Leaving no common measure, reducing by the common divisor, to the least term, so as to be capable of no further reduction.
nidrā निद्रा 1 Sleep, sleepiness; प्रच्छायसुलभनिद्रा दिवसाः Ś.1.3; निद्रामुद्रां क्षिपन् Māl.2.12. -2 Sloth; निद्रां च प्रतिभां चैव ज्ञानाभ्यासेन तत्त्ववित् (निवर्तयेत्) Mb.12.274.7. -3 Shutting, budding state. -Comp. -अन्ध a. dead, fast asleep. -अलस a. dull or languid with drowsiness, fast asleep; निद्रालसा बर्हिणः V.3.2. -दरिद्र a. suffering from want of sleep. -भङ्गः awaking. -वृक्षः darkness. -सजननम् phlegm, phlegmatic humour.
nidhānam निधानम् 1 Putting down, laying down, depositing. -2 Keeping, preserving. -3 Place where anything is placed, a receptacle, reservoir; निधानं धर्माणाम् G. L.18. -4 Treasure; निधानगर्भामिव सागराम्बराम् R.3.9; Bg.9.18; विद्यैव लोकस्य परं निधानम् Subhāṣ. -5 Hoard, store, property, wealth. -6 A place of cessation or rest. -7 A deposit; Ms.8.36.
nipātaḥ निपातः 1 Falling or coming down, descending, alighting; पयोधरोत्सेधनिपातचूर्णिताः Ku.5.24; Ṛs.5.4. -2 Attacking, falling upon, a spring, leap; उत्पश्यतः सिंहनि- पातमुग्रम् R.2.6. -3 Casting, hurling, discharging; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपातसाध्यः Ku.3.15. -4 Descent, fall; निशित- निपाताः शराः Ś.1.1. -5 Dying, death; आनिपाताच्छरीरस्य युक्तो वार्यनिलाशनः Ms.6.31. -6 Accidental occurrence or mention; Mb.12.59.46. -7 An irregular form, irregularity, putting down as irregular or exceptional; एते निपाताः, निपातो$यम् &c. -8 A particle, an indeclinable; see P.I.4.56. -9 The opposite extremity, the lower end. -1 Mixing, coming together; बिन्दुन्यासादयो$वस्थाः शुक्रशोणितसंभवाः । यासमेव निपातेन कललं नाम जायते ॥ Mb.12. 32.115.
nipātana निपातन a. Killing, destroying. -नम् 1 Throwing down, beating or knocking down; अवगूर्य चरेत् कृच्छ्रमति- कृच्छ्रं निपातने Ms.11.29. -2 Overthrowing, destroying, killing; माषकस्तु भवेद्दण्डः श्वसूकरनिपातने Ms.8.298. -3 Touching with. -4 Putting down as irregular or exceptional. -5 An irregular form of a word, irregularity, exception; यल्लक्षणेनानुत्पन्नं तत् सर्वं निपातनात् सिद्धम् Mbh. -6 Falling or flying down.
nimiṣ निमिष् f. Ved. 1 Twinkling of the eye. -2 Shutting the eyes -m. A god.
nimiṣaḥ निमिषः 1 winking, shutting the eye, twinkling. -2 Twinkling of the eye as a measure of time, a moment. -3 The shutting of flowers. -4 Morbid twinkling of the eye. -5 N. of Visnu. -Comp. -अन्तरम् the interval of a moment.
nimeṣaṇam निमेषणम् Shutting the eyes, twinkling.
nimīlanam निमीलनम् 1 Shutting the eyelids, winking; नयन- निमीलनखिन्नया यया ते Gīt.4; Amaru.33. -2 Closing the eyes in death, death. -3 (In astr.) Total eclipse.
nimīlā निमीला निमीलिका 1 Shutting the eyes. -2 Winking, blinking, conniving at anything. -3 Fraud, pretence, trick.
niyamaḥ नियमः 1 Restraining, checking. -2 Taming, subduing. -3 Confining, preventing. -4 A restraint, check; वाचि नियमः U.2.2; अधर्मानियमः Ms.8.122. -5 Restriction, limitation; Mb.14.13.11. -6 A rule or precept, law (in general), usage; नायमेकान्ततो नियमः Ś. B. -7 Regularity; कुसुमसुकुमारमूर्तिर्दधती नियमेन तनुतरं मध्यम् Ratn. 1.2. -8 Certainty, ascertainment. -9 An agreement, promise, vow, engagement. -1 Necessity, obligation. -11 Any voluntary or self-imposed religious observance (dependent on external conditions); [The earliest explanation of this expression is the one found in the ŚB. on MS.4.2.24. cf. को$यं नियमः । अनियतस्य नियतता । प्रयोगाङ्गतया सर्वे देशाः प्राप्नुवन्ति, न तु समच्चयेन । यदा समो न तदा विषमः । यदा विषमो न तदा समः । स एष समः प्राप्तश्चाप्राप्तश्च । यदा न प्राप्तः स पक्षो विधिं प्रयोजयति. This is very nicely stated in the Vārttika--'नियमः पाक्षिके सति']; R.1.94; Ki.5.4; (see Malli. on Śi.13.23). -12 Any minor observance or lesser vow, a duty prescribed to be done, but which is not so obligatory as a यम q. v. शौचमिज्या तपो दानं स्वाध्यायोपस्थनिग्रहः । व्रतमौनोपवासं च स्नानं च नियमा दशा ॥ Atri. -13 Penance, devotion, religious austerities; नियमविघ्न- कारिणी Ś.1; R.15.74. -14 (In Mīm. phil.) A rule or precept which lays down or specifies something which, in the absence of that rule, would be optional; विधिरत्यन्तमप्राप्तौ नियमः पाक्षिके सति. -15 (In Yoga phil.) Restraint of the mind, the second of the 8 principal steps of meditation in Yoga; दशैते नियमाः प्रोक्ता योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः Tantrasāra. -16 (In Rhet.) A poetical commonp lace or convention, as the description of the cuckoo in spring, peacocks in the rains &c. -17 Defining, definition. -18 Keeping down, lowering (as the voice). -19 Keeping secret; मन्त्रस्य नियमं कुर्याः Mb.5. 141.2. -2 Effort (यत्न); यथैते नियमं पौराः कुर्वन्त्यस्मिन्निवर्तने Mb.2.46.2. (नियमेन as a rule, invariably). -Comp. -उपमा a simile which expressly states that something can be compared only with something else. -धर्मः a law prescribing restraints. -निष्ठा rigid observance of prescribed rites. -पत्रम् a written agreement. -विधिः a religious rite, daily ritual; नियमविधिजलानां बर्हिषां चोप- नेत्री Ku.1.6. -स्थ a. observing penance; Ku.5.13. -स्थितिः f. steady observance of religious obligations, asceticism. -हेतुः a regulating cause.
nir निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.
nirasta निरस्त p. p. 1 Cast off or away, thrown out or away, repudiated, driven, expelled, banished; कौलीन- भीतेन गृहान्निरस्ता R.14.84. -2 Dispelled, destroyed. -3 Abandoned, deserted. -4 Removed, deprived or void of; निरस्तपादपे देश एरण्डोपि द्रुमायते H.1.67. -5 Discharged (as an arrow). -6 Refuted. -7 Vomited, spit out. -8 Uttered rapidly; सर्वे ऊष्माणो$ग्रस्ता अनिरस्ता विवृता वक्तव्याः Ch. Up.2.22.5. -9 Torn out or destroyed. -1 Suppressed, checked. -11 Broken (as an agreement &c.). -12 Thrown off (as from a horse). -13 Offered, given; त्वं पुण्डरीकमुख बन्धुतया निरस्तमेको निवापसलिलं पिबसीत्ययुक्तम् Māl.9.4. -14 Rejected, disallowed. -15 Sent forth or away. -स्तः An arrow discharged. -स्तम् 1 Rejecting, refusal &c. -2 Dropping or leaving out, rapid pronunciation. -3 Spitting out. -4 Preventing, warding of. -5 Throwing or casting. -Comp. -भेद a. having all differences removed, same, identical. -राग a. one who has renounced all worldly attachments. -संख्य a innumerable.
nirasana निरसन a. Expelling, removing, driving away; निरस- नैरसनैरवृथार्थता Śi.6.47. -2 Vomiting. -नम् Expelling, ejecting, expulsion, removal. -2 Denial, contradiction, rejection, refusal. -3 Refutation. -4 Vomiting forth, spitting out. -5 Checking, suppressing. -6 Destruction, killing, extirpation.
nirākaraṇam निराकरणम् 1 Repudiating, expelling, turning away; निराकरणविक्लवा Ś.6. -2 Banishing. -3 Obstruction, contradiction, opposition, rejection. -4 Refutation, reply. -5 Contempt. -6 Neglecting the chief sacrificial duties. -7 Forgetting.
nirdalanam निर्दलनम् Splitting, breaking, destroying.
nirbheda निर्भेद 1 Bursting, dividing, splitting asunder. -2 A split, rent. -3 Disclosure, betrayal. -4 Explicit mention or declaration; निर्भेदादृते$पि मालविकायामयमुपन्यासः शङ्कयति M.4. -5 The bed of a river. -6 Determination of an affair, event. -7 Destruction; पृथिव्याश्चापि निर्भेदो दृष्ट एव सनातनः Rām.1.4.4.
nirmokaḥ निर्मोकः 1 Setting free, liberating. -2 A hide, skin; मृगनिर्मोकवसनाश्चीरवल्कलवाससः Mb.13.141.1. -3 The slough of a serpent; स्तनोत्तरीयाणि भवन्ति सङ्गान्निर्मोकपट्टाः फणिभिर्विमुक्ताः R.16.17; Śi.2.47; N.1; महोरगविनिर्मुक्तानेक निर्मोकभास्वराम् Śiva. B.31.62. -4 Armour, mail. -5 The sky, heaven. -6 Atmosphere; निर्मोको मोचने व्योम्नि सन्नाहे सूर्यकञ्चुके Medinī.
niryāṇam निर्याणम् 1 Exit, issue, setting out, departure. -2 Vanishing, disappearing. -3 Dying, doath. -4 Eternal emancipation, final beatitude. -5 The outer corner of the eye of an elephant; वारणं निर्याणमागे$मिप्रन् Dk.97; निर्याणनिर्यदसृजं चलितं निषादी Śi.5.41; Mātaṅga. L.6.9. 12.19. -6 A rope for tying cattle or the feet of a calf, a foot-rope in general; निर्याणहस्तस्य पुरो दुधुक्षतः Śi.12.41. -7 Iron. -8 Decamping (of an army) -9 Going out (of cattle to the pasture ground). -1 A road leading out of a town.
nirvāpaḥ निर्वापः 1 See निर्वपण and निर्वाप. -2 Putting out, extinguishing (as fire).
nirvāpaṇam निर्वापणम् 1 An offering, oblation, a funeral oblation. -2 A gift, donation. -3 Putting out, extinguishing. -4 Pouring out, scattering, sowing (as seed). -5 (a) Offering, giving. (b) Offering oblations (especially funeral). -6 Allaying, alleviation, pacification; कर्तव्यानि दुःखितैर्दुःखनिर्वापणानि U.3. -7 Annihilation. -8 Killing, slaughter. -9 Cooling, refreshing; शरीरनिर्वापणाय Ś.3. -1 A refrigerant or cooling application; तप्तायःपिण्ड- सिकतानां वा निर्वापणं प्रसाधनं च कर्तव्यम्.
nirviṣṭa निर्विष्ट p. p. 1 Enjoyed, attained, experienced. -2 Fully enjoyed or used. -3 Obtained as wages; निर्विष्टं वैश्यशूद्रयोः Gautama. -4 Married. -5 Engaged in. -6 Arrived at, attained to. -7 One who has maintained the sacred fire. -8 Entered, sticking in. -9 Sitting encamping; निर्विष्टमुदधेः कूले तं प्रपेदे बिभीषणः R.12.68.
nirhāraḥ निर्हारः 1 Taking away, removing, removal. -2 Drawing out, extracting. -3 Rooting up, destruction; कर्मणा कर्मनिर्हारो न ह्यात्यन्तिक इष्यते Bhāg.6.1.11. -4 Carrying out a dead body to be burnt; एवं विलपतीनां वै परिगृह्य मृतं पतिम् । अनिच्छतीनां निर्हारमर्को$स्तं संन्यवर्तत ॥ Bhāg.7.2.35. -5 Accumulation of a private store of wealth, private hoard; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -6 Evacuation of the natural excrements of the body (opp. आहार). -7 Putting forth or out. -8 Setting aside, excluding, leaving. -9 Deduction. -1 Diffusive fragrance.
nilayaḥ निलयः 1 A hiding place, the lair or den of animals, a nest (of birds); निलयाय शाखिन इवाह्वयते Śi.9.4. -2 A cellar; अम्बराख्याननिलयौ कण्ठदध्नं समन्ततः Parṇāl. (Two cellars known as Ambarakhānā.) -3 An abode, residence, house, dwelling; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'living or residing in'; नित्यं निर्मूलयेयुर्निचिततरममी भक्तिनिघ्नात्मनां नः पद्माक्षस्याङ्घ्रिपद्मद्वयतलनिलयाः पांसवः पापपङ्कम् ॥ --विष्णुपादाति स्तोत्रम् 1. -4 Hiding oneself; तस्मान्निलय- मुत्सृज्य यूयं सर्वे त्रिविष्टपम् । यात कालं प्रतीक्षन्तो यतः शत्रोर्विपर्ययः ॥ Bhāg.8.15.31. -5 Total destruction. -6 Setting, disappearance; दिनान्ते निलयाय गन्तुम् R.2.15. (where the word is used in sense I also).
nilayanam निलयनम् 1 Setting in a place, alighting. -2 A place of refuge; निलयनं चानिलयनं च Tait. Up.2.6; Bhāg. 5.19.2. -3 A house, dwelling, habitation; नदीनिलयनाः सर्पा नदीकुटिलगामिनः । तिष्ठन्त्यावृत्य पन्थानमतो दुःखतरं वनम् ॥ Rām.2.28.2; Ki.7.2. -4 The act of going out.
niviṣṭaḥ निविष्टः p. p. 1 Seated, sitting upon. -2 Encamped; निविष्टमुदधेः कूले तं प्रपेदे विभीषणः R.12.68. -3 Fixed or intent upon. -4 Concentrated, subdued, controlled; भवन्ति साम्ये$पि निविष्टचेतसां वपुर्विशेषेष्वतिगौरवाः क्रियाः Ku.5.31. -5 Initiated. -6 Arranged. -7 Entered, gone into. -8 Appointed (guardians). -9 Cultivated (a country).
nivṛtta निवृत्त p. p. 1 Returned, turned back. -2 Gone, departed, vanished, disappeared. -3 Ceased, refrained or abstained from, stopped, desisted; तस्थौ निवृत्तान्यवरा- भिलाषः Ku.1.51. -4 Abstaining from worldly acts, abstracted from this world, quiet; प्रवृत्तं च निवृत्तं च द्विविधं कर्म वैदिकम् Ms.12.88. -5 Repenting of improper conduct. -6 Finished, completed, whole; -7 Set (as the sun); see वृत् with नि. -त्तम् 1 Return. -2 A mind free from the influence of passions. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. 1 a sage. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -इन्द्रिय a. one whose senses or desires are averted from. -कारण a. without further cause or motive. (-णः ) a virtuous man, a man uninfluenced by worldly desires. -मांस a. one who abstains from eating meat; निवृत्तमांसस्तु जनकः U.4. -यौवन a. one whose youth has returned, restored to youth. -राग a. of subdued passions. -लौल्य a. not desirous. -वृत्ति a. quitting any practice or occupation. -हृदय a. with relenting heart.
niśānam निशानम् Sharpening, whetting. -Comp. -पट्टः a whet stone.
niṣaṇṇa निषण्ण p. p. 1 Seated; sitting on or in, rested, reclined, resting or reclining on; पृष्टान्वयः स जलकुम्भ- निषण्णदेहः R.9.76; Ku.4.23. -2 Supported. -3 Gone to. -4 Dejected, afflicted, down-cast; cf. विषण्ण.
niṣatti निषत्तिः f. Ved. Sitting down idly, dulness, inactivity; का ते निषत्तिः किमु ममत्सि Rv.4.21.9.
niṣadanam निषदनम् Ved. Sitting. -2 Dwelling; क्वचिच्चाशेषदोष- निषदनम् Bhāg.5.14.7. -3 A seat. -4 A house, residence. -नः = निषाद q. v.
niṣādin निषादिन् a. (-नी f.) Sitting or lying down, resting, reclining; आतपात्ययसंक्षिप्तनीवारासु निषादिभिः R.1.52;4.2. -m. An elephant-driver; Śi.5.41. निषादिनुन्नाः करिणः Śiva B.
niṣkartanam निष्कर्तनम् Cutting off, tearing away.
niṣṭhita निष्ठित a. Spit upon; निष्ठितो मूत्रितो वाज्ञैर्बहुधैव प्रकम्पितः । श्रेयस्कामः कृच्छ्रगत आत्मनात्मानमुद्धरेत् ॥ Bhāg.11.22.59. निष्ठी(ष्ठे)वः, -वम्, निष्ठी(ष्ठे)वनम्, निष्ठीवितम् Spitting out, spitting; Bh.1.92. -Comp. -शरावः spittoon.
niṣṭhyūta निष्ठ्यूत p. p. 1 Spit out, exuded, cast or thrown out; Ś.4.5; सुरसरिदिव तेजो वह्निनिष्ठ्यूतमैशम् R.2.75; अङ्गुष्ठनिष्ठ्यूत मिवोर्ध्वमुच्चैस्त्रिस्रोतसः संततधारमम्भः Śi.3.1. -2 Uttered. -तम् Spitting out, spittle.
niṣṭhyūtiḥ निष्ठ्यूतिः f. Spitting out.
niṣpūrtam निष्पूर्तम् Building well, resting place as charity; हव्यं कव्यं च विविधं निष्पूर्तं हुतमेव च Mb.7.59.16. (See com.) निष्पेषः niṣpēṣḥ निष्पेषणम् niṣpēṣaṇam निष्पेषः निष्पेषणम् 1 Rubbing together, grinding, bruising, pulverizing; भुजान्तरनिष्पेष Ve.3, Māl. 8.9.3. -2 Striking, clashing, hitting against, friction; प्रक्षिप्य व्यनदन्नादं वज्रनिष्पेषनिष्ठुरम् Bhāg.1.55.19; R.4.77; Mv.1.34; K.56. -2 The sound produced by striking or clashing.
nistaraṇam निस्तरणम् 1 Going out or forth, coming out of. -2 Crossing over. -3 Rescue, deliverance, getting rid of. -4 An expedient, a means, plan. -5 Accomplishing, mastering (पारगमन).
nistāraḥ निस्तारः 1 Crossing or passing over; संसार तव निस्तार- पदवी न दवीयसी Bh.1.69. -2 Getting rid of, release, escape, rescue. -3 Final emancipation. -4 Discharge or payment of a debt, acquittance, requital; वेतनस्य निस्तारः कृतः H.3. -5 A means, expedient.
nṛ नृ [नी-ऋन् डिच्च; cf. Uṇ.2.11.] (Nom. sing. ना, gen. pl. नृणाम् or नॄणाम्) 1 A man, a person whether male or female; Ms.3.81;4.61;7.61; नॄन् प्रशंसत्यजस्रं यो घण्टाताडोरुणोदये 1.33. -2 Mankind. -3 A piece at chess. -4 The pin of a sun-dial. -5 A masculine word; संधिर्ना विग्रहो यानम् Ak. -6 A leader. -Comp. -अस्थि- मालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -कपालम् man's skull. -कलेवरः a dead human body. -कारः manly deed, heroism. -केसरिन् m. 'man-lion', Viṣṇu in his Narasimha incarnation; cf. नरसिंह. -चक्षस् a. Ved. 1 seeing or observing men. -2 leading or guiding men; अस्तभ्नात् सिन्धुमर्णवं नृचक्षाः Rv.3.53.9. (-m.) 1 a god. -2 a demon, goblin. -जग्ध a. a man-eater; ......नृजग्धो माल्यधारयः Bk.5.38. -जलम् human urine. -दुर्गः a fort protected by army on all sides; Ms.7.7. -देवः a king. -धर्मन् m. an epithet of Kubera. -नमन a. to be saluted by men (as gods). -पः [नॄन् पाति रक्षति, पा-क] a ruler of men, king, sovereign; चतुर्योजनपर्यन्तमधिकारो नृपस्य च Brav. P. (श्रीकृष्णजन्मखण्डे). ˚अंशः 1 royal portion of revenue, i. e. a sixth, eighth &c. part of grain; काले नृपाशं विहितं ददद्भिः Bk.2.14. -2 a prince. ˚अङ्गनम् (णम्) a royal court. ˚अध्वरः N. of a sacrifice (Rājasūya) performed by an emperor or lord paramount, in which all the offices are performed by tributary princes. ˚आत्मजः a prince, crown-prince. ˚आभीरम्, ˚मानम् music played at the royal meals. ˚आमयः consumption. ˚आसनम् 'royal-seat', a throne, the chair of state. ˚गृहम् a royal palace. ˚द्रुमः N. of some trees (Mār. बाहवा, रांजणी). ˚नीतिः f. politics, royal policy, state-craft; वेश्याङगनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Bh.2.47. ˚प्रियः the mango tree. ˚लक्ष्मन् n., लिङ्गम् a royal symbol, an emblem of royalty, any one of the royal insignia; particularly, the white umbrella. ˚लिङ्गधर a. 1 assuming the insignia of royalty. -2 assuming the royal insignia (as a disguise). ˚वल्लभः 1 the friend or favourite of a king. -2 a kind of mango. (-भा) a queen. ˚शासनम् a royal grant or edict. ˚संश्रय a. seeking the protection of a king. ˚सुता the musk-rat. ˚सभम्, सभा an assembly of kings. -पः, -पतिः, -पालः 1 a king; जाताभिषङ्गो नृपतिः R.2.3; विद्वत्वं च नृपत्वं च नैव तुल्यं कदाचन Subhāṣ. -2 N. of Kubera. -3 Kṣatriya. ˚पथः a royal or main road. ˚संश्रयः 1 royal support; नृपसंश्रयमिष्यते जनैः Pt. -2 service of princes. -पशुः 1 a beast in the form of a man, a brute of a man; वचस्पस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Bv.4.38. -2 a man serving as a sacrificial victim. -पाय्यम् a large edifice, hall. -पीतिः f. Ved. protection of men. -मिथुनम् the sign Gemini (twins) of the zodiac. -मेध a human sacrifice. -यज्ञः 'the sacrifice to be offered to men', hospitality, reception of guests (one of the five daily Yajñas; see पञ्चयज्ञ). -युग्मम् = नृमिथुन q. v. -लोकः the world of mortals, the earth. -वराहः Viṣṇu in the boar-incarnation. -वाहनः an epithet of Kubera. -वाह्यम् a palanquin. -वेष्टनः N. of Śiva. -शंस a. A vile and cruel man; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनम् Ms. -शृङ्गम् 'man's horn'; i. e. an impossibility. -सदनम् (नृषदनम्) the hall of sacrifice. -सद् (षद्) m. the Supreme Being. -f. intellect (बुद्धि); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे हंसं गृध्राणं नृषदिं गिरामिमः Bhāg. 5.8.14; -a. sitting or dwelling among men. -सिंहः, हरिः 1 'a lion-like man' a chief among men, an eminent or distinguished man. -2 Viṣṇu in his fourth incarnation; अस्त्राण्यमोघमहिमानि निरूपितानि नो पस्पृशुर्नृहरिदास- मिवासुराणि Bhāg.1.15.16; cf. नरसिंह. -3 a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. ˚चतुर्दशी fourteenth day of the bright half of Vaiśākha. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day of the light half of Phālguna. ˚पुराणम् N. of an उपपुराण. -सेनम्, -सेना an army of men. -सोमः an illustrious man, great man; सोमोद्भवाया सरितो नृसोमः R.5.59.
nepathyam नेपथ्यम् 1 Decoration, an ornament. -2 Dress, apparel, costume, attire; उदारनेपथ्यभृत् R.6.6; राजेन्द्रनेपथ्य- विधानशोभा 14.9; उज्ज्वलनेपथ्यविरचना Māl.1; Ku.7.7; V.5; न पथ्यं नेपथ्यं बहुतरमनङ्गोत्सवविधौ S. D. -3 Particularly, the costume of an actor; विरलनेपथ्ययोः पात्रयोः प्रवेशो$स्तु M.1. -4 The tiring-room, the space where the actors attire themselves (which is always behind the curtain), the postscenium; नेपथ्ये 'behind the scene'. -Comp. -गृहम् a. toilet-room. -प्रयोगः the art of toiletmaking; one of the 64 kalās. -विधानम् arrangements of the tiring-room; यदि नेपथ्यविधानमवसितम् Ś.1.
naidhāna नैधान a. (a boundary) Indicated by putting down various objects.
nairdaśya नैर्दश्य a. Getting over dangerous or critical times.
naiṣkartṛka नैष्कर्तृक a. Employed on wages for cutting wood; यथा वै दारुहारो नैष्कर्तृको निष्कर्तनभृतो कर्मयोगे वर्तते एवं वा एते यज्ञस्य ऋत्विज इति ŚB. on MS.1.2.28.
nodanam नोदनम् [नुद्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Impelling, driving, urging onward. -2 Removing, driving away, dispelling. -3 Cutting, splitting.
nyāsaḥ न्यासः 1 Placing, putting down or upon, planting, तस्या खुरन्यासपवित्रपांसुम् R.2.2; Ku.6.5; M.2.9; Māl.5.5; चरणन्यास, अङ्गन्यास &c.; सैन्दूरं क्रियते जनेन चरण- न्यासैः पुनः कुट्टिमम् Ratn.1.1. -2 Hence, any impression, mark, stamp, print; अतिशस्त्रनखन्यासः R.12.73; 'where the nail-marks surpassed those of weapons'; दन्तन्यासः. -3 Depositing. -4 A pledge, deposit; प्रत्यर्पित- न्यास इवान्तरात्मा Ś.4.22; R.12.18; Y.2.67. -5 Entrusting, committing, giving over, delivering, consigning. -6 Painting, writing down. -7 Giving up, resigning, abandoning, relinquishing; शस्त्र˚; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु Bhāg.7.15.8; काम्यानां कर्मणां न्यासं संन्यासं कवयो विदुः Bg.18.2. -8 Bringing forward, adducing. -9 Digging in, seizing (as with claws). -1 Assignment of the various parts of the body to different deities, which is usually accompanied with prayers and corresponding gesticulations. -11 Lowering the tone or voice. -12 संन्यास q. v.; एवं वसन् गृहे कालं विरक्तो न्यासमास्थितः Bhāg. 9.6.53. -13 Written or literal text (यथान्यासम्). -14 Bringing forward, introducing (cf. अर्थान्तरन्यास). -Comp. -अपह्नवः repudiation of a deposit. -धारिन् m. the holder of a deposit, a mortgagee.
nyāyataḥ न्यायतः ind. 1 In a fitting manner, suitably, fitly; क्रतुं समाप्य तु तदा न्यायतः पुरुषर्षभः Rām.1.14.45. -2 Justly, rightly.
paṅktiḥ पङ्क्तिः f. [पञ्च् विस्तारे क्तिन्] 1 A line, row, range, series; दृश्येत चारुपदपङ्क्तिरलक्तकाङ्का V.4.16; पक्ष्मपङ्क्तिः R. 2.19; अलिपङ्क्तिः Ku.4.15; सहस्रधात्मा व्यरुचद्विभक्त पयोमुचां पङ्क्तिषु विद्युतेव R.6.5. -5 A group, collection, flock, troop. -3 A row of people (of the same caste) sitting down to a meal, a company or party at dinner of the same caste; cf. पङ्क्तिपावन below. -4 The living generation -5 The earth. -6 Fame, celebrity. -7 A collection of five, or the number 'five'. -8 The number 'ten' as in पङ्क्तिरथ, पङ्क्तिग्रीव. -9 Cooking; maturing, -1 A company of persons of the same tribe. -11 A sort of fivefold metre. -Comp. -कण्टकः = पङ्क्तिदूषक q. v. -2 a white-flowering Achyranthas (Mar. पांढरा आघाडा). -क्रमः An order, succession. -ग्रीवः an epithet ot Rāvaṇa. -चरः an osprey. -दूषः, -दूषकः a person defiling a society at dinner-time; तेषामन्ये पङ्क्तिदूषा- स्तथा$न्ये पङ्क्तिपावनाः Mb.13.9.5. -दोषः anything that defiles a social circle. -पावनः a respectable or eminent person; especially, a respectable Brāhmaṇa who, being very learned, always gets the seat of honour at dinner parties, or who purifies by his presence the पङ्क्ति or persons who sit in the same row to dine with him; Śi.14.33; पङ्क्तिपावनाः पञ्चाग्नयः Māl.1. where Jagaddhara says:--पङ्क्तिपावनाः पङ्क्तौ भोजनादि- गोष्ठयां पावनाः । अग्रभोजिनः पवित्रा वा । यद्वा । यजुषां पारगो यस्तु साम्नां यश्चापि पारगः । अथर्वशिरसो$ध्येता ब्राह्मणः पङ्क्तिपावनः ॥ or अग्ऱ्याः सर्वेषु वेदेषु सर्वप्रवचनेषु च । यावदेते प्रपश्यन्ति पङ्क्त्यां तावत् पुनन्ति च ॥ ततो हि पावनात् पङ्क्त्या उच्यन्ते पङ्क्तिपावनाः. Manu explains the word thus:-- अपाङ्क्त्योपहता पङ्क्तिः पाव्यते यैद्विजोत्तमैः । तान्निबोधत कार्त्स्न्येन द्विजाग्ऱ्यान् पङ्क्तिपावनान् Ms.3. 183; see 3.184,186 also. -बीजः Acacia Arabica (Mar. पांगारा, etc.). -रथः N. of Daśaratha; नृपतेः प्रतिषिद्धमेव तत्कृतवान्पङ्क्तिरथो विलङ्घ्य यत् R.9.74.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
paṭaḥ पटः टम् [पट् वेष्टने करणे घञर्थे कः] 1 A garment, raiment, cloth, a piece of cloth; अयं पटः सूत्रदरिद्रतां गतो ह्ययं पटश्छिद्रशतैरलंकृतः &c. Mk.2.9; मेघाः स्रवन्ति बलदेवपटप्रकाशाः 5.45. -2 Fine cloth. -3 A veil, screen. -4 A tablet, plate or piece of cloth for writing or painting upon. -टः Anything well made or polished. -टम् A thatch, roof. -Comp. -अञ्चलः the hem of a garment. -उटजम् 1 a tent. -2 a mushroom; L. D. B. -उत्तरीयम् an upper garment. -कर्मन् n. weaving, business of the loom. -कारः 1 a weaver. -2 a painter. -कुटी f., -छिदा a shred of cloth; पटच्छिदाकालिकपुष्पजाः स्रजः N.15.14; -मण्डपः, -वापः, वेश्मन् n. a tent; प्रभोर्निवासाः पटवेश्मभिर्बभुः Śi.12.63. Hch. Uttarabhāga; उल्लोचैः काण्डपटकैः अनेकैः पट मण्डपैः Śiva B.22.61; नवैरुत्तम्भितस्तम्भैर्मण्डितं पटमण्डपैः Śiva B.17.68. -गत a. painted. -भासः the interstices in a lattice-window; पटभाससूक्ष्मच्छिद्रालक्षिता Dk.2. -वासः 1 a tent. -2 a petticoat. -3 perfumed powder; Ratn.1; परागैः पुष्पाणां प्रकटपटवासव्यतिकरः Nāg.3.7. -4 a cover (पिधान); निजरजः पटवासमिवाकिरत् Śi.6.37. -वाद्यम् a kind of cymbal. -वासकः perfumed powder.
paṭṭaḥ पट्टः ट्टम् 1 A slab, tablet (for writing upon), plate in general; शिलापट्टमधिशयाना Ś.3; so भालपट्ट &c. -2 A royal grant or edict; पटे वा ताम्रपट्टे वा स्वमुद्रोपरिचिह्नितम् । अभिलेख्यात्मनो वंश्यानात्मानं च महीपतिः ॥ Y.1.319. -3 A tiara, diadem; निर्वृत्तजाम्बूनदपट्टबन्धे न्यस्तं ललाटे तिलकं दधानः R.18.44; पट्टः शुभदो राज्ञां मध्ये$ष्टावङ्गुलानि विस्तीर्णः । सप्त नरेन्द्रमहिष्याः षड् युवराजस्य निर्दिष्टः ॥ चतुरङ्गुलविरुतारः पट्टः सेनापतेर्भवति मध्ये । द्वे च प्रसादपट्टः पञ्चैते कीर्तिताः पट्टाः ॥ Bṛi. S. -4 A strip; निर्मोकपट्टाः फणिभिर्विमुक्ताः R.16.17; -5 Silk; पट्टोपधानम्; K.17; Bh.3.74; so पट्टांशुकम्. -6 Fine or coloured cloth, cloth in general. -7 An upper garment; गलितमिव भुवो विलोक्य रामं धरणिधरस्तनशुक्लचीनपट्टम् Bk.1.61. -8 A fillet or cloth worn round the head, turban; especially, a coloured silk turban; भारः परं पट्टकिरीटजुष्ट- मप्युत्तमाङ्गं न नमेन्मुकुन्दम् Bhāg.2.3.21; त्रासार्ता ऋत्विजो$ धश्चपलगणहृतोष्णीषपट्टाः पतन्ति Ratn.1.4. -9 A throne. -1 A chair or stool. -11 A shield. -12 A grinding stone. -13 A place where four roads meet. -14 A city, town. -15 A bandage, ligature; बद्धेषु व्रणपट्टकेषु Ve. 5.1. -ट्टी 1 An ornament for the forehead. -2 A horse's girth. -Comp. -अंशुकः 1 a silk cloth. -2 an upper or outer garment. -अभिषेकः the consecration of the tiara. -अर्हा the principal queen. -उपाध्यायः a writer of royal grants and other documents. -कर्मकरः a weaver. -जम् a sort of cloth. -देवी, -महिषी, -राज्ञी the principal queen. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् 1 wearing dress. -2 binding the head with a crown or turban. -रागः sandal. -वस्त्र, -वासस् a. attired in woven silk or coloured cloth; जीर्णा कन्था ततः किं सितममलवरं पट्टवस्त्रं ततः किम् Bh.3.74. -शाला a tent. -सूत्रकारः a silk-weaver.
paṇaḥ पणः 1 Playing with dice or for a stake. -2 A game played for a stake, bet, wager; सपणश्चेद्विवादः स्यात्तत्र हीनं तु दापयेत् Y.2.18; दमयन्त्याः पणः साधुर्वर्तताम् Mb. -3 The thing staked. -4 A condition, compact, agreement; संधिं करोतु भवतां नृपतिः पणेन Ve.1.15; 'a stipulation, treaty'; H.4.118,119. -5 Wages, hire. -6 Reward. -7 A sum in coins or shells. -8 A particular coin equal in value to 8 cowries; अशीतिभिर्वराटकैः पण इत्यभिधीयते; ततो$रिसैन्या- दानीतान् सौवर्णान् राजतान् पणान् Śiva B.23.3. -9 Price. -1 Wealth, property; आरोपणेन पणमप्रतिकार्यमार्यस्त्रैयम्बकस्य धनुषो यदि नाकरिष्यत् Mv.1.27. -11 A commodity for sale. -12 Business, transaction; निरस्य समयं सर्वे पणो$स्माकं भविष्यति Mb.3.7.9. -13 A shop. -14 A seller, vendor. -15 A distiller. -16 A house. -17 Expense of an expedition. -18 A handful of anything. -19 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अङ्गना, -स्त्री a prostitute, harlot; शोभा हि पणस्त्रीणां सदृशजनसमाश्रयः कामः Mk.8.33. -अयः Acquisition of profit; न चोपलेभे वणिजां पणायान् Bk.3.27. -अर्पणम् making an agreement, a contract. -कर्मन् n. A solemn contract; पणकर्मणा संहितान् अपसर्पान् Kau. A.1.14. -क्रिया Putting in a stake, contest for. -ग्रन्थिः a market, fair. -बन्धः 1 making a treaty of peace (संधि); पणबन्धमुखान् गुणानजः षडुपायुङ्क्त समीक्ष्य तत्फलम् R.8.21;1.86. -2 an agreement, stipulation (यदि भवानिदं कुर्यात्तर्हीदमहं भवते दास्यामीति समयकरणं पणबन्धः Manoramā).
paṇanam पणनम् [पण्-ल्युट्] 1 Bartering, purchasing. -2 Betting. -3 Sale. -4 Traffic.
patat पतत् (-न्ती f.) Flying, descending, alighting, coming down &c. -m. A bird; परमः पुमानिव पतिं पतताम् Ki.6.1; क्वचित् तथा संचरते सुराणां क्वचिद्धनानां पततां क्वचिच्च R.13.19; Śi.9.15. -Comp. -ग्रहः 1 the reserve of an army. -2 a spitting pot, spittoon; तमेकमाणिक्यमयं महोन्नतं पतद्ग्रहं ग्राहितवान्नलेन सः N.16.27; रौप्यान् रौक्माँश्च पर्यङ्कान् करङ्काँश्च पतद्ग्रहान् Śiva B.17.43. -प्रकर्ष a. (in rhet.) illogical; prosaical. -भीरुः a hawk, falcon. -वहः (= पतद्ग्रहः) पतद्वहत्वेन कृतात्पतङ्गः पत्न्या जलेशस्य दिशा वहस्य Rām. Ch.6.15.
patanam पतनम् [पत्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 The act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing oneself down at. -2 Setting (as of the sun). -3 Going down to hell; निरये चैव पतनम् Ms.6.61. -4 Apostacy. -5 Falling from dignity, virtue &c. अनिग्रहाच्चेन्द्रियाणां नरः पतन- मृच्छति Y.3.219. -6 Fall, decline, ruin, adversity (opp. उदय or उच्छ्राय); ग्रहाधीना नरेन्द्राणामुच्छ्रायाः पतनानि च Y.1.38. -7 Death. -8 Hanging down, becoming flaccid (as breasts). -9 Miscarriage. -1 (In arith.) Subtraction. -11 The latitude of a planet. -Comp. -धर्मिन् a. subject to the law of decay, perishable. -शील a. accustomed to fall down.
padam पदम् [पद्-अच्] 1 A foot (said to be m. also in this sense); पदेन on foot; शिखरिषु पदं न्यस्य Me.13; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74 'set foot on (follow) a wrong road'; 3.5;12.52; पदं हि सर्वत्र गुणैर्निधीयते 3.62 'good qualities set foot everywhere' i. e. command notice or make themselves felt; जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ 9.4. 'no disease stepped into the country'; यदवधि न पदं दधाति चित्ते Bv.2.14; पदं कृ (a) to set foot in, on or over (lit.); शान्ते करिष्यसि पदं पुनराश्रमे$स्मिन् Ś.4.2. (b) to enter upon or into, take possession of, occupy (fig.); कृतं वपुषि नवयौवनेन पदम् K.137; कृतं हि मे कुतूहलेन प्रश्नाशया हृदि पदम् 133; so Ku.5.21; Pt.1.24; कृत्वा पदं नो गले Mu.3.26 'in defiance of us'; (lit. planting his foot on our neck); मूर्ध्नि पदं कृ 'to mount on the head of', 'to humble'; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; आकृतिविशेषेष्वादरः पदं करोति M.1 'good forms attract attention (command respect); जने सखी पदं कारिता Ś.4; 'made to have dealings with (to confide in)'; धर्मेण शर्वे पार्वतीं प्रति पदं कारिते Ku.6.14. -2 A step, pace, stride; तन्वी स्थिता कतिचिदेव पदानि गत्वा Ś.2.13; पदे पदे 'at every step'; अक्षमालामदत्त्वा पदात् पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् or चलितव्यम् 'do not move even a step' &c.; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19 'the middle pace or stride of Viṣṇu.'; i. e. the sky (for mythologically speaking, the earth, sky, and lower world are considered as the three paces of Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation वामनावतार); so अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -3 A foot-step, footprint, foot-mark; पदपङ्क्तिः Ś.3.7; or पदावली foot-prints; पदमनुविधेयं च महताम् Bh.2.28 'the foot-steps of the great must be followed'; पदैगृर्ह्यते चौरः Y.2.286. -4 A trace, mark, impression, vestige; रतिवलयपदाङ्के चापमासज्य कण्ठे Ku.2.64; Me.37,98; M.3. -5 A place, position, station; अधो$धः पदम् Bh.2.1; आत्मा परिश्रमस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1, 'brought to the point of or exposed to trouble'; तदलब्धपदं हृदि शोकघने R.8.91, 'found no place in (left no impression on) the heart'; अपदे शङ्कितो$स्मि M.1, 'my doubts were out of place', i. e. groundless; कृशकुटुम्बेषु लोभः पदमधत्त Dk.162; Ku.6.72;3.4; R.2.5;9.82; कृतपदं स्तनयुगलम् U.6.35, 'brought into relief or bursting forth'. -6 Dignity, rank, office, station or position; भगवत्या प्रश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयः Ś.4.18, 'attain to the rank or position, &c.; स्थिता गृहिणीपदे 4.19; so सचिव˚, राज˚ &c. -7 Cause, subject, occasion, thing, matter, business, affair; व्यवहारपदं हि तत् Y.2.5; 'occasion or matter of dispute, title of law, judicial proceeding'; Ms.8.7; सतां हि सन्देहपदेषु वस्तुषु Ś.1.22; वाञ्छितफलप्राप्तेः पदम् Ratn.1.6. -8 Abode, object, receptacle; पदं दृशः स्याः कथमीश मादृशाम् Śi.1.37; 15.22; अगरीयान्न पदं नृपश्रियः Ki.2.14; अविवेकः परमापदां पदम् 2.3; के वा न स्युः परिभवपदं निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56; संपदः पदमापदाम् H.4.65. -9 A quarter or line of a stanza, verse; विरचितपदम् (गेयम्) Me.88,15; M.5.2; Ś.3.14. -1 A complete or inflected word; सुप्तिडन्तं पदम् P.I. 4.14. वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9; R.8.77; Ku.4.9. -11 A name for the base of nouns before all consonantal case-terminations except nom. singular. -12 Detachment of the Vedic words from one another, separation of a Vedic text into its several constituent words; वेदैः साङ्गपदक्रमोपनिषदैर्गायन्ति यं सामगाः Bhāg.12.13.1. -13 A pretext; अनिभृतपदपातमापपात प्रियमिति कोपपदेन कापि सख्या Śi.7.14. -14 A sqare root. -15 A part, portion or division (as of a sentence); as त्रिपदा गायत्री. -16 A measure of length. -17 Protection, preservation; ते विंशतिपदे यत्ताः संप्रहारं प्रचक्रिरे Mb.7.36.13. -18 A square or house on a chessboard; अष्टापदपदालेख्यैः Rām. -19 A quadrant. -2 The last of a series. -21 A plot of ground. -22 (In Arith.) Any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required. -23 A coin; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्षमुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. (com. अष्टापदपदं सुवर्णकार्षापणः). -24 A way, road; षट्पदं नवसंख्यानं निवेशं चक्रिरे द्विजाः Mb.14.64.1. -25 Retribution (फल); ईहोपरमयोर्नॄणां पदान्यध्यात्मचक्षुषा Bhāg.7.13.2. -दः A ray of light. -Comp. -अङ्कः, चिह्नम् a foot-print. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe, thumb (of the foot). -अध्ययनम् study of the Vedas according to the पदपाठ q. v. -अनुग a. 1 following closely, being at the heels of (gen.). -2 suitable, agreeable to. (-गः) a follower, companion; एतान्निहत्य समरे ये चृ तस्य पदानुगाः । तांश्च सर्वान् विनिर्जित्य सहितान् सनराधिपान् ॥ Mb.3.12.6. -अनुरागः 1 a servant. -2 an army. -अनुशासनम् the science of words, grammar. -अनुषङ्गः anything added to a pada. -अन्तः 1 the end of a line of a stanza. -2 the end of a word. -अन्तरम् another step, the interval of one step; पदान्तरे स्थित्वा Ś.1; अ˚ closely, without a pause. -अन्त्य a. final. -अब्जम्, -अम्भोजम्, -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अभिलाषिन् a. wishing for an office. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of a word. -2 a thing or object. -3 a head or topic (of which the Naiyāyikas enumerate 16 subheads). -4 anything which can be named (अभिधेय), a category or predicament; the number of such categories, according to the Vaiśeṣikas, is seven; according to the Sāṅkhyas, twentyfive (or twenty-seven according to the followers of Patañjali), and two according to the Vedāntins. -5 the sense of another word which is not expressed but has to be supplied. ˚अनुसमयः preforming one detail with reference to all things or persons concerned; then doing the second, then the third and so on (see अनुसमय). Hence पदार्थानुसमयन्याय means: A rule of interpretation according to which, when several details are to be performed with reference to several things or persons, they should be done each to each at a time. -आघातः 'a stroke with the foot', a kick. -आजिः a foot-soldier. -आदिः 1 the beginning of the line of a stanza. -2 the beginning or first letter of a word. ˚विद् m. a bad student (knowing only the beginnings of stanzas). -आयता a shoe. -आवली a series of words, a continued arrangement of words or lines; (काव्यस्य) शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्नापदावली Kāv. 1.1; मधुरकोमलकान्तपदावलीं शृणु तदा जयदेवसरस्वतीम् Gīt.1. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आहत a. kicked. -कमलम् lotus-like foot. -कारः, -कृत् m. the author of the Padapāṭha. -क्रमः 1 walking, a pace; न चित्रमुच्चैः श्रवसः पदक्रमम् (प्रशशंस) Śi.1.52. -2 a particular method of reciting the Veda; cf. क्रम. -गः a foot-soldier. -गतिः f. gait, manner of going. -गोत्रम् a family supposed to preside over a particular class of words. -छेदः, -विच्छेदः, -विग्रहः separation of words, resolution of a sentence into its constituent parts. -च्युत a. dismissed from office, deposed. -जातम् class or group of words. -दार्ढ्यम् fixedness or security of text. -न्यासः 1 stepping, tread, step. -2 a foot-mark. -3 position of the feet in a particular attitude. -4 the plant गोक्षुर. -5 writing down verses or quarters of verses; अप्रगल्भाः पदन्यासे जननीरागहेतवः । सन्त्येके बहुलालापाः कवयो बालका इव ॥ Trivikramabhaṭṭa. -पङ्क्तिः f. 1 a line of foot-steps; द्वारे$स्य पाण्डुसिकते पदपङ्क्तिर्दृश्यते$भिनवा Ś.3.7; V.4.6. -2 a line or arrangement of words, a series of words; कृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Ki.1.1. -3 an iṣtakā or sacred brick. -4 a kind of metre. -पाठः an arrangement of the Vedic text in which each word is written and pronounced in its original form and independently of phonetic changes (opp. संहितापाठ). -पातः, विक्षेपः a step, pace (of a horse also). -बन्धः a foot-step, step. -भञ्जनम् analysis of words, etymology. -भञ्जिका 1 a commentary which separates the words and analyses the compounds of a passage. -2 a register, journal. -3 a calendar. -भ्रंशः dismissal from office. -माला a magical formula. -योपनम् a fetter for the feet (Ved.). -रचना 1 arrangement of words. -2 literary composition. -वायः Ved. a leader. -विष्टम्भः a step, footstep. -वृत्तिः f. the hiatus between two words. -वेदिन् a linguist, philologist. -व्याख्यानम् interpretation of words. -शास्त्रम् the science of separately written words. -संघातः (टः) 1 connecting the words which are separated in the संहिता. -2 a writer, an annotator. -संधिः m. the euphonic combination of words. -स्थ a. 1 going on foot. -2 being in a position of authority or high rank. -स्थानम् a foot-print.
padmakam पद्मकम् 1 An army arrayed in the form of a lotusflower. -2 The coloured spots on the trunk and face of an elephant. -3 A particular posture in sitting. -4 A kind of wood (of Cerasus Puddum); Rām. 2.76.16; Mb.4. -5 N. of a particular constellation.
parā परा ind. A prefix to verbs and nouns in the sense of 'away, back, in an inverted order, aside, towards'. According to G. M. the senses of परा are:-1 killing, injuring & (पराहत). -2 going (परागत). -3 seeing, encountering (परादृष्ट). -4 prowess (पराक्रान्त). -5 direction towards (परावृत्त). -6 excess (पराजित). -7 dependence (पराधीन). -8 liberation (पराकृत). -9 inverted order, backwards (पराङ्मुख). -1 setting aside, disregarding.
parākaraṇam पराकरणम् The act of setting aside, rejecting, disregarding, disdaining.
parikartanam परिकर्तनम् 1 Cutting, cutting off. -2 A circular incision. -3 Cutting out. -4 A shooting pain.
parigrahaḥ परिग्रहः 1 Seizing, holding, taking, grasping; आसन- रज्जुपरिग्रहे R.9.46; शङ्कापरिग्रहः Mu.1 'taking or entertaining a doubt'. -2 Surrounding, enclosing, encircling, fencing round. -3 Putting on, wrapping round (as a dress); मौलिपरिग्रहः R.18.38. -4 Assuming, taking; मानपरिग्रहः Amaru.97; विवाहलक्ष्मी˚ U.4. -5 Receiving, taking, accepting, acceptauce; भौमो मुनेः स्थानपरिग्रहो$यम् R.13.36; अर्ध्यपरिग्रहान्ते 7;12.16; Ku. 6.53; विद्यापरिग्रहाय Māl.1; so आसनपरिग्रहं करोतु देवः U.3 'your majesty will be pleased to take a seat or sit down'. -6 Possessions, property, belongings; त्यक्तसर्वपरिग्रहः Bg. 4.21; R.15.55; V.4.26. -7 Taking in marriage, marriage; नवे दारपरिग्रहे U.1.19; Māl.5.27; असंशयं क्षत्रपरिग्रह- क्षमा Ś.1.22; न हि गणयति क्षुद्रो जन्तुः परिग्रहफल्गुताम् Bh.1.9. -8 A wife, queen; प्रयतपरिग्रहद्वितीयः R.1.95,92;9.14; 11.33;16.8; Ś.5.28,31; परिग्रहबहुत्वे$पि Ś.3.19; प्राप श्रियं मुनिवरस्य परिग्रहो$सौ Rām. Ch. -9 Taking under one's protection, favouring; धन्याः स्मो वः परिग्रहात् U.7. 11; M.1.13; कुर्वन्ति पाण्डवपरिग्रहमेव पौराः Pañch.1.2. -1 Attendants, followers, train, retinue, suite; परिग्रहेण सर्वेण कोषेण च महीयसा Śiva.B.8.4. -11 A household, family, members of a family. -12 The seraglio or household of a king, harem. -13 Anything received, a present; राजपरिग्रहो$यम् Ś.1. -14 Assent, consent. -15 Taking possession of, acquiring. -16 A claim. -17 Entertaining, honouring, receiving (a guest &c.). Mb.1.195.1. -18 An entertainer. -19 Assistance. -2 A husband. -21 Respect, reverence. -22 Grace, favour. -23 Comprehension, understanding. -24 Undertaking, performing. -25 Subjugation; धर्षितो मत्परिग्रहः Mb.12.32.55. -26 Dominion. -27 Punishment. -28 Connection, relation. -29 Summing up, totality. -3 A house, residence. -31 Removing, taking away. -32 A curse; निर्मुक्तनिष्ठुरपरिग्रहपाशबन्धः Rām. Ch. (cf. पत्नीपरिजनादानमूलशापाः परिग्रहाः Ak.). -33 (In Ved. gram.) The double mention of a word both before and after इति. -34 The form which precedes इति. -35 Root, origin. -36 The eclipse of the sun or moon. -37 An oath. -38 The rear of an army. -39 N. of Viṣṇu. -4 The body; आश्रयन्त्याः स्वभावेन मम पूर्वपरिग्रहम् Mb.12. 32.57. (com. स्वभावेन चित्तेन मम परिग्रहं शरीरं आश्रयन्त्याः). -41 Administration; राज्यपरिग्रहः Mb.12.32.51. -Comp. -अर्थीय a. generalizing; having the sense of comprehension; Nir.1.7. -द्वितीय a. accompanied by one's wife or family. -बहुत्वम् multitude of wives.
parigrahaṇam परिग्रहणम् Wrapping round, putting on.
parighaḥ परिघः 1 An iron (or wooden) beam or bar used for locking or shutting a gate (अर्गल); एकः कृत्स्नां नगरपरिघप्रांशुबाहुर्भुनक्ति Ś.2.16; R.16.84; Śi.19.32; M.5.2. -2 (Hence) A bar, barrier, hindrance, obstacle; भार्गवस्य सुकृतो$पि सो$भवत् स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -3 A stick or club studded or tipped with iron; पादपाविद्धपरिघः R.12.73. -4 An iron club in general. It is a kind of weapon (परितो हन्तीती--सर्वतः कण्टकितो लोहदण्डः com. on Mb.1.19.17);...... हन्तुं घोरं परिघमाददे Śiva B.14.99. -5 A water-jar, pitcher. -6 A glass-pitcher. -7 A house, dwelling. -8 Killing, destroying. -9 Striking, a stroke or blow. -1 A child which assumes a peculiar cross position in birth. -11 A line of clouds crossing the sun at sunrise or sunset. -12 The gate of a palace, town or house. Hence perhaps it means 'Gate-duty'; मूलं भागो व्याजी परिघः क्लृप्तं रूपिकमत्ययश्चाय-मुखम् Kau. A.2.6.24. -13 (In astrol.) N. of the 19th Yoga. -घौ m. (du.) Two birds flying on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen). -Comp. -गुरु a. as heavy as an iron bar; M. -स्तम्भः a door-post; M.
parigharmaḥ परिघर्मः र्म्यः A vessel for preparing the hot sacrificial beverage. परिघातः parighātḥ घातनम् ghātanam परिघातः घातनम् 1 Killing, striking, removing, getting rid of. -2 A club, an iron bludgeon.
paricchedaḥ परिच्छेदः 1 Cutting, separating, dividing, discriminating (between right and wrong). -2 Accurate, definition or distinction, decision, accurate determination, ascertainment; परिच्छेदव्यक्तिर्भवति न पुरःस्थे$पि विषये Māl.1.31; परिच्छेदातीतः सकलवचनानामविषयः 1.3 'transcending all definition or determination'; इत्यारूढबहुप्रतर्कम- परिच्छेदाकुलं मे मनः Ś.5.9. -3 Discrimination, judgment, discernment; परिच्छेदो हि पाण्डित्यं यदापन्ना विपत्तयः । अपरि- च्छेदकर्तॄणां विपदः स्युः पदे पदे H.1.128; किं पाण्डित्यं परिच्छेदः 1.127. -4 A limit, boundary, setting limits to, circumscribing; अलमलं परिच्छेदेन M.2. -5 A section, chapter or division of a work (for the other names for section &c. see under अध्याय). -6 A segment. -7 Remedying. -8 A measure.
parityāgaḥ परित्यागः 1 Leaving, quitting, abandonment, desertion, repudiation (as a wife &c.); अपरित्यागमयाचतात्मनः- R.8.12; कृतसीतापरित्यागः 15.1. -2 Giving up, renouncing, discarding, renunciation, abdication &c.; स्वनाम- परित्यागं करोमि Pt.1. 'I shall forego my name'; प्रापणात् सर्वकामानां परित्यागो विशिष्यते Ms.2.95. -3 Neglect, omission; मोहात्तस्य (कर्मणः) परित्यागस्तामसः परिकीर्तितः Bg.18.7. -4 Giving away, liberality. -5 Loss, privation. -6 A sacrifice. -7 Separation from.
pari परि (री) धानम् 1 Putting on a garment, dressing. -2 A garment, especially an under-garment, clothes in general; आत्तचित्रपरिधानविभूषाः Ki.9.1; Śi.1.61; 4.68; Pt.5.23 (fig.). A sword-sheath; समुल्लसत्तनुपरि- धानसंपदः (सदसिलताः) Śi.17.25. -3 Closing or concluding; -4 Ved. Putting round.
pariplava परिप्लव a. 1 Floating. -2 Shaking, trembling, oscillating, undulating, tremulous. -4 Unsteady, restless; मत्कुणाविव पुरा परिप्लवौ Śi.14.68; चञ्चलं चपलं तूर्णं पारिप्लवपरिप्लवे Ak. -वः 1 Inundation. -2 Immersing, wetting. -3 A boat. -4 Oppression, tyranny. -5 Floating, swimming.
pariba परिब (व) र्हणम् 1 Retinue, train. -2 Attire, trim; Mb.12.192.3. -3 Growth. -4 Worship; मनोवचोदृक्करणे हितस्य साक्षात्कृतं मे परिबर्हणं हि Bhāg.5.5.27. परिबृं paribṛ (वृं vṛ) हणम् haṇam परिबृं (वृं) हणम् 1 Prosperity, welfare. -2 Appendix, supplement.
paribhāṣaṇam परिभाषणम् 1 Speaking, discourse, talking, chatting, gossiping. -2 Expression of censure, admonition, reproof, abuse; आपद्गतो$थवा वृद्धो गर्भिणी बाल एव वा परिभाषण- मर्हन्ति Ms.9.283. -3 Rule, precept.
paribhāvin परिभाविन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Humiliating, despising, treating with contempt; आ अतिथिपरिभाविनी Ś.4. -2 Putting to shame, surpassing, excelling. -3 Setting at naught, defying; वैद्ययत्नपरिभाविनं गदम् R.19.53 'defying medical remedies'.
parimokṣaḥ परिमोक्षः 1 Removing, relieving; प्रायो विषाणपरिमोक्ष- लघूत्तमाङ्गान् खड्गांश्चकार नृपतिर्निशितैः क्षुरप्रैः R.9.62 'removing the horns', i. e.. breaking them down. -2 Liberation, setting free, deliverance. -3 Emptying, evacuation. -4 Escape. -5 Final beatitude (निर्वाण)
parivarjanam परिवर्जनम् 1 Leaving, quitting, abandoning. -2 Giving up, resigning. -3 Killing, slaughter.
pariviṃśat परिविंशत् a. Quite twenty, twenty at least. परिविण्णः pariviṇṇḥ (न्नः nnḥ) परिवित्तः parivittḥ परिवित्तिः parivittiḥ परिविण्णः (न्नः) परिवित्तः परिवित्तिः An unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married; दाराग्नि- होत्रसंयोगं कुरुते यो$ग्रजे स्थिते । परिवेत्ता स विज्ञेयः परिवित्तिस्तु पूर्वजः ॥ Ms.3.171; and see परिवेत्तृ also.
pariharaṇam परिहरणम् 1 Leaving, quitting, abandoning. -2 Avoiding, shunning. -3 Refuting. -4 Seizing, taking away. -5 Ved. Carrying or placing round.
pari परि (री) हारः 1 Leaving, quitting, giving up, abandoning. -2 Removing, taking away; as in विरोध- परिहार; तेषां गुप्तिपरीहारैः कच्चित्ते भरणं कृतम् Rām.2.1.48. -3 Shunning, avoiding. -4 Refuting, repelling. -5 Omitting to mention, omission, leaving out. -6 Resrve, concealment. -7 A tract of common land round a village or town; धनुःशतं परीहारो ग्रामस्य स्यात् समन्ततः Ms.8. 237. -8 A special grant, immunity, privilege, exemption from taxes; प्रदद्यात् परिहारांश्च Ms.7.21; अनुग्रहपरि- हारौ चैभ्यः कोशवृद्धिकरौ दद्यात् Kau. A.2.1.19. Hence ˚लेखः a writ of remission as a favour; तथा परीहारनिसृष्टिलेखौ Kau. A.2.1.28; cf. जाते विशेषेषु परेषु चैव, ग्रामेषु देशेषु च तेषु तेषु । अनुग्रहो यो नृपतेर्निदेशात्, तज्ज्ञः परीहार इति व्यवस्येत् ॥ Kau. A.2.1.28. -9 Contempt, disrespect -1 An objection. -11 Seizing, keeping back. -12 Bounty. -13 (In gram.) The repetition of a word before and after इति; cf. परिग्रह. -14 (In dram.) Atoning for any improper action. -Comp. -विशुद्धिः (with Jainas) purification by mortification and penance. -सू (a cow) bearing a calf only after a long time.
parīkṣaṇam परीक्षणम् Putting to test, testing, examining; गुणदोष- परीक्षणम् Ms.1.117; Y.2.177.
paryaṅkaḥ पर्यङ्कः 1 A bed, couch, sofa; क्वचिद् भूमौ शायी क्वचिदपि च पर्यङ्कशयनः Bh.2.81. -2 A palanquin. -3 A cloth girt round the back, loins, and knees (by a person) when sitting on his hams; cf. अवसक्थिका -6 A particular kind of posture practised by ascetics in meditation, sitting on the hams; it is the same as वीरासन which is thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-एकं पादमथैकस्मिन् विन्यस्योरौ तु संस्थितं । इतरस्मिंस्तथैवोरुं वीरासनमुदाहृतम् ॥ पर्यङ्क- ग्रन्थिबन्ध &c. Mk.1.1. -Comp. -ग्रन्थिः, बन्धः sitting on the hams, the posture called पर्यङ्क; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्व- कायम् Ku.3.45,59. -बद्ध a. squatting. -भोगिन् m. a kind of serpent.
paryasanam पर्यसनम् 1 Casting, throwing about. -2 Sending forth, throwing. -3 Sending away. -4 Putting off or away.
paryastiḥ पर्यस्तिः f., पर्यस्तिका Sitting upon the hams; see पर्यङ्क 3.
paryutsuka पर्युत्सुक a. Sorrowful, sorry, regretting, sad; ˚त्वम् sorrow; R.5.67; पर्युत्सुकीभवति यत् सुखितो$पि जन्तुः Ś.5.2 (v. l.). -2 Eagerly desirous, anxious, anxiously longing for; स्मर पर्युत्सुक एष माधवः Ku.4.28; V.2.16. -3 Agitated, excited; मुहूर्तं पर्युत्सुकमना आसीत् Ś.6.
paryupāsanam पर्युपासनम् 1 Worship, honour, service. -2 Friendliness, courtesy. -3 Sitting round. -4 Pardon, excuse.
paryupāsīna पर्युपासीन a. 1 Sitting upon; Ms.2.75. -2 Surrounded by.
pallavaḥ पल्लवः वम् 1 A sprout, sprig, twig, करपल्लवः; लतेव संनद्धमनोज्ञपल्लवा R.3.7; Ku.3.54. -2 A bud, blossom. -3 Expansion, spreading, dilating. -4 The red dye called Alakta, q. v. पाणियुग्ममपि सह पल्लवेन अलक्तरागेण वर्तते; cf. Jinarāja com. on N.1.83. -5 Strength, power. -6 A blade or grass. -7 A bracelet, an armlet. -8 Love, amorous sport. -9 The end of a robe or garment; क्षौममाकुलकरा विचकर्ष क्रान्तपल्लवमभीष्टतमेन Śi.1.83. -1 Unsteadiness (चापलम्). -11 A story, narrative; सपल्लवं व्यासपराशराभ्यां... यद् ववृते पुराणम् N.1.83. -वः A libertine; Viś. Guṇa.425. -Comp. -अङ्कुरः a leaf-bud. -आधारः a branch. -अदः a deer. -अस्त्रः an epithet of the god of love. -आपीडित a. full of or laden with buds. -ग्राहिता 1 dealing with trifles. -2 superficial knowledge. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 putting forth sprouts. -2 dealing with trifles. -3 diffusive or superficial. -द्रुः the Aśoka tree.
pāṭanam पाटनम् [पट् भावे ल्युट्] Splitting, breaking, cleaving, destroying; स्वर्गद्वारकपाटपाटनपटुर्धर्मो$पि नोपार्जितः:--Comp. -क्रिया lancing an ulcer.
pātaḥ पातः [पत्-घञ्] 1 Flying, flight. -2 Alighting, descending, descent. -3 Falling down, fall, downfall (fig. also); द्रुम˚, गृह˚; &c. चरणपातः 'falling down at the feet'; तस्याभवत् क्षणशुचः परितोषलाभः कक्षाग्निलङ्घिततरोरिव वृष्टि- पातः R.11.92; पातोत्पातौ 'rise and fall.' -4 Destruction, dissolution, ruin; आसीनमासन्नशरीरपातस्त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44. -5 A blow, stroke; as in खड्गपातः. -6 Shedding, discharging, emitting; असृक्पातैः Ms.8.44. -7 A cast, throw, shot; कुरुष्व तावत् करभोरु पश्चान्मार्गे मृगप्रेक्षिणि दृष्टिपातम् R.13.18. -8 An attack, inroad. -9 Happening, coming to pass, occurrence. -1 A failing, defect. -11 An epithet of Rāhu; दक्षिणोत्तरतो$प्येवं पातु राहुः स्वरंहसा । विक्षिपत्येष विक्षेपं चन्द्रादीनामपक्रमात् ॥ Sūrya S. -12 (In astr.) An inauspicious or malignant position or aspect. -13 The node in a planet's orbit. -14 Application (of ointment, of a knife &c.).
pātana पातन a. [पत्-णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Felling, cutting down. -नम् 1 Causing to fall down, bringing or throwing down, knocking down. -2 Throwing, casting. -3 Humbling, lowering. -4 Removing. -5 N. of a particular process to which minerals (esp. quicksilver) are subjected. N. B. पातनम् may have different meanings according to the noun with which it is used; e. g. दण़्डस्य पातनम् 'causing the rod to fall', i. e. chastising; गर्भस्य पातनम्' causing the fœtus to fall', causing an abortion.
pātin पातिन् a. (-नी f.) [पत्-णिनि] 1 Going to, descending, alighting on. -2 Falling, sinking. -3 Being contained in. -4 Felling or throwing down. -5 Pouring forth, discharging, emitting.
pādaḥ पादः [पद्यते गम्यते$नेन करणे कर्मणि वा घञ्] 1 The foot (whether of men or animals); तयोर्जगृहतुः पादान् R.1.57; पादयोर्निपत्य, पादपतित &c. (The word पाद at the end of comp. is changed to पाद् after सु and numerals; i. e. सुपाद्, द्विपाद्, त्रिपाद् &c.; and also when the first member is used as a standard of comparison, but is a word other than हस्ति &c.; see P.V.4.138-14; e. g. व्याघ्रपाद्. The nom. pl. of पाद is often added to names of persons or titles of address to show great respect or veneration; मृष्यन्तु लवस्य बालिशतां तातपादाः U.6; जीवत्सु तातपादेषु 1.19; देवपादानां नास्माभिः प्रयोजनम् Pt.1; so एवमाराध्यपादा आज्ञापयन्ति Prab.1; so कुमारिलपादाः &c. -2 A ray of light; बालस्यापि रवेः पादाः पतन्त्युपरि भूभृताम् Pt.1.328; Śi.9.34; R.16.53 (where the word has sense 1 also). -3 The foot or leg of an inanimate object, as of a bed-stead; चतुष्पदी हि निःश्रेणी ब्रह्मण्येव प्रतिष्ठिता Mb.12.2.4. -4 The foot or root of a tree; as in पादप. -5 The foot of a mountain, a hill at the foot of a mountain (पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः); रेवां द्रक्ष्यस्युपलविषमे विन्ध्यपादे विशीर्णाम् Me.19; Ś.6.17. -6 A quarter, fourth part; as in सपादो रूपकः 'one and one fourth rupee'; Ms.8.241; Y.2.174; कार्षापणे दीयमाने पादो$पि दत्तो भवति ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. -7 The fourth part of a stanza, a line. -8 The fourth part of a chapter or book, as of the Adhyāyas of Pāṇini, or of the Brahma-sūtras. -9 A part in general. -1 A column, pillar; सहस्रपादं प्रासादं......अधिरोहन्मया दृष्टः Mb.5.143.3. -11 A foot as a measure equal to twelve Aṅgulis. -12 The quadrant of a circle. -13 The foot-hole or bottom of a water-skin; इन्द्रियाणां तु सर्वेषां यद्येकं क्षरतीन्द्रियम् । तेनास्य क्षरति प्रज्ञा दृतेः पादादिवोदकम् ॥ Ms.2.99. -14 A wheel; गिरिकूबरपादाक्षं शुभवेणु त्रिवेणुमत् Mb.3.175.4; Ki.12 21. -15 A golden coin (weighing one tola); स ह गवां सहस्रमव- रुरोध दश दश पादा एकैकस्याः शृङ्गयोराबद्धा बभुवुः Bṛi. Up.3.1.1. -Comp. -अग्रम् the point or extremity of the foot; पादाग्रस्थितया मुहुः स्तनभरेणानीतया नम्रताम् Ratn.1.1. -अङ्कः a foot-mark. -अङ्गदम्, -दी an ornament for the foot, an anklet. -अङ्गुलिः, -ली f. a toe. -अङ्गुष्ठः the great toe. -अङ्गुष्ठिका a ring worn on the great toe. -अन्तः the point or extremity of the feet. -अन्तरम् the interval of a step, distance of a foot. (-रे) ind. 1 after the interval of a step. -2 close or near to. -अन्तिकम् ind. near to, towards any one. -अम्बु n. butter-milk containing a fourth part of water. -अम्भस् n. water in which the feet (of revered persons) have been washed. -अरविन्दम्, -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like foot. -अर्घ्यम् a gift to a Brāhmāṇa or a venerable person. -अर्धम् 1 half a quarter, an eighth; पादं पशुश्च योषिच्च पादार्धं रिक्तकः पुमान् Ms.8.44. -2 half a line of a stanza. -अलिन्दी a boat. -अवनामः bowing to a person's feet; इति कृतवचनायाः कश्चिदभ्येत्य बिभ्यद्गलितनयनवारेर्याति पादावनामम् Śi.11.35. -अवनेजः washing another's feet; विभ्व्यस्तवा- मृतकथोदवहास्त्रिलोक्याः पादावनेजसरितः शमलानि हन्तुम् Bhāg. 11.6.19. -अवसेचनम् 1 washing the feet. -2 the water used for washing the feet; दूरात् पादावसेचनम् Ms. 4.151. -अष्ठीलः the ankle; मर्मस्वभ्यवधीत् क्रुद्धः पादाष्ठालैः सुदारुणैः Mb.1.8.24. -आघातः a kick. -आनत a. prostrate, fallen at the feet of; कयासि कामिन् सुरतापराधात् पादानतः कोपनयावधूतः Ku.3.8. -आवर्तः 1 a wheel worked by the feet for raising up water from a well. -2 a square foot. -आसनम् a foot-stool. -आस्फालनम् trampling or motion of the feet, floundering. -आहतः a. kicked. -आहति f. 1 treading or trampling. -2 a kick. -उदकम्, -जलम् 1 water for washing the feet. -2 water in which the feet of sacred and revered persons are washed, and which is thus considered holy; विष्णु- पादोदकं तीर्थं जठरे धारयाम्यहम्. -उदरः a serpent; यथा पादो- दरस्त्वचा विनिर्मुच्यते Praśna. Up.5.5. -उद्धूतम् stamping the feet. -कटकः, -कम्, -कीलिका an anklet. -कृच्छ्रम् a vow in which taking of meals and observing a fast are done on alternate days; Y. -क्षेपः 1 a footstep. -2 a kick with the foot. -गण्डीरः a morbid swelling of the legs and feet. -ग्रन्थिः the ankle. -ग्रहणम् seizing or clasping the feet (as a mark of respectful salutation); अकारयत् कारयितव्यदक्षा क्रमेण पादग्रहणं सतीनाम् Ku.7.27. -चतुरः, -चत्वरः 1 a slanderer. -2 a goat. -3 the fig-tree. -4 a sand-bank. -5 hail. -चापल्यम् shuffling of the feet. -चारः going on foot, walking; यदि च विहरेत् पादचारेण गौरी Me.62 'if Gaurī should walk on foot'; R.11.1 -2 the daily position of the planets. -चारिन् a. 1 walking or going on foot. -2 fighting on foot. (-m.) 1 a pedestrian. -2 a foot-soldier. -च्छेदनम् cutting off a foot; पादेन प्रहरन् कोपात् पादच्छेदन- मर्हति Ms.8.28. -जः a sūdra; पादजोच्छिष्टकांस्यं यत्...... विशुद्धेद् दशभिस्तु तत् Mb.12.35.31. -जलम् 1 butter-milk mixed with one fourth of water. -2 water for the feet. -जाहम् the tarsus. -तलम् the sole of the foot. -त्रः, -त्रा, -त्राणम् a boot or shoe. -दारी, -दारिका a chap in the feet, chilblain. -दाहः a burning sensation in the feet. -धावनिका sand used for rubbing the feet. -नालिका an anklet. -निकेतः a foot-stool. -न्यासः movement of the feet; पादन्यासो लयमनुगतः M.2.9. -पः 1 a tree; निरस्तपादपे देशे एरण्डो$पि द्रुमायते H.1.67; अनुभवति हि मूर्ध्ना पादपस्तीव्रमुष्णम् Ś.5.7. -2 a foot-stool. (-पा) a shoe. ˚खण्डः, -ण्डम् a grove of trees. ˚रुहा a climbing plant. -पद्धतिः f. a track. -परिचारकः a humble servant. -पालिका an anklet. -पाशः 1 a foot-rope for cattle. -2 an anklet of small bells &c. (-शिकः, -शी) 1 a fetter; हस्तिपक-पादपाशिक-सैमिक-वनचर-पारिकर्मिकसखः Kau. A. -2 a mat. -3 a creeper. -पीठः, -ठम् a foot-stool; चूडामणिभि- रुद्घृष्टपादपीठं महीक्षिताम् R.17.28; Ku.3.11. -पीठिका 1 a vulgar trade (as that of a barber). -2 white stone. -पूरणम् 1 filling out a line; P.VI.1.134. -2 an expletive; तु पादपूरणे भेदे समुच्चये$वधारणे Viśva. -प्रक्षालनम् washing the feet; पादप्रक्षालने वज्री Subhāṣ. -प्रणामः prostration (at the feet). -प्रतिष्ठानम् a foot-stool. -प्रधारणम् a shoe. -प्रसारणम् stretching out the feet. -प्रहारः a kick. -बद्ध a. consisting of verses (as a metre). -बन्धनम् 1 a chain, fetter. -2 a stock of cattle. -भटः a foot soldier. -भागः a quarter. -मुद्रा a footprint. ˚पङ्क्तिः a track, trail. -मूलम् 1 the tarsus. -2 the sole of the foot. -3 the heel. -4 the foot of a mountain. -5 a polite way of speaking of a person; देवपादमूलमागताहम् K.8. -यमकः paronomasia within the Pādas. -रक्षः 1 a shoe. -2 a foot-guard; (pl.) armed men protecting the feet of an elephant in battle; शिरांसि पादरक्षाणां बीजवत् प्रवपन् मुहुः Mb.3.271.1. -रक्षणम् 1 a cover for the feet. -2 a leather boot or shoe. -रजस् n. the dust of the feet. -रज्जुः f. a tether for the foot of an elephant. -रथी a shoe, boot. -रोहः, -रोहणः the (Indian) fig-tree. -लग्नः a. lying at a person's feet. -लेपः an unguent for the feet. -वन्दनम् saluting the feet. -वल्मीकः elephantiasis. -विरजस् f. a shoe, boot. (-m.) a god. -वेष्टनिकः, -कम् a stocking. -शाखा a toe. -शैलः a hill at the foot of a mountain. -शोथः swelling of the foot; अन्योन्योपद्रवकृतः शोथः पादसमुत्थितः । पुरुषं हन्ति नारीं तु मुखजो गुह्यजो ह्ययम् ॥ Mādhava. -शौचम् cleaning the feet by washing, washing the feet; पादशौचेन गोविन्दः (तृप्तः) Pt.1.172. -संहिता the junction of words in a quarter of a stanza. -सेवनम्, -सेवा 1 showing respect by touching the feet. -2 service. -स्तम्भः a supporting beam, pillar, post. -स्फोटः 'cracking of the feet', chilblain. -हत a. kicked. -हर्षः numbness of the feet after pressure upon the crural nerves; हृष्यतः चरणौ यस्य भवतश्च प्रसुप्तवत् । पादहर्षः सः विज्ञेयः कफवातप्रकोपजः ॥ Suśruta. -हीनजलम् Water with a portion boiled, -हीनात् ind. 1 without division or transition -2 all at once.
pānam पानम् [पा-ल्युट्] 1 Drinking, quaffing, kissing (a lip); पयःपानम्; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -2 Drinking spirituous liquors; नहि धर्मार्थसिद्ध्यर्थं पानमेव प्रशस्यते Rām. 4.33.46. Ms.7.5;9.13; द्यूतपानप्रसक्ताश्च जघन्या राजसी गतिः 12.45. -3 A drink, beverage in general; Ms. 3.227; पयःपानं भुजङ्गानां केवलं विषवर्धनम् Pt.1.389. -4 A drinking vessel. -5 Sharpening; whetting. -6 Protection, defence. -7 A canal. -नः 1 A distiller. -2 Breath, expiration. -a. (in comp.) Drinking, one who drinks; विश्वं युगान्ते वटपत्र एकः शेते स्म मायाशिशुरङ्घ्रिपानः Bhāg.3.33.4. -Comp. -अगारः, -आगारः, -रम् a tavern; Mb.12.88.14. -अत्ययः hard drinking. -गोष्ठिका, -गोष्ठी 1 a drinking party. -2 a dramshop, tavern. -पः a. drinking spirituous liquors; Mb.3.48.6. -पात्रम्, -भाजनम्, -भाण्डम् a drinking vessel, a goblet. -भूः, -भूमिः, -भूमी f. a drinking room; रणक्षितिः शोणितमद्य कुल्या रराज मृत्योरिव पानभूमिः R.7.49;19.11. -मण्डलम् a drinking party. -रत a. addicted to drinking. -वणिज् m. vendor of spirits. -विभ्रमः intoxication. -शौण्डः a hard drinker.
pāpa पाप a. [पाति रक्षत्यस्मादात्मानम्, पा-अपादाने प; Uṇ.3.23] 1 Evil, sinful, wicked, vicious; पापं कर्म च यत् परैरपि कृतं तत् तस्य संभाव्यते Mk.1.36; साधुष्वपि च पापेषु समबुद्धि- र्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -2 Mischievous, destructive, accursed; पापेन मृत्युना गृहीतो$स्मि M.4. -3 Low, vile, abandoned; Ms.3.52; अधार्मिकाणां पापानामाशु पश्यन् विपर्ययम् 4.171. -4 Inauspicious, malignant, foreboding evil; as in पापग्रहः. -पम् 1 Evil, bad fortune or state; पापं पापाः कथयथ कथं शौर्यराशेः पितुर्मे Ve.3.6; शान्तं पापम् 'may the evil be averted', 'god forbid' (often used in dramas). -2 Sin, crime, vice, guilt; अपापानां कुले जाते मयि पापं न विद्यते Mk.9.37; Ms.11.231;4 181; R.12.19. -पम् ind. badly, sinfully, wrongly. -पः A wretch, sinful person, wicked or profligate person; पापस्तु दिग्देवतया हतौजास्तं नाभ्यभूदवितं विष्णुपत्न्या Bhāg.6.13.17. -पा 1 A beast of prey. -2 A witch. -Comp. -अङ्कुशा N. of the Ekādaśī in the light half of Āśvina. -अधम a. exceedingly wicked, vilest. -अनुबन्धः bad result or consequences. -अनुवसित a. sinful. -अपनुत्तिः f. expiation. -अहः an unlucky day. -आख्या one of the seven divisions of the planetary courses. -आचार a. following evil or sinful courses, leading a sinful life, vicious, wicked. -आत्मन् a. evil-minded, sinful, wicked; पापात्मा पापसंभवः Purāna. (-m.) a sinner. -आरम्भ a. wicked, villainous, committing murderous deeds; पापारम्भवतोर्मृगीव वृकयोर्भीरुर्गता गोचरम् Māl.5.24. -आशय, -चेतस् a. evil-intentioned, wicked-minded. -उक्त addressed in ill-omened words. -कर, -कारिन्, -कृत्, -कर्म(र्मि)न् &c. a. sinful, a sinner, villain. -क्षयः removal or destruction of sin. -गतिः ill-fated. -ग्रहः a planet of evil or malignant aspect, such as Mars, Saturn, Rāhu or Ketu. -घ्न a. destroying sin, expiating; मत्समः पातकी नास्ति पापघ्नी त्वत्समा न हि Śaṅkarāchārya. (-घ्नः) the sesamum plant. (-घ्नी) the Tulasī plant. -चर्यः 1 a sinner. -2 demon. -चेलिका, -चेली Clypea Hernandifolia (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -चैलम् an inauspicious garment. -जीव a. wicked, sinful. -दर्शन्, -दर्शिन् looking at faults, malevolent. -दृष्टि a. evileyed. -धी a. evil-minded, wicked. -नक्षत्रम् an inauspicious constellation. -नापितः a cunning or vile barber. -नाशन a. destroying or expiating sin. (-नः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. (-नम्) expiation, atonement. (-नी, -नाशिनी) 1 the wild Tulasī plant or Śamī. -2 N. of a river. -निरति a. wicked, sinful. -f. wickedness. -निष्कृतिः atonement for sin. -पतिः a paramour. -पुरुषः a villainous person. -फल a. evil, inauspicious; पापफल- नरकादिमांस्तु शुभकर्मफलस्वर्गमस्त्विति काङ्क्षते Maṅḍala Brā. Up.2.4. -बुद्धि, -भाव, -मति a. evil-minded, wicked, depraved. -भक्षणः N. of Kālabhairava. -भाज् a. sinful, a sinner; न केवलं यो महतो$पभाषते शृणोति तस्मादपि यः स पापभाक् Ku.5.83. -मित्रम् a bad counsellor or friend. -मुक्त a. freed from sin, purified. -मोचनम्, -विनाशनम् destruction of sin. -योनि a. lowborn. (-निः f.) vile birth, birth in an inferior condition. -रोगः 1 any bad disease. -2 small-pox. -लोक्य a. 1 infernal. -2 belonging to the wicked. -वशीयस् a. 1 inverted -2 confused. (-m.) inversion, confusion. -वंश a. born in a degraded family; शशाप तान् न राज्यार्हाः पापवंशा भविष्यथ Bm.1.349. -विनिग्रहः restraining wickedness. -शमन a. removing crime. -शील a. prone to evil, wicked by nature, evil minded. -संकल्प a. evil-minded, wicked. (-ल्पः) a wicked thought. -हन् a. destroying sin; यत्र श्यामो लोहिताक्षो दण्डश्चरति पापहा । प्रजास्तत्र न मुह्यन्ति नेता चेत् साधु पश्यति ॥ Ms.7.25.
pāyanam पायनम् Giving or causing to drink. -ना 1 Causing to drink. -2 Watering, moistening. -3 Sharpening, whetting.
pārśva पार्श्व a. Near, proximate. -र्श्वः, -र्श्वम् [पर्शूनां समूहः] -1 The part of the body below the arm-pit, the region of the ribs; वामं पार्श्वं विनिर्भिद्य सुतः सूर्य इव स्थितः Mb.3. 126.27; शयने सन्निषण्णैकपार्श्वाम् Me.91. -2 The side, flank (in general) (of animate or inanimate objects), पिठरं क्वथदतिमात्रं निजपार्श्वानेव दहतितराम् Pt.1.324. -3 Vicinity. -4 Ved. A curved knife. -र्श्वः An epithet of the twentythird Tīrthaṅkar of the Jainas. -र्श्वम् 1 A multitude of ribs. -2 A fraudulent expedient, a dishonourable means. -3 The extremity of the fore-axle of a wheel. (पार्श्वम् is used adverbially in the sense of 'near to', 'by the side of', 'towards'; केनाप्युत्क्षिपतेव पश्य भुवनं मत्पार्श्वमानीयते Ś.7.8; so पार्श्वात् 'from the side of, away, from'; पार्श्वे 'near', 'at hand', 'at the side'; नमे दूरे किंचित् क्षणमपि न पार्श्वे रथजवात् Ś.1.9; Bh.3.37.) -Comp. -अनुचरः an attendant, a servant; विसृष्टपार्श्वानु- चरस्य तस्य R.2.9. -अपवृत्त a. bent on one side (one of the defects of diamonds); Kau. A.2.11.29. -अस्थिः n. a rib. -आयात a. one who has come very near. -आर्तिः f. pain in the side, pleurisy. -आसन्न a. sitting or standing by the side. -उदरप्रियः a crab. -उपपीडम् ind. (to laugh) so as to hold one's sides. -ग, -गम, -चर, -स्थित a. being close to, standing by the side of. -गः an attendant, a servant; व्यादिदेश गणशो$थ पार्श्वगान् कार्मुकाभिहरणाय मैथिलः R.11.43. -गतः a. 1 being at the side, being near or close to, attending upon. -2 sheltered. -चरः a servant, an attendant; विपिने पार्श्वचरैर- लक्ष्यमाणः R.9.72;14.29. -दः an attendant, a servant. -देशः the side (of the human body), the ribs. -नाथः the Jaina pontiff. the 23 rd Tīrthaṅkara (Mar. पारस- नाथ). -परिवर्तनम् 1 turning round from one side to the other in a bed. -2 N. of a festival on the twelfth day of the first half of Bhādrapada (when Viṣṇu is supposed to turn upon the other side in his sleep). -भागः the side or flank. -मण्डलिन् m. N. of a particular posture in dancing. -मानी the longer side of an oblong. -वक्त्रः an epithet of Mahādeva. -वर्तिन् a. 1 being by the side, attending, waiting upon. -2 adjacent. (-m.) -1 an attendant; भूयः स भूतेश्वरपार्श्ववर्ती किंचिद् विहस्यार्थपतिं बभाषे R.2.46. -2 a companion, associate; अमुना ननु पार्श्ववर्तिना Ku.4.29. -शय a. -1 sleeping on the side. -2 sleeping by the side. -शूलः, -लम् 1 a shooting pain in the side. -2 pleurisy. -सूत्रकः a kind of ornament. -स्थ a. being at the side, near, close, proximate; सुरपतिमपि श्वा पार्श्वस्थं विलोक्य न शङ्कते Bh. (-स्थः) 1 a companion. -2 an assistant of a stagemanager; cf. पारिपार्श्वक.
pālaḥ पालः 1 [पाल्-अच्] A protector, guardian, keeper; as in गोपालः, वृष्णिपालः, &c. -2 A herdsman; विवादः स्वामि- पालयोः Ms.8.5,229,24. -3 A kind; अहो अधर्मः पालानाम् Bhāg.1.18.33. -4 A spitting-pot. -ली 1 A herdsman's wife; Mb.5. -2 An oblong pond. -Comp. -घ्नः a mushroom.
pālikā पालिका 1 The tip of the ear. -2 The sharp edge of a sword or of any cutting instrument. -3 A butterknife; Rām.1.73.21. -4 A pot or boiler.
pīṭham पीठम् 1 A seat (a stool, chair, bench, sofa &c.); जवेन पीठादुदतिष्ठदच्युतः Śi.1.12; R,4.84;6.15. -2 The seat of a religious student made of Kuśa grass. -3 The seat of a deity, an altar. -4 A pedestal in general, basis. -5 A particular posture in sitting. -6 (In geometry) The complement of a segment. -7 N. of various temples; पीठं जालंधरं नाम तिष्ठत्यत्र चतुर्मुख Yogaśikhopaniṣad, 5.11. -8 A royal seat, throne. -9 A district, province. -Comp. -अधिकारः appointment to an office. -केलिः a male confidant, a parasite. -ग a. 1 lame, crippled. -2 seated in one's seat (not a warrior); यो$पि स्यात् पठिगः कश्चित् किं पुनः समरे स्थितः Mb.3.22.24 (com. पीठगः स्वासनस्थः अयुद्धमानो$पीत्यर्थः ।). -गर्भः the cavity in the pedestal of an idol. -चक्रम् a carriage. -नायिका a girl of fourteen (before menstruation) who represents Durgā at the festival of that goddess. -भूः f. basis, basement. -मर्द a. very impudent. -र्दः 1 a companion, parasite, one who assists the hero of a drama in great undertakings, e. g. in securing his mistress; Dk.2.2; so पीठमर्दिका 'a lady who assists the heroine in securing her lover'; उपस्थिता पीठमर्दिकां पण्डितकौशिकीं पुरस्कृत्य देवी M.1.13/14. -2 a dancing master who instructs courtezans in the art of dancing. -सर्प a. lame, crippled; Ms.8.394; कर्तव्ये पुरुषव्याघ्र किमास्से पीठसर्पवत् Mb.3.35.22.
puṃs पुंस् m. [पाति पा-पालने डुमसुन् Uṇ.4.177] (Nom. पुमान्, पुमांसौ, पुमांसः; Instr. du. पुंभ्यां; Voc. sing. पुमन्) 1 A male, male being; पुंसि विश्वसिति कुत्र कुमारी N.5.11. -2 A man, human being; यस्यार्थाः स पुमाँल्लोके H.1. -3 Man, mankind, people; वन्द्यैः पुंसां रघुपतिपदैः Me.12. -4 A servant, an attendant. -6 A word in the masculine gender. -6 The masculine gender; पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् Ak. -7 The soul. -8 A living being; जन्म त्वात्मतया पुंसः सर्वभावेन भूरिदः Bhāg.11.22.4. -9 A kind of Naraka; अपत्यमस्मि ते पुंसस्त्राणात् पुत्र इति स्मृतः Mb.14.9.63. -Comp. -अनुज a. (पुंसानुज) having an elder brother. -अनुजा (पुमनुजा) a girl born after the male child; i. e. a girl having an elder brother. -अपत्यम् (पुमपत्यम्) a male child. -अर्थः (पुमर्थः) 1 the aim of man. -2 any one of the four ends of human existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष; see पुरुषार्थ. -आख्या (पुमाख्या) a designation of a male being. -आचारः (पुमाचारः) a usage of men. -कटिः f. a man's hip. -कामा a woman wishing for a husband; P.VIII.3.6. Kāśi. -कोकिलः a male cuckoo; चूताङ्कुरास्वादकषायकण्ठः पुंस्कोकिलो यन्मधुरं चुकूज Ku.3.32. -खेटः (पुंखेटः) a male plant. -गवः (पुंगवः) 1 a bull. an ox. -2 (at the end of comp.) chief, best, most excellent, distinguished or pre-eminent of any class; वाल्मीकिर्मुनिपुंगवः Rām.; so गजपुंगवः Bh. 2.31, नरपुंगवः &c. ˚केतुः an epithet of Śiva; स्विन्नाङ्गुलिः पुंगवकेतुरासीत् Ku.7.77. -चलः (पुंश्चलः) an adulterer. -चली (पुंश्चली) a harlot, an unchaste woman; Y.1.162. Ms.4.22; अहो को वेद भुवने दुर्ज्ञेयं पुंश्चलीमनः । पुंश्चल्यां यो हि विश्वस्तो विधिना स विडम्बितः ॥ Brav. P. -चलीयः; (पुंश्चलीयः) the son of a harlot. -चलू f. (पुंश्चलू) Ved. a harlot. -चिह्नम् (पुंश्चिह्नम्) the characteristic of a male, the membrum virile. -जन्मन् (पुंजन्मन्) n. the birth of a male child. ˚करः, ˚दः, ˚योगः a constellation under which male children are born. -दासः (पुंदासः) a male slave. -ध्वजः (पुंध्वजः) 1 the male of any species of animal. -2 a mouse -नक्षत्रम् (पुंनक्षत्रम्) a male asterism. -2 an asterism under which male children are born. -नागः (पुंनागः) 1 'an elephant among men', a distinguished man. -2 a white elephant. -3 a white lotus. -4 nutmeg. -5 N. of a tree called नागकेशर; R.4.57. -6 N. of a tree (Mar. उंडीण); Mb. 1.63.43; Bhāg.8.2.18. -नाटः, -डः (पुंनाटः, -डः) N. of a tree. -नामधेयः (पुंनामधेयः) a male. -नामन् (पुंनामन्) a. holding a masculine name. (-m.) 1 the tree called पुंनाग. -पुत्रः a male child; P.VIII.3.6. Kāśi. -प्रजननम् the male organ of generation. -भावः (पुंभावः) manhood, masculine gender. -भूमन् (पुंभूमन्) m. a word of the masculine gender used only in the plural number; दाराः पुंभूम्नि चाक्षताः Ak. -योगः (पुंयोगः) 1 cohabitation with or relation to a man; P.IV.1.48. -2 reference to a male or husband; पुंयोगे क्षत्रियी. -रत्नम् (पुंरत्नम्) an excellent man. -राशिः (पुंराशिः) a male sign of the zodiac. -रूपम् (पुंरूपम्) the form of a man. -लक्षणम् manliness. -लिङ्ग a. (पुंलिङ्ग) of the masculine gender, masculine. (-ङ्गम्) 1 masculine gender. -2 virility, manhood. -3 the male organ. -वत्सः (पुंवत्सः) a bull-calf. -वृषः (पुंवृषः) the musk-rat. -वेष a. (पुंवेष) dressed like a male, clad in male attire. -सवन (पुंसवन) a. causing the birth of a male child. (-नम्) the first of the purificatory Saṁskāras : it is a ceremony performed on woman's perceiving the first signs of a living conception, with a view to the birth of a son; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः (व्यधत्त) R.3.1. -2 fœtus; यस्मिन् प्रविष्टे$सुरवधूनां प्रायः पुंसवनानि भयादेव स्रवन्ति पतन्ति च Bhāg.5.24.15. -3 the time after a woman's courses; तपस्तप्त्वा व्रतपरा स्नाता पुंसवने शुचिः, उपचक्राम भर्तारम् Mb.1.31.25. -4 milk.
pūgaḥ पूगः [पू गन् किच्च; Uṇ.1.121] 1 A multitude, heap, collection, quantity; केशवः शत्रुपूगहा Mb.5.131.1; घनतां ध्रुवं नयति तेन भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणं) अतृप्ततया Śi.9.64. -2 An association, corporation, union; नृपेणाधिकृताः पूगाः Y.2.3; Ms.3.151; सत्रिणः ...... पूगजनसमवायेषु विवादं कुर्युः Kau. A.1.13. -3 The areca or betelnut-tree. (पूगी also); R.4.44; ताम्बूलवल्लीपरिणद्धपूगाः 6.64;13.17; धृष्यत् पूगवनीघनीकृततलैस्तुङ्गैर्जरच्छाखिभिः (लक्ष्यन्ते) Mv.7.13. -4 Nature, property, disposition. -गम् Areca-nut, betelnut. -Comp. -कृत a. heaped, collected. -पात्रम् 1 a spitting-pot, spittoon. -2 a betel-box. -पीठः, -ठम् a spitting-pot. -पुष्पिका betel-nut and flowers given to guests at a marriage ceremony. -फलम् the areca-nut. -वैरम् enmity against many men.
poṭaḥ पोटः 1 The foundation of a house. -2 Putting together, uniting, mixing. -Comp. -गलः 1 a kind of reed (नल). -2 a kind of grass (काश); पोटगलास्तु धमनो नडः Abh. Chin.11.93. -3 a kind of fish.
prakīrṇa प्रकीर्ण p. p. 1 Scattered about, scattered forth, thrown about, dispersed; प्रकीर्णमूर्धजा राजन् यक्षाधिपतिमब्रुवन् Mb.3.161.17. -2 Spread, published, promulgated. -3 Waved, waving; जवात् प्रकीर्णैरभितः प्रकीर्णकैः Śi.12.17. -4 Disordered, loose, dishevelled. -5 Confused, incoherent; बह्वपि स्वेच्छया कामं प्रकीर्णमभिधीयते Śi.2.63. -6 Agitated, excited. -7 Miscellaneous, mixed; as the प्रकीर्णकाण्ड of Bhaṭṭikāvya. -8 Expanded, opened. -9 Standing alone. -1 Destroyed, killed; प्रकीर्णमेष भारं हि यद्वद्धार्येत दस्युभिः Mb.12.215.14. -11 Thickly covered; प्रकीर्णमलपङ्कः Dk.2.2. -र्णम् 1 A miscellany, any miscellaneous collection. -2 A chapter containing miscellaneous rules. -3 A chapter or section of a book. -4 Scattering or throwing about. -5 Extent. -Comp. -केशी N. of Durgā.
prakledana प्रक्लेदन a. Moistening, wetting. प्रक्वणः prakvaṇḥ प्रक्वाणः prakvāṇḥ प्रक्वणः प्रक्वाणः The sound of a lute.
praguṇanam प्रगुणनम् Putting straight, arranging.
pracalāyita प्रचलायित a. Rolling about, tossing. -तम् Nodding the head (while asleep in a sitting posture).
pracodanam प्रचोदनम् 1 Driving onward, urging, inciting. -2 Instigating, setting on. -3 Ordering, enjoining, prescribing. -4 A rule, precept, order, commandment. -5 Saying. -6 Sending, despatching.
pracchanna प्रच्छन्न p. p. 1 Covered, wrapped, enveloped. -2 Private, secret; विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकं प्रच्छन्नगुप्तं धनम् Bh.2.64. -3 Concealed, hidden; प्रच्छन्ना वा प्रकाश वा वेदितव्याः स्वकर्मभिः Ms.1.4; Mb.3.35.31. -4 Clothed, clad. -न्नम् 1 A private door. -2 A loop-hole, lattice, window. -न्नम् ind. Secretly, covertly. -Comp. -तस्करः an unseen thief.
pracchardanam प्रच्छर्दनम् 1 Vomiting. -2 Emitting, sending forth. -3 An emetic; प्रच्छर्दनविधारणाभ्यां वा प्राणस्य Pātañjala S.1.34.
prajanaḥ प्रजनः 1 Impregnating, begetting, generating, production; अप्रमोदात् पुनः पुंसः प्रजनं न प्रवर्तते Mb.13.46.4; T. Up.1.9.1; Ms.3.61;9.61. -2 The impregnation of cattle. -3 Bringing forth, bearing; प्रजनार्थं स्त्रियः सृष्टाः Ms.9.96. -4 A generator, progenitor; प्रजनश्चास्मि कन्दर्पः Bg.1.28. -5 The generative organ; प्रजने च प्रजापतिम् (सन्निवेशयेत्) Ms.12.121.
prajvālanam प्रज्वालनम् Kindling, setting on fire.
praṇayaḥ प्रणयः 1 Espousing, seizing (as in marriage); आबद्ध- कङ्कणकरप्रणयप्रसादमासाद्य Māl.6.14. -2 (a) Love, affection, fondness, attachment, liking, regard; साधारणो$य- मुभयोः प्रणयः स्मरस्यं V.2.16; साधारणो$यं प्रणयः Ś.3; (where in both cases sense 6 may do as well); Ś.6.8;5.23; Ms.17; R.6.12; Bh.2.42. (b) A wish, desire; longing; हरेरतुलविक्रमप्रणयलालसः साहसे Māl.8.7; Ś.7.16. -3 Friendly acquaintance or regard, friendship, intimacy; अजानता महिमानं तवेदं मया प्रमादात् प्रणयेन वापि Bg.11.41; स्नेहस्य तत् फलमसौ प्रणयस्य सारः Māl.1.9. -4 Familiarity, confidence, trust; मया गृहीते सलिले$नेन कृतःप्रणयः Ś.5. -5 Favour, kindness, act of courtesy; अलंकृतो$स्मि स्वयंग्राह प्रणयेन भवता Mk.1;1.45. -6 An entreaty, request, solicitation; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वं संबन्धिनो मे प्रणयं विहन्तुम् R.2.58; V.4.13. -7 Reverence, obeisance. -8 Final beatitude. -9 A leader. -1 Conduct, guidance. (प्रणयेन confidentially, candidly; without reserve or ceremony; प्रणयात् openly, frankly). -Comp. -अपराधः an offence against friendship or love. -उन्मुख a. 1 disposed or about to declare one's love; विसृज सुन्दरि संगमसाध्वसं तव चिरात् प्रभृति प्रणयोन्मुखे M.4.13. -2 impatient through love. -उपेत a. candid, frank. -कलहः a lover's quarrel, a mock or feigned quarrel; नाप्यन्यस्मात् प्रणयकलहाद् विप्रयोगोपपत्तिः Me. (considered spurious by Malli.). -कुपित a. angry through love, feigning anger; त्वामा- लिख्य प्रणयकुपितां धातुरागैः शिलायाम् Me.17. -क्रोपः feigned anger of a mistress towards her lover, coquettish anger. -पेशल a. soft through affection. -प्रकर्षः excessive love, intense attachment. -भङ्गः 1 breach of friendship. -2 faithlessness. -मानः the jealousy of love. -वचनम् expression of love. -विमुख a. 1 averse from love. -2 disinclined to friendship; सौधोत्सङ्गप्रणय- विमुखो मा स्म भूरुज्जयिन्याः Me.27. -विहतिः, -विघातः non-compliance, refusal (of a request &c.). -स्पृश् a. inspired by love; Māl.5.7.
prati प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.
pratigrahaḥ प्रतिग्रहः 1 Receiving, accepting. -2 Receiving or accepting a donation; अयाचितोपपन्ने तु नास्ति दोषः प्रतिग्रहे -3 The right of receiving or accepting a donation. -4 The right of receiving gifts (which is a peculiar prerogative of Brāhmaṇas); अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहं चैव ब्राह्मणानामकल्पयत् ॥ Ms.1.88;4.86; Y.1.118 -5 A gift, present, donation; राज्ञः प्रतिग्रहो$यम् Ś.1; Śi.14.35. -6 A receiver (of a gift). -7 Kind or friendly reception; प्रतिग्रहाय पाण्डूनां प्रेषयामास कौरवान् Mb.1.27.12. -8 Favour, grace. -9 Marrying; तत्प्रतिग्रहलाभाय जित्वा भूपान् स्वयंवरे Bm.1.456. -1 Listening to. -11 The rear of an army. -12 A spitting-pot. -13 The sun near the moon's node. -14 a chambervessel (for sick persons). -15 a grasper, seizer; केश- प्रतिग्रहः = barber.
pratigrāhaḥ प्रतिग्राहः 1 Accepting gifts. -2 A spitting-pot, spittoon. प्रतिग्राहक pratigrāhaka हिन् hin प्रतिग्राहक हिन् a. One who receives or accepts gifts.
pratidāraṇam प्रतिदारणम् 1 Fighting, battle. -2 Splitting.
pratidhānam प्रतिधानम् 1 Putting on. -2 Taking measures.
pratipatti प्रतिपत्तिः f. 1 Getting; acquirement, gain; चन्द्रलोक- प्रतिपत्तिः; स्वर्ग˚ &c. -2 Perception, observation, consciousness, (right) knowledge; वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1; तयोरभेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3.99; गुणिनामपि निजरूपप्रतिपत्तिः परत एव संभवति Vās. -3 Assent, compliance, acceptance; प्रतिपत्तिपराङ्मुखी Bk.8.95 'averse from compliance, unyielding'. -4 Admission, acknowledgment. -5 Assertion, statement. -6 Undertaking, beginning, commencement. -7 Action, proceeding, course of action, procedure; वयस्य का प्रतिपत्तिरत्र M.4; Ku.5.42; विषाद- लुप्तप्रतिपत्तिविस्मितं सैन्यम् R.3.4 'which did not know what course of action to follow through dismay'. -8 Performance, doing, proceeding with; प्रस्तुतप्रतिपत्तये R.15.75. -9 Resolution, determination; कैकेय्याः प्रतिपत्तिर्हि कथं स्यान्मम वेदने Rām.2.22.16; व्यवसायः प्रतिपत्तिनिष्ठुरः R.8.65. -1 News, intelligence; कर्मसिद्धावाशु प्रतिपत्तिमानय Mu.4; Ś.6. -11 Honour, respect, mark of distinction, respectful behaviour; सामान्यप्रतिपत्तिपूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17;7.1; R.14.22;15.12; तत् कस्मादेतस्मिन् महानुभावे प्रतिपत्तिमूढा तिष्ठसि Nāg.1; यत्स महानुभावो वाङ्मात्रेणापि अकृतप्रतिपत्तिः अदक्षिणेति मां संभावयिष्यति Nāg.2. -12 A method, means. -13 Intellect, intelligence. -14 Use, application. -15 Promotion, preferment, exaltation. -16 Fame, renown, reputation. -17 Boldness, assurance, confidence. -18 Conviction, proof. -19 A rite from which no advantage accrues. -2 The concluding portion of an action. (In Daṇḍaviveka, G. O. S.52, p.259, it means punishment of an offence.) -21 Disposing of a matter or a thing which has served the purpose of something else; यद् येन प्रयोजनेन सम्बद्ध- मुत्पद्यते तत् तदर्थमेव न्याय्यम् । तस्यान्यत्र गमने प्रतिपत्तिरित्येतदुपपद्यते ŚB. on MS.4.2.19. Also cf. यष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थ- मन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यत इति ŚB. on MS.4.2.22; cf. also प्रतिपत्तिश्च विविक्तकरणेन उपकरोति ŚB. on MS.6.4.3. Hence प्रतिपत्ति- कर्मन् means 'a mere disposal' (as opposed to अर्थकर्मन्); किं शाखाप्रहरणं प्रतिपत्तिकर्म उतार्थकर्मेति ŚB. on MS.4.2.1. -22 giving (दान); अपात्रे प्रतिपत्तिः; Mb.12.26.31; दानवारि- रसिकाय विभूतेर्वश्मि ते$स्मि सुतरां प्रतिपत्तिम् N.21.63. -23 Remedy (प्रतिविधान); प्रतिपत्तिं कां प्रत्यपद्यन्त मामकाः Mb.7.46. 3. -Comp. -दक्ष a. knowing how to act. -पटहः a kind of kettle drum. -पराङ्मुख a. obstinate, unyielding; Bk. -प्रदानम् Conferring promotion. -भेदः difference of view. -विशारद a. knowing how to act, skilful, clever; वायव्यमभिमन्त्र्याथ प्रतिपत्तिविशारदः Mb.1.227.16.
pratibhedaḥ प्रतिभेदः 1 Splitting, dividing. -2 Discovery. -3 Betrayal.
pratibhedanam प्रतिभेदनम् 1 Piercing, penetrating. -2 Cutting, splitting, cleaving. -3 Putting out (as the eyes). -4 Dividing.
pratilambhaḥ प्रतिलम्भः 1 Getting, obtaining, receiving. -2 Censure, abuse, reviling; अन्यतः कथमदः प्रतिलम्भः N.
pratilābhaḥ प्रतिलाभः Taking or obtaining back, taking, getting.
pratiṣṭhāpanam प्रतिष्ठापनम् 1 Placing, locating. -2 Installation, inauguration. -3 Consecrating or setting up of an idol. -4 Establishment, corroboration. -ना Counter-assertion.
pratisaṃsthānam प्रतिसंस्थानम् Setting in, entering into.
pratyakṣa प्रत्यक्ष a. [अक्ष्णःप्रति] 1 Perceptible (to the eye), visible; प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिरवतु वस्ताभिरष्टाभिरीशः Ś1.1. -2 Present, in sight, before the eye. -3 Cognizable by any organ of sense. -4 Distinct, evident, clear. -5 Direct, immediate. -6 Explicit, express. -7 Corporeal. -क्षम् 1 Perception, ocular evidence, apprehension by the senses, considered as a प्रमाण or mode of proof; इन्द्रियार्थसंनिकर्षजन्यं ज्ञानं प्रत्यक्षम् T. S. -2 Explicitness, distinctness. -3 Superintendence, care for; प्रत्यहं लोकयात्रायाः प्रत्यक्षं स्त्रीनिबन्धनम् Ms.9.27. -4 (In Rhet.) A kind of style descriptive of impressions derived from the senses. (The forms प्रत्यक्षम्, प्रत्यक्षेण, प्रत्यक्षतः, प्रत्यक्षात् are used adverbially in the sense of 1 Before, in the presence of, in the sight of. -2 Openly, publicly. -3 Directly, immediately. Hence; प्रत्यक्षतोदृष्टसम्बन्धम् is a variety of अनुमान where the connection between the लिङ्ग and the लिङ्गिन् or साध्य is directly perceived; प्रत्यक्षतो दृष्टसम्बन्धं यथा धूमाकृतिदर्शनादग्न्याकृतिविज्ञानम् ŚB. on MS.1. 1.5. -4 Personally. -5 At sight. -6 Explicitly. -7 Distinctly, clearly. -8 Literally. So प्रत्यक्षे in the sight of, before the eyes of.) -Comp. -करणम् one's own perception. -कृता (i. e. ऋक्) a hymn in which s deity is directly addressed. -ज्ञान्म् ocular evidence, knowledge obtained by direct perception. -दर्शनम् ocular evidence, direct proof. -दर्शनः, -दर्शिन् m. an eyewitness. -दृष्ट a. personally seen. -पर a. setting the highest value on the visible. -परीक्षणम् personal examination, real observation. -प्रमा correct or certain knowledge, such as is obtained by direct perception through the senses. -प्रमाणम् 1 ocular proof, evidence of the senses. -2 an organ of perception. -फल a. having evident or visible consequences. -भूत a. manifested, appeared personally. -भोगः enjoyment of anything with the knowledge of the owner. -वादिन् m. a Buddhist who admits no other evidence than ocular proof or perception. -विधानम् an express injunction. -विषयीभू to move only within the range of sight. -विहित a. directly or explicitly enjoined. -वृत्तिः composed clearly or intelligibly (as a word). -सिद्ध a. determined by ocular proof. प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣatā त्वम् tvam प्रत्यक्षता त्वम् 1 Perceptibility, ocular proof. -2 Standing face to face. -3 Explicitness. -4 (In phil.) ...... तत्तदिन्द्रिययोग्यवर्तमानविषयावच्छिन्नचैतन्याभिन्नत्वं तत्तदाकार- वृत्त्यवच्छिन्नज्ञानस्य तत्तदंशे प्रत्यक्षत्वम् Vedānta P.
pratyavasita प्रत्यवसित a. 1 Eaten, drunk. -2 Relapsed into the old (bad) way of life; ये प्रत्यवसिताश्चैव ते वै निरयगामिनः Mb.13.23.67. प्रत्यवस्कन्दः pratyavaskandḥ दनम् danam प्रत्यवस्कन्दः दनम् (In law) A special plea; admitting a fact, but qualifying it in such a manner that it may not appear as a count of accusation.
pratyastamayaḥ प्रत्यस्तमयः Setting (of the sun.). -2 End, cessation.
pratyāyanam प्रत्यायनम् 1 Leading home (a bride), marrying. -2 Setting (of the sun). -नम्, -ना 1 Producing confidence. -2 Explaining. -3 Proving, demonstrating.
pratyālīḍham प्रत्यालीढम् A particular attitude in shooting (opp. लीढ q. v.). प्रत्यावर्तनम् pratyāvartanam प्रत्यावृत्तिः pratyāvṛttiḥ प्रत्यावर्तनम् प्रत्यावृत्तिः Returning, coming back.
pratyupalabdha प्रत्युपलब्ध p. p. Got back, recovered. प्रत्युपवेशः pratyupavēśḥ वेशनम् vēśanam प्रत्युपवेशः वेशनम् Besetting any one in order to bring him to compliance.
prabhā प्रभा 1 Light, splendour, lustre, effulgence, radiance; प्रभास्मि शशिसूर्ययोः Bg.7.8; प्रभा पतङ्गस्य R.2.15,31; 6.18; Ṛs.1.2; Me.49; दृष्टस्त्वं प्रभया गोप्या युक्तो वृन्दावने वने Brahmavaivasvata P. -2 A ray of light. -3 The shadow of the sun on a sun-dial. -4 An epithet of Durgā; प्रभा प्रभानशीलत्वात् Devī. P. -5 N. of the city of Kubera. -6 N. of an Apsaras. -Comp. -करः 1 the sun; प्रसन्नत्वात् प्रभाकरः R.1.74. -2 the moon. -3 fire. -4 the ocean. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 N. of a learned writer, the founder of a school of Mīmāṁsā philosophy called after him. -7 A gem (पद्मराग); Rām.2.114.1. -कीटः a fire-fly. -तरल a. tremulously radiant; न प्रभातरलं ज्योतिरुदेति वसुधातलात् Ś.1.25. -पल्लवित a. overspread or glowing with lustre; प्रभा- पल्लवितेनासौ करोति मणिना खगः (अवतंसकम्); V.5.3. -प्रभुः the sun; दृष्टदृग्भिर्दुरालोकं प्रभयेव प्रभाप्रभुम् (व्यलोकत) N.17. 25. -प्ररोहः a ray or flash of light. -भिद् a. brilliant, shining; शक्रधनुः प्रभाभिदः Ki.16.58. -मण्डलम् a circle or halo of light; स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24;6.4; R.3.6;14.14. -लेपिन् a. covered with lustre, emitting lustre; प्रभालेपी नायं हरिहतमृगस्यामिषलवः V.4.62.
prabhedaḥ प्रभेदः 1 Splitting, cleaving, opening. -2 Division, separation. -3 The flowing of rut or ichor from the temples of an elephant; बभूव तेनातितरां सुदुःसहः कटप्रभेदेन करीव पार्थिवः R.3.37. -4 Difference, distinction. -5 A kind or sort. -6 The place of origin (as of a river); शोणस्य नर्मदायाश्च प्रभेदे कुरुनन्दन Mb.3.85.9.
pramāthin प्रमाथिन् a. 1 Tormenting, harassing, torturing, afflicting, harrowing; क्व रुजा हृदयप्रमाथिनी क्व च ते विश्वस- नीयमायुधम् M.3.2; Māl.2.1; Ki.3.14. -2 Killing, destroying. -3 Agitating, setting in motion; इन्द्रियाणि प्रमाथीनि हरन्ति प्रसभं मनः Bg.2.6;6.34. -4 Tearing or pulling down, striking down; वर्त्मसु ध्वजतरुप्रमाथिनः R.11.58. -5 Cutting down; प्रमाथिनस्तान् भवमार्गणानाम् (बाणान्) Ki.17.31. -6 (In medic.) Producing secretion of the vessels. -m. N. of a year.
pramokṣaḥ प्रमोक्षः 1 Dropping, letting fall. -2 Discharging, liberating.
pramocanam प्रमोचनम् 1 Liberating, setting free. -2 Emitting, shedding.
prayāṇam प्रयाणम् 1 Setting out, starting, departure. -2 A march, journey; मार्गं तावच्छृणु कथयतस्त्वत्प्रयाणानुरूपम् Me.13; Mb.7.166.1. -3 Progress, advance. -4 The march (of an enemy), an attack, invasion, expedition; कामं पुरः शुक्रमिव प्रयाणे Ku.3.43; R.6.33; प्रयाणपटहध्वनिं प्रथयति स्म ताराध्वनि Rāmāyaṇachampū. -5 Beginning, commencement. -6 Death, departure (from the world); प्रयाण- काले$पि च मां ते विदुर्युक्तचेतसः Bg.7.3. -7 The back of a horse; Mb.3.71.16. -8 The hinder part of any animal. -Comp. -कालः, -समयः time of departure. -भङ्गः a break in a journey, halt; Pt.1.
pralavitram प्रलवित्रम् An instrument for cutting off; P.VI.2. 144 com.
pravāsaḥ प्रवासः 1 (a) Going or journeying abroad, being absent from one's home, foreign residence; कुशः प्रवासस्थ- कलत्रवेषाम् (वनितामपश्यत्) R.16.4; Ś.4.3; U.6.38; स्नेहः प्रवासाश्रयात् Pt.1.169; Bh.3.94. (b) A temporary sojourn; प्रवासादुपावृत्तेन काश्यपेनादिष्टो$स्मि Ś.4. -2 (In astr.) Heliacal setting of the planets. -Comp. -गत, -स्थ, -स्थित a. journeying abroad, being absent from home. -पर a. addicted to living abroad.
praveśaḥ प्रवेशः 1 Entrance, penetration; पुरप्रवेशाभिमुखो बभूव R.7.1; Ku.3.6. -2 Ingress, access, approach. -3 Entrance on the stage; तेन पात्रप्रवेशश्चेत् S. D.6. -4 The entrance or door (of a house &c.). -5 Income, revenue. -6 Close application (to a pursuit), intentness of purpose. -7 The entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac. -8 Coming on, setting in (of night). -9 The syringe of a clyster-pipe. -1 Employment, use. (Proverb-चञ्चुप्रवेशो मुसलप्रवेशः; cf. 'the thin end of the wedge'). -11 Manner, method.
pravartaka प्रवर्तक a. (-र्तिका f.) 1 Setting on foot, founding. -2 Advancing, promoting, furthering. -3 Producing, causing, ...... कृतिसाध्यताज्ञानं वा प्रवर्तकमिति जरन्नैयायिकाः. -4 Prompting, urging, inducing, instigating (in a bad sense). -कः 1 An originator, founder, author. -2 A prompter, instigator. -3 An arbiter, umpire. -कम् The entrance of a character on the stage.
pravartanam प्रवर्तनम् 1 Going on, moving forward. -2 Beginning, commencement. -3 Setting on foot, founding, establishing, instituting. -4 Prompting, urging, simulating, inciting. -5 Engaging in, applying oneself to. -6 Happening, coming to pass. -7 Activity, action. -8 Behaviour, conduct, procedure. -9 Directing, superintending. -1 Employment. -11 Exhortation. -ना Inciting or prompting to action; अस्ति प्रवर्तनारूपमनुरूपं चतुर्ष्वपि Bh.
pravṛtti प्रवृत्तिः f. 1 Continued advance. -2 Rise, origin, source, flow (of words &c.); प्रवृत्तिरासीच्छब्दानां चरितार्था चतुष्टयी Ku.2.17. -3 Appearance, manifestation; कुसुमप्रवृत्तिसमये Ś.4.9. (v. l.); R.11.43;14.39;15.4. -4 Advent, setting in, commencement; आकालिकीं वीक्ष्य मधुप्रवृत्तिम् Ku.3.34. -5 Application or addiction to, tendency, inclination, predilection, propensity; न हि प्रजानामि तव प्रवृत्तिम् Bg.11.31; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तःकरणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22. -6 Conduct, behaviour; त्वां प्रत्यकस्मात् कलुषप्रवृत्तौ R.14.73. -7 Employment, occupation, activity; विदितं वो यथा स्वार्था न मे काश्चित् प्रवृत्तयः Ku.6.26. -8 Use, employment, currency (as of a word). -9 Continued effort, perseverance. -1 Signification, sense, acceptation (of a word). -11 Continuance, permanence, prevalence. -12 Active life, taking an active part in worldly affairs (opp. निवृत्ति); प्रवृत्तिः कुत्र कर्तव्या जीवितव्यं कथं नु वा H. -13 News, tidings, intelligence; ततः प्रवृत्तिः सीतायाः Mb.3.148.5; प्रवृत्तिसाराः खलु मादृशां गिरः Ki.1.25; जीमूतेन स्वकुशलमयी हारयिष्यन् प्रवृत्तिम् Me.4; V.4.2. -14 Applicability or validity of a rule. -15 Fate, destiny, luck. -16 Cognition, direct perception or apprehension. -17 Rutting juice, or ichor exuding from the temples of an elephant in rut. -18 N. of the city of उज्जयिनी q. v. -19 (In Arith.) The multiplier. -Comp. -ज्ञः a spy, secret emissary or agent. -निमित्तम् a reason for the use of any term in a particular signification. -पराङ्मुख a. averse to giving news; मयि च विधुरे भावः कान्ताप्रवृत्तिपराङ्मुखः V.4.2. -पुरुषः a news agent; प्रवृत्तिपुरुषाः कथयन्ति Pañch. -प्रत्ययः conception of the things relating to the external world. -मार्गः active or worldly life, attachment to the business and pleasure of the world. -लेखः a writ of guidance; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -विज्ञानम् cognition of the things belonging to the external world.
pravraścanaḥ प्रव्रश्चनः A knife for cutting wood.
prasādhanam प्रसाधनम् 1 Accomplishing, effecting, bringing about. -2 Setting in order, arranging. -3 Decorating, ornamenting, embellishing; toilet, dress; ध्रियते कुसुम- प्रसाधनं तव तच्चारु वपुर्न दृश्यते Ku.4.18. -4 A decoration, ornament, means of decoration or ornament; भूतार्थ- शोभाह्रियमाणनेत्राः प्रसाधने संनिहिते$पि नार्यः Ku.7.13,3. -नः, -नम्, -नी A comb. -Comp. -विधिः decoration, embellishment. -विशेषः the highest decoration; प्रसाधन- विधेः प्रसाधनविशेषः V.2.3.
prasavaḥ प्रसवः 1 Begetting, generation, procreation, birth, production; प्रसवविकारो स्त्रीणां द्वित्रिचतुःप्रभृति संप्रसूतौ वा । हीनातिरिक्तकाले च देशकुलसंक्षयो भवति Bṛi. S. -2 Child-birth, delivery, confinement; an in आसन्नप्रसवा. -3 Offspring, progeny, young ones, children; oft. at the end of comp.; केवलं वीरप्रसवा भूयाः U.1; Ku.7.87. -4 Source, origin, brith-place (fig. also); प्रसवः कर्मफलस्य भूरिणः Ki.2.43. -5 Flower, blossom; प्रसवविभूतिषु भूरुहां विरक्तः Śi.7.42; नीता लोध्रप्रसवरजसा पाण्डुतामानने श्रीः Me.67; कुन्दप्रसवशिथिलं जीवितम् 113; R.9.28; Ku.1.55;4.14; Ś.5.9; Māl.9.27.31; U.2.2. -6 A fruit, product; यज्ञप्रसववर्जिताः Mb.12.18.46. -7 Ved. Extracting Soma juice; अपुत्रः प्रसवेनार्थी वनवासमुपावसत् Mb.13.4.6. -7 Setting in motion. -9 A current, stream. -1 Excitement, animation. -11 Enjoining, ordering. -12 Assistance, help. -13 pursuit, acquisition. -Comp. -उन्मुखः a. about to be delivered or confined; पतिः प्रतीतः प्रसवोन्मुखीं प्रियां ददर्श R.3.12. -कालः the time of delivery or bringing forth. -गृहम् a lying-in-chamber. -धर्मिन् a. productive, prolific. -बन्धनम् the foot-stalk of a leaf or flower, peduncle. -वेदना, -व्यथा pangs of child-birth, throes. -स्थली a mother. -सथानम् 1 a place for delivery. -2 a nest.
prasūtiḥ प्रसूतिः f. 1 Procreation, begetting, generation. -2 Bringing forth, bearing, delivering, giving birth to; ऊर्ध्वं प्रसूतेश्चरितुं यतिष्ये R.14.66. -3 Calving. -4 Laying eggs; नवप्रसूतिर्वरटा तपस्विनी N.1.135. -5 Birth, production, generation; प्रसूतिं चकमे तस्मिंस्त्रैलोक्यप्रभवो$पि यत् R.1. 53. -6 Appearance, coming forth, growth (of flowers &c.); आरण्यकोपात्तफलप्रसूतिः R.5.15. -7 A product, production. -8 Offspring, progeny, issue; R.1.25,77; 2.4;5.7; प्रसूतिभाजः सर्गस्य तावेव पितरौ स्मृतौ Ku.2.7; नूनं प्रसूतिविकलेन मया प्रसिक्तं धौताश्रुशेषमुदकं पितरः पिबन्ति Ś.6. 24. -9 A producer, generator, procreator; न केवलानां पयसां प्रसूतिम् R.2.63. -1 A mother. -11 A cause (कारण); जगत्प्रसूतिः Ki.4.32. -Comp. -जम् pain resulting as a necessary consequence of birth. -वायुः wind produced in the womb during the pangs of travail.
prasekaḥ प्रसेकः 1 Flowing forth, oozing, dropping -2 Sprinkling, wetting. -3 Emission, discharge; मत्तद्विरेफपरि- पीतमधुप्रसेकः Ṛs.3.6. -4 Vomiting. -5 Watering of the mouth or nose. -6 The bowl of a spoon or ladle.
prasthānam प्रस्थानम् 1 Going or setting forth, departure, moving, walking; प्रस्थानविक्लवगतेरवलम्बनार्थम् Ś.5.3; R.4.88; Me.43; प्रस्थानं वलयैः कृतम् Amaru.36. -2 Coming to मन्ये मत्पावनायैव प्रस्थानं भवतामिह Ku.6.61. -3 Sending away, despatching. -4 Procession, march. -5 A march, the march of an army or assailant; प्रस्थाने भूमिपालो दशदिवमसभिव्याप्य नैकत्र तिष्ठेत. -6 A method, system. -7 Death, dying. -8 An inferior kind of drama; see S. D.276,544. -9 A religious school, sect; प्रभिन्ने प्रस्थाने परिमितमदः पथ्यमिति च Mahimna 7. -1 Religious mendicancy; सप्रस्थानाः क्षात्रधर्मा विशिष्टाः Mb.12.64.22. -Comp. -त्रयी, -त्रयम् Bhagwadgītā, Upaniṣadas and Brahmasūtras. -दुन्दुभिः a drum giving the signal for marching.
prasphoṭanam प्रस्फोटनम् 1 Expanding, blooming, opening. -2 Making clear or manifest, disclosing, revealing. -3 Splitting. -4 Causing to bloom or blow -5 Threshing corn. -6 A winnowing basket. -7 Striking, beating. -8 Wiping away, rubbing out.
prahāṇam प्रहाणम् Abandoning, omitting, quitting; क्लेशप्रहाणमिह लब्धसबीजयोगाः Śi.4.55. -2 Abstraction, speculation, meditation. -3 Exertion.
prahāraḥ प्रहारः 1 Striking, beating, hitting; मतकल्पः प्रहारार्तो जीवन्नपि विशुद्ध्यति Y.3.248. -2 Wounding, killing. -3 A stroke, blow, hit, knock, thump; प्रहारमूर्च्छापगमे रथस्थाः R.7.44; मुष्टिप्रहार, तलप्रहार &c. -4 A cut or thrust, as in खड्गप्रहार. -5 A kick; as in पादप्रहार; लत्ताप्रहार. -6 Shooting. -7 A battle (रण); प्रहारे च पराक्रान्तः शूरः पञ्चत्वमागतः Rām.4.23.12. -8 A Necklace. -Comp. -आर्त a. wounded by a blow. (-र्तम्) acute pain caused by a wound.
prahrā प्रह्रा (ह्ला) दः 1 Great joy, pleasure, delight, happiness. -2 Sound. -3 A species of rice. -4 N. of a son of the demon Hiraṇya-Kaśipu. [According to the Padma Purāṇa, he was a Brāhmaṇa in his previous existence, and when born as son of Hiraṇya-Kaśipu, he still retained his ardent devotion to Viṣṇu. His father, of course, did not like that his own son should be such a devout worshipper of his mortal enemies, the gods, and with the object of getting rid of him, he subjected him to a variety of cruelties; but Prahlāda, by the favour of Viṣṇu, was quite unscathed, and began to preach with even greater earnestness than before the doctrine that Viṣṇu filled all space and was omni-present, omni-scient, omni-potent. Hiraṇya-Kaśipu in a fit of exasperation asked him "If Viṣṇu is omni-present how do I not see him in the pillar of this hall?" Whereupon Prahlāda struck the pillar with his fist (according to another account, Hiraṇya-Kaśipu himself angrily kicked the pillar to convince his son of the absurdity of his faith), when Viṣṇu came out half-man and half-lion, and tore Hiraṇya-Kaśipu to pieces. Prahlāda succeeded his father, and reigned wisely and righteously.]
prahva प्रह्व a. 1 Sloping, slanting, inclined; प्रह्वानतीव क्वचिदु- द्धतिश्रितः Śi.12.56. -2 Stooping, bent down; bowing humbly down; एष प्रह्वो$स्मि भगवन् एषा विज्ञापना च नः Mv.1. 47;6.37; तमाराध्य गुरुं भक्त्या प्रह्वप्रश्रयसेवनैः Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -3 Submissive, humble, modestly submitting; प्रह्वेष्वनिर्बन्धरुषो हि सन्तः R.16.8; प्रह्वग्रीवः पुरोवर्ती Śiva B.24.6; शिवाय प्रेषयामास प्रह्वभावमुपाश्रयन् Śiva B.29.14. -4 Devoted or attached to, engaged in, engrossed by. -Comp. -अञ्जलि a. bowing with the palms of the hand joined and put to the forehead as a mark of respect.
prāyaḥ प्रायः [प्र-अय् घञ्, इ-अच् वा] 1 Going away, departure, departure from life. -2 Seeking death by fasting, fasting, sitting down and abstaining from food with some object in view (generally with words like आस्, उपविश् &c.); see प्रायोपवेशन below; प्रायोपविष्टं गङ्गायां परीतं परमर्षिभिः Bhāg.1.3.43. -3 The largest portion, majority, plurality; majority of cases. -4 Excess, abundance, plenty. -6 A condition of life. [N. B.-At the end of comp. प्राय may be translated by (a) for the most part, generally, mostly, almost, nearly; पतनप्रायौ 'about to fall'; मृतप्रायः 'almost dead a little less than dead, nearly dead'; or (b) abounding or rich in, full of, excessive, abundant; कष्टप्रायं शरीरम् U.1; शालिप्रायो देशः Pt.3; कमलामोदप्राया वनानिलाः U.3.24 'full of the fragrance' &c., or (c) like, resembling; वर्षशतप्रायं दिनम्, अम्रतप्रायं वचनम् &c.] -Comp. -उपगमनम्, -उपवेशः, -उपवेशनम्, -उपवेशनिका sitting down and abstaining from food and thus preparing oneself for death, fasting oneself to death; मया प्रायोपवेशनं कृतं विद्धि Pt.4; प्रायोपवेशनमति- र्नृपतिर्बभूव R.8.94; प्रायोपवेशसदृशं व्रतमास्थितस्य Ve.3.1. -उपेत a. abstaining from food and thus awaiting the approach of death. -उपविष्ट, -उपवेशिन् a. fasting oneself to death, who sits without food at the door of another to exact compliance with his demands. -दर्शनम् an ordinary phenomenon. -भव a 1 common, usually met with. -2 executing; युगहृदौघमध्येन ब्रह्मप्रायभवेन च । धात्रा सृष्टानि भूतानि कृष्यन्ते यमसादनम् ॥ Mb.12.235.17 (com. ब्रह्मप्रायभावेन ब्रह्मकार्यभूतेन).
prāyaśas प्रायशस् ind. Generally, mostly, for the most part, in all probability; आशाबन्धः कुसुमसदृशं प्रायशो ह्यङ्गनानां सद्यः- पाति प्रणयि हृदयं विप्रयोगे रुणद्धि Me.1. प्रायश्चित्तम् prāyaścittam प्रायश्चित्तिः prāyaścittiḥ प्रायश्चित्तम् प्रायश्चित्तिः f. 1 Atonement, expiation, indemnification, a religious act to atone for sin; न संसर्गं व्रजेत् सद्भिः प्रायश्चित्ते$कृते द्विजः Ms.11.47; मातुः पापस्य भरतः प्रायश्चित्तमिवाकरोत् R.12.19. (प्रायो नाम तपः प्रोक्तं चित्तं निश्चय उच्यते । तपोनिश्चयसंयोगात् प्रायश्चित्तमितीर्यते ॥ Hemādri). -2 Satisfaction, amends (in general).
projjhanam प्रोज्झनम् Abandoning, quitting, leaving.
proṇṭhaḥ प्रोण्ठः A spitting-pot, spittoon.
protsāraṇam प्रोत्सारणम् Getting rid of, clearing away, removing, expelling.
phalam फलम् [फल्-अच्] 1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49. -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16. -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12. -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37. -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'. -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56. -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61. -8 Profit or interest on capital. -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39. -1 A kernel (of a fruit). -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल). -12 A blade (of a sword). -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52. -14 A shield. -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27. -16 A gift. -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.) -18 Product or quotient. -19 Menstrual discharge. -2 Nutmeg. -21 A ploughshare. -22 Loss, disadvantage. -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum. -24 Correlative equation. -25 The area of a figure. -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -27 A point on a die. -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72. -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161. -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3. -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1. -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot. -अधिकारः a claim for wages. -अध्यक्षः Mimusops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी). -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results. -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2. -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits. -2 following or reaping consequences. -अन्तः a bamboo. -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions). -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act. -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results. -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unproductive. -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (-म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग). -अशनः a parrot. -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut. -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) results; see फलापेक्षा. -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12. -2 the fruit season, autumn. -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (-ढ्या) a kind of plantain. -आरामः a fruitgarden, orchard. -आसक्त a. 1 fond of fuits. -2 attached to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done). -आसवः a decoction of fruit. -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal. -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū). -उच्चयः a collection of fruits. -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones). -2 = त्रिफला. -उत्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 profit, gain. (-त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense). -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison. -उदयः 1 appearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22. -2 profit, gain. -3 retribution, punishment. -4 happiness, joy. -5 heaven. -उद्गमः appearance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.). -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा. -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit. -उपगम a. bearing fruit. -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits. -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit. -2 partaking of reward. -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile. -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.) -कामना desire of fruits or consequences. -कालः fruitseason. -केसरः the cocoanut tree. -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles). -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment. -खेला a quail. -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S. -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage. -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree. -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful. -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा). -छदनम a house built of wooden boards. -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage. -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला). -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a. 1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः । ...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 bringing in gain or profit. -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (-दः) a tree. -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3. -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward. -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences. -निष्पत्तिः f. 1 production of fruit. -2 attainment of reward. -परिणतिः f., -परिणामः, -पाकः (-फलेपाकः also) 1 the ripening of fruit. -2 the fulness of cousequences. -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद). -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak. -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit. -पादपः a fruit-tree. -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86. -प्रजननम् the production of fruit. -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits. -2 a ceremony at weddings. -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object. -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant. -2 a species of crow. -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results. -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit. -भागः a share in any product or profit. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143. -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7. -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R. -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29. -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29. -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell). -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful. -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences. -2 usufruct. -मत्स्या the aloe plant. -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा). -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18. -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1. -2 wages, remuneration. -3 a stage in the performance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D. -राजन् m. a water-melon. -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three. -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit. -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149. -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository. -वर्तुलम् a watermelon. -वल्ली a series of quotients. -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller. -वृक्षः a fruit-tree. -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree. -शाडवः the pomegranate tree. -शालिन् a. 1 bearing fruit, fruitful. -2 sharing in the consequences. -शैशिरः the Badara tree. -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree. -संस्थ a. bearing fruit. -संपद् f. 1 abundance of fruit. -2 success. -3 prosperity. -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object -सिद्धिः f. 1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object. -2 a prosperous result. -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh. -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta. -स्नेहः a walnut tree. -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā -हानिः loss of profit -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit. -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.
phalakam फलकम् 1 A board, plank, slab, tablet; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39; द्यूत˚, चित्र˚ &c. -2 Any flat surface; चुम्ब्यमानकपोलफलकाम् K.218; धृत- मुग्धगण्डफलकैर्विबभुः Śi.9.47,37; cf. तट. -3 A shield; Rām.1. -4 A slab, tablet, leaf or page for writing upon. -5 The buttocks, hips. -6 The palm of the hand. -7 Fruit, result, consequence. -8 Profit, gain. -9 Menstruation. -1 The head of an arrow. -11 The pericarp of a lotus. -12 A broad and flat bone (of the forehead). -13 A wooden seat; तवार्हते तु फलकं कूर्चं वा$प्यथवा बृसी Mb.5.35.15. -14 Bark (as material for clothes). -Comp. -परिधानम् putting on a bark-garment. -पुरम् N. of a town in the east of India; P. VI.2.11; cf. फलपुर. -पाणि a. armed with a shield (as a warrior). -यन्त्रम् an astronomical instrument invented by Bhāskarāchārya. -सक्थ a. having a thigh as broad as a board.
baddha बद्ध p. p. [बन्ध्-कर्मणि क्त] 1 Bound, tied, fastened. -2 Chained, fettered. -3 Captured, caught. -4 Confined, imprisoned. -5 Put or girt on. -6 Restrained, suppressed, withheld. -7 Formed, built; शरबद्धमिवाभाति द्वितीयं भास्वदम्बरम्Rām.6.17.24. -8 Cherished, entertained. -9 Combined, united. -1 Firmly rooted, firm. -11 Shut, stopped, closed. -12 Inlaid, studded. -13 Composed (as verses). -14 Formed, contracted; असूत सा नागवधूपभोग्यं मैनाकमम्भोनिधिबद्धसख्यम् Ku.1.2. -15 Manifested, displayed. -16 Entangled, involved. -17 Congealed, clotted (as blood.) -18 Effected, caused, formed, produced; बद्धं जालकम् Ś.1.29;2.6; U.6.17; Māl.3.7. -19 Possessed, preserved; बद्धं सन्तं मन्यते लब्धमर्थम् Mb.5.92.23. -Comp. -अङ्गुलित्र, अङ्गुलि- त्राण a. having as finger-guard fastened. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands together in supplication, with the hands joined in humble entreaty or raised to the forehead as a mark of respect. ˚पुट a. forming a cup with the hollowed hands. -अनुराग a. having the affection fixed upon, feeling or manifesting love for. -अनुशय a. 1 feeling repentant. -2 of a fixed resolve. -अम्बु n. water derived from a current. -अवस्थिति a. constant. -आदर a. attaching great value to. -आनन्द a. joyful. -आयुध a. accoutred with arms. -आशङ्क a. one whose suspicions have been roused, grown suspicious. -उत्सव a. enjoying or observing a festival or holiday. -उद्यम a. making united efforts. -कक्ष, -कक्ष्य a. see बद्धपरिकर. -कदम्बक a. forming groups; छायाबद्धकदम्बकं मृगकुलं रोमन्थ- मभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6. -कलापिन् a. one who has his quiver tied on. -केसर a. 1 forming hair. -2 having the filaments formed. -कोप, -मन्यु, -रोष a. 1 feeling anger, entertaining a feeling of anger. -2 suppressing or governing one's wrath. -गुदम् a kind of obstruction of the bowels; निरुध्यते तस्य गुदे पुरीषं, निरेति कृच्छ्रादपि चाल्पमल्पम् । हृन्नाभिमध्ये परिवृद्धिमेति तस्योदरं बद्धगुदं वदन्ति ॥ Bhāva. P. -ग्रह a. insisting on something. -चित्त, -मनस् a. having the mind intently fixed on, rivetting the mind on. -जिह्व a. tongue-tied. -तूणीर a. equipped with a quiver. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र, -लोचन a. having the eyes intently fixed on, looking with a steadfast gaze at; ग्रीवाभङ्गाभिरामं मुहुरनुपतति स्यन्दने बद्धदृष्टिः Ś.1.7. -धार a. continuously or incessantly flowing. -निश्चय a. firmly resolved, resolute. -नेपथ्य a. attired in a theatrical dress. -परिकर a. having the girdle girded on, one who has girded up his loins; i. e. ready, prepared. -पुरीष a. having the bowels constipated. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made a vow or promise. -2 firmly resolved. -प्रतिश्रुत् a. resonant with echoes. -भाव a. having the affection or heart fixed upon, enamoured of (with loc.); दृढं त्वयि बद्धभावो- र्बशी V.2. -भूः f. 1 the lowest floor. -2 ground prepared for the site of a house. -3 pavement. -मण्डल a. ranged in circles. -मुष्टि a. 1 having a closed fist. -2 close-fisted, covetous. -मूत्र a. obstructing the urine. -मूल a. deep-rooted, striking root firmly; बद्धमूलस्य मूलं हि महद्वैरतरोः स्त्रियः Śi.2.38. -मौन a. holding the tongue, keeping silence, silent; अदृश्यत त्वच्चरणारविन्दविश्लेषदुःखादिव बद्धमौनम् R.13.23. -राग a. having the desire fixed on, enamoured, impassioned; गल्लस्थलेषु मदवारिषु बद्धरागमत्त- भ्रमद्भ्रमरपादतलाहतो$पि Pt.1.123. -वसति a. fixing anabode. -वाच् a. tongue-tied, maintaining silence. -वेपथु a. seized with tremour. -वैर a. one who has conceived bitter hatred or contracted confirmed hostility. -शिख a. 1 one whose hair is tied up (into a knot on the crown of the head). -2 one who is still in childhood, young. -सूतः a particular preparation of quicksilver. -स्नेह a. forming an attachment, conceiving affection for.
balavat बलवत् a. 1 Strong, powerful, mighty; विधिरहो बलवानिति मे मतिः Bh.2.91. -2 Stout, robust; बलवानपि निस्तेजाः कस्य नाभिभवास्पदम् H.2.132. -3 Dense, thick (as darkness, &c.) -4 Getting the upper hand, predominant, prevailing; बलवानिन्द्रियग्रामो विद्वांसमपि कर्षति Ms. 2.215. -5 More important, of greater weight; लोकापवादो बलवान् मतो मे R.14.4. -6 Accompained by an army. -m. 1 N. of the 8th Muhūrta. -2 Phlegm; Gīrvāṇa. -ती Small cardamoms. -ind. 1 Strongly, powerfully, forcibly; पुनर्वशित्वाद्बलवन्निगृह्य Ku.3.69. -2 Very much, excessively, in a high degree; बलवत्तर्पितश्चाहं बलवान् भगवंस्त्वया Rām.2.92.5; बलवदपि शिक्षितानामात्मन्यप्रत्ययं चेतः Ś.1.2; शीतार्तिं बलवदुपेयुषेव नीरैः Śi.8.62; Ś.5.31.
bāṇaḥ बाणः 1 An arrow, shaft, reed; Bṛi. Up.3.8.2; धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66. -2 An aim or mark for arrows. -3 The feathered end of an arrow. -4 The udder of a cow. -5 The body (शरीर); ते प्रकाश्श्याभिवदन्ति वयमेतद्बाणमवष्टभ्य विधारयामः Praśna Up.2.2. -6 N. of a demon, son of Bali; cf. उषा. -7 N. of a celebrated poet who lived at the court of king Harṣavardhana and flourished in the first half of the seventh century; see App. II). He is the author of कादम्बरी, हर्षचरित and of some other works; (Govardhana in his Āryāsaptaśatī 37 speaks in these terms of Bāṇa :-- जाता शिखण्डिनी प्राग् यथा शिखण्डी तथावगच्छामि । प्रागल्भ्यधिकमाप्तुं वाणी बाणो बभूवेति ॥; so हृदयवसतिः पञ्चबाणस्तु बाणः P. R.1.22). -8 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -9 A sound voice. -1 Fire. -11 Lightning. -12 A form of Śiva. -13 The versed sine of an arc. -णः, -णा The hinder part or feathered end of an arrow. -णः, -णा, -णम् a blue flowering Barleria -नीलझिण्टी (Mar. कोऱ्हांटी); अनाविलोन्मीलितबाणचक्षुषः Ki.4. 28. Śi.6.46. -Comp. -असनम् a bow; स पार्थबाणासन- वेगमुक्तैर्दृढाहतः पत्रिभिरुग्रवेगैः Mb.8.89.86. ˚यन्त्रम् a kind of bow with a mechanical contrivance at one of its ends for tightening the string and letting off the arrow; Dk.1.1. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a series of arrows. -2 a series of five verses forming one sentence. -आश्रयः a quiver. -गङ्गा N. of a river said to have been produced by Rāvaṇa's arrow; सोमेशाद् दक्षिणे भागे बाणेनाभि- बिभिद्य वै । रावणेन प्रकटिता जलधारातिपुण्यदा । बाणगङ्गेति विख्याता या स्नानादघहारिणी ॥ Varāha P. -गोचरः the range of an arrow; अवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.19/2. -जालम् a number of arrows. -जित् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तूणः, -धिः a quiver; क्षीणबाणो विबाणधिः Mb. 8.63; बबन्धाथ च बाणधी (du.) Bk.14.17; Ki.18.1. -निकृत a. pierced or wounded by an arrow. -पत्रः N. of a bird (कङ्क). -पथः the range of an arrow. -पाणि a. armed with arrows. -पातः 1 an arrowshot (as a measure of distance). -2 the range of an arrow. -3 a bed of arrows (बाणशय्या, शरतल्प); बाणपातान्तरे रामं पातितं पुरुषर्षभम् Rām.6.45.25. ˚वर्तिन् a. being within the range of an arrow. -पुरम् Śoṇitapura, the capital of Bāṇāsura. -मुक्ति f., -मोक्षणम् discharging or shooting an arrow. -योजनम् a quiver. -रेखा a long wound made by an arrow. -लिङ्गम् a white stone found in the river नर्मदा and worshipped as the लिङ्ग of Śiva. -वारः a breast-plate, an armour, cuirass; cf. वारबाणः. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -संधानम् the fitting of an arrow to the bow-string; का कथा बाणसंधाने ज्याशब्देनैव दूरतः Ś.3.1. -सिद्धिः f. the hitting of a mark by an arrow. -सुता an epithet of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa; see उषा. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
bāhuḥ बाहुः [बाध् कु धस्य हः Tv.] 1 The arm; शान्तमिदमाश्रम- पदं स्फुरति च बाहुः कुतः फलमिहास्य Ś.1.16; so महाबाहुः &c. -2 The fore-arm. -3 The fore-foot of an animal. -4 A door-post. -5 The base of a right-angled triangle (in geom.). -6 (In medic.) The whole upper extremity of the body (opp. सक्थि). -8 The bar of a chariotpole. -9 The shadow of the gnomon on a sun-dial. -1 The arm as a measure of length (= 12 Aṅgulas). -11 The limb of a bow. -हू (du.) The lunar mansion Ārdrā. -Comp. -अन्तरम् the chest; संवर्त्य मुष्टिं सहसा जघान बाह्वन्तरे शैलनिकाशरूपः Rām.6.7.154. -उत्क्षेपम् ind. having raised or tossed up the arms; बाहूत्क्षेपं क्रन्दितुं च प्रवृत्ता Ś.5.3. -कर a. active with the arms; P.III. 2.21. -कण्टकम् a mode in fighting; 'एकां जङ्घां पदा$$ क्रम्य परामुद्यम्य पाठ्यते । केतकीपत्रवच्छत्रुर्युद्धं तद्बाहुकण्टकम् ॥'; बाहु- कण्टकयुद्धेन तस्य कर्णो$थ युध्यतः Mb.12.5.4. -कुण्ठ, -कुब्ज a. crippled in the arms. -कुन्थः a wing (of a bird). -चापः the distance measured by the extended arms. -जः 1 a man of the Kṣatriya caste; cf. बाहू राजन्यः कृतः Rv.1.9.12; also Ms.1.31; स बाहुजो महाबाहुस्तदु- वाह महाबलम् Śiva B.; N.12.12. -2 a parrot. -3 sesamum growing spontaneously. -ज्या a sine (in math.). -तरणम् crossing a river (with the arms). -त्रः, -त्रम्, -त्राण vantbrass (armour for the arms). -दण्डः 1 a long, staff-like arm. -2 punishment with the arm or fist. -दन्तकम् N. of a Nītiśāstra treatise. -निःसृतम् a mode of fighting (by which a sword is twisted out of a person's hand). -पाशः a particular attitude in fighting. -2 the arm thrown round, as in the act of embracing. -प्रचालकम् ind. shaking the arms. -प्रति- बाहौ the opposite sides of a figure. -प्रसारः, -प्रसारणम् stretching the arms (for embracing &c.) -प्रहरणः a boxer. (-णम्) boxing. -फलम् 1 (in geom.) the result for the base sine. -2 (in astro.) the sine of an arc of a circle of position contained between the sun and the prime verticle. -बन्धनम् 1 encircling arms. (-नः) the shoulder-blade. -बलम् strength of arm, muscular strength. -भङ्गिः f. bending or twisting the arms. -भूषण, -भूषा an ornament worn on the arm, an armlet. -भेदिन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूलम् 1 the armpit. -2 the shoulderblade. -युद्धम् a hand-to-hand or close fight, personal or pugilistic encounter, boxing; बाहुयुद्धं हि मल्लानामशास्त्रमृषिभिः स्मृतम् । मृतस्य तत्र न स्वर्गो यशो नेहापि विद्यते ॥ Mallaśāstram. -योधः, -योधिन् m. a pugilist, boxer. -रक्षा armour for the upper arm. -लता an arm-like creeper. ˚अन्तरम् the breast, bosom. -लोहम् bell-metal (कांस्य). -विक्षेपः 1 the act of throwing about the arms, moving the arms. -2 swimming. -विघट्टनम्, -विघट्टितम् a particular attitude in wrestling. -वीर्यम् strength of arms. -व्यायामः athletic exercise. -शालिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Bhīma. -शिखरम् the upper part of the arm, the shoulder. -संभवः a man of the Kṣatriya caste. -सहस्रभृत् m. an epithet of king Kārtavīrya (also called सहस्रार्जुन).
bidalam बिदलम् बिन्दलम् See विदल. Anything split off or produced by splitting. -Comp. -कारी a woman employed in splitting bamboos.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
brāhmaṇa ब्राह्मण a. (-णी f.) [ब्रह्म वेदं शुद्धं चैतन्यं वा वेत्त्वधीते वा अण्] 1 Belonging to a Brāhmaṇa. -2 Befitting a Brāhmaṇa. -3 Given by a Brāhmaṇa. -4 Relating to religious worship. -5 One who knows Brahma. -णः 1 A man belonging to the first of the four original castes of the Hindus, a Brāhmaṇa (born from the mouth of the puruṣa); ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Rv.1.9. 12; Ms.1.31,96; (जन्मना ब्राह्मणो ज्ञेयः संस्कारैर्द्विज उच्यते । विद्यया याति विप्रत्वं त्रिभिः श्रोत्रिय उच्यते ॥ or जात्या कुलेन वृत्तेन स्वाध्यायेन श्रुतेन च । एभिर्युक्तो हि यस्तिष्ठेन्नित्यं स द्विज उच्यते ॥). -2 A priest, theologian. -3 An epithet of Agni. -4 N. of the twentyeighth Nakṣatra. -णम् 1 An assemblage or society of Brāhmaṇas. -2 That portion of the Veda which states rules for the employment of the hymns at the various sacrifices, their origin and detailed explanation, with sometimes lengthy illustrations in the shape of legends or stories. It is distinct from the Mantra portion of the Veda. -3 N. of that class of the Vedic works which contain the Brāhmaṇa portion (regarded as Śruti or part of the revelation like the hymns themselves). Each of the four Vedas has its own Brāhmaṇa or Brāhmaṇas :-ऐतरेय or आश्व- लायन and कौषीतकी or सांख्यायन belonging to the Ṛigveda; शतपथ to the Yajurveda, पञ्चविंश and षड्विंश and six more to the Sāmaveda, and गोपथ to the Atharvaveda. -4 The Soma vessel of the Brahman priest. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः offensive or disrespectful conduct towards Brāhmaṇas, insult to Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मणातिक्रमत्यागो भवता- मेव भूतये Mv.2.1. -अगर्शनम् absence of Brahmanical instruction or guidance; वृषलत्वं गता लोके ब्राह्मणादर्शनेन च Ms.1.43. -अपाश्रयः seeking shelter with Brāhmaṇas. -अभ्युपपत्तिः f. protection or preservation of, or kindness shown to, a Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणाभ्युपपत्तौ च शपथे नास्ति पातकम् Ms.8.112. -आत्मक a. belonging to Brāhmaṇas. -घ्नः the slayer of a Brāhmaṇa; स्त्रीबाल- ब्राह्मणघ्नांश्च हन्याद् द्विट्सेविनस्तथा Ms.9.232. -चाण्डालः 1 a degraded or outcast Brāhmaṇa; यथा ब्राह्मणचाण्डालः पूर्व- दृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87. -2 the son of a Śūdra father by a Brāhmaṇa woman. -जातम्, -जातिः f. the Brāhmaṇa caste. -जीविका the occupation or means of livelihood prescribed for a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥ षण्णां तु कर्मणामस्य त्रीणि कर्माणि जीविका । याजनाध्यापने चैव विशुद्धाच्च प्रतिग्रहः ॥. -द्रव्यम्, -स्वम् a Brāhmaṇa's property. -निन्दकः a blasphemer or reviler of Brāhmaṇas. -प्रसंगः the applicability of the term Brāhmaṇa. -प्रातिवेश्यः a neighbouring Brāhmaṇa; ब्राह्मणप्रातिवेश्यानामेतदेवानिमन्त्रणे Y.2.263. -प्रियः N. of Viṣṇu. -ब्रुवः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa, one who is a Brāhmaṇa only in name and neglects the duties of his caste; बहवो ब्राह्मणब्रुवा निवसन्ति Dk.; सममब्राह्मणे दानं द्विगुणं ब्राह्मणब्रुवे Ms.7.85;8.2. -भावः the rank or condition of a Brāhmaṇa. -भूयिष्ठ a. consisting for the most part of Brāhmaṇas. -यष्टिका, -यष्टी Clerodendrum Siphonantus (Mar. भारंग). -वधः the murder of a Brāhmaṇa, Brahmanicide. -वाचनम् the recitation of benedictions. -संतर्पणम् feeding or satisfying Brāhmaṇas.
brāhmaṇya ब्राह्मण्य a. Befitting a Brāhmaṇa. -ण्यः An epithet of the planet Saturn. -ण्यम् 1 The station or rank of a Brāhmaṇa, priestly or sacerdotal character; सत्यं शपे ब्राह्मण्येन Mk.5; Pt.1.66; Ms.3.17;7.42. -2 A collection of Brāhmaṇas; ब्राह्मण्यं कृत्स्नमेतत्त्वां ब्रह्मण्यमनुगच्छति Rām.2.45.21.
bhaṅgaḥ भङ्गः [भञ्ज्-भावादौ घञ्] 1 Breaking, breaking down, shattering, tearing down, splitting, dividing; भङ्गः स जिष्णोर्धृतिमुन्ममाथ Ki.17.29. वार्यर्गलाभङ्ग इव प्रवृत्तः R.5.45. -2 A break, fracture, breach. -3 Plucking off, lopping; आम्रकलिकाभङ्ग Ś.6. -4 Separation, analysis. -5 A portion, bit, fragment, detached portion; पुष्पोच्चयः पल्लवभङ्गभिन्नः Ku.3.61; R.16.16. -6 Fall, downfall, decay, destruction, ruin; as in राज्य˚, सत्त्व˚ &c. -7 Breaking up, dispersion; यात्राभङ्ग Māl.1. -8 Defeat, overthrow, discomfiture, rout; भग्ने भग्नमवाप्नुयात् Pt.4.41; प्रसभं भङ्गमभङ्गुरोदयः (नयति) Śi.16.72. -9 Failure, disappointment, frustration; तत्पूर्वभङ्गे वितथप्रयत्नः R.2.42. (v. l.); आशाभङ्ग &c. -1 Rejection, refusal; अभ्यर्थनाभङ्गभयेन साधुर्माध्यस्थमिष्टे$- प्यवलम्बते$र्थे Ku.1.52. -11 A chasm, fissure. -12 Interruption, obstacle, disturbance; निद्रा˚, गति˚ Ki.17.29. -13 Non-performance, suspension, stoppage. -14 Taking to flight, flight. -15 (a) A bend, fold. (b) A wave; क्षौमे भङ्गवती तरङ्गतरले फेनाम्बुतुल्ये वहन् Nāg.5.2; ज्वालाभङ्गैः (= Wavelike flames) Nāg.5.21. -16 Contraction, bending, knitting; ग्रीवाभङ्गाभिरामम् Ś1.7; so भ्रूभङ्ग U.5.36. -17 Going, motion. -18 Paralysis. -19 Fraud, deceit. -2 A canal, water-course. -21 A circumlocutory or round-about way of speaking or acting; see भङ्गि. -22 Hemp. -23 (With Buddhists) The constant decay taking place in the universe; constant change. -24 (With Jainas) A dialectical formula beginning with स्यात्. -Comp. -नयः removal of obstacles. -वासा turmeric. -सार्थ a. dishonest, fraudulent.
bhañjana भञ्जन a. (-नी f.) [भञ्ज्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Breaking, splitting. -2 Arresting, checking. -3 Frustrating. -4 Causing violent pain. -नम् 1 Breaking down, shattering, destroying. -2 Removing, dispelling, driving away; तदुदितभयभञ्जनाय यूनाम् Gīt.1. -3 Routing, vanquishing. -4 Frustrating. -5 Checking, interrupting, disturbing. -6 Afflicting, paining. -7 Smoothing (of hair). -नः Decay of the teeth. -ना Explanation.
bhadraka भद्रक a. (-द्रिका f.) 1 Good, auspicious. -2 Handsome, beautiful. -3 Virtuous (सज्जन); विकर्मक्रियया नित्यं बाधन्ते भद्रिकाः प्रजाः Ms.9.226. -कः 1 The Devadāru tree. -2 A kind of bean; शालिवाहसहस्रं च द्वं शते भद्रकांस्तथा Rām.2.32.2. -कम् 1 N. of a metre of 22 syllables; भ्रौ नरनारनावथ गुरुर्दिगर्कविरसं हि भद्रकमिदम् V. Ratna. -2 Cyperus Rotunda (Mar. नागरमोथा). -3 A particular posture in sitting. -4 A particular mystic sign. -5 A harem.
bharaṇa भरण a. (-णी f.) [भृ-ल्यु, ल्युट् वा] Bearing, maintaining, supporting, nourishing. -णम् 1 The act of nourishing, maintaining or supporting; प्रजानां विनयाधानाद्रक्षणाद्भर- णादपि (स पिता) R.1.24; पुनर्यास्यत्याख्यां भरत इति लोकस्य भरणात् Ś.7.33. -2 (a) The act of bearing or carrying. (b) Wearing, putting on; भरणे हि भवान् शक्तः फलानां महतामपि Rām.7.76.32. -3 Bringing or procuring. -4 Nutriment. -5 Hire, wages. -णः The constellation Bharaṇī.
bhava भव a. [भवत्यस्मात्, भू-अपादाने अप्] (At the end of comp.) Arising or produced from, originating in. -वः 1 Being, state of being, existence, (सत्ता); तथाप्यहं योषिदतत्त्वविच्च ते दीना दिदृक्षे भव मे भवक्षितिम् Bhāg.4. 3.11. -2 Birth, production; भवो हि लोकाभ्युदयाय तादृशाम् R.3.14; S.7.27. -3 Source, origin. -4 Worldly existence; mundane or worldly life, life; as in भवार्णव, भवसागर &c.; कर्मबन्धच्छिदं धर्मं भवस्येव मुमुक्षवः Ku.2.51; भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74; Śi.1.35. -5 The world. -6 Well-being, health, prosperity; भवाय युष्मच्चरणानु- वर्तिनाम् Bhāg.1.27.9; कालेनानुगृहीतैस्तैर्यावद्वो भव आत्मनः Bhāg.8.6.19; Rām.5.27.6. -7 Excellence, superiority. -8 N. of Śiva; तमब्रवीद् भवो$सीति तद्यदस्य तन्नामाकरोत पार्जन्यं तद्रूपमभवत् पर्जन्यो वै भवः Śat. Br.; दक्षस्य कन्या भवपूर्व- पत्नी Ku.1.21;3.72. -9 A god, deity. -1 Acquisition (प्राप्ति). -वौ (dual) Śiva and Bhavānī. -Comp. -अग्रम् the farthest end of the world; Buddh. -अतिग a. overcoming worldly existence. -अन्तकृत् m. 1 N. of Buddha. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -अन्तरम् another existence (previous or future); शुभाशुभफलं सद्यो नृपाद्देवा- द्भवान्तरे Pt.1.121. -अब्धिः, -अर्णवः, -समुद्रः, -सागरः, -सिन्धुः the ocean of worldly life. -अभवौ (m. dual.) 1 existence. -2 prosperity and adversity. -अभीष्टम् bdellium. -अयना, -नी the Ganges. -अरण्यम् 'a forest of worldly life,' a dreary world. -आत्मजः an epithet of Gaṇeśa or Kārtikeya. -आर्त a. sick of the world, disgusted with worldly cares and troubles. -ईशः N. of Śiva. -उच्छेदः destruction of worldly existence; सतां भवोच्छेदकरः पिता ते R.14.74. -क्षितिः f. the place of birth. -घस्मरः a forest-conflagration. -छिद् a. cutting the (bonds of) worldly life, preventing recurrence of birth; भवच्छिदस्त्र्यम्बकपादपांशवः K.1. -छेदः prevention of recurring birth; मनुष्यजन्मापि सुरासुरान् गुणैर्भवान् भवच्छेद- करैः करोत्यधः Śi.1.35. -जलम् the water (or ocean) of worldly existence. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -नाशिनी N. of the river Sarayū -प्रतिसंधिः coming into being. -बन्धेशः N. of Śiva. -भङ्गः delivery from births or transmigration. -भाज् a. living in the world of mortals. -भावन a. conferring welfare. -भीरु a. afraid of worldly existence. -भूतम् the source of all beings, i. e. the Supreme Being. -भूतिः N. of a celebrated poet (see App.II.); भवभूतेः संबन्धाद् भूधरभूरेव भारती भाति । एतत्कृतकारुण्ये किमन्यथा रोदिति ग्रावा ॥ Āryā. S.36. (-f.) welfare, prosperity. -भोगः the enjoyment or pleasure of the world. -मन्युः the resentment against the world. -मोचनः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -रुद् m. a drum beaten at funeral ceremonies. -वीतिः f. 1 liberation from worldly existence; भववीतये हतबृहत्तमसामवबोधवारि रजसः शमनम् Ki.6. 41. -2 end of the world. -व्ययः (du.) birth and dissolution. -शेखरः the moon. -संगिन् a. attached to worldly existence. -संततिः an uninterrupted series of births and transmigrations.
bhitti भित्ति f. [भिद्-क्तिन्] 1 Breaking, splitting; dividing. -2 A wall, partition; समया सौधभित्तिम् Dk.; Śi.4.67. fort-wall; इष्टकोपलमृद्भित्तिप्राकारं पारिघं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.849. -3 (Hence) Any place, spot or ground (आश्रय) to work anything upon; चित्रकर्मरचना भित्तिं विना वर्तते Mu. 2.4. -4 A fragment, bit, piece, portion. -5 Anything broken. -6 A rent, fissure. -7 A mat (made of split reeds). -8 A flaw, defect. -9 An opportunity. -1 A wall-like surface; कपोलभित्ति, गण्डभित्ति &c.; सिंहः शिशुरपि निपतति मदमलिनकपोलभित्तिषु गजेषु Bh.1.38. -Comp. -खातनः a rat. -चौरः a house-breaker. -पातनः 1 a kind of rat. -2 a rat.
bhid भिद् a. (At the end of comp.) Breaking, splitting; destroying &c.; तुरगविचयव्यग्रानुर्वीभिदः U.1.23. -f. 1 Breaking, splitting, dividing. -2 Difference. -3 A sort, kind.
bhidura भिदुर a. [भिद्-कुरच्] 1 Breaking, bursting, splitting, -2 Fragile, brittle. -3 Blended, variegated, mixed, mingled; नीलश्मद्युतिभिरदुराम्भसो$परत्र Śi.4.26;19.58;2.1. -रः 1 The Plakṣa tree. -2 A chain for an elephant's feet. -रम् A thunderbolt.
bhidyaḥ भिद्यः 1 A rushing river. -2 N. of a particular river; तोयदागम इवोद्ध्यभिद्ययोर्नामधेयसदृशं विचेष्टितम् R.11.8; (see Malli.); Kīr. K.4.58. -द्यम् Splitting, breaking.
bhūti भूति f. [भू-क्तिन्] 1 Being, existence. -2 Birth, production. -3 Well-being, welfare, happiness, prosperity; प्रजानामेव भूत्यर्थं स ताभ्यो बलिमग्रहीत् R.1.18; नरपतिकुलभूत्यै 2.75; स वो$स्तु भूत्यै भगवान् मुकुन्दः Vikr.1.2. -4 Success, good fortune. -5 Wealth, riches, fortune; विपत्प्रतीकारपरेण मङ्गलं निषेव्यते भूतिसमुत्सुकेन वा Ku.5.76. -6 Grandeur, dignity, majesty. -7 Ashes; भृतभूतिरहीनभोगभाक् Śi.16.71 (where भूति means 'riches' also); स्फुटोपमं भूतिसितेन शंभुना 1.4. -3 Decoration of elephants with coloured stripes; भक्तिच्छेदैरिव विरचितां भूतिमङ्गे गजस्य Me.19. -9 The superhuman power attainable by the practice of penance or magical rites; सूक्ष्मात् सूक्ष्मतमो$णीयान् शीघ्रत्वं लघिमागुणः । महिमाशेषपूज्यत्वात् प्राप्तिर्नाप्राप्यमस्य यत् ॥ प्राकाम्यस्य व्यापित्वादीशित्वं चेश्वरो यतः । वशित्वाद्वशिमा नाम योगिनः सप्तमो गुणः ॥ यत्रेच्छा स्थानमप्युक्तं यत्र कामावसायिता ॥ Mārk. P.4.31-33. -1 Fried meat. -11 The rutting of elephants. -तिः m. 1 An epithet of Śiva. -2 Of Viṣṇu. -3 Of a class of Manes. -Comp. -अर्थम् ind. for the sake of prosperity. -कर्मन् n. any auspicious or festive rite. -काम a. desirous of prosperity. (-मः) 1 a minister of state. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -कालः a happy or auspicious hour. -कीलः 1 a hole, pit. -2 a meat. -3 a cellar, an underground room. -कृत् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a class of Manes. -कृत्यम् see भूतिकर्मन्; श्रोत्रियः श्रोत्रियं साधुं भूतिकृत्येष्वभोजयन् Ms.8.393. -गर्भः an epithet of Bhavabhūti. -दः an epithet of Śiva. -विधानम् the lunar mansion called धनिष्ठा. -भूषणः an epithet of Śiva. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -सृज् a. creating welfare.
bhūmiḥ भूमिः f. [भवन्त्यस्मिन् भूतानि, भू-मि किच्च वा ङीप्] 1 The earth (opp. स्वर्ग, गगन or पाताल); द्यौर्भूमिरापो हृदयं यमश्च Pt. 1.182; R.2.74. -2 Soil, ground; उत्खातिनी भूमिः Ś.1; विदूरभूमिः Ku.1.24. -3 A territory, district, country, land; विदर्भभूमिः. -4 A place, spot, ground, plot of ground; प्रमदवनभूमयः Ś.6; अधित्यकाभूमिः N.22.41; R.1. 52;3.61; Ku.3.58. -5 A site, situation. -6 Land, landed property. -7 A story, the floor of a house; as in सप्तभूमिकः प्रासादः; प्रासादैर्नैकभूमिभिः Rām.4.33.8. -8 Attitude, posture. -9 A character or part (in a play); cf. भूमिका. -1 Subject, object, receptacle; विश्वासभूमि, स्नेहभूमि &c.; मात्राणि कर्माणि पुरं च तासां वदन्ति हैकादशवीर भूमिः Bhāg.5.11.9. -11 Degree, extent, limit; प्रकुपितमभिसारणे- $नुनेतुं प्रियमियती ह्यबलाजनस्य भूमिः Ki.1.58. -12 The tongue. -13 The number 'one'. -14 The area. -15 The base of any geometrical figure. -Comp. -अनन्तरः a king of an adjacent district. -अनृतम् false evidence concerning land; सर्वं भूम्यनृते हन्ति मा स्म भूम्यनृतं वदीः Ms.8.99. -आमलकी, -आली N. of a plant; स्याद् भूम्यामलकी तिक्ता कषाया मधुरा हिमा Bhāva. P. -इच्छा a desire for lying on the ground. -इन्द्रः, -ईश्वरः 1 a king, sovereign; सभा ते भाति भूमिन्द्र सुधर्मातो$धिका क्षितौ Sūktisundara 5.28. -2 a mountain; आस्ते गुरुः प्रायशः सर्वराज्ञां पश्चाच्च भूमीन्द्र इवा- भियाति Mb.6.2.11. -कदम्बः a kind of Kadamba. -कम्पः an earthquake. -कूश्मण्डः liquorice (Mar. ज्येष्ठी- मध). -खर्जूरिका, -खर्जूरी a variety of date tree; 'भूमि- खर्जूरिका ...... दुरारोहा मृदुच्छदा' Bhāva. P. -गत a. fallen to the earth. -गर्तः, -गुहा a hole in the ground. -गृहम् a cellar, an underground chamber. -गोचरः a man. -चलः, -चलनम् an earthquake; दशग्रीवः समाधूतो यथा भूमिचले$चलः Rām.6.59.61. -छत्रम् a mushroom. -ज a. earth-born, born or produced from the earth. (-जः) 1 the planet Mars. -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. -3 a man. -4 the plant भूनिम्ब. (-जा) an epithet of Sītā. -जीविन् a. living on (the produce of) land; an agriculturist. (-m.) a Vaiśya. -(र्भि)जयः Uttara, the son of Virāṭa; Mb.4. -तनयः the planet Mars. -तलम् the surface of the earth. -दानम् a grant of land. -दुन्दुभिः 'earth-drum', as a pit covered over with skins. -देवः a Brāhmaṇa; शिष्ट्वा वा भूमिदेवानां नरदेवसमागमे Ms.11.82. -धरः 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -3 the number 'seven'. -नाथः, -पः, -पतिः, -पालः, -भुज् m. 1 a king, sovereign; तत्तत् भूमिपतिः पत्न्यै दर्शयन् प्रियदर्शनः R.1.47. -2 a Kṣatriya. -पक्षः a swift or fleet horse. -परिमाणम् square measure. -पिशाचम् the wine-palm. -पुत्रः the planet Mars. -पुरंदरः 1 a king. -2 N. of Dilīpa. -प्रः a. filling the earth; भूमिप्रा$स्य कीर्तिर्भवति Ait. Ār.2.5.3. -बुध्न a. having the earth for a bottom; Ch. Up. -भागः a spot or portion of ground. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मण़्डा a kind of jasmine. -रक्षकः 1 a guardian of a country. -2 a swift or fleet horse. -रथिकः a ground charioteer; तद् यथा भूमिरथिको भूमौ रथमालिख्य योग्यां करोति । सा तस्य योग्या प्रयोगकाले सौकर्यमुत्पादयति ŚB. on MS.7.2.15. -रुहः a tree; A. Rām.7.4.21. -लाभः death (lit. returning to the dust of the earth). -लेपनम् cow-dung. -वर्धनः, -नम् a dead body, corpse; यो न याति प्रसंख्यानमस्पष्टो भूमिवर्धनः Mb.3.35.7. -शय a. sleeping on the ground. (-यः) 1 a wild pigeon. -2 a child, boy. -3 any animal living in the earth. -4 N. of Viṣṇu; भूशयो भूषणो भूतिः V. Sah. -शयनम्, -शय्या sleeping on the ground. -सत्रम् an offering of land; अक्षयान् लभते लोकान् भूमिसत्रं हि तस्य तत् Mb. -समीकृत a. thrown to the ground, floored (Mar. जमीनदोस्त), वानरै राक्षसाश्चापि द्रुमैर्भूमिसमीकृताः Rām.6.52.3. -संनिवेशः the general appearance of a country. -संभवः, -सुतः 1 the planet Mars. -2 an epithet of the demon Naraka. (-वा, -ता) an epithet of Sītā. -स्थ a. being, standing on the ground; भूमिष्ठं नोत्सहे योद्धुं भवन्तं रथमास्थितः Mb.5. 179.1. -स्नुः an earth-worm. -स्पृश् a. 1 blind. -2 lame, cripple. (-m.) 1 a man. -2 mankind. -3 a Vaiśya. -4 a thief. -स्पोटः a mushroom.
bhṛkuṃśaḥ भृकुंशः (सः) A male actor in female attire.
bhṛguḥ भृगुः 1 N. of a sage, regarded as the ancestor of the family of the Bhṛigus, and described in Ms.1.35 as one of the ten patriarchs created by the first Manu; (said to be so called because he was produced along with flames; सह ज्वालाभिरुत्पन्ने भृगुस्तस्माद् भृगुः स्मृतः ।). [On one occasion when the sages could not agree as to which of the three gods, Brahman, Viṣṇu and Śiva, was best entitled to the worship of Brāhmaṇas, the sage Bhṛigu was sent to test the character of the three gods. He first went to the abode of Brahman, and, on approaching him, purposely omitted an obeisance. Upon this the god reprehended him severely, but was pacified by apologies. Next he entered the abode of Śiva in Kailāsa, and omitted, as before, all tokens of adoration. The vindictive deity was enraged and would have destroyed him, had he not conciliated him by mild words. (According to another account, Bhṛigu was coldly received by Brahman, and he, therefore, cursed him that he would receive no worship or adoration; and condemned Śiva to take the form of a Liṅga, as he got no access to the deity who was engaged in private with his wife). Lastly he went to Viṣṇu, and finding him asleep, he boldly gave the god a kick on his breast which at once awoke him. Instead of showing anger, however, the God arose, and on seeing Bhṛigu, inquired tenderly whether his foot was hurt, and then began to rub it gently. 'This', said Bhṛigu, 'is the mightiest god. He overtops all by the most potent of all weapons--kindness and generosity'. Viṣṇu was therefore, declared to be the god who was best entitled to the worship of all.] -2 N. of the sage Jamadagni. -3 An epithet of Śukra. -4 The planet Venus. -5 A cliff, precipice; कृत्वा पुंवत्पातमुच्चैर्मृगुभ्यः Śi.4.23; भृगुपतनकारणमपृच्छम् Dk. -6 Table-land, the level summit of a mountain. -7 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 Friday. -Comp. -उद्वहः an epithet of Paraśurāma. -कच्छः, -च्छम् N. of a place on the north bank of the Narmadā (modern Broach). -जः, -तनयः 1 an epithet of Śukra. -2 the planet Venus. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma; वीरो न यस्य भगवान् भृगुनन्दनो$पि U.5.34. -2 of Śukra. -3 of Śaunaka; एवं निशम्य भृगुनन्दनसाधुवादम् Bhāg.1.1. 14. -पतनम् a fall from a precipice. -पतिः an epithet of Paraśurāma; भृगुपतियशोवर्त्म यत् क्रौञ्चरन्ध्रम् Me.59; so भृगूणांपतिः. -पातः Throwing oneself down from a cliff or a precipice; thus committing suicide; तत्र तत्यजुरा मानं भृगुपातेन केचन Śiva B.2.39. -वंशः N. of a family descended from Paraśurāma;. -वारः, -वासरः Friday. -शार्दूलः, -श्रेष्ठः, -सत्तमः epithets of Paraśurāma;. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma;. -2 of Venus or Śukra; भृगुसूनुधरापुत्रौ शशिजेन समन्वितौ Mb.9.11.17.
bhettṛ भेत्तृ a. [भिद्-तृच्] 1 Breaking, splitting. -2 One who interrupts, an interrupter, a disturber. -3 A destroyer (of secrets). -4 A factious or seditious man.
bhedaḥ भेदः [भिद् घञ्] 1 Breaking; splitting, cleaving; hitting (as a mark). -2 Rending, tearing. -3 Dividing, separating. -4 Piercing through, perforation. -5 (a) Breach, rupture. (b) Breaking open, bursting; V.2.7. -6 Disturbance, interruption. -7 Division, separation. -8 A chasm, gap, fissure, cleft. -9 A hurt, injury, wound. -1 Difference, distinction; तयोर्न भेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3. 99; अगौरवभेदेन Ku.6.12; Bg.18.19,22. रस˚, काल˚ &c.; भेदाभेदयोर्भेदो ग्रहीतव्यः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -11 A change, modification; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -12 Dissension, disunion. -13 Disclosure, betrayal; as in रहस्यभेदः. -14 Treachery, treason; भेदाधीनं कृतं शत्रोः सैन्यं शत्रुबलं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.876. -15 A kind, variety; भेदाः पद्मशङ्खादयो निधेः Ak.; शिरीषपुष्पभेदः &c. -16 Dualism. -17 (In politics) Sowing dissensions in an enemy's party and thus winning him over to one's side, one of the four Upāyas or means of success against an enemy; see उपाय and उपायचतुष्टय; परम्परं तु ये द्विष्टाः क्रुद्धभीतावमानिताः । तेषां भेदं प्रयुञ्जीत परमं दर्शयेद् भयम् ॥ Agni P. -18 Defeat. -19 (In medicine) Evacuation of the bowels. -2 Shooting pain (in the limbs). -21 Paralysis. -22 Contraction. -23 A conjunction of the planets. -24 The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -Comp. -अभेदौ (dual) 1 disunion and union, disagreement and agreement. -2 difference and sameness; भेदाभेद- ज्ञानम्. -उन्मुख a. on the point of bursting forth or opening; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7. -कर, -कृत् sowing dissensions. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि, -बुद्धि a. considering the universe as distinct from the Supreme Spirit. -प्रत्ययः belief in dualism. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of dualism. -विधिः the faculty of discriminating. -सह a. 1 capable of being divided or separated. -2 corruptible, seducible.
bhedaka भेदक a. (-दिका f.) [भिद्-ण्वुल्] 1 Breaking, splitting, dividing, separating. -2 Breaking through, piercing. -3 Destroying, a destroyer; मर्यादाभेदकः Ms.9.291. -4 Distinguishing, discriminating. -5 Defining. -6 Evacuating the bowels, purgative. -7 Diverting (watercourses); स्त्रोतसां भेदको यश्च तेषां चावरणे रतः Ms.3.163. -8 Seducing (ministers); Ms.3.232 Kull. -कः An adjective or differentiating attribute.
bhedana भेदन a. [भिद्-णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Breaking, dividing &c.; नरनागाश्ववृन्दानां भेदनं क्षिप्रकारिणम् Mb.6.18.8. -2 Loosening (as the feces), purgative. -नम् 1 Splitting, breaking, rending. -2 Dividing, separating. -3 Distinguishing. -4 Sowing dissensions, creating discord. -5 Dissolving, loosening. -6 Disclosing, betraying. -7 Disunion, discord. -8 Asa Fœtida. -9 (In astr.) Passing through a constellation. -1 Piercing the nostril (of an animal for bridling; नासाच्छेदन); गोषु ब्राह्मणसंस्थासु छुरिकायाश्च भेदने Ms.8.325. -11 A purgative. -नः A hog.
bhairava भैरव a. (-वी f.) [भीरोरिदम् अण्] 1 Terrible, frightful, horrible, formidable; वेल्लद्भैरवरुण्डमुण्डनिकरैर्वीरो विधत्ते भुवम् U.5.6. -2 Miserable. -3 Relating to Bhairava. -वः 1 A form of Śiva (of which 8 kinds are enumerated). -2 The sentiment of terror (भयानक). -3 Fear, terror. -4 N. of a musical mode (राग) calculated to excite emotions of fear or terror. -5 A mountain. -वी 1 A form of the goddess Durgā. ˚चक्रम् a disc of the goddess भैरवी; प्रवृत्ते भैरवीचक्रे सर्वे वर्णा द्विजोत्तमाः । निवृत्ते भैरवीचक्रे सर्वे वर्णाः पृथक् पृथक् ॥ Utpattitantra. -2 N. of a Rāgiṇī in the Hindu musical system. -3 A girl of 12 or a young girl representing the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -वम् Terror, horror. -Comp. -ईशः an epithet of Viṣṇu (or Śiva ?); so भैरवतर्जकः. -यातना a sort of purificatory torment inflicted by Bhairava of Benares on those who die there, to make their spirits fit for absorption into the Supreme Spirit.
bhramara भ्रमर [भ्रम्-करन्] 1 A bee, large black bee; मलिने$पि रागपूर्णां विकसितवदनामनल्पजल्पे$पि । त्वयि चपले$पि च सरसां भ्रमर कथं वा सरोजिनीं त्यजसि ॥ Bv.1.1. (where the next meaning is also suggested). -2 A lover, gallant, libertine. -3 A potter's wheel. -4 A young man. -5 A top; अभ्रामयदहो दारुभ्रमरं स कदाचन Śiva B.7.32. -6 A particular position of the hand. -री A bee; अमरी- कबरीभारभ्रमरीमुखरीकृतम् Kuval. -2 Lac. -रम् Giddiness, vertigo. -Comp. -अतिथिः the Champaka tree. -अभि- लीन a. with bees clung or attached to; तिरश्चकार भ्रमरा- भिलीनयोः सुजातयोः पङ्कजकोशयोः श्रियम् R.3.8. -अलकः a curl on the forehead. -आनन्दः 1 the Bakula tree. -2 the Atimukta creeper. -इष्टः the tree called श्योनाक. -उत्सवा the Mādhavī creeper. -करण्डकः a small box containing bees (carried by thieves to extinguish light in a house by letting the bees escape); Dk.2.2. -कीटः a species of wasp. -निकरः a multitude of bees. -पदम् a kind of metre. -प्रियः a kind of Kadamba tree. -बाधा molestation by a bee; Ś.1. -मण्डलम् a swarm of bees. -विलसितम् 1 the sporting of bees. -2 N. of a metre.
bhrā भ्रा (भ्ला) स् See भ्रा(भ्ला)श्. भ्रु(भ्रू)कुंशः(सः) A male actor in female attire.
bhrū भ्रू f. [भ्रम्-डू Uṇ.2.68] Brow, eyebrow; कान्तिर्भ्रुवो- रायतलेखयोर्या Ku.1.47; विवर्तितभ्रूरियमद्य शिक्षते -Comp. -कुटिः, -टी f. contraction or knitting of the eyebrows, a frown. ˚बन्धः, ˚रचना bending or knitting the eyebrows; ˚मुखम् a frowning face; भ्रूकुटिं बन्ध् or रच् 'to knit the eyebrows, to frown'. -क्षेपः contraction of the eyebrows; भ्रूक्षेपमात्रानुमतप्रवेशाम् Ku.3.6. ˚आलापः the language of frowns; -जाहम् the root of the eyebrow. -भङ्गः, -भेदः contraction or knitting of the eyebrows, a frown; तरङ्गभ्रूभङ्गा क्षुभितविहगश्रेणिरशना V.4.28; सभ्रूभङ्गं मुखमिव Me.24; सभ्रूभङ्गम् 'with a frown'. -भेदिन् a. frowning. -मण्डलम् the arch of the eyebrow. -मध्यम् the space between the eye-brows. -लता a creeper-like eyebrow, an arched or curving eyebrow. -वञ्चितम् a stolen glance. -विकारः, -विक्रिया, -विक्षेपः contraction of the eyebrows, frowning. -विचेष्टितम्, -विभ्रमः -विलासः graceful or playful movement of the eyebrows, amorous play of the brows; सभ्रूविलासमथ सो$यमि- तीरयित्वा Māl.1.25; Me.16. -विजृम्भः, -म्भणम् the bending of the brows.
maṇḍala मण्डल a. [मण्ड्-कलच्] Round, circular; मण्डलाग्रा बृसीश्चैव गृहान्याः पृष्ठतो ययुः Rām.5.18.12. -लः 1 circular array of troops. -2 A dog. -3 A kind of snake. -लम् 1 A circular orb, globe, wheel, ring, circumference, anything round or circular; न्यग्रोधं च सुमण्डलम् Mb.12.169. 12; करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98; आदर्शमण्डलनिभानि समुल्लसन्ति Ki. 5.41; स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; so रेणुमण्डल, छाया- मण्डल, चापमण्डल, मुखमण्डल, स्तनमण्डल &c. -2 The charmed circle (drawn by a conjurer); मण्डले पन्नगो रुद्धो मन्त्रैरिव महाविषः Rām.2.12.5; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिं यथास्थितं मण्डलमभि- लिखन्ति Mu.2.1. -3 A disc, especially of the sun or moon; तेनातपत्रामलमण्डलेन R.16.27; अपर्वणि ग्रहकलुषेन्दुमण्डला (विभावरी) M.4.15; दिनमणिमण्डलमण्डन भवखण्डन ए Gīt.1. -4 The halo round the sun or moon. -5 The path or orbit of a heavenly body. -6 A multitude, group, collection, assemblage, troop, company; एवं मिलितेन कुमारमण्डलेन Dk.; अखिलं चारिमण्डलम् R.4.4. -7 Society, association. -8 A great circle. -9 The visible horizon. -1 A district or province. -11 A surrounding district or territory. -12 (In politics) The circle of a king's near and distant neighbours; मण्डलचरितम् Kau. A. 1.1.1; सततसुकृती भूयाद् भूपः प्रसादितमण्डलः Ve.6.44; उपगतो$पि च मण्डलनाभिताम् &c. R.9.15. (According to Kāmandaka quoted by Malli. the circle of a king's near and distant neighbours consists of twelve kings:-- विजिगीषु or the central monarch, the five kings whose dominions are in the front, and the four kings whose dominions are in the rear of his kingdom, the मध्यम or intermediate, and उदासीन or indifferent king. The kings in the front as well as in the rear are designated by particular names; see Malli. ad loc; cf. also Śi. 2.81. and Malli. thereon. According to some the number of such kings is four, six, eight, twelve or even more; see Mit. on Y.1.345. According to others, the circle consists of three kings only:-- the प्राकृतारि or natural enemy, (the sovereign of an adjacent country), the प्राकृतमित्र natural ally, (the sovereign whose dominions are separated by those of another from the country of the central monarch with whom he is allied), and प्राकृतोदासीन or the natural neutral, (the sovereign whose dominions lie beyond those of the natural ally). -13 A particular position of the feet in shooting. -14 A kind of mystical diagram used in invoking a divinity. -15 A division of the Ṛigveda (the whole collection being divided into 1 Maṇḍalas or eight Aṣṭakas). -16 A kind of leprosy with round spots. -17 A kind of perfume. -18 A circular bandage (in surgery). -19 A sugar-ball, sweetmeat. -2 Sexual dalliance; नानाविचित्र- कृतमण्डलमावहन्तीम् Bil. Ch. (उत्तरपीठिका) 38. -21 A circular gait; हय इव मण्डलमाशु यः करोति Rām.6.33.35; Mb.3. 19.8. -22 A play-board (द्यूते शारीस्थापनपट्टम्); Mb.8.74. 15. -ली 1 A circle, orb &c. -2 A group, assemblage; तन्मोचनाय तेनाशु प्रेरिता शिष्यमण्डली Bm.1.648. -3 Walking round, circular motion. -4 Bent grass (दूर्वा). -Comp. -अग्र a. round-pointed. (-ग्रः) a bent or crooked sword, scimitar. (-ग्रम्) a surgeon's circular knife. -अधिपः, -अधीशः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the ruler or governor of a district or province. -2 a king, sovereign. -आवृत्तिः f. circular movement; भ्रमिषु कृतपुटान्तर्मण्डला- वृत्तिचक्षुः U.3.19. -आसन a. sitting in a circle. -उत्तमम् a principal kingdom or district. -कविः a bad poet. -कार्मुक a. having a circular bow. -नाभिः the centre of a circle. -नृत्यम् a circular dance, dance in a ring. -न्यासः describing a circle. -पुच्छकः a kind of insect. -बन्धः the formation of a circle or roundness. -भागः an arc. -माडः a pavilion. -वटः the fig-tree forming a circle. -वर्तनम् drawing figures with some powder (Mar. रांगोळी घालणें); संमार्जनोपलेपाभ्यां गृहमण्डलवर्तनैः Bhāg. 7.11.26. -वर्तिन् m. a ruler of a small province; स तुल्यातिशयध्वंसं यथा मण्डलवर्तिनाम् Bhāg.11.3.2. -वर्षः rain over the whole of a king's territory, general rain-fall. -वाटः a garden.
maṇḍūkaḥ मण्डूकः [मण्डयति वर्षासमयं, मण्ड् ऊकण् Uṇ.4.42.] 1 A frog; निपानमिव मण्डूकाः सोद्योगं नरमायान्ति विवशाः सर्वसंपदः Subhāṣ. -2 N. of a particular breed of horses. -3 A machine like a frog. -4 The sole of a horse's hoof. कम् A kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -की 1 A female frog. -2 A wanton or unchaste woman. -3 N. of several plants. -Comp. -अनुवृत्तिः, -गतिः, -प्लुतिः f. 'the leap of a frog', skipping over or omitting at intervals (in grammar the word is used to denote the skipping of several Sūtras and supplying from a previous Sūtra); क्रियाग्रहणं मण्डूकप्लुत्यानुवर्तते Sk. -कुलम् a collection of frogs. -पर्णा, -पर्णिका, -पर्णी N. of several plants like मञ्जिष्ठा, ब्राह्मी etc. -योगः a kind of abstract meditation in which the person who meditates sits motionless like a frog; मण्डूकयोगनियतैर्यथान्यायं निषेविभिः Mb.13.142.9. -सरस् n. a pond full of frogs.
madaḥ मदः [मद्-अच्] 1 Intoxication, drunkenness, inebriety; मदेनास्पृश्ये Dk.; मदविकाराणां दर्शकः K.45; see comps. below. -2 Madness, insanity. -3 Ardent passion, wanton or lustful passion, lasciviousness, lust; इति मदमदनाभ्यां रागिणः स्पष्टरागान् Śi.1.91. -4 Rut, ichor, or the juice that exudes from the temples of an elephant in rut; मदेन भाति कलभः प्रतापेन महीपतिः Chandr.5.45; so मदकलः, मदोन्मत्त; Me.2; R.2.7;12.12. -5 Love, desire, ardour. -6 Pride, arrogance, conceit; तं मोहाच्छ्रयते मदः स च मदाद्दास्येन निर्विद्यते Pt.1.24. -7 Rapture, excessive delight. -8 Spirituous liquor; पाययित्वा मदं सम्यक् Śukra. 4.1171. -9 Honey. -1 Musk. -11 Semen virile. -12 Soma. -13 Any beautiful object. -14 A river (नद) -15 Beauty; नीलारविन्दमदभङ्गिमदैः कटाक्षैः Bv.3.4. -16 N. of the 7th astrological mansion. -दी 1 A drinking-cup. -2 Any agricultural implement (such as a plough &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः, -आतङ्कः any distemper (such as headache) resulting from drunkenness. -अन्ध a. 1 blinded by intoxication, dead drunk, drunk with passion; अधरमिव मदान्धा पातुमेषा प्रवृत्ता V.4.13; यदा किंचिज्ज्ञो$हं द्विप इव मदान्धः समभवम् Bh.2.7. -2 blinded by passion or pride, arrogant, infatuated. -अपनयम् removal of intoxication. -अम्बरः 1 an elephant in rut. -2 N. of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -अलस a. languid with passion or intoxication. -अलसा N. of the daughter of Viśvaketu, the lord of Gandharvas. -अवस्था 1 a state of drunkenness. -2 wantonness, lustfulness. -3 rut, being in rut; अन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -आकुल a. 1 furious with rut. -2 full of lust, overpowered by passion. -आढ्य a. drunk, intoxicated. (-ढ्यः) the palm tree. -आम्नातः a kettle-drum carried on the back of an elephant. -आलापिन् m. a cuckoo. -आह्वः musk. -उत्कट a. 1 intoxicated, excited by drink. -2 furious with passion, lustful. -3 arrogant, proud, haughty. -4 ruttish, under the influence of rut; मदोत्कटे रेचितपुष्पवृक्षा गन्धद्विपे वन्य इव द्विरेफाः R.6.7; हस्तिनं कमल- नालतन्तुना बद्धुमिच्छति वने मदोत्कटम्. (-टः) 1 an elephant in rut. -2 a dove. (-टा) spirituous liquor. -उत्सवः, उद्भवः mango -उदग्र, -उन्मत्त a. 1 drunk, intoxicated. -2 furious, drunk with passion. मदोदग्राः ककुद्मन्तः सरितां कूलमुद्रुजाः R.4.22. -3 arrogant, proud, haughty; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः Pt.1.161. -उदग्रा f. A woman; L. D. B. -उद्धत a. 1 drunk with passion; मदोद्धताः प्रत्यनिलं विचेरुः Ku.3.31; सत्पक्षा मधुरगिरः प्रसाधिताशा मदोद्धतारम्भाः Ve.1.6. -2 inflated with pride. -उल्लापिन् m. the cuckoo. -ऊर्जित a. swollen with pride. -कटः a eunuch. -कर a. intoxicating, causing intoxication. -करिन् m. an elephant in rut. -कल a. speaking softly or inarticulately, speaking indistinctly; मदकलोदकलोलविहंगमाः R.9.37; मद- कलमदिराक्षीनीविमोक्षो हि मोक्षः Udb. -2 uttering low sounds of love. -3 drunk with passion; एतस्मिन् मदकलमल्लिकाक्षपक्ष... U.1.31; Māl.9.14. -4 indistinct yet sweet; मदकलं कूजितं सारसानाम् Me.31. -5 ruttish, furious, under the influence of rut; V.4.46. -6 furious, mad. (-लः) an elephant in rut; -कोहलः a bull set at liberty (to roam at will). -खेल a. stately or sportive through passion; मदखेलपदं कथं नु तस्याः V.4.16. -गन्धा 1 an intoxicating drink. -2 hemp. -गमनः a buffalo. -च्युत् a. 1 distilling rut (as an elephant). -2 lustful, wanton, drunk. -3 gladdening, exhilarating. (-m.) an epithet of Indra. (-m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins. -जलम्, -वारि n. rutting juice, ichor exuding from the temples of a ruttish elephant. -ज्वरः fever of pride or passion; कतिपयपुरस्वाम्ये पुंसां क एष मदज्वरः Bh.3.23. -द्रुः a cocoa-nut tree (Mar. माड). -द्विपः a furious elephant, an elephant in rut. -प्रयोगः, -प्रसेकः, -प्रस्रवणम्, -स्रावः, -स्रुतिः f. the exudation of ichor or rutting juice from the temple of an elephant. -प्रसेकः the aphrodisiacal fluid (वीर्यच्युतिः); अन्यत्र मुञ्चन्ति मदप्रसेकम् Mk.4.16. -भङ्गः humiliation of pride; Bv.3.4. -भञ्जिनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -मत्ता N. of a metre. -मुच् a. 'dropping down ichor', furious, intoxicated; सो$यं पुत्रस्तव मदमुचां वारणानां विजेता U.3.15. -मोहित a. 1 stupefied by drunkenness; अकार्यमन्यत् कुर्याद् वा ब्राह्मणो मदमोहितः Ms.11.96. -2 infatuated by pride. -रक्त a. affected with passion. -रागः 1 Cupid. -2 a cock. -3 a drunkard. -लेखा 1 a line of rut, a line formed by the juice flowing from an elephant's temples. -2 a kind of metre. -विक्षिप्त a. in rut, furious. -2 agitated by lust or passion. -विह्वल a. 1 maddened by lust or pride. -2 stupefied with intoxication. -वीर्यम् 1 strength produced by passion. -2 the heroism of love -वृन्दः an elephant. -शौण्डः, -शौण्डकम् nutmeg. -सारः a cotton shrub. -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् an ale-house, dram-shop, tavern.
madhu मधु a. (-धु or -ध्वी f.) [मन्यत इति मधु, मन्-उ नस्य धः Uṇ.1.18) Sweet, pleasant, agreeable, delightful; आपापयति गोविन्दपादपद्मासवं मधु Bhāg.1.18.12; त्वया सह निवत्स्यामि वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -f. N. of a plant (जीवा, जीवन्ती). -n. -(धु) 1 Honey; एतास्ता मधुनो धाराश्च्योतन्ति सविषास्त्वयि U.3.34; मधु तिष्ठति जिह्वाग्रे हृदये तु हलाहलम्. -2 The juice or nectar of flowers; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -3 A sweet intoxicating drink, wine, spirituous liquor; विनयन्ते स्म तद्योधा मधुभिर्विजयश्रमम् R.4.65; Ṛs. 1.3. -4 Water. -5 Sugar. -6 Sweetness. -7 Anything sweet. -8 Ved. Soma juice. -9 Milk or anything produced from milk (Ved.). -1 A bee-hive; केचित्- पीत्वापविध्यन्ति मधूनि मधुपिङ्गलाः Rām.5.62.1. -11 Bee-wax; Ms.1.88. -m. (धुः) 1 The spring or vernal season; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; क्व नु ते हृदयंगमः सखा कुसुमायोजितकार्मुको मधुः Ku.4.24,25;3.1,3. -2 The month of Chaitra; भास्करस्य मधुमाधवाविव R.11.7; मासे मधौ मधुरकोकिलभृङ्गनादै रामा हरन्ति हृदयं प्रसभं नराणाम् Ṛs.6. 25. -3 N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu. -4 N. of another demon, father of Rāvaṇa and killed by Śatrughna. -5 The Aśoka tree. -6 N. of king Kārtavīrya. -Comp. -अष्ठीला a lump of honey, clotted honey. -आधारः wax. -आपात a. having honey at the first taste; शक्तः परजने दाता स्वजने दुःखजीविनि । मध्वापातो विषास्वादः स धर्मप्रतिरूपकः ॥ Ms.11.9. -आम्रः a kind of mango tree. -आलु n., -आलुकम् sweet potato. -आवासः the mango tree. -आसवः sweet spirituous liquor (made from honey). -आसवनिकः distiller, vintner. -आस्वाद a. having the taste of honey. -आहुतिः f. a sacrificial offering of sweet things. -उच्छिष्टम्, -उत्थभ्, -उत्थितभ् 1 bees'-wax; शस्त्रासवमधूच्छिष्टं मधु लाक्षा च बर्हिषः Y.3.37; मधूच्छिष्टेन केचिच्च जध्नुरन्योन्यमुत्कटाः Rām.5.62.11. -2 the casting of an image in wax; Mānasāra; the name of 68th chapter. -उत्सवः the spring or vernal festival celebrated on the full-moon day of Chaitra. -उदकम् 'honey-water', water mixed with honey, hydromel. -उद्यानम् a spring-garden. -उपघ्नम् 'the abode of Madhu', an epithet of Mathurā; स च प्राप मधूपघ्नं कुम्भीन- स्याश्च कुक्षिजः R.15.15. -उषितम् wax. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -करः 1 a large black bee; कुटजे खलु तेनेहा तेने हा मधुकरेण कथम् Bv.1.1; R.9.3; Me.37,49; सर्वतः सारमादत्ते यथा मधुकरो बुधः Bhāg. -2 a lover, libertine. -3 sweet lime. (-री) a female bee; न च मधुकरीवदन्नरस- भोजिन्यो देवता इति प्रमाणमस्ति ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. ˚गणः, ˚श्रेणिः f. a swarm of bees. -कर्कटी 1 sweet lime, a kind of citron. -2 A kind of date. -काननम्, -वनम् the forest of the demon Madhu. -कारः, -कारिन् m. a bee. -कुक्कुटिका, -कुक्कुटी a sort of citron tree. -कुल्या a stream of honey. -कृत् m. a bee; Bhāg. 11.7.33. -केशटः a bee. -कोशः, -षः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. -क्रमः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. (pl.) drinking-bout, carousals. -क्षीरः, -क्षीरकः a Kharjūra tree. -गन्धः the Bakula tree. -गन्धि, -गन्धिक a. scented with honey, sweet-smelling; वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -गायनः the cuckoo. -गुञ्जनः the drum-stick plant (Mar. शेवगा). -ग्रहः a libation of honey. -घोषः the cuckoo. -च्युत्, -त, -श्च्युत् a. 1 dropping or distilling honey; ददतु तरवः पुष्पैरर्घ्यं फलैश्च मधुश्च्युतः U.3.24. -2 mellifluous, overflowing with sweets. -जम् bees'-wax. -जा 1 sugar-candy. -2 the earth. -जम्बीरः a kind of citron. -जित्, -द्विष्, -निषूदन, -निहन्तृ m., -मथः, -मथनः, -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -सूदनः epithets or Viṣṇu; इति मधुरिपुणा सखी नियुक्ता Gīt.5; R.9.48; Śi.15.1. -जीवनः N. of plant (Mar. बेहडा). -तृणः, -णम् sugar cane. -त्रयम् the three sweet things; i. e. sugar, honey, and clarified butter. -दीपः the god of love. -दूतः the mango tree. -दोहः the extracting of sweetness or honey. -द्रः 1 a bee. -2 a libertine. -द्रवः N. of a tree having red blossoms (Mar. तांबडा शेवगा). -द्रुमः the mango tree. -धातुः a kind of yellow pyrites (सुवर्णमाक्षिक). -धारा a stream of honey. -धूलिः f. molasses. -धेनुः honey offered to Brāhmaṇas in the form of a cow. -नाडी a cell in a honey-comb. -नारिकेलः, -नारिकेरकः a kind of cocoanut (Mar. मोहाचा नारळ). -नेतृ m. bee. -पः a bee or a drunkard; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैः सह Bv.1.126;1.63 (where both meanings are intended). -पटलम् a bee-hive. -पतिः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -पर्कः 1 'a mixture of honey', a respectful offering made to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride; (its usual ingredients are five:- दधि सर्पिर्जलं क्षौद्रं सिता चैतैश्च पञ्चभिः । प्रोच्यते मधुपर्कः); समांसो मधुपर्कः U.4; असिस्वदद्यन्मधु- पर्कमर्पितं स तद् व्यधात्तर्कमुदर्कदर्शिनाम् । यदैष पास्यन्मधु भीमजाधरं मिषेण पुण्याहविधिं तदा कृतम् N.16.13; Ms.3.119 et seq. -2 the ceremony of receiving a guest. -पर्किकः one who praises at the time of मधुपर्क; पठन्ति पाणिस्वनिका मागधा मधुपर्किकाः Mb.7.82.2. (com. मधुपर्किकाः माङ्गल्योपस्थापकाः). -पर्क्य a. worthy of madhuparka q. v. -पर्णिका, -पर्णी the Indigo plant. -पाका sweet melon. -पात्रम् a wine-jug. -पानम् drinking wine; धनलवमधुपानभ्रान्त- सर्वेन्द्रियाणाम् Bh. -पायिन् m. a bee. -पालः a honeykeeper. -पुरम्, -री an epithet of Mathurā; संप्रत्युज्झित- वासनं मधुपुरीमध्ये हरिः सेव्यते Bv.4.44. -पुष्पः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -3 the Dantī tree. -4 the Śirīṣa tree. -प्रणयः addiction to wine. -प्रमेहः diabetes, sacharine urine. -प्राशनम् one of the sixteen purificatory Samskāras (which consists in putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male child). -प्रियः an epithet of Balarāma. -फलः a kind of cocoanut. -फलिका a kind of date. -बहुला the Mādhavī creeper. -बा(वी)जः a pomegranate tree. -बी(वी)- जपूरः a kind of citron. -भूमिकः an epithet of Yogin in the second order. -मक्षः, -क्षा, -मक्षिका a bee. -मज्जनः the tree called आखोट. -मत्त a. 1 drunk with wine. -2 excited by the spring. -मदः the intoxication of liquor. -मन्थः a kind of drink mixed with honey. -मल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Mālatī creeper. -मस्तकम् a kind of sweetmeat made of honey, flour, oil, and ghee; मधुतैलघृतैर्मध्ये वेष्टिताः समिताश्च याः । मधुमस्तकमुद्दिष्टम् ..... Śabda-chandrikā. -माक्षिकम् = मधुधातु q. v. -माधवम्, -वौ the two spring months (चैत्र and वैशाख). -माधवी 1 a kind of intoxicating drink; क्रीडन्त्यो$भिरताः सर्वाः पिबन्त्यो मधुमाधवीम् Mb.1.81.3. -2 any springflower. -माध्वीकम् a kind of intoxicating liquor. -मारकः a bee. -मांसम् honey and meat; Ms.11.158. -मूलम् N. of an edible root (like Mar. रताळें, सुरण). -मेहः मधुप्रमेह q. v. -यष्टिः, -ष्टी f. 1 sugar-cane. -2 liquorice. -यष्टिका, -वल्ली liquorice. -रस a. sweet-flavoured, sweet. -(सः) 1 the wine-palm. -2 sugarcane. -3 sweetness. -(सा) 1 a bunch of grapes. -2 vine. -लग्नः N. of a tree. -लिह्, -लेह्, -लेहिन् m. -लोलुपः a bee; so मधुनोलेहः; मधुलिहां मधुदानविशारदा R.9.29; मधुलेहिगीतौ Bk.; मधुलिह इव मधुबिन्दून् विरलानपि भजत गुणलेशान् Ve.1.5. -वनम् 1 N. of the forest inhabited by the demon Madhu where Śatrughna founded Mathurā. -2 N. of the forest of Sugrīva. (-नः) the cuckoo. -वल्ली 1 liquorice. -2 a kind of grape -3 Sweet citron. -वाच् the Indian cuckoo. -वाराः (m. pl.) drinking often and often, tippling, carousing; जज्ञिरे बहुमताः प्रमदानामोष्ठयावक- नुदा मधुवाराः Ki.9.59; क्षालितं नु शमितं नु वधूनां द्रावितं नु हृदयं मधुवारैः Śi.1.14; sometimes in the sing, also; see: अङ्गनास्यचषकैर्मधुवारः Ki.9.57. -विद्या N. of a mystical doctrine. -व्रतः a bee; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117; तस्मिन्नद्य मधुव्रते विधिवशान्माध्वीकमाकाङ्क्षति 46; मालां मधुव्रतवरूथगिरोपघुष्टाम् Bhāg. -शर्करा honey-sugar. -शाखः a kind of tree. -शिला = मधुधातु q. v. -शिष्टम्, -शेषम् wax. -श्री beauty of spring. -सखः, -सहायः, -सारथिः, -सुहृद् m. the god of love. -संधानम् brandy. -सिक्थकः a kind of poison. -सूदनः 1 a bee; गायन् कलं क्रीडति पद्मिनीषु मधूनि पीत्वा मधुसूदनो$सौ Chanḍ. M. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; भक्तानां कर्मणां चैव सूदनान्मधुसूदनः -3 N. of a writer of works like अद्वैतसिद्धि. -स्थानम् a bee-hive. -स्रवः a. dropping honey or sweetness. -(वा) 1 liquorice. -2 N. of the third day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -स्वरः the cuckoo. -हन् m. 1 a destroyer or collector of honey; सर्वथा संहतैरेव दुर्बलैर्बलवानपि । अमित्रः शक्यते हन्तुं मधुहा भ्रमरैरिव ॥ Mb.3.33.7; Bhāg.11.7.34. -2 a kind of bird of prey. -3 a sooth-sayer. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
mayūraḥ मयूरः [मी ऊरन् Uṇ 1.67] 1 A peacock; स्मरति गिरिमयूर एष देव्याः U.3.2; फणी मयूरस्य तले निषीदति Ṛs. 1.13. -2 A kind of flower. -3 N. of a poet (author of the सूर्यशतक); यस्याश्चोरश्चिकुरनिकरः कर्णपूरो मयूरः P. R.1. 22. -4 A kind of instrument for measuring time. -5 (In music) A kind of gait. -री A pea-hen; (Proverb :- वरं तत्कालोपनता तित्तिरी न पुनर्दिवसान्तरिता मयूरी Vb.1., or वरमद्य कपोतो न श्वो मयूरः 'a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush'). -रम् A particular posture in sitting. -Comp. -अरिः a lizard. -उल्लासकः the rainy season. -केतुः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -गतिः N. of a metre. -ग्रीवकम् blue vitriol. -घृतम् a kind of medicine. -चटकः the domestic cock. -चूडा 1 a peacock's crest. -2 = मयूरीशिखा q. v. -तुत्थम् blue virtriol. -नृत्यम् the dance of a peacock; a position comparable to it; तदेतन्म- यूरनृत्यमापद्यते । तद्यथा मयूरस्य नृत्यतो$न्यदपाव्रियते$न्यत् संव्रियते । एवमिहापि इदं संव्रियते तदपाव्रियते । ŚB. on MS.7.4.1. -पत्रिन् a. feathered with peacock's feathers (as an arrow); जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनिध्वजम् R.3.56. -पदकम् a scratch in the form of a peacock's foot (made with the fingernails). -पिच्छम् a peacock's tail or feather. -रथः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -व्यंसकः a cunning peacock. -शिखा 1 a peacock's crest. -2 a cock's comb. -3 N. of a medicinal plant, Celosia Cristata; cf. नीलकण्ठशिखा लध्वी पित्तश्लेष्मातिसारजित् Bhāva. P.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -सारिन् a. strutting like a peacock.
marman मर्मन् n. [मृ-मनिन्] 1 (a) A vital part of the body, the vitals, weak or tender point of the body); तथैव तीव्रो हृदि शोकशङ्कुर्मर्माणि कृन्तन्नपि किं न सोढः U.3.35; Y. 1.153; Bk.16; स्वहृदयमर्मणि वर्म करोति Gīt.4. (b) Any vital member or organ. -2 Any weak or vulnerable point, a defect, failing; ते$न्योन्यमभिसंसृत्य क्षिपन्तो मर्मभिर्मिथः Bhāg.8.1.27. -3 The core, quick. -4 Any joint (of a limb). -5 The secret or hidden meaning, the pith or essence (of anything); काव्यमर्मप्रकाशिका टीका; नत्वा गङ्गाधरं मर्मप्रकाशं तनुते गुरुम्--नागेशभट्ट. -6 A secret, a mystery. -7 Truth. -Comp. -अतिग a. piercing deeply into the vital parts; तथा मर्मातिगैर्भीष्मो निजघान महारथान् Mb. 6.9.85; मर्मातिगैरनृजुभिर्नितरामशुद्धैर्वाक्सायकैरथ तुतोद तदा विपक्षः Śi.2.77. -अन्वेषणम् 1 probing the vital parts. -2 seeking weak or vulnerable points. -आवरणम् an armour, a coat of mail. -आविध्, -उपघातिन् a. piercing the vitals (of the heart); अपि मर्माविधो वाचः सत्यं रोमाञ्च- यन्ति माम् Mv.3.1; चिरं क्लिशित्वा मर्माविध् (v. l. मर्माविद्) रामो विलुभितप्लवम् Bk.5.52. -कीलः a husband. -ग a. piercing to the quick, very acute, poignant. -घातः wounding the vitals. -घ्न a. piercing the vitals, excessively painful. -चरम् the heart. -छिद्, -भिद् (so -छेदिन्, -भेदिन्) a. 1 piercing the vitals, cutting to the quick, excessively painful; प्रहरति विधिर्मर्मच्छेदी न कृन्तति जीवितम् U.3.31; Māl.9.12. -2 wounding mortally, mortal. -जम् blood. -ज्ञ a., -विद् a. 1 knowing the weak or vulnerable points of another; Pt.1.248. -2 knowing the most secret portions of a subject. -3 knowing secrets or mysteries. -4 having a deep insight into anything, exceedingly acute or clever. (-ज्ञः) any acute or learned man; ते ह्यस्य मर्मज्ञभयात् नापराध्यन्ति Kau. A.1.8. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a secret. -त्रम् a coat of mail. -पारग a. ahaving a deep insight into, thoroughly conversant with, one who has entered into the secret recesses of anything. -पीडा pain in the inmost soul. -भेदः 1 piercing the vitals. -2 disclosing the secrets or vulnerable points of another. -भेदनः, -भेदिन् m. an arrow. -विद् see मर्मज्ञ. -संधिः m. (pl.) joints and articulations. -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् 1 a sensitive or vital part. -2 a weak or vulnerable point. -स्पृश् a. 1 piercing the vitals, stinging to the quick; त एते हृदयमर्मस्पृशः संसारभावाः U. -2 very cutting, poignant, sharp or stinging (words &c.).
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
māṃsam मांसम् [मन्-स दीर्घश्च Uṇ.3.64] Flesh, meat; समांसो मधुपर्कः U.4. (The word is thus fancifully derived in Ms.5.55 :-- मां स भक्षयिता$मुत्र यस्य मांसमिहाद्म्यहम् । एतन्मांसस्य मांसत्वं प्रवदन्ति मनीषिणः ॥). -2 The flesh of fish. -3 The fleshy part of a fruit. -सः 1 A worm. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, selling meat. -3 Time. -Comp. -अद्, -अद, -आदिन्, -भक्षक a. flesh-eating, carnivorous (as an animal); अद्य तर्प्स्यन्ति मांसादाः Bk. 16.29; Ms.5.15. -अरिः N. of a plant (Mar. चुका). -अर्गलः, -लम् a piece of flesh hanging down from the mouth. -अर्बुदः, -दम् a kind of disease of the membrum virile. -अशनम् 1 flesh-meat. -2 flesh-eating. -अष्टका N. of the eighth day in the dark half of Māgha. -आहारः animal food. -इष्टा a kind of bird (वल्गुला). -उपजीविन् m. a dealer in flesh. -ओदनः 1 a meal of flesh. -2 rice boiled with flesh. -कच्छपः a fleshy abscess on the palate. -कन्दी a swelling of the flesh. -कामः fond of flesh; P.III.2.1; Vār.7. -कारिन् n. blood. -कीलः a tumour, wart. -क्षयः the body. -ग्रन्थिः a gland. -जम्, -तेजस् n. fat, adeps. -तानः a polypus in the throat. -दृश् a. seeing superficially (चर्मचक्षुस्); मा प्रत्यक्षं मांसदृशां कृषीष्ठाः Bhāg.1.3.28. -द्राविन् m. a kind of sorrel. -निर्यासः the hair of the body. -पः a Piśācha or demon. -पचनम् a vessel for cooking meat. -परिवर्जनम् abstaining from flash; न तत्फलमवाप्नोति यन्मांसपरिवर्जनात् Ms.5.54. -पाकः kind of disease (destroying the membrum virile). -पिटकः, -कम् 1 a basket of flesh. -2 a large quantity of flesh. -पित्तम्, -लिप्तम् a bone. -पेशी 1 a muscle. -2 a piece of flesh. -3 an epithet of the fœtus from the 8th to the 14th day. -प्ररोहः a fleshy excrescence. -फला the egg plant. -भेत्तृ, -भेदिन् a. cutting the flesh; Ms.8.284. -मासा N. of a plant (Mar. रानउडीद, माषपर्णी). -योनिः a creature of flesh and blood. -रसः 1 soup. -2 blood. -रोहिणी N. of a fragrant medicinal plant. -लता a wrinkle. -विक्रयः sale of meat. -शोणित a. flesh and blood; मांसशोणितभोजने. -सारः, -स्नेहः fat. -हासा skin.
mākara माकर a. (-री f.) Belonging to the sea-monster, Makara q. v. -री N. of the seventh day in the bright half of Māgha; तन्मे रोगं च शोकं च माकरी हन्तु सप्तमी Tithyādi. -Comp. -आकरः the sea. -आसनम् a particular posture in sitting. -व्यूहः a particular form of military array.
mātrā मात्रा 1 A measure; see मात्रम् above. -2 A standard of measure, standard, rule. -3 The correct measure; तस्य मात्रा न विद्यते Mb.13.93.45. -4 A unit of measure, a foot. -5 A moment. -6 A particle, an atom; पृथिवी च पृथिवीमात्रा &c. Praśna Up.4.8. -7 A part, portion; लभेमहि धनमात्रान् Ch. Up.1.1.6; सुरेन्द्रमात्राश्रितगर्भगौरवात् R.3.11. -8 A small portion, a little, trifle, a little quantity, a small measure only; see मात्र (3). -9 Account, consideration; राजेति कियती मात्रा Pt.1.4 'of what account or consideration is a king', i. e. I hold him of no account; कायस्थ इति लध्वी मात्रा Mu.1. -1 Money, wealth, property; शून्यमठिकायां मात्राः समवतार्य Dk.2.8; नक्तंदिनं कक्षा- न्तरात्तां मात्रां न मुञ्चति Pt.1; कथमस्यार्थमात्रा हर्तव्या ibid. -11 (In prosody) A prosodial or syllabic instant, the time required to pronounce a short vowel; गच्छेत् षोडशमात्राभिः Śukra.4.963; एकमात्रो भवेद् ह्रस्वः. -12 An element. -13 The material world, matter. -14 The upper part of the Nāgarī characters. -15 An ear-ring. -16 An ornament; a jewel. -17 A measure of time (in music.). -18 Function of the organs (इन्द्रियवृत्ति). -19 Change (विकार); सन्निवेश्यात्ममात्रासु सर्वभूतानि निर्ममे Ms.1.16. -2 = बुद्धिः; न मात्रामनुरुध्यन्ते Mb.12.27.12. (com. मीयते विषया अनयेति मात्रा बुद्धिः). -Comp. -अङ्गुलम् a measure equal to the middle digit of the middle finger in the right hand of the architect or priest, employed in measuring the sacrificial objects like the kuśa grass or seat, the spout of a ladle, and the ladle &c.; Suprabhedāgama 3.4/5,7/8. -अर्धम् half of a prosodial instant. -गुरु a. (food) heavy on account of its ingredients. -च्युतकम् a kind of artificial composition, getting out another meaning by the omission of a Mātrā; e. g. मूलस्थितिमधः कुर्वन् पात्रैर्जुष्टो गताक्षरैः । विटसेव्यः कुलीनस्य तिष्ठतः पथिकस्य सः ॥ (where the omission of the Mātrā in विट makes the sense applicable to a वट). -छन्दस्, -वृत्तम् a metre regulated by the number of prosodial instants it contains, e. g. the Āryā. -भस्त्रा a money- bag. -लाभ (pl.) acquisition of wealth. -वस्तिः an oily clyster. -संगः attachment to or regard for household possessions or property; प्राणयात्रिकमात्रः स्यान्मात्रासङ्गा- द्विनिर्गतः Ms.6.57. -समकः N. of a class of metres; see App. -स्पर्शः material contact, contact with material elements; मात्रास्पर्शास्तु कौन्तेय शीतोष्णसुखदुःखदाः Bg.2.14; Bhāg.1.6.35.
mukta मुक्त p. p. [मुच्-क्त] 1 Loosened, relaxed, slackened. -2 Set free, liberated, relaxed. -3 Abandoned, left, given up, set aside, taken off. -4 Thrown, cast, discharged, hurled. -5 Fallen down, dropped down from; विदन्ति मार्गं नखरन्ध्रमुक्तैर्मुक्ताफलैः Ku.1.6. -6 Drooping, unnerved; मुक्तैरवयवैरशयिषि Dk. -7 Given, bestowed. -8 Sent forth, emitted. -9 Finally saved or emancipated. -1 Ejected, spit out. -11 Deprived. -12 Absolved or emancipated (from sin or worldly existence); see मुच् also. -13 Opened, blown (as a flower); मुक्तपुष्पावकीर्णेन (शोभिता) Rām.5.1.8. -14 Set up, established (प्रवर्तित); स दण्डो विधिवन्मुक्तः Rām.7.79.9. -क्तः One who is finally emancipated from the bonds of worldly existence, one who has renounced all worldly attachments and secured final beatitude, an absolved saint; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः ॥ Subhāṣ. -क्तम् The spirit released from worldly existence. -Comp. -अम्बरः a Jaina mendicant of the digambara class. -आत्मन् a. finally saved or emancipated. (-m.) 1 the soul absolved from sins or from worldly matter. -2 a person whose soul is absolved. -आसन a. rising from a seat. (-नम्) a particular position of ascetics (सिद्धासन). -कच्छः a Buddhist. -कञ्चुकः a snake that has cast off its slough. -कण्ठ a. raising a cry. (-ण्ठम्) ind. bitterly, loudly, aloud; सा मुक्तकण्ठं व्यसनातिभाराच्चक्रन्द विग्ना कुररीव भूयः R.14.68. -कर, -हस्त a. open-handed, liberal, bountiful. -केश a. letting the hair hang down, having the hair dishevelled. -चक्षुस् m. a lion. -चेतस् a. absolved, emancipated. -प्रपाङ्गम् an open court-yard connected with a tank; मुक्तप्रपाङ्गमपि दारुशिलेष्टकाद्यैः । रत्नैरनेकबहुलोह- विशेषकैश्च ॥ Mānasāra 47.31-32. -बन्धन a. free from bondage; पश्य मूषिकमात्रेण कपोता मुक्तबन्धनाः. -लज्ज a. shameless. -वसनः see मुक्ताम्बर. -शैशव a. adult, grown up. -संग a. free from (wordly) ties or attachments, disinterested. (-गः) an ascetic of the fourth religious order (परिव्राजक).
muktiḥ मुक्तिः f. [मुच्-क्तिन्] 1 Release, liberation, deliverance; स मुक्तिः सातिमुक्तिः Bṛi. Up.3.1.3. -2 Freedom, emancipation. -3 Final beatitude or emancipation, absolution of the soul from metempsychosis; अधिगत्य जगत्यधीश्वरादथ मुक्तिं पुरुषोत्तमात्ततः N.2.1. (where मुक्ति has sense 1 also). -4 Leaving, giving up, abandoning, avoiding; संसर्गमुक्तिः खलेषु Bh.2.62. -5 Throwing, hurling, letting off, discharging. -6 Unloosing, opening. -7 Discharge, paying off (as a debt). -Comp. -क्षेत्रम् 1 an epithet of Benaras. -2 a place where final emancipation is attainable. -पतिः lord of beatitude. -मार्गः the way to final beatitude. -मुक्तः frank-incense.
muc मुच् a. (At the end of comp.) 1 Freeing, liberating, delivering from. -2 Discharging, throwing, sending, emitting. -3 Giving up, leaving &c.
muṇḍa मुण्ड a. [मुण्ड्-घञ्] 1 Shaved, bald; रावणश्च मया दृष्टो मुण्डस्तैलसमुक्षितः Rām.5.27.19; चरन् भैक्ष्यं मुनिर्मुण्डः Mb.12. 9.12. -2 Lopped, stripped of top leaves. -3 Blunt, pointless. -4 Ved. Hornless. -5 Low, mean. -ण्डः 1 A man with a shaved or bald head; स्वप्ने$वगाहते$त्यर्थं जलं मुण्डांश्च पश्यति Y.1.272. -2 A bald or shaven head. -3 The forehead. -4 A barber. -5 The trunk of a tree stripped of its top-branches; मुण्डतालवनानीव चकार स रथव्रजान् Mb.6.16.14. -6 An epithet of Rāhu. -7 N. of one of the twelve principal Upaniṣads; मुण्डमाण्डूक्य- तित्तिरिः. -m. pl. N. of a people. -ण्डा 1 N. of a plant (मुण्डीरिका). -2 Bengal madder. -3 A female mendicant of a particular order. -ण्डम् 1 The head; अङ्गं गलितं पलितं मुण्डम् Śaṅkarāchārya. -2 Myrrh. -3 Iron. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -आसनम् a particular posture in sitting. -चणकः a kind of pulse (कलाय). -जम् steel. -फलः a cocoa-nut tree. -मण्डली 1 a number of shaven heads. -2 a number of troops of an inferior kind, a mere crowd or mob; वरमल्पबलं सारं न कुर्यान्मुण्डमण्डलीम् H.3.82. -लोहम् iron. -शालिः a kind of rice.
mudgaraḥ मुद्गरः [मुदं गिरति गॄ-अच्] 1 A hammer, mallet, as in मोहमुद्गरः (a small poem by Śaṅkarāchārya); समधूच्छिष्ट- मुद्गराः Mb.5.155.; शिलानिष्पिष्टमुद्गरः R.12.73. -2 A club, mace. -3 A staff for breaking clods of earth. -4 A kind of dumb-bell. -5 A bud. -6 A kind of jasmine (said to be n. also in this sense). -7 A particular posture in sitting.
mudrā मुद्रा [मुद्-रक्] 1 A seal, an instrument for sealing or stamping; especially a seal-ring, signet-ring; अनया मुद्रया मुद्रयैनम् Mu.1; नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रः Bk.1.19 (fig. also); इति प्रायो भावाः स्फुरदवधिमुद्रामुकुलिताः Bh.2.114. -2 A stamp, print, mark, impression; चतुःसमुद्रमुद्रः K. 191; सिन्दूरमुद्राङ्कितः (बाहुः) Gīt.4. -3 A pass, passport (as given by a seal-ring); अगृहीतमुद्रः कटकान्निष्कामसि Mu.5; गृहीतमुद्रः सलेखः पुरुषो गृहीतः Mu.5; शाहसूनोः शिवस्यैषा मुद्रा भद्राय राजते (wording on Śivājee's seal). -4 A stamped coin, coin, piece of money. -5 A medal. -6 An image, a sign, badge, token. -7 Shutting, closing, sealing; सैवौष्ठमुद्रा स च कर्णपाशः U.6.27; क्षिपन्निद्रा- मुद्रां मदनकलहच्छेदसुलभाम् Māl.2.12 'removing the seal of sleep' &c. -8 A mystery. -9 (In Rhet.) The expression of things by their right names. -1 N. of certain positions of the fingers practised in devotion or religious worship; योजनात् सर्वदेवानां द्रावणात् पापसंहतेः । तस्मान्मुद्रेति सा ख्याता सर्वकामार्थसाधनी Tantrasāra; Dk.2.2. -11 A particular branch of education (reckoning by the fingers). -12 A dance accordant with tradition. -13 A lock, stopper. -14 A nymph; बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स- मुद्रः Bk.1.19. -15 "Parched grain" in the form of rice, paddy etc. (Yoginī Tantra, Ch.VI quoted in Woodroffe, Śakti and Śākta, 571). -16 Particular lines, marks; माता पुत्रः पिता भ्राता भार्या मित्रजनस्तथा । अष्टापदपदस्थाने दक्ष मुद्रेव लक्ष्यते ॥ Mb.12.298.4. -17 Type or block for printing. -Comp. -अक्षरम् 1 a letter of the seal. -2 a type (a modern use). -अङ्क, -अङ्कित a. stamped with a seal, sealed, stamped. -अधिपः the keeper of the seal; the officer in charge of the fort; ततो मुद्राधिपो मुख्यः कौक्षेयकसहायवान् Parṇāl.3.37. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of pass-ports; Kau. A.1.1.1. -कारः a maker of seals. -मार्गः an opening believed to exist in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape at death; cf. ब्रह्मरन्ध्र. -यन्त्रम् a press, a printing-press (a modern formation). -रक्षकः the keeper of the seals. -राक्षसम् N. of a drama by Viśākha-datta. -लिपिः an alphabet of written characters; मुद्रालिपिः शिल्पलिपिर्लिपिर्लेखनिसंभवा । गुण्डिका घुणसंभूता लिपयः पञ्चधा मताः ॥ -स्थानम् the place (on the finger) for a seal-ring; Ś.
mudraṇam मुद्रणम् 1 Sealing, stamping, printing, marking. -2 Closing, shutting.
mūrdhan मूर्धन् m. [मुह्यत्यस्मिन्नाहते इति मूर्धा, cf. Uṇ.1.156] 1 The forehead, brow. -2 The head in general; नतेन मूर्ध्ना हरिरग्रहीदपः Śi.1.18; R.16.81; नैसर्गिकी सुरभिणः कुसुमस्य सिद्धा मूर्ध्नि स्थितिर्न चरणैरवताडनानि U.1.14; Ku.3.22. -3 The highest or most prominent part, top, summit, peak, head; अतिष्ठन्मनुजेन्द्राणां मूर्ध्नि देवपतिर्यथा Mb. 'stood at the head of all kings' &c.; उत्तमे शिखरे जाते भूम्यां पर्वतमूर्धनि Sandhyā Mantra; Ś.5.7; Me.17. -4 (Hence) A leader, head, chief, foremost, prominent. -5 Front, van, forepart; स किल संयुगमूर्ध्नि सहायतां मघवतः प्रतिपद्य महारथः R.9.19. -6 (In geom.) The base. -7 (In gram.) The roof of the palate. -Comp. -अन्तः the crown of the head. -अक्षिषिक्त a. 1 consecrated, crowned, inaugurated; मूर्धाभिषिक्तं कुमुदो बभाषे R.16.81. -2 common, stock (as an instance); उत्कृत्योत्कृत्य कृत्तिं इति बीभत्सस्य मूर्धाभिषिक्तमुदाहरणम्. (-क्तः) 1 a consecrated king; पश्य मूर्धाभिषिक्तानामाचार्य कदनं महत् Mb.7.15.12. -2 a man of the Kṣatriya caste. -3 a minister. -4 = मूर्धावसिक्त (1) q. v. -अभिषेकः consecration, inauguration. -अवसिक्तः 1 N. of a particular mixed tribe sprung from a Brāhmaṇa father and Kṣatriya mother. -2 a consecrated king. -कर्णी, कर्परी f. an umbrella. -ग a. sitting down on the head; स्यन्दनैः स्यन्दनगता गजैश्च गजमूर्धगाः Rām.7.7.5. -जः 1 the hair (of the head); पर्याकुला मूर्धजाः Ś.1.3; विललाप विकीर्णमूर्धजा Ku.4.4 'she tore her hair for grief'. -2 the mane. -3 a crown, helmet; विमुक्तमूर्धजा ये च ये चापि हतवाहनाः Mb.1.5.12. -ज्योतिस् n. see ब्रह्मरन्ध्र or मुद्रामार्ग. -पातः splitting of the skull. -पिण्डः a lump upon the head (of an elephant in rut). -पुष्पः the Śirīṣa tree. -रसः the scum of boiled rice. -वेष्टनम् a turban, diadem.
mokṣaṇam मोक्षणम् [मोक्ष्-ल्युट्] 1 Releasing, liberating, emancipating, setting at liberty; यावनवध्यस्य वधे तावान् वध्यस्य मोक्षणे Ms.9.249. -2 Rescuing, deliverance. -3 Loosening, untying. -4 Giving up, abandoning, resigning. -5 Shedding. -6 Squandering. -7 Discharging, casting; शस्त्र &c. -णी The magic art of releasing any one.
mocana मोचन a. (-नी f.) [मुच्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Releasing, freeing from. -नम् 1 Releasing, liberating, setting free, emancipating. -2 Unyoking. -3 Discharging, emitting. -4 Acquittance of a debt or obligation. -5 Arrogance, pride. -6 Deceit, fraud. -Comp. -पडकः a filter.
mocayitṛ मोचयितृ a. Releasing, setting free; Ms.8.342 (com.).
moṣaṇam मोषणम् [मुष्-ल्युट्] 1 Robbing, plundering, stealing, defrauding; Kull. on Ms.8.4. -2 Cutting. -3 Destroying.
maunam मौनम् [मुनेर्भावः अण्] 1 Silence, taciturnity; विभूषणं मौनमपण्डितानाम् Bh.2.7; मौनं सर्वार्थसाधनम् 'open your lips'; मौनं समाचर 'hold your tongue'. -2 The unblooming state (अप्रफुल्लीभाव); गुञ्जति मञ्जु मिलिन्दे मा मालति मौनमुपयासीः Bv.1.19. -Comp. -मुद्रा the attitude of silence. -व्रतम् a vow of silence.
yajñaḥ यज्ञः [यज्-भावे न] 1 A sacrifice, sacrificial rite; any offering or oblation; यज्ञेन यज्ञमयजन्त देवाः; तस्माद्यज्ञात् सर्वहुतः &c.; यज्ञाद् भवति पर्जन्यो यज्ञः कर्मसमुद्भवः Bg.3.14. -2 An act of worship, any pious or devotional act. (Every householder, but particularly a Brāhmaṇa, has to perform five such devotional acts every day; their names are :-- भूतयज्ञ, मनुष्ययज्ञ, पितृयज्ञ, देवयज्ञ, and ब्रह्मयज्ञ, which are collectively called the five 'great sacrifices'; see महायज्ञ, and the five words separately.) -3 N. of Agni. -4 Of Viṣṇu; ऋषयो यैः पराभाव्य यज्ञघ्नान् यज्ञमीजिरे Bhāg.3.22.3. -Comp. -अंशः a share of sacrifice ˚भुज् m. a deity, god; निबोध यज्ञांशभुजामिदानीम् Ku.3.14. -अ(आ)गारः, -रम् a sacrificial hall. -अङ्गम् 1 a part of a sacrifice. -2 any sacrificial requisite, a means of a sacrifice; यज्ञाङ्गयोनित्वमवेक्ष्य यस्य Ku.1.17. (-गः) 1 the glomerous figtree (उदुम्बर). -2 the Khadira tree. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -4 the black-spotted antelope. -अन्तः 1 the completion of a sacrifice. -2 an ablution at the end of a sacrifice for purification. -3 a supplementary sacrifice. ˚कृत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अरिः an epithet of Śiva. -अर्ह a. 1 deserving sacrifice. -2 fit for a sacrifice. (-m. dual) an epithet of the Aśvins. -अवयवः N. of Viṣṇu. -अशनः a god. -आत्मन् m. -ईश्वरः N. of Viṣṇu. -आयुधम् an implement of a sacrifice. These are said to be ten in number; स्पयश्च कपालानि च अग्निहोत्रहवणी च शूर्पं च कृष्णाजिनं च शम्या चोलूखलं च मुसलं च दृषच्चोपला एतानि वै दश यज्ञायुधानीति (quoted in ŚB. on MS.4.7.) -ईशः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of the sun. -इष्टम् a kind of grass (दीर्घरोहिततृण). -उपकरणम् any utensil or implement necessary for a sacrifice. -उपवीतम् the sacred thread worn by members of the first three classes (and now even of other lower castes) over the left shoulder and under the right arm; see Ms.2.63; वामांसावलम्बिना यज्ञोपवीतेनोद्भासमानः K.; कौशं सूत्रं त्रिस्त्रिवृतं यज्ञोपवीतम् ...... Baudhāyana; (originally यज्ञोपवीत was the ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread). -उपासक a. performing sacrifices. -कर्मन् a. engaged in a sacrifice. (-n.) a sacrificial rite. -कल्प a. of the nature of a sacrifice or sacrificial offering. -कालः the last lunar day of every fortnight (full-moon and newmoon). -कीलकः a post to which the sacrificial victim is fastened. -कुण्डम् a hole in the ground made for receiving the sacrificial fire. -कृत् a. performing a sacrifice. (-m.) 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 a priest conducting a sacrifice. -क्रतुः 1 a sacrificial rite; Ait. Br.7.15. -2 a complete rite or chief ceremony. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu; ईजे च भगवन्तं यज्ञक्रतुरूपम् Bhāg.5.7.5. -क्रिया a sacrificial rite. -गम्य a. accessible by sacrifice (Viṣṇu). -गुह्यः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -घ्नः a demon who interrupts a sacrifice. -त्रातृ m. N. of Viṣṇu. -दक्षिणा a sacrificial gift, the fee given to the priests who perform a sacrifice. -दीक्षा 1 admission or initiation to a sacrificial rite. -2 performance of a sacrifice; (जननम्) तृतीयं यज्ञदीक्षायां द्विजस्य श्रुतिचोदनात् Ms.2.169. -द्रव्यम् anything (e. g. a vessel) used for a sacrifice. -द्रुह् m. an evil spirit, a demon. -धीर a. conversant with worship or sacrifice. -पतिः 1 one who institutes a sacrifice. See यजमान. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -पत्नी the wife of the institutor of a sacrifice. -पशुः 1 an animal for sacrifice, a sacrificial victim. -2 a horse. -पात्रम्, -भाण्डम् a sacrificial vessel. -पुंस्, -पुमान् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -पुरुषः, -फलदः epithets of Viṣṇu. -बाहुः N. of Agni. -भागः 1 a portion of a sacrifice, a share in the sacrificial offerings. -2 a god, deity. ˚ईश्वरः N. of Indra. ˚भुज् m. a god, deity. -भावनः N. of Viṣṇu. -भावित a. honoured with sacrifice; इष्टान् भोगान् हि वो देवा दास्यन्ते यज्ञभाविताः Bg.3.12. -भुज् m. a god. -भूमिः f. a place for sacrifice, a sacrificial ground. -भूषणः white darbha grass. -भृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भोक्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa. -महीत्सवः a great sacrificial caremony. -योगः the Udumbara tree. -रसः, -रेतस् n. Soma. -वराहः Viṣṇu in his boar incarnation. -वल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Soma plant. -वाटः a place prepared and enclosed for a sacrifice. -वाह a. conducting a sacrifice. -वाहनः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a Brahmaṇa. -3 N. of Śiva. -वीर्यः N. of Viṣṇu. -वृक्षः the fig-tree. -वेदिः, -दी f. the sacrificial altar. -शरणम् a sacrificial shed or hall, a temporary structure under which a sacrifice is performed ; M.5. -शाला a sacrificial hall. -शिष्टम्, -शेषः -षम् the remains of a sacrifice; यज्ञशिष्टाशिनः सन्तो मुच्यन्ते सर्वकिल्बिषैः Bg.3.13; यज्ञशेषं तथामृतम् Ms.3.285. -शील a. zealously performing sacrifice; यद् धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद् विदुर्बुधाः Ms.11.2. -श्रेष्ठा the Soma plant. -संस्तरः the act of setting up the sacrificial bricks; यज्ञ- संस्तरविद्भिश्च Mb.1.7.42. -सदस् n. a number of people at a sarifice. -संभारः materials necessary for a sacrifice. -सारः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -सिद्धिः f. the completion of a sacrifice. -सूत्रम् see यज्ञोपवीत; अन्यः कृष्णाजिन- मदाद् यज्ञसूत्रं तथापरः Rām.1.4.21. -सेनः an epithet of king Drupada. -स्थाणुः a sacrificial post. -हन् m., -हनः epithets of Śiva. -हुत् m. a sacrificial priest.
yaśas यशस् a. [अश् स्तुतौ असुन् धातोः ल्युट् च Uṇ.4.19] 1 Lovely, agreeable, worthy. -2 Honoured. -n. Fame. reputation, glory, renown; विस्तीर्यते यशो लोके तैलबिन्दु- रिवाम्भसि Ms.7.34; यशस्तु रक्ष्यं परतो यशोधनैः R.3.48; 2.4. -2 An object of glory or respect, a person of distinction. -3 Ved. Beauty, splendour. -4 Favour, partiality. -5 Wealth. -6 Food. -7 Water. -8 An assemblage of rare merits; यावद् हि प्रथते लोके पुरुषस्य यशो भुवि । तावत् तस्याक्षया कीर्तिर्भवतीति विनिश्चिता ॥ Mb.12.54.32 (com. यशः परचित्तचमत्कृतिजनको गुणौघः). -9 An indirect fame (परोक्षकीर्ति); तपति च कीर्त्या यशसा ब्रह्मवर्चसेन Ch. Up.3. 18.3. -Comp. -कर a. (यशस्कर) conferring glory, glorious; साम्राज्यकृत् सजात्येषु लोके चैव यशस्करः Ms.8.387. -काम a. (यशस्काम) 1 desirous of getting fame. -2 aspiring; ambitious. -कायम्, -शरीरम् body in the form of fame; यशःशरीरे भव मे दयालुः R.2.24; नास्ति येषां यशःकाये जरामरणजं भयम् Bh. -द a. (-यशोद) conferring fame. (-दः) (येन वायुना शीद्यते शद् अच्) quicksilver; यशदं रङ्गसदृशं रीतिहेतुश्च तन्मतम् Bhāva P. (-दा) N. of the wife of Nanda and foster-mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -धन a. or s. one whose wealth or valued treasure is fame, rich in fame, very renowned; अपि स्वदेहात् किमुतेन्द्रियार्थाद् यशो- धनानां हि यशो गरीयः R.14.35;2.1. -धर a. (यशोधर) keeping up or preserving glory. -धा a. conferring fame; कच्चिद् यशोधा रथयूथपानां गाण्डीवधन्वोपरतारिरास्ते Bhāg. 3.1.38. -पटहः (यशःपटहः) a double drum. -प्रख्यापनम् (यशःप्रख्यापनम्) spreading or proclaiming the glory. -भृत् a. (यशोभृत्) famous, renowned. -शेष a. remaining only in fame; having nothing left behind except glory i. e. dead; cf. कीर्तिशेष. (-षः) death. -हर a. (यशोहर) taking away fame, dishonouring, ignominious.
yātrā यात्रा [या-ष्ट्रन्] 1 Going, journey; यात्रा तौ परिवञ्चितुं किसलयं मारीचमायाविधिः Mv.6.1; R.18.16. -2 The march of an army, expedition, invasion; स्थिता हि यात्रा वसुधाधिपानाम् Rām.4.28.15; मार्गशीर्षे शुभे मासि यायाद्यात्रां महीपतिः Ms.7.182; Pt.3.37; R.17.56. ˚कालः time for invasion; Kau. A. -3 Going on a pilgrimage; as in तीर्थयात्रा. -4 A company of pilgrims. -5 A festival, fair, festive or solemn occasion; कालप्रियनाथस्य यात्राप्रसंगेन Māl.1; U.1. -6 A procession, festive train; प्रवृत्ता खलु यात्राभिमुखं मालती Māl.6;6.2. -7 A road. -8 Support of life, livelihood, maintenance; यात्रामात्रप्रसिद्ध्यर्थम् Ms.4.3; शरीरयात्रापि च ते न प्रसिध्येदकर्मणः Bg.3.8. -9 Passing away (time). -1 Intercourse; यात्रा चैव हि लौकिकी Ms.11.185; लोकयात्रा Ve.3; Ms.9.27. -11 Way, means, expedient. -12 A custom, usage, practice, way; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः परा Ms.9.25 (लोका- चारः Kull.). -13 A vehicle in general. -14 A kind of dramatic entertainment. -Comp. -उत्सवः a festive procession. -कर a. supporting life. -करणम् an expedition, a march. -प्रसंगः going on a pilgrimage. -फलम् success of a campaign. -श्राद्धम् a श्राद्ध performed before setting out on a journey; V. P.
yānam यानम् [या भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Going, moving, walking, riding; as गजयानम्, उष्ट्र˚, रथ˚ &c. -2 A voyage, journey; समुद्र- यानकुशलाः Ms.8.157; Y.1.84. -3 Marching against, attacking (one of the six Guṇas or expedients in politics); अहितान् प्रत्यभीतस्य रणे यानम् Ak.; Ms.7.16. -4 A procession, train. -5 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage, chariot; यानं सस्मार कौबेरम् R.15.45;13.69; Ku.6.76; Ms.4.12. -6 A litter, palanquin. -7 A ship, vessel. -8 (With Buddhists) The method of arriving at knowledge; the means of release from repeated births; cf. महायान, हीनयान. -9 An aeroplane (विमान); Bhāg.4.3.6. -नः Ved. A road, way. -Comp. -आसनम् marching and sitting quiet; Ms.7.162. -आस्तरणम् a carriage cushion; Mk. -करः a carpenter. -ग a. riding in a carriage; न यानगः Ms.4.12. -पात्रम् a ship, boat. -पात्रकम्, -पात्रिका a small boat. -भङ्गः shipwreck. -मुखम् the forepart of a carriage, the part where the yoke is fixed. -यात्रा a sea-voyage; Buddh. -यानम् driving or riding in a carriage. -शाला a coachhouse; यानशालां जगाम ह Rām.3.35.3. -स्वामिन् the owner of a vehicle; यानस्य चैव यातुश्च यानस्वामिन एव च Ms.8.29.
yuj युज् a. (At the end of comp.) 1 Joined or united with, yoked, drawn by &c.; रथाः सर्वे चतुर्युजः Mb.12.29. 66. -2 Furnished or filled with, possessed of. -3 Exciting, setting on. -4 Even, not odd. युक्षु कुर्वन् दिनर्क्षेषु सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.3.277; कामानुकूलानयुजो युजश्च Mb.3.34. 5. -m. 1 A joiner, one who unites or joins. -2 A sage, one who devotes himself to abstract meditation. -3 A pair, couple (n. also in this sense). -m. dual. 1 The sign Gemini of the zodiac. -2 The two Aśvins.
yogaḥ योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.
yopanam योपनम् 1 Effacing, blotting out. -2 Anything used for effacing. -3 Confusing, preplexing. -4 Molesting, oppressing, destroying.
vyāgulī व्यागुली Sour scum of boiled rice; cf. यवागू. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of a tree (हिज्जल). -5 The planet Mars. -क्ता 1 Lac. -2 The plant गुञ्जा. -3 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -4 (In music) N. of a श्रुति. -क्तम् 1 Blood; रक्तं सर्वशरीरस्थं जीवस्याधारमुत्तमम् Bhāva P. -2 Copper. -3 Cinnabar. -4 Saffron. -5 Vermilion. -6 Dried Emblic Myrobalan; L. D. B. -7 A disease of the eyes. -8 The menstrual fluid. -9 Red sandal; रक्तं पीतं गुरु स्वादु छर्दितृष्णास्रपित्तनुत् । पित्तनेत्रहितं वृष्यं ज्वरव्रण- विषापहम् Bhāva P. -Comp. -अक्त a. 1 dyed red, tinged. -2 smeared with blood. (-क्तम्) red sandal. -अक्ष a. 1 red-eyed. -2 fearful. (-क्षः) 1 a buffalo. -2 a pigeon. -3 a crane (सारस). -4 N. of a संवत्सर. -5 the Chakora bird. -अङ्कः a coral. -अङ्गः 1 a bug. -2 the planet Mars. -3 the disc of the sun or moon. (-ङ्गम्) 1 a coral (also m. and f.) -2 saffron. -अति(ती)सारः dysentery, bloody flux; पित्तकृत तु यदात्यर्थं द्रव्यमश्नाति पैत्तिके । तद्दोषाज्जायते शीघ्रं रक्तातीसार उल्बणः ॥ Bhāva P. -अधरा a Kinnarī. -अधि- मन्थः inflammation of the eyes. -अपहम् myrrh. -अम्बर a. clad in red garments. (-रम्) a red garment. (-रः) a vagrant devotee wearing red garments. -अर्बुदः a bloody tumour. -अर्शस् n. a form of piles. -अशोकः the red-flowered Aśoka; रक्ताशोकरुचा विशेषितगुणो बिम्बाधरा- लक्तकः M.3.5. -आकारः coral -आधारः the skin. -आभ a. red-looking. -आशयः any viscus containing or secreting blood (as the heart, spleen, or liver). -उत्पलम् the red lotus. -उपलम् red chalk, red earth. -कण्ठ, -कण्ठिन् a. sweet-voiced. (-m.) the cuckoo; प्लावितै रक्तकण्ठानां कूजितैश्च पतत्रिणाम् Bhāg.4.6.12. -कन्दः, -कन्दलः coral. -कदम्बः the red-flowering Kadamba. -कमलम् the red lotus. -कुमुदम् a red lily. -केसरः the coral tree. -कैरवः, -कोकनदः a red lotus-flower. -गन्धकम् myrrh. -ग्रन्थिः a particular form of urinary disease. -ग्रीवः 1 a demon. -2 a kind of pigeon. -घ्नः the Rohitaka tree. (-घ्नी) the Dūrvā grass. -चन्दनम् 1 redsandal. -2 saffron. -चूर्णम् vermilion. -च्छद a. redleaved. -छर्दिः f. vomiting blood. -जिह्वः a lion. -तुण्डः a parrot. -तेजस् n. flesh. -दन्तिका, -दन्ती N. of Durgā; स्तुवन्तो व्याहरिष्यन्ति सततं रक्तदन्तिकाम् Devīmāhātmyam. -दृश् m. a pigeon. -धातुः 1 red chalk, orpiment. -2 copper. -नाडी a fistulous ulcer on the gum caused by a bad state of blood. -नासिकः an owl. -पः a demon, an evil spirit. (-पा) 1 a leech. -2 a Dākiṇī. -पक्षः N. of Garuḍa. -पटः a kind of mendicant; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34 (esp. Jains); धर्म इत्युपधर्मेषु नग्नरक्तपटादिषु । प्रायेण सज्जते भ्रान्त्या पेशलेषु च वाग्मिषु ॥ Bhāg.4.19.25. -पद्मम् A red lotus. -पल्लवः the Aśoka tree. -पातः blood-shed. -पाता a leech. -पाद a. red-footed. (-दः) 1 a bird with red feet, a parrot. -2 a war-chariot. -3 an elephant. -पायिन् m. a bug. -पायिनी a leech. -पारदः, -दम् cinnabar. -पिण्डम् 1 a red pimple. -2 a spontaneous discharge of blood from the nose and mouth. -पित्तम् derangement of the blood produced by bile; संयोगाद् दूषणात् तत् तु सामान्याद् गन्धवर्णयोः । रक्तं च पित्तमाख्यातं रक्तपित्त मनीषिभिः Bhāva P. -पुष्पः N. of several plants:-- करवीर, रोहितक, दाडिम, बन्धूक, पुन्नाग &c. -ष्पा N. of the plant Punarnavā पुनर्नवा परारक्ता रक्तपुष्पा परारिका Bhāva P. -पूयम् N. of a hell. -पूरकम् = वृक्षाम्ल q. v, -प्रमेहः the passing of blood in the urine. -फलः the figtree. -बिन्दुः N. of a demon; रक्तबिन्दुर्यदा भूमौ पतत्यस्य शरीरतः । समुत्पतति मेदिन्यास्तत्प्रमाणस्तदासुरः Devīmāhātmyam. -बीजः the pomegranate tree. -मत्स्यः a kind of red fish. -भवम् flesh. -भाव a. 1 red. -2 loving, amorous. -मञ्जरः the Nichula tree. -मण्डलम् a red lotus-flower. -मेहः the voiding of blood with urine; विस्रमुष्णं सलवणं रक्ताभं रक्तमेहतः Bhāva P. -मोक्षः, -मोक्षणम् bleeding, letting out blood. -राजिः a particular disease of the eye. -रेणुः 1 vermilion. -2 the Punnāga tree. -3 an angry man. -4 A bud of the Palāśa tree. -लोचनः a pigeon. -वटी, -वरटी small-pox. -वर्गः1 lac. -2 the pomegranate tree. -3 safflower. -वर्ण a. red-coloured. (-र्णः) 1 redcolour. -2 cochineal insect. (-र्णम्) gold. -वर्धनः Solanum Melongena (Mar. डोरली वांगी). -वसन, -वासस् a. clothed in red; Ms.8.256. (-m.) a Brāhmaṇa in the fourth order of life. -वालुकम्, -का vermilion. -विकारः deterioration of blood. -विद्रधिः a boil filled with bloood. -वृष्टिः a. shower of blood forboding evil; रक्ते (वर्षिते) शस्त्रोद्योगः Jyotiśtattvam. -वीजः the pomegranate tree; (see रक्तबीज above). -शासनम् vermilion. -शीर्षकः a kind of heron. -शृङ्गिकम् a kind of poison. -ष्ठीवी the spitting of blood. -संकोचः safflower. -संकोचकम् a red lotus-flower. -संझम् saffron. -संदंशिका a leech. -संध्यकम् the red lotus. -सारम् red sandal. -स्रावः hemorrhage.
radaḥ रदः [रद्-अच्] 1 Splitting, scratching. -2 A tooth; tusk (of an elephant); याताश्चेन्न पराञ्चन्ति द्विरदानां रदा इव Bv.1.65. -3 A symbolical expression for the number 'thirty-two'. -Comp. -आयुधः a wild boar. -खण्डनम् tooth-bite; जनय रदखण्डनम् Gīt.1. -छदः A lip.
radanaḥ रदनः A tooth. -नम् The act of splitting, gnawing, scratching.
rahaṇam रहणम् [रह्-ल्युट्] Desertion, quitting, separation; सहकारवृते समये सहका रहणस्य के न सस्मार पदम् Nalod.2.14.
rātriḥ रात्रिः त्री f. [राति सुखं भयं वा रा-त्रिप् वा ङीप् Uṇ.4.69] 1 Night; रात्रिर्गता मतिमतां वर मुञ्च शशथ्याम् R.5.66; दिवा काकरवाद् भीता रात्रौ तरति नर्मदाम्. -2 The darkness of night. -3 Turmeric; Mb.13.136.25. -4 One of the four forms or bodies of Brahmā. -5 Day and night; अहःशब्दो$पि अहोरात्रवचनः । रात्रिशब्दो$पि ŚB. on MS.8.1.16; यां रात्रिं जायते जीवो यां रात्रिं च विनश्यति Mb.13.9.4. -Comp. -अटः 1 a goblin, demon, ghost. -2 a thief. -अन्धः a. night-blind. -आगमः, -उपायः the approach of night. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चरः (also -रात्रिंचर) (-री f.) 1 'a night rover', robber, thief. -2 a watchman, patrol, guard. -3 a demon, ghost, evil spirit; (तं) यान्तं वने रात्रिचरी डुढौके Bk.2.23. -चर्या 1 night-roving. -2 a nightly act or ceremony. -जम् a star, constellation. -जलम् dew. -जागरः 1 night-watching, wakefulness or sitting up at night; आरुरोह कुमुदा- करोपमां रात्रिजागरपरो दिवाशयः R.19.34. -2 a dog. ˚दः a gnat. -तरा the dead of night. -तिथिः f. a lunar night. -द्विष् the sun. -नाथः the moon. -नाशनः the sun. -पर्युषित a. stale. -पुष्पम् a lotus-flower opening at night. -बलः a demon. -भुजङ्गः the moon. -मणिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -योगः night-fall. -रक्षः, -रक्षकः a watchman, guard. -रागः darkness, obscurity. -वासस् n. 1 night-dress. -2 darkness. -विगमः 'end of night', break of day, dawn, daylight. -विश्लेषगामिन् m. the ruddy goose. -वेदः, -वेदिन् m. a cock. -सत्रन्यायः the rule according to which an act, for which no fruit is stated directly in the injunctive text, should be held as yielding the result spoken of in the अर्थवाद text connected with it. This rule is discussed and established by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.17-19. -हासः the white lotus. -हिण्डकः 1 a guard of the women's apartments. -2 a night-stalker.
rādhā राधा 1 Prosperity, success. -2 N. of a celebrated Gopī or cowherdess loved by Kṛiṣṇa (whose amours have been immortalized by Jayadeva in his Gītagovinda); तदिमं राधे गृहं प्रापय Gīt.1. -3 N. of the wife of Adhiratha and foster-mother of Karṇa. -4 The lunar mansion called विशाखा. -5 Lightning. -6 An attitude in shooting. -7 Emblic Myrobalan. -8 The full-moon day in the month of Vaiśākha. -9 Devotedness. -1 N. of a plant (Clytoria Ternatea; Mar. विष्णुक्रान्ता). -Comp. -कान्तः, -पतिः, -रमणः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -भेदिन्, -वेधिन् m. N. of Arjuna. -सुतः N. of Karṇa.
rāhuḥ राहुः [रह्-उण् Uṇ.1.3] 1 N. of a demon, son of Viprachitti and Siṁhikā and hence often called Saiṁhikeya; ग्रसते हि तमोपहं मुहुर्ननु राह्वाह्वमहर्पतिं तमः Śi.16.57; विधुरपि विधियोगाद् ग्रस्यते राहुणासौ H. [When the nectar, that was churned out of the ocean, was being served to the gods, Rāhu disguised himself and attempted to drink it along with them. But he was detected by the sun and the moon who informed Viṣṇu of the fraud. Visnu, thereupon, severed his head from the body; but as he had tasted a little quantity of nectar the head became immortal, and is supposed to wreak its vengeance on the sun and moon at the time of conjunction and opposition; cf. Bh.2.34. In astronomy Rāhu is regarded, like Ketu, as one of the nine planets, or only as the ascending node of the moon.] -2 An eclipse, or rather the moment of occultation. -3 Abandoning. -4 One who abandons. -5 The regent of the southwest quarter. -Comp. -उच्छिष्टम्, -उत्सृष्टम् = लशुन q. v. -गतः a. darkened, eclipsed; also राहुग्रस्त. -ग्रसनम्, -ग्रासः, -दर्शनम्, -पीडा, -संस्पर्शः an eclipse (of the sun or moon). -छत्रम् green ginger. -पीडा an eclipse. -भेदिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -रत्नम् a kind of gem (= गोमेद). -शत्रुः the moon; राहुशत्रोः प्रियां पत्नीं ...... ग्रहेणाभ्युदितेनैकां रोहिणीमिव पीडिताम् Rām.2.114.3. -सूतकम् 'the birth of Rāhu', i. e. an eclipse (of the sun or moon); Y.1.146; cf. Ms.4.11. -हन् m. N. of Kriṣṇa; L. D. B.
ruḥ रुः 1 Sound, noise. -2 Fear, alarm. -3 War, battle. -4 Cutting, dividing.
rudhira रुधिर a. [रुध्-किरच् Uṇ.1.5] Red, red-coloured. -रम् 1 Blood. -2 Saffron. -रः 1 The red colour. -2 The planet Mars; रोहिणीशकटमर्कनन्दनश्चेद् भिनत्ति रुधिरो$थवा शशी Pt.1.213. -3 A kind of precious stone. -Comp. -अन्धः N. of a hell. -अशनः 'a blood-eater', a demon, an evil spirit. -आख्यः a kind of precious stone. -आननम् one of the five retrograding motions of Mars. -आमयः hemorrhage, piles. -उद्गारिन् a. 1 emitting blood. -2 N. of a संवत्सर. -पायिन् m. a demon. -प्लावित a. soaked in blood. -लालस a. sanguinary. -लेपः a. spot of blood. -सार a. sanguine.
recaka रेचक a. (-चिका f.) [रेचयति रिच्-णिच् ण्वुल्] 1 Emptying, purging. -2 Purgative, aperient. -3 Emptying the lungs, emitting the breath. -कः 1 Emission of breath, breathing out; exhalation, especially through one of the nostrils (opp. पूरक which means 'inhaling breath', and कुम्भक 'suspending breath'); प्राणापानौ संनिरुन्ध्यात् पूरकुम्भकरेचकैः Bhāg.7.15.32. -2 A syringe; सिच्यगानो$च्युतस्ताभिर्हसन्तीभिः स्म रेचकैः Bhāg.1.9.9. -3 Nitre, salt-petre. -कम् A purgative, cathartic.
recanam रेचनम् ना [रिच्-ल्युट्] 1 Emptying. -2 Loosening, diminishing. -3 Emitting the breath. -4 Purging. -5 Evacuation. -नी N. of various plants (such as Ipomoea Turpethus, Mar. तेंडू; Croton Polyandrum, Mar. दंती).
rodhaḥ रोधः [रुध्-घञ्] 1 Stopping, arresting, hindering; Śi.1.89; मरुद्रोधाद्विनिर्मुक्तास्ताः प्रजा मुदिताभवन् Rām.7.36. 6. -2 Obstruction, stoppage, hindrance, prevention, prohibition, suppression; शापादसि प्रतिहता स्मृतिरोधरूक्षे Ś.7.32; उपलरोध Ki.5.15; Y.2.22. -3 Closing, shutting up, blocking up, blockade, siege; चैत्यद्रुमावमर्दश्च रोधः कर्मानुशासनम् Mb.12.59.63; प्रीतिरोधमसहिष्ट सा पुरी R.11. 52. -4 A dam, bank; नर्मदां रोधवद्रुद्ध्वा क्रीडापयति योषितः Rām.7.32.18. -5 Sprouting, growing. -Comp. -कृत् N. of a संवत्सर. -वक्रा, -वेदी a river.
ropaḥ रोपः [रुह्-णिच् हस्य पः कर्मणि अच्] 1 The act of raising or setting up. -2 Planting; एता जात्यस्तु वृक्षाणां तेषां रोपे गुणास्त्विमे Mb.13.58.24. -3 An arrow; एकौघेः समकाल- मभ्रमुदयी रोपैस्तदा तस्तरे Śi.19.12. -4 A hole, cavity. -Comp. -शिखी fire produced from arrows; स्मररिपोरिव रोपशिखी पुरां दहतु ते जगतामपि मा त्रयम् N.4.87.
ropaṇam रोपणम् [रुह् णिच् हस्य पः ल्युट्] 1 The act of erecting, setting up or raising. -2 Planting. -3 Healing. -4 A healing application (used for sores). -णः An arrow.
roman रोमन् n. [रु-मनिन् Uṇ.4.15] 1 The hair on the body of men and animals; especially, short hair, bristles or down; रोमाणि च रहस्यानि सर्वाण्येव विवर्जयेत् Ms. 4.144;8.116; Bhāg.11.18.3. -2 The feathers of birds. -3 The scales of a fish. -Comp. -अङ्कः a mark of hair; बिभ्रती श्वेतरोमाङ्कम् R.1.83. -अङ्कुरः, -अञ्चः a thrill (of rapture, horror, surprise &c.), horripilation; हर्षाद्भुतभयादिभ्यो रोमाञ्चो रोमविक्रिया S. D.167. -अञ्चित a. with the hair erect or thrilled with joy. -अन्तः the hair on the back or upper side of the hand. -आली, -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a line of hair on the abdomen (above the navel); शिखा धूमस्येयं परिणमति रोमावलिवपुः K. P.1; रोमराजि also. -2 Puberty. -उद्गमः, -उद्भेदः erection of the hair (on the body), thrill, horripilation; रोमोद्गमः प्रादुरभूदुमायाः Ku.7.77. -कर्णकः a hare. -कूपः, -पम्, -गर्तः a pore of the skin; सो$सृजद्रोमकूपेभ्यो रौम्या- न्नाम गणेश्वरान् Mb.12.284.35. -केशरम्, -केसरम्, -गुच्छम् whisk, chowrie. -पुलकः bristling of the hair, thrill; उद्भिन्नरोमपुलकैर्बहुभिः समन्ताज्जागर्ति रक्षति विलोकयति स्मरामि Ch. P.34. -भूमिः f. 'the place of the hair', i. e. the skin. -रन्ध्रम् a pore of the skin. -राजिः, -जी, -लता f. a line of hair on the abdomen (above the navel); रराज तन्वी नवरो (लो) मराजिः Ku.1.38; Śi.9.22. -वाहिन् a. cutting-off hair. -विकारः, -विक्रिया, -विभेदः thrill, horripilation; शंसति स्म घनरोमविभेदः Ki. 9.46; प्रतिक्षणं सा कृतरोमविक्रियाम् Ku.5.1. -विध्वंसः a louse. -शातनम् a depilatory for removing the hair. -सूची a hair-pin. -हर्षः bristling of the hair, thrill; वेपथुश्च शरीरे मे रोमहर्षश्च जायते Bg.1.29. -हर्षण a. causing thrill or horripilation, thrilling, awe-inspiring; एतानि खलु सर्वभूतरो (लो) महर्षणानि दीर्घारण्यानि U.2; संवादमिम- मश्रौषमद्भुतं रोमहर्षणम् Bg.18.74. (-णः) N. of Sūta, a pupil of Vyāsa who narrated several Purāṇas to Śaunaka. (-णम्) erection of hair on the body, thrill. -हृत् n. sulpuret of arsenic.
lakṣya लक्ष्य pot. p. [लक्ष्-यत्] 1 To be looked at or observed, visible, observable, perceptible; बभ्रमुस्तदविज्ञाय लक्ष्यं पतनकारणम् Bhāg.1.11.2; दुलक्ष्यचिह्ना महतां हि वृत्तिः Ki. 17.23. -2 Indicated or recognizable by (with instr. or in comp.); दूराल्लक्ष्यं सुरपतिधनुश्चारुणा तोरणेन Me.77; प्रवेपमानाधरलक्ष्यकोपया Ku.5.74; R.4.5;7.6. -3 To be known or found out, traceable; यमामनन्त्यात्मभुवो$पि कारणं कथं स लक्ष्यप्रभवो भविष्यति Ku.5.81; cf. अलक्ष्य also. -4 To be marked or characterized. -5 To be defined. -6 To be aimed at. -7 To be expressed or denoted indirectly. -8 To be regarded or considered as. -क्ष्यः N. of a magical formula recited over weapons; Rām. -क्ष्यम् 1 An aim, a butt, mark, target, mark aimed at (fig. also); उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś. 2.5; दृष्टिं लक्ष्येषु बध्नन् Mu.1.2; दर्पेण कौतुकवता मयि बद्धलक्ष्यः U.5.11; R.1.61;6.11;9.67; Ku.3.47,64;5.49; लक्ष्यं चतुर्विधं ज्ञेयं स्थिरं चैव चलं तथा । चलाचलं द्वयचलं वेधनीयं क्रमेण तु ॥ Dhanur.94. -2 A sign, token. -3 The thing defined (opp. लक्षण); लक्ष्यैकदेशे लक्षणस्यावर्तनमव्याप्तिः Tarka K. -4 An indirect or secondary meaning, that derived from लक्षणा q. v; वाच्यलक्ष्यव्यङ्ग्या अर्थाः K. P.2. -5 A pretence, sham, disguise; इदानीं परीक्षे किं लक्ष्यसुप्तमुत परमार्थ- सुप्तमिदं द्वयम् Mk.3;3.18; कन्दर्पप्रवणमनाः सखीसिसिक्षालक्ष्येण प्रतियुवमञ्जलिं चकार Śi.8.35; R.6.81. -6 A lac, one hundred thousand. -Comp. -अक्षिहरणम् the carrying off of a prize. -अलक्ष्य a. scarcely visible. -क्रमः a. the method or order of which is (indirectly) preceptible, as a dhvani. -ग्रहः taking aim. -भेदः, -वेधः hitting the mark; अपतित्वा नु चकार लक्ष्यभेदम् Ki.13.27. -वीथिः f. the visible road (ब्रह्मलोकमार्ग). -सिद्धिः the attainment of an object. -सुप्त a. feigning sleep. -हन् a. hitting the mark. (-m.) an arrow.
lagna लग्न p. p. 1 Adhered or clung to, stuck, held fast; लता- विटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 Touching, coming in contact with. -3 Attached to, connected with. -4 Clinging or sticking to, remaining on; उवाच रामं संप्रेक्ष्य पङ्कलग्न इव द्विपः Rām. 4.18.49. -5 Cutting, meeting (as lines) -6 Following closely, impending. -7 Busy with, closely occupied about; परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Skanda P. -8 Fastened on, directed towards. -9 Ashamed. -1 -Consumed, spent; Ms.7.127 (com.) -11 Auspicious; (see लग्). -ग्नः 1 A bard, minstrel. -2 An elephant in rut. -ग्नम् 1 The point of contact or intersection, the point where the horizon and the ecliptic or the path of planets meet. -2 The point of the ecliptic which at any given time is at the horizon or on the meridian. -3 The rising of the sun or of the planets. -4 The moment of the sun's entrance into a zodiacal sign. -5 A figure of the twelve zodiacal signs. -6 An auspicious or lucky moment. -7 (Hence) A decisive moment, time for action. -Comp. -अहः, -दिनम्, -दिवसः, -वासरः an auspicious day, a day chosen as lucky for the performance of any work. -कालः, -मुहूर्तः, -वेला, -समयः auspicious time, the time fixed upon (by astrologers &c.) as auspicious for the performance of any work (marriage &c.). -ग्रह a. tenacious, insisting firmly on anything. -नक्षत्रम् an auspicious asterism. -भुजः (in astr.) ascensional difference. -मण्डलम् the zodiac. -मासः an auspicious month. -शुद्धिः f. auspiciousness of the zodiacal signs &c. for the performance of any work.
labhanam लभनम् [लभ्-ल्युट्] 1 The act of getting, obtaining &c. -2 Act of conceiving.
lavanam लवनम् [लू-भावे कर्मणि च ल्युट्] 1 Mowing, cutting, reaping (of corn &c.). -2 An instrument for mowing, a sickle, scythe.
lavākaḥ लवाकः [लू-आकः Uṇ.4.14] 1 A sickle, a reaping instrument. -2 The act of cutting or mowing. -3 A reaper.
lāva लाव a. (-वी f.) [लू कर्तरि घञ् Uṇ.1.141] 1 Cutting, lopping, cutting off; कुशसूचिलावम् R.13.43. -2 Plucking, gathering. -3 Cutting down, killing, destroying; स शत्रुलावौ मन्वानः Bk.6.87. -वः 1 Cutting. -2 A quail. -3 A bird.
lāsyam लास्यम् [लस्-ण्यत्] 1 Dancing; a dance; आस्ये धास्यति कस्य लास्यमधुना ... वाचां विपाको मम Bv.4.42; R.16.14. -2 A dance accompanied with singing and instrumental music. -3 A dance in which the emotions of love are represented by means of various gesticulations and attitudes; अरुणाधरकिरणबालकिसलयलास्यहेतुभिः Dk.2.5. -स्य- A dancer, an actor. -स्या A dancing girl.
lipsā लिप्सा [लभ्-सन्-भावे अ] 1 Desire of getting or regaining; मृतस्य लिप्सा कृपणस्य दित्सा ...... न हि दृष्टपूर्वा Bv.1.125. -2 Desire in general.
lipsu लिप्सु a. Desirous of getting &c.
lekhana लेखन a. (-नी f.) [लिख्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Writing, painting, scratching &c. -2 Exciting, stimulating. -नः A kind of reed of which pens ane made. -नम् 1 Writing, transcribing. -2 Scratching, scraping. -3 Grazing, touching. -4 Attenuating, making thin or emaciated. -5 Cutting or making incisions (in surgery). -6 Scripture. -7 An instrument for scraping. -8 A kind of birch-tree. -9 A palm-leaf (for writing upon). -नी 1 A pen, writing-reed, reed-pen; सुरतरुवरशाखा लेखनी पुत्रमुर्वी Śivamahimna 32. -2 A spoon. -Comp. -वस्तिः a kind of enema for reducing corpulency. -साधनम् writing materials or a apparatus.
vajra वज्र a. [वज्-रन् Uṇ.2.28] 1 Hard, adamantine. -2 Severe. -3 Forked, zigzag. -4 Cross. -ज्रः, -ज्रम् 1 A thunderbolt, the weapon of Indra (said to have been formed out of the bones of the sage Dadhīchi q. v.); आशंसन्ते समितिषु सुराः सक्तवैरा हि दैत्यैरस्याधिज्ये धनुषि विजयं पौरुहूते च वज्रे Ś.2.16. -2 Any destructive weapon like the thunderbolt. -3 A diamond-pin, an instrument for perforating jewels; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवास्ति मे गतिः R.1.4. -4 A diamond in general, an adamant; वज्रादपि कठोराणि मृदूनि कुसुमादपि U.2.7; R.6.19; मुक्तां मरकतं पद्मरागं वज्रं च विद्रुमम् Śiva B.3.12. -5 Sour gruel. -ज्रः 1 A form of military arrray. -2 A kind of Kuśa grass. -3 N. of various plants. -4 A kind of pillar. -ज्रम् 1 Steel. -2 A kind of talc. -3 Thunderlike or severe language. -4 A child. -5 Emblic myrobalan. -6 The blossom of the sesamum or Vajra plant. -7 Denunciation in strong language. -8 A particular posture in sitting. -Comp. -अंशुकम् cloth marked with various patterns. -अङ्क a. studded with diamonds (Mar. हिरेजडित); ततो जाम्बूनदीः पात्रीर्वज्राङ्का विमलाः शुभाः Mb.12.171.16. -अङ्कित a. marked with Vajra-like symbol. -अङ्गः a snake. -अभ्यासः cross-multiplication. -अशनिः the thunderbolt of Indra; वज्राशनिसम- स्पर्शा अर्जुनेन शरा युधि Mb.6.119.6 -अस्थिः f. Asteracantha Longifolia (Mar. तालिमखाना). -आकरः a diamond mine; बभूव वज्राकरभूषणायाः (पतिः) R.18.21. -आकार, -आकृति a. 1 shaped like वज्र. -2 a crossshaped symbol. -आख्यः a kind of mineral spar. -आघातः 1 a stroke of thunder or lightning. -2 (hence fig.) any sudden shock or calamity. -आभः a kind of spar or valuable stone. -आयुधः an epithet of Indra. -आसनम् 1 a diamond-seat. -2 a particular posture in sitting (the hands being placed in the hollow between the body and the crossed feet). -कङ्कटः an epithet of Hanumat. -कवचः, -चम् 1 adamantine mail. -2 a particular Samādhi. -कालिका N. of the mother of Śākyamuni. -कीटः a kind of insect (boring holes in wood and stone). -कीलः a thunderbolt, an admantine shaft; जीवितं वज्रकीलम् Māl.9.37; cf. U.1.47. -कूटः a mountain consisting of diamonds; स वज्रकूटाङ्गनिपातवेगविशीर्णकुक्षिः स्तनयन्नुदन्वान् Bhāg.3.13.29. -केतुः N. of the demon Naraka. -क्षारम् an alkaline earth. -गोपः = इन्द्रगोपः q. v. -घोष a. sounding like a thunderbolt; R.18.21. -चञ्चुः a vulture. -चर्मन् m. a rhinoceros. -जित् m. N. of Garuḍa. -ज्वलनम्, -ज्वाला lightning. -तरः N. of a kind of very hard cement; Bṛi. S.57.7. -तुण्डः 1 a vulture. -2 mosquito, gnat. -3 N. of Garuḍa. -4 of Gaṇeṣa. -तुल्यः lapis lazuli or azure stone. -दंष्ट्रः a kind of insect. -दक्षिणः N. of Indra. -दण्ड a. having a staff studded with diamonds. -दन्तः 1 a hog. -2 a rat. -दंशनः a rat. -देह, -देहिन् a. having an adamantine or very hardy frame. -धरः 1 an epithet of Indra; वज्रधरप्रभावः R.18.21. -2 an owl. -धारणम् artificial gold. -नाभ a. having a hard nave (said of a wheel); see next word. -नाभः the discus of Kṛiṣṇa; वज्रनाभं ततश्चक्रं ददौ कृष्णाय पावकः Mb. 1.225.23 (com. वज्रं वरत्रासा नाभौ यस्य तत् । सूत्रबद्धशकुनिवत् पुनः प्रयोक्तुर्हस्तमायातीत्यर्थः ॥). -निर्घोषः, -निष्पेषः a clap or peal of thunder. -पञ्जरः a secure refuge, protector; वज्रपञ्जरनामेदं यो रामकवचं स्मरेत् Rāma-rakṣā 13. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Indra; वज्रं मुमुक्षन्निव वज्रपाणिः R.2.42. -2 an owl. -पातः, -पतनम् a stroke of lightning, fall of thunder-bolt; एतद्वैशसवज्रघोरपतनम् U.4.24; यावन्निष्ठुर- वज्रपातसदृशं देहीति नो भाषते Udb. -पुष्पम् 1 the blossom of sesamum. -2 a valuable flower. -भृत् m. an epithet of Indra. -मणिः a diamond, an adamant; छेत्तुं वज्रमणी- ञ्शिरीषकुसुमप्रान्तेन संनह्यते Bh.2.6. -मय a. 1 hard, adamantine. -2 cruel, hard-hearted. -मुखः 1 a kind of insect; कृत्ते वज्रमुखेन नाम कृमिणा दैवान्ममोरुद्वये Karṇabhāra 1.1. -2 a kind of Samādhi. -मुष्टिः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 an adamantine clenched fist. -3 a kind of weapon. -रदः a hog. -लिपिः a particular style of writing. -लेपः 1 a kind of very hard cement; वज्रलेपघटितेव Māl.5. 1; U.4 (for its preparation see Bṛi. S., Chapter 57 'वज्रलेपलक्षणः'). -2 The being ineffaceable, permanent one; अन्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं पुण्यक्षेत्रे विनश्यति । पुण्यक्षेत्रे कृतं पापं वज्र- लेपो भविष्यति ॥ Subhāṣ. -लोहकः a magnet. -वधः 1 death by thunderbolt. -2 cross-multiplication. -वारकः a title of respect. -व्यूहः a kind of military array. -शल्यः a porcupine. -संघातः N. of a kind of hard cement; Bṛi. S.57.8. -a. having the hardness of adamant; ततः स वज्रसंघातः कुमारो न्यपतद्गिरौ Mb.1.123.27. -सार a. as hard as adamant, having the strength of the thunderbolt, adamantine; क्व च निशितनिपाता वज्रसाराः शरास्ते Ś.1.1; त्वमपि कुसुमबाणान् वज्रसारीकरोषि 3.4. -सूचिः, -ची f. a diamond-needle. -हृदयम् an adamantine heart.
vadhūḥ वधूः f. [उह्यते पितृगेहात् पतिगृहं वह्-ऊधुक् च; cf. Uṇ.1.83] 1 A bride; वरः स वध्वा सह राजमार्गं प्राप ध्वजच्छायनिवारितो- ष्णम् R.7.4,19; समानयंस्तुल्यगुणं वधूवरं चिरस्य वाच्यं न गतः प्रजापतिः Ś.5.15; Ku.6.82. -2 A wife, spouse; इथ नमति वः सर्वांस्त्रिलोचनवधूरिति Ku.6.89; R.1.9. -3 A daughter-in-law; एषा च रघुकुलमहत्तराणां वधूः U.4;4. 16; तेषां वधूस्त्वमसि नन्दिनि पार्थिवानाम् 1.9. -4 A female, maiden, woman in general; हरिरिह मुग्धवधूनिकरे विलासिनि विलसति केलिपरे Gīt.1; स्वयशांसि विक्रमवतामवतां न वधूष्वघानि विमृशन्ति धियः Ki.6.45; N.22.47; Me.16,49,67. -5 The wife of a younger relation, a younger female relation. -6 The female of any animal; मृगवधूः a doe; व्याघ्रवधूः, गजवधूः &c. -Comp. -कालः The time during which a woman is held to be a bride. -गृहप्रवेशः, -प्रवेशः the ceremony of a bride's entrance into her husband's house. -जनः a wife; female, woman. -पक्षः the party of the bride (at a wedding). -वरम् a newly married couple. -वस्त्रम् bridal apparel, nuptial attire. -वासस् n. a bride's undergarment.
vadhūṭaśayanaḥ वधूटशयनः A lattice, window.
vadhū वधू (धु) टी 1 A young woman or female; रथं वधूटी- मारोप्य पापः क्वाप्येष गच्छति Mv.5.17; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय (कृष्णाय) Bhāṣā P.1. -2 A daughter-in-law. -Comp. -शयनम् a lattice, window.
vanam वनम् [वन्-अच्] 1 A forest, wood, thicket of trees; एको वासः पत्तने वा वने वा Bh.3.12; वने$पि दोषाः प्रभवन्ति रागिणाम्. -2 A cluster, group, a quantity of lotuses or other plants growing in a thick bed; चित्रद्विपाः पद्मवनाव- तीर्णाः R.16.16;6.86. -3 A place of abode, residence, house. -4 A fountain, spring (of water). -5 Water in general; गगनं ... वनौघनमदभ्रम् Śi.6.73. -6 A wooden vessel. -7 Wood, timber. -8 Dwelling in a forest, living abroad. -9 Ved. A cloud. -1 Light, a ray of light. -11 Worshipping. -12 A mountain; L. D. B. -13 Plenty, abundance. (As the first member of comp. वन may be translated by 'wild', 'forest'; वनवराहः, वनकदली, वनपुष्पम् &c.) -Comp. -अग्निः a forest conflagration. -अजः the wild goat. -अन्तः 1 the skirts or borders of a forest; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58. -2 the forest region itself, wood; वनान्तशय्याकठिनीकृताकृती Ki.1.36; अन्तःकूजन् मुखरशकुनो यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25. -अन्तरम् 1 another wood. -2 the interior of a forest; अपि वनान्तरमल्पकुचान्तरा श्रयति पर्वत पर्वसु संनता V.4.49. -अब्जिनी a lotus-plant growing in water. -अरिष्टा wild turmeric. -अर्चकः a florist, maker of garlands. -अलक्तम् red earth or ruddle. -अलिका a sun-flower. -आखुः a hare. -आखुकः a kind of bean. -आपगा 'wood-river', a forest-stream; महार्णवं समासाद्य वनापगशतं यथा Rām.7.19. 17. -आर्द्रकम् the root of wild ginger. (-का) wild ginger. -आश a. living on water; कुतः क्षीरं ... वनाशानां वनाश्रम- निवासिनाम् Mb.13.14.124. (-शः) 1 dining in a wood, a picnic; क्वचिद्वनाशाय मनो दधद् व्रजात् प्रातः समुत्थाय वयस्य- वत्सपान् Bhāg.1.12.1. -2 a kind of small barley. -आश्रमः abode in the woods, the third stage in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -आश्रमिन् m. an anchorite, a hermit. -आश्रयः 1 an inhabitant of the wood. -2 a sort of crow or raven. -उत्साहः a rhinoceros. -उद्धवा the wild cotton plant. -उपप्लवः a forest conflagration. -उपलः shaped and dried cow dung (Mar. गोवरी). -ओकस् m. 1 an inhabitant of a wood, a forester. -2 an anchorite, a hermit. -3 a wild animal such as a monkey, boar &c.; तस्य त्यक्तस्वभावस्य घृणेर्मायावनौकसः Bhāg. 7.2.7. -ओषधिः a medicinal herb growing in a forest or growing wild. -कणा wild pepper. -कदली wild plantain. -करिन् m., -कुञ्जरः, -गजः a wild elephant. -काम a. fond of a forest. -कार्पासी (-सिः f.) the wild cotton tree. -कुक्कुटः a wild fowl. -कोलिः f. the wild jujube tree. -खण्डम् a forest. -ग a. inhabitant of a forest. -गवः the wild ox. -गहनम् a thicket, the thick part of a forest; इति चालयन्नचलसानुवनगहनजानुमापतिः । -गुप्तः a spy. -गुल्मः a wild or forest shrub. -गोचर a. 1 frequenting woods. -2 living in water; जहास चाहो वन- गोचरो मृगः Bhāg.3.18.2. (-रः) 1 a hunter. -2 a forester. (-रम्) a forest. -ग्रहणम् surrounding a forest and stopping all egress. -ग्राहिन् a beater of the forest, one who surrounds a forest; तेन हि निवर्तय पूर्वगतान् वन- ग्राहिणः Ś.2.6/7. -ग्रामकः a forest village, a poor village. -चन्दनम् 1 the Devadāru tree. -2 aloe-wood. -चन्द्रिका, -ज्योत्स्ना a kind of jasmine. -चम्पकः the wild Champaka tree. -चर a. living in a forest, haunting woods, sylvan. (-रः) 1 a forester, forest-dweller, woodman; उपतस्थुरास्तितविषादधियः शतयज्वनो वनचरा वसतिम् Ki.6.29; Me.12. -2 a wild animal. -3 the fabulous eight-legged animal called Śarabha. -चर्या roaming about or residence in a forest. -छागः 1 a wild goat. -2 a boar. -छिद् m. a wood-cutter. -जः 1 an elephant. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 the wild citron tree. -4 a woodman. (-जम्) a blue lotus-flower. -जा 1 wild ginger. -2 the wild cotton tree. -जीविन् a forester, woodman. -तिक्तः the yellow myrobalan tree. -दः a cloud. -दाहः a forest-conflagration. -दीपः = ˚चम्पकः. -देवता a sylvan deity, a dryad; शुश्राव कुञ्जेषु यशः स्वमुच्चैरुद्गीयमानं वनदेवताभिः R.2.12;9.52; Ś.4.5; अनुप्रयाता वनदेवताभ्यामदृश्यत स्थावरराजकन्या Ku.3.52;6.39. -द्रुमः a tree growing wild in a forest. -धारा an avenue of trees. -धितिः f. Ved. a hatchet. -धेनुः f. the female of the wild ox or Bos gavœus. -पः a woodman; यथा वनान्ते वनपैर्विसृष्टः कक्षं देहत्कृष्णगतिः सुघोषः Mb.9.24.63. -पल्लवः the शोभाञ्जन tree. -पांसुलः a hunter. -पार्श्वम् the neighbourhood of a wood, the forest region itself. -पुष्पम् a forest-flower. -पूरकः the wild citron tree. -प्रवेशः commencing a hermit's life. -प्रस्थ a. retiring into a wood, leading the life of a hermit. (-स्थः) a wood situated on a tableland. -प्रियः the cuckoo. (-यम्) the cinnamon tree. -बर्हिणः, -वर्हिणः a wild peacock. -भूः f., -भूमिः f. forest ground. -भूषणी the female of the Indian cuckoo. -मक्षिका a gad-fly. -मल्ली wild-jasmine. -माला a garland of wood-flowers, such as was usually worn by Kṛiṣṇa; ग्रथितमौलिरसौ वनमालया R.9.51; it is thus described :- आजानुलम्बिनी माला सर्वर्तुकुसुमोज्ज्वला । मध्ये स्थूल- कदम्बाढ्या वनमालेति कीर्तिता ॥ ˚धरः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -मालिन् a. adorned with a chaplet of wood-flowers (-m.) an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; धीरसमीरे यमुनातीरे वसति वने वनमाली Gīt.5; तव विरहे वनमाली सखि सीदति ibid. -मालिनी N. of the town of Dvārakā. -मुच् a. pouring water; R.9.22. (-m.), -भूतः a cloud. -मुद्गः a kind of kidney-bean. -मोचा wild plantain. -रक्षकः a forest-keeper. -राजः the lion. -राजिः, -जी f. 1 a grove or long row of trees. -2 a long tract of forest. -3 a path in a forest. -रुहम् a lotus-flower; वनरुहाननं बिभ्रदावृतम् Bhāg.1.31.12. -लक्ष्मी f. 1 an ornament or beauty of the wood. -2 the plantain. -लता a forest-creeper; दूरीकृताः खलु गुणैरुद्यानलता वन- लताभिः Ś.1.17. -वर्तिका a kind of quail. -वह्निः, -हुता- शनः a forest-conflagration. -वासः 1 living in a wood, residence in a forest; अनुमतगमना शकुन्तला तरुभिरियं वनवास- बन्धुभिः Ś.4.1. -2 a wild or nomadic life. -3 a forestdweller, a forester. -वासनः a civet-cat. -वासिन् m. 1 a forest-dweller, forester. -2 a hermit; so वनस्थायिन्. -वीजः, -वीजकः the wild citron tree. -वृन्ताकी the eggplant. -व्रीहिः wild rice. -शृङ्गाटः Tribulus Lanuginosus (Mar. सराटा). -शोभनम् a lotus. -श्वन् m. 1 a jackal. -2 a tiger. -3 a civet-cat. -सङ्कटः a kind of pulse. -सद्, -संवासिन् m. a forester; प्रणुदन्ववौ वनसदां परिश्रमम् Ki.12. 5. -समूहः a thick wood. -संप्रवेशः a solemn procession into a forest for the purpose of cutting wood for an idol. -सरोजिनी f. the wild cotton plant. -स्थः 1 a deer. -2 a hermit; कुतः क्षीरं वनस्थानाम् Mb.13.14.124. -स्था, -स्थी the holy fig tree. -स्थली a wood, forest ground; नखक्षतानीव वनस्थलीनाम् Ku.3.29. -स्रज् f. a garland of forest flowers. -हासः, -हासकः 1 the Kāsa grass. -2 N. of the flower-plant Kunda.
vapraḥ वप्रः प्रम् [उप्यते अत्र वप्-रन् Un.2.27] 1 A rampart, earth-work, mud-wall; वेलावप्रवलयाम् (उर्वीम्) R.1.3; द्वितीयामिव मामत्र वप्रमालम्ब्य तिष्ठत Śiva B. -2 A bank or mound of any kind (against which bulls and elephants butt); शृङ्गाग्रलग्नाम्बुदवप्रपङ्कः R.13.47; see वप्रक्रीडा below. -3 The slope or declivity of a hill or rocky place; बृहच्छिलावप्रघनेन वक्षसा Ki.14.4. -4 A summit, peak, table-land on a mountain; तीव्रं महाव्रतमिवात्र चरन्ति वप्राः Śi.4.58;3.37; Ki.5.36;6.8. -5 The bank of a river, side, shore, bank in general; ध्वनयः प्रतेनुरनुवप्रमपाम् Ki.6. 4;7.11;17.58. -6 The foundation of a building. -7 The gate of a fortified town. -8 A ditch. -9 The circumference of a sphere. -1 A field in general; विकासि वप्राम्भसि गन्धसूचितम् Ki.4.26. -11 The butting of an elephant or bull. -12 Dust. -13 A multitude, a heap; L. D .B. -प्रः 1 A father. -2 A Prajāpati. -प्रम् 1 Lead. -2 Gold; L. D. B. -प्रा 1 A flat bank of earth. -2 Garden-bed. -Comp. -अभिघातः butting against the bank or side (as of a hill, river &c.); वप्राभिघातपरि- मण्डलितोरुदेहः Ki.5.42; cf. तटाघात. -अवनी cultivated land. -क्रिया, -क्रीडा the palyful butting of an elephant (or bull) against a bank or mound; वप्रक्रियामृक्षवतस्तटेषु R.5.44; वप्रक्रीडापरिणतगजप्रेक्षणीयं ददर्श Me.2. -क्षेत्रफलम् the circumference of a sphere.
vamathuḥ वमथुः 1 Ejecting, vomiting, spitting out; तेषां श्रमं च ग्लानिं च वमथुं वेपथुं व्रणान् सर्वं व्यपानुदत् कृष्णः Mb.7.1.14. -2 Water ejected by an elephant from his trunk. -3 A cough.
vamanam वमनम् [वम्-ल्युट्] 1 Ejecting, vomiting. -2 Drawing out, taking or getting out as in स्वर्गाभिष्यन्दवमनम् R.15.29; Ku.6.37. -3 An emetic; also वमनद्रव्यम्. -4 Offering oblations. -5 Pain. -नः Hemp. -नी 1 A leech. -2 The cotton shrub.
vara वर a. [वृ-कर्मणि अप्] 1 Best, excellent, most beautiful or precious, choicest, finest, royal, princely; with gen. or loc. or usually at the end of comp.; वदतां वरः R.1.59; वेदविदां वरेण 5.23;11.54; Ku.6.18; नृवरः, तरुवराः, सरिद्वरा &c. -2 Better than, preferable to; ग्रन्थिभ्यो धारिणो वराः Ms.12.13; Y.1.352. -रः 1 The act of choosing, selecting. -2 Choice, selection. -3 A boon, blessing, favour (तपोभिरिष्यते यस्तु देवेभ्यः स वरो मतः); वरं वृ or याच् 'to ask a boon'; प्रीतास्मि ते पुत्र वरं वृणीष्व R.2.63; भवल्लब्धवरोदीर्णः Ku.2.32; (for the distinction between वर and आशिस् see आशिस्). -4 A gift, present, reward, recompense. -5 A wish, desire in general. -6 Solicitation, entreaty. -7 Charity, alms. -8 Surrounding, enclosing. -9 Obstructing, checking. -1 A bridegroom, husband; वरं वरयते कन्या; see under वधू (1) also. -11 A suitor, wooer. -12 A dowry. -13 A son-in-law; 'वरो जामातरि श्रेष्ठे' इति विश्वः; रथाङ्गभर्त्रे$भिनवं वराय Śi.3.36. -14 A dissolute man, libertine. -15 A sparrow. -16 Bdellium. -रम् Saffron; (for वरम् see separately). -Comp. -अङ्ग a. having an excellent form. (-ङ्गः) 1 an elephant. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Cupid. -4 a Nakṣatra year consisting of 324 days. (-ङ्गी) turmeric. (-ङ्गम्) 1 the head; वराङ्गानि महार्हाणि धनुषा शातयामि वः Rām.1.66.1; वराङ्गमुर्व्यामपतच्चमूमुखे Mb.8.91.53. -2 the best part. -3 an elegant form. -4 pudendum muliebre. -5 green cinnamon. -अङ्गना a lovely woman; वराङ्गनासेवनमल्पभोजनम् Lakṣmīcharitra. -अन्नम् excellent dish; पक्वापक्वं दिवारात्रं वरान्नममृतोपमम् Mb.7.67.2. -अरणिः a mother; ददर्श रावणस्तत्र गोवृषेन्द्रवरारणिम् Rām.7.23.22. -अर्ह a. 1 worthy of a boon. -2 very worthy, highly esteemed; -मत्कृते$द्य वरार्हायाः श्यामतां समुपागतम्(मुखम्) Mb.3.144. 11. -3 very expensive. -आनना a lovely-faced woman. -आजीविन् m. an astrologer. -आरुहः an ox. -आरोह a. having fine hips. (-हः) 1 an excellent rider. -2 a rider on an elephant or horse. -3 mounting, riding. (-हा) an elegant or a beautiful woman; कामं कुरु वरा- रोहे देहि मे परिरम्भणम् Māl.6.11. -आलिः the moon. -आसनम् 1 an excellent seat. -2 the chief seat, a seat of honour. -3 the China rose. -4 a cistern, reservoir. (-नः) 1 a door-keeper. -2 a lover, paramour -इन्द्रः 1 a chief, sovereign. -2 Indra. -3 (also n.) N. of a part of Bengal. -न्द्री the ancient Gaura or Gauda country. -ईश्वरः N. of Śiva. -उरुः, -रूः f. a beautiful woman (lit. having beautiful thighs). -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra. -गात्र a. fair-limbed, beautiful. -चन्दनम् 1 a kind of sandal wood. -2 the pine tree. -तनु a. fairlimbed. (-नुः f.) a beautiful woman; वरतनुरथवासौ नैव दृष्टा त्वया मे V.4.22. -तन्तुः N. of an ancient sage; कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1. -त्वचः the Nimba tree. -द a. 1 conferring a boon, granting or fulfilling a boon; आगच्छ वरदे देवि जपे मे संनिधौ भव Sandhyā. -2 propitious. (-दः) 1 a benefactor. -2 N. of a class of Manes. -3 fire for propitiatory burnt offerings. ˚चतुर्थी N. of the 4th day in the bright half of माघ, ˚हस्तः the boon-giving or beneficent hand (placed on the head of a suppliant by a deity &c.). (-दा) 1 N. of a river; वरद वरदारोधोवृक्षैः सहावनतो रिपुः M.5.1. -2 a maiden, girl. -दक्षिणा 1 a present made to the bridegroom by the father of the bride. -2 a term for expense incurred in fruitless endeavours to recover a loss. -दानम् the granting of a boon. -दानिक a. arising from the bestowal of a favour or boon; चतुर्दश वने वासं वर्षाणि वरदानिकम् Rām.2.17.7. -द्रुमः agallochum. -धर्मः a noble act of justice. -निमन्त्र- णम् a journey undertaken by the parents of the bride to recall the bridegroom (who pretends to go to Kāśī.). -निश्चयः the choice of a bridegroom. -पक्षः the party of the bridegroom (at a wedding); प्रमुदितवरपक्षमेकतस्तत् R.6.86. -पुरुषः the best of men; अहं वरपुरुषमनुष्यो वासुदेवः कामयितव्यः Mk.1.3/31. -प्रद a. granting wishes. -प्रदा N. of Lopāmudrā. -प्रस्थानम्, -यात्रा the setting out of the bridegroom in procession towards the house of the bride for the celebration of marriage. -फलः the cocoa-nut tree. -बाह्लिकम् saffron. -युवतिः, -ती f. a beautiful young woman. -रुचिः N. of a poet and grammarian (one of the 'nine gems' at the court of king Vikrama; see नवरत्न; he is identified by some with Kātyāyana, the celebrated author of the Vārtikas on Pāṇini's Sūtras). -लक्षणम् the requisites of wedding. पाणिग्रहणमन्त्राश्च प्रथितं वरलक्षणम् Mb.7.55.16. -लब्ध a. received as a boon. (-ब्धः) the Champaka tree. -वत्सला a mother-in-law. -वर्णम् gold. -वर्णिनी 1 an excellent or fair-complexioned woman; मया हीयं वृता पूर्वं भार्यार्थे वरवर्णिनी Mb.1.5.23. -2 a woman in general. -3 turmeric. -4 lac. -5 N. of Lakṣmī. -6 of Durgā. -7 of Sarasvatī. -8 the creeper called Priyaṅgu. -9 a yellow pigment. -वृद्धः N. of Śiva. -शीतम् cinnamon. -सुरत a. 1 very wanton. -2 acquainted with the secrets of sexual intercourse. -स्रज् f. 'the bridegroom's garland', the garland put by the bride round the neck of the bridegroom.
varuḍaḥ वरुडः N. of a low caste; one of the 7 low castes, whose occupation is splitting canes (Mar. बुरुड); cf. Ms.4.215 Kull. (वेणः-- वेणोर्भेदनेन यो जीवति, बुरुड इति विश्वरूपः).
vardhaḥ वर्धः 1 Cutting, dividing. -2 Increasing, causing increase or prosperity. -3 Increase, augmentation. -र्धम् 1 Lead. -2 Red lead. -3 A leathern strap or thong; see वर्ध्रम्. -Comp. -फलः Pongamia Glabra (Mar. करंज).
vardhaka वर्धक a. [वृध्-णिच् ण्वुल्] 1 Increasing. -2 Cutting, dividing. -3 Filling. -कः 1 A carpenter. -2 N. of a tree (Mar. भारंग). वर्धकिः vardhakiḥ वर्धकिन् vardhakin वर्धकिः वर्धकिन् m. A carpenter; पुनरपि धृता कुन्दे किंवा न वर्धकिना दिवः N.19.54; Rām.1.13,7;7.91.24; त्रिदशानां च वर्धकिः (विश्वकर्मा) Mb.1.66.28; वर्धकिहस्तः a carpenter's measure of 42 inches.
vardhana वर्धन a. [वृध्-णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Increasing, growing. -2 Causing to increase, enlarging, magnifying. -नः A bestower of prosperity. -2 A tooth growing over another tooth. -3 N. of Śiva. -नी 1 A broom. -2 A bier. -3 A water-jar of a particular shape. -नम् 1 Growing, thriving. -2 Growth, increase, prosperity, magnifying, enlargement. -4 Elevation. -5 Exhilaration (of spirits), animation. -6 Educating, rearing. -7 Cutting, dividing; as in नाभिवर्धनम्; प्राङ्नाभिवर्धनात् पुंसो जातकर्म विधीयते Mb.3.18.34; annihilation; ततो राजन् महानासीत् संग्रामो भूरिवर्धनः Mb.7.153.44. -8 A means of strengthening. restorative. -9 Filling.
vardhamāna वर्धमान a. [वृध्-शानच्] Growing, increasing. -नः 1 The castor-oil plant. -2 A kind of riddle. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a district (said to be the same as the modern Baradvāna). -5 Sweet citron. -6 A particular way of joining hands. -7 A particular attitude in dancing. -8 N. of the 24th Arhat of Jina. -9 N. of the elephant who supports the eastern quarter. -नः, -नम् 1 A pot or dish of a particular shape; स्वस्तिकान् वर्धमानांश्च नन्द्यावर्तांश्च काञ्चनान् Mb.7.82.2; lid. -2 A kind of mystical diagram. -3 A palace or temple built in the form of the above diagram. -4 A house having no door on the south side. -ना N. of a district (the modern Baradvāna). -Comp. -गृहम् a pleasure house (क्रीडागृह); Rām.2.17.18. -पुरम् the city of Baradvāna.
vardhāpanam वर्धापनम् [वर्धं छेदं करोति, वृध् णिच्-आप् च ततो भावे ल्युट्] 1 Cutting, dividing. -2 Cutting the umbilical cord, or the ceremony connected with this act. -3 A festival on a birth-day. -4 Any festival in general when wishes for prosperity and other congratulatory expressions are offered; cf. पूर्णपात्र.
vasantaḥ वसन्तः [वस्-झच् Uṇ.3.128] 1 The spring, vernal season (comprising the two months चैत्र and वैशाख); मधुमाधवौ वसन्तः Su&śr.; सर्वं प्रिये चारुतरं वसन्ते Ṛs.6.2; विहरति हरिरिह सरसवसन्ते Gīt.1. -2 Spring personified as a deity and regarded as a companion of Kāmadeva; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27. -3 Dysentery. -4 Smallpox. -5 (In dramas) A nickname for the Vidūṣaka or buffoon. -Comp. -अवतारः the advent or setting in of the spring; वसन्तावतारसमये$स्या उन्मादयितृकं रूपं प्रेक्ष्य Ś.1. -उत्सवः the vernal festival, spring-festivities, formerly held on the full-moon day of Chaitra, but now on the full-moon day of Phālguna, and identified with the Holi festival. -कालः the spring-tide, vernal season. -कुसुमः Cordia Latifolia (Mar. गोंधणी). -घोषिन् m. a cuckoo. -जा 1 the Vāsantī or Mādhavī creeper. -2 the spring festival; see वसन्तोत्सव. -तिलकः, -कम् the ornament of the spring; फुल्लं वसन्ततिलकं तिलकं वनाल्याः Chand. M.5. (-कः -का -कम्) N. of a metre. -दूतः 1 the cuckoo. -2 the month called Chaitra. -3 the musical mode हिन्दोल. -4 the mango tree. -दूती 1 the trumpet-flower. -2 the female cuckoo. -3 Bignonia Suaveolens (Mar. पाटला). -द्रुः, द्रुमः the mango tree. -पञ्चमी the fifth day in the bright half of Māgha. -बन्धुः, -योधः, -सखः epithets of the god of love.
vastram वस्त्रम् [वस्-ष्ट्रन् Uṇ.4.172] 1 A garment, cloth, clothes, raiment; स्नातस्यानन्तरं सम्यग् वस्त्रेण तनुमार्जनम् । कान्ति- प्रदं शरीरस्य कण्डूयादोषनाशनम् ॥ कौषेयं चित्रवस्त्रं च रक्तवस्त्रं तथैव च । वातश्लेष्महरं तत्तु शीतकाले विधारयेत् ॥ मेध्यं सुशीतं पित्तघ्नं काषायं वस्त्रमुच्यते । तद्धारयेदुष्णकाले तच्चापि लघु शस्यते ॥ शुक्लं तु शुभदं वस्त्रं शीतातपनिवारणम् । न चोष्णं न च वा शीतं तत्तु वर्षासु धारयेत् ॥ Bhāva., P. -2 Dress, apparel. -3 A leaf of the cinnamon tree. -Comp. -अगारः, -रम्, -गृहम् a tent. -अञ्चलः, अन्तः the hem of a garment. -आगारम् 1 a clothier's shop. -2 a tent. -आधारकः a layer of cloth (placed underneath); Suśr. -उत्कर्षणम् the act of taking off clothes. -कुट्टिमम् 1 a tent. -2 an umbrella. -ग्रन्थिः the knot of the lower garment (which fastens it near the navel); cf. नीवि. -घर्घरी a cloth for straining, sieve. -धारणी a thing to hang clothes upon. -धाविन् a. washing clothes. -निर्णेजकः a washerman. -परिधानम् putting on garments, dressing. -पुत्रिका a doll, puppet. -पूत a. filtered through a cloth; वस्त्रपूतं पिवेज्जलम् Ms.6. 46. -पेशी a fringe. -भेदकः, -भेदिन् m. a tailor. -योनिः the material of cloth (as cotton). -रजकम्, -रञ्जनम् safflower. -विलासः foppery in dress. -वेशः, -वेश्मन् a tent. -वेष्टित a. well-clad.
vāc वाच् f. [वच्-क्विप् दीर्घो$संप्रसारणं च Uṇ.2.67] 1 A word, sound, an expression (opp. अर्थ); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ वागर्थप्रतिपत्तये R.1.1. -2 Words, talk, language, speech; वाचि पुण्यापुण्यहेतवः Māl.4; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते । ऋषीणां पुनराद्यानां वाचमर्थो$नुधावति U.1.1; विनिश्चितार्थामिति वाचमाददे Ki.1.3 'spoke these words', 'spoke as follows'; R.1.49; Śi.2.13,23; Ku.2.3. -3 A voice, sound; अशरीरिणी वागुदचरत् U.2; मनुष्यवाचा R.2.33. -4 An assertion, a statement. -5 An assurance, a promise. -6 A phrase, proverb, saying. -7 N. of Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -Comp. -अपहारकः (वागपहारकः) 1 a 'stealer of speech', a reader of prohibited texts; Ms.11.51. -2 a liar (मिथ्यावादी). -अपेत (वागपेत) a. dumb. -अर्थः (वागर्थः) a word and its meaning; वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; see above. -असिः cutting speech (cutting like a sword); स्फुरन्नसाधोर्विवृणोति वागसिः Ki.14.12. -आडम्बरः, (-वागाडम्बरः) verbosity, bombast. -आत्मन् a. (वागात्मन्) consisting of words; ऋषे प्रबुद्धो$सि वागात्मनि ब्रह्मणि U.2. -ईशः (वागीशः) 1 an orator, an eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; वागीशाद्याः सुमनसः Nyāyamāla. -3 an epithet of Brahman; वागीशं (धातारं) वाग्भिरर्थ्याभिः प्रणिपत्योपतस्थिरे Ku.2.3. -4 the lunar mansion called Puṣya. (-शा) N. of Sarasvatī. -ईश्वरः (वागीश्वरः) 1 an orator, eloquent man. -2 an epithet of Brahman. (-री) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech. -उत्तरम् (वागु- त्तरम्) end of speech. -ऋषभः, (वागृषभः) 'eminent in speech', an eloquent or learned man. -कलहः- (वाक्कलहः) a quarrel, strife. -कीरः (वाक्कीरः) a wife's brother. -केलिः, -ली (वाक्केलिः -ली) witty conversation. -गुदः (वाग्गुदः) a kind of bird; Ms.12.64. -गुणः (वाग्गुणः) a merit or excellence of speech; (35 such merits are enumerated by Hemachandra). -गुम्फः (pl.) artificial language. -गुलिः, -गुलिकः (वाग्गुलिः &c.) the betel-bearer of a king &c.; cf. ताम्बूलकरङ्कवाहिन्. -चपल a. (-वाक्चपल) chattering, frivolous or inconsiderate in talk. -चापल्यम् (वाक्चापल्यम्) idle or frivolous talk, chattering, gossiping. -छलम् (वाक्छलम्) 'dishonesty in words', an evasive reply, a prevarication; एतावदेवास्ति मे वाक्छलम् Mu.2; केनेदममृतं मे वाक्छलाद् वृष्टम् K.33. -जालम् (वाग्जालम्) bombast, empty talk; अनिर्लोडितकार्यस्य वाग्जालं वाग्मिनो वृथा Śi.2.27. -जीवमः (वाग्जीवनः) a buffon; Kau. A.2.1. -डम्बरः (वाग्ड- म्बरः) 1 bombast. -2 eloquent language. -दण्डः (वाग्दण्डः) 1 reproachful words, reprimand, reproof. -2 restraint of speech, control over words; cf. त्रिदण्ड Ms.12.1. -दत्त (वाग्दत्त) a. promised, affianced, betrothed. (-त्ता) an affianced or betrothed virgin; Kull. on Ms.5.72. -दरिद्र (वाग्दरिद्र) a. 'poor in words', i. e. speaking little. -दलम् (वाग्दलम्) a lip. -दानम् (वाग्दानम्) betrothal; Ms.5.72 (Kull.). -दुष्ट a. (वाग्दुष्ट) 1 abusive, scurrilous, using abusive words; Ms.8.345. -2 using ungrammatical language. (-ष्टः) 1 a defamer. -2 a Brāhmaṇa not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time of his life. -देवता, -देवी (वाग्देवता, वाग्देवी) Sarasvatī, the goddess of speech; वाग्देवतायाः सांमुख्यमाधत्ते S. D.1. ˚कुलम् science, learning. -दोषः (वाग्दोषः) 1 the utterance of a (disagreeable) sound; द्वीपिचर्मपरिच्छन्नो वाग्दोषाद् गर्दभो हतः H. B. -2 abuse, defamation. -3 an ungrammatical speech. -निबन्धन (वाग्निबन्धन) a. depending on words. -निमि- त्तम् (वाङ्निमित्तम्) Prognostications; तच्चाकर्ण्य वाङ्- निमित्तज्ञः पितरि सुतरां जीविताशां शिथिलीचकार Hch. V. -निश्चयः (वाङ्निश्चयः) affiance by word of month, marriage contract. -निष्ठा (वाङ्निष्ठा) faithfulness (to one's word or promise). -पटु a. (वाक्पटु) skilful in speech, eloquent. -पति a. (वाक्पति) eloquent; oratorical. (-तिः) 1 N. of Bṛihaspati (in this sense वाचसांपतिः is also used). -2 the constellation Puṣya. -पथः(वाक्पथः) 1 a moment fit for speech. -2 the range of speech. -पाटवम् (वाक्पाटवम्) eloquence. -पारीणः (वाक्पा- रीणः) beyond the range of speech; वाक्पारीणरुचिः स चेन्मुखमयं पद्मः प्रिये तावकम् N.22.14. -पारुष्यम् (वाक्पारु- ष्यम्) 1 severity of language. -2 violence in words, abusive or scurrilous language, defamation; एवं दण्डविधिः प्रोक्तो वाक्पारुष्यस्य तत्त्वतः Ms.8.278. -प्रचोदनम् (वाक्प्रचो- दनम्) an order expressed in words. -प्रतोदः (वाक्प्र- तोदः) 'the goad of words', goading or taunting language. -प्रलापः (वाक्प्रलापः) eloquence. -बन्धनम् (वाग्बन्धनम्) stopping the speech, silencing; व्रीडार्ता प्रकरोति दाडिमपलव्याजेन वाग्बन्धनम् Amaru.16. -भट (वाग्भटः) N. of a writer on medicine. -मनस n. (the duel -वाङ्मनसी in Vedic language) speech and mind; अथैनं तुष्टुवुः स्तुत्यमवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; अतीतः पन्थानं तव च महिमा वाङ्मनसयोः Śiva-mahimna 2. -मात्रम् (वाङ्मात्रम्) mere words. -मुखम् (वाङ्मुखम्) the beginning or introduction of a speech, an exordium, a preface. -यत a. (-वाग्यत) one who has controlled or curbed his speech, silent. -यमः (वाग्यमः) one who has controlled his speech, a sage. -यामः (वाग्यामः) a dumb man. -युद्धम् (वाग्युद्धम्) a war of words, (hot) debate or discussion, controversy. -रोधः (वाग्रोधः) stopping the speech, silencing. -वज्रः (वाग्वज्रः) 1 adamantine words; अहह दारुणो वाग्वज्रः U.1. -2 harsh or severe language. -विद् a. (वाग्विद्) eloquent. -विदग्ध a. (वाग्विदग्ध) skilled in speech. (-ग्धा) a sweet-speaking or fascinating woman. -विनिःसृत a. (वाग्विनिःसृत) put forth by speech; वाच्यर्था नियताः सर्वे वाङ्मूला वाग्वि- निःसृताः । तां तु यः स्तेनयेद्वाचं स सर्वस्तेयकृन्नरः ॥ Ms.4.256. -विभवः (वाग्विभवः) stock or provision of words, power of description, command of language; नास्ति मे वाग्विभवः प्रशंसितुम् V.3; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9; Māl.1.26. -विलासः (वाग्विलासः) graceful or elegant speech. -विलासिन् m. (वाग्विलासिन्) pigeon, dove. -विस्तरः (वाग्विस्तरः) prolixity. -वीरः (वाग्वीरः) master of speech. -व्ययः (वाग्व्ययः) waste of breath. -व्यवहारः (वाग्व्यवहारः) verbal or oral discussion; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रं किमत्र वाग्व्यवहारेण M.1. -व्यापारः (वाग्व्यापारः) 1 the manner of speaking. -2 the style or habit of speaking. -3 customary phraseology or mode of talking. -शलाका (वाक्शलाका) injurious speech. -शल्यम्(वाक्शल्यम्) = वाक्शलाका. -शस्त्रम् (वाक्शस्त्रम्) a curse; वाक्शस्त्रं वै ब्राह्मणस्य तेन हन्यादरीन् द्विजः Ms.11.33. -संतक्षणम् sarcastic remarks; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैः ... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2. -संयमः (वाक्संयमः), -संवरः (वाक्संवरः) restraint or control of speech. -संगः (वाक्संगः) 1 impeded or slow speech. -2 paralysis of speech. -सारः (वाक्सारः) eloquence. -सिद्धम् (वाक्सिद्धम्) supernatural perfection of speech. -स्तम्भः (वाक्स्तम्भः) paralysis of speech.
vādhūlam वाधूलम् N. of a Śrautasūtra belonging to the Taittirīya Saṁhitā.
vānti वान्ति f. 1 Vomiting. -2 Ejecting, emitting. -Comp. -कृत्, -द a. emetic.
vāmana वामन a. 1 (a) Short in stature, dwarfish, pigmy; छलवामनम् Śi.13.12. (b) (Hence) Small, short, little, reduced in length; वामनार्चिरिव दीपभाजनम् R.19.51; कथं कथं तानि (दिनानि) च वामनानि N.22.57. -2 Bent down, bent low (नम्र); शिरसि स्म जिघ्रति सुरारिबन्धने छलवामनं विनय- वामनं तदा Śi.13.12. -3 Vile, low, base. -4 Venerable; मध्ये वामनमासीनं विश्वेदेवा उपासते Kaṭh.5.3. -नः 1 A dwarf, pigmy; प्रांशुलभ्ये फले मोहादुद्बाहुरिव वामनः R.1.3; 1.6; सहस्रं वामनान् कुब्जान् ...... दृष्ट्वा ततो$स्मयत वै तदा Mb.7.56.8. -2 N. of Viṣṇu in his fifth incarnation, when he was born as a dwarf to humble the demon Bali, (see बलि); छलयसि विक्रमणे बलिमद्भुतवामन पदनखनीरज- नितजनपावन । केशव धृतवामनरूप जय जगदीश हरे । Gīt.1; Śi. 13.12. -3 N. of the elephant that presides over the south. -4 N. of the author of the Kāśikāvṛitti, a commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -5 The tree called अङ्कोट. -Comp. -आकृति a. dwarfish. -द्वादशी the 12th day in the light half of चैत्र. -निघण्टुः N. of a dictionary. -पुराणम् N. of one of the 18 Purāṇas.
vikalpanam विकल्पनम् 1 Admitting of a doubt. -2 Allowing an option. -3 Indecision. -4 Inconsideration.
vikriyā विक्रिया 1 Change, modification, alteration; श्मश्रु- प्रवृद्धिजनिताननविक्रियान् R.13.71;1.17. -2 Agitation, excitement, perturbation, excitement of passion; अथ तेन निगृह्य विक्रियामभिशप्तः फलमेतदन्वभूत् Ku.4.41;3.34. -3 Anger, wrath, displeasure; साधोः प्रकोपितस्यापि मनो नायाति विक्रियाम् Subhāṣ; लिङ्गैर्मुदः संवृतविक्रियास्ते R.7.3; किमकारणमस्मासु गतवानसि विक्रियाम् Bm.1.911. -4 Reverse, evil; विक्रियायै न कल्पन्ते संबन्धाः सदनुष्ठिताः Ku.6.29 (विक्रियायै = वैकल्योत्पादनाय Malli.) -5 Knitting, contraction (of the eyebrows); भ्रूविक्रियायां विरतप्रसंगैः Ku.3.47. -6 Any sudden movement, as in रोमविक्रिया V.1.12 'thrill'. -7 A sudden affection or seizure, disease. -8 Violation, vitiation (of the proper duties); इत्याप्त- वचनाद्रामो विनेष्यन् वर्णविक्रियाम् R.15.48. -9 A preparation or dish of rice &c. -1 Injury, harm. -11 Extinction (of a lamp). -Comp. -उपमा a kind of Upamā mentioned by Daṇḍin; see चन्द्रबिम्बादिवोत्कीर्णं पद्मगर्भादिवोद्धृतम् । तव तन्वङ्गि वदनमित्यसौ विक्रियोपमा ॥ Kāv.2.41.
vikledaḥ विक्लेदः 1 Wetting thoroughly; पुरीषमूत्रविक्लेदम् (गर्भ- वासम्) Mb.12.213.6. -2 Wetness, moisture. -3 Dissolution.
vicāla विचाल a. Intervening, intermediate. -लः 1 Separating, putting apart; P.V.3.43. -2 Interval.
vicchitti विच्छित्तिः f. 1 (a) Cutting off or asunder, tearing off; न ध्यातं पदमीश्वरस्य विधिवत् संसारविच्छित्तये Bh.3.11. (b) Breaking off, fracture. -2 Dividing, separating. -3 Disappearance, absence, loss, wanting; विच्छित्तिर्नवचन्दनेन वपुषः Śi.16.84. -4 Cessation. -5 Colouring the body with paints and unguents, painting colours, rouge; विच्छित्तिशेषैः सुरसुन्दरीणाम् Ś.7.5; Śi.16.84. -6 Limit, boundary (of a house &c.) -7 A pause in a verse, cæsura. -8 A particular kind of amorous gesture, consisting in carelessness in dress and decoration (through pride of personal beauty); स्तोकाप्याकल्परचना विच्छित्तिः कान्तिपोषकृत् S. D.138.
vicchedaḥ विच्छेदः 1 Cutting asunder, cutting, dividing, separation; किं वा भणामि विच्छेददारुणायासकारिणि Māl.6.11. -2 Breaking; विच्छेदः सहृदययेव हारयष्ट्या Śi.8.51. -3 Break, interruption, cessation, discontinuance; विच्छेदमाप भुवि यस्तु कथाप्रबन्धः K.; पिण्डविच्छेददर्शिनः R.1.66. -4 Removal, prohibition. -5 Dissension. -6 A section, or division of a book. -7 Interval, space. -8 Interruption in family succession, failure of issue. -9 Distinction, difference, variety.
vicchedanam विच्छेदनम् Cutting off, breaking &c.; see विच्छेद.
vijṛmbhaḥ विजृम्भः Bending or knitting (the brows); प्रियविरहरुषा रोपितभ्रूविजृम्भत्रस्ताब्धिः Bhāg.9.1.4.
vidala विदल a. 1 Split, rent asunder. -2 Opened, blown (as a flower &c.). -लः 1 Dividing, separating. -2 Rending, splitting. -3 A cake. -4 Mountain ebony. -लम् 1 A basket of split bamboos or any vessel of wicker-work; cf. Y.1.182. -2 The bark of pomegranate. -3 A twig; शिफाविदलरज्ज्वाद्यैर्विदध्यान्नृपतिर्दमम् Ms.9. 23. -4 The chips of a substance. -5 Split peas.
vidalanam विदलनम् Splitting, rending asunder, cutting, dividing.
vidāraḥ विदारः 1 Rending or cutting asunder, splitting. -2 War, battle. -3 An inundation, overflowing (of a tank, river &c.). -री 1 A swelling in the groin. -2 A species of medicinal plant (सालवण); विदारी वातपित्तघ्नी वल्या वृष्या रसायनी Rājavallabha.
vidāraṇaḥ विदारणः 1 A tree or rock in the middle of a stream (to which a boat is fastened). -2 War, battle. -3 The Karṇikāra tree. -णा War, battle. -णम् 1 Rending, splitting, tearing, ripping up, breaking, (often with the force of an adj. at the end of comp.); श्रुतं सखे श्रवणविदारणं वचः Mu.5.6; युवजनहृदयविदारणमनसिज- नखरुचिकिंशुकजाले Gīt.1; Ki.14.54. -2 Afflicting, tormenting. -3 Killing, slaughter. विदारिका vidārikā विदारिः vidāriḥ विदारिका विदारिः f. A swelling in the groin; (also विदारी in this sense).
vidraḥ विद्रः 1 Tearing, splitting, piercing. -2 A fissure, hole, cavity.
vidrāvaṇam विद्रावणम् 1 Driving or scaring away, putting to flight, defeating. -2 Liquefying. -3 Destruction (विना- शन); विराधाख्यदुरातङ्कविद्रावणमहौषधम् Viś. Guṇa.6.
vidhāyaka विधायक a. (-यिका f.), -विधायिन् a. 1 Arranging, disposing. -2 Doing, making, performing, executing. -3 Creating. -4 Enjoying, prescribing, laying down. -5 Consigning, committing, delivering (to the care of).
vinyasanam विन्यसनम् Putting down; पदविन्यसनम्. See न्यास.
vinyāsaḥ विन्यासः 1 Entrusting, depositing. -2 A deposit. -3 Arrangement, adjustment, disposition; अक्षरविन्यासः 'inscribing letters'; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्धविन्यासवैदग्धनिधिः Vās. 'composition of a work &c.' -4 A collection, an assemblage. -5 A site or receptacle. -6 Putting on (ornaments). -7 Movement; position (of limbs); attitude. -8 Exhibition, display. -Comp. -रेखा a line drawn.
vipāṭanam विपाटनम् 1 Tearing open, splitting. -2 Eradication. -3 Spoliation. -4 Acute pain.
vibhedaḥ विभेदः 1 Breaking asunder, dividing. -2 Division, separation. -3 Wounding. -4 Perplexing, bewildering. -5 Contradiction. -6 Enmity, opposition. -7 Variety, distinction. -8 Knitting, contraction (of the brows).
vibhramaḥ विभ्रमः 1 Roaming or wandering about. -2 Whirling or going round, rolling about; निवृत्तसर्वेन्द्रियवृत्तिविभ्रमः Bhāg.1.9.31. -3 Error, mistake, blunder. -4 Hury, confusion, flurry, perturbation; especially, the flurry, of mind caused by love; चित्तवृत्त्यनवस्थानं शृङ्गाराद्विभ्रमो भवेत्. -5 (Hence) Putting on ornaments &c. in wrong places through flurry; विभ्रमस्त्वरया$काले भूषास्थानविपर्ययः; यश्चाप्सरोविभ्रममण्डनानां संपादयित्रीं शिखरैर्बिभर्ति Ku.1.4; (see Malli. thereon). -6 Any amorous or sportive action, amorous paly or movement; Māl.1.26; नवप्रणयविभ्रमा- कुलितमालतीदृष्टयः 9.38. -7 Beauty, grace, charm; तदा तद- ङ्गस्य बिभर्ति विभ्रमम् N.15.25; U.1.2,34;6.4; Śi.6.46; 7.15;16.64; Māl.7; क्रोधं स्मितं च कुसुमाभरणादि याच्ञा तद्वर्जनं च सहसैव विमण्डनं च । आक्षिप्य कान्तवचनं लपनं सखीभि- र्निष्कारणोत्थितगतं वद विभ्रमं तत् ॥ -8 Doubt, apprehension; आमुक्तमिव पाखण्डं यो$धर्मे धर्मविभ्रमः Bhāg.4.19.12. -9 Caprice, whim. -1 Disturbance, perturbation; ऊर्मिव्यतिकरविभ्रमप्रचण्डः Mv.6.26. -11 Pride; दीर्घमायुः स मे प्रादात्ततो मां विभ्रमो$स्पृशत् Rām.3.71.9.
vimatta विमत्त p. p. 1 Intoxicated. -2 Ruttish; furious, in rut.
vimokṣaṇam विमोक्षणम् णा 1 Liberating, releasing, setting free. -2 Discharging. -3 Quitting, leaving, abandoning. -4 Laying (as eggs).
vilāsin विलासिन् a. (-नी f.) Sportive, playful, dallying, wanton, conquettish; विस्रस्तमंसादपरो विलासी R.6.14. -m. 1 A sensualist, voluptuary, an amorous person; उपमान- मभूद्विलासिनां करणं यत्तव कान्तिमत्तया Ku.4.5. -2 Fire. -3 The moon. -4 A snake. -5 An epithet of Kṛiṣṇa or Viṣṇu. -6 Of Śiva. -7 Of the god of love.
vilāsinī विलासिनी 1 A woman (in general). -2 A coquettish or wanton woman; हरिरिह मुग्धवधूनिकरे विलासिनि विलसति केलिपरे Gīt.1; Ku.7.69; Śi.8.5; R.6.17. -3 A wanton, harlot.
vilikhanam विलिखनम् 1 Scratching, scraping, writing. -2 The course of a river. -3 Dividing, splitting.
vilekhanam विलेखनम् 1 Scratching, scraping, making a mark or furrow. -2 Digging. -3 Uprooting. -4 Dividing, splitting.
vilepanī विलेपनी 1 A woman scented with perfumes. -2 A woman beautifully dressed or attired (सुवेशा). -3 Rice-gruel. विलेपिका vilēpikā विलेपी vilēpī विलेप्यः vilēpyḥ विलेपिका विलेपी विलेप्यः Rice-gruel.
vilopanam विलोपनम् 1 Cutting off. -2 Carrying away. -3 Destroying, destruction.
vivaram विवरम् 1 A fissure, hole, cavity, hollow, vacuity; यच्चकार विवरं शिलाघने ताडकोरसि स रामसायकः R.11.18;9. 61;19.7; धीरनादभरितकर्णविवरं प्रिये मदयन्तिके इति व्याहरति Māl.7. -2 An interstice, interval, intervening space; तानहं विवरं दृष्ट्वा प्राहिण्वं यमसादनम् Mb.3.171.29; Bhāg.5. 1.12; अयमरविवरेभ्यश्चातकैर्निष्पतद्भिः Ś.7.7. -3 A solitary place; विवरे$पि नैनमनिगूढमभिभवितुमेष पारयन् Ki.12.37. -4 A fault, flaw, defect, weak point. -5 A breach, wound. -6 The number 'nine'. -7 Expansion, opening, widening. -8 The lower region (पाताल); ज्योतिषां विवराणां च यथेदमसृजद्विभुः Bhāg.6.1.5. -रः Expansion. -Comp. -नालिका a flute, fife. -प्रवेशः entrance into a chasm (one of the means of getting one's desired object); Pt.5.
vivardhanam विवर्धनम् 1 Increasing. -2 Increase, augmentation, growth. -3 Enlargement, aggrandisement. -4 Cutting, dividing.
viśaraḥ विशरः 1 Splitting, bursting. -2 Slaughter, killing, destruction.
viśasanam विशसनम् 1 Killing, slaughter, immolation; तस्यास्त्वं दुहितुस्तथा विशसनं किं दारुणे$मृष्यथाः U.4.5; N.19.12. -2 Ruin. -3 Battle; शोणितोदां रथावर्तां कृत्वा विशसने नदीम् Mb. 7.16.43. -4 Cutting, dissecting. -नः 1 A sabre, crooked sword. -2 A sword in general.
viśākhaḥ विशाखः 1 N. of Kārtikeya; वक्षो विशाखविशिखव्रण- लाञ्छितं मे Mv.2.38. -2 An attitude in shooting (in which the archer stands with the feet a span apart). -3 A beggar, petitioner. -4 A spindle. -5 N. of Śiva. -6 N. of a god, frequently mentioned by Paṇini and Patañjali along with Skanda; e. g. see Mbh. on P.VI.3.26, VIII.1.15. -a. also विशाखक; Branched, forked. -Comp. -जः the orange tree.
viśātanam विशातनम् 1 Rending asunder, cutting off, destroying; नमस्ते देवदेवेश सनातन विशातन Mb.7.83.18. -2 Setting free, delivering, releasing.
viśāraṇam विशारणम् 1 Splitting, rending. -2 Killing, slaughter.
visarjanam विसर्जनम् 1 Emitting, sending forth, pouring down; समतया वसुवृष्टिविसर्जनैः R.9.6. -2 Giving away, a gift, donation; R.9.6. -3 Voiding; वाष्वग्निविप्रमादित्यमपः पश्यंस्तथैव गाः । न कदाचन कुर्वीत बिण्मूत्रस्य विसर्जनम् ॥ Ms.4.48. -4 Casting off, quitting, abandoning; श्रुतदेहविसर्जनः पितुः R.8.25. -5 Sending away, dismissal. -6 Allowing (the deity invoked) to go (opp. आवाहन). -7 Setting a bull at liberty on certain occasions. -8 Driving out (cows to pasture). -9 Product, creation.
visṛṣṭiḥ विसृष्टिः f. 1 Emitting, sending forth. -2 Abandoning. -3 Giving. -4 Emission (of semen). -5 Secondary creation. -6 Offspring.
visphūrjitam विस्फूर्जितम् 1 Roar, shout; क्व च विक्रान्तता याता क्व च विस्फूर्जितं महत् Mb.9.31.33. -2 Rolling. -3 Fruit, result; तत् सर्वं सुरलोकदेवसदृशं धर्मस्य विस्फूर्जितम् Bh.2.125; 3.143; त्वद्भक्तेस्त्रिपुरहर विस्फूर्जितमिदम् Śiva-mahimna 11. -3 The impetuous motion (of wind); धाराणां च निपातेन वायोर्विस्फूर्जितेन च Mb.3.171.6. -4 Knitting, contraction (of the brows); विश्वं विध्वंसयन् वीर्यशौर्यविस्फूर्जितभ्रुवा Bhāg. 4.24.57.
vismaraṇam विस्मरणम् Forgetting, forgetfulness, oblivion; मष्येव विस्मरणदारुणचित्तवृत्तौ Ś.5.23.
vṛtti वृत्तिः f. [वृत्-क्तिन्] 1 Being, existence. -2 Abiding, remaining, attitude, being in a particular state; as in विरुद्धवृत्ति, विपक्षवृत्ति &c. -3 State, condition; त्रयीं तिस्रो वृत्तीस्त्रिभुवनमथो त्रीनपि सुरान् Śiva-mahimna 27. -4 Action, movement, function, operation; शतैस्तमक्ष्णामनिमेषवृत्तिभिः R.3.43; Ku.3.73; उत्पक्ष्मणोर्नयनयोरुपरुद्धवृत्तिम् (बाष्पम्) Ś.4. 15. -5 Course, method; विनयवारितवृत्तिः Ś.2.12. -6 Conduct, behaviour, course of conduct, mode of action; कुरु प्रियसखीवृत्तं सपत्नीजने Ś.4.18; Me.8; वैतसी वृत्तिः, बकवृत्तिः &c. -7 Profession, occupation, business, employment, mode of leading life (often at the end of comp.); आश्रमांश्च यथासंख्यमसृजत् सहवृत्तिभिः Bhāg.3.12.41; वार्धके मुनिवृत्तीनाम् R.1.8; Ś.5.6; Pt.3.126. -3 Livelihood, maintenance, means of subsistence or livelihood; oft. in com.; सिंहत्वमङ्कागतसत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.38; Ś.7.12; स्वयं- विशीर्णद्रुमपर्णवृत्तिता Ku.5.28; (for the several means of subsistence, see Ms.4.4-6.) -9 Wages, hire. -1 Cause of activity. -11 Respectful treatment; ब्रह्मचारिणः... आचार्ये प्राणान्तिकी च वृत्तिः Kau. A.1.3; त्रिष्वप्रमाद्यन्नेतेषु त्रील्लँोकांश्च विजेष्यसि । पितृवृत्या त्विमं लोकं मातृवृत्त्या तथा परम् ॥ Mb.12.18.8. -12 Gloss, commentary, exposition; सद्वृत्तिः सन्निबन्धना Śi.2.112; काशिकावृत्तिः &c. -13 Revolving, turning round. -14 The circumference of a wheel or circle. -15 (In gram.) A complex formation requiring resolution or explanation. -16 The power or force of a word by which it expresses, indicates, or suggests a meaning; (these are three अभिधा, लक्षणा and व्यञ्जना q. q. v. v.); general character or force of a word; भ्रमयत भारती त उरुवृत्तिभिरुक्थजडान् Bhāg.1.87.36. -17 A style in composition (these are four; कौ(कै)शिकी, भारती, सात्वती and आरभटी q. q. v. v.); शृङ्गारे कैशिकी वीरे सात्वत्यारभटी पुनः । रसे रौद्रे च बीभत्से वृत्तिः सर्वत्र भारती । चतस्रो वृत्तयो ह्येताः सर्वनाठ्यस्य मातृकाः ॥ S. D. -18 Customary allowance. -19 Manner of thinking. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration; see K. P.9. -अर्थम् ind. for the sake of subsistence; यो$ध्यापयति वृत्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते Ms.2.141. -उपायः a means of subsistence; यजनाध्यापन- प्रतिग्रहा ब्राह्मणस्यैव वृत्त्युपायाः ŚB. on MS.12.4.36; सर्वेषां ब्राह्मणो विद्याद् वृत्त्युपायान् यथाविधि Ms.1.2. -कर्षित a. badly off or distressed for want of livelihood; क्षत्रियं चैव वैश्यं च ब्राह्मणो वृत्तिकर्षितौ [विमृयात्] Ms.8.411. -चक्रम् the wheel of state; स्वामिसेवकयोरेवं वृत्तिचक्रं प्रवर्तते Pt.1.81. -छेदः deprivation of the means of subsistence. -पक्षः (Mīmāṁsā) the case of a complex formation; वृत्तिपक्षे च समासस्य नित्यत्वात् ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भङ्गः, -वैकल्यम् want of a livelihood; वृत्तिभङ्गान्महीपालं त्यक्त्वा यान्ति सुसेवकाः Pt.1.153. -भाज् a. doing usual things (good and evil); कर्तृता तदुपलम्भतो$भवद्वृत्तिभाजि करणे यथ- र्त्विजि Śi.14.19. -मूलम् provision for maintenance. -लाभः (in phil.) ascertainment of the concurrent. -हेतुः = वृत्तिमूलम् q. v.; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11. -स्थ a. 1 being in any state or employment. -2 well-conducted, of good behaviour. (-स्थः) a lizard, chameleon.
vṛthā वृथा ind. [वृ-थाल् किच्च] 1 To no purpose, in vain, uselessly, unprofitably; often with the force of an adjective; व्यर्थं यत्र कपीन्द्रसख्यमपि मे वीर्यं हरीणां वृथा U.3. 45; दिवं यदि प्रार्थयसे वृथा श्रमः Ku.5.45. -2 Unnecessarily. -3 Foolishly, idly, wantonly. -4 Wrongly; improperly. (At the beginning of comp. वृथा may be translated by 'vain, useless, improper, false, idle' &c.). -Comp. -अट्या strolling about idly, walking for pleasure; Ms.7.47. -अन्नम् food for one's own use only. -आकारः a false form, an empty show; पश्येद्दारान् वृथा- कारान् स भवेद्राजवल्लभः Pt.1.58. -आर्तवा a barren woman. -आलम्भः Cutting unnecessarily; (ओषधीनां) वृथालम्भे$नु- गच्छेद्गां दिनमेकं पयोव्रतः Ms.11.144. -उत्पन्न a. born in vain; तं (पुत्रं) कामजमरिक्थीयं वृथोत्पन्नं प्रचक्षते Ms.9.147. -कथा idle talk. -जन्मन् n. unprofitable or vain birth. -दानम् a gift that may be revoked, or not made good if promised; देवपितृविहीनं यदीश्वरेभ्यः स्वदोषतः । दत्वानुकीर्तनाच्चैव वेदाग्निव्रतत्यागिने ॥ अन्यायोपार्जितं दानं व्यर्थं ब्रह्महणे तथा । गुरवे$- नृतवक्त्राया स्तेनाय पतिताय च ॥ कृतघ्नाय च यद्दत्तं सर्वदा ब्रह्मविद्विषे । याजकाय च सर्वस्य वृषल्याः पतये तथा ॥ परिचारकाय भृत्याय सर्वत्र पिशुनाय च । इत्येतानि तु राजेन्द्र वृथादानानि षोडश ॥ Vahni Purāṇa; Ms.8.159. -मति a. foolish-minded. -मांसम् flesh not intended for the Gods or Manes. -वादिन् a. speaking falsely.
vṛddhiḥ वृद्धिः [वृध्-क्तिन्] 1 Growth, increase, augmentation, development; पुपोष वृद्धिं हरिदश्वदीधितेरनुप्रवेशादिव बालचन्द्रमाः R.3.22; तपोवृद्धि, ज्ञानवृद्धि &c. -2 Waxing, increase of the digits of the moon; पर्यायपीतस्य सुरैर्हिमांशोः कलाक्षयः श्लाघ्यतरो हि वृद्धेः R.5.16; Ku.7.1. -3 Increase in wealth, prosperity, affluence; वृद्धिकाले तु संप्राप्ते दुर्जनो$पि सुहृद्भवेत् Pt.2.112. -4 Success, advancement, rise, progress; परवृद्धिमत्सरि मनो हि मानिनाम् Śi.15.1. -5 Wealth, property. -6 A heap, quantity, multitude. -7 Interest; as in सरलवृद्धि, चक्रवृद्धि &c.; वसिष्ठविहितां वृद्धिं सृजेद्वित्तविवर्धिनीम् Ms.8.14. -8 Usury; वृद्ध्या कृषिवणिक्त्वेन... स्वाध्यायगणितं महत् Mb.12.62.9. -9 Profit, gain. -1 Enlargement of the scrotum. -11 Extension of power or revenue. -12 (In gram.) The increase or lengthening of vowels, the change of अ, इ, उ, ऋ, short or long, and लृ to आ, ऐ, औ, आर्, and आल् respectively. -13 The impurity caused by child-birth in a family (called जननाशौच q. v.). -14 Cutting off. -15 (In law) Forfeiture (as of property). -16 (वृधु हिंसायाम्) Injury (पीडा); नुदेद्वृद्धिसमृद्धी स प्रतिकूले नृपात्मज Mb.5.135.29. -17 Elevation (of ground). -18 Prolongation (of life). -Comp. -आजीवः, आजीविन् m. a usurer, moneylender. -जीवनम्, -जीविका the profession of usury; -द a. promoting prosperity. -पत्रम् a kind of razor; Suśr. -श्राद्धम् an offering made to the Manes on prosperous occasions, such as the birth of a son (नान्दीश्राद्ध).
vṛṣaḥ वृषः 1 A bull; असंपदस्तस्य वृषेण गच्छतः Ku.5.8; Me.54; R.2.35; Ms.9.123. -2 The sign Taurus of the zodiac. -3 The chief or best of a class, the best of its kind; (often at the end of comp.); मुनिवृषः, कपिवृषः &c. -4 The god of love. -5 A strong or athletic man. -6 A lustful man, a man of one of the four classes into which men are divided in erotic works; बहुगुणबहुबन्धः शीघ्रकामो नताङ्गः । सकलरुचिरदेहः सत्यवादी वृषो ना ॥ Ratimañjarī 37. -7 An enemy, adversary. -8 A rat. -9 The bull of Śiva. -1 Morality, justice; justice personified; वृषो हि भगवान् धर्मः Ms.8.16. -11 Virtue, a pious or meritorious act; न सद्गतिः स्याद् वृषवर्जितानां Kīr. K.9.62 (where वृष means a 'bull' also). -12 N. of Karṇa. -13 N. of Viṣṇu. -14 N. of a particular drug. -15 The principal die. -16 Water. -17 A particular form of a temple. -18 Ground suitable for the foundation of a house. -19 A male, any male animal. -षम् 1 A peacock's plumage. -2 A woman's apartment. -Comp. -अङ्कः 1 an epithet of Śiva; उमावृषाङ्कौ शरजन्मना यथा (ननन्दतुः) R.3.23. -2 a pious or virtuous man. -3 the marking-nut plant. -4 a eunuch. ˚जः a small drum. -अञ़्चनः an epithet of Śiva. -अन्तकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -आहारः a cat. -इन्द्रः an excellent bull. -उत्सर्गः setting free a bull on the occasion of a funeral rite, or as a religious act generally; एकादशाहे प्रेतस्य यस्य चोत्सृज्यते वृषः । प्रेतलोकं परित्यज्य स्वर्गलोकं च गच्छति ॥ -दंशः, -दंशकः a cat; अन्तरिक्षे वराहस्य वृषदंशस्य चोभयोः (प्रणादम्) Mb.6.2.25. -दर्भ a. lowering the pride of Indra (इन्द्रदर्पहन्ता); वृषदर्भो वृषाकपिः Mb.12.43.1. -ध्वजः 1 an epithet of Śiva; येन बाणमसृजद्वृषध्वजः R.11.44. -2 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 a pious or virtuous man. -नाशनः N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a bull set at liberty. -पर्वन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of a demon who with the aid of Śukra, preceptor of the Asuras, maintained struggle with the gods for a long time. His daughter Śarmiṣṭhā was married by Yayāti; see Yayāti and Devayānī. -भासा the residence of Indra and the gods; i. e. Amarāvatī. -राजकेतनः N. of Śiva. -लक्षणा a masculine girl (unfit for marriage). -लोचनः a cat. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -शत्रुः N. of Viṣṇu. -सानुः 1 man. -2 death. -सृक्किन् m. A wasp. -सेनः N. of Karṇa; Mb.12.27.2. -स्कन्ध a. having shoulders as lusty as those of a bull; वपुर्वष- स्कन्धसुबन्धुरांसकम् U.6.25; R.12.34.
vedhin वेधिन् a. 1 Piercing, boring. -2 Hitting (a mark). -नी A leech.
veṣṭakaḥ वेष्टकः [वेष्ट्-ण्वुल्] 1 An enclosure, a fence. -2 A pumpkin-gourd. -3 (In gram.) Putting a word before and after इति. -कम् 1 A turban. -2 A wrapper, mantle. -3 Gum, exudation. -4 Turpentine.
veṣṭanam वेष्टनम् [वेष्ट्-ल्युट्] 1 Encompassing, encircling, surrounding; अङ्गुलिवेष्टनम् 'a finger-ring'. -2 Coiling round, twisting round; भोगिवेष्टनमार्गेषु चन्दनानां समर्पितम् R.4.48. -3 An envelope, a wrapper, cover, covering, case; औशीरम् वेष्टनम् Mb.12.6.32. -4 A turban, tiara; अस्पृष्टालकवेष्टनौ R.1.42; शिरसा वेष्टनशोभिना 8.12. -5 An enclosure, a fence; क्रीडाशैलः कनककदलीवेष्टनप्रेक्षणीयः Me.79. -6 A girdle, zone. -7 A bandage. -8 The outer ear. -9 Bdellium. -1 A particular attitude in dancing. -11 Grasping, seizing. -12 A span. -13 A kind of weapon. वेष्टकः vēṣṭakḥ वेष्टनकः vēṣṭanakḥ वेष्टकः वेष्टनकः A particular position in copulation.
veṣṭita वेष्टित p. p. [वेष्ट्-क्त] 1 Surrounded, enclosed, encircled, enveloped. -2 Wrapped up, dressed. -3 Stopped, blocked, impeded. -4 Blockaded, invested. -तम् 1 Encircling, surrounding. -2 One of the attitudes of dancing.
vairam वैरम् [वीरस्य भावः अण्] 1 Hostility, enmity, animosity, spite, grudge, opposition, quarrel; दानेन वैराण्यपि यान्ति नाशम् Subhāṣ.; अज्ञातहृदयेष्वेवं वैरीभवति सौहृदम् Ś.5. 24 'turns into enmity'; विधाय वैरं सामर्षे नरो$रौ य उदासते । प्रक्षिप्योदर्चिषं कक्षे शेरते ते$भिमारुतम् Śi.2.42. -2 Hatred, revenge. -3 Heroism, prowess. -4 A hostile host; यदा हि पूर्वं निकृतो निकृन्तेद्वैरं सपुष्पं सफलं विदित्वा Mb.3.34.2 -Comp. -अनुबन्धः commencement of hostilities. -अनु- बन्धिन् a. leading to enmity. (-m. 1 the heating solar ray. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -आतङ्कः the Arjuna tree. -आनृण्यम्, -उद्धारः, -निर्यातनम्, -प्रतिक्रिया, -प्रतीकारः, -यातना, -शुद्धिः f., -साधनम् requital of enmity, taking revenge, retaliation. -करः, -कारः, -कृत् m. an enemy. -भावः hostile attitude. -रक्षिन् a. guarding against hostilities. -व्रतम् a vow of enmity.
vaiśampāyanaḥ वैशम्पायनः N. of a celebrated pupil of Vyāsa; जनमे- जयेन पृष्टः सन् ब्राह्मणैश्च सहस्रशः । शशास शिष्यमासीनं वैशम्पायन- मन्तिके ॥ Mb. [It was he who made Yājñavalkya 'disgorge the whole of the Yajurveda he had learnt from him which was picked up by his other pupils in the form of Tittiris or partridges; and hence the Veda was called 'Taittirīya'. Vaīśampāyana was celebrated for his great skill in narrating Purāṇas, and is said to have recounted the whole of the Mahābhārata to king Janamejaya].
vaiśākhaḥ वैशाखः 1 N. of the second lunar month (corresponding to April-May). -2 A churning-stick; द्रुततर- करदक्षाः क्षिप्तवैशाखशैले ... कलशिमुदधिगुर्वी वल्लवा लोडयन्ति Śi.11. 8; कालेन वैशाखधरं विधाय प्रभाकरं बिम्बममन्थि सिन्धुः Rām. ch. 6.39. -खम् A kind of attitude in shooting; see विशाख. -खी The full-moon day in the month of Vaiśākha.
vyadhaḥ व्यधः [व्यध्-अच्] 1 Piercing, splitting, hitting; विदधति जनतामनः शरव्यव्यधपटुमन्मथचापनादशङ्काम् Śi.7.24. -2 Smiting, wounding, striking. -3 Perforating. -4 A stroke, wound. -धा Bleeding.
vyaparopaṇam व्यपरोपणम् Extirpating, uprooting. -2 Expelling, removing, driving away. -3 Cutting off, tearing out, plucking; चुकोप तस्मै स भृशं सुरस्त्रियः प्रसह्य केशव्यपरोपणादिव R.3.56.
vyabhi व्यभि (भी) चारः 1 Going away from, deviation, leaving the right course, following improper courses; मन्त्रज्ञमव्यस- निनं व्यभिचारववर्जितम् H.3.16; मां च यो$व्यभिचारेण भक्तियोगेन सेवते Bg.14.26; -2 Transgression, violation; व्यभिचारेण वर्णानाम् (... जायन्ते वर्णसंकराः) Ms.1.24. -3 Error, crime, sin. -4 Separableness. -5 Infidelity, faithlessness (of a wife or husband), unchastity; व्यभिचारात्तु भर्तुः स्त्री लोके प्राप्नोति गर्ह्यताम् Ms.5.164; वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे R.15.81; Y.1.72. -6 An anomaly, irregularity, exception (to a rule). -7 (In logic) A fallacious hetu, the presence of the hetu without the sādhya; हेतोः साध्याभाववद्वृत्तित्वं व्यभिचारः Tarka. K. -8 Absence (अभाव); अन्यो$न्यतो$स्मिन् व्यभिचारतो मृषा नित्ये परे ब्रह्मणि केवले शिवे A. Rām.7.5.32. -Comp. -कृत् a. committing adultery. -विवर्जित a. free from extravagance or debauchery.
vyavacchedaḥ व्यवच्छेदः 1 Cutting off, rending asunder. -2 Dividing, separating. -3 Dissection. -4 Particularizing. -5 Distinguishing. -6 Contrast, distinction. -7 Determination. -8 Shooting, letting fly (as an arrow). -9 A chapter or section of a work. -1 Destruction (नाश); दुःखेष्वेकतरेणापि दैवभूतात्महेतुषु । जीवस्य न व्यवच्छेदः स्याच्चेत्तत्तत्- प्रतिक्रिया ॥ Bhāg.4.29.33. -Comp. -विद्या the science of anatomy.
vyavasthāpaka व्यवस्थापक a. (-पिका f.) 1 Arranging, putting in proper order, adjusting, settling, establishing, deciding. -2 One who gives a legal opinion. -3 A manager (modern use).
vyasanam व्यसनम् 1 Casting away, dispelling. -2 Separating, dividing. -3 Violation, infraction; शीलव्यसनमेतत्ते नाभिजाना- म्यहं पुरा Rām.2.12.57; Ki.3.45. -4 Loss, destruction, defeat, fall; defection, weak point; अमात्यव्यसनम् Pt.3; स्वबलव्यसने Ki.13.15; Śi.2.57. -5 (a) A calamity, misfortune, distress, evil, disaster, ill-luck; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73;4.3; R.12.57. (b) Adversity, need; स सुहृद् व्यसने यः स्यात् Pt.1.327 'a friend in need is a friend indeed'. -6 Setting (as of the sun &c.); तेजोद्वयस्य युगपद् व्यसनोदयाभ्याम् Ś.4.1 (where व्यसन means 'a fall' also). -7 Vice, bad practice, evil habit; मिथ्यैव व्यसनं वदन्ति मृगयामीदृग् विनोदः कुतः Ś.2.5; R.18.14; Y.1.31; (these vices are usually said to be ten; see Ms.7.47-48); समानशीलव्यसनेषु सख्यम् Subhāṣ. -8 Close or intent application, assiduous devotion; विद्यायां व्यसनम् Bh.2.62,63. -9 Inordinate addiction. -1 Crime, sin. -11 Punishment. -12 Inability, incompetency. -13 Fruitless effort. -14 Air, wind. -15 Individuality. -Comp. -अतिभारः heavy calamity or distress; सा मुक्तकण्ठं व्यसनातिभारात् (चक्रन्द) R.14.68. -अन्वित, -आर्त, -पीडित a. overtaken by calamity, involved in distress. -आवापः an abode of calamity; व्यसनावाप एतस्मिन् पतितानां स्वकर्मभिः Bhāg.4.22.13. -कालः time of need. -प्रहारिन् a. 1 hurting, attacking, giving trouble. -2 striking (an enemy) in his weak point. -ब्रह्मचारिन् a fellow-sufferer. -वर्गः an aggregate of calamities; प्रकृतिव्यसनवर्गः Kau. A.7. -संस्थित a. one who indulges in any whim.
vyāmokaḥ व्यामोकः Release, freedom (from), getting rid of.
vyucchitti व्युच्छित्तिः f., -व्युच्छेदः Cutting off, extermination, complete destruction.
vraścanaḥ व्रश्चनः 1 A small saw. -2 A fine file used by goldsmiths. -3 The juice trickling from an incision in a tree. -नम् 1 Cutting, tearing, wounding. -2 A cut, an incision. -Comp. -प्रभव a. flowing from an incision; लोहितान् वृक्षनिर्यासान् व्रश्चनप्रभवांस्तथा (विवर्जयेत्) Ms.5.6.
śatanam शतनम् Cutting down, felling.
śaphaḥ शफः फम् [शप्-अच् पृषो˚ पस्य फः] 1 A hoof; सुरभे- र्महिषा गावो ये चान्ये द्विशफा नृप Bhāg.6.6.27. -2 A claw; यज्ञायज्ञियं पुच्छं धिष्ण्यां शफाम् Vāj.12.4. -3 The root of a tree. -Comp. -ऊरुः f. a woman having thighs resembling the two divisions of a cow's hoof; see P. IV.1.7. The early commentators of Pāṇini of other schools of grammar evidently think that the word is two well-known to require any explanation. Viṭṭhala, Bhaṭṭojī and others think that the word means 'a woman whose thighs press together like hoofs'. But there is not the slightest doubt that the sense of similitude is present here and the word comes within the purview of the previous rule ऊरूत्तरपदादौपम्ये. Or it may mean a woman whose thighs are marked with the sign of hoofs. Sṛiṣṭidhara the commentator of the Bhāṣāvṛitti gives the correct meaning : शफं खुरः । तच्चह्नुयुक्त ऊरूर्यस्याः । शफरः (-री) f.) [शफं राति रा-क Tv.] A kind of small glittering fish; मोघीकर्तुं चटुलशफरोद्वर्तनप्रेक्षितानि Me. 42; मनो$स्य जह्नुः शफरीविवृत्तयः Ki.4.3; Śi.8.24; Ku. 4.39. -Comp. -अधिपः the fish called llīśa.
śabdaḥ शब्दः [शब्द्-घञ्] 1 Sound (the object of the sense of hearing and property of आकाश); अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः पदं विमानेन विगाहमानः R.13.1. -2 Sound, note (of birds; men &c.), noise in general; विश्वासोपगमादभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14; स शब्दस्तुमुलो$भवत् Bg.1.13; Ś.3.1; Ms.4.31; Ku.1.45. -3 The sound of a musical instrument; वाद्यशब्दः Pt.2; Ku.1.45. -4 A word, sound, significant word (for def. &c. see Mbh. introduction); एकः शब्दः सम्यगधीतः सम्यक् प्रयुक्तः स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति; so शब्दार्थौ. -5 A declinable word, a noun, substantive. -6 A title, an epithet; यस्यार्थुक्तं गिरिराज- शब्दं कुर्वन्ति बालव्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; Ś.2.15; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35;2.53,64;3.49;5.22;18.42; V.1.1. -7 The name, mere name as in शब्दपति q. v. -3 Verbal authority (regarded by the Naiyāyikas as a Pramāṇa. -9 Grammar; Dk.1.1. -1 Fame; लब्धशब्देन कौसल्ये कुमारेण धनुष्मता Rām.2.63.11; स्वर्गाय शब्दं दिवमात्महेतोर्धर्मार्थमात्मंस्थितिमाचकाङ्क्ष Bu. Ch.2.53; (cf. also 'शब्दो$क्षरे यशोगीत्योः' -हैमः). -11 The sacred syllable ओम्. -12 A technical term. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable ओम् uttered aloud. -अतीत a. beyond the power or reach of words, indescribable. -अधिष्ठानम् the ear. -अध्याहारः supplying a word (to complete an ellipsis). -अनुकृतिः onomatopœia. -अनुरूप a. proportionate or corresponding to the sound; शब्दानुरूपेण पराक्रमेण भवि- तव्यम् Pt.1. -अनुशासनम् the science of words; i. e. grammar. -अर्थः the meaning of a word. (-र्थौ dual) a word and its meaning; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; न त्वयं शब्दार्थः, व्यामोहादेषा प्रतीतिः ŚB. on MS.4.1.14. -अलं- कारः a figure of speech depending for its charmingness on sound or words and disappearing as soon as the words which constitute the figure are replaced by others of the same meaning (opp. अर्थालंकार); e. g.; see K. P. 9. -आख्येय a. to be communicated in words; शब्दाख्येयं यदपि किल ते यः सखीनां पुरस्तात् Me.15. (-यम्) an oral or verbal communication. -आडम्बरः bombast, verbosity, high-sounding or grandiloquent words. -आदि a. beginning with शब्द (as the objects of sense); शब्दादीन् विषयान् भोक्तुं चरितुं दुश्चरं तपः R.1.25. -इन्द्रियम् the ear. -कार a. sounding, sonorous. -कोशः a lexicon, dictionary. -ग a. 1 perceiving sounds. -2 uttering sounds. -गत a. inherent or residing in a word. -गतिः music, song. -गुण a. having sound for its quality; अथात्मनः शब्दगुणं गुणज्ञः R.13.1. -गोचरः the aim or object of speech. -ग्रहः 1 catching the sound. -2 the ear. -ग्रामः the range or reach of sound. -चातुर्यम् cleverness of style, eloquence. -चित्रम् one of the two subdivisions of the last (अवर or अधम) class of poetry (wherein the charm lies in the use of words which please the ear simply by their sound; see the example given under the word चित्र). -चोरः 'a word-thief', a plagiarist. -तन्मात्रम् the subtle element of sound. -नेतृ m. N. of Pāṇini. -पतिः a lord in name only, nominal lord; ननु शब्दपतिः क्षितरेहं त्वयि मे भावनिबन्धना रतिः R.8.52. -पातिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard, tracing a sound; शब्दपातिनमिषुं विससर्ज R.9.73. -प्रमाणम् verbal or oral evidence. -बोधः knowledge derived from verbal testimony. -ब्रह्मन् n. 1 the Vedas; शब्द- ब्रह्मणि निष्णातः परं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Maitra. Up.6.22. -2 spiritual knowledge consisting in words, knowledge of the Supreme Sprit or the Spirit itself; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्तमितिहासम् U.2;7.2. -3 a property of words called स्फोट q. v. -भाव्यत्वम् the state of becoming known through scriptural word only; कर्मणः शब्दभाव्य- त्वात्... Ms.7.1.9. (on which Śabara writes अथेह कर्मणः शब्दभाव्यत्वम् । नान्यतः शक्यमेतज्ज्ञातुं कस्यापूर्वस्य धर्मा इति ॥ -भिद् f. perversion of words. -भेदिन् a. hitting a mark merely by its sound. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Arjuna. -2 the anus. -3 a kind of arrow. -योनिः f. a root, radical word. -लक्षण a. what is determined by the sacred word; इह शब्दलक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on Ms.11.1.26. -वारिधिः a vocabulary. -विद्या, -शास्त्रम् the science of words; i. e. grammar; अनन्तपारं किल शब्द- शास्त्रम् Pt.1; Śi.2.112;14.24. -विरोधः opposition of words (in a sentence). -विशेषः a variety of sound. -विशेषणम् (in gram.) an adjective, adjectival word. -वृत्तिः f. 1 the function of a word (in Rhet.). -2 the power of a word (to convey sense), indicative power (लक्षणा); अदृष्टार्थाच्छब्दवृत्तिर्लघीयसी ŚB. on MS.11.1.48. -वेधिन् a. hitting an invisible mark the sound of which is only heard; see शब्दपातिन्; अभ्याससाध्यं निखिलं मत्वा संतमसे व्यधात् । इषुपातानभूद्येन शब्दवेधविशारदः ॥ Bm.1.632. (-m.) 1 a kind of arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a warrior who pierces his enemies by mere sounds; Rām.2.63.11. -4 an epithet of king Daśaratha. -5 an epithet of Arjuna. -वेध्य a. to be shot at without being seen; एवं मयाप्यविज्ञातं शब्दवेध्यमिदं फलम् Rām.2.63.13. -वैलक्ष्यण्यम् verbal difference. -शक्तिः f. the force or expressive power of a word; signification of a word; see शक्ति. -शासनम् 1 a rule of grammar. -2 the science of grammar. -शुद्धिः f. 1 purity of words. -2 the correct use of words. -श्लेषः a play or pun upon words, a verbal equivoque; (it differs from अर्थश्लेष in-as-much as the pun dissappears as soon as the words which constitute it are replaced by others of the same signification, whereas in अर्थश्लेष the pun remains unchanged; शब्दपरि- वृत्तिसहत्मर्थश्लेषः.) -संग्रहः a vocabulary, lexicon. -संज्ञा (in gram.) a technical term; P.I.1.68. -साधन, -साह a. See शब्दवेधिन्; ततो$स्त्रं शब्दसाहं वै त्वरमाणो महारणे Mb.3.22. 5. -सौष्ठवम् elegance of words, a graceful or elegant style. -सौकर्यम् ease of expression. -स्मृतिः f. philology. -हीनम् the use of a word in a form or meaning not sanctioned by standard authors.
śākhā शाखा 1 A branch (as of a tree); आवर्ज्य शाखाः R. 16.19. -2 An arm. -3 A party, section, faction. -4 A part of subdivision of a work. -5 A school, branch, sect. -6 A part or division of an animal. -7 A school or traditional recension of the Veda, the traditional text followed by a school; as in शाखलशाखा, आश्वलायनशाखा, बाष्कलशाखा &c. -8 A branch of any science. -Comp. -अध्येतृ a follower of any particular text of the Veda. -अन्तग a. one who has finished one शाखा; Ms.3.145. -चङ्क्रमणम् 'leaping from branch to branch', irregular study. -चन्द्रन्यायः see under न्याय. -नगरम्, -पुरम् a suburb; प्रवेशयेच्च तान् सर्वान् शाखानगरकेष्वपि. -पित्तम् inflammation of the extremities of the body, e. g. hands, shoulders &c. -बाहुः a branch-like arm. -भृत् m. a tree. -भेदः difference of (Vedic) school. -मृगः 1 a monkey, an ape; एतां दृष्ट्वा स्त्रियो मे$न्या यथा शाखामृगस्त्रियः Mb.3.267. 3. -2 a squirrel. -रण्डः 'a traitor to his Śākhā', a Brāhmaṇa who has changed his own school of the Vedas. -रथ्या a branch-road. -वातः pain in the limbs. -विलीन a. sitting on branches (as a bird). -शिफा a root growing from a branch (as of the fig-tree).
śāṭaḥ शाटः शाटी 1 A garment, cloth; यस्मिननोतमिदं प्रोतं विश्वं शाटीव तन्तुषु; Bhāg.9.9.7. -2 A petticoat. -3 A particular female garment; स्फुरत् काञ्ची शाटी पृथुकटितटे हाटक- मयी Ā. L.3.
śāṭakaḥ शाटकः कम् Cloth, garment, petticoat; रक्तो$भिजायते भोग्यो नारीणां शाटको यथा Pt.1.144.
śātanam शातनम् 1 Whetting, sharpening. -2 Cutting down, destroyer; as in पर्वतपक्षातनम् R.3.42. -3 Causing to fall or perish. -4 Causing to decay or wither. -5 Becoming thin or small, thinness. -6 Withering, decaying; वसन्ते सर्वशस्यानां जायते पत्रशातनम् Adhikaraṇamālā. -7 Polishing, planing.
śṛṅgam शृङ्गम् [शॄ-गन् पृषो˚ मुम् ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.1.123] 1 A horn; वन्यैरिदानीं महिषैस्तदम्भः शृङ्गाहतं क्रोशति दीर्घिकाणाम् R.16.13; गाहन्तां महिषां निपानसलिलं शृङ्गैर्मुहुस्ताडितम् Ś.2.6. -2 The top or summit of a mountain; अद्रेः शृङ्गं हरति पवनः किंस्विदित्युन्मुखीभिः Me.14,54.; Ki.5.42; R.13.26. -3 The top of a building, turret. -4 Elevation, height; रक्षो- लोकस्य सर्वस्य कः शृङ्गं छेत्तुमिच्छति Rām.3.31.43. -5 Lordship, sovereignty, supremacy, eminence; शृङ्गं स दृप्तविनयाधिकृतः परेषामत्युच्छ्रितं न ममृषे न तु दीर्धमायुः R.9.62 (where the word means a 'horn' also). -6 A cusp or horn of the moon. -7 Any peak, point or projection in general. -8 A horn (of a buffalo &c.) used for blowing. -9 A syringe; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तैः R.16.7. -1 Excess of love, rising of desire. -11 A mark, sign. -12 A lotus. -13 A fountain of water. -14 Pride, selfrespect; अवाप्य पृथिवीं कृत्स्नां न ते शृङ्गमवर्धत Mb.3.3.1 (com. शृङ्गं प्रभुत्वाभिमानः). -15 The stick (काण्ड) of an arrow with a horn-like knob; शृङ्गमग्निर्बभूवास्य भल्लः सोमो विशांपते Mb.8.34.18. -16 A particular military array; Mb.6. -17 The female breast. -Comp. -अन्तरम् space or interval between the horns (of a cow &c.). -उच्चयः a lofty summit. -कन्दः, -कन्दकः Trapa Bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा). -ग्राहिका 1 direct manner. -2 (in logic) taking singly. -जः an arrow. (-जम्) aloe-wood. -प्रहारिन् a. butting. -प्रियः an epithet of Śiva. -मोहिन् m. the Champaka tree. -वेरम् 1 N. of a town on the Ganges near the modern Mirzāpura; आससाद महाबाहुः शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.2.5.26; U.1.21 (v. l.) -2 ginger. -वेरकम् ginger.
śaila शैल a. (-ली f.) [शिलाः सन्त्यस्य प्रज्ञा˚ अण्] Rocky, craggy, stony; शैलनीव च दृश्यन्ते Mb.5.1.11; शैली दारुमयी लौही... प्रतिमाष्टविधा स्मृता Bhāg.11.27.12. -2 Stone-like, rigid. -लः 1 A mountain, hill; शैले शैले न मणिक्यं मौक्तिकं न गजे गजे Chāṇ.55; शैलौ मलयदुर्दुरौ R.4.51. -2 A dike, dam. -3 A rock, big stone. -लम् 1 Borax, benzoin. -2 Bitumen. -3 A kind of collyrium. -4 A heap of stones; तेनाभि- पतिता दावं शैलेन महता भृशम् Mb.1.227.52. -Comp. -अंशः N. of a country. -अग्रम् the peak of a mountain. -अटः 1 a mountaineer, a barbarian. -2 an attendant on an idol. -3 a lion. -4 a crystal. -अधिपः, -अधिराजः, -इन्द्रः, -पतिः, -राजः epithets of the Himālaya. -आख्यम् 1 benzoin. -2 a fragrant resinous substance. -इन्द्रस्थः the birch tree. -कटकः the side or slope of a mountain. -गन्धम् a kind of sandal. -गुरु a. as heavy as a mountain. (-रुः) N. of the Himālaya. -आख्यम् 1 benzoin. -2 bitumen. -जनः a mountaineer; स्थिता कथं शैलजनाशुगे धृतिः Ki.14.1. -जा, -तनया, -पुत्री, -सुता epithets of Pārvatī; अवाप्तः प्रागल्भ्यं परिणतरुचः शैलतनये K. P.1; Ku. 3.68. -धन्वन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धरः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -निर्यासः benzoin. -पतिः the Himālaya. -पत्रः the Bilva tree. -पुष्पम् bitumen. -बीजम् the marking-nut plant. -भित्तिः f. an instrument for cutting stones, a stone-cutter's chisel. -रन्ध्रम् a cave, cavern. -शिबिरम् the ocean. -संभूतम् red chalk. -सार a. as strong as a mountain, firm as a rock; चिरनियमकृशो$पि शैलसारः Ki.1.14. -सेतुः a stone-bridge.
śrāvaṇa श्रावण a. (-णी f.) [श्रवण-अण्] 1 Relating to the ear. -2 Born under the asterism Śravaṇa. -3 Enjoined in the Veda; विधिना श्रावणेनैव कुर्यात् कर्माण्यतन्द्रितः Mb.12. 21.16. -णः 1 N. of a lunar month (corresponding to July-August). -2 A heretic. -3 An impostor. -4 N. of a Vaiśya ascetic unwittingly shot dead by king Daśaratha who was in consequence cursed by his old parents that he would die of broken-heart separated from his sons. -णम् 1 Causing to be heard. -2 Knowledge derived from hearing.
śrita श्रित p. p. [श्रि-क्त] 1 Gone to, approached, approached for refuse or protection. -2 Clung to, resting or sitting on. -3 United or joined with, connected with, -4 Protected. -5 Honoured, served. -6 Subservient, auxiliary. -7 Covered with, overspread. -8 Contained. -9 Assembled, collected. -1 Having, possessing. -Comp. -क्षम a. composed, tranquil. -सत्त्व a. one who has taken courage.
śliṣṭa श्लिष्ट p. p. [श्लिष्-क्त] 1 Embraced. -2 Clung, adhered to. -3 Resting or leaning on. -4 Involving a pun, susceptible of a double interpretation; अत्र विषमादयः शब्दाः श्लिष्टाः K. P.1. -5 Fitting tight (as a coat of mail); विबभौ सर्वतः श्लिष्टम् (वर्म) Mb.7.127.18. -Comp. -रूपकम् ambiguity as a metaphor; राजहंसोपभोगार्हं भ्रमरप्रार्थ्यसौरभम् । सखि वक्त्राम्बुजमिदं तवेति श्लिष्टरूपकम् ॥ Kāv. 2.87. -वर्त्मन् the adhering together of the eyelids.
ṣaḍaḥ षडः 1 A kind of drink. -2 Splitting, rending.
ṣṭhiv ष्ठिव् 1, 4 P. (ष्ठीवति, ष्ठीव्यति, ष्ठ्यूत) 1 To spit, eject saliva from the mouth. -2 To sputter; Bk.12.18. ष्ठीवनम् ṣṭhīvanam ष्ठेवनम् ṣṭhēvanam ष्ठीवनम् ष्ठेवनम् 1 Spitting out; Bhāg.5.5.3. -2 Saliva, spittle.
saṃvaraḥ संवरः 1 Covering. -2 Comprehension. -3 Compression, contraction. -4 A dam, bridge, causeway. -5 A kind of deer. -6 N. of a demon; see शंबर. -7 (With Jainas) Shutting out the external world. -8 Provision; Buddh. -रम् 1 Concealment. -2 Forbearance, self-control. -3 Water. -4 A particular religious observance (practised by Buddhists).
saṃskaraṇam संस्करणम् 1 Preparing, putting together. -2 Cremating (a corpse).
saṃsthitiḥ संस्थितिः f. 1 Being together, staying with; यस्य मित्रेण संभाषा यस्य मित्रेण संस्थितिः H.1.36. -2 Contiguity, nearness, vicinity. -3 Residence, abode, resting-place; यथा नदीनदाः सर्वे सागरे यान्ति संस्थितिम् । तथैवाश्रमिणः सर्वे गृहस्थे यान्ति संस्थितिम् ॥ Ms.6.9. -4 Accumulation, heap. -5 Duration, continuance; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणं प्राणाः संस्थितिहेतवः H.1.4. -6 Station, state, condition of life. -7 Restraint. -8 Death; अहो इमां को नु लभेत संस्थितिम् Bhāg.3.19.27. -9 Destruction of the world. -1 Living in the same state; पुराणसंहिताप्रश्नो महापुरुषसंस्थितिः Bhāg.12.12.8. -11 Attaching importance to; नैता रूपं परीक्षन्ते नासां वयसि संस्थितिः Ms.9.14. -12 Form, shape (स्वरूप); उत्सृज्य सर्वतः सङ्गं विज्ञाताजितसंस्थितिः Bhāg.1.18.3. -13 Constancy; वैन्यस्तु धुर्यो महतां संस्थित्याध्यात्मशिक्षया Bhāg.4.22.49. -14 Standing or sitting on; केशभस्मतुषाङ्गारकपालेषु च संस्थितिम् Y.1.139.
saṃhata संहत p. p. 1 Struck together, wounded. -2 Closed, shut; मैथिलः श्रुतदेवश्च युगपत् संहताञ्जली Bhāg.1.86.25. -3 Well-knit, firmly united. -4 Closely joined or allied; नसंहतास्तस्य नभिन्नवृत्तयः Ki.1.19. -5 Compact, firm, solid; ततो जज्ञे मांसपेशी लोहाष्ठीलेव संहता Mb.1.115.12. -6 Combined, joined, keeping together, being in a body, being very close; जालमादाय गच्छन्ति संहताः पक्षिणो$प्यमी Pt.2.8;5. 11; H.1.34. -7 Of one accord. -8 Assembled, collected. -9 Composite, compound (said of a kind of odour); इष्टश्चानिष्टगन्धश्च ...... संहतः स्निग्धः Mb.12.184.28 (com. संहतश्चित्रगन्धो$नेकद्रव्यकल्कगतः). -1 Strong-limbed, athletic. -11 Killed. -Comp. -जानु a. knock-kneed. -भ्रू a. knitting the eyebrows. -स्तनी a woman whose breasts are very close to each other. -हस्त a. holding each other by the hand.
saṃkocaḥ संकोचः 1 Contraction, shrinking up. -2 Abridgment, diminution, compression. -3 Terror, fear. -4 Shutting up, closing. -5 Binding. -6 Crouching down, humbling one's self; त्वयेयं पृथिवी लब्धा न संकोचेन चाप्युत Mb.12.14.18. -7 A kind of skate-fish. -चम् Saffron. -Comp. -पिशुनम् saffron.
saṃkṣobhaḥ संक्षोभः 1 Agitation, trembling. -2 Disturbance, commotion; Mk.2. -3 Upsetting, overturning. -4 Pride, haughtiness.
saṃgrahaṇam संग्रहणम् 1 Seizing, grasping. -2 Supporting, encouraging. -3 Compiling, collecting. -4 Blending. -5 Incasing, setting; कनकभूषणसंग्रहणोचितः (मणिः) Pt.1.75. -6 Sexual union, intercourse with a female. -7 Adultery; Ms.8.6.72; सर्वसाक्षी संग्रहेण चौर्यपारुष्यसाहसे Y.2.72. -8 Hoping. -9 Accepting, receiving. -णी Dysentery.
saṃghāṭaḥ संघाटः Fitting and joining of timbers, joinery, carpentry; तौ काष्ठसंघाटमथो चक्रतुः सुमह्लाप्लवम् Rām.2. 55.14.
saṃcaraṇam संचरणम् 1 Going, motion, travelling. -2 Setting in motion, use. -णी Passage, way; संचरणी यैषा हृदयादूर्ध्वा नाड्युच्चरति Bṛ. Up.4.2.3.
saṃcāraka संचारक a. Conveying, transmitting. -कः 1 A leader, guide. -2 An instigator. -3 An orator.
saṃchardanam संछर्दनम् Spitting out, ejecting.
saṃcchedaḥ संच्छेदः 1 Cutting, dividing. -2 Removal, solution.
saṃjñā संज्ञा 1 Consciousness, अकरुण पुनः संज्ञाव्याधिं विधाय किमीहसे Māl.9.42; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. संज्ञा लभ्, आपद् or प्रतिपद् 'to regain or recover one's consciousness, come to one's senses'. -2 Knowledge, understanding; नायका मम सैन्यस्य संज्ञार्थं तान् व्रवीमि ते Bg.1.7; Mb.12.153.63. -3 Intellect, mind; लोकतन्त्रं हि संज्ञाश्च सर्वमन्ने प्रतिष्ठितम् Mb.13.63.5. -4 A hint, sign, token, gesture; मुखापिंतैकाङ्गुलिसंज्ञयैव मा चापलायेति गणान् व्यनैषीत् Ku.3.41; उपलभ्य ततश्च धर्मसंज्ञाम् Bu. Ch.5.21; Bhāg. 6.7.17. -5 A name, designation, an appellation; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; द्वन्द्वैर्विमुक्ताः सुखदुःखसंज्ञैः Bg.15.5. -6 (In gram.) Any name or noun having a special meaning, a proper name. -7 The technical name for an affix. -8 The Gāyatrī Mantra; see गायत्री. -9 A track, footstep. -1 Direction. -11 A technical term. -12 N. of the daughter of Viśvakarman and wife of the sun, and mother of Yama, Yamī, and the two Aśvins. [A legend relates that संज्ञा on one occasion wished to go to her father's house and asked her husband's permission, which was not granted. Resolved to carry out her purpose, she created, by means of her superhuman power, a woman exactly like herself --who was, as it were, her own shadow (and was therefore called Chhāyā), --and putting her in her own place, went away without the knowledge of the sun. Chhāya bore to the sun three children (see छाया), and lived quite happily with him, so that when Saṁjñā returned, he would not admit her. Thus repudiated and disappointed, she assumed the form of a mare and roamed over the earth. The sun, however, in course of time, came to know the real state of things, and discovered that his wife had assumed the form of a mare. He accordingly assumed the form of a horse, and was united with his wife, who bore to him, two sons--the Aśvinīkumāras or Aśvins q. v.] -Comp. -अधिकारः a leading rule which gives a particular name to the rules falling under it, and which exercises influence over them. -विपर्ययः loss of consciousness; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. -विषयः an epithet, an attribute. -सुतः an epithet of Saturn. -सूत्रम् any Sūtra which teaches the meaning of a technical term.
satti सत्तिः 1 Sitting down. -2 Beginning.
sadanam सदनम् [सीदत्यस्मिन् सद् आधारे ल्युट्] 1 A house, palace, mansion. -2 Sinking down, decaying, perishing. -3 Languor; exhaustion, fatigue. -4 Water. -5 A sacrificial hall. -6 The abode of Yama. -7 Sitting, a seat.
sadā सदा ind. Always, ever, perpetually, at all times. -Comp. -आनन्द a. ever happy. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -उत्थायिन् ever exerting; त्रिभिर्वर्षैः सदोत्थायी कृष्ण- द्वैपायनो मुनिः । महाभारतमाख्यानं कृतवानिदमद्भुतम् ॥ Mb.1.62. 52. -गतिः 1 wind; पाशैः केन सदागतेरगतिता सद्यः समापादिता Mu.7.6. -2 the universal spirit. -3 the sun. -4 everlasting happiness, final beatitude. -तोया, नीरा 1 N. of the Karatoyā river. -2 a river always bearing water, a running stream. -दान a. always making gifts or exuding rut; सदादानः परिक्षीणः शस्त एव करीश्वरः Pt.2.7. (-नः) 1 a ruttish elephant. -2 a scent-elephant (-गन्धद्वीप q. v.). -3 N. of the elephant of Indra. -4 N. of Gaṇeśa. -नर्तः a kind of bird, the wagtail. -पुष्प a. everflowering. (-ष्पः) the cocoa-nut tree. -प्रसूनः N. of various plants :-- रोहित, अर्क and कुन्द. -फल a. always bearing fruit. (-लः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the jack tree. -3 the glomerous fig-tree. -4 the cocoa-nut tree. -भव a. perpetual, continual. -भव्य a. always present. -भ्रम a. always wandering. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -शिवः N. of Śiva.
sadṛkṣa सदृक्ष (-क्षी f.), सदृश्, -सदृश a. (-शी f.) 1 Like, resembling, similar, of the same rank, (with gen. or loc., but usually in comp.); वज्रपातसदृश, कुसुमसदृश &c.; कश्चिद्धरेः सौम्य सुतः सदृक्षः (आस्ते) Bhāg.3.1.3. -2 Fit, right, suitable, conformable; as in प्रस्तावसदृशं वाक्यम् H.2.51. -3 Worthy, befitting, becoming; श्रुतस्य किं तत्सदृशं कुलस्य R.14.61;1.15. -Comp. -विनिमय a. mistaking similar objects. -स्त्री a wife of equal caste; सदृशस्त्रीषु जातानां पुत्राणामविशेषतः Ms.9.125. -स्पन्दनम् a regular or even palpitation.
saṃtakṣaṇam संतक्षणम् Sarcastic or cutting language,sarcasm.
saṃdānam संदानम् 1 A rope, cord. -2 A chain, fetter; 'संदानं पशूनां पादबन्धनम्' इति विश्वः. -3 Cutting, dividing. -4 That part of an elephant's temples whence the ichor (मद) exudes. -नः That part of an elephant under the knee where the fetter is fastened; संदानान्तादस्त्रिभिः शिक्षितास्रैः Śi.18.71.
saṃdhānam संधानम् 1 Joining, uniting; वायुः संधानम् T. Up.1.3.2. -2 Union, junction, combination; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नं भवति कृत- संधानमिव तत् Ś.1.9; Ku.5.27; R.12.11. -3 Mixing, compounding (of medicines &c.). -4 Restoration, repairing. -5 Fitting, taking an aim, fixing (as an arrow to the bow-string); तत् साधुकृतसंधानं प्रतिसंहर सायकम् Ś.1.11; अथाग्नियन्त्रसंधानविशेषोदग्रविक्रमान् Śiva. B.3.1; Śi.2.8. -6 Alliance, league, friendship; peace; मृद्घट- वत् सुखभेद्यो दुःसंधानश्च दुर्जनो भवति H.1.88 (where it has sense 1 also). -7 A joint; पादजङ्घयोः संधाने गुल्फः Suśr. -8 Attention. -9 Direction. -1 Supporting. -11 Distillation (of liquors). -12 Spirituous liquor or a kind of it. -13 A kind of relish eaten to excite thirst. -14 Preparation of pickles. -15 Contraction of the skin by means of astringents. -16 Sour rice-gruel. -17 Bellmetal (सौराष्ट्र).
sanna सन्न p. p. [सद्-क्त] 1 Sitting down, settling down, lying. -2 Dejected, sunk down, downcast. -3 Drooping, relaxed; नालक्षयम् साध्वससन्नहस्तः Ku.3.51. -4 Weak, low, feeble. -5 Wasted away, decayed. -6 Perished, destroyed. -7 Still, motionless. -8 Shrunk. -9 Adjacent, near. -1 Gone, departed. -11 Sunk, low (in tone &c). -न्नः The tree called पियाल. -न्नम् 1 A little, a small quantity. -2 Destruction, loss. -Comp. -कण्ठ a. choked. -जिह्व a. one whose tongue is silent; तत्तेजसा हतरुचः सन्नजिह्वाः ससाध्वसाः Bhāg.4.7.23. -धी a. dispirited; यादोगणाः सन्नधियः ससाध्वसाः Bh&amacr:g.3.17.25. -भाव a. despondent. -मुसलम् a motionless pestle; विधूमे सन्नमुसले Ms.6.56. -वाच् a. speaking with low tone. -हर्ष a. desponding, cheerless.
saṃnāhaḥ संनाहः 1 Arming (oneself) or preparation for battle, putting on armour. -2 Warlike preparation, equipment; संनाहगुणाः Kau. A.9; संनाहो$यं साहसमवगमयति Dk. 2.4. -3 Armour, mail; अस्मिन् कलौ खलोत्सृष्टदुष्टवाग्बाणदारुणे कथं जीवेज्जगन्न स्युः संनाहाः सज्जना यदि Kir. K.1.36; Ki. 16.12. -4 Materials, accoutrements; सदश्वै रुक्मसन्नाहैर्भटैः पुरटवर्मभिः Bhāg.9.1.38.
saṃnidhātṛ संनिधातृ m. 1 One who brings near. -2 One who deposits. -3 A receiver of stolen goods; संनिधातॄंश्च मोषस्य हन्याच्चौरमिवेश्वरः Ms.9.278. -4 An officer who introduces people at court; संनिधातृचेयकर्म Kau. A.1. also 2.5. -5 One who receives in charge. संनिधानम् sannidhānam संनिधिः sannidhiḥ संनिधानम् संनिधिः 1 Putting down together, juxtaposition. -2 Proximity, vicinity, presence; असत्यामा- काङ्क्षायां संनिधानमकारणम् ŚB. on MS.6.4.23; N.2.53. -3 Perceptibility, appearance. -4 A receptacle. -5 Receiving, taking charge of. -6 Combination, aggregate; दोषाणां संनिधानम् (स्त्रीयन्त्रम्) Pt.1.191. -7 Depositing. -8 The object of an organ of sense (इन्द्रियविषय).
sama सम a. 1 Same, identical. -2 Equal, as in समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21; Pt.2.7; सुखदुःखे समे कृत्वा लाभालाभौ जयाजयौ Bg.2.38; समः शत्रौ च मित्रे च तथा मानापमानयोः । शीतोष्णसुख- दुःखेषु समः संगविवर्जितः ॥ 12.18. -3 Like, similar, resembling; with instr. or gen. or in comp. गुणयुक्तो दरिद्रो$पि नेश्वरैरगुणैः समः Subhāṣ.; Ku.3.13. -4 Even, level, plain; समवेशवर्तिनस्ते न दुरासदो भविष्यति Ś.1. -5 Even (as number). -6 Impartial, fair; शुनि चैव श्वपाके च पण्डिताः समदर्शिनः Bg.5.18. -7 Just, honest, upright. -8 Good, virtuous. -9 Ordinary, common. -1 Mean, middling. -11 Straight. -12 Suitable, convenient. -13 Indifferent, unmoved, unaffected by passion. -14 All, every one. -15 All, whole, entire, complete. -16 Being a pair. -17 Regular, normal. -18 Middling. -19 Easy, convenient. -मः 1 N. of certain zodiacal signs (वृष, कर्कट, कन्या, वृश्चिक, मकर, and मीन). -2 A mode of measuring time in music. -3 The point of intersection of the horizon and the meridian line. -4 A kind of straight line placed over a numerical figure to mark the process of extracting the square root. -मम् 1 A level plain, flat country; संनिपत्य शनकैरिव निम्नादन्धकारमुदवाप समानि Ki.9. 11. -2 (In rhet.) N. of a figure of speech. -3 (In geometry) A mean proportional segment. -4 Equanimity. -5 Similarity. -6 Settlement; compensation; कर्मणापि समं कुर्याद्धनिकायाधमर्णिकः Ms.8.177. -7 Good circumstances; Mk. -सम् ind. 1 With, together with, in company with, accompanied by; (with instr.); आहां निवत्स्यति समं हरिणाङ्गनाभिः Ś.1.26; R.2.25;8.63; 16.72. -2 Equally; समं सर्वेषु भूतेषु Bg.13.27.28; यथा सर्वाणि भूतानि धरा धारयते समम् Ms.9.311. -3 Like, similarly, in the same manner; यत्र स्वामी निर्विशेषं समं मृत्येषु वर्तते Pt.1.78. -4 Entirely. -5 Simultaneously, all at once, at the same time, together; नवं पयो यत्र धनैर्मया च त्वद्विप्रयोगाश्रु समं विसृष्टम् R.13.26;4.4;1.59;14.1. -6 Honestly, fairly. -Comp. -अंशः an equal share. ˚हारिन् m. a co-heir. -अङ्घ्रिक a. standing evenly on feet. -अन्तः a borderer, neighbour. -अन्तर a. parallel. -अर्थिन् a. 1 desiring equality. -2 Seeking peace with. -आकार a. similar, like. -आचारः 1 equal or similar conduct. -2 Proper practice. -आत्मक a. possessing equanimity. -उदकम् a mixture of half butter-milk and half water. -उपमा a kind of Upamā or simile. -कक्ष a. having equal weight. (-क्षा) equilibrium. -कन्या a fit or suitable girl (fit to be married). -कर्णः an equi-diagonal tetragon. -कालः the same time or moment. (-लम्) ind. at the same time, simultaneously. -कालीन a. contemporary, coeval. -कोलः a serpent, snake. -कोटिक a. of regular size (said of diamonds); Kau. A.2.11. -क्षेत्रम् (in astr.) an epithet of a particular arrangement of the Nakṣatras. -खातः an equal excavation, a parallelopipedon. -गतिः wind; मृत्युश्चापरिहारवान् समगतिः कालेन विच्छेदिना Mb.12.298.45. -गन्धकः incense. -गन्धिकम् the fragrant root of the Uśīra. -चक्रवालम् a circle. -चतुरस्र a. square. (-स्रम्) an equilateral tetragon. -चतुर्भुजः, -जम् a rhombus. -चित्त a. 1 even-minded, equable, equanimous. -2 indifferent. -छेद, -छेदन a. having the same denominator. -जाति a. homogeneous. -ज्ञा fame; तिर्य- ञ्चमप्यञ्च मृषानभिज्ञरसज्ञतोपज्ञसमज्ञमज्ञम् N.3.64. -त्रिभुजः, -जम् an equilateral triangle. -दर्शन, -दर्शिन् a. viewing equally, impartial; विद्याविनयसंपन्ने ब्राह्मणे गवि हस्तनि । शुनि चैव श्वपाके च पण्डिताः समदर्शिनः ॥ Bg.5.18. -दुःख a. feeling for another's woe, sympathising (with another); a fellow-sufferer; Ku.4.4. ˚सुख a. a companion or partner in joy and sorrow; पृष्टा जनेन समदुःखसुखेन बाला Ś.3.1. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. impartial. -द्वादशास्रः, -स्रम् an equilateral dodecagon. -द्विभुजः a rhomboid. -धर्म a. of equal nature, resembling. -धृत a. equal to. -पदम् 1 an attitude in shooting. -2 a particular posture in sexual union. -प्रभ a. having equal splendour; तदण्डमभवद्धैमं सह- स्रांशुसमप्रभम् Ms.1.9. -बुद्धि a. 1 impartial. -2 indifferent, stoical. -भाव a. having the same nature or property. (-वः) sameness, equability. -मण्डलम् (in astr.) the prime vertical line. -मय a. of like origin. -मात्र a. of the same size or measure. -मितिः mean measure. -रञ्जित a. tinged. -रतः, -रभः a particular mode of sexual enjoyment. -रेख a. straight; प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रं तदपि समरेखं नयनयोः Ś.1.9. -लम्बः, -म्बम् a trapezoid. -लेपनी a bricklayer's instrument for levelling a plane (Mar. करणी). -वर्ण a. being of equal caste; समवर्णे द्विजातीनां द्वादशैव व्यतिक्रम Ms.8.269. -वर्णः community of caste. -वर्तिन् a. 1 equal-minded, impartial. -2 being equidistant. (-m.) Yāma, the god of death; शासितारं च पापानां पितॄणां समवर्तिनम् Mb.12.27.35. -विभक्त a. divided equally; symmetrical. -विषमम् (pl.) level and unevenground. -वृत्तम् 1 an even metre, i. e. a stanza the lines of which have all the same number of feet. -2 see सममण्डल. -वृत्ति a. equable, fair. (-त्तिः) equanimity. -वेधः mean depth. -वैषम्यतः ind. owing to partial similarity and partial dissimilarity; अर्थे समवैषम्यतो द्रव्य- कर्मणाम् MS.4.1.21. -शोधनम् equal subtraction, i. e. subtraction of the same quantity on both sides of an equation. -श्रुति a. (in music) having equal intervals. -श्रेणिः a straight line. -संधिः peace on equal terms. -सुप्तिः f. universal sleep (as at the end of a Kalpa). -सूत्र, -सूत्रस्य a. situated on the same diameter. -स्थ a. 1 equal, uniform. -2 level. -3 like. -4 being in flourishing circumstances; गतिः पतिः समस्थाया विषमे च पिता गतिः Mb.5.176.8. -स्थलम् an even ground. -स्थली the level plain, the Doab or country between the Ganges and Yamunā (अन्तर्वेदि). -स्थानम् a particular posture in Yoga (In which the legs are closely contracted).
samādhānam समाधानम् 1 Putting together, uniting. -2 Fixing the mind in abstract contemplation on the true nature of spirit; विभ्रत्यात्मसमाधानतपःस्वाध्यायसंयमैः Bhāg.12.11.24. -3 Profound or abstract meditation, deep contemplation. -4 Intentness. -5 Steadiness, composure, peace (as of mind), satisfaction; चित्तस्य समाधानम्; समाधानं बुद्धेः G. L.18. -6 Clearing up a doubt, replying to the Pūrvapakṣa; answering an objection. -7 Agreeing, promising. -8 (In drama) A leading incident which unexpectdly gives rise to the whole plot. -9 Justification of a statement, proof. -1 Reconciliation. -11 Eagerness. -Comp. -रूपकम् a kind of metaphor (used for the justification of a bold assertion).
samāyogaḥ समायोगः Union, connection, conjunction; क्षेत्रबीज- समायोगात् संभवः सर्वदेहिनाम् Ms.9.33; तामन्यया समायोगे वीटायां ग्रहणं मम Mb.1.31.29. -2 Preparation. -3 Fitting (an arrow.) -4 A collection, heap, multitude. -5 A cause, motive, object. -6 Association.
samāsanam समासनम् Sitting together.
samāsyā समास्या 1 Session. -2 Interview. -3 Sitting together; अनसूयासमास्यां च Rām.1.3.18.
samāhvayaḥ समाह्वयः 1 Calling out, challenging. -2 War, battle. -3 A single combat. -4 Setting animals to fight for sport, betting with living creatures; एष एव विधिर्ज्ञेयः प्राणिद्यूते समाह्वये Y.2.23; Ms.9.221. -5 A name, an appellation; तस्मात्ते वर्तयिष्यामि तयोरेव समाह्वयम् Mb.14. 21.13.
samāhvānam समाह्वानम् 1 Calling together, convocation. -2 Challenge. -3 Betting on the battles of animals.
samutkarṣaḥ समुत्कर्षः 1 Exaltation. -2 Setting oneself up, belonging to a tribe higher than his own; अनृतं च समुत्कर्षे Ms.11.56. -3 Laying aside (a girdle).
samuttha समुत्थ a. 1 Rising, getting up. -2 Sprung or produced from, born from (at the end of comp.); इच्छाद्वेष- समुत्थेन Bg.7.27; अथ नयनसमुत्थं ज्योतिरत्रेरिव द्योः R.2.75. -3 Occurring, occasioned.
samutthānam समुत्थानम् 1 Rising, getting up. -2 Resurrection. -3 Perfect cure, complete recovery. -4 Healing (as of a wound); समुत्थानव्ययं दाप्यः Ms.8.287; Y.2.222. -5 A symptom of disease. -6 Engaging in industry, active occupation; as in संभूयसमुत्थानम् Ms.8.4. -7 Increase or growth. -8 Industry; यज्ञो विद्या समुत्थानम् Mb.12.23. 1. -9 Hoisting (of a flag). -1 Swelling (of the abdomen).
samutsuka समुत्सुक a. 1 Very uneasy or anxious, impatient; विरौषि समुत्सुकः V.4.2; R.1.33; Ku.5.76. -2 Longing or eager for, fond of. -3 Sorrowful, regretting.
samunnayaḥ समुन्नयः 1 Getting, obtaining. -2 Occurrence, event.
samupaveśaḥ समुपवेशः 1 Sitting down together. -2 Entertaining.
saṃpātaḥ संपातः 1 Falling together, concurrence; crowd (संमर्द); समुच्चलन्तो नागरिकसंपाते Dk.2.2. -2 Meeting together, encountering. -3 Collision, butting against; निवारयामास च राजमार्गे संपातमार्तस्य पृथग्जनस्य Bu. Ch.3.4. -4 Falling down, descending; प्रवृत्ते शस्त्रसंपाते धनुरुद्यम्य पाण्डवः Bg.1.2; न चासौ संपातः पयसि पयसां पत्युरुचितः Bh.2.36. -5 Alighting (as of a bird). -6 Flight (of an arrow). -7 Going, moving; अपक्षिगणसंपातान् वानरेन्द्रो महाजवः Rām. 7.34.27. -8 Being removed, removal; वृत्ते शरावसंपाते भिक्षां नित्यं यतिश्चरेत् Ms.6.56. -9 A particular mode of the flight of birds; संपातं समुदीषं च ततो$न्यद्व्यतिरिक्तकम् ... Mb.8.41.29 (com क्षणात् संगत्य निष्क्रम्य पक्षसंपातमुच्यते ।); संपातं विप्रपातं च महापातं निपातनम् । वक्रं तिर्यक् तथा चोर्ध्वमष्टमं लघुसंज्ञकम् ॥ Pt.2.58; cf. डीन. -1 The residue (of an offering). -11 N. of the son of Garuḍa. -12 Sending; स दारकस्य कारणात् दूतसंपातं करोति Svapna.1. -13 Equinox (वसन्त and शरद्); point of intersection; तस्मिन् यावत्सं- पातमुषित्वा Ch. Up.5.1.5. -Comp. -पाटवम् skill in jumping. संपातिः sampātiḥ संपातिकः sampātikḥ संपातिः संपातिकः N. of a fabulous bird, son of Garuḍa and elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
saṃbhedaḥ संभेदः 1 Breaking, splitting; becoming loose, falling off; एष सेतुविधरण एषां लोकानामसेभेदाय Bṛi. Up.4.4.22. -2 Union, mixture, combination; आलोकतिमिरसंभेदः Māl. 1.11; हर्षोद्वेगसंभेद उपनतः Māl.8. -3 Meeting (as of glances). -4 Confluence, junction (of two rivers); नूनं प्राप्ताः स्म संभेदं गङ्गायमुनयोर्वयम् Rām.2.54.6; तदुत्तिष्ठ पारा- सिन्धुसंभेदमवगाह्य नगरीमेव प्रविशावः; अयमसौ महानद्योः संभेदः Māl. 4; मधुमतीसिन्धुसंभेदपावनः 9; Ms.8.356. -5 Blossoming, opening. -6 Uniformity. -7 Clenching (the fist); मुष्टेरसंभेद इवापवर्गे Ki.16.2. -8 Revolt, treachery; रिपोः प्रजानां संभेदपीडनं स्वजयाय वै Śukra.4.36.
saṃbhāvanam संभावनम् ना 1 Considering, reflecting; सामन्तसंभाव- नयैव धीरः कैलासनाथं तरसा जिगीषुः R.5.28. -2 Fancying, supposition; संभावनमथोत्प्रेक्षा प्रकृतस्य समेन यत् K. P.1; सुखसंभावनं कृत्वा धारयित्वा सुखं स्वयम् Mb.12.153;92; भ्रमादुपेतान् वहदम्बुवाहान् संभावनां वा सफलीचकार Bu. Ch.1.3. -3 An idea, fancy, thought. -4 Respect, honour, esteem, regard; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4. -5 Possibility. -6 Fitness, adequancy; संभावनां भूतिमिवोद्धरिष्यन् Ki.3.39. -7 Competency, ability. -8 Doubt. -9 Affection, love. -1 Celebrity, -11 Obtaining, getting; क्षीरसंभावनार्थाय कृत्तिकाः समयोजयन् Rām.1.37.23.
saṃmatta संमत्त p. p. 1 Completely drunk. -2 Overjoyed, enraptured; प्रमत्तमत्तसंमत्तक्ष्वेडितोत्कृष्टसंकुलः Mb.14.59.1. -3 Rutting, being in rut, furious.
sayoni सयोनि a. 1 Having the same womb, uterine. -2 Closely related to. -3 Closely united with the womb. -निः 1 A whole or uterine brother. -2 A pair of nippers for cutting betel-nut. -3 N. of Indra.
sarjanam सर्जनम् [सृज्-ल्युट्] 1 Abandoning, quitting. -2 Letting loose. -3 Creating. -4 Voiding. -5 The rear of an army. -6 Lifting up; पुनर्यत्नमकरोद्रथसर्जने Mb.8. 91.21. -नी One of the three folds of anus. सर्जिः sarjiḥ सर्जिका sarjikā सर्जी sarjī सर्जिः सर्जिका सर्जी f., सर्जिकाक्षारः, सर्जिक्षारः Natron; सौवर्चलं यवक्षारं सर्जिकां च हरीतकीम् Śiva B.3.17.
savibhaktika सविभक्तिक a. Having a case termination. सविभ्रम savibhrama सविलास savilāsa सविभ्रम सविलास a. Sportive, coquettish, wanton; जल्पन्ति सार्धमन्येन पश्यन्त्यन्यं सविभ्रमाः Pt.1.135.
saha सह ind. 1 With, together with, along with, accompanied by (with instr.); शशिना सह याति कौमुदी सह मेघेन तडित् प्रलीयते Ku.4.33. -2 Together, simultaneously, at the same time; अस्तोदयौ सहैवासौ कुरुते नृपतिर्द्विषाम् Subhāṣ. (The following senses are given of this word:-- साकल्य, सादृश्य, यौगपद्य, विद्यमानत्व, समृद्धि, संबन्ध and सामर्थ्य.) -Comp. -अध्ययनम् 1 studying together; U.2. -2 fellowstudentship. -अध्यायिन् m. a fellow-student. -अपवाद a. disagreeing. -अर्थ a. 1 having the same object. -2 synonymous. (-र्थः) the same or common object. -अर्ध a. together with a half. -आलापः conversation with. -आसनम् sitting on the same seat. -आसिका company, sitting together; समुद्रः सहासिकां यां सुमतिः प्रतीच्छति Rām. ch.2.85. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech in Rhetoric; सा सहोक्तिः सहार्थस्य बलादेकं द्विवाचकम् K. P.1; e.g. पपात भूमौ सह सैनिकाश्रुभिः R.3.61. -उटजः a hut made of leaves. -उत्थायिन् a. rising or conspiring together. -उदरः a uterine brother, brother of whole blood; जनन्यां संस्थितायां तु समं सर्वे सहोदराः Ms.9.92; सहोदरा कुङ्कुमकेसराणां भवन्ति नूनं कविताविलासाः Vikr.1.21. -उपमा a kind of Upamā. -ऊढः, -ऊढजः the son of a woman pregnant at marriage; (one of the 12 kinds of sons recognized in old Hindu law); या गर्भिणी संस्क्रियते ज्ञाताज्ञातापि वा सती । वोढुः स गर्भो भवति सहोढ इति चोच्यते ॥ Ms.9.173. -एकासनम् see सहासनम् Y.2.284. -कर्तृ m. a co-worker, assistant; तस्य कर्मानुरूपेण देर्यो$शः सहकर्तृभिः Ms.8.26. -कारः 1 co-operation. -2 a mango tree; क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेण पल्लवितामतिमुक्तलतां सहेत Ś.3. ˚भञ्जिका a kind of game. - कारिन्, -कृत्, -कृत्वन् a. co-operating. (-m.) a coadjutor, associate, colleague. -कृत a. co-operated with, assisted or aided by. -क्रिया simultaneous performance; स हि न्यायः संभूयकारिणां सहक्रियेति सर्वत्रैव ŚB. on MS.11.1. 57. -खट्वासनम् sitting together on a bed; Ms.8.357; see सहैकासनम्. -गमनम् 1 accompanying. -2 a woman's burning herself with her deceased husband's body, self-immolation of a widow. -चर a. accompanying, going or living with; यानि प्रियासहचरश्चिरमध्यवात्सम् U.3.8. (-रः) 1 a companion, friend, associate; श्मशानेष्वाक्रीडा स्मरहर पिशाचाः सहचराः Śiva-mahimna 24. -2 a follower, servant. -3 a husband. -4 a surety. (-री f.) 1 a famale companion. -2 a wife, mate; प्रेक्ष्य स्थितां सहचरीं व्यवधाय देहम् R.9.57. -चरित a. 1 accompanying, attending, associating with. -2 Congruent, homogeneous, -चारः 1 accompaniment. -2 agreement, harmony. -3 (in logic) the invariable accompaniment of the hetu (middle term) by the sādhya (major term). -4 right course (opp. व्यभिचार). -चारिन् see सहचर. -ज a. 1 inborn, natural, innate; सहजं कर्म कौन्तेय सदोषमपि न त्यजेत् Bg.18. 48; सहजामप्यपहाय धीरताम् R.8.43. -2 hereditary; सहजं किल यद्विनिन्दितं न खलु तत्कर्म विवर्जनीयम् Ś.6.1. (-जः) 1 a brother of whole blood; तृतीयो मे नप्ता रजनिचरनाथस्य सहजः Mv.4.7. -2 the natural state or disposition. ˚अरिः a natural enemy. ˚उदासीनः a born neutral. ˚मित्रम् a natural friend. -जात a. 1 natural; see सहज. -2 born together, twin-born. -जित् a. victorious at once; स्वर्णेता सहजिद् बभ्रुरिति राजाभिधीयते Mb.3.185.28. -दार a. 1 with a wife. -2 married. -देवः N. of the youngest of the five Pāṇḍavas; the twin brother of Nakula, born of Mādrī by the gods Aśvins. He is regarded as the type of manly beauty. -धर्मः same duties. ˚चारिन् m. a husband. ˚चारिणी 1 a lawful wife, one legally married (also सहधर्मिणी in this sense). -2 a fellow-worker. -पथिन् m., -पन्थाः m., f. a fellow-traveller. -पांशुक्रीडिन, पांशुकिल m a friend from the earliest childhood. -भावः 1 companionship. -2 concomitance. -भाविन् m. a friend, partisan, follower. -भू a. natural, innate; औत्सुक्येन कृतत्वरा सहभुवा व्यावर्तमाना ह्रिया Ratn.1.2. -भोजनम् eating in company with friends. -मनस् a. with intelligence. -मरणम् see सह- गमन. -मृता a woman who has burnt herself with her husband. -युध्वन् m. a brother in arms. -रक्षस् m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fires. -वसतिः, -वासः dwelling together; सहवसतिमुपेत्य यैः प्रियायाः कृत इव मुग्धविलोकितोपदेशः Ś.2.3. -वासिन् m. a fellow-lodger. -वीर्यम् fresh butter. -संसर्गः carnal contact. -सेविन् a. having intercource with. -स्थः a companion.
sāṭopa साटोप a. 1 Elated or puffed up with pride, haughty. -2 Majestic, stately. -3 Swollen, filled or charged with (as with water); Pt.1. -4 Rumbling (as clouds). -पम् ind. 1 Proudly, arrogantly, in a stately manner, struttingly; as in साटोपं परिक्रामति. -2 Angrily, furiously.
sādaḥ सादः [सद्-घञ्] 1 Sinking, setting down. -2 Exhaustion, weariness; उदितोरुसादमतिवेपथुमत् Śi.9.77. -3 Leaness, thinness, emaciation; शरीरसादादसमग्रभूषणा R.3. 2. -4 Perishing, decay, loss, destruction, cessation; गतिविभ्रमसादनीरवा R.8.58; Nalod.3.24. -5 Pain, torment. -6 Clearness, purity. -7 Going, motion.
sādin सादिन् a. [सद्-णिनि] 1 Sitting down. -2 Exhausting, destroying &c. -3 Any one sitting or riding on; प्रतिप्रहाराक्षममश्वसादी R.7.47. -m. 1 A horseman; ततो रथद्विपभटसादिनायकैः करालया परिवृत आत्मसेनया Bhāg.1.71. 14. -2 One riding on an elephant or seated in a car. -3 A charioteer; ततो वररथारूढाः कुमाराः सादिभिः सह Mb. 1.138.8.
sādhana साधन a. (-नी f.) [साध् णिच् ल्यु ल्युट् वा] 1 Accomplishing, effecting &c. -2 Procuring. -3 Conjuring up (a spirit). -4 Denoting, expresssive of. -नम् 1 Accomplishing, effecting, performing, as in स्वार्थसाधनम्. -2 Fulfilment, accomplishment, complete attiainment of an object; प्रजार्थसाधने तौ हि पर्यायोद्यतकार्मुकौ R.4.16. -3 A means, an expedient, a means of accomplishing anything; असाधना अपि प्राज्ञा बुद्धिमन्तो बहुश्रुताः । साधयन्त्याशु कार्याणि Pt.2.1; शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33,52; R.1.19; 4.36,62. -4 An instrument, agent; कुठारः छिदिक्रिया- साधनम् -5 The efficient cause, source, cause in general. -6 The instrumental case. -7 Implement, apparatus. -8 Appliance, materials. -9 Matter, ingredients, substance. -1 An army or a part thereof; व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत्साधनं सिद्धये Mu.5.1. -11 Aid, help, assistance (in general). -12 Proof, substantiation, demonstration. -13 The hetu or middle term in a syllogism, reason, that which leads to a conclusion; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितं बिभ्रत् सपक्षे स्थितिं । व्यावृत्तं च विपक्षतो भवति यत्तत् साधनं सिद्धये ॥ Mu.5.1. -14 Subduing, overcoming. -15 Subduing by charms. -16 Accomplishing anything by charms or magic. -17 Healing, curing. -18 Killing, destroying; फलं च तस्य प्रतिसाधनम् Ki.14.17. -19 Conciliating, propitiating, winning over. -2 Going out, setting forward, departure. -21 Going after, following. -22 Penance, self-mortification. -23 Attainment of final beatitude. -24 A medicinal preparation, drug, medicine. -25 (In law) Enforcement of the the delivery of anything, or of the payment of debt, infliction of fine. -26 A bodily organ. -27 The penis. -28 An udder. -29 Wealth. -3 Friendship. -31 Profit, advantage. -32 Burning a dead body. -33 Obsequies. -34 Killing or oxydation of metals. -35 Proof, argument. -36 Conflict, battle. -37 (In gram.) Instrument, agent. -38 Making ready, preparation. -39 Gain, acquisition. -4 Calculation. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः Superintendent or captain of the military forces. -अर्ह a. worthy of being proved or accomplished. -क्रिया 1 a finite verb. -2 an action connected with a Kāraka. -क्षम a. admitting proof. -निर्देशः production of proof. -पत्रम् a document used as evidence.
sāṃdhya सांध्य a. (-ध्यी f.) 1 Relating to the twilight or evening; साध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38; Ki. 5.8; R.11.6; Śi.9.15. -2 Relating to the morning twilight or dawn. सांनहनिक sānnahanika सांनाहिक sānnāhika सांनहनिक सांनाहिक a. (-की f.) 1 Bearing or putting on an armour; सांनाहिको यदा राजन् राजन्यो$थ पशुः शुचिः Bhāg.9.7.14. -2 Calling to arms, encouraging to prepare for battle; शैलकटकतटभिन्नरवः प्रणनाद सांनहनिको- $स्य वारिजः Śi.15.72; अकृतार्थश्च भीतश्च न च सांनाहको हतः Mb.7.71.11. -कः An armour-bearer.
sāvitra सावित्र a. (-त्री f.) [सविता देवता$स्य अण्] 1 Belonging to the sun; Mb.7.157.34. -2 Descended from the sun, belonging to the solar dynasty (of kings); यत् सावित्रैर्दीपितं भूमिपालैः U.1.42. -3 Accompanied by the Gāyatree. -त्रः 1 The sun. -2 An embryo of fœtus. -3 A Brāhmaṇa. -4 An epithet of Śiva. -5 Of Karṇa; भ्राता भ्रातरमज्ञातं सावित्रः पाकशासनिम् (अब्रवीत्) Mb.1.136. 8;13.138.9. -त्रम् 1 The sacrificial thread (so called because the repetition of the Gāyatree forms a principal part of the ceremony of putting on the sacred thread); शान्तिहोमांश्च कुर्वीत सावित्राणि च धारयेत् Mb.13.14.6. -2 The initiation into membership of the द्विज classes (by performing the thread ceremony); Bhāg.3.12.42. -3 N. of the constellation Hasta; पञ्चतारेण संयुक्तः सावित्रेणैव चन्द्रमाः Mb.1.135.3.
sāvitrī सावित्री 1 A ray of light. -2 N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is addressed to the sun; it is also called गायत्री; q.v. for further information. -3 The ceremony of investiture with the sacred thread; आ षोडशाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38. -4 N. of a wife of Brahman. -5 N. of Pārvatī. -6 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa. -7 An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛi). -8 N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Sālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repulsed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, king of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who happened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therfore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swifitly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days' thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proceeded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and followed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Delighted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her father-in-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitrī is regarded as the beau ideal or highest pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words जन्मसावित्री भव, thus placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation.] -Comp. -पतितः, -परिभ्रष्टः a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. व्रात्य; सावित्रीपतिता व्रात्या व्रात्यस्तोमादृते क्रतोः Y.1.38; Ms.2.39; तान् सावित्रीपरिभ्रष्टान् व्रात्यानिति विनि- र्दिशेत् Ms.1.2. -व्रतम् N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widowhood. -सूत्रम् the sacred thread (यज्ञोपवीत).
sāhvayaḥ साह्वयः 1 Gambling with fighting animals. -2 Setting animals to fight for sport &c.
su सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con
sukha सुख a. [सुख-अच्] 1 Happy, delighted, joyful, pleased. -2 Agreeable, sweet, charming, pleasant; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14; so सुखश्रवा निस्वनाः 3.19. -3 Virtuous, pious. -4 Taking delight in, favourable to; Ś.7.18. -5 Easy practicable; श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49. -6 Fit, suitable. -खा 1 The capital of Varuṇa. -2 (In phil.) The effort to win future beatitude. -3 Piety, virtue. -खम् 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure, comfort; यदेवोपनतं दुःखात् सुखं तद्रसवत्तरम् V. 3.21. -2 Prosperity; अद्वैतं सुखदुःखयोरनुगुणं सर्वास्ववस्थासु यत् U.1.39. -3 Well-being, welfare, health; देवीं सुखं प्रष्टुं गता M.4. -4 Ease, comfort, alleviation (of sorrow &c.); oft in comp; as in सुखशयित, सुखोपविष्ट, सुखाश्रय &c. -5 Facility, easiness, ease. -6 Heaven, Paradise. -7 Water. -खम् ind. 1 Happily, joyfully; भ्रातृभिः सहितो रामः प्रमुमोद सुखं सुखी Rām.7.41.1. -2 Well; सुखमास्तां भवान् 'many you fare well'. -3 At ease, comfortably; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P. 1. -4 Easily, with ease; अज्ञः सुखमाराध्यः सुखतरमाराध्यते विशेषज्ञः Bh.2.3; सुखमुपदिश्यते परस्य K. -4 Rather, willingly. -5 Quietly, placidly; सुखं रात्रीः शयिता वीतमन्युः Kaṭh.1.11. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 ending in happiness. -2 friendly. -3 destroying happiness. -अधिष्ठानम् a happy state. -अभियोज्य a. easily assailable. -अभ्युदयिक a. causing joy or pleasure; सुखाभ्युदयिकं चैव नैःश्रेयसिकमेव च Ms.12.88. -अर्थः anything that gives pleasure; Ms.6.26. -आगतम् welcome. -आजातः N. of Śiva. -आत्मक a. consisting of pleasure. -आत्मन् the Supreme Spirit, Brahma; पृथगाचरतस्तात पृथगात्मसुखात्मनोः Mb.13. 12.8. -आधारः paradise. -आप a. easily won or attained. -आप्लव a. suitable for bathing. -आयतः, -आयनः a good or well-trained horse. -आराध्य a. easy to be conciliated or propitiated. -आरोह a. of easy ascent. -आलोक a. good-looking, lovely, charming -आवह a. conducing to happiness, pleasant, comfortable. -आशः 1 eating at ease. -2 pleasant food. -3 N. of Varuṇa. -आशकः a cucumber. -आसक्तः an epithet of Śiva. -आसनम् a comfortable seat. -आसीन a. comfortably seated; also सुखनिविष्ट. -आस्वाद a. 1 having a sweet taste, sweet-flavoured. -2 agreeable, delightful. (-दः) 1 a pleasant flavour. -2 enjoyment (of pleasure). -उचित a. accustomed to comfort or happiness. -उत्सवः 1 merry-making, pleasure, festival, jubilee. -2 a husband. -उदकम्, -उष्णम् warm water. -उदयः 1 dawn or realization of happiness. -2 an intoxicating drink. -उदर्क a. resulting in happiness. -उद्भवा yellow myrobalan; L. D. B. -उद्य a. to be spoken easily or agreeably. -उपविष्ट a. comfortably seated, sitting at ease. -एषिन् a. desiring happiness, wishing well to. -ऊर्जिकः natron. -कर, -कार, -दायक a. giving pleasure, pleasant. -चारः a good horse. -जात a. happy; सुखजातः सुरापीतः ...... Bk.5.38. -तन्त्र a. enjoying pleasure; अर्थधर्मौ च संगृह्य सुखतन्त्रो न चालसः Rām.2.1.27. -द a. giving pleasure. (-दः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-दा) 1 a courtezan of Indra's heaven. -2 the river Ganges. -3 the Śamī tree. (-दम्) the seat of Viṣṇu. -दोह्या a cow easily milked. -प्रविचार a. easily accessible. -प्रश्नः inquiry as to welfare. -बद्ध a. lovely. -बोधः 1 sensation of pleasure. -2 easy knowledge. -भागिन्, -भाज् a. happy. -भेद्य a. easy to be broken (fig. also), fragile, brittle. -मानिन् seeking joy in. -मोदा the gum olibanum tree. -रात्रिः 1 the night of new moon (when lamps are lighted in honour of Lakṣmī). -2 a night when the husband may legally cohabit with his wife; see Ms.3.47. -रात्रिः, -रात्रिका Lakṣmī. -रूप a. having an agreeable appearance. -वर्चकः, -वर्चस् m. natron, alkali. -वह a. easily borne or carried. -वासः a water-melon. -वेदनम् consciousness of pleasure. -श्रव, -श्रुति a. sweet to the ear, melodious; विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः प्रसादयन्ती हृदयान्यपि द्विषाम् Ki.14.3. -संगिन a. attached to pleasure; बद्धमिव स्वैरगतिर्जनमिह सुखसंगिनमवैमि Ś.5.11. -संदु(दो)ह्या f. a cow easily milked; L. D. B. -संयोगः gain of eternal bliss; धर्मार्थप्रभवं चैव सुखसंयोगमक्षयम् Ms.6.64. -साध्य a. easy to be accomplished or cured &c. -सुखेन ind. most willingly. -सेव्य a. easy of access. -स्वर्श a. 1 agreeable to the touch. -2 gratifying, pleasant; सेव्य- मानौ सुखस्पर्शैः शालनिर्यासगन्धिभिः R.1.38. -हस्त a. having a soft or gentle hand.
suraḥ सुरः [सुष्ठु राति ददात्यभीष्टं सु-रा-क्त] 1 A god, deity; सुराप्रतिग्रहाद् देवाः सुरा इत्यभिविश्रुताः Rām.; सुधया तर्पयते सुरान् पितॄंश्च V.3.7; R.5.16. -2 The number 'thirty-three'. -3 The sun. -4 A sage, learned man. -5 An idol. -Comp. -अङ्गना a celestial woman or damsel, an apsaras; प्रतिघाय समाधिभेदिनीं हरिरस्मै हरिणीं सुराङ्गनाम् R.8.79. -अद्रिः the mountain Meru. -अधिपः an epithet of Indra. -अध्यक्षः N. of Śiva. -अरिः 1 an enemy of gods, a demon; गतं भयं भीरु सुरारिसंभवम् V.1.6. -2 the chirp of a cricket. ˚हन् m. N. of Śiva. ˚हन्तृ N. of Viṣṇu. -अर्चनम् the worship of gods. -अर्चावेश्मन् n. a household temple, a chamber containing the idols of deities; ब्रह्मचारिपरिचारि सुरार्चावेश्म राजऋषिरेष विवेश N.21.21. -अर्हम् 1 gold. -2 saffron. -3 yellow sandal. -आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -आपगा 'the heavenly river', an epithet of the Ganges. -आलयः 1 the mountain Meru. -2 heaven, paradise. -3 a temple; पूर्तं सुरालयारामकूपाजीव्यादि- लक्षणम् Bhāg.7.15.49. -आश्रयः Meru. -आस्पदम् a temple. -इज्यः N. of Bṛihaspati. -इज्या the sacred basil. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 N. of Indra. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. (उपेन्द्रः); स्वर्लोकमागच्छ गतज्वरश्चिरं सुरेन्द्र गुप्तं गतदोषकल्मषम् Rām.1.15.34. ˚गोपः a cochineal. ˚जित् m. N. of Garuḍa. -इभः a celestial elephant. -इष्टः the Sāla tree. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 N. of Indra. -2 of Śiva. (-री) 1 the celestial Ganges. -2 Durgā. -उत्तमः 1 the sun. -2 Indra. -उत्तरः sandal-wood. -उपम a. god-like, divine. -ऋषिः (सुरर्षिः) a divine sage. -कारुः an epithet of Viśvakarman. -कार्मुकम् rain bow. -गणः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a host of gods. -गण्डः a kind of boil, disease. -गिरिः mount Meru. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Bṛihaspati; धर्मः शास्त्रं सुरगुरुमतिः शौचमाचारचिन्ता सस्यैः पूर्णे जठरपिठरे प्राणिनां संभवन्ति Pt.5.97. -2 the planet Jupiter. -3 N. of Viṣṇu; ब्रह्मा सुरगुरुः स्थाणुर्मनुः कः परमेष्ठ्यथ Mb.1.1.32. -ग्रामणी m. N. of Indra. -जनः the race of gods. -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Brahman. -तरङ्गिणी the Ganges. -तरुः a tree of paradise. -तोषकः the jewel called Kaustubha; q. v. -दारु n. the Devadāru tree. -दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. -दुन्दुभी the sacred basil. -द्विपः 1 an elephant of the gods. -2 N. of Airāvata; सुरद्विपास्फालन- कर्कशाङ्गुलौ R.3.55. -द्विष् m. 1 a demon; प्रणिपत्य सुरा- स्तस्मै शमयित्रे सुरद्विषाम् R.1.15. -2 Rāhu उपस्थिता शोणित- पारणा मे सूरद्विषश्चान्द्रमसीं सुधेव R.2.39. -धनुस् n. 1 rainbow; सुरधनुरिदं दूराकृष्टं न नाम शरासनम् V.4.1. -2 kind of nail mark; स्वापराधमलुपत् पयोधरे मत्करः सुरधनुष्करस्तव N.18.134. -धुनी the Ganges. -धूपः turpentine, resin. -नदी, -निम्नगा an epithet of the Ganges. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पथम् the sky, heaven. -पर्वतः the mountain Meru; q. v. -पादपः a tree of paradise; such as the कल्पतरु. -प्रतिष्ठा the setting up of an idol. -प्रियः 1 N. of Indra. -2 of Bṛihaspati. -भूयम् identification with a deity, deification, apotheosis. -भूरुहः the Devadāru tree. -भूषणम् a necklace of pearls consisting of 18 strings and 4 Hastas long; Bṛ. S. -मन्दिरम् a temple; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुराट्ट ... Māl.9.1. -मृत्तिका alum-slate. -युवतिः f. a celestial damsel. -राज्यम् dominion over the gods. -लासिका a flute, pipe. -लोकः heaven. ˚सुन्दरी 1 a celestial woman. -2 N. of Durgā. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky. -वल्लभा white Dūrvā grass. -वल्ली the sacred basil. -विद्विष्, -वैरिन्, -शत्रुः m. an evil spirit, a demon. -विलासिनी an apsaras. -वीथिः N. of the way of the नक्षत्रs; नक्षत्रमार्गं विपुलं सुरवीथीति विश्रुतम् Mb. 3.43.12. -शाखिन् m the Kalpataru q. v. -श्वेता a small (white) house-lizard. -सद्मन् n. heaven, paradise. -सालः a wish-fulfilling tree, a kalpavrikṣa; ददतो$भिमतं समस्फुरन् सुरसाला भुवमागता इव Śāhendra.2.57. -सरित्, सिन्धुः f. the Ganges; सुरसरिदिव तेजो वह्निनिष्ठ्यूतमैशम् R.2. 75. -सुन्दरी, -स्त्री 1 a celestial woman; ऊरूद्भवा नरसखस्य मुनेः सुरस्त्री V.1.3. -2 N. of Durgā. -स्थानम् a temple.
sūtraṇam सूत्रणम् 1 The act of stringing together, putting in order, arranging. -2 Arranging in aphorisms.
sṛṣṭiḥ सृष्टिः f. [सृज्-क्तिन्] 1 Creation, anything created; किं मानसी सृष्टिः Ś.4; या सृष्टिः स्रष्टुराद्या Ś.1.1; स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टि- रपरा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; सृष्टिरोद्येव धातुः Me.84; Bhāg. 1.19.16. -2 The creation of the world. -3 Nature, natural property. -4 Letting loose, emission. -5 Giving away, a gift; सृष्टिर्मृष्टिर्द्विजाश्चाग्र्याः श्राद्धकर्मसु संपदः Ms. 3.255. -6 The existence of properties or qualities. -7 The absence of properties. -8 Offspring (संतान); संसृष्टा ब्राह्मणैरेव त्रिषु वर्णेषु सृष्टयः Mb.12.6.42. -Comp. -अन्तरः the offspring of intermarriage between चतुर्वर्ण castes. -कर्तृ m. the creator. -पत्तनम् a particular magical power. -सृज् m. (Nom. sing. सृक्-ग्-सृट्-ड्) the creator; L. D. B.
sedivas सेदिवस् a. (-सेदुषी f.) Sitting.
sopadhi सोपधि a. Fraudulent. -ind. Deceitfully, fraudulently; अरिषु हि विजयार्थिनः क्षितीशा विदधति सोपधि संधि- दूषणानि Ki.1.45. सोपन्यास sōpanyāsa सोपपत्तिक sōpapattika सोपन्यास सोपपत्तिक a. Well-founded or substantiated.
saura सौर a. (-री f.) [सूरस्य इदं सूरो देवतास्य वा अण्] 1 Relating to the sun, solar. -2 Sacred or dedicated to the sun. -3 Worshipping the sun. -4 Celestial, divine. -5 Relating to spirituous liquor. -रः 1 A worshipper of the sun; Mb.7.82.16. -2 The planet Saturn. -3 A solar month. -4 A solar day. -5 The plant called Tumburu. -6 N. of Yama, the god of death. -रम् 1 N. of a collection of hymns (extracted from the Ṛigveda) addressed to Sūrya. -2 The right eye. -Comp. -नक्तम् a particular religious observance. -मासः a solar month (comprising thirty risings and settings of the sun). -लोकः the sun's sphere.
skhadanam स्खदनम् 1 Cutting, tearing to pieces. -2 Hurting, injuring, killing. -3 Troubling, harassing. -4 Firmness.
stambaḥ स्तम्बः [स्था-अम्बच् किच्च पृषो˚ Uṇ.4.96] 1 A clump of grass &c; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितधनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3. 48; आरण्यकोपात्तफलप्रसूतिः स्तम्बेन नीवार इवावशिष्टः R.5.15. -2 A sheaf of corn; as in स्तम्बकरिता q. v. -3 A cluster, clump or bunch (in general); (कीचक)स्तम्बाडम्बरमूकमौकुलिकुलः क्रौञ्चावतो$यं गिरिः U.2.29; R.15.19. -4 A bush, thicket. -5 A shrub or plant having no decided stem. -6 The post of which an elephant is tied. -7 A post; column; पांशुस्तम्बा बलानां तुरगखुरपुटक्षोदलब्धात्मलाभाः Mu. 5.23. -8 Stupefaction, insensibility; (probably for स्तभ in these two senses). -9 A mountain. -Comp. -करि a. forming sheaves or clusters. (-रिः) corn, rice. -करिता forming sheaves or clusters, abundant or luxuriant growth; न शालेः स्तम्बकरिता वप्तुर्गुणमपेक्षते Mu.1.3. -गहन a. overgrown with thickets; Kau. A.2.2. -घनः 1 a small hoe for weeding clumps of grass. -2 a sickle for cutting corn. -3 a basket for holding the heads of wild rice. -घ्नः, -घातः, -हन्, -हननम्, -नी a sickle for cutting corn, a hoe. -पुरम् N. of a city (ताम्रलिप्त).
sthāṇu स्थाणु a. [स्था-नु पृषो˚ णत्वम्] Firm, fixed, steady, stable, immoveable, motionless; नित्यः सर्वगतः स्थाणुरचलो$यं सनातनः Bg.2.24; Mb.1.34.5. -णुः 1 An epithet of Śiva; स स्थाणुः स्थिरभक्तियोगसुलभो निःश्रेयसायास्तु वः V.1.1. -2 A stake, post, pillar; अपि स्थाणुवदासीनः Pt.1.49; किं स्थाणुरयमुत पुरुषः. -3 A peg, pin; स्थाणौ निषङ्गिण्यनसि क्षणं पुरः Śi.12.26. -4 The gnomon of a dial. -5 A spear, dart. -6 A nest of white ants. -7 A drug or perfume called Jeevaka. -8 Stump, trunk; लता वल्लीश्च गुल्मांश्च स्थाणूनश्मन एव च Rām.2.8.6. -9 A particular posture in sitting. -m., n. A branchless trunk or stem, any bare stalk or stem, pollard. -Comp. -छेदः one who cuts down the trunks of trees, one who clears away timber; स्थाणुच्छेदस्य केदारमाहुः शल्यवतो मृगम् Ms.9. 44. -दिश् f. the north-east. -भूत a. become motionless (as the trunk of a tree). -भ्रमः mistaking anything for a post.
sthānam स्थानम् [स्था-ल्युट्] 1 The act of standing or remaining, stay, continuance, residence; न किल भवतां देव्याः स्थानं गृहे$भिमतं ततः U.3.32. -2 Being fixed or stationary. -3 A state, condition; स्थानत्रयात्परं प्राप्तं ब्रह्मभूतमविक्रियम् Bhāg.1.18.26. -4 A place, spot, site, locality; अक्षमालामदत्त्वास्मात्स्थानात्पदात्पदमपि न गन्तव्यम् K. -5 Station, situation, position. -6 Relation, capacity; पितृस्थाने 'in the place or capacity of a father'; भक्ष्यस्थाने Pt.2.26. -7 An abode, a house, dwelling-house; स एव (नक्रः) प्रच्युतः स्थानाच्छुनापि परिभूयते Pt.3.46. -8 (a) A country, region, district. (b) A town, city. -9 Office, rank, dignity; अमात्यस्थाने नियोजितः. -1 Object; गुणाः पूजास्थानं गुणिषु न च लिङ्गं न च वयः U.4.11. -11 An occasion, a matter, subject, cause; पराभ्यूहस्थानाःयपि तनुतराणि स्थगयति Māl.1.14; स्थानं जरापरिभवस्य तदेव पुंसाम् Subhāṣ; so कलह˚, कोप˚, विवाद˚ &c. -12 A fit or proper place; स्थानेष्वेव नियोज्यन्ते भृत्याश्चाभरणानि च Pt. 1.72. -13 A fit or worthy object; स्थाने खलु सज्जति दृष्टिः M.1; see स्थाने also. -14 The place or organ of utterance of any letter; (these are eight :-- अष्टौ स्थानानि वर्णानामुरः कण्ठः शिरस्तथा । जिह्वामूलं च दन्ताश्च नासिकौष्ठौ च तालु च Śik.13.) -15 A holy place. -16 An altar. -17 A place in a town, square, court. -18 The place or sphere assigned after death to persons according as they perform or neglect their prescribed duties. -19 (In politics, war &c.) The firm attitude or bearing of troops, standing firm so as to repel a charge; स्थाने युद्धे च कुशलानभीरुनविकारिणः Ms.7.19. -2 A halt. -21 A stationary condition, a neutral or middle state; स्थानं वृद्धिः क्षयश्चैव त्रिवर्गश्चैव दण्डजः Mb.12.59. 31. -22 That which constitutes the chief strength or the very existence of a kingdom, a stamina of a kingdom; i.e. army, treasure, town, and territory; Ms.7. 56 (where Kull. renders स्थानं by दण्डकोषपुरराष्ट्रात्मकं चतुर्विधम्). -23 Likeness, resemblance. -24 Part or division of a work, section, chapter &c. -25 The character or part of an actor. -26 Interval, opportunity, leisure. -27 (In music) A note, tone, modulation of the voice; तौ तु गान्धर्वतत्त्वज्ञौ स्थानमूर्च्छनकोविदौ Rām.1.4.1 (com.- 'यदूर्ध्वं हृदयग्रन्थे कपोलफलकादधः । प्राणसंचारणस्थानं स्थानमित्यभि- धीयते ॥...... इति शाण्डिल्यः). -28 A pose, posture (of archers etc.). -29 An order of the life (आश्रम); मैत्रेयीति होवाच याज्ञवल्क्य उद्यास्यन्वा अरे$हमस्मात् स्थानादस्मि Bṛi. Up.2. 4.1. -3 Ground (भूमि); स्थानासनिनो भूमि-पाषाण-सिकता- शर्करा-वालुका-भस्मशायिनः Mb.12.192.1. -31 Sustenance, maintenance; यच्चेदं प्रभवः स्थानं भूतानां संयमो यमः । स्वभावेनैव वर्तन्ते द्वन्द्वसृष्टानि भूरिशः ॥ Mb.12.238.2 (com. स्थानं पोषणम्). -32 A mode or attitude in fighting; अस्त्रयन्त्राणि चित्राणि स्थानानि विविधानि च Mb.9.57.18. -33 Storage (of goods); आगमं निर्गमं स्थानं तथा वृद्धिक्षयावुभौ । विचार्य सर्वपण्यानां कारयेत् क्रयविक्रयौ ॥ Ms.8.41. -34 A state of perfect tranquillity. -35 Any organ of sense. -36 Shape, form, appearance (as of the moon). -37 An astronomical mansion. -Comp. -अधिकारः the superintendence of a shrine; Inscr. -अध्यक्षः 1 a local governor. -2 the superintendent of a place. -3 a watchman, police-officer. -आसनम् n. du. standing and sitting down. -आसेधः confinement to a place, imprisonment, arrest; cf. आसेध. -चञ्चला Ocimum Pilosum (Mar. तुकुमराई). -कुटिकासनम् leaving the house or any abode (स्थावरगृहत्याग); शिरसो मुण्डनाद्वापि न स्थानकुटिकासनात् Mb.3.2.14. -चिन्तकः a kind of quarter-master. -च्युत see स्थानभ्रष्ट. -टिप्पटिका the daily account; Śukra 3.369. -दप्ति (in augury) inauspicious on account of situation. -पालः a watchman, sentinel, policeman; Y.2.173. -भूमि f. a dwelling-place, mansion. -भ्रष्ट a. ejected from an office, displaced, dismissed, out of employ. -माहात्म्यम् 1 the greatness or glory of any place. -2 a kind of divine virtue or uncommon sanctity supposed to be inherent in a sacred spot. -मृगः N. of certain animals (such as turtle, crocodile &c.). -योगः assignment of proper places; द्रव्याणां स्थानयोगांश्च क्रयविक्रयमेव च Ms.9.332. -विभागः (in alg.) subdivision of a number according to the position of its figures. -स्थ a. being in one's abode, at home.
sthānakam स्थानकम् [स्थान स्वार्थे क] 1 A position, situation. -2 A particular point or situation in dramatic action; e. g. पताकास्थानक q. v.; स्थानकेन अवलोक्य V.4.44/45; it may also mean 'a kind of posture'. -3 A city, town. -4 A basin. -5 Froth, a kind of scum on spirits or wine. -6 A mode of recitation. -7 A division or section of the Taittirīya, a branch of the Yajurveda. -8 A temple in which the idol is kept in an erect posture. -9 The attitude of the body (in shooting &.).
sphālanam स्फालनम् 1 Quivering, palpitating. -2 Causing to shake about or move. -3 Rubbing, friction; अनवरतधनु- र्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् Ś.2.4. -4 Patting or stroking (as a horse), gentle rubbing.
sphoṭaḥ स्फोटः [स्फुट् करणे घञ्] 1 Breaking forth, splitting open, bursting. -2 Disclosure; as in नर्मस्फोट. -3 A swelling, boil, tumour; अयमपरो गण्डस्थोपरि स्फोटः Mu. 5. -4 The idea which bursts out or flashes on the mind when a sound is uttered, the impression produced on the mind at hearing a sound; बुधैर्वैयाकरणैः प्रधान- भूतस्फोटरूपव्यङ्ग्यव्यञ्जकस्य शब्दस्य ध्वनिरिति व्यवहारः कृतः K. P.1; also see Sarva. S. (पाणिनीयदर्शन). -5 The eternal sound recognised by the Mīmāṁsakas; दिशां त्वमवकाशो$सि दिशः खं स्फोट आश्रयः Bhāg.1.85.9; शृणोति य इमं स्फोटं सुपश्रोत्रे च शून्यदृक् 12.6.4. -Comp. -करः, -बीजकः the marking-nut plant.
sphoṭana स्फोटन a. (-नी f.) [स्फुट्-ल्युट्] Breaking asunder, manifesting, disclosing, making clear. -नः Separated utterance of a close combination of consonants. -नम् 1 Rending, suddenly bursting, splitting, cracking. -2 Winnowing grain. -3 Cracking the finger-joints, snap ping the fingers. -4 The separation of a double consonant.
smaraṇam स्मरणम् [स्मृ-ल्युट्] 1 Remembering, remembrance, recollection; केवलं स्मरणेनैव पुनासि पुरुषं यतः R.1.29. -2 Thinking of or about; यदि हरिस्मरणे सरसं मनः Gīt.1. -3 Memory. -4 Tradition, traditional precept; इति भृगुस्मरणात् (opp. श्रुति). -5 Mental recitation of the name of a deity. -6 Remembering with regret, regretting. -7 Rhetorical recollection, regarded as a figure of speech; thus defined:-- यथानुभवमर्थस्य दृष्टे तत्सदृशे स्मृतिः स्मरणम् K. P.1. -णी A rosary of beads (for counting). -Comp. -अनुग्रहः 1 a kind remembrance. -2 the favour of remembrance; अद्य तूच्चैस्तरं ताभ्यां स्मरणानुग्रहात्तव Ku. 6.19. -अपत्यतर्पकः a turtle, tortoise. -अयौगपद्यम् the non-simultaneousness of recollections. -पदवी death. स्मरणीय smaraṇīya स्मर्तव्य smartavya स्मर्य smarya स्मरणीय स्मर्तव्य स्मर्य a. To be remembered, memorable.
srasta स्रस्त p. p. [स्रंस्-क्त] 1 Fallen or dropped down, slipped off, fallen off; स्रस्तं शरं चापमपि स्वहस्तात् Ku.3.51; कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.12; Ki.5.33; Me. 65. -2 Drooping, hanging loosely down; विषादस्रस्तसर्वाङ्गी Mk.4.8; स्रस्तांसावतिमात्रलोहिततलौ बाहू घटोत्क्षेपणात् Ś.1.29. -3 Loosed. -4 Let go, relaxed. -5 Pendulous, hanging down. -6 Separated. -Comp. -अङ्ग, -गात्र a. 1 having the limbs relaxed. -2 swooning, fainting. -अपान a. having prolapsus ani. -हस्त a. letting go the hold.
svastikaḥ स्वस्तिकः [स्वस्ति शुभाय हितं क] 1 A kind of mystical mark () on persons or things denoting good luck. -2 A lucky object. -3 The meeting of four roads. -4 The crossing of the arms, making a sign like the cross; स्तनविनिहितहस्तस्वस्तिकाभिर्वधूभिः Māl.4.1; Śi.1.43. -5 A palace of particular form. -6 A particular symbol made with ground rice and shaped like a triangle. -7 A kind of cake. -8 A voluptuary, libertine. -9 Garlic. -1 A kind of bard (who utters words of eulogy); पुरःसरैः स्वस्तिकसूतमागधैः Rām.2.16.46 (com. स्वस्तिका जयजयेति वादिनो बन्दिनः). -कः, -कम् 1 A mansion or temple of a particular form with a terrace in front. -2 A particular mode of sitting practised by Yogins (in which the toes are placed in the inner hollow of the knees). -3 A seat (पीठ) prepared for a deity; Mb.12.4.7. (com. स्वस्तिकान् सर्वतोभद्राद्यङ्कितानि देवतापीठानि). -Comp. -कर्ण a. marked on the ear with the figure स्वस्तिक. -पाणि a. 1 crossing hands like स्वस्तिकं. -2 holding auspicious things in hands; श्रुत्वा चेदं वचनं पार्थिवस्य सर्वं पुरं स्वस्तिकपाणिभूतम् Mb.4.68.27 (com. स्वस्तिकं मङ्गलारार्तिकादि दधिदूर्वादि च पाणौ यस्य तत् स्वस्तिकपाणिभूतम्).
hāvaḥ हावः [ह्वे-भावे घञ् नि˚, संप्र˚ हु-करणे घञ् वा, ] 1 A call, calling. -2 Any feminine coquettish gesture calculated to excite amorous sensations, dalliance (of love), blandishments; हावहारि हसितं वचनानां कौशलं दृशि विकारविशेषाः Śi.1.13; जगुः सरागं ननृतुः सहावम् Bk.3.43; गतैः सहावैः कलहंसविक्रमम् Ki.8.29. (हाव is thus defined by उज्ज्वल- मणि :-- ग्रीवारेचकसंयुक्तो भ्रूनेत्रादिविकासकृत् । भावादीषत् प्रकाशो यः स हाव इति कथ्यते ॥ see S. D.127 also.
heḍ हेड् I. 1. Ā. (हेडते) To disregard, slight, neglect; अहेडमानास्त्वरया स्म दूता रात्र्यां तु ते तत्पुरमेव याताः Rām.2.68. 22. -II. 1 P. (हेडति) 1 To surround. -2 To attire.
hrepaṇam ह्रेपणम् The act of putting to shame, excelling, surpassing. -2 Embarrassment.
Macdonell Vedic Search
13 results
acitti á-citti, f. (K.) thoughtlessness, vii. 86, 6.
ad ad, eat, II. P. átti, ii. 35, 7; x. 15, 8. 11. 12 [Lat. edo, Gk. ἔδω, Eng. eat].
adri á-dri, m. rock, i. 85, 5 [not splitting: dṛ pierce].
āsīna á̄s-īna, irr. pr. pt. Ā., sitting, x. 15, 7 [ās sit].
ud ud wet, VII. P. unátti, undánti [cp. Lat. und-a ‘wave’]. ví- moisten, drench, i. 85, 5; v. 83, 8.
gartasad garta-sád, a. (Tp.) sitting on a car-seat, ii. 33, 11.
gharmasad gharma-sád, a. (Tp.) sitting at the heating vessel, x 15, 9. 10 [sad sit].
chand Chand seem, II. P. chántti; pf. cachánda, vii. 63, 3; seem good, please, 3. s. s ao. áchān, x. 34, 1.
dadhāna dádh-āna, pr. pt. Ā. committing, assuming, i. 35, 4; ii. 12, 10; = going, x. 15, 10 [dhā put].
barhiṣad barhi-ṣád, a. (Tp.) sitting on the sacrificial grass, x. 15, 3. 4 [for barhiḥ-ṣád: sad sit].
bhid bhid split, VII. bhinátti [Lat. find-o]. ví- split open, i. 85, 10.
vid 1. vid know, II. P. vétti; pr. sb. know of (gen.), ii. 35, 2; ipv. viddhi, viii. 48, 8; pf. véda, viii. 29, 6; s. 2. véttha, x. 15, 13; 3. véda, x. 129, 62. 72; pl. 1. vidmá, x. 15, 13 [Gk. οɩ̂̓δα, ἴδμεν; AS. ic wāt, wē witon; Eng. I wot; Lat. vid-ēre ‘see’] .prá- know, x. 15, 13.
sic sic pour, VI. siñcá, i. 85, 11 [OG. sīg-u ‘drip’, Lettic sik-u ‘fall’ of water]. ní- pour down, v. 83, 8.
Macdonell Search
493 results
agnyagāra m. place for sacred fire; -½âdhâna, n. setting up the sacred fire; -½âdhéya, n. id.; -½âhita, (pp.) m. one who has set up the sacred fire; -½utsâdin, a. letting out the sacred fire.
aṅkeśaya a. lying --, sitting on the lap.
ajyeṣṭha a. not the eldest: pl. of whom none is the eldest; not the best; -vritti, a. not behaving as an elder brother.
ajñānatas ad. unwittingly.
ativṛtta pp. long past; -vritti, f. trespass; -vriddhi, f. excessive growth; -vrishti, f. excessive rain: -da, a. giving --.
agorudha a. admitting cows.
adri m. [not splitting], rock, hill, mountain-range; stone (as missile); pressing stone; cloud; -grahana, n. reverberation; -dugdha, pp. milked, i. e. pressed out, with stones; -pati, m. Himâlaya: -kanyâ, f.Pâr vatî; -budhna, a. founded on rock; -bhed ana, n. cleaving of rocks.
adhaḥśaya a. lying on the ground; -sayyâ, f. sleeping on the ground: -½âsanin, a. sleeping and sitting on the ground.
adhyāsita (pp.) n. the sitting upon.
adhyāsin a. sitting upon.
anāyatta pp. independent; -vritti-tâ, f. independence.
aniyata pp. unrestrained, un limited, uncertain; unusual; -vritti, a. hav ing no fixed means of livelihood; -velam, ad. at an uncertain time.
anuttama a. (without a highest), highest, most excellent; mightiest; -uttara, a. not answering; unanswerable; n. unsatis factory answer in court: -tva, n. abst. n.; -uttara&ndot;ga, a. not billowy; -utthâna, n. lack of energy; -utpatti, f. non-production; -utpâda, m. id.; non-appearance; -utsâha, m. absence of energy; -utsâhin, a. weak willed; -utsuka-tâ, f. unassumingness, mo desty; -utsûtra-pada-nyâsa, a.without a step against the rules of policy; without a word against grammatical rules; -utseka, m. lack of presumption, modesty; -utsekin, a. unassuming, modest, humble.
anyāya m. unseemly behaviour, unlawful conduct; -vartin, a., -vritta, pp., -vritti, a. behaving unbecomingly.
anyathādarśana n. wrong in vestigation (leg.); -prathâ, f. becoming dif ferent; -buddhi, f. prejudice; -bhâva, m. change; difference; -½abhidhâna, n. false evi dence; -vâdin, a. giving false evidence, rais ing a false suit: (di)-tva, n. abst. n.; -vritti, a. of changed mood, agitated; -sambhâvanâ, f. false supposition; distrust; -sambhâvin, a. distrustful; -siddha, pp. falsely proved; -siddhi, f. false proof; -stotra,n. ironical praise.
anvādhi m. object handed over for delivery to a third person; -âdheya, -ka, n. property obtained by a woman after marriage; -½ârohana, n. mounting the funeral pyre after the husband; -½âsana, n. sitting down after another; attendance on; -½âhâr yã, n. new moon funeral feast in honour of Manes: -pákana, n. southern sacred fire.
apakartana n. cutting in pieces; -kartri, m. injurer; -karman, n. delivery; -karsha, m. removal; decrease; deterioration; low position; annulment; anticipation (gr.); -karshaka, a. diminishing, detracting; -kar shana, a. id.; n. removal; degradation; -kar shin, a. drawing away; -kalmasha, a. free from sin; -kâra, m., -tâ, f. hurt, injury; -kârin, a. injurious; offensive; mischievous; -kîrtya, fp. dishonourable.
apacchattra a. lacking an um brella; -kkhâya, a. shadowless; -kkheda, m., -na, n. cutting off, separation, division.
apavikṣata pp. unhurt; -vi ghna, a. free from hindrances; -viddha, pp. √ vyadh; -vidyâ, f. bad knowledge; igno rance; -vritta, pp. ill-behaved; -vritti, f. running down, coming to an end; -vedha, m. faulty perforation.
apiśasas ab. inf. w. purâ: with out cutting away.
apraja a. childless; f. â, not bear ing; -gagñi, a. ignorant; unfertile; -gana, a. not begetting: -tva, n. abst. n.; -gas, a. child less; -gás-tâ, f., -gasyá, n. childlessness.
abhimāti f. hostility, plotting; enemy; -mâtín, m. foe; -mâna, m. hostility; pride; self-consciousness (ph.); fancying oneself possessed of; erroneous assumption; affec tion; -mâna-vat, a. proud; assuming oneself to have (--°ree;); -mâna-sâlin, a. haughty, proud; -mânin, a. conceited; proud; --°ree;, fancying oneself to have or to be, passing for; repre senting, meaning: (i)-tâ, f. self-conceit, (i) tva, n. considering oneself to be (--°ree;).
abhrūvilāsa a. not coquetting with the brows.
abhyupagama m. admission; promise; -½upapatti, f. coming to the rescue; aid; -½upapâdana, n. id.; -½upâya, m. expe dient: -tas, ad. with all means.
amogha a. not vain, unerring; in fallible; -krodha-harsha, a. not angry or rejoicing in vain; -darsana, a. not appearing in vain, i. e. bringing luck (Pr.); -patana, a. not falling in vain, hitting themark; -vakana, a. whose word is not idle.
ambūkṛta pp. accompanied by spitting; n. bellowing with foaming at the mouth.
arthāgama m. substantial income; -½âtura, a. avaricious; -½âtman, m. true na ture; -½adhikâra, m. administration of money; -½antara, n. another thing; different meaning: -nyâsa, m.adduction of another case, general or particular corroboration (a rhetorical fig.); -½âpatti, f. self-evidence; kind of rhetorical figure; -½abhiprâya, m. meaning intended; -½argana, n. acquisition of property; -½arth am, ad. for the sake of money; -½arthi-tâ, f. desire of wealth; -½arthin, a. interested, selfish; -½avamarda, m. prodigality; -½âsâ, f. desire for money; -½âharana, n. accumu lation of money; adduction of meanings.
alaṅghita pp. untrodden; untouched, unattained; -pûrva, a. not infringed before; -½âtman, a. not forgetting oneself.
avakhaṇḍana n. splitting, dismembering; -khâdá, m. consumption; consumer.
avakraya m. letting, leasing.
avakarta m. chip; -ana, n. cutting off; -in, a. cutting off (--°ree;).
avanati f. going down, setting; humiliation; -namra, a. bent, bowed.
avaloka m. observation; sight, view; -ana, n. look at; glance; sight, inspec tion; view; appearance; -ayitri, m. observer; -itâ, f. N.; -ita½îsvara, m. N. of a Bodhi sattva; -in, a. looking at; -lopana,n. cutting off, destroying, injuring.
avahanana n. threshing, un husking; lung; -hâra, m. putting off; -hârya, fp. to be made to pay (ac.); that must be caused to be paid; -hâsa, m. jest; derision; -hâsya, fp. ridiculous: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -hita, pp. √ dhâ; -helâ, f. contempt: in. with the greatest ease.
avasakta pp. (√ sañg) fixed; -sak thikâ, f. loin cloth: -m kri, place a cloth round the loins; -sanna, pp. ended, waned; spent; -sara, m. occasion, opportunity; right time; appropriateness, use; turn; -sárpana, n. descent; -sarpinî, f. descending cycle; -sâda, m. sitting down; sinking; exhaustion, lassi tude; defeat: -na, n. discouragement; de jection; -s&asharp;na, n. resting-place; cessation; end; death; end of a sentence or verse; pause: -bhûmi, f. acme; -sita, pp. (√ sâ) ended: -½artha, a. satisfied; -siti, f. conclusion, end; -seka, m. sprinkling; bleeding (by leeches); -sekana, n. sprinkling; water for washing; bleeding.
aviśrama a. unceasing, unremit ting; -srambha, m. mistrust: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -srânta, pp. unceasing; -srâma, a. not rest ing; unceasing, unremitting: -m, ad. without resting.
asat pr. pt. non-existent; untrue; bad; -î, f. unchaste woman; n. non-entity; lie; evil; -kalpanâ, f. false supposition; lie; -krita, pp. badly treated; offered ungraciously; n. injury; -tva, n. non-existence:-vakana, a. expressing no entity: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -putra, a. sonless; -pratigraha, m. acceptance of a gift from an unworthy person; -pralâpa, m. empty talk; -pravritti, f. evil course of action.
astaṃyat pr. pt. setting.
asta n. home, abode; setting; my thical western mountain behind which sun and moon set: -m, ad. home, with verbs of going= set (stars, sun, moon); go to rest; die.
asenya a. not hitting or wounding.
asmṛti f. forgetting.
ākṣepa m. turning up (soil); quiv ering, convulsion; putting on (salve); throw ing off; abandonment; enrapturing (g. or --°ree;); reference to (--°ree;); hint; challenge; abuse, af front; -na, a. (î) ravishing, charming; -rûpaka, n. kind of simile; -valana, n. swaying (of the arms); -sûtra, n. thread for stringing pearls; -½upamâ, f. kind of simile.
āgrathana n. putting on (girdle).
āgneya a. (î) relating to fire or Agni; n. the lunar mansion Krittikâ.
ātmayājin a. sacrificing oneself; -yoni, m. ep. of Kâma & Vishnu; -rakshana, n. self-protection; -lâbha, m. one's own advantage; attainment of life, birth; -vat, ad. like oneself; a. animate; self-controlled; sensible; personal: w. sruta, n.=knowledge of men: -tâ, f. self-control; -vadha, m., -va dhyâ, f. suicide; -varga, m. one's own party; -vasa, a. depending on oneself; -vasya, a. that one has in one's power; -vikraya, m. selling one's freedom; -vit-tâ, f. self-knowledge; -víd, a. knowing the universal soul; -vidy&asharp;, f. knowledge of the universal soul; -vidhitsâ, f. selfishness; -vivriddhi, f. self-aggrandisement; -vrittânta,m. n. account of oneself; -vritti, f. one's own condition.
ātyayika a. admitting of no delay, urgent.
āpad f. [getting into trouble], mis fortune, disaster, adversity, distress: -uddha rana, n. relieving from distress; -gata, pp. fallen into misfortune; -dharma, m. rules ap plying in case of distress.
āpāta m. onset, attack; rushing into (--°ree;); unexpected appearance, setting in: °ree;-or -tas, at once, at first sight: -mâtre or -mâtra-, at the first moment only.
ārambha m. setting about; under taking; beginning; -na, n. taking hold; handle; support; make-shift; -nîya, fp. to be begun with: â, f. N. of certain verses; -tâ, f. beginning; -ruki, a. enterprising: -tâ, f. de light in undertakings.
āropa m. placing upon; attribu tion; substitution for, identification with (lc.); -aka, a. planting (--°ree;); -ana, n. causing to ascend; setting up; putting on; stringing (a bow); identification; -anîya, fp.that should be caused to ascend (lc.); -ita, pp. cs. from √ ruh; -ya, fp. to be placed upon.
ālīḍha pp. √ lih; n. kind of atti tude in drawing a bow: -visesha-sobhin, a. specially conspicuous owing to this attitude.
āsādana n. setting down; ob tainment of (--°ree;); -ita, cs. pp. √ sad: -vi graha, a. used to war; -ya, gd. √ sad.
āsana n. sitting, sitting down; sitting posture; halting, encamping; abiding; seat; position, office (of a king); -bandha, m. sitting down; -vat, a. having a seat, sitting; -vidhi, m. offer of a seat; -stha, a. sitting.
āhāraviraha m. want of food; -vritti, f. subsistence; -½arthin, a. seeking food.
āsīna pr. pt. (√ âs) sitting: -pra- kalâyita, n. nodding with sleep while sitting.
ucchikhaṇḍa a. with tail out spread; -khitti, f. destruction, extermina tion; -khinna, pp. (√ khid) cut off; m. (sc. sandhi) peace bought by ceding fertile terri tory; -khiras, a. holding the head high; -khilîmdhra, n. luxuriant mushroom; a. covered with mushrooms.
uñcha m. n. gleaning ears of grain; -na, n. id.; -vritti, a. living by gleaning; m. gleaner; -shashtha, n. sixth part of the gleanings.
ujjha a. abandoning, neglecting, for getting (--°ree;); -ana, n. removal; avoidance.
ucchraya m. rise, elevation; height; growth: -na, n. raising, setting up; -khrâya, m. rise, elevation; height, growth, increase; -khrita, pp. (√ sri) high; exalted; -khriti, f. rise, exaltation; growth, increase.
uccheda m., -ana, n. cutting or chop ping off; destruction, extermination: -anîya, fp. to be cut off; -in, a. destroying (--°ree;); -ya, fp. to be destroyed.
uttejanā f. whetting.
utpāda m. issuing forth, produc tion, birth; -aka, a. (ikâ) producing, pro ductive; m. producer, shedder; father; -ana, a. (î) producing; n. begetting, bearing; ef fecting; procuring; -ayitrî, f. producer;-in, a. produced or born; producing, causing (--°ree;).
utsṛṣṭi f. letting out.
utsarga m. emission, discharge; evacuation; throwing away; laying aside; setting free, liberation; donation; abandon ment, relinquishment; cessation; restitution; general rule; (sc. khandasâm)ceremony on suspension of Vedic study; -sargana, a. (î) re jecting; n. letting go, dismissal; cessation; ceremony on suspension of Vedic study.
udagayana n. sun's northern course; half year from winter to summer solstice; -âvritti, f. sun's turn to the north; -dasa, a. having the seam turned upward or northward; -dvâra, a. having a northern entrance.
udayācala m. sunrise mountain; -½âditya, m. N. of a man; -½anta, a. ending with sunrise; -½âvritti, f. turning towards the rise of the sun.
udgiraṇa n. spitting, vomiting.
udgāra m. spitting out; exuda tion; throwing out; pouring forth; flood; saliva; roar; -in, a. belching, spitting; emit ting, exhaling, pouring forth, uttering (--°ree;).
udīcya a. northern; m. pl. Northmen; -vritti, f. usage of the north country.
udvegin a. getting excited.
udvanhi a. emitting sparks of fire.
unmārga m. wrong road; evil course: -gâmin, a., -yâta, pp., -vartin, a., -vritti, a. following evil courses.
upaniṣad f. [sitting down be side], secret or esoteric doctrine; N. of a class of works treating of the secret meaning of the Veda.
upadhā f. fraud; intrigue; moral test; penultimate or preceding letter (gr.); (&asharp;)-na, a. putting on; n. placing upon; cushion, pillow; -nîya, n. cushion; -yin, a. making a pillow of (--°ree;).
upabandha m. connexion; employ ment (of a word); kind of sitting posture.
upaveśana n. sitting down, seat; undergoing (--°ree;); -in, a. undergoing, practising (--°ree;).
upastha m. lap; driver's seat; m. n. organs of generation: -nigraha, m. control of the sexual passion; -sthâtavya, fp. n. one should appear; one should wait upon; -sthâ tri, a. putting in an appearance (leg.); -sth&asharp; na, n. presence; approach; attendance; ser vice; veneration; assembly; -sthâyika, m. attendant on the sick; -sthâyin, a. putting in an appearance (leg.); -sthita, pp. √ sthâ.
upāvasāyin a. submitting to (g.).
upasaṃkrānti f. getting across.
ṛta pp. fitting, right; upright, honest; true; n. established order; sacred ordinance, pious work, sacrifice, rite; divine law; truth, right: -m, ad. rightly, properly: w. i, go the right way (also fig.); w. vad,promise; in. ad. duly; justly; truly; indeed; -g&asharp;ta, pp. duly produced; sacred: -gñ&asharp;, a. knowing the divine law, pious; -dyumna, a. delighting in truth; -ní, a. guiding rightly; -p&asharp;, a. maintaining the divine law; (á)-pragâta, pp. =rita-gâta.
ekaika a. one each time, each singly, every single (sts. pl.): -m, ad.: -vritti, a. belonging to each single object; -sas, ad. one by one, singly, severally.
evaṃvādin a. speaking thus; -víd, a., -vidvás, pt. knowing thus, having such knowledge; well instructed, knowing what is right; -vidha, a. of such sort, such-like; -vishaya, a. directed to orrelating to this; -vritta, pp. behaving thus; of such a kind; in this condition; -vritti, a. id.
aiśvara a. (î) befitting a lord, majestic; belonging to Siva; n. supreme dominion; -ya, n. position of a great lord; kingly state; supreme dominion; control; lordship or do minion of (g., lc., --°ree;); kingdom: -vat, a. possessed of supreme power.
kaṭa m. mat; elephant's temple; a certain throw in a game of dice; corpse; -ka, m. mat; m. n. rope; bracelet; valley; royal camp; caravan; collection; -karana, n., -kriyâ, f. platting of mats.
kaṭhora a. hard, firm, solid; sharp, cutting (wind); piercing (cry); hard-hearted; luxuriant: -m, ad.; -kitta, a. hard-hearted: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -tâ, f. hardness; -târâdhipa, m. full moon.
kapola m. cheek; -kâsha, m. object which rubs against the cheek; -pâlî, f. edge of the cheek; -phalaka, n., -bhitti, f., -mû la, n. cheek-bone.
kartana n. cutting off; -ari, -kâ, f. cutting instrument, scissors; -arî, f. id.
kaṣa a. scraping (--°ree;); m. touchstone: -na, n. rubbing, scraping, friction; -pattikâ, f., -pâshâna, m. touchstone.
kāryavat a. having business to attend to; busy; having an object: -tâ, f. business; -vasa, m. influence of an object: ab. from interested motives; -vinimaya, m. mutual engagement to do something;-vi nirnaya, m. legal decision of a case; -vi patti, f. failure of an object; -vrittânta, m. fact of a matter; -vyasana, n. failure of an object; -sesha, m. what remains to be done, completion of undertakings; -siddhi, f. suc cess of a matter; -hantri, m. thwarter of one's interest; -hetu, m. motive of carrying out one's designs: ab. with a view to one's interests.
kāśi m. closed hand or fist; hand ful: pl. N. of a people; f. i or î, Benares: i-ka, a. coming from Kâsi or Benares: â, f. Benares; T. of a commentary (probably 7th century a. d.) on Pânini by Vâmana and Gayâditya (sc. vritti); -in, a. having the ap pearance of (--°ree;); i-páti, m. lord of the Kâsis; -purî, f. city of Benares.
kāvyādarśa m. Mirror of poetry: T. of a work on poetics by Dandin (6th century a.d.); -½alamkâra, m. Ornament of poetry: T. of a work by Vâmana (9th century): -sûtra, n. pl. Vâmana'sSûtras, -vritti, f. his commentary on them.
kuśala a. appropriate, fitting; pro fitable; salutary; healthy, well; skilful, ex pert, experienced (in, g., lc., inf., --°ree;): -m man, approve; -m, ad. duly; mildly; n. good con dition, due order; welfare, prosperity; health; expertness, skill; kusalam te, how do you do? good luck to you! -m brû, -vak, or -vad, wish any one good luck; -m, in., °ree;--, duly, regularly.
kuvivāha m. low marriage; -vritti, f. poor maintenance; -vedhas, m. evil fate; -vaidya, m. bad physician; -vyâpâra, m. low occupation.
kṛntana n. cutting up or off.
koṭi f. curved tip (of a bow, talons, etc.); point; extremity, height, highest degree; ten millions; -ka, m. kind of frog; -kâ, f. extreme point: --°ree;,=outcast, scum of; -mat, a. pointed; -vedhin, a.hitting the extreme=accomplishing a most difficult task; -sas, ad. to the number of ten millions.
kaumuda m. pat. descendant of Ku muda; the month Kârttika (October--Novem ber); î, f. moonlight: --°ree;, common in titles of works; -ikâ, f. N. of a maid; -vateya, m. met. fr. Kumudvatî.
krauñca m. (î) curlew; N. of a moun tain cleft by Kârttikeya; -ripu, -satru, m. ep. of Kârttikeya.
kṣīṇa pp. √ 3. kshi: -karman, a. whose desire for action is at an end; -kosa, a. whose treasury is exhausted; -tamas, m. N. of a Vihâra; -tâ, f. injury, damage; -tva, n. disappearance; -vritti, a.whose provisions are exhausted; -½âdhi, a. freed from distress; -½âyus, a. moribund.
gaṇḍa m. (--°ree;, a. â, î) cheek, side of the face, side; -karata, m. elephant's temples; -kâsha, m. rubbing of the cheek; -kî, f. N. of a river; -bhitti, f. cheek-bone; -mâlin, a. having scrofulous swellings of the glands of the neck; -lekhâ, f. region of the cheek; -saila, m. large boulder; cheek-bone; N. of the pleasure-garden of the Apsaras; -syâma mada-kyuti, a. from whose cheeks brown juice trickles down; -sthala, n.:î, f. cheek (--°ree;, a. â, î).
gavākṣa m. (bull's eye), round window, air-hole; (n. ?) N. of a lake: i-ta, pp. latticed (with, in.).
gāmin a. going anywhere (ad., prati, or *ac.); gnly. --°ree;, going, moving, walking (in, to, like); having sexual intercourse with; reaching or extending to; devolving on; be fitting, behoving; obtaining; directed to; re lating to.
gurulaghutā f. great and little value; -lâghava, n. importance and insig nificance, relative value; -loka, m. powerful men; -vat, ad. like a preceptor (=nm. or lc.); -vâsa, m. sojourn with a preceptor, pupilage; -vritti, f. (proper) behaviour towards one's teacher: -para, a. intent on one's teacher; -susrûshâ, f. obedience towards one's teacher; -susrûshu, a. obedient to one's teacher; -sa khî, f. female friend of an elder relative; -samnidhi, m. presence of the teacher; -sam avâya, m. plurality of teachers; -strî-gam anîya, fp. relating to adultery with a teach er's wife.
gomithuna n. sg. and du. bull and cow; -min, m. possessor of cattle; -mukha, m. kind of musical instrument; N. of several men; -mûtra, n. cow's urine; -mrigá, m. kind of buffalo; -mriga-kâka-karyâ, f. man ner of cows in walking, deer in standing, and crows in sitting; -medha, -yagña, m. cow-sacrifice.
grahaṇa a. holding (--°ree;); n. gráhana, seizing, holding, capturing; eclipse; obtaining, receiving; buying; reverberation; catching, absorbing; putting on (clothes), assuming (a body); undergoing; pronouncing, mentioning; using an expression, employment, word mentioned; learning; perception, understanding; taking to mean.
citraka m. small hunting leopard (Cheeta); n. mark (--°ree;, a. characterised by); picture, painting; -kara, m. painter (a mixed caste); -karman, n. painting; picture; adornment (Pr.); -kûta, m. hill of pleasure; (Bright-peak), N. of a mountain (in Bun delkund, now Kitrakote); N. of a town; -krit, m. painter; -kritya, n. painting; -ga, a., -gata, pp. (belonging to a picture), painted; -gupta, m. N. of a recorder of human actions in Yama's realm; -griha, n. apartment adorned with pictures; -grâvan, a. stony; -grîva, m. Spotted-neck, N. of a pigeon king; -nyasta, pp. put on canvas, painted; -paksha, m. (spotted-wing), kind of pigeon; N. of a demon causing headache; -pata, m. picture; -patta, m. id.: -gata, pp. painted; -putrikâ, f. female portrait; -phalaka, picture-panel, painting; (á)-bhânu, a. shining brightly; m. fire, Agni; -bhâshya, n. eloquence; -bhitti,f. painted wall, wall-painting; -mriga, m. spotted antelope.
cittākarṣaṇa n. winning of the heart; -½âkarshin, a. charming the heart; -½anuvartin, a. gratifying (g., --°ree;); -½anu vritti, f. gratification.
cittakheda m. affliction, grief; -kaura, m. heart-stealer, lover; -ga, m. (heart-born), love; Kâma; -ganman, m. id.; -gña, a. knowing the intentions or heart of (g.); having knowledge of human nature; -nâtha, m. heart's lord, lover; -nâsa, m. loss of con sciousness; -nirvritti, f. peace of mind; -pramâthin, a. disturbing the mind; -bheda, m. depression of mind; -bhrama, m. men tal confusion; -bhrânti, f., -moha,m. id.; -yoni, m. (having its origin in the mind), love; -rañgana, n. gladdening of hearts; -vat, a. rational, sensible, wise; -vikâra, m. mental derangement; -viplava, m. id., mad ness; -vislesha, m. alienation of hearts; breach of friendship with (in.); -vritti, f. mental disposition, sentiments, feeling; train of thought; frame of mind, mental process; -hârin, a. ravishing.
caurya n. theft; stealth, defrauda tion, fraud: -ka, n. id.; -bhaya, n. fear owing to one's theft; -rata, n. stealthy enjoyment of love, adultery; -vritti, a. living by theft.
cheda m. one who cuts down (--°ree;); cut, piece, slice; slit; cutting, cutting off or down (g. or --°ree;); separation; destruction, dissipation; interruption; cessation, failure, lack; exact statement, definition; decision, settlement of a dispute (in all these senses generally --°ree;).
chid a. cutting off; splitting, pierc ing; destroying, removing (--°ree;); f. cutting off; --°ree;, destruction.
choṭana n. cutting off; -ikâ, f. snap (with forefinger and thumb).
chedana a. cutting; destroying; n. cutting; cutting off or down; splitting; break ing (int.); -anîya, fp. to be cut up; -in, a. cutting off; splitting, breaking; destroying, removing (--°ree;); -ya, fp. to be cut; to be cut off or mutilated.
chedaka a. cutting off or in pieces (--°ree;).
janaka a. begetting; producing; m. father; N., esp. of a king of Videha (Mithilâ).
jātakarman n. after-birth cere mony; -dosha, a. guilty; -nashta, pp. hav ing appeared and disappeared; -paksha, a. fledged; -prâya, a. almost come to pass; -preta, pp. first born and thendeceased; -mâtra, a. but just born, only just arisen; -rûpa, a. of native beauty, beauteous; golden; n. gold: -maya, a. (î) golden; -vat, a. born; containing a derivative of the √ gan; -vâsaka, n. lying-in room; -vâsa-griha, n. (apart ment in which living takes place), sitting room; (á)-vidyâ, f. science of the origin or of the essence of things, metaphysics; -vi nashta, pp.=gâta-nashta; -visvâsa, a. hav ing confidence engendered, inspired with con fidence; (á)-vedas, a. having knowledge of beings; m. Agni; (C.) fire; -vesman, n. chamber of a new-born infant; lying-in room; -silâ, f. (real=) massive stone; -samkalpa, a. resolved; enamoured.
jālodgīrṇa pp. issuing from the lattices.
jālaka n. net; web; lattice; clus ter of buds; multitude; -kâra, m. spider: -ka, m. id.; -gavâksha, m. lattice window; -m dhara, n. N. of a locality; -pâda, m. web footed bird; N. of a magician; -pâsa,m. single thread of a web; -pura, n. N. of a city; -bandha, m. snare, gin; -mâlâ, f. net; -vat, a. having a net; furnished with lattices.
jāla n. net; chain armour; wire hel met; lattice; network, dense mass; multitude; cluster; lion's mane; web-membrane (between the fingers or toes of divine beings or extraor dinary men); fraud, magic, illusion.
jyeṣṭhatara cpv. m. one of the elders; â, f. nurse; -tâ, f., -tva, n. superiority, pre cedence; primogeniture; -pâla, m. N.; -va yas, a. older than (--°ree;); -varnin, m. Brâhman; -vritti, a. behaving like an elder brother; -sâman, n. N. of a Sâman; a. one who chants this Sâman; -sâma-ga, a. id.; -½âsrama, m. most excellent order (that of the householder); a. living in the householder stage.
takṣa m. carpenter (--°ree;); N. of a son of Bharata: -ká, m. cutter (--°ree;); N. of a serpent demon; -ana, n. cutting, carving; planing.
tadrasa m. essence of it; -râga, m. suffix attached to the name of a people to designate their king; -rûpa, a. of such kind or appearance; of the same kind; -vamsya, m. relative of that ruler; -vaktri, m.propounder of that; -vat, 1. ad. in this way, thus; similarly, likewise, also; 2. a. possess ing or containing that: -tâ, f. conformity, harmony; -vayas, a. of the same age; -víd, a. knowing or versed in that; m. connoisseur; -vidha, a. of such a kind, such, such-like; corresponding thereto: -tva, n. corresponding nature; -vishaya, a. belonging to that cate gory; having that as an object; -vritti, a. living according to that; -vrata, a. fulfilling duties towards him, her, or them.
tāraka a. (ikâ) putting across, de livering; m. N. of a Daitya (slain by Indra): pl. children of Târaka.
tāra a. [√ trî] penetrating, piercing; shrill, high, loud; sparkling: -m, cpv. -ta ram, spv. -tamam, ad.; m. n. loud, high, or shrill sound; m. pearl of pure water; putting across (--°ree;); sacred syllable om or other mys tic monosyllable in a Tantra; â, f. N.
tālin a. 1. provided with cymbals; 2. sitting upon (--°ree;).
tittiri m. francolin partridge; N. of an ancient teacher, a pupil of Yâska and founder of the Taittirîya school; N. of a Nâga.
tejana n. sharpening; kindling; point, arrow-head; shaft of an arrow; reed, cane; î, f. bundle of reeds, matting; bunch, roll, twist.
taittirīya m. pl. N. of a school of the Yagur-veda: -ka, a. belonging to the school of the Taittirîyas; -prâtisâkhya, n. Prâtisâkhya of the Taittirîyas; -yagur-veda, m. the Yagur-veda of the Taittirîyas;-sâkhâ, f. the school of the Taittirîyas; -samhitâ, f. the Samhitâ of the Taittirîyas; -½âranyaka, n. an Âranyaka of the Taittirîyas; -½upani shad, f. the Taittirîya Upanishad.
taittira a. (î) produced from par tridges; descended from Tittiri.
tyāga m. abandonment, desertion; quitting; giving up, sacrifice, renunciation; liberality: -karma-samanvita, pp. linked with charity; -sîla, a. liberal: -tâ, f. liberality.
da a. cutting off, destroying (--°ree;).
daṇḍakāṣṭha n. wooden staff; -ghna, a. striking with a staff, committing assault; -kakra, n. detachment of an army -tâdana, n. chastisement with a stick; -tva, n. condition of a staff; -dâsa, m.slave for (non-payment of) a fine, one who serves out a fine; -dhara, a. wielding the rod or sceptre over, punishing, chastising (g.); m. prince, king; judge, magistrate; leader of a troop; ep. of Yama: -½adhipati, m. chief of judges, king; -dhâra, a. wielding the rod, exercising judicial authority: -ka, a. id.; -dhârana, n. bearing of a staff; employment of force; chastisement.
dantacchada m. (tooth-covering), lip; -ganman, n. growth of the teeth; -gâta, pp. having teethed; -dyut, f. glitter of the teeth; -dhâva, m. cleansing the teeth; -dhâv ana, n. id.; splint of wood chewed for clean ing the teeth; -pattra, n. kind of ear orna ment: i-kâ, f. id.; -pâñkâlikâ, f. doll of ivory; -pâli, f. ivory sword hilt; -prakshâl ana, n. cleansing of the teeth; means for cleansing the teeth; -praveshta, m. (?) ring round an elephant's tusk; -bha&ndot;ga, m. break ing or splitting of the teeth; -maya, a. made of ivory; -mâmsa, n. gum; -mûlá, n. root of a tooth; -mûlîya, a. dental (letter); -rak anâ, f. cleansing of the teeth; -vakra, m. N. of a prince; -vâsas, n. (cover of the teeth), lip; -vînâ, f. chattering of the teeth (lit. teeth-lute): -m vâdaya, play the teeth lute=have chattering of the teeth (from cold); -veshta, m. gum: du. gums; -vyâpâra,m. working in ivory; -suddhi, f. cleansing the teeth; -sodhana, n. id.; -samgharsha, m. grinding of the teeth.
thūtkṛta pp. n. noise made in spitting.
darśaka a. seeing, getting sight of (g.); causing to be seen, showing, pointing out, exposing, making evident (g., --°ree;): lohi tasya --, causing blood to flow, drawing blood.
thūtkāra m. noise made in spitting.
dāru n. [splitting: √ drî] log, (piece of) wood, stick; species of pine (pinus deodora).
dārin a. splitting, destroying (--°ree; or g.).
dāhin a. burning, setting on fire; flaming; burning hot.
dāhaka a. (ikâ) burning, setting on fire.
dīpana a. (î) inflaming, exciting; promoting digestion; n. setting on fire; il luminating.
durvaca a. ill-spoken, abusive (word); hard to answer; -vakana, n. pl. hard words, abuse (Pr.); -vakas, n. id.; stupid words; a. abusive; hard to answer; -vanig, m. rogue of a merchant; -varna, m. bad colour; im purity; (-várna), a. having a bad colour or complexion; of low caste; n. silver; -vala, a. having a skin disease; -vasa, a. (n. it is) hard to dwell; hard to pass (time); -vasati, f. painful residence; a. hard to bear; -execute or accomplish; -vâk, f. abuse; a. abu sive; -vâkya, a. difficult to utter, harsh (words); n. abuse; ill-tidings; -vâda, m. blame, reproach; -vânta, pp. that has not fully vomited the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâra,a. hard to restrain or check; irresist ible; -vârana, a. id.; -vârttâ, f. ill-tidings; -vârya, fp. hard to restrain or check, irre sistible: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -vâla, a. bald-headed or red-haired or afflicted with skin disease; -vâsanâ, f.false notion; -v&asharp;sas, a. ill-clad; m. N. of an irascible Brâhman; -vâhita, n. heavy burden; -vikatthana, a. disagreeably boastful; -vikalpa, m. unjustifiable irresolution; -vigâha, a. hard to fathom or penetrate; profound; serious, critical; -vigâhya, fp. id.; -vikâra, m. ill-timed hesitation; a. very irresolute; -vigñâna, n. difficult ascer tainment; a. (á) hard to comprehend; -vi- gñeya, fp. hard to distinguish; -vidagdha, pp. perverse;-vidya, a. uneducated; -vidha, a. mean, base; -vidhi, m. evil destiny; -vi naya, m. imprudent behaviour; -vinîta, pp. ill-bred, ill-behaved: -ka, a. id.; -vipâka, m. ill-ripening, evil issue; a. having evil conse quences; -vibhâva, a. hard to comprehend; -vibhâvana, a. hard to perceive; -vibhâvya, fp. id.; indistinctly visible; hard to compre hend; -vilasita, n. wicked trick; -vivâha, m. blamable marriage; -vivekana, a. hard to judge rightly; -vishaha, a. hard to en dure or overcome; irresistible; hard to per form or accomplish; -vritta, n. bad or base conduct, baseness; a. ill-conducted, wicked; poor; m. wicked man; -vritti, f. distress, misery; baseness; -vyavasita, n. evil intent; -vyavasthâpa-ka, a. pronouncing a bad or unfavourable decision; -vyavahâra, m. bad decision of a suit; -vyavahriti, f. evil rumour; -vyasana, n. evil passion, vice; -vyâhrita, pp. ill-spoken; n. unsuitable utterance.
duṣparigraha a. hard to re tain; -parihántu, a. hard to remove; -pari hara, a. hard to avoid; -pâra, a. hard to cross; -perform; -pârshni-graha, a. hav ing a bad enemy in the rear, -grâha, a. id.;-pûra, a. hard to fill; -satisfy; -prakriti, f. low nature; a. base; -prakriyâ, f. trifling dignity; -pragña, a. stupid: -tva, n. stu pidity; -pranîta, pp. led astray; n. indis cretion; -pradharsha, a. hard to assail; -prabhañgana, m.hurricane; -prayukta, pp. badly or wrongly employed; -pravâda, m. slander; -pravritti, f. bad news; -pra vesa, a. hard to enter; -prasaha, a. hard to endure, irresistible; -prasâda, a. hard to ap pease: -na, a. id.; -prasâdhana, a. hard to manage (person); -prasâdhya, fp. id.; -prâ pa, a. hard to attain; -preksha, a., -preksha- nîya, fp. hard to see; unpleasant to look at; -prekshya, fp. id.
dṛḍhadasyu m. N. of an ancient sage; -dhanvan, a. having a stiff bow; -dhriti, a. strong-willed; -prahâri-tâ, f. hardness of hitting; -bhakti, a. firm in de votion to (lc.); -mati, a. firmly resolved; -mushti, m. tight fist; a. close-fisted.
dehavat a. embodied; m. living being, esp. man; -vritti, f. maintenance of the body.
dolāyuddha n. wavering battle; -½ârûdha, pp. sitting in a dooly; seated on a swing: ±iva=doubtful as to (--°ree;).
dyūta n. gambling (for, lc., --°ree;): often fig. of the hazard of battle; booty: -kara, m. gambler; -kâra, m. id.; -krit, m. id.; -dâsa, m., î, f. slave won at play; -dharma, m. laws concerning gambling; -vartman, n. method of gambling; -vritti, m. professional gambler, keeper of a gaming-house; -sâlâ, f. gaming-house; -sadana, n. id.; -samâga, m. gambling assembly.
dru m. n. [splitting: √ dri] wood; wooden implement; *m. tree; branch.
drāvaṇa a. putting to flight; n. id.
droha m. injury, treachery, perfidy: -para, a. full of enmity, malignant; -bhâva, m. malice; -vritti, a. acting maliciously, malevolent.
dvedhākriyā f. breaking, splitting in two.
dha a. (--°ree;) placing, putting; bestowing, granting.
dhanasaṃcaya m.: -na, n. accumulation of riches; -sañkayin, a. rich; m. rich man; -sampatti, f. riches; -sâdhana, n. acquisition of riches; -sthâna, n. treasury: -½adhikârin, m. treasurer; -svâmin,m. monied man, capitalist; -hîna, pp. destitute of wealth, poor: -tâ, f. poverty.
dharmākhyāna n. setting forth of duty; -½âkârya, m. teacher of the law; -½atikrama, m. transgression of the law; -½âtma-tâ, f. justice, virtue; -½âtman, a. having a virtuous nature, conscious of duty, just; -½âdesaka, m. instructor in the law (v. l. for dharma-desaka); -½adharma-gña, a. knowing right and wrong; -½adharma parîkshana, n. enquiry as to right and wrong; kind of ordeal; -½adhikarana, n. law court: -½adhishthita-purusha, m. law court official, -sthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhi kâra, m. administration of justice; -½adhi kâranika, m. judge; -½adhikârin, m. id.; -½adhikrita, (pp.) m. id.; -½adhishthâna, n. court of justice; -½adhyaksha, m. chief justice; -½adhvan, m. path of virtue; -½anu kâ&ndot;kshin, a. striving after justice; intent on righteousness; -½anushthâna, n. fulfilment of the law; -½abhisheka-kriyâ, f. prescribed ablution.
dharmanātha m. lawful pro tector; -nitya, a. persistent in duty; -pati, m. lord of order; -patnî, f. lawful wife; -patha, m. path of duty or virtue; -para, -parâyana, a. devoted to duty, righteous; -pâthaka, m. teacher of law, jurist; -pîdâ, f. violation of duty; -pûta, pp. of unsullied virtue; -pratibhû, a. for which justice is surety; -pravaktri, m. teacher of law, jurist; -pravritti, f. practice of virtue, virtuous con duct; -buddhi, a. righteous-minded; N.; -bhaginî, f. woman admitted to the rights of a sister; sister in faith (Pr.); -bhâgin, a. possessed of virtue, virtuous; -bhikshu-ka, m. beggar for virtuous reasons; -bhrit, a. maintaining the law, just (king); -bhrâtri, m. brother in the sacred law, co-religionist; -máya, a. consisting of virtue; -mâtra, n. the manner only; a. relating to attributes only; only attributive; -mârga, m. path of virtue; -mûla, n.source of the sacred law or of justice; -yukta, pp. endowed with virtue, virtuous, just; harmonizing with the law; -yuddha, n. fair contest; -rakshitâ, f. N.; -rata, pp. delighting in virtue; -rati, a. id.; -râg, m. king of justice, ep. of Yama; -râga, m. just king, ep. of Yama; -râgan, m. ep. of Yudhishthira; -ruki, a. delighting in virtue; N. of a Dânava; -lopa, m. neglect of duty; absence of an attribute (rh.); -vat, a. virtuous, just: -î, f. N.; -vardhana, a. increasing virtue (Siva); m. N.; -vâda, m. discourse on virtue or duty; -vâdin, a. discoursing on duty; -vahikâ, f. vehicle of religious merit = account-book of charitable gifts; -vigaya, m. triumph of virtue orjustice; -vid, a. knowing the sacred law or one's duty; versed in customary law; -viplava, m. violation of the law; -vi vekana, n. discussion of the law or of duty; -vriddha, pp. rich in virtue; -vyatikrama, m. transgression of the law; -vyavasthâ, f. judicial decision; -vyâdha, m. N. of a virtuous hunter.
dharmya a. lawful, legal, legitimate; permitted by the sacred tradition, customary; just, honest; befitting (g.).
dhātukuśala a. skilled in metal lurgy; -kriyâ, f. metallurgy; -garbha-kum bha, m. ash-pot; -ghoshâ, f. T. of a work on verbal roots; -kûrna, n. mineral powder; -pâtha, m. list of verbal roots (ascribed to Pânini); -mat, a. containing elements; abounding in minerals: -tâ, f. richness in minerals; -maya, a. (î) consisting of or a bounding in metals or minerals; -vâda, m. art of assaying, metallurgy; alchemy; -vâd in, m. assayer; -visha, n. mineral poison; -vritti, f. (Sâyana's) commentary on the verbal roots.
dhairya n. firmness, steadfastness, constancy, fortitude; gravity, resolute bear ing; obstinacy: -tâ, f. perseverance; -dhara, a. steady, constant, persevering; -vat, a. id.; -vritti, a. steadily conducted.
namuci m. [not letting go the waters], N. of a demon subdued by Indra: -dvish, m. ep. of Indra.
nāṭya n. dance; dramatic represen tation, scenic art; actor's attire: in. (represent) mimetically=on the stage; -vedî, f. stage; -sâlâ, f. dancing-hall; -sâstra, n. principles of dramatic art; -½âkârya, m.teacher of dancing or of the scenic art: -ka, n. office of a dancing-master; -½ukti, f. theatrical term.
nābhivardhana n. cutting of the navel-cord.
nāmamātra n. the mere name; a. being something (um.) merely in name; -mâlâ, f. dictionary of nouns; T. of a dic tionary; -mudrâ, f. signet ring with a name; -yagña, m. sacrifice only in name; -rûpá, n. du. name and form; -li&ndot;ga, n. gender of nouns; -vismriti, f. forgetting of the name; -sesha, a. of whom the name only survives, dead.
nāśa m. loss, disappearance; destruc tion, ruin; death; -aka, a. (ikâ) destroying (g. or --°ree;); -ana, a. (î) destroying, dispelling, removing (g. or --°ree;); n. destruction, ruin, re moval; forgetting (g.): -kara, a. (î) destruc tive of (--°ree;); -in, a. perishing; --°ree;, destroy ing; -ya, fp. to be banished; -destroyed.
nikara m. dense mass, multitude; -kartana, n. cutting off; robbing; -karsha, m. diminution, depreciation; low degree; -kasha, m. rubbing in, friction; harrow; touchstone; n. streak of gold on the touch stone: -grâvan, m. touchstone; -kashana, m. n. touchstone; -kashâ, in. ad. near (ac.).
nikṣepa m. putting down, throw ing or casting on; directing (the gaze) to wards (lc.); deposit, pledge, object given in trust; -kshepana, n. putting down; place for keeping anything; -ksheptri, m.depositor; -kshepya, fp. to be put down; to be placed in (lc.).
nikṛta pp. √ kri; n. fraud; -kri ti, a. dishonest; base; f. dishonesty, fraud, baseness: -pragña, a. versed in fraud, -mat, a. dishonest; -krítvan, a. delusive; -krint ana, a. cutting off, destroying; n.slaughter, destruction of (g. or --°ree;); -krishta, pp. √ krish: -½âsaya, a. having a base disposition: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½upâdhi, a. conditioned by some thing lower: -tâ, f. abst. n.
nidhi m. putting down; food set down; receptacle; fig. embodiment; (hidden) treasure: apâm --, receptacle of waters, ocean; kalânâm --, full moon; -guhyaka½adhipa, m. ep. of Kubera; -datta, m. N. of a mer chant; -pa, m. guardian of treasure; -pati datta, m. N.; -p&asharp;, -pâla, m. guardian of a treasure; -pâlita, m. N.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of treasures; -vâda, m. art of finding treasure.
nidhā f. snaring net; -dhâtavya, fp. to be put down; -kept; -entrusted to (lc.); -directed to (lc.); -dh&asharp;na, n. putting down; receptacle (--°ree; a. î); (hidden) treasure.
nidhana n. [putting down], abode; conclusion, end; annihilation; death; musical finish of a Sâman.
nirukta pp. √ vak; n. explanation; etymological interpretation; esp. T. of Yâs ka's commentary on the Nighantus; -ukti, f. etymological explanation; -uñkhana, n. = nî-râgana; -uttara, a.having no superior; unable to give an answer; -utsava, a. devoid of festivals; -utsâha, a. destitute of energy, unenterprising, spiritless: -tâ, f. cowardice; -utsuka, a. unconcerned; having no desire for (prati); -utseka, m.modesty; a. unpre tentious, modest; -udara, a. trunkless; -ud desam, ad. without making any statement; -udyama, a. avoiding exertion, indolent; -udyoga, a. id.; -udvigna, pp. untroubled, unagitated: -manas, a. havingone's mind undisturbed; -udvega, a. free from agitation, calm; -unmâda, a. free from arrogance; -upakârin, a. unable to render a service; -upakriya, a. rendering no service; -upa-drava, a. unassailed by mischances orcalami ties, prosperous, faring well; free from danger, safe: -tâ, f. security; -upadhi, a. free from guile, honest; blameless; -upapatti, a. un suitable; -upapada, a. unaccompanied by a secondary word; -upaplava, a.undisturbed, uninterrupted; -upabhoga, a. not enjoying; -upama, a. having no equal; -upayoga, a. useless; -upâkhya, a. indescribable: -tva, n. abst. n.; -upâya, a. futile; -ushna-tâ, f. coldness: -m nî, make cold, kill; -ushnîsha, a. turbanless, bareheaded.
nirākaraṇa n. expulsion; re pudiation of a wife; removal; disproval; -âkaranîya, fp. to be disproved; -âkari shnu, a. repudiating (ac.); seeking to remove from (ab.); forgetful; -âkartavya, fp. to be disproved; -âkartri, m. contemner of (g.); a. disproving; -âkâ&ndot;ksha, a. expecting nothing; having no desires; requiring no supplement; -âkâra, a. formless, bodiless; having no object, vacant; -âkula, a. not crowded, unfrequented; not confused, orderly; unconcerned, calm; -â kriti, a. formless; neglecting one's religious duties; -âkranda, a. unprotected; affording no protection; m. or n. unsheltered place; -âkri yâ, f.expulsion; disproval; -âgas, a. guiltless; -âgraha, a. not obstinately insisting on any thing; -âkikîrshu, des. a. wishing to refute any one (ac.); -âgîvya, a. affording no livelihood; -âdambara, ad. without much talk (°ree;--); -âta&ndot;ka, a. free from ailment or anxiety; causing no ailment or anxiety; -â- tapa, a. sheltered from the heat of the sun, shady; -âtapatra, a. destitute of an umbrella; -âtithya, n. inhospitable (forest); -âdara, a.showing no respect towards (lc.); -âdhi, a. free from care; -ânanda, a. joyless, sad; -ântra, a. disembowelled; -âpad, a. free from adversity; -âbâdha, a. undisturbed; harm less; frivolous, futile; -âmaya, m. health, welfare; a. healthy, well; salubrious; in fallible; -âmarsha, a. putting up with every thing, apathetic; -âmisha, a. fleshless; hav ing no sensual desires: -½âsin, a. not eating flesh, not carnivorous; -âyata-tva, n. lack of extension, shortness; -âyati, a. having no future; -âyâsa, a. involving no trouble; causing no fatigue; -âyudha, a. unarmed; -ârambha, a. unenterprising, inactive; -â lamba, a. having no support; suspended in the air; self-supported, isolated, affording no support; -âlâpa, a. not talking; -âloka, a. devoid of light, dark; blind, foolish; -âvar ana, a. uncovered, manifest; -âsa, a. having given up all hope or expectation, despairing (of, ac. with prati, d., ab., lc., or --°ree;): -kara, a. taking away all hope of, rendering impos sible, -tva, n. hopelessness; -âsa&ndot;ka, a. fear less; not afraid of (lc.); -âsa&ndot;kya, fp. not to be feared; -âsâ, f. renunciation of all hopes: -½âsanna, pp. verging on despair; -âsitva, n. despair; -âsin, a. having renounced all hope, hopeless; -âsis, a. having no desires or hopes; -âsî-bhû, lose all hope; -âsrama, a. being in none of the four stages of a Brâh man: -pada, a. having no hermitages (forest); -âsramin, a. id.; -âsraya, a. shelterless, un supported; independent; unprotected; -âsa, m. expulsion, exclusion, rejection, repudiation; -âstha, a. taking no interest in, not caring about (--°ree;); -âhâra, m. fasting; a. abstaining from food, having nothing to eat: -tâ, f. abst. n.
nirgatākhilakalmaṣa a. freed from all sin: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -gati, f. setting out; -gandha, a. scentless: -tâ, f. -ness; -gama, m. going out, departure, escape from (ab.); vanishing; outlet, exit; destination of an export; issue, conclusion; -gamana, n. going out of (--°ree;); -garva, a. free from pride; -garha, a. blameless; -gavâksha, a. windowless; -gahana, a. knowing no precipices=intrepid; -guna,a. lacking a cord; stringless (bow); destitute of qualities; worthless, base, bad: -tâ, f., -tva, n. lack of all qualities; worthlessness, baseness, wickedness; -gulika, a. lacking a pill; -griha, a. (î) houseless; -gaurava, a.devoid ofreverence: -m, ad. condescendingly; -grantha, a. freed from all bonds; m. naked Jain mendicant; -granthika, m. naked Jain mendicant; -graha, m. ascertainment.
nirdaṃśin a. not biting; -danda, a. not punishing; -danta, a. toothless, tusk less; -daya, a. unmerciful, cruel, ruthless; vehement, ardent (embrace); deserving no mercy: -m, ad. mercilessly; excessively; ardently; -dayatva, n. hard-heartedness, cruelty; -darana, a. free from clefts or holes; -dari, cave; -dalana, n. splitting, cutting down; -dasa, a. more than ten days old; -dasana, a. toothless; -dâkshinya, a. un courteous; -dâtri, m. weeder (of a field); -dâridrya, a. free from poverty, well to do.
nirbhaya a. fearless; not afraid of (--°ree;); secure: -m, ad. fearlessly; m. N. of a warrior; n. security; -bhara, a. vehement, ardent; excessive; deep (sleep); full of (--°ree;): -m or °ree;--, ardently, excessively, soundly, fast; -bhartsana, n. menace, reproach; -bhas mita, pp. burned to ashes, annihilated; -bhâgya, pp. to be excluded from his share (ab.); -bhî-ka, a. fearless, not afraid of (ab.); -bhîta, pp. id.; -bheda,m. cracking, burst ing; splitting; blurting out, betrayal; -bhed in, a. cleaving, shattering; -bhedya, fp. free from chinks; missing its mark.
niryatna a. inactive; -yantrana, a. unlimited; necessitating no constraint (°ree;--): -m, ad. without obstruction, unimpededly; -yâna, n. setting out; vanishing; decease, death; outer corner of an elephant's eye; rope for tying a calf's feet; -yâtaka, a. removing (--°ree;); -yâtana, n. restoration, repayment; re quital; -yâpana, n. expulsion, from (ab.); -yâsá, m. exudation of trees, gum, resin; -yûha, n. turret; -yoga-kshema, a. destitute of possessions.
nirvikalpa a. admitting of no alternative, changeless, free from distinctions, undifferentiated; unhesitating: -m, ad. with out hesitation; -ka, a. undifferentiated; -vi kâra, a. unchanged; -vighna, a.unob structed, unimpeded: -m or in., without obstacles; -vikâra, a. unreflecting: -m, with out long reflexion; -vikikitsa, a. subject to no doubt: -m, ad. without long reflexion; -vikeshta, a. motionless, unresisting.
nirvṛti f. in ward tranquillity; satis faction, joy, pleasure; happiness, bliss; ex tinction (of a lamp): -mat, a. tranquil; happy; -vritti, f. accomplishment, perform ance, completion; impropriety, unseemly be haviour.
nivṛtta pp. turned away: -râga, a. whose passions are subdued, -hridaya, a. with relenting heart; -vritti, f. return; dis appearance; cessation; abstention from (ab., --°ree;); abstinence; escape from (ab.); absten tion from action, inaction; discontinuance of a grammatical rule.
nivapana n. strewing; offering to the Manes; -varta, a. causing to turn back; -vartaka, a. (ikâ) causing to cease, removing; -vártana, a. causing to turn back; n. return; coming down to the earth;cessa tion; abstention from (ab.); inactivity; bringing back; means of return; restraining from (ab.); a certain square measure; -vart anîya, fp. to be led back; -rescinded or made void; -vartin, a. returning; refraining from (ab.); -vasana, n. putting on (clothes); n. garment; -vaha, m. crowd, swarm, multi tude (sg. & pl.).
nilaya m. lurking-place, dwelling, abode; a. dwelling in, being the dwelling of, inhabited by (--°ree;); -lâyin, a. sitting down on or in (--°ree;): -lâyi-tâ, f. abiding in (--°ree;).
nivedana a. announcing, making known; n. communication, announcement; of fering; -vedin, a. announcing, making known; offering (--°ree;); -vedya, fp. to be reported; n. offering of food to an idol; -vesá, m. enter ing into; settling; encampment, camp; habi tation, residence; settling down, marriage, matrimony; foundation (of a city); building, edifice; impression, mark; -vésana, a. (î) entering into (--°ree;); laying to rest; sheltering; n. entrance; setting down; introduction, ap plication; causing to encamp; settling down, marrying; resting-place, bed, lair, nest; home, abode, dwelling; -vesanîya, fp. to be put down; -vesayitavya, fp. to be placed; -vesa vat, a. lying on (--°ree;); -vesin, a. lying near, being in, resting or based on (--°ree;).
niṣad f. sitting, esp. at the altar; -shádana, n. sitting down; seat, abode; -shadyâ, f. market.
niṣkaṇṭaka a. free from thorns or enemies; -kampa, a. not trembling, im movable, motionless; unmoved, steadfast: -tâ, f. firmness; -karuna, a. pitiless, cruel; -karman, a. inactive, idle; -karsha,m. drawing out, extraction; essence, substance, main point: ab. chiefly, mainly; -karshana, n. drawing out, extraction; putting off; -kala, a. lacking parts, undivided; frail; m. decrepit old man; -kala&ndot;ka, a.spotless, un defiled; -kalmasha, a. sinless, spotless: î bhû, become spotless or sinless.
niṣādin a. sitting, lying, on or in (lc., --°ree;); m. elephant driver.
niṣadvara a. seated at the altar; sitting idle.
nigaḍa n. foot-chain; fetter; -gada na, n. putting in irons.
niṣpaṅka a. free from mud or dirt, clean, pure; -patti, f. being brought about; maturity; derivation, from (--°ree;); -pat tra, a. featherless; leafless; -pattrâ-kri, wound with an arrow in such a manner that only the feathers do not penetrate; -pathya, a. ill.
niṣṭhīvana n. spitting; spittle: -sarâva, m. spittoon.
nistamaska a. free from darkness, light; -tamisra, a. id.; -tara&ndot;ga, a. waveless, calm; -tarana, n. getting out of danger, escape; -taranîya, fp. to be got over; -tartavya, fp. to be crossed; to be over come; -tala, a. not flat, round, spherical; -târa, m. crossing, passing over the sea (also fig.); liquidation, payment.
nīḍa m. n. [ni-s(a)d-a, sitting in], resting-place, abode; nest; inner space of a chariot: -ka, nest; -garbha, m. inside of a nest; -½ârambha, m. nest-building.
nemi f. [na-nam-í, complete bend], felly of a wheel; rim, circumference; (i) ghosha, m., -dhvani, m. sound of wheels; -ninada, m. id.; -vritti, a. moving in the track of (g.).
nepathya n. [suitable for acting: naya], ornament, attire; stage costume; tiring-room, space behind the scenes: lc. behind the scenes; -griha, n. tiring-room.
nṛyajña m. sacrifice to men, i.e. hospitality; -loka, m. world of men, earth; -vát, a. manly; belonging to or consisting of men; -vara, m. best of men, prince, king; -samsa, a. injurious to mankind, noxious, malicious, base: -tâ, f. mischievousness, baseness; -samsita, n. malignity, baseness; -shád, a. sitting among men; -simha, m. man-lion, great hero; half man half lion, the fourth Avatâr of Vishnu; N.: -ka, m.man-lion, Vishnu; -soma, m. moon among men, i. e. distinguished man; -hari, m. man-lion, the fourth Avatâr of Vishnu.
naityaka a. to be performed regularly, obligatory (opp. naimittika); ika, a. id.
nyāsa m. setting down, planting (the foot); putting on; insertion, impact; applying, drawing, commitment; writing down, inscribing; written text; renunciation; laying aside; deposit; bringing forward, adduction: -dhâraka, m. depositary.
nyasana n. arranging, putting or writing down; adduction.
pañcanakha a. having five claws; m. beast with five claws; -nada, n. land of the five rivers, Panjâb; m. pl. inhabitants of the Panjâb; sg. N. of a river; -padî, a. f. having (taken) five steps; f. five steps; the five strong cases; -na dîyate, does not accompany him even five steps; -pala, a. weighing five palas: î, f. weight of five palas; -purânîya, a. worth five purânas (a coin); -pushpa maya, a. (î) consisting of five flowers; -phut- tika, a. weaving five phuttikas in a day; m. N.; -bandha, m. fifth part of the value of a thing; -bâna, m. the five-arrowed god, Kâma; -bindu-prasrita, n. kind of figure in dancing.
pañjara n. cage (also fig. of anything that confines); grated enclosure, net (pl.); skeleton; body: -ka, n. (?) cage; -kesarin, m. caged lion; -kâlana-nyâya, m. principle of eleven birds combined though differing in their individual action setting a cage in mo tion; -bhâg, a. caged; -stha, a. id.
patana n. flying, flight; flying or falling down, descent, fall, from (ab.), into (lc. or --°ree;); casting oneself (into, --°ree;), prostra tion (at, --°ree;); hanging down, flaccidity (of the breasts); fall, ruin; getting into (lc.): -sîla, a. accustomed to fall down.
padaka n. step; office, position; -krama, m. kind of gait; peculiar method of reciting and writing the Veda; -gati, f. gait; -kihna, n. footprint; -tâ, f. original form of a word; condition of a word; -nyâsa, m. putting down the foot, step; footprint; inditing of verses; (á)-pa&ndot;kti, f. series of footsteps, track; a metre (5 X 5 syllables); series of words; -paddhati, f. series of foot steps, track; -pâtha, m. word-reading, a mode of reciting and writing the Veda in which every word is given in its original form irrespective of Sandhi; -pûrana, a. verse filling; -yópana, a. (î) pace-retarding; -rak anâ, f. arrangement of words, literary work; -vigraha, m. separation of words; -víd, a. (knowing the place), familiar with (g.).
padmaka m. N.; kind of sitting posture during religious absorption; n. a tree; -kûta, m. N. of a fairy prince; -kosa, m. calix of a day-lotus; position of the fingers resem bling the calix of a lotus; -kosâ-ya, den. Â. resemble the calix of a day-lotus; -khanda, n. group of day-lotuses; -garbha, m. (produced from a lotus), ep. of Brahman, Vishnu, and Siva; N.; inside of a lotus; n. Lotus-filled, N. of a lake; -tâ, f.condition of a day-lotus; -darsana, m. (lotus-like), N.; -nâbha, m. (having a lotus in his navel), ep. of Vishnu; N.; -nidhi, m. one of the nine treasures of Kubera (also personified); treasure having the value of a Padma = 100,000,000 pieces of money; -nibha½îkshana, a. having lotus-like eyes; -pura, n. N. of a city; -prabhâ, f. N.; -mihira, m. N. of a historian; -yoni, m. (sprung from a lotus), ep. of Brahma; -rati, m. N.; -râga, m. (lotus-coloured), ruby: -ka, m. id.; -râga, m. N.; -lekhâ, f. N.; -varkas, a. lotus-coloured; -varna, a. id.; -vishaya, m. N. of a country; -vesha, m. N.; -vyâkosa, n. breach of a certain shape; -sekhara, m. N. of a prince of the Gandharvas; -srî, f. N.; -samkâsa, a. lotus-like; -sadman, m. (seated on a lotus), ep. of Brahma; -saras, n. lotus-lake; N. of a lake; -sena, m. N.; -svâmin, m. N. of a shrine.
padma m. n. lotus flower (which closes at night: nelumbium speciosum); lotus-shaped array; kind of sitting posture during religious absorption; one of the nine treasures of Kubera; 1000 billions;N. of a Nâga; N.; â, f. the Lotus-coloured, ep. of the goddess of fortune, Srî.
padāvalī f. series of pâdas or words; -½âvritti, f. repetition of a word; repetition of the same word with another meaning (rh.).
padmāsana n. lotus-seat; kind of sitting posture in religious absorption.
paraspara a.: ac. each other; in. by or with each other; g. of each other; °ree;--, -tas, -m, ad. each other, mutually; -gña, a. knowing one another, intimate; -vyâvritti, f. mutual exclusion; -sthita, pp.standing op posite each other; -½âdin, a. devouring one another; -½amisha-tâ, f. condition of being one another's prey; -½âsraya, m. mutual de pendence, petitio principii; a. mutual; -½upa-kâra, m. mutual benefit.
parigaṇana n., â, f. complete enumeration, exact statement; counting; -gananîya, fp. to be completely enumerated, -exactly stated; *-ganit-in, a. having fully considered everything; -gata, pp.encom passed, surrounded; overwhelmed: -½artha, a. familiar with a thing; -gantavya, fp. attain able; -gama, m. acquaintance; occupation with (--°ree;); -garvita, pp. very haughty; -garhana, n. censure; -grihîti, f.inclusion; -grahá, m. embracing; inclusion; putting on, as sumption (of a body); taking; laying hold of; acceptance, receipt; deriving from (ab.); obtainment, acquisition, possession; admission, reception; marrying, marriage; selection; taking to mean; undertaking, prac tice of, addiction to (--°ree;); grace, favour, as sistance; claim, to (lc.); amount, sum, total number; property; wife (also coll.); depend ents, household, family, concubines of a king; abode; root, foundation; -grahana, n. put ting on; -graha-tva, n. woman's marriage with (--°ree;); -grahîtri, m. husband; adopted father; -grâhaka, a. doing a favour; -grâh ya, fp. to be kindly treated; -glâna, pp. (√ glai) exhausted.
paridhāna n. putting on (a gar ment); clothing, dressing; vesture, garment, sp. lower or under garment: -valkala, n. bark for clothing, -vastra, n. upper garment; -dhânî-kri, turn into an under garment; -dhârana, n. suffering, indulging in (g.): â, f. endurance; -dhí, m. (put-round), enclo sure, protection, fence, rampart: also of the ocean as encircling the earth; halo round sun or moon; horizon; circumference; the (three) green sticks surrounding the sacrificial altar; -dhî-kri, put on; -dhûsara, a. quite grey or dusty; -dhvamsa, m. eclipse; distress; dis aster, failure; loss or mixture of caste; -dhvamsin, a.destroying (--°ree;); destructive.
paripaṇa n. playing for (--°ree;); -pat ana, n. flying about, hovering; -pantha-ka, m. (obstructor of one's path), adversary, enemy; -pantha-ya, den. P. oppose, resist (ac.); -panthín, a. besetting one'spath; m. waylayer, opponent, enemy; -panthî-bhû, become the adversary of, oppose (g.); -pava na, n. cleansing (of grain), winnowing; flail; -pasavya, a. relating to the sacrificial animal; -pâka, m. becoming fully cooked; digestion; ripening; maturity; perfection; consequence, effect; fulness, fulfilment (of time): -tas, ab. in consequence of; -pâkana, a. cooking fully; maturing; -pâkayitri, a. id.; -pâtala, a. very pale-red; -pât&ibrevcirc;, f. succession; -pâtha, m. complete enumeration: in. (know) com pletely; -p&asharp;na, n. hiding-place; -pândiman, m. extreme whiteness; -pându, a. very white or pale: -ra, a. very white; -pârsva, a.being at the side, close at hand: -vartin, a. remain ing at one's side, standing beside (g.); -pâ laka, a. protecting; maintaining; -pâlana, n. protection; maintenance; nurture: â, f. protection, nurture, î-ya, fp. to be guarded; -maintained; -pâlya, fp. to be protected; -maintained or observed; -pi&ndot;gî-kri, colour deep red-brown; -piñga, a. full of (in.); -piñg ara, a. brownish-red, orange-coloured; -pi pâlayishâ, f. desire to maintain; -pîdana, n. squeezing out; injuring, prejudicing (--°ree;); -pushta-tâ, f. being nourished by, feeding on (--°ree;); -pûti, f. complete purification; -pûra ka, a. fulfilling; bestowing abundance; -pûr ana, n. filling; completion; -pûrin, a. be stowing abundantly; -pûrna, pp. (√ 1. pri) filled with (--°ree;); -pûrnendu, m. full moon; -pûrti, f. becoming full of (--°ree;); completion; -pelava, a. very delicate, tiny; -pothaka, a.furthering, confirming; -poshanîya, fp. to be cherished; -prasna, m. enquiry, after (--°ree;); -prâpti, fp. obtainment; -prepsu, des. a. wishing to reach or obtain, seeking after, de siring (ac.); -plavá, a. running to and fro;m. fluctuation; -pluta, pp. (√ plu) over whelmed; bathed (in tears: --°ree;).
parivṛḍha pp. √ brih; m. lord, master; -vritta, (pp.) n. rolling, weltering, moving to and fro; -vritti, f. exchange, bar ter: in. alternately; -vriddhi, f. increase.
parivitti m. unmarried man whose younger brother is married: -tâ, f., -tva, n. allowing one's younger brother to marry first; -vinna, pp.=-vitti; -vivadi shu, des. a. intending to reside; (pári) vishti, f. service, attendance.
pariṣattva n. legal assembly; -shád, a. encompassing, besetting; f. assem bly; audience; council; -sheka, m. sprinkling, dousing with water, shower-bath; bathing appliances, such as water-can, etc.; -shoda- sa, a. pl. full sixteen; -shkandá, m. servant, esp. one running beside a carriage; temple; -shkâra, m. adornment; ornament; -shkri ta, pp. (√ kri) embellished, adorned, highly finished; -shkriyâ, f.adornment; attend ance on the sacred fire (--°ree;).
paro&100;kṣa ksha ] a. [beyond the eye], being out of sight, invisible, imperceptible; unknown, unintelligible; cognizable by mind only; °ree;--, imperceptibly: -m, ad. behind the back of, without the knowledge of (in. V.; g. or --°ree;, C.); in. imperceptibly, mysteriously; ab. without the knowledge of (in.); behind the back of (g.); when one has not been present (gr.); -kâma, a. fond of mystery; -krita, pp. not addressing but merely refer ring to a deity indirectly, i. e. in the third per son (verse); -tâ, f., -tva, n. being out of sight, imperceptibility; obscurity; -vritti, a. living or acting out of sight; -½artha, a. invisible; secret, recondite.
paryaṅka m. couch, bed; squatting posture: -bandha, m., -granthi-bandha, m. doubling of the legs in squatting; -stha, a. sitting on a sofa.
paryuka m. N.; -½ukshana, n. sprinkling; -½utsuka, a. very restless or agitated; very me lancholy; vehemently longing for (d.): -tva, n. longing desire, î-bhû, become very melan choly; -½ud-asta, pp.excepting; -½udâsa, m. exclusion, negation; -½upâsaka, a. honour ing, respecting; -½upâsana, n. sitting round (Pr.); courtesy, affability; -½ushita, pp. (√ vas, dwell) stale; not punctually kept (word); -½ushta, pp. id.
parāvartana n. turning round; -vritti, f. return; failure; exchange.
pāṭana n. ripping or cutting up; cleaving; rending; bursting open; -anîya, fp. to be torn to pieces.
pāṇigata pp. as good as held in one's very hand; -graha, m. taking the hand (of a girl), marriage: -kara, m. taker of the hand, lawful husband; -grahana, n. marriage: i-ka, a. relating to --; -grâha: -ka, m. hand-grasper, bridegroom; husband; -grâh am, abs. taking by the hand; -kâpala or -kâpalya, n. fidgetting with the hands; -ga, m. finger-nail; -tala, n. palm of the hand.
pātin a. flying; alighting on (lc.); falling or sinking, in (--°ree;); --°ree;, arising, ap pearing (cloud); causing to or letting fall, felling, throwing down (--°ree;).
pādanamra a. bowing down to the feet of any one; -nikrit, a. having a de ficiency of a syllable in each quarter-verse; -nyâsa, m. setting down of the feet, step; footprint; -pa, m. (drinking by the root), plant, esp. tree: -ka, --°ree;, a. id.; -patana, n. throwing oneself at the feet of any one, pros tration; -patita, pp. having thrown oneself at any one's feet; -paddhati, f. line of foot steps, footprints; -padma, m. lotus-foot; -parikâraka, m. humble servant; -pâda dhâvana, n. washing of one foot with the other; -pîtha, n. footstool: î-kri, turn into a footstool; -pûrana, a., n. filling a verse foot; -prakshâlana, n. washing of the feet; -prasârana, n. stretching out the feet; -pra hâra, m. kick; -bhata, m. foot-soldier; -bhâ ga, m. a fourth; -bhâg, a. possessing=equalling only a fourth part of any one (g.) in (lc.); -mudrâ, f. footprint; trace, sign, indication:-pa&ndot;kti, f. line of footprints, track; -mûla, n. root of the foot, tarsus; sometimes used as a respectful designation of a person; foot of a mountain: e ni-pat, fall at the feet of (g.); -yuddha, n. foot-fight; -ragas, n.dust of the feet; -lagna, pp. sticking in the foot (thorn); lying at any one's feet; attached to the foot; -lepa, m. foot-ointment of a peculiarly magical power; -vandana, n. adoration of the feet, reverential salutation;-sabda, m. sound of footsteps; -sas, ad. foot by foot; by a fourth; sauka, n. cleansing of the feet; -stambha, m. supporting beam, pillar.
pāda m. [goer], foot (of men and animals); foot or leg (of inanimate objects), post; bottom (of a water-skin); wheel; root (of a tree); spur (of a mountain); ray, beam (foot of a heavenly body); (foot of a quad ruped=) quarter (pl. the four parts); fourth part of a (four-versed) stanza; verse (even of a three-versed stanza); the du. or pl. is often used (gnly. --°ree;) to designate a person respectfully; pâdayoh pat,fall at any one's (g.) feet; pâ daih, on foot (of several); -ká, m. little foot; --°ree;, a. (ikâ) footed; -krikkhra, m. quarter (a kind of) penance; -grahana, n. grasping or embracing the feet of any one (in token of respect or submission); -kâpala or -kâpal ya, n. carelessness in placing the feet; -kâ ra, a. going on foot, walking; m. foot-soldier; walking: in. on foot; -kârin, a. going on foot; m. foot-soldier; -kkhedana, n. cutting off of a foot; -tala, n. sole of the foot: -½âhati, f. kick; -tas, ad. from, at, near, or by the feet; at or near the foot; step by step, by degrees: -kri, place at the feet; -tra, n. (?) shoe.
pārśvānucara m. attendant; -½âyâta, pp. come near, approached; -½âsan na, pp. standing beside, present; -½âsîna, pr. pt. sitting beside; -½asthi, n. rib; -½upapâr- sva, m. du. flank and shoulder-blade; -½upapîd am, abs. holding one's sides (with laughter).
pitṛtarpaṇa n. oblation to the Manes; -tas, ad. on the father's side; -tva, n. paternity; -deva, m. pl. the Manes and gods; certain divine beings; -devata, a. hav ing the Manes as gods, sacred to the Manes; -devatyã, a. id.; -devatâ, f. pl. the Manes and the gods; -daivata, a. (î) relating to the worship of the Manes; -drohin, a. plotting against one's father.
puṃratna n. jewel of a man; -rûpa, n. male form; -lakshman, n. mark of a man, manliness; -li&ndot;ga, n. mark of a man, manliness; male gender (gr.); a. masculine (gr.): -tâ, f. masculine gender; -vat, ad. like a man; as in the case of a man; like the masculine (gr.); -veshâ, a. f. wearing male attire.
punarapagama m. going away again; -abhidhâna, n. repeated mention; -abhyâkâram, abs. by repeatedly attracting; -âgata, pp. returned; -âgama, m. return: -âgamana, n. coming back, return; re-birth; -âdâyam, abs. repeatedly; -âdhâna, n. renewed kindling of the sacred fire; -âdhéya, fp. to be kindled again (sacred fire); -âvartin, a. returning to terrestrial existence; leading to a return of earthly existence; -â vritta, pp. repeated; -âvritti, f. return, re appearance; renewed birth.
punargamana n. setting out again; -garbha-vat-î, a. f. again pregnant; -grahana, n. repetition; -ganman, n. second birth, regeneration; -gâta, pp. born again; -dars ana, n. seeing again; -dâra-kriyâ, f. marrying again (after the death of the first wife); -bhava, a. born again; m. re-birth; -bhâr yâ, f. second wife, re-marriage; -bh&usharp;, a. being renewed; f. re-married widow.
pūti f. purification, purity; 2. a. stinking, putrid; m. pus, matter: -ka, a. putrid, stinking; -gandhá, m. stench, foul smell; -nâsika, a. having a stinking nose; -bhâva, m. putrefaction; -mrittika,m. (hav ing stinking earth), N. of a hell; -vaktra, a. having a stinking (mouth=) breath: -tâ, f. condition of having stinking breath.
pūrvokta pp. said or mentioned before, aforesaid; -½ukita, pp. accustomed in former days, known from of old; -½uttara, a. north-eastern (lc. in the north-east): du. preceding and following; -½utthâyin, a. aris ing first (in the morning); -½utthita, pp. having risen before (smoke); -½utpatti, a. arising before; -½utpanna, pp. having arisen before: -tva, n. priority; -½upakârin, a. having formerly done one a service; -½upa-nihita, pp. previously hidden away; -½upârg ita, pp. formerly acquired.
pṛṣṭhaka n. back: e kri, put be hind one, disregard, renounce; -ga, a. riding on (g. or --°ree;); -gopa, m. protector of one's rear; -tap, a. letting one's back be scorched (by the sun).
prakṛti f. (putting before, what is presupposed), original or natural form or condition (opp. vi-kriti, derivative form); nature, constitution, disposition, temper; fundamental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. damental form, pattern, standard, rule (sp. in ritual); nature (opp. spirit: ph.): pl. material elements (rare); primary constituents of nature (from which all else is evolved: there are eight: avyakta, mahat, ahamkâra, and the five elements: ph.); constituent elements of the state (in politics: there are seven: king, minister, fortress, territory or subjects, treasure, army, and ally; kings primarily (of these there are four) and secondarily (of these there are eight) concerned in a war (each of these twelve having five prakritis in the form of minister, territory, fortress, treasure, army); constituent elements of a king's own state (exclusive of himself); ministers; subjects, citizens; sg. root, base (gr.): °ree;-or in. by nature, originally, properly; in the original state, unchanged: -ka, a. (--°ree;) id.; kripana, a. naturally feeble in discriminating between (lc.); -ga, a.innate; -purusha, m. nature and spirit (du.); minister; -bhâva, m. original or unmodified state; -mandala, n. whole circle of subjects, entire territory; -mat, a. having or being in the original, natural, or usual condition orform; -sampanna, pp. endowed with a noble nature; -subhaga, a. naturally beautiful; -stha, a. being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine, normal; healthy; being in good circumstances.
pragama m. first advance of love in courtship; -gardhín, a. hastening onwards (RV.); -galbha, 1. den. Â. be courageous or resolute; be capable of (lc.), be able to (inf.); 2. a. bold, intrepid, resolute, confident; mature (age): -kulâla, m. dexterous potter, -tâ, f. boldness, confidence; -gâthá, m. kind of three-verse stanza (combination of a Brihatî or Kakubh with a Satobrihatî); N. of a Rishi; -guna, a. right, correct (road); being in good order, efficient; excellent; gunaya, den. P. put in order; manifest, show: pp. ita, put in order, properly arranged; -guna-rakanâ, f. putting in proper order; -gunin, a. kind towards (lc.); -gunî kri, put in proper order, arrange; render amenable to (lc.); -grihîta-pada, a. having the words pronounced separately (i. e. with out Sandhi); -grihya, fp. (to be) pronounced separately, not liable to the rules of Sandhi (vowel).
prakṣapaṇa n. destruction; -kshaya, m. id. ruin, end; -ksharana, n. flowing; -kshâlaka, a. washing; m. washer;-kshâlana, a. performing frequent ablutions; -kshâlana, a. performing frequentablutions; n. washing, -off, cleansing, purifying; water for washing; means of purifying; -kshîna, pp. √ kshi; -kshepa, m. cast, throw; throwing or scattering upon; setting down (of the feet, pāda-, pl.=steps); interpolation; sum deposited by each member of a commercial company; -kshepana, n. sprinkling or pouring upon; throwing into, -upon (--°ree;); fixing (of a price, --°ree;); -kshepin, a throwing or placing upon (--°ree;); -ksheptavya, pp. to be thrown into (lc.); -thrown or scattered on (lc.); -kshepya, pp. to be put on (ornament).
prakrama m. stride (Br., S.); C.: beginning (also S.); proportion, measure; right sequence of words, grammatical construction; -kramana, n. striding forward; advancing towards (--°ree;); going forth;-krama-bha&ndot;ga, m. violation of grammatical construction; -krânta, pp. √ kram; n. setting out, departure: -tva, n. state of being meant; -kriyâ, f. procedure, method, manner; ceremony; formality; privilege, prerogative, precedence, high position (ord. mg.); insignia of high rank; characterization; chapter; -krîdá, m. sport; playground; -krîdín, a. playing, gambolling (RV.1).
pracaya m. [√ ki] picking, gathering; accumulation, collection, quantity, multitude; -kayana, n. collecting; -kaya-svara, m. accumulated tone (i. e. tone occurring in a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented syllables following a Svarita; -karana, n. setting to work: &isharp;, f. kind of supplementary wooden ladle (rit.); -karanîya, fp. being in actual use (Br., S.); -karitavya, fp. n. imps. one should set to work;-kala, a. moving, tremulous, shaking; -kalana, n trembling, swaying; fleeing; -kalâyita, (den. pp.), n. nodding while asleep (âsîna-, -in a sitting posture); -kalita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; -kâra, m. walking about, ranging; going in pursuit of (--°ree;); showing oneself, manifestation, appearance; application, employment; currency; conduct, behaviour; pasture-ground; exercising-ground; -kârana, n. scattering; -kârin, a. going about; attaching oneself to (lc., --°ree;); acting, behaving; -kita, pp. (√ ki), pronounced with the Prakaya tone; -kura, a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent; --°ree;, abounding in, replete with: -gaha&ntod;a,a. having abundance of impervious passages, -tva, n. abundance of (--°ree;), -ratna-dhana½â gama, a. having a large income of gems and money; -kurī-bhû, grow in extent; -kritta- sikha, a. having loosened braids orflowing hair; (á)-ketas, a. heedful, intelligent, wise (V.); m. (C.), ep. of Varuna; N.; -kodana, n. instigation, incitement; command; -kodin, a. driving before one (--°ree;).
praṇidhāna n. application, em ployment; exertion, endeavour; respectful behaviour, towards (lc.); submission to the will of (--°ree;); profound meditation; vehement desire (B.); vow (B.);-nidhâyin, a. em ploying (emissaries); -nidhi, m. spying; sending out (of emissaries); request; spy, emissary; -nidhî-bhû, become a spy in the service of (--°ree;); -nidheya, fp. to be applied; to be sent out as a spy;-nipatana, n. falling down before any one, prostration; -nipâta, m. prostration, reverent salutation; humble submission to (g.); -nipâtin, a. prostrating oneself, submitting; -n&isharp;, m. leader; (á)-nîta, pp. √ nî: â,f. pl. water fetched (on the morning of the rite), holy water: -karu, m. pot for the holy water, -pranáyana, n. vessel for fetching the holy water; (á)-nîti, f. guidance; leading away.
pratikūlavacana n. contra diction; -vat, a. refractory, rebellious; -vart in, a. counteracting, opposing, disturbing (g.); -vâda, m. contradiction (--°ree;); -vâdin, a. contradicting, any one (g.); -visarpin, a. moving against the wind or stream (ship) and moving rancourously (tongue of a rogue); -vritti, a. resisting, opposing, any one (g.); -vedanîya, fp. affecting one disagreeably; -½âkarita, (pp.) n. offensive action, injury; -½ukta, n. pl. contradiction.
pratipakṣa m. opposite side; opposition, hostile party; opponent, adver sary; rival (in, --°ree;); --°ree; a. rivalling: -gan man, a. produced by enemies, -tâ, f., -tva, n. opposition, hostility; -pakshita,pp. op posed, contradictory; -pakshin, m. opponent, adversary; -paná, m. exchange; counter stake (in play); -pattavya, fp. to be ob tained or received; -given (answer); comprehended or understood; n. impl. one should behave; one should assume or lay down; -patti, f. obtainment, acquirement; perception, comprehension; understanding, intelligence; supposition, view, assertion; admission; giving, bestowal on any one (lc. or --°ree;); causing; taking in hand (--°ree;); enter prise, procedure, action, in or with (g. or lc.); respectful behaviour, mark of respect, honour; confidence, assurance, determination; re source, means for (lc.), expedient against (g.); high rank, dominion, rule; conclusion; ta tra kâ pratipattih syât, what is to be done in that case? kâ tasya pratipattih, what is to be done with it? pratipattim dâ, show honour: -daksha, a. resourceful; -pûrva kam,ad. respectfully; -pradâna, n. showing of honour; -mat, a. intelligent, resourceful.
pratinagaram ad. in every town; -nadi, ad. at every river; -nándana, n. greeting; grateful acceptance; -namas kâra, a. returning a reverential salutation; -nava, a. new, young, fresh, recent; -nâga, m. hostile elephant; -nâdî, f. branch-vein; -nâda, m. echo; -nâma, ad. by name: -grah anam, n. ad. mentioning each individual name; (práti)-nâman, a. related in name; -nâyaka, m. opposing hero (in a play); -nârî, f. female rival; -nidhâtavya, fp. to be substituted; -nidhâpayitavya, fp. to be caused to be substituted; -nidhi, m. substi tution; substitute; image, likeness; counter part of (--°ree;); -nidhî-kri, substitute anything (ac.) for (--°ree;); -nidheya, fp. to be substi tuted; -nipâta, m. falling down; -niyama, m. rule for each particular case; -nirdesa, m. reference back to, renewed mention of (g.): -ka, a. referring back to; -nirdesya, fp.referred to again; -niryâtana, n. restor ation, restitution; -nivartana, n. return; -nivârana, n. keeping off; -nivritti, f. re turn; -nisam, ad. every night; -niskaya, m. opposing opinion; -nishtha, a. standing on the oppositeside; -nripati, m. rival king; -noda, m. repulse; -nyâyám, ad. in reverse order; -nyâsa, m. counter deposit.
pratipāṇa a. bartering; m. counter stake; revenge at play; -pâtram, ad. in or on every part (in a play); -pâdaka, a. (ikâ) giving, bestowing (--°ree;); discussing, treating of, teaching; explanatory, illustrative; -pâd ana, n. causing to attain (--°ree;); giving, be stowal, on (lc. or --°ree;); giving back, return ing; bringing back; inauguration in (--°ree;); producing, causing; setting forth, treating of, propounding, illustrating, teaching; com mencement; -pâdanîya, fp. to be given, in marriage (Pr.); to be propounded, dis cussed or treated of; -pâdapam, ad. in every tree; -pâdam, ad. in every verse (pâda); -pâdayitavya, fp. to be bestowed or pre sented; -pâdayitri, m. bestower, on (lc.); propounder, teacher; -pâdukâ, f. pedestal; -pâdya, fp. to be propounded, explained, or discussed; under discussion; -pâna, n. drink ing; drinking water; -pâpa, a.bad in return, requiting any one (lc.) with evil; -pâlana, n. watching, guarding, protection; rearing, nurture (of animals); keeping, observance, maintenance, of (g. or --°ree;); expectation (Pr.); -pâlanîya or -pâlayitavya,fp. to be ex pected or waited for; -pâlin, a. guarding, protecting; -pâlya, fp. to be protected or guarded; to be waited for.
pratibheda m. severance; be trayal, discovery; -bhedana, n. splitting, bursting, dashing to pieces; -bhairava, a. terrible; -bhoga, m. enjoyment; (medically) prescribed diet.
pratyakṣavat ad. as if it were a perfect certainty; -vidhâna, n. explicit regu lation; -vishayî-bhû, present oneself within the range of vision; -vihita, pp. expressly enjoined; -vritti, a. formed clearly or in telligibly (word); -½âgamana, n. approach in bodily form.
pratyavāya m. decrease, diminu tion; reverse, contrary course, opposite con duct; unpleasantness; disadvantage; disap pointment; sin; -½avekshana, n., -½avekshâ, f. looking after, care, attention, trouble; -½avekshya, fp. to be regarded or paid at tention to; -½asta-gamana, n. setting (of the sun); -½astam, ad. with gam, set, cease; -½as tam-aya, m. cessation; -½astra, n. counter missile; -½aha, a.daily: -m, ad. every day.
pratyāliṅgana n. return em brace; -vartana, n. return; -vâsakam, ad. to every tent; -vâsam, ad. in every house; -vritti, f. return.
pratyāyaka (cs.) a. [√ i] causing to know or comprehend; convincing, cre dible; -½â½ayana, 1. n. setting (of the sun); -½âyana [fr. cs. of √ i], 2. a. convincing, credible; n. elucidation, explanation, demon stration: â, f. convincing; consolation; -½âyay itavya, fp. to be elucidated or demonstrated; -½âyita, (cs. pp.) m. agent.
pratyāśraya m. shelter, abode; -srâvá, m., -sr&asharp;vana, n. answering call (ritual formula); -svâsa, m. breathing again, re covery; -svâsana, n. consolation; -samkali ta, (pp.) n. weighing side by side, pondering both sides of a question; -sa&ndot;ga, m. con nexion; proximity (--°ree;); -satti, f. immediate proximity (in time or space); analogy; cheer fulness, good humour; -sanna, pp. near, proximate, close at hand: -tâ, f. proximity; -svara, a. reflecting back.
prathamaka a. first; -kalpa, m. primary ordinance; -kalpita, pp. first in rank; -garbha, m. first pregnancy; a. f. â, pregnant for the first time; -ga or -g&asharp;, a. first-born; original; firstling; born in the first (i. e. first mentioned) wedlock; -gâta, pp. first-born; -tara, °ree;-or -m, (cpv.) ad. first; -tas, ad. first; forthwith; before, in preference to (g.); be fore, previously to (--°ree;); -darsana, n. first sight (lc. at --): -dina, n. first day of seeing any one (g.); -dugdhá, pp. just milked; -dhâra, m. (?) first drop; -nirdishta, pp. first stated or mentioned; -purusha, m. first (our third) person (gr.); -pravada, a. utter ing the first sound (child); -prasûtâ, pp. f. having calved for the first time; -bh&asharp;g, a. obtaining the first share; -yagñá, m. first sacrifice; -râtra, m. beginning of the night; -vayas-ín, a. young; -vasati, f. original or old home; -vittâ, f.first wife; -samgama, m. N.; -samâvritta, pp. only just turned to wards (lc.); -½âgâmin, a. coming or men tioned first; -½âdesa, m. initial position (of a word); -½abhidheya, n. fundamental meaning: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -½ardha, m. n. first half; -½ava ra-tva, n. higher and lower rank, seniority and juniority; -½astamita, n. recent setting of the sun; -½ahám, ad. on the first day; -½âhâra, m. first employment; -½itara, a. re verse of the first, second.
pradhi m. [outer setting: √ dhâ], felly (of a wheel); disc (of the moon); -dhura, n. tip of the pole; -dhrishti, f. subjugation; -dhrishya, fp. assailable (--°ree;).
pradhana n. prize of the contest; contest, battle; best of one's goods, valuables: -½âghâtaka, a. setting a contest on foot, -½a&ndot;gana, n. battle-field; -dharsha, m. as sault (--°ree;); -dharsha-ka, a.(--°ree;) wronging, violating (another man's wife); -dharshana, a. attacking, molesting; n., â, f. assaulting, laying hands on, ill-treatment, molestation; -dharshanîya, fp. liable to assault, ill-treat ment, or insult.
prapakva a. inflamed (med.); -pak sha, m. tip of a wing; -pañka, m. expansion, prolixity, amplification, of (g. or --°ree;); phe nomenon; manifestation or form of (g.); phenomenal world (ph.); mutual flattery (rh.); ludicrous dialogue (dr.): in. or -tas, ad. in detail, -pañka-ka, a. (ikâ) multiply ing (--°ree;); amplifying, explaining in detail; -pañkana, n. detailed or prolix account; -pañka-buddhi, a. crafty, wily; -pañka-ya,den. describe or explain in detail; represent in a false light; -pañka-vakana, n. prolix discourse; -paná, m. trade, barter, purchase; -patana, n. flying away; falling down, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); -patti, f.pious resignation; (á)-patha, m. onward way, journey; road; -pathín, a. wandering; -pad, f. 1. road; 2. (prá-) fore part of the foot; (prá) pada, n. fore part or tip of the foot; -pada na, n. entry, into (--°ree;); -padam, ad. reciting in such a manner as to cut up verses into sec tions of an equal number of syllables and to interpose between them formulae contain ing the word prapadye (Br.); -panna, pp. (√ pad) reached, arrived; attained, obtained: -pâla, m. protector of suppliants (Krishna); -palâyana, n. flight; -palâyin, a. fleeing, fugitive; -p&asharp;, f. water-tank, reservoir, well; water-hut for travellers; affluent (of a tank etc.); -pâka, m.ripening (of an ulcer etc.); digestion; -pâtha: -ka, m. lesson (subsection in books); -pâni, m. fore-arm: -ka, m. id.; -pându, a. very white: -ra, a. id.; -pâta, m. kind of flight; leaping forward; hasten ing away; fall, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); falling out (of the hair); effusion (of semen); fall (of a glance on anything); steep declivity, precipice; -pâtana, n. felling, cast ing down; directing or causing (the eye) to alight (--°ree;);-pâna, n. drinking; -pâ-pâlikâ, -pâ-pâlî, f. female watcher of a water-tank, well, or water-hut; -pâ-mandapa, m. water hut (for travellers); -pâlaka, m. protector, guardian; -pâlana, n. guarding, protecting.
prabheda m. cutting through, pierc ing, division; opening of the temples of ele phants during rut; separation, distinction, difference; species, kind; -bhedana, a. (--°ree;) cleaving, piercing; -bhramsin,a. falling down; -bhrashta-sîla, a. of fallen character, immoral (person); -bhrâg, a. (nm. t) flaming up.
prabhaṅga m. breaker, crusher; crushing, destruction; -bha&ndot;gín, a. breaking, crushing, destroying; -bhañgana, a. id.; m. storm, tempest, hurricane; wind; god of wind; n. breaking; -bhadraka, a. extremely handsome; n. a metre; combination of four slokas containing a single sentence; -bhartav ya, fp. to be nourished or maintained; -(á) bhartri, m. bringer, procurer (RV.); (á) bharman, n. setting before, presenting; reci tation (of a hymn); -bhavá, a. prominent; m. origin, source, cause of existence, birthplace; a. arising or proceeding from, originating with; being in or on; -bhavitri, m. mighty one, great lord; -bhavishnu, a. mighty, pre-eminent; producing, creating; m. mighty one, master, lord, of (g., lc., --°ree;): -tâ, f. lordship, dominion; power, to (inf.); tyranny.
pramoka m. setting free, release; -moktavya, fp. to be released; -moksha, m. loss; release, deliverance, from (--°ree;); redemp tion; -mokana, a. (î) delivering from (--°ree;); n. shedding (of tears); freeing or delivering from (--°ree;); -modá, m. joy, delight (sts. pl.); strong perfume; N.: -ka, m. kind of rice; N.; -modana, a. delighting; n. enjoyment, hilarity; gladdening; -modita, (cs. pp. √ mud) m. ep. of Kubera;N.; -modín, a. delighting; m. kind of rice; -moda½upa-ruddha, (pp.) n. retreat of joy, harem; -mo sha, m. deprivation; -moha, m. bewilder ment: -kitta, a. bewildered in mind; -moh ana, a. (î) bewildering; -mohin, a. (--°ree;) id.
prayāga m. Place of sacrifice: cele brated place of pilgrimage at the confluence of the Yamunâ and the Ganges; also known as a kingdom: pl. inhabitants of Prayâga; N.; -yâkaka, a. entreating (-artham); -yâkana, n. imploration; -yâgá, m. preliminary offer ing (gnly., five, sts. nine or eleven); -y&asharp;na, n. setting out, going forth, departure; march, journey; day's journey; gait; attack (--°ree;); riding on (in.); expiration of life, decease; beginning; back of a horse (where the rider sits): -ka, n. march, journey, day's march, -kâla, m. time of death, -pataha, m. march ing drum, -bha&ndot;ga, m. interruption of a journey.
pralalāṭa a. having a prominent forehead; -lavá, m. cutting (of a reed); -lav ana, n. cutting of corn.
pralaghu a. very small or insignificant (retinue): -tâ, f. excessive smallness; -lap ana, n. prattling, chattering; -lapita, pp. √ lap; n. prattle, chatter; lament; -lab dhavya, fp. to be made sport of, to be de ceived; -lamba, a. hanging down, pendulous; stooping; m. N. of a Daitya slain by Bala deva or Krishna: -tâ, f. pendulousness, -bâhu, a. having pendulous arms, -bhuga, a. id.; -lambin, a. pendulous; -lambha, m.obtainment; deception; -lambhana, n. taking in, deceiving; -laya, m. dissolution, destruction, death; annihilation or end of the world; setting (of stars); cause of dissolu tion; swoon: -ghana, m. cloud producing the dissolution of the world, -m-kara, a. (î) causing destruction, -tâ, f. dissolution: -m gam, be annihilated, -tva, n. id.: â-ya klip, go to ruin, -dahana, m. conflagration causing the destruction of the world, -½anta-ga, a.perishing only at the end of the world (sun).
pravarga m. large earthenware pot (used in the Pravargya ceremony); -vargyã, m. introductory ceremony of the Soma sacri fice, at which fresh milk is poured into a red-hot pot: -vat, a. connected with the Pravargya ceremony; -várgana, n. perform ance of the Pravargya rite, placing in or near the fire; -vartaka, a. (ikâ) causing to roll onward, setting in motion; promoting, insti gating; causing, producing; m.founder, author; n. entrance of a previously announced person on the stage (at the end of the intro duction); -vartana, n. advance, forward movement; emergence from (ab.); flow (of water); walking; activity; occupation with, engaging in (in., lc.); going on, proceeding, coming to pass, occurrence; procedure, be haviour; moving onward; erection, execu tion (of works); stimulation, promotion, pro duction, introduction, employment (of, g. or --°ree;): â, f. incitement to activity; -vartanî ya, fp. to be employed; -commenced; -vart ayitri, m. instigator, of (g.), to (lc.); erector, introducer; employer: -tva, n. instigation; -vartita, cs. pp.administered, dispensed; al lowed to take its course; enforced; -varti tavya, fp. n. imps. one should act; -varti tri, m. producer, bringer; one who fixes or settles; -vartin, a. issuing, streaming forth; moving forward, flowing; engaging in action; causing to flow; producing; employing; in troducing, propagating; -vartya, fp. being incited; -vardha-ka, a. (ikâ) augmenting, increasing (--°ree;); -vardhana, a. id.; -varsha, m. rain (sts. pl.):-na, n. raining; first rain; -varshin, a. raining, shedding (--°ree;); -varha, v. -barha; -valha, m. riddle; -vasathá, n. departure; separation (pl.) from (ab.); -vas ana, n. setting out on travel; dying, de cease; -vaha, a.carrying, wafting; m. one of the seven winds which set the planets in motion; one of the seven tongues of fire; reservoir for receiving water; -vahana, n. giving a girl in marriage; carriage; ship (also î, f.: --°ree; a. â): -bha&ndot;ga, m. shipwreck.
praveka a. choice, chief, exquisite, most excellent of (--°ree;); -vega, m. great swift ness; -vegita, den. pp. moving rapidly; -ve- nî, f. braid of hair; coloured woollen cloth; -vetri, m. charioteer; -vettri, m. connoisseur of (--°ree;); -vedana, n. making known, pro claiming; -vedin, a. thoroughly knowing (--°ree;); -vedya, fp. to be made known; -vedha, m. shot; -vepin, a. trembling; -verita, pp. cast, hurled; -vesa, m.entrance, entry, pene tration, intrusion, into (lc., g.±antar, or --°ree;); appearance on the stage; getting into the house, coming into one's possession (e. g. of a deposit); obtrusiveness, meddlesomeness; entering into=admissibleness, applicability in (lc.); employment or utilization of (--°ree;); entrance, door: -ka, a. --°ree;, id.; m. interlude (explaining what has happened between two acts and is essential for the understanding of what follows); -vesana, n. entering, en trance or penetration into (g., lc., or --°ree;); co pulation; introduction, into (lc.); driving home (of cattle); -vesa-bhâgika, m. collector of taxes; -vesayitavya, fp. to be introduced; -vesita, cs. pp. introduced, made or allowed to enter; n. causing to appear on the stage; -vesin, a. entering, into (--°ree;); accessible through or over (--°ree;); having sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); -vesya, fp. to be entered; -played (musical instrument); -introduced; -vesh- tavya, fp. to be entered; -allowed to enter; n. imps. one should enter or penetrate into (lc.); -veshtri, m. one who enters: -tva, n. condition of --.
pravṛtti f. moving forward, ad vance, progress; appearance, manifestation, production; rise, origin; advent, setting in (of spring etc.); activity, efficacy, function; advance into, prosecution of, engaging in, ex posure of oneself to danger, predilection, pro pensity, addiction to (lc. or --°ree;); proceeding, occupation; behaviour, practice; employ ment, use, currency; applicability or validity of a grammatical rule;continuance, preva lence, continued validity; lot, fate; tidings, of (g. or --°ree;): -mat, a. devoted to a thing; -vriddha, pp. (√ vridh) grown up, great; -vriddhi, f. growth, increase; rise (of price); preferment, promotion, elevation; prosperity; -vrídh, f. growth.
prasāda m. clearness (of water, the voice); brightness; perspicuity (of speech or style); radiance (of the countenance); calm ness (of mind), serenity; cheerfulness, good temper; kindness, graciousness, favour; help, aid; gracious gift; food offered to an idol; remnants of a preceptor's food (which may be eaten without scruple): -m kri, be gra cious, show favour; grant the favour of (inf. or --°ree;); -sâda-ka, a. making clear, clarifying; cheering, gladdening; -sâdana, a. (î) making clear, clarifying; n. making clear, clarification; soothing, calming, tranquillizing; rendering cheerful; gratifying; propitiation; -sâdanîya, fp. to be propitiated; -sâda-parâ&ndot;mukha, a. (î) indifferent to any one's favour; with drawing one's favour from (g.); -sâda-bhû mi, f. object of favour, favourite; -sâdayi tavya, fp. to be rendered propitious towards (upari); -sâda-vitta: -ka, a. abounding in favour, standing high in the favour of (g. or --°ree;); m. favourite; -sâda½antara, n. another mark of favour; -sâdita, cs. pp. (√ sad) pleased, propitiated, well-satisfied; -sâdin, a. bright (eye, face); clear (neetar); perspi cuous; cheering, gladdening; -sâdî-kri, grant (ac.) as a favour to (g.), graciously present; -sâdya, 1. cs. gd. having ap peased, pleased, or propitiated; 2. fp. to be propitiated; -sâdhaka, a. (ikâ) adorn ing; m. dresser, valet; f. (ikâ) lady's maid; -s&asharp;dhana, a. accomplishing; n. ac complishment; putting in order, arranging; embellishment, personal adornment, toilet; means of decoration, toilet requisites; orna ment of (--°ree;): î, f. comb; -sâdhita, pp. ac complished; decorated; -sâra, m. spreading or stretching out, extension; rising, whirling up (of dust); opening; -sârana, n. stretch ing out, extending; development; extension, diffusion, augmentation; vocalization of a semivowel (gr.); -sâranin, a. containing a semivowel liable to vocalization (gr.); -sâr ita, cs. pp. (√ sri) extended, expanded, dif fused; stretched forth, exposed for sale; -sârin, a. breaking forth, issuing from (--°ree;); stretching oneself out; extending to (--°ree;); -sârya, 1. cs. gd. having extended or put forth; 2. fp. to be vocalized (semivowel).
prasava m. 1. pressing (of Soma); 2. setting in motion, impulse; course, current; quickening power, stimulation, instigation; aid; command; acquisition; vivifier; 3. be getting, generation; conception; bringing forth, bearing; birth; delivery, confinement; augmentation; birth-place; flower, blossom; sg. & pl. offspring, progeny (--°ree;, sts.=young --): -griha, n. lying-in chamber; -savana, n. bringing forth, bearing of children; fe cundity; -sava-vedanâ, f. pangs of child birth, travail; -savitrí, m. 1. impeller, in citer, vivifier (of, g.); 2. (-tri), m. procreator, father; -savin, a. bearing, producing; -sa vya, a. (holding the left hand outtowards anything), following one's left hand, keeping one's left hand towards anything (in walking round it): -m, ad. to the left; -sáh, a. (str. st. -s&asharp;h) overpowering; -saha, a. enduring, withstanding (--°ree;); m.endurance, resistance (only --°ree;); beast or bird of prey; -sahana, n. resisting; overcoming; embracing; -sahya, 1. gd. forcibly; exceedingly; without more ado; necessarily (with na, by no means); 2. fp. conquerable;with inf. capable of being (ps. pt.): -kârin, a. acting with violence; -harana, n. forcible abduction or appro priation.
prasakala a. very full (bosom); -sakta, pp. √ sañg: °ree;-or -m, ad. incessantly; -saktavya, fp. to be attached to (lc.); -sak ti, f. attachment, devotion, or addiction to, indulgence in, occupation with (lc.), occur rence of a case; bearing, applicability; practicableness: -m pra-yâ, be practicable; -sa&ndot;ktavya, fp. to be allowed to occur; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. sum total; consideration; -sam khyâna, n. enumeration; reflexion, medita tion; fame, reputation; -sa&ndot;ga, m. attach ment, inclination; fondness for, addiction to; indulgence in (lc. or --°ree;); gratification, of (g.); association or intercourse with (--°ree;); illicit pursuit; applicability; contingency; opening, opportunity, occasion; connexion (pl. all that is connected with or results from anything): in. assiduously, with one's whole soul; in the course of (--°ree;); occasionally, in cidentally (also ab., °ree;--, or -tas); amunâ or tat-prasa&ndot;gena, on that occasion; etat prasa&ndot;ge, on this occasion; prasa&ndot;ge ku tra½api, on a certain occasion: -vat, a. occa sional, incidental, -vinivritti, f. non-recur rence of a contingency, prevention of the re currence; -sa&ndot;gin, a. attached or devoted to (--°ree;); connected with anything; contin gent, occurring; secondary, unessential; -sag ya, fp. applicable: -tâ, f. -ness,-pratishe dha, m. negative form of an applicable (posi tive) statement: -tva, n. abst. n.; -satti, f. graciousness; favour, complacency; -sam dhâna, n. combination, union; -sanna, pp. (√ sad) clear; bright; pleased, soothed, de lighted; complacent; gracious, propitious, kindly disposed; plain (meaning); distinct (impression); correct (supposition): -tâ, f. clearness, purity; brightness; perspicuity; complacence, good humour, -tva, n.clearness, brightness, -mukha, a. of a placid counte nance, looking pleased, -salila, a. having clear water; -sabha, °ree;-or -m, ad. forcibly; violently; exceedingly, very much; importu nately: -damana, n. forcible subjugation; -sara, m. advance; diffusion, expansion, ex tension; range; issue (of smoke); free scope, ample space; motion (of the eye); appear ance, manifestation; prevalence, influence; stream, flood; multitude, quantity: -na, n. running away, escaping; coming into force; complaisance, amiability; -sárga (or á), m. gushing forth; dismissal; -sárpana, n. going forward, advancing; betaking oneself to (lc.); -sarpin, a. issuing from (--°ree;); slinking away.
praspandana n. quivering, pal pitating; -spardhin, a. rivalling; -sphuta, a. plain, manifest, evident; -sphurita, pp. quivering, vibrating, tremulous; manifested; -sphuli&ndot;ga, m. (?) darting spark; -sphot ana, n. splitting (int.); causing to expand or bloom.
prastha m. n. [standing forth, promi nent], table-land on a mountain, plateau; level expanse, plain; a measure of capacity (=32 Palas); -sthâna, n. setting out, march ing forth, proceeding, departure; advent; de spatch (of wares), journey to the next world; religious mendicancy; way of thinking, method, system, sect; kind of inferior drama: -dundubhi, m. drum giving the sig nal for marching; -sthânîya, a. relating to departure; -sthâpana, n. sending away, de spatching, dismissing; giving currency to (an expression); -sthâpita, cs. pp. (√ sthâ) sent away, despatched; -sthâpya, cs. fp. to be sent away or dismissed; -sthâyin, a.setting out, departing; -sthita, pp. (√ sthâ) set out, departed; marched forth; gone on a journey; n. departure: -yâgyâ, f. verse pro nounced on offering the Soma vessels called &open;prasthita;&close; -sthiti, f.setting out, depar ture; -stheya, fp. n. imps. one should set out or depart.
prāglajja a. ashamed at first; -vamsa, 1. m. preceding race; 2. a. having its beams directed eastward; m. space in front of the Vedi; -vakana, n. previous utterance; -vat, a. as before, formerly, orat other times; as above (in a book); -vâta, m. east wind; -vritta, n. previous conduct; -vrittânta, m. previous event or adventure; -vritti, f. conduct in a previous life; -vesha, m. previous attire.
prāguttara a. (east-northern, i. e.) north-eastern: in. or -tas, in the north-east, of (ab., g.), -dig-bhâga, -dig-vibhâga, m. north-eastern side of (g.); -utpatti, f. first appearance; -uda&ndot;-mukha,a. facing north eastwards or to the east or the north; -udañk, a. (f. -udîkî) north-eastern; n. -udak, ad.; f. -udîkî, (east-north, i. e.) north-east; -ûdhâ, pp. f. formerly married.
prācya a. being in front; situated, living, prevailing, or spoken in the east, eastern; prior, previous; preceding (in a book); former, ancient, old; m. pl. people of the east, eastern country; the ancients: -pada-vritti, f. the euphonic combination e½a; -ratha, m. car used in the eastern country; -½udañk, a. (f. -½udîkî) running from east to west.
prāṇa m. breath; vital spirit (pl. life); vital air (five are generally assumed; but three, six, seven, nine, and even ten are also spoken of); sp. inhaled air; breath of air, wind; breath as a measure of time (requisite for pronouncing ten long sylla bles); vigour, energy, power; soul (in the Sâmkhya phil.); intelligence associated with totality (Vedânta); sign of vitality (pl.); organ of sense (mouth, nose, eyes, and ears: pl.); N.; --°ree;, a. = loving -as dearly as life, or having one's life dependent on --: -kara, a. invigorating; -karman, n. vital function; -krikkhra, n. danger to life; -ghna, a. life destroying, deadly; -khid, a. cutting life short, fatal; -kkheda, m. destruction of life, murder; -tyâga, m. abandonment of life, suicide; death.
prāṇanātha m. lord of life, lover, husband; -nâsa, m. loss of life, death; -ni graha, m. restraint of breath; -pati, m. lord of life, soul; -parikraya, m. staking one's life; -parikshîna, pp. whose life is on the decline; -parigraha, m. possession of life, existence; -parityâga, m. abandonment of life; -prada, a. having restored or saved any one's life; -pradâyaka, -pradâyin, a. id.; -prayâna, n. departure of the vital spirit, death; -priya, a. as dear as life; m. lover, husband; -prepsu, des. a. wishing to preserve one's life, in mortal terror; -bâdha, m. danger to life, mortal peril; -bhaksha, m. feeding on breath only (i. e. on the mere smell of food or drink); -bhaya, n. mortal fear; -bhâg, a. possessing life; m. living being; -bhûta, pp. being the vital breath; -bhrít, a. life-preserving; possessing life, living; m. living being; man; -máya, a. consisting of vital air orbreath; -mokshana, n. abandonment of breath, suicide; -yâtrâ, f. support of life, subsistence; -yâtrika, a. requisite for subsistence: -mâtrah syât, he should possess only as much as will support life; -yuta, pp. endowed with life, living, alive; -yoni, f. source of life; -rakshâ½ar tham, ad. for the preservation of life; -râg ya-da, a. having saved any one's life and throne; -rodha, m. suppression of the breath; -lâbha, m. saving of life; -vat,a. endowed with life, living; vigorous, strong; -vallabhâ, f. mistress or wife who is as dear to one as life; -vinâsa, m. loss of life, death; -vipra yoga, m. id.; -vritti, f. vital activity or function; -vyaya, m. renunciation orsacri fice of life; -vi½âyakkhana, n. imperilment of life; -samyama, m. suspension of breath; -samsaya, m. risk or danger to life (sts. pl.); -samkata, n. id.; -samtyâga, m. renunciation of life; -samdeha, m. risk or peril to life; -samdhârana, n. preservation of life; -sam nyâsa, m. giving up the spirit; -sama, a. dear as one's own life: â, f. mistress, wife; -sam mita, pp. dear as one's own life; reaching to the nose; -sâra, n. vital energy; a. full of strength, vigorous, muscular; -hara, a. taking away life, fatal to (--°ree;); capital (pun ishment); -hâni, f. loss of life; -hâraka, a. life-depriving, fatal; -hârin, a. id.; -hîna, pp. bereft of life, lifeless.
prāpta pp. (√ âp) gotten, gained, obtained; reached, attained; met with, found; incurred, suffered; arrived, come; following from a rule (gr.): -karman, a. being the direct object (of an action) deduced from a rule (gr.); -karma-tva, n. abst. n.; -kârin, a. doing what is right or suitable; -kâla, m. arrived time, fitting season, proper time, favourable moment; a. whose hour has come; suitable to the occasion, opportune, season able; marriageable (f.): -m, ad. at the right time; -kâla-tva, n. opportuneness, season ableness; -gîvana, a. having one's life re stored, rescued from death; -tva, n. result ance from a grammatical rule; -dosha, a. having incurred guilt; -bîga, a. sown; -yau vana, a. having the bloom of youth arrived, adolescent, marriageable; -rûpa, a. suitable, proper; learned, wise; -vat, pp. act. (-î) obtained, incurred; -vikalpa, m.alternative to what follows from a grammatical rule: -tva, n. justifiableness of an alternative.
prāyopagamana n. going to death, starving oneself to death; -½upayog ika, a. most usual; -½upavishta, pp. sit ting down to starve oneself to death; -½upa-vesa, m.: -na, n. starvation by fasting; -½upavesin, a. sitting down to starve oneself to death.
prāyaścitta n. [thought of death], atonement, expiation, penance; amends, satis faction; -kitti, f. id.; a. expiating (Agni); -kittin, a. making atonement; -kittîya, 1. den. Â. be bound to perform penance; 2. a. serving as an atonement; bound to perform penance: -tâ, f. liability to perform a pe nance; -ketana, n. expiation, atonement.
prāsāda m. raised platform for sitting, terrace; top storey of a lofty building; edifice on high foundations, palace; temple, shrine: -gata, pp. gone to the flat roof of the palace; -garbha, m. inner apartment or sleeping chamber of a palace; -tala, n. flat roof of a palace; -prishtha, n. balcony on the top of a palace; -stha, a. standing on the top of the palace; -½agra, n. top of a palace.
plavana a. inclined or sloping to wards (--°ree;); n. swimming; bathing, in (--°ree;); flying; leaping, over (--°ree;); trotting (of horses).
bakaripu m. foe of Baka (a Râk shasa conquered by him), ep. of Bhîmasena; -vatî, f. N. of a river; -vritti, a. behaving like the heron, hypocritical; m. hypocrite; -vrata, n. action of a heron: -kara, a.act ing like a heron, hypocritical; -vratika, a. hypocritical; -vratin, a. id.; -sahavâsin, m. fellow-lodger of the heron=lotus; -½ari, m. foe of Baka (an Asura), ep. of Krishna; -½âlîna, pp. lurking like a heron.
bandha m. tying, fastening, bandaging; catching, capturing; fettering; arrest; connexion with (--°ree;); intercourse with (--°ree;); putting together, joining (the hands etc.); posture, position of the hands and feet; construction, building (of a bridge etc.); damming up (of a river); bridging; fixing on, directing towards (lc.); assumption or obtainment of a body (--°ree;); manifestation, display, or possession of (--°ree;); bond, deposit, pledge; mundane bondage (opp. final emancipation); bond, tie; band, fillet; bandage; fetter; sinew, tendon; receptacle; combination of words or letters: -ka, m. binder (of animals); catcher (--°ree;); rope, thong, fetter; part (--°ree; with an ordinal, e.g. tenth); n. (?) pledging: î, f. unchaste woman; -karana, n. fettering or checking by magic; -kartri, m. binder, fetterer, restrainer (Siva).
bahiraṅga a. external; unessen tial: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -argala, --°ree;, a. external bolt; -artha, m. external object; -gata, pp. come forth: -tva, n. appearance; -giri, m. (country beyond the hills), N. of a country: pl. N. of a people; -geham, ad. outside the house; -grâmam, ad. outside the village; -grâma-pratisraya, a. dwelling outside the village; -dris, a. looking at the outside, superficial (person); -dvâra, n. outer door; space outside the door; -dvârin, a. being outside the door; -dh&asharp;, ad. prp. with ab. outside, away from (V.); -nirgamana, n. going out of (ab.); -nihsarana, n. taking out, removal; -bhava, a.external; -bhâga, m. exterior; -mandala-stha, a. being out side the circle; -mukha, a. issuing from the mouth; averting one's face, averse from (--°ree;); having one's mind outward, i.e. directed to wards the external world; -yâna, n. going out; (ír)-loma, a. having the hair turned outwards; -loman, a. id.; -vâsas, n. upper garment; -vikâram, ad. apart from indi vidual existence (Sâmkhya ph.); -vritti, f. occupation with external matters; -vedi, 1. f. space outside the Vedi; 2. ad. (í) outside the Vedi; -vedi-ka, a. being outside the Vedi.
bahuvaktavya fp. about which much can be said; -vakaná, n. plural; case and personal terminations of the plural; -vat, a. in the plural; -varna, a. many-coloured; -valkala, m.=Priyâla tree (Buchanania latifolia); -vâdín, a. talking much, loquacious; -vâra: -ka, m. a. small tree (Cordia Myxa): -phala, n. its fruit (=Selu); -vâram, ad. frequently, often; -vârshika, a. (î) many years old; lasting many years; -vâla, a. hairy, shaggy (tail); -vighna, a. attended with many difficulties; -víd, a. knowing much; -vidya, a. having much knowledge, learned; -vidha, a. of many sorts, manifold, various: -m, ad. variously, repeatedly; -vistara, m. great extension; a. wide-spread; manifold, various; very detailed; -vistâra, a. of wide extent; -vistîrna, pp. wide-spread; -vîrya, a. of great strength, very efficacious; -velam, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -vyâla nishevita, pp. infested by many beasts of prey; -vrîhi, m. (having much rice), possessive adjective compound: the last member is a substantive, the whole compound becoming an adjective qualifying another substantive and agreeing with it in gender; these possessives often become substantives to designate a species (a generic term being under stood) or an individual as a proper name (a specific term being understood): e.g. bahu vrîhih (sc. samâsah), m. a &open;much-rice&close; com pound; Brihadasvah, m. Many-horse (sc. man: cp. Gr. Philippos, horse-loving, and Engl. Great-head). The term bahuvrîhi being an instance is used to designate the whole class.
bahukara a. doing much, for any one (g.); -kalpa, a. of many kinds, manifold; -kalyâna, a. very noble; -kâma, a. having many wishes; -krítvas, ad. ofttimes, frequently; -kshama, a. bearing much, of great forbearance; -gamana, a. having many goings or courses; -garhya-vâk, a. talking much that is censurable, garrulous; -guna, a. many-stranded (rope); manifold, much; possessing many virtues; -gotra-ga, a.having many blood relations; -graha, a. hold ing much (pot); taking much (minister); -kitra, a. extremely manifold or various; -kkhala, a. abounding in fraud, deceitful: -tva, n. deceitfulness; -gana, 1. m. the great multitude; 2. a. having many people about one; -galpa, a. garrulous; -galpitri, m. chat terer; -tanaya, a. having many sons.
bādha m. tormentor; resistance; m., â, f. pain, affliction, distress, suffering, annoyance, from (ab. or --°ree;); injury, damage, hurt, prejudice to (--°ree;); exclusion from (--°ree;); obstruction, annulment, suspension; contra diction, absurdity; -aka, a. (ikâ) distressing, harassing; injuring, prejudicing; setting aside, annulling; m. a tree: -tva, n. annulment; -ana, a. harassing, distressing; n. annoyance, molestation, pain (sts. pl.); annulment; removal; hindrance to (d.): â, f. trouble, affliction; -anîya, fp. to be removed; -ayitri, m.: trî, f. injurer, oppressor; -itatva, n. annulment; -itavya, fp. to be distressed, afflicted, ortroubled; -annulled or removed; -itri, m. troubler, afflicter.
bāṇavat m. (made of a reed), arrow; (containing arrows), quiver; -varsh in, a. showering arrows; -vâra, m. multitude of arrows; cuirass, doublet (protecting from arrows); -samdhâna, n.adjustment of the arrow (to the string); -siddhi, f. hitting of an arrow.
bāhucyuta pp. fallen or dropped from the arm or hand; (u)-tarana, n. cross ing with the arms, i. e. swimming across a river; (ú)-tâ, ad. in the arms (V.); (u)-dan- da, m. long arm; -danta-ka, a. with sâstra, n. N. of a treatise on jurisprudence abridged by Indra; -dant-in, m. ep. of Indra: (-i) putra, m. Indra's son (as the author of a Tantra); -pâsa, m. fetter of the arms, encircling arms; a certain attitude in fighting; -prasâra, m. extension of the arms; -bandhana, n. clasped or encircling arms; -bala, n. strength of arm; m. (Arm-strong), N.; -balín, a. strong-armed; -madhya, a. middle most with the arms: â-ni karmâni=actions with the arms are intermediate; -mûla, n. root of the arm, shoulder; -yuddha, n. hand to hand fight, pugilistic encounter; -yodha, -yodhin, m. pugilist.
bodha a. understanding, knowing; m. awaking (int.); waking state, conscious ness; expanding, blooming (of flowers); call ing forth (a perfume); beginning to take effect (of a spell); apprehension, knowledge, understanding; designation; N.; -aka, a. (ikâ) awakening, rousing; causing to know, teaching, explaining; designating, indicating (--°ree;); enlightening, instructing; m. teacher, instructor; N.; -ana, a. (î) causing to awake, i.e. to expand (of a flower); arousing, excit ing; instructing, informing, teaching; m. planet Mercury; n. awaking, waking; per ceiving, understanding, knowledge; arous ing; causing to take effect (spell); causing to perceive or understand; instructing, in forming, enlightening; designating, indicat ing; ninth day of the dark fortnight in Bhâ dra, on which Durgâ awakes: î, f. eleventh day of the light fortnight of the month Kârttika, on which Vishnu awakes from his sleep; -anîya, fp. to be admonished; -un derstood; -regarded as.
brahmaloka m. world or heaven of Brahman (sts. pl.); -laukika, a. inhabit ing the world of Brahman; -vaktri, m. ex pounder of the Vedas; -vat, ad. in accord ance with or like the Veda; -vadya, n.recitation of Vedic texts; -vadha, m. mur der of a Brâhman; -vadhyâ, f. id.: -krita, n. perpetrated murder of a Brâhman; -vark asá, n. pre-eminence in sacred knowledge, sanctity; -varkas-in, a. pre-eminent in di vine knowledge, holy; -varkas-vin, a. id.; -vâdá, m. discourse on sacred matters; -vâd ín, a. discoursing on sacred matters; m. theologian, Vedântin; -vâsa, m. Brahman's abode or heaven; (bráhma)-vâhas, a. to whom prayer is offered; -vit-tva, n. sacred knowledge, theology, philosophy; -víd, a. knowing the Vedas; versed in magic; m. theologian, philosopher; -vidy&asharp;, f. knowledge of Brahman or of sacred things; -vidvas, pt. knowing Brahman; -vivardhana, a. increas ing sacred knowledge, ep. of Vishnu; -vrik sha, m. Brahman as a tree; -vritti, f. sub sistence of a Brâhman; -veda, m. Veda of Spells, Atharva-veda; -vedi, f. N. of a local ity; -vedin, a.knowing the Brahman or the Vedas; -vaivarta: -ka, n. T. of a Purâna; -vrata, n. vow of chastity: -dhara, a. prac tising --; -sâyin, a. resting in Brahman; -sâlâ, f. Brahman's hall; N. of a sacred locality; -siras, -sîrshan, n. kind of mythi cal missile; -samsad, f. Brahman's audience chamber; -samstha, a. devoted to sacred things; -samhitâ, f. collection of prayers; -sattra, n. sacrifice of prayer; -sattrin, a. offering a sacrifice of prayer; -sadana, n. seat of the Brahman priest; abode or heaven of Brahman; -sabhâ, f. hall or audience chamber of Brahman; -sambhava, a. sprung from Brahman; -saras, n. N. of a bathing place; -savá, m. purification of prayer; kind of sacrificial rite; -sât-kri, bring into har mony with Brahman; -sâmá, -sâmán, n. Sâman chanted after a verse recited by the Brahman priest; -sâyugya, n. complete union or identification with the universal soul; -sârshti-tâ, f. equality with Brahman; -sâ varna, m. N. of the tenth Manu; -sâvarni, m. id.; -siddhânta, m. T. of various astrono mical works; -siddhi, m. N. of an ascetic; -suta, m. son of Brahman; -suvarkalâ, f. kind of plant; decoction of this plant (drunk as a penance); -sûtra, n. sacred cord worn by Brâhmans over the shoulder; sacred or theological Sûtra; T. of a Sûtra work on the Vedânta philosophy ascribed to Bâdarâyana or Vyâsa: -pada, n. statement of a theolo gical Sûtra; a. (î) consisting of the state ments of a theological Sûtra; -sûtrin, a. wearing the sacred cord; -srig, m. creator of Brahman, ep. of Siva; -soma, m. N. of a saint; -stamba, m. universe, world; -stena, m. (thief of=) one in unlawful possession of the Veda; -steya, n. (theft of=) unlawful acquisition of the Veda; -sthala, n. N. of a town and of various villages; -sva, n. pro perty of a Brâhman; -haty&asharp;, f. murder of a Brâhman; -hán, m. murderer of a Brâhman; -hridaya, m. n. N. of a star (Capella).
brahmojjha a. having abandoned Vedic study: -tâ, f. forgetting the Veda; -½uttara, m. pl. N. of a people (consisting chiefly of Brâhmans); n. T. of a section of the Skanda-purâna (treating chiefly of Brah man); -½udumbara, n. (?) N. of a place of pil grimage; a&halfacute;udya, n. discussion of theological problems, giving of riddles from the Veda; -½odaná, m. rice pap boiled for Brâhmans, esp. officiating priests.
brahmāyus n. Brahman's life time; a. living as long as Brahman; m. N. of a Brâhman; -½aranya, n. N. of a forest; -½ârambha, m. beginning of Vedic recitation; -½arpana, n. offering of sacred knowledge; -½âvarta, m. N. of the sacred tract between the Sarasvatî and the Drishadvatî, north west of Hastinâpura; -½âsana, n. seat of the Brahman priest; a sitting posture suitable for sacred meditation; -½astra, n. Brahman's missile (a mythical weapon); -½âsya, n. a Brâhman's mouth; -½âhuti, f. offering of devotion.
brāhmaṇātikrama m. disrespect towards Brâhmans; -½abhyupapatti, f. protection of or kindness to a Brâhman.
bhaṭṭi m. N. of the author of the Bhat tikâvya (by various commentators identified with Bhartrihari): -kâvya, n. the poem of Bhatti (sixth or seventh century a.d.), the main object of which, while describing the deeds of Râma, is to illustrate the forms of Sanskrit grammar.
bhaṅga a. breaking (V.1); m. breaking (also of waves), -down or off; plucking off; falling out; injury; fracture (of bones); separation, analysis (of words); bend, curve; collapse, downfall, fall, ruin, destruction, decay; interruption, disturbance; frustration, failure; infringement, diminution; non-performance (of an order); dispersion, discomfiture, rout, defeat (also in a lawsuit); fear; rejection, refusal; refutation; fragment; contraction, knitting (of the brows); fold; wave: -kara, a. breaking; m. breaker, infringer.
bhadrākṣa m. N. of a prince; -½âyudha, m. N.; -½asva, m. N.; -½âsana, n. splendid seat, throne; a sitting posture among ascetics; -½îsa, m. ep. of Siva; -½îs vara, m. N. of various statues and emblems of Siva; N. of a locality; N. of a scribe.
bharata m. [to be maintained], N. of a certain Agni who is kept alive by the care of men (V.); a certain Agni with a son of the same name (E.); actor; N. of various princes and men; N. of a tribe, the descend ants of Bharata (pl.); N. of a manual of the histrionic art composed by a certain Bharata: -rishabha, m. ep. of Visvâmitra; -khanda, n. N. of a division of Bhârata-varsha; -putra, m. son of Bharata, actor; -pura,n. N. of a city; -roha, m. N.: -ka, m. id.; -½rishabha, m. noblest among the Bharatas, ep. of various men; -vâkya, n. actor's speech = epilogue of a play; -sârdûla, m. tiger among --, -sreshtha, -sattama, spv. best of the Bharatas, id.; -sena, m. N. of a commentator on the Meghadûta, Raghuvamsa, Sisupâlavadha, and Bhattikâvya.
bhārata a. (î) derived from the Bha rata (Ritvig) or bearing the sacrifice (?), ep. of Agni; descended from Bharata; belong ing to the Bharatas (with yuddha, n., sam grâma, m., samara, m., samiti, f. the battle of the Bharatas; w. âkhyâna, n., itihâsa, m., or kathâ, f. story of the Bharatas; w. mandala or varsha, n. Bharata's realm, India; w. vritti, f. kind of style); inhabiting India; m. de scendant of Bharata;ep. of Yudhishthira: î, f. a Vedic deity, later identified with Saras vatî, the goddess of speech; speech, voice; quail; n. the land of Bharata, India; the story of the Bharatas and of their struggle (=Ma hâbhârata, but sts. distinguished from it).
bhitti f. breaking, splitting; mat made of split cane; wall, partition; panel; --°ree; with parts of the body=vertical surface: -buddhi-kara, a. producing the impression of a wall.
bhikṣāka m. beggar; -karana, n. begging, mendicancy; -kara, m. N. of a son of Bhoga; -karana, n. mendicancy: -m kar, go about begging; -kárya, n. id.: -m kar, go about begging: â, f. id.; -karya-karana, n. id.; -kâra, a. practising mendi cancy; m. beggar; -½atana, n. wandering about begging, mendicancy: -m kri, beg; -m kâr aya, force any one (ac.) to go begging; -½anna, n. food obtained by begging; -pâtra, n.begging-bowl, alms-dish; -prakâra, m. going forth to beg; -bhânda, n. begging bowl; -bhug, a. living on alms; -½ayana, n. mendicancy; -½arthin, a. begging for charity; m. beggar; -vat, a. receiving charity, beg ging; -vritti, a. subsisting on alms; -½âsi tva, n. eating of begged food, living on alms; -½âsin, a. eating begged food, living on alms; -½âhâra, m. begged food; a. living on alms; m. beggar.
bhinnakāla a. overstepping the time; -kûta, a. employing different strata gems; -krama, a. having the wrong order, displaced; -ganda-karata, a. whose temples are streaming (elephant); -garbha, a. (hav ing a discordant interior=) suffering from in ternal dissensions, disorganized (army); -gâti, a. pl. of different rank; -gâtîya, a. various; -tva, n. difference from (--°ree;); -darsin, a. see ing a difference, distinguishing; -desa, a. occurring in different places: -tva, n. occur rence in widely distant places; -prakâra, a. of a different sort; -mantra, a. having be trayed counsel; -maryâda, a. breaking down or transgressing the bounds; -ruki, a. having different tastes; -li&ndot;ga, n. incongruity of gender in a simile: -ka, a. (i-kâ) containing words of different gender; -vakana, a. con taining words of different number; n. incon gruity of numberin a simile; -varna, a. co lourless; -vritta, pp. behaving irregularly, leading a bad life; -vritti, a. having differ ent occupations; having a different vocation; leading an evil life: -tâ, f. abst. N.; -½añgana, n. mixed collyrium (applied with oil): -var- na, a. having the colour of mixed collyrium: -tâ, f. abst. N.; -½artha, a. having a different object; having a distinct sense, clear, intel ligible: -tâ, f. clearness, intelligibility.
bhid a. (--°ree;) breaking in pieces, cleav ing; crushing; piercing; striking, hitting (a mark); destroying; f. wall (RV.1); distinc tion; species.
bheda m. 1. act. vbl. n. breaking, splitting, cleaving, bursting, piercing, per forating, rending; division, separation; be trayal (of a secret); disturbance, interruption, infringement; sowing dissension, winning over an ally (one of the four Upâyas); lead ing astray, seduction; 2. ps. vbl. n. (being broken etc.), bursting, rupture, breach; in jury, hurt; bursting open, blossoming; sprout ing (of the beard); contraction (of the brows); disunion, dissension, between (in.), in (--°ree;); change, alteration, modification; distinction, difference; 3. concrete: division, part; cleft, fissure, chasm; variety, species, kind.
bhṛtyaparamāṇu m. mean est atom of a servant=most humble servant; -bhâva, m. condition of a servant; -vritti, f. maintenance of servants.
bhedin a. breaking, cleaving, pierc ing; putting out (eyes); violating (an agreement etc.); dividing, separating from (ab.); creating discord in or among; interrupting (medita tion); -ya, fp. to be split; capable of being pierced; refutable; to be betrayed; corrupti ble, to be drawn off from his allies; that is differentiated or determined; n. substantive.
bhedana a. cleaving, splitting, rend ing, breaking, piercing; n. 1. act. vbl. n. splitting, slitting, rending, piercing; betrayal (of a secret); sowing of dissensions, creation of discord; 2. ps. vbl. n. breaking, bursting, breach; dissension, discord; -anîya, fp. to be split or cleft.
bhaikṣavat ad. like alms; -vritti, f. subsistence on alms, mendicancy; a. living on alms; -½anna, n. begged food; -½âsin, a. eating begged food; -½âsya, n. subsistence on alms; -½âhâra, a. eating begged food; -½upa- gîvin, a. subsisting on alms.
bhrukuṭi f. contraction of the brow, frown: î, f. id.; (i)-bandha, m., (i)-rak anâ, f. knitting of the brows; (î)-krit, a. contracting the brow, frowning; (î)-mukha, n. frowning face; a. having a frowning face.
maṇika m. large water-pot: pl. fleshy excrescences on the shoulder of an ani mal; -karnikâ, f. earring of pearls or gems; N. of a sacred pool near Benares; N.; -kâ rá, m. jeweller; -danda, a. having a handle adorned with jewels; -datta, m. N. of a mer chant; -dara, m. N. of a chief of the Yak shas; -darpana, m. jewelled mirror; -dîpa, m. jewel-lamp (in which gems supply the place of the burning wick): -ka, m. id.; -dhanu, m., -dhanus, n. rainbow; -pushpa-ka, m. (gem-flowered), N. of the conch of Sahadeva; -pushpa½îsvara, m. N. of an attendant of Siva; -pûra, n. N. of a town in Kali&ndot;ga situated on the sea-coast (also -pura); -pra dîpa, m. jewel-lamp (=-dîpa); -bandha, m. fastening or putting on of jewels; (place where jewels are fastened), wrist; -bandh ana, n. string or ornament of pearls; wrist; -bhadra, m. N. of a brother of Kubera and prince of the Yakshas; N. of a Sreshthin; -mañgarî, f. rows of pearls; -mandapa, m. hall of crystal, hall resting on crystal columns; -mat, a. jewelled; m. N.; -maya, a. (î) con sisting of jewels: -bhû, a. having floors --; -mâlâ, f. string of jewels, necklace; -yashti, f. id.; -ratna, n. jewel: -maya, a. (î) con sisting of jewels, crystal; -râga, m. colour of a jewel; -varman, m. N. of a merchant; -sri&ndot;ga, m. sun; -syâma, a. blue like a sap phire; -sara, m. string of pearls, pearl necklace; -sûtra, n. string of pearls; -sopâna, n. jewelled or crystal staircase; -stambha, m. jewelled or crystal pillar; -srag, f. wreath of jewels; -harmya, n. crystal palace,N. of a palace.
maṇḍalāsana a. sitting in a circle.
matikarman n. matter of the intellect; -gati, f. way of thinking; -garbha, a. (having intellect within), intelligent, clever; -darsana, n. pl. recognition of other's thoughts or intentions; -patha, m.path of reflexion: -m nî, subject to mature consideration; -pûr va, a. intentional: -m, e, ad. intentionally, wilfully, wittingly; -pûrvakam, ad. id.; -prakarsha, m. superior cleverness, stroke of genius; -bheda, m. change of opinion; differ ence of opinion; -bhrama, m. mental confusion.
madakara a. intoxicating; -karin, m. elephant in rut; -kala, a. passionately sweet (note); uttering soft sounds of love; drunk with passion; reeling with intoxica tion; being in rut, beginning to rut (elephant); -kârin, -krit, a. intoxicating; -kyút, a. 1. (V.) reeling with excitement, exhilarated with Soma; gladdening, exhilarating; 2. distilling temple-juice (elephant); -gala, n. temple juice (of elephants); -gvara, m.fever of pas sion or pride; -durdina, n. stream of temple juice; -dvipa, m. rutting elephant.
madātyaya m. excess of intoxi cation, delirium tremens; -½andha, a. blind with intoxication, dead-drunk; blind with passion, rutting; blinded by pride; -½ambu, n. temple-juice (of elephants); -½ambhas, n. id.; -½alasa, a. languid with intoxication: â, f. N.; -½avasthâ, f. wantonness, rut.
madapaṭu a. rutting (elephant); ad. clearly with joy (warble); -prada, a. in toxicating and causing pride or conceit; -prasravana½âvila, a. turbid with temple juice; -muk, a. discharging temple-juice (elephant).
madotkaṭa a. excited with drink, intoxicated; excited with passion, furious; lustful, rutting (elephant); m. N. of a lion; -½udaka, n. temple-juice; -½uda gra, a. excited with passion, furious; -½ud dhata, pp. puffed up with pride, arrogant; -½unmatta, pp. drunk with passion, rutting; intoxicated with pride.
madhya a. middle (in V. like Latin medius=mid-, the middle of); central; mid dling, mediocre, of medium kind; middle sized; moderate; intermediate; neutral (â vritti, f. middle course); (m.) n. middle of the body, esp. woman's waist; n. middle, centre; inside, interior; meridian; interme diate condition between (g.); ten thousand bil lions (as being between koti and parârdha): -m, into the midst of, into, amongst (g. or --°ree;); in. in or through the midst of, between (ac., g., or --°ree;); ab. from the midst of, out of, from among (g. or --°ree;); lc. in the middle, between; in the midst of, within, in, into, among (g. or --°ree;); --°ree;--=ac. or lc.; madhye kri, place in the middle, make an intermediary of; ac count (--°ree;); -kritya, with regard to (ac.).
manobhū m. (arising in the mind), love, god of love; -mathana, m. (agitator of the soul), god of love; -máya, a. (î) consist ing of mind, spiritual (not material); -yâyin, a. going at will, going whereverone likes; -yúg, a. (V.) thought-yoked, i. e. yoked by a mere thought (steeds); suiting the under standing, wise; -ratha, m. (car of the mind), wish, desire; fancy, illusion; indirectly ex pressed wish; N.: -dâyaka, m. fulfilling wishes; N. of a Kalpa tree, -prabhâ, f. N., -siddhi, f. fulfilment of a wish; m. N.: -ka, --°ree; a. id.; -rama, a. delighting the mind, attractive, pleasing, charming, lovely, beau tiful; m. N.: -â, f. N.; -râgya, n. realm of fancy: â-ni kri, build castles in the air; -laya, m. loss of consciousness; -laulya, n. freak of the mind, whim, caprice; -vat-î, f. N.; -vallabhâ, f. mistress of one's heart; -vâñkhita, (pp.) n. heart's desire; -visud dhi, f. purity of mind; -vritti, f. working of the mind, mental operation; train of thought; mood, temper; -hán, a. mind-destroying; -hara, a. (â, î) captivating the mind, fascin ating, attractive; charming, beautiful: -tara, cpv. more beautiful, etc.: -tva, n. greater beauty; -hartri, m. heart-stealer, captivator; -hârikâ, f. N.; -hârin, a. captivating the heart, enchanting, fascinating, charming, beautiful; -hrit, a. taking away life and de lighting the heart;-hlâda, m. gladness of heart; -hlâdin, a. gladdening the heart, at tractive, beautiful.
marmapāraga a. having pene trated to the inmost recesses of, having a thorough insight into (--°ree;); -bheda, m. hit ting a vulnerable part (fig.); -bhedin, a. piercing a vulnerable point, cutting to the quick (fig.); m. arrow; -maya, a. consisting of or relating to any one's weak points.
marmaga a. penetrating the joints, poignant; cutting to the quick (fig.); m. wounding the vitals; -ghnî, a. f. of -han; -kkhid, a. penetrating the joints, cutting to the quick, very poignant; m. piercing the vitals, excessive pain; -kkhedin, a. cutting to the quick, very poignant; -gña, a. know ing the weak or vulnerable points (also fig.); knowing the inmost recesses of a thing, hav ing a deep insight, into (--°ree;); extremely clever.
marmāvidh a. piercing a vital spot, very cutting (speech).
marmavid a. knowing the weak or vulnerable points of any one; -vidârana, a. lacerating the vitals, wounding mortally; -vegitâ, f. prob. incorr. for -vedi-tâ; -ved in, a. knowing the vulnerable orweak points: (-i)-tâ, f. knowledge of the weak points; -spris, a. touching the vitals, cutting to the quick; very cutting or stinging (fig.); -han, a. (-ghnî) striking the vitals, exceedingly stinging (speech).
mahāpakṣa a. having many ad herents, having a large following; -pa&ndot;ka, n. (?) deep mud; -pa&ndot;kti, f. a metre of forty-eight syllables; -pandita, a. extremely learned; m. great scholar; -patha, m. prin cipal street; high road; the great journey, pilgrimage to the other world (-m yâ, die); a certain hell; a. having a great path: -giri, m. N. of a mountain; -padma, n. a certain high number; m. one of the eight treasures connected with the magic art padminî; N. of a Nâga: -pati, m. lord of millions, ep. of Nanda, -saras, n. N. of a lake, -salila, n. id.; -padya-shatka, n. T. of a poem (at tributed to Kâlidâsa) consisting of six classi cal verses; -½aparâdha, m. great crime or injury; -parvata, m. high mountain; -pasu, m. large cattle; -pâta, m. long flight; a. flying far (arrow); -pâtaka, n. great crime or sin (of which there are five: killing a Brâhman, drinking spirituous liquor, theft, adultery with a teacher's wife, and asso ciation with persons guilty of those four crimes); -pâtakin, a. guilty of a capital sin; -pâtra, n. prime minister; -pâda, a. large footed; -pâpa, n.great crime; -pâpman, a. very harmful; -pâra, 1. m. a certain per sonification; 2. a. having distant banks, wide (sea); -pârsva, a. having broad sides (leech); N.; -pâsupata, a. with vrata, n. the great vow of a worshipper of Siva Pasupati; m. zealous worshipper of Siva Pasupati; -pîtha, n. high seat; -pumsa, m. great man; -punya, a. very auspicious (day); very good or beau tiful; very holy; -purá, n. great fortress: î, f. great citadel; -purusha, m. great or eminent man; supreme spirit; -pûta, pp. extremely pure; -prishtha, a. broad-backed; -pai&ndot;gya, n. T. of a Vedic text; -prakarana, n. main treatment of a subject; -pragâpati, m. great lord of creatures, ep. of Vishnu; -pratâpa, m. of great dignity, majestic; -pratîhâra, m. head janitor; -pradâna, n. great gift; -prapañka, m. the great world; -prabha, a. of great lustre, very splendid; -prabhâ, f. great brightness;-prabhâva, a. very mighty; -prabhu, m. great lord, sovereign; chief; ep. of Vishnu; -pramâna, a. very exten sive; -pralaya, m. great dissolution of the universe at the end of a cosmic age: -kâla, m. time of the --; -prasna,m. great or im portant question; -prasâda, m. great pre sent; a. very gracious; -prasthâna, n. great departure, decease; -prâgña, a. very wise or prudent (person); -prâna, m. hard breath ing, aspirate sound; great strength; a. pro nounced with a hard breathing, aspirated; of great endurance or physical strength; -plava, m. great flood, deluge; -phala, n. large fruit; great reward; a. producing a great reward; -bala, a. very strong, power ful, or effective; m. N.; -bâdha, a. very in jurious; -bâhu, a. long-armed, strong-armed; m. ep. of Vishnu; N.; -bila, n. deep hole; -buddhi, a. of great intellect, extremely clever; m. N. of an Asura; N.; -brihatî, f. a metre (8+8+8+8+12 syllables); -brah ma: -n, m. the great Brahman (the god); -brâhmaná, m. great Brâhman (also used sarcastically); n. Great (=Tândya) Brâh mana; -bhata, m. great warrior; N.; -bha ya, n. great danger or straits; -bhâga, a. having great good fortune, very lucky, greatly blessed; greatly distinguished, very illus trious (frequently used as a term of address); -bhâgin, a. very fortunate, greatly blessed; -bhâgya, n.high position, great importance or power; a. extremely fortunate: -tâ, f. great good fortune; -bhânda½agâra, n. chief treasury; -bhârata, a. (± a word meaning &open;battle&close;), the Great Battle of the Bharatas; n.(± âkhyâna), the Great Story of the Bharatas, T. of the well-known great Epic (which contains about 100,000 slokas); -bhâshya, n. the Great Commentary of Patañgali on the Sûtras of Pânini and the Vârttikas of Kâtyâyana (probably composed in the second century b. c.); -bhikshu, m. the great mendicant, ep. of Sâkyamuni; -½abhi- gana, m. high descent, noble birth; -½abhi yoga, m. great plaint or charge; -½abhishava, m. N. of a prince; -½abhisheka, m. great inauguration; T. of the fourteenth Lambaka of the Kathâsaritsâgara; -bhîta, pp. greatly terrified; -½abhîsu, a. brilliant, lustrous; -bhuga, a. long-armed; -bhûta, pp. being great, large (E.); m. great creature; n. gross element (ether, air, fire, water, earth); -bhû mi, f. great realm; whole territory (of a king); -½âbhoga, a. of great extent, wide spreading; -bhoga, 1. a. having great coils (serpent); m. serpent; -bhoga, 2. m. great enjoyment; -bhoga, m. great prince; -½abhra, n. great or thick cloud; -makha, m. great sacrifice (=-yagña); -mani, m. costly jewel; -mati, a. of great wit, clever; m. N.; (&asharp;) manas, a. lofty-minded, proud, haughty; high-minded, magnanimous; -manushya, m. great man, man of rank; -mantra, m. very efficacious spell (esp. against snake-poison); -mantrin, m. chief counsellor, prime minister; -mahá, a. high and mighty (RV.); -mah as, n. great luminary; -mahiman, m. true greatness; a. truly great; -mahima-sâlin, a. possessed of true greatness; -mahâ½upâ dhyâya, m. very great preceptor (a desig nation applied to great scholars, e.g. Malli nâtha); -mâmsa, n. delicious flesh (esp. human flesh); -½amâtya, m. prime minister; -mâtra, a. of great measure, great; greatest, best (of, --°ree;); m. man of high rank, high state official, king's minister; elephant-driver; -mânin, a. extremely proud; -mâya, a. at tended with great deception; practising great deception; m. N.; -mâyâ, f. the great illu sion (which makes the world appear really existent and thus in a sense creates it); -mây ûra, n. a kind of medicine; kind of prayer (--°ree;); -mârga, m. main road: -pati, m. chief inspector of roads; -mâhesvara, m. great worshipper of Mahesvara or Siva; -mukha,n. large mouth (also of rivers); a. (î) large mouthed; -muni, m. great sage; -mûdha, a. very stupid; m. great simpleton; -mûrkha, m. great fool; -mûrdhan, a. large-headed (Siva); -mriga, m. large wild animal; ele phant;-mridha, n. great battle; -megha, m. great or dense cloud; -medha, m. great sacrifice; (&asharp;)-meru, m. the great Mount Meru; -moha, m. great mental confusion or infatuation; -mohana, a. causing great men tal confusion; -moha-mantra, m. very effi cacious spell: -tva, n. abst. n.; -yaksha, m. great Yaksha, prince of the Yakshas; -yag- ñá, m. great or chief sacrifice (one of the five daily sacrifices of the householder, called bhûta-, manushya-, pitri-, deva-, and brah ma-yagña); -yantra, n. great mechanical work: -pravartana, n. execution of great mechanical works; -yama-ka, n. a great Yamaka (a stanza, all the four lines of which contain identically the same words but differ in meaning, e.g. Kirâtârgunîya XV, 52); -yasas, a. very famous, illustrious (person); -yâna, n. the Great Vehicle (a later form of Buddhistic doctrine originated by Nâgâr guna: opp.hîna-yâna); N. of a prince of the fairies (having a great car); -yuga, n. a great Yuga (equal to four ordinary Yugas or 4,320,000 years); -yuddha, n. great battle; -½âyudha, a. bearing great weapons (Siva); -ragana, n.saffron; a. coloured with saffron; -rana, m. great battle; -½aranya, n. great forest; -ratna, n. precious jewel: -maya, a. consisting of costly jewels, -vat, a. adorned with costly jewels; -rathá, m. great chariot; great warrior; N.; -rathyâ, f. main road; -½ârambha, m. great under taking; a. enterprising, active; -rava, m. great roar or yell; a. making a loud noise, shouting loud; m. N.; -rasa, a. extremely savoury; -râgá, m. great king, reigning prince, sovereign: -½adhirâga, m. lord of great kings, emperor; -râgñî, f. reigning princess, queen; ep. of Durgâ; -râgya, n. sovereign rule; -râtra, n. advanced time of night, end of the night; -râtri, f. id.; great night follow ing the dissolution of the world; -râva, m. loud yell; -râshtra, m. pl. the Mahrattas: î, f. Mahratta language, Mahrattî: a-ka, a. (ikâ) belonging to the Mahrattas; m. pl. the Mahrattas; -rug, -ruga, a. very painful; -roga, m. dangerous disease; -roman, a. very hairy (Siva); -raudra, a. extremely terrible; -½argha, a. of great price, precious, valuable; expensive: -tâ, f. preciousness, great value, -rûpa, a. having a splendid form; -½arghya, a. precious, valuable: -tâ, f. preciousness; -½arnava, m. great sea, ocean; -½artha, m. great matter; a. having great wealth, rich; of great significance, important; m. N. of a Dânava; -½arha, a.valuable, costly, splen did; -lakshmî, f. the Great Lakshmî, Nârâ yana's Sakti; also=Durgâ or Sarasvatî; -li&ndot;ga, n. a great Li&ndot;ga; -vamsya, a. of high lineage; -vanig, m. great merchant; -vada, m. great teacher (i.e. of the most essential Vedic knowledge); (&asharp;)-vadha, a. having a mighty weapon (RV.); -vana, n. great forest; -varâha, m. great boar (i.e. Vishnu's incarnation as a boar); N. of a prince; -vallî, f. great creeper; -vâkya, n. long composition, literary work; great pro position; -vâta, m. violent wind, gale; -vâyu, m. id.; -vârttika, n. the Great Vârttika, N. of Kâtyâyana's Vârttikas to the Sûtras of Pânini; -vâstu, n. great space; a. occupy ing a great space; -vikrama, a. of great courage, very valiant; m. N. of a lion; -vighna, m. n. great obstacle; -vigña, a. very sensible; -vidagdha, pp. very clever; -viraha, m. grievous separation; -visha,a. very poisonous; -vistara, a. very prolix (book); -vîki, m. (having great waves), a certain hell; -vîrá, m. great hero; large earthenware fire-pot (mostly used at the Pravargya cere mony); N. of various princes; N. of an Arhat, founder of the Jain sect: -karita, n. life of the great hero (Râma), T. of a play by Bhavabhûti, -karitra, n. life of Mahâ vîra (the Arhat), T. of a work; (&asharp;)-vîrya, a. mighty, very potent; -vrikshá, m. great tree; -vriddha, pp. very aged; -vrishá, m. great bull: pl. N. of a people in the western Himâlayas; -vega, a. greatly agitated (sea); very swift; -vaipulya, n. great extent; -vaira, n. great enmity; -vairâga, n. N. of a Saman;-vyâdhi, m. serious disease; -vyâhriti, f. the great exclamation (i.e. bh&usharp;r bhúvah svãh); -vratá, n. great or fundamental duty; great vow; great religious observance; N. of a Sâ man or Stotra to be chanted on the last day but one of the Gavâmayana (also applied to the day and the ceremony); rules of the worshippers of Siva Pasupati; a. having undertaken great duties or a great vow, practising great aus terity, very devotional; following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratika, a. following the rules of the Pâsupatas; m. a Pâsupata; -vratin, a., m., id.; a. practis ing the five fundamental duties of the Jains; -vratîya, a. relating to the Mahâvrata cere mony (day); -vrîhi, m. large rice; -sakti, a. very mighty (Siva); -sa&ndot;kha, m. great conch; -½asana, a. eating much, voracious (leech); m. great eater, glutton; -½asani dhvaga, m. flag with a great thunderbolt; -sabda, m. loud sound; title beginning with &open;mahâ&close; or the corresponding office; -½âsaya, 1. m. ocean; 2. a. high-minded, noble; -sayyâ, f. splendid couch; -sarîra, a. having a large body; -salka,m. kind of sea-crab; -salkalin, a. having large scales (fish); -sastra, n. mighty weapon; -sâka, n. kind of vegetable; -sâkya, m. great or distinguished Sâkya; -sânti, f. great appeasement (a kind of rite to avert evil);(&asharp;)-sâla, possessor of a great house, great householder; -sâlîna, a. very modest; -sâsana, n. great sway; a. exer cising great sway; -siras, a. large-headed; m. kind of serpent; -sûdra, m. Sûdra in a high position, upper servant; -saila, m. great rock or mountain; -½asman, m. precious stone; -smâsâna, n. large cemetery; ep. of Benares; -srotriya, m. great theologian or spiritual teacher; -½asva, m. N.: -sâlâ, f. great stable; office of head groom; -svetâ, f. N. of a god dess; N.; -samkata, n. great danger or straits; -satî, f. extremely faithful wife, pattern of wifely fidelity; -sattrá, n. great Soma sacrifice; -sattva, m. great creature; a. strong-minded; high-minded, noble; very courageous; containing large animals: -tâ, f. strength of character and containing large animals; -½âsana, n. splendid seat; -samdhi- -vigraha, m. office of chief minister of peace and war; -sabhâ, f. great dining hall; -samudra, m. ocean; -sarga, m. great crea tion (after a great dissolution); -sâdhana bhâga, m. head of the executive; -sâdhu, a. extremely good: v-î, f. pattern of wifely fidelity; -sâmtâpana,m. kind of penance; -sâmdhi-vigrah-ika, m. chief minister of peace and war; -sâmânya, n. generality in the widest sense; -sâra, a. strong; valuable, costly; -sârtha, m. great caravan; -sâhas ika, a. very daring, excessively rash; m. highwayman, robber: -tâ, f. great energy: in. with the utmost decision; -simha, m. great lion; N.; -siddha, (pp.) m. great saint; -siddhânta, m. great manual of as tronomy, T. of a work by Âryabhata the younger; -siddhi, f. great magical power; -subhiksha, n. great abundance of provisions, very good times (pl.); -sûkta, n. great hymn: pl. the great hymns of the tenth book of the Rig-veda (1 to 128); m. composer of the great hymns of RV. X; -sûkshma, a. extremely minute; -sûki, a. w. vyûha, m. kind of array of troops in battle; (&asharp;)-sena, a. having a large army; m. ep. of Skanda; N. of various princes; -senâ, f. great army; -stoma, a. having a great Stoma (day); -½astra, n. great or mighty missile; -sthâna, n. high place or position; -sthûla, a. very gross; -snâna, n. great ablution; -½âspada, a. mighty; -sva na, m. loud sound; a. loud-sounding, shout ing loud; loud (noise); -½âsvâda, a. very savoury; -hanu, a. having great jaws; -harm ya, n. great palace; -½âhava, m. great battle; -hava, m. great sacrifice; -hasta, a. large handed (Siva); -hâsa, m.loud laughter; a. laughing loud; -½ahí, m. great serpent: -sayana, n. sleep (of Vishnu) on the great serpent (Sesha); -½ahna, m. advanced day time, afternoon; -hrada, m. great pond.
mālya n. garland: -gunâya, den. Â. become the string of a garland; -gîvaka, m. garland-seller; -dâman, n. garland of flowers; -pana, m. garland-market; -vat, a. wreathed, adorned with garlands; m. N. of a Râkshasa; N. of an attendant of Siva; -vritti, m. garland-seller.
māhārājya n. sovereignty; -râshtra, a. (î) belonging to Mahârâshtra or the Mahratta country: î, f. the Mahratta language, Mahrattî; -vratî, f. the doctrine of the Pâsupatas.
miti f. 1. [√ mâ, measure] measure, weight, value; correct knowledge; 2. -tí, √ 1. mi] setting up, erection.
muktāsana n. sitting posture of the emancipated; a. having risen or rising from one's seat.
mūlaka a. (ikâ) having its root in, produced or derived from; n. radish; root; -karman, n. magic rites with roots; -kâr ana, n. original or prime cause; -krikkhra, m. n. penance consisting in eating onlyroots; -khânaka, m. digger of roots; -grantha, m. original text; -kkhinna, pp. cut off with the root, dissipated (hope); -kkheda, m. cutting down (a tree) by the root; -kkhedin, a. de stroying the text (super-cleverness);-ga, a. growing from the root (plant); formed on roots of trees (ant-hill); -tás, ad. below: w. â, from the root onwards; from the begin ning (relate); -tâ, f. being the root or source of (--°ree;); -tva, n. id.; -deva, m. N.; -dvâra, n. main door; -nikrintana, a. (î) cutting off by the root, destroying root and branch (--°ree;); -purusha, m. (root-man), male repre sentative of a family; -prakriti, f. primeval or unevolved matter (in the Sâ&ndot;khya phil.; also called pradhâna): pl. principal sovereigns to be considered in time of war; -pranihita, pp. known through spies from the beginning (thieves); -phala, n. roots and fruits; interest of capital; -bhava, a. growing from roots; -bhâga, m. lower part; -bhritya, m. heredi tary servant; -mantra, m. main or heading text; spell; -mantra-maya, a. formed of spells, taking effect like a spell; -râmâyana, n. original (i. e. Vâlmîki's) Râmâyana; -vakana, n. original words or text; -vat, a. supplied with (esculent) roots (place); stand ing upright; -vâpa, m. planter of (esculent) roots; -vinâsana, n. radical destruction; -vyasana-vritti-mat, a.following a calling which is a hereditarily vile occupation; -vyâdhi, m. main disease; -vratin, a. sub sisting exclusively on roots; -sâdhana, n. main instrument; -sthâna, n. base, founda tion; chief place; Multan; -sthâyin,a. ex isting from the beginning (Siva); -srotas, n. main stream of a river; -hara, a. taking away the roots, completely destroying (g.): -tva, n. complete ruin; -½âyatana, n. original abode or seat; -½âsin, a. subsisting on roots.
mokṣaṇa a. liberating, deliver ing; n. liberation, deliverance; setting (a criminal) at liberty; unloosening, untying (knot, bonds); causing to flow (blood); aban donment, relinquishment; -anîya, fp. to be abandoned or relinquished.
mokṣa m. release, liberation, escape, from (ab., rarely g. or --°ree;); deliverance from further transmigration, final emancipation; kind of chant conducive to deliverance; re lease of a heavenly body swallowed by Râhu, end of an eclipse; falling or dropping off or down (of leaves etc.); effusion; setting free (a prisoner); causing to flow, shedding (of tears etc.); loosening, untying (hair); solution (of a question); casting, shooting, discharging (arrows etc.); scattering (of grains); utter ance (of a curse); abandonment, relinquish ment: -ka, a. loosening, untying, setting free; --°ree; a.=moksha, final emancipation.
moca n. banana (fruit); -aka, a. de livering from (--°ree;); -ana, a. (î), delivering from (--°ree;); casting, discharging (--°ree;); setting free, letting go out of (ab.), freeing from (debt, --°ree;); unyoking (a car); emitting, discharg ing (semen); -an-ikâ, f. N.; -anîya, fp. to be set free; -ay-itavya, cs. fp. id.; -ayitri, m. releaser; â, f. banana tree (Musa sapien tum); -i-tavya, fp. to be set free; -in, a. delivering from (--°ree;); -ya,fp. to be released; -restored (pledge); -deprived of (a limb; ac.).
mauna n. condition of a Muni or as cetic; silence (-m vi-dhâ or sam-â-kar, ob serve silence, hold one's tongue): -dhârin, a. observing silence; -vritti, a. observing the vow of silence; -vrata, n. vow of silence; a. observing the vow of silence; -vratin, a. id.
yathāvakāśam ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand.
yatheṣṭa pp. such as desired: °ree; or -m, ad. according to wish: -gati, a. going wherever one likes; -samkârin, a. id.; -½âsa na, a. sitting as one likes.
yāmabhadra m. kind of pavilion; -mâtra, n. only a watch; -yama, m. pre scribed occupation for every hour; -vat-î, f. (having watches), night; -vritti, f. being on watch or guard; -stamberama, m.=-kuñga ra; (y&asharp;ma)-hûti, f. cry for help (RV.): -½avasthita, pp. standing ready at stated hours.
yogakaraṇḍaka m. N.; ikâ, f. N. of a mendicant nun; -kshemá, m. sg. & pl. (C. also m. du. & sg. n.) possession or security of property; property; prosperity (ordinarily explained as meaningacquisi tion and preservation of property); property meant for pious uses; -kûrna, n. magic pow der; -ga, a. produced by meditation or Yoga; -tantra, n. Yoga doctrine, treatise on Yoga; -dharmin, a. practising Yoga; -nanda, m. the pseudo-Nanda; -nidrâ, f. sleep induced by the practice of Yoga, somnolent condi tion, dozing; Vishnu's sleep at the end of an age; -m-dhara, m. N.; -pati, m. lord of Yoga (Vishnu); -patha, m. path to Yoga;-bhâraka, m. shoulderyoke for the carrying of burdens; -bhrashta, pp. lapsed from devotion or contemplation; -maya, a. (î) produced from contemplation or Yoga; -mâyâ, f. magic; illusion produced by abstract meditation; -mârga, m. road to Yoga; -yâtrâ, f. recourse to mental ab sorption or Yoga; -yukta, pp. absorbed in meditation, practising Yoga; -ratna, n. magic jewel; -rûdha, pp. having an etymo logical and aconventional meaning (e. g. pa&ndot;ka-ga, growing in the mud and lotus); -rokanâ, f. kind of magical ointment (ren dering invisible or invulnerable); -vat, a. joined, united; practising Yoga; -vartikâ, f. magic wick; -vaha, a. bringing about, furthering (--°ree;); -vâh-in, a. intriguing: (-i) tva, n. intrigue; -vid, a. knowing the right means or method; knowing what is fitting or suitable; versed in Yoga; -vidyâ, f. knowledge of Yoga; -vibhâga, m. splitting of a grammatical rule into two; -sabda, m. the word yoga; etymological word (the mean ing of which results from the derivation); -sâyin, a. somnolent in consequence of medi tation; -sâstra, n.Yoga doctrine (esp. of Patañgali); -samâdhi, m. mental absorp tion resulting from Yoga; -sâra, m. univer sal remedy; -siddha, pp. perfected by Yoga; -siddhi, f. simultaneous accomplishment: -mat, a. versed in magic; -sûtra, n. the Sû tras on the Yoga (attributed to Patañgali).
yogāgnimaya a. having passed through the fire of Yoga; -½a&ndot;ga, n. constituent part of Yoga (of which eight, seven, or six are assumed); -½âkâra, m. prac tice or observance of Yoga;-½âkârya, m. teacher of magic; teacher of the Yoga sys tem; -½âdhamana, n. fraudulent pledge or mortgage; -½âpatti, f. modification of em ployment or application; -½ayoga, m. pl. proper quantity; du. suitableness and un suitableness; -½âsana, n. sitting posture suit able to abstract meditation.
yodhin a. (--°ree;) fighting; combatting; m. (--°ree;) combatant.
racana n. arranging, preparing, com posing: â, f. arrangement, disposition, pre paration; performance, accomplishment; for mation, production of (--°ree; often concrete= product); work, composition; style; array of troops; contrivance, invention; putting on (of garments).
rada a. (--°ree;) splitting; gnawing at; m. tooth; tusk of an elephant; -ana, m. id.: -kkhada, m. lip; -anikâ, f. N.
rājasaṃśraya a. dependent on or protected by kings; -samsad, f. judicial sitting held by a king; -sattra, n. royal sacri fice; -sadman, n. royal palace; -sabhâ, f. royal court; judicial sitting held by a king; -samiti, f. assembly of kings; -sarshapa, m. black mustard; black mustard seed (as a weight)=three likshâs; -sâkshika, a. wit nessed by a king (document); -simha, m. (lion of a king=) illustrious king; -sukha, n.hap piness of a king; -suta, m. king's son, prince; -sûnu, m. id.; -sûya, m. n. royal inaugural sacrifice: i-ka, a. (î) relating to or treating of the Râgasûya sacrifice; -sena, m. N.; -sevaka, m. servant of a king; Râjput; -sevâ, f. royal service: -½upagîvin, m. ser vant of a king; -sevin, m. id.; -saudha, royal palace; -strî, f. wife of a king; -sthâ na½adhikâra, m. vice-regency; -sthânîya, m. viceroy, governor; -sva, n. property of a king; -svâmin, m. lord of kings, ep. of Vishnu; -hamsa, m. (î, f.) kind of goose or swan, flamingo; N.; -harmya, n. royal palace; -½a&ndot;gana, n. courtyard of a royal palace.
ropa m. [fr. cs. of √ ruh] planting; arrow; -ana, a. (î) putting on; causing to heal (wounds); n. erecting, setting up; heal ing, healing application; planting.
rodha m. holding back, restraining; shutting up in (lc.); obstruction (of a road) by (--°ree;); blockade, siege; prevention, hin drance, stoppage, suppression; bank, dam: -ka, a. (--°ree;) enclosing; blockading.
rohaṇa m. N. of a mountain (Adam's Peak in Ceylon); n. act of ascending, mount ing, riding, standing, or sitting on (--°ree;); act of coming into being, production; healing of a wound (int.): î, f.healing herb.
lakṣya fp. to be defined; indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed; to be regarded as (nm.); had in view; to be observed; to be recognised by (in., --°ree;); visible, perceptible; n. object aimed at, prize; aim, mark; one hundred thousand, lac; pretence, disguise; example (?): -m labh, attain one's object, -m bandh, direct one's aim at (lc.): w. âkâse, gaze vaguely into the air: -tâ, f. visibility; state of being a mark:-m nî, make visible, -m yâ, become an aim; -tva, n. being an aim, of (--°ree;); -bheda, m. hitting the mark; -lakshana-bhâva, m. connexion of the indicated and indicator; -supta, pp. feigning sleep; -½alakshya, fp. visible and not visible, scarcely visible.
laghukoṣṭha a. having an empty stomach; -kaumudî, f. the short Kaumudî (an abridgement of the Siddhânta-kaumudî); -krama, a. having a quick step, hurrying: -m, ad. quickly; -gati, a. swift-paced; -kit ta, a. light-minded, fickle; -ketas, a. little minded, mean-spirited; -kkhedya, fp. easy to destroy (prob. incorr. for -½ukkhedya); -tâ, f., tva, n. activity, nimbleness; lightness; buoyancy, light-heartedness;prosodical shortness; smallness, shortness; insignificance; levity, thoughtlessness; lack of dignity, con tempt, degradation; -patana-ka, m. (swift flying), N. of a crow; -parikrama, a. mov ing quickly; -pâka, a. growing old quickly; easily digested; -pâtin, a. (flying quickly), N. of a crow; -pramâna, a. short; -pra yatna, a. pronounced with slight effort; -bhâ va, m. ease; -bhug, a. eating little; -mûla, a. having insignificant roots, insignificant at the beginning; -vikrama, m. quick step; a. quick-footed; -vivara-tva, n. narrowness of aperture; -vritti, a. of a light nature, light; frivolous: -tâ, f. levity; -sattva, a. having a weak character; -samutthâna,a. rising up quickly, prompt; -sâra, a. insignificant, worthless; -hasta, a. light-handed, adroit (of archers, scribes, etc.): -tâ, f., -tva, n. adroitness of hand, dexterity; -hârîta, m. abridged Hârîta (author of a law-book).
laṅghana n. leaping; bounding or passing over, crossing (g., --°ree;), traversing (a road: --°ree;); curvetting (of a horse); rising to or towards (--°ree;); sexual union (with a female); capture (of a fort); conquest; transgression (of a command etc.); disdain; offence, injury; exposure (to heat: --°ree; w. âtapa-); fasting; -anîya, fp. to be crossed or traversed; -overtaken; -transgressed (command); who may be insulted; -ya, fp. to be leapt or passed over, -crossed; -traversed (road); -transgressed; -neglected; attainable; assailable; to be made to fast.
lava m. [√ lû] cutting (of corn), pluck ing (of flowers); wool (very rare); hair (of a cow; very rare); section, fragment, piece, bit, particle, drop, a little (very common --°ree;); fraction of a second, twinkling (often per sonified); numerator of a fraction; N. of a son of Râma and Sîtâ; N. of a king of Cashmere.
lalāṭa n. [later form of rar&asharp;ta] fore head: -tata, m. flat surface of the forehead; -m-tapa, a. scorching the forehead (said of a hot sun), very painful; -patta, m.: -ka, m., -pattikâ, f. flat surface of the forehead; -phalaka, n. id.; -likhita, pp. written by fate on the forehead; -lekhâ, f. lines written by fate on the forehead; (strip of a =) very narrow forehead; -½aksha, a. (î) having an eye in the forehead (Siva).
lavana n. cutting (of corn), reaping, mowing; cutting instrument, sickle, scythe: -kartri, m. reaper, mower.
lāva a. (î) cutting, -off, plucking (--°ree;); cutting down, killing (--°ree;): -ka, m. cutter; reaper.
lokācāra m. ways of the world, general custom; -½âtman, m. soul of the world; -½âdi, m. (beginning=) creator of the world; -½âdhâra, a. supported by or depen dent on the people; -½adhipa,m. lord of the world, god; -½anugraha, m. welfare of the world or people; -½anurâga, m. love of man kind, universal love; -½anuvritta, n. obedi ence of the people; -½anuvritti, f. dependence on other people; -½antara, n. the other world: -m gam or yâ, go to the other world, die: -sukha, n. felicity in the next world; -½an tarika, a. (î) dwelling or situated between the worlds; -½antarita, pp. deceased; -½apa vâda, m. censure of the world, public re proach; -½abhyudaya, m. welfare of the world; -½âyata, pp. (restricted to the material world), materialistic; m. materialist; n. ma terialism, doctrine of Kârvâka: i-ka, m. materialist; man of the world, î-kri, regard as materialistic; -½aloka, n. sg. & m. du. the world and the non-world; m. N. of the mythi cal mountainous belt (light on the one side and dark on the other) which separates the visible world from the world of darkness; -½âlokin, a. surveying the worlds; -½aveksha- na, n. care of the people.
vaṇiggrāma m. merchants' gild; -gana, m. merchant: coll. merchants; -vîthî, f. market street, bazaar; -vritti, f. pl. trade, bargaining.
liṅgoddhāra m. cutting off of the male organ.
vanasad a. sitting in the forest (Rudra); -samnivâsin, m. forest-dweller; -stha, a. living in the forest; m. forest-dwell er, hermit; -sthalî, f. forest region.
vapra m. n. [heap thrown up: √ 2. vap] mound; earthwork, rampart, mud wall; high river-bank (rare); slope of a hill, de clivity (rare): -kriyâ, -krîdâ, f. playful butting (of an elephant or bull) against a bank or mound; -½abhighâta, m. butting (of a bull) against a bank or mound.
vanya a. produced, living or growing in the forest; m. wild animal; wild plant; n. forest-produce (roots and fruit of wild plants): -vritti, a. living on forest produce; -½asana, a. id.
vartana a. [√ vrit] setting in motion, quickening (rare); n. staying or sojourn in (lc.); living on (in.), subsistence, livelihood, occupation (ord. mg.); wages; association with (saha); proceeding, conduct; applica tion of (--°ree;).
vardhana n. [√ 2. vridh] cutting off (--°ree;); --°ree; with names of towns prob.=town (rare): -svâmin, m. N. of a temple or statue.
vardhana a. (î) growing, increas ing, prospering, getting richer; causing in crease, strength, or prosperity, augmenting (in C. very often --°ree;); gladdening (gnly. --°ree;); m. increaser, bestower of prosperity; n. growth, increase, prosperity; increase of power; augmentation, elevation; educating, rearing; refreshment, comfort (RV.).
vardhaka a. [√ 2. vridh] cutting off; m. carpenter; i: -n, m. id.
vardhāpana n. [fr. cs. of √ 2. vridh] cutting the navel-cord, commemora tion of this ceremony; birthday or other festival implying congratulations: -ka, n. id.; congratulatory gift.
vastra n. dress, garment; cloth: -knop am, abs. wetting the clothes; -dasâ, f. hem of a garment; -dhâvin, a. washing clothes; -pûta, pp. strained through a cloth; -petâ, f. clothes-basket; -mukhya, a.having clothes as the chief thing (adornment); -vat, a. having a fine garment, beautifully dressed; -veshtita, pp. enveloped in clothes, well clad.
vāmana a. small in stature, dwarf ish; minute (light), short (days); bent down, bending low; m. dwarf; dwarf-incarnation of Vishnu (who on being promised by the Daitya Bali as much land as he could mea sure in three steps, strode through the three worlds); N. of the world-elephant of the south or west; N., esp. of the author of the Kâvyâ lamkâra-vritti and of the Kâsikâ-vritti: -ka, m. dwarf; -tâ, f., -tva, n.dwarfishness.
vāmekṣaṇā f. lovely-eyed woman; -½itara, a. not left, right; -½eka vritti, a. always acting perversely: -tva, n. perpetual perverseness; -½urû, f. woman with beautiful thighs.
vāra m. [√ 2. vri] 1. V.: treasure (RV.); 2. C.: time fixed for anything, any one's turn; any one's appointed place (rare); time (with numerals, e.g. three times, etc.); day of the week, day (abbreviated for dina or divasa-, turn of a day under the regency of a planet): vâram vâram, ofttimes, repeatedly, again and again.
vārttika m. trader, business man; emissary, envoy; â, f. trade, business; n. supplementary and corrective rule to a Sûtra (the best-known Vârttikas are those of Kâtyâ yana on the Sûtras of Pânini):(a)-kâra, m. composer of Vârttikas.
vāhaka m. (ikâ, f.) carrier; bearer, conveyer of (--°ree;); a. (--°ree;) carrying along (water); setting in motion; stroking; m. N.
vikartana a. dividing; m. sun; n. cutting up; dividing; -kartri, m. trans former; insulter; -karma-krit, a. following unlawful occupations; -karma-kriyâ, f. per formance of unlawful actions; -karman,n. unlawful act or occupation; -karma-stha, a. following an unlawful occupation; -kar sha, m. pulling asunder; separation of semi-vowel combinations, etc.; distance, interval; -karsha- na, n. pulling asunder; drawing (of a bow); searching out, investigation.
vikalpa m. alternative, option: combination, contrivance; variety; distinction (rare); indecision, hesitation, doubt; false notion, fancy: in. optionally: -gâla, n. number of possible cases; -kalpana, n.,â, f. allowing an option; distinction; false notion or assumption; -kalpanîya, fp. to be ascer tained; -kalpayitavya, fp. to be put as an alternative; -kalpa-vat, a. undecided, doubt ful; -kalpa½an-upapatti, f. untenableness owing to a dilemma; -kalpa½asaha, a. not standing the test of a dilemma: -tva, n. un tenableness owing to a dilemma; -kalpita tva, n. optionalness; -kalpin, a (hair) liable to be mistaken for (black Asoka flowers, --°ree;); -kalpya, fp. to be distributed; -calculated; -chosen according to circumstances.
viklava a. overcome with agitation, confused, bewildered; alarmed, frightened, timid, shy; hesitating; distressed; overcome with (--°ree;); averse from (the chase, --°ree;); troubled, discomposed (face, glance), falter ing (speech), unsteady (gait), impaired (senses); n. confusion, embarrassment; despon dency: -tâ, f., -tva, n. trepidation, timidity, etc.; -klavî-kri, depress, trouble; -klavî bhû, grow despondent; -kleda, m. [√ klid] getting wet; moisture; dissolution, decay.
vikriyā f. [√ 1. kri] transforma tion, alteration, change, modification; vitia tion, disfigurement; failure, misadventure, harm (dîpasya --, extinction); unwonted phe nomenon; product (e. g. of milk); contraction, knitting (of the brows); sudden movement (of the hair=thrill); change in the normal bodily condition, ailment, affection; change in the normal mental condition, perturbation, agitation; change of feeling, alienation, hos tility, defection: -m yâ, undergo a change for the worse, deteriorate, come to nought: -½upamâ, f. transformation simile (in which one thing is represented as produced from another: e. g. &open;thy face is as it were taken from the disc of the moon&close;).
vighaṭana n. separation, destruc tion; -ghattana, a. opening; n. friction; moving to and fro, shaking; striking against; hewing in pieces; untying: â, f. friction; striking against; separation; -ghattin,a. rubbing, clashing (--°ree;); -ghaná, a. 1. injur ing; 2. a, not or very stiff (--°ree;); cloudless; -gharshana, n. rubbing; -ghasa, m. n. leav ings of food; -ghâta, m. blow, with (--°ree;); breaking in pieces (rare); warding off; de struction; removal, interruption, impedi ment, obstacle (ord. mg.): -ka, a. warding off; -ghâtin, a. contending with, routing; removing, interrupting, impeding; -ghûrn ana, n., â, f. swaying to and fro.
vicchitti f. cutting off, obstruc tion, interruption, cessation; C.: lack of (in.); (peculiar =) taking conception or treatment (rh.); charmingly negligent adornment; un guent, paint; -kkhinna, pp. √ khid: -tâ, f. disconnectedness.
vidāra m. tearing or hewing in pieces: -ka, a. tearing, cleaving, lacerating; -dârana, a. (î) rending, cleaving, ripping up, crushing; n. id.; boring, piercing, cutting down (branches etc.); refusal, rejection; -dârin, a. (n-î) cleaving, shattering, etc.; -dârva or -dârvya, m. N. of a snake demon; -dâsin, a. [√ das] drying up (only in a-); -dâha, m. heat.
vidrava m. flight; consternation, panic; -drâvana, a. putting to flight, scar ing; n. (putting to) flight; -drâvin, a. flee ing; -drâvya, fp. to be put to flight; -druta, pp. √ dru; -druti, f. run.
vidviṣ m. enemy; -dvishta-tâ, f. odiousness; -dvishti, f. hate, enmity; -dve shá, m. hatred, enmity, dislike, of (g., lc.); hatefulness to (--°ree;); proud disdain (rare): -m kri, show hostility towards(lc.); -m gam, incur odium; -m grah, conceive hatred to wards (lc.); -dvéshana, a. setting at variance (RV.); n. hatred, enmity towards (g., --°ree;); making oneself hated; stirring up of hatred or enmity; magic rite for engendering hatred; -dveshi-tâ, f. hatred, enmity; -dveshin, a. (n-î) hating; vying with (--°ree;); m. hater, enemy; -dveshtri, m. id.; -dveshya, fp. hateful, odious, to (--°ree;).
vinivartaka a. reversing; -vart ana, n. return (home); cessation; -vartin, a. turning back (in a-); -vârana, n. keeping off, restraining; -vârya, fp. to be supplanted; -vritti, f. cessation; discontinuance; -veda na, n. announcement; -vesa, m. putting down, putting on, placing upon; impression (of fingers); noting down, mentioning (in a book); suitable apportionment; -vesana, n. erection, building; -vesin,a. situated on or in (--°ree;).
vipariṇāma m. transforma tion, change; exchange; ripening; -nâmin, a. changing into (in. of abst. n.); -dhâna, n. exchange; -dhâvaka, a. running about every where; -bhramsa, m. failure; loss of (--°ree;); -lopá, m. loss; -vartana, a. (î) causing to turn round; n. turning (int.) round; -vritti, f. return; -hâra, m. exchange.
vinyaya m. position; -nyasana, n. putting down (pada-vinyasanam kri, put down the feet, stride); -nyasya, fp. to be placed upon; -nyâsa, m. putting down; putting on (of ornaments); movement, posi tion (of limbs); disposition, arrangement; extension; composition (of literary works etc.); display of (--°ree;, rare): -rekhâ, f. line drawn.
vimoka m. unyoking, disjunction, termination; deliverance from (ab., --°ree;); liberation from the world; -moktavya, fp. to be set at liberty; -abandoned; -dis charged, at (d., lc.); -moksha, m. being loosened, coming undone; deliverance, re lease, from (ab., --°ree;); liberation of the soul, emancipation; setting (a thief) at liberty; abandonment; shedding (of tears); bestowal (of wealth); discharge (of arrows); -mok shana, a. freeing from (--°ree;); unloosening (the hair); release, deliverance, from (ab., --°ree;; ord. mg.); abandonment; laying (of eggs); -mókana, a. (î) freeing from (--°ree;); n. unyoking, alighting (RV.); releasing from labour (V.); deliverance, from (ab.; C.); -mokita, cs. pp. (√ muk) released etc.; -moha, m. confusion of mind: -ka, a. (i-kâ) confusing the mind, -da, a. producing men tal confusion; -mohana, a. confusing the mind; n. confusion; confusing the mind; -mohin, a. confusing the mind; -mauna, a. breaking silence.
vibhetavya fp. n. one should be afraid of (ab.); -bhettri, m. destroyer, dis peller; -bheda, m. breaking through, split ting; knitting (of the brows); alteration, change; disturbance; dissension, discord, between (samam); distinction, difference; --°ree;, pl. different kinds of; -bheda-ka, a. dis tinguishing (g.) from (ab.); -bhedana, a. piercing, splitting; n. breaking; setting at variance; -bhedin, a. piercing (--°ree;); remov ing, dispelling; -bhramsa, m. decline, cessa tion; ruin; loss of (--°ree;); -bhramsin, a. fall ing down; -bhrama, m. moving to and fro, heaving (of waves), unsteadiness; wander ing about; vehemence, excess, high degree (--°ree; sts. pl.); amorous play, coquetry; de rangement, disturbance, confusion; erroneous application (of punishment); perturbation, agitation; mental confusion, delusion, error; illusion, illusive appearance, vision; grace, beauty; amorous distraction (of a woman, esp. with regard to dress); --°ree;, mere sem blance of; °ree;--, only in appearance; ab. (--°ree;) under the delusion that it was a --: -½arka, m. N.
vimukta pp. √ muk: -kantha, °ree;-or -m, ad. (shout) at the top of one's voice, -tâ, f. loss of (g.), -maunam, ad. abandoning silence; -mukti, f. disjunction; setting at liberty; release, deliverance, from (ab., --°ree;); final emancipation; -mukha, a. having the face averted, turned backwards; turning away from any one (g.), departing disap pointed; averse to, abstaining from (ab., lc., g. w. upari, --°ree;); indifferent to (--°ree;); adverse (fate); --°ree;, lacking: -tâ, f. aversion to (lc., prati, --°ree;); -mukha-ya, den. P. render averse: pp. ita; -mukhî-karana, n. rendering averse to (--°ree;); -mukhî-kri, put to flight; turn any one away; render averse or indifferent to (ab., --°ree;); frustrate; -mukhî-bhâva, m. aversion; -mukhî-bhû, turn one's back, flee; turn away from (ab.): -mugdha, pp. √ muh: -tâ, f. foolishness, stupidity; -múk, f. (RV.) unyoking, alighting: vimuko napât, son of arrival, conductor (Pûshan); -mudrana, n. causing to expand.
vilakṣa a. having no fixed aim; missing its mark (arrow); embarrassed, abashed, ashamed: -tva, n. abst. n.; -laksh ana, a. varying in character, different; differ ing from (ab., --°ree;); various, manifold (rare); not admitting of exact definition (rare); -lakshî-kri, cause to miss the mark, disap point (any one); disconcert, abash; -laksh ya, a. having no fixed aim; -lagna, pp. (√ lag) clinging to, etc.; n. rise of a con stellation; -la&ndot;ghana, n. leaping over (g.); striking against; offence, injury: â, f. get ting over, surmounting; -la&ndot;ghin, a. (--°ree;) overstepping, transgressing; striking against, ascending to (the sky); -la&ndot;ghya, fp. to be crossed (river); to be got over, tolerable: -tâ, f. tolerableness; -lagga, a. shameless; -lapana, n., -lapita, n. wailing, lamenta tion; -labdhi, f. removal; -lamba, a. hang ing down (arms); m.tardiness, delay: °ree;--, slowly; ab. so late; in. id.; too late; -lam ba-ka, m. N. of a king; -lambana, n., â, f. delay, procrastination; -lambita, pp. √ lamb; n. delay: -gati, a. having a slow gait; f. a metre; -lambin, a.hanging down, hanging to, leaning against (lc., --°ree;); --°ree;, from which -depend, suffused with (tears); delaying, reluctant; -laya, m. disappearance, loss, de struction, end; -layana, a. dissolving; n. dissolution, destruction; liquefaction; kind of product of milk; -lasana, n. sportiveness (of a woman); play (of lightning); -lasita, pp. √ las; n. manifestation; sportiveness; pranks, goings on (sg. & pl.); play (of light ning); -lâpa,m. lamentation; -lâpana, cs. √ 1. lî] a. causing to disappear, removing; n. destruction, death; -lâpayitri, m. [fr. cs. of √ 1. lî] destroyer; -lâpin, a. wailing, lament ing; uttering sounds.
viroka m. (RV.) effulgence, flush (of dawn); n. (C.) cavity, hole; -rokín, a. shining (RV.); -rókana, a. illuminating (rare); m. sun; sun-god; N. of an Asura; -rokish- nu, a. shining, brilliant; -roddhavya,fp. to be fought with; n. imps. one (in.) should fight; -rodha, m. hostility, quarrel, strife, between (g., rarely in., --°ree;), with (in.± saha, --°ree;); logical contradiction, inconsistency, in compatibility, incongruity; conflict with, in jury of (in. --°ree;, at the cost or to the detri ment of); prevention by (--°ree;, rare); misfor tune (rare); perverseness (rare); -rodhaka, a. setting at variance, stirring up; incom patible with (g., --°ree;); -rodha-krit, a. causing dissensions among, stirring up to revolt; -rodha-kriyâ, f. quarrel; -rodhana, a. op posing; n. quarrelling; resistance, opposition, to (g.); injuring; -rodha½âbhâsa, m. appa rent contradiction (rh.); -rodhi-tâ, f. en mity, strife, between (--°ree;), with (saha); contra dictoriness; -rodhi-tva, n. removal; -rodh in, a. obstructing, disturbing, preventing; dispelling; hostile; contradictory, conflict ing, opposed; m. adversary, enemy; -ro dha½ukti, f. contradiction; -ropana, a. caus ing to heal; n. healing (of a wound); -roha- na, a. causing to heal; n. budding (of plants).
vilāsikā f. kind of drama in one act, full of love incidents; -lâsi-tva, n. sportiveness; -lâsin, a. shining, beaming; fluttering (flag); sportive, playful, fond of amusement; delighting in (--°ree;); coquettish; enamoured; m. lover, husband: -î, f. lively or charming woman; woman; mistress, wife; wanton woman, concubine; N.
vilāsa m. manifestation; appear ance, aspect; diversion, sport, fun (common mg.); doings; (female) coquetry, dalliance (ord. mg.); wantonness (rare); liveliness (one of the eight masculine virtues; rare); charm, grace (rare): -kodanda, m. god of love; -griha, n. pleasure house; -kâpa, m. god of love; -dolâ, f. pleasure swing; -dhan van, m. god of love; -pura, n. N. of a town; -bâna, m. god of love; -bhavana, n. plea sure house; -bhitti, f. wall in appearance; -mani-darpana, m. mirror of jewels as a play thing; -maya, a. full of grace; -mekhalâ, f. toy girdle; -vat-î, f. coquettish woman; N.; -vasati, f. pleasure resort; -vâtâyana, n.balcony or terrace for amusement; -vip ina, n. pleasure wood; -vihâra, m. walking for pleasure, promenading; -vesman, n. pleasure house; -sayyâ, f. pleasure couch; -sîla, m. N. of a king; -sadman, n. plea sure house.
vivṛta pp. √ 1. vri; n. publicity: lc. in public or straight out (speak): -½ânana, a. open-mouthed (-tva, n. open-mouthed state), -½âsya, a. open-mouthed; -vriti, f. exposition, explanation, comment; -vri ta½ukti, f. unveiled or explicit expression; -vritti, f. development; hiatus; -vriddha, pp. (√ vridh) increased; -vriddhi, f. growth, increase, augmentation, aggrandisement; pros perity; lengthening of a vowel: -bhâg, a. in creasing (age).
vivikta pp. √ vik; n. solitude, lonely place; pureness: -tâ, f. distinction, discrimination; isolation; purity, -tva, n. solitude, -½âsana, a. sitting in a sequestered place; -viktî-kri, empty, clear; leave; -vik shu, des. a. [√ vis] wishing or about to enter; (ví)-viki, a. distinguishing, discriminating; -vit-sâ, des. f. [√ 1. vid] desire to know; -vit-su, des. a. wishing to know; -vid-i-shâ, des. f. desire to know; -vid-i-shu, des. a. wishing to know; -vidha, a. [having different kinds: vidhâ] of various sorts, manifold, divers: -m, ad. variously, -rupa-bhrit, a. having various forms, -sâstra-goshthî, f. discourse about various sciences; -vibhakti ka, a. lacking case-terminations.
viśaya m. [√ sî] uncertainty, doubt: -vat, a. doubtful; -sayin, a. id.; -sarada, a. incorr. for visârada; -sarâru, a. falling to pieces, scattering; frail, perishable: -tâ, f. frailness; (ví)-salya, a.pointless (arrow); freed from an arrow-head, healed of an arrow wound; freed from pain: â, f. N. of various plants, also of a specific for arrow-wounds: (a)-karana, a. (î) healing arrow-wounds: î, f. a certain miraculous herb; -salya-ya, den. P. free from an arrow-head or a pain; -sás ana, a. (î) deadly; m. sword; n. slaughter ing, cutting up (RV., C.); slaughter (C.); cruel treatment (C.); -sasitri, m. slaughterer; -sa strí, m. id.
viṣṭara m. [strewing: √ strî] handful of rushes, grass, etc. for sitting on (S., E.); m. n. seat (C., ord. mg.): -sravas, m. (far-famed), ep. of Vishnu-Krishna.
vṛti f. 1. enclosure, fence, hedge; 2. choice, boon; 3. sts. incorr. for vritti.
vetasa m. kind of reed (Calamus Ro tang); cane; n. N. of a town: (a)-maya, a. consisting of reed (Calamus Rotang); -mâl in, a. wreathed with reeds; -vritti, a. act ing=pliant like the reed.
veṇudārin a. bamboo-splitting; m. N. of a demon; -mat, a. provided with a bamboo; -yava, m. pl. seed of the bamboo; -yashtí, f. bamboo cane; -vana, n. forest of bamboo; -vâdana, n. playing on the flute; -vidala, n. split bamboo; -vaidala, a. made of split bamboo.
vedhin a. piercing, hitting a mark; -ya, fp. to be pierced or perforated.
vedipurīṣa m. loose earth of the Vedi; -matî, f. N.; -madhya, a. having a Vedi-shaped waist; -shád, a. sitting on or at the altar (V.); -sambhavâ, f. ep. of Draupadî.
veśyā f. courtesan, prostitute: -gri ha, n. brothel; -ghataka, m. pander; -½a&ndot;g anâ, f. courtesan; -gana, m. sg. prostitutes; -tva, n. condition of a prostitute; -pati, m. husband of a courtesan, paramour; -½âyattî kri, make dependent on prostitutes; -ves man, n. brothel.
vaicittya n. [vikitti] mental con fusion, absence of mind.
vaitasa a. (î) made of or peculiar to the reed: î vritti, f. reed-like action, i. e. yielding to superior force, adapting oneself to circumstances; m. n. basket made of reed.
vyapakarṣa m. exception; -gama, m. lapse (of time); disappearance, loss; -tra pâ, f. bashfulness, shyness; -desa, m. designation, appellation; mode of expression, statement; appeal to (g.); family name (rare); pretext, subterfuge: in. under some pretext (± kenakit); in., °ree;--, or -tas, under the pretence or guise of (--°ree;); -desaka, a. designating; -desa-vat, a. having a designation, designated; -des-in, a. id.; designating (--°ree;); following the advice of (--°ree;); -desya, fp. to be designated or named; -blamed; -naya, m. withdrawal; -nayana, n. removal; -nutti, f. driving away; -ropana, n. plucking (hair), cutting off (wings); removal; destruction; -varga, n. division in two, section; difference; cessation; -sârana, n. removal.
vyadha m. piercing; hitting, striking (with a missile); -ana, n. piercing; pursuit of (--°ree;).
vyavaccheda m. severance from (in., --°ree;); separation, dispersion (in a-); ex clusion; distinction, discrimination; letting fly (an arrow): -ka, a. distinguishing; ex cluding; -kkhedya, fp. to be excluded; -dhâna, n. interposition, intervention (ord. my.); cover; distinction, discrimination; interruption; conclusion: -vat, a. covered with (--°ree;); -dhâyaka, a. (ikâ) intervening; interrupting, disturbing; -dhârana, n.speci fication; -dhi, m. covering; -sâya, m. strenu ous labour; resolution, resolve, determina tion, purpose, to (lc., prati, --°ree;): -vat, a. reso lute, determined, enterprising; -sâyin, a. id., energetic; -sita, pp. √ sâ; n.resolve, pur pose, enterprise; -siti, f. resolution, deter mination; -sthâ, f. respective difference, distinction; continuance in one place (rare); fixity, permanence; fixed limit (rare); deci sion, establishment, settled rule regarding (--°ree;); fixed relation of time or place (gr.); state, condition; case (rare); occasion, oppor tunity (rare): in. according to a fixed rule: lc. in every single case; -sthâna, n. per sistence, continuance, in (lc., --°ree;); steadfast ness; condition, sg. pl. circumstances; -sthâ paka, a. determining, settling, deciding; -sthâpana, n. encouraging; fixing, deter mining; -sthâpanîya, fp. to be determined; -sthita-tva, n. permanence, fixity;-sthiti, f. distinction; perseverance in (lc.); con stancy, steadfastness; fixity, permanence; fixed rule; -hartavya, fp. to be employed or used; n. imps. one should act or proceed; -hartri, m. one engaged on or occupied with (in.); transactor; judge.
vyasanodaya m. du. setting and rising.
vyasana n. [√ 2. as] wagging (of a tail); assiduity, in (lc.; rare); intense at tachment or devotion to, inordinate addic tion to (lc., --°ree;); passion, esp. evil passion, vice; favourite occupation, hobby; calamity, misfortune, disaster, distress, adversity (often pl.), need, evil plight (commonest mg.); de struction (of treasure), defeat (of an army), breaking (of weapons), accident in, evil effect of (--°ree;); setting (of sun or moon): -prasâr ita-kara, a. having the hand outstretched to inflict calamity; -brahma-kârin, m. com panion in misfortune; -vat, a. having suf fered injury in regard to (--°ree;); -½anvita, pp. involved in calamity;-½âpluta, pp. over whelmed with misfortune.
āsita pp. sitting.
vyāvivṛtsu des. a. wishing to rid oneself of (ab., --°ree;); -vrít, f. (V.) distinc tion, precedence of (in., g.); cessation; -vrit ta-tva, n. incompatibility with (--°ree;); -vritti, f. deliverance from (ab.); exclusion from, loss of (ab.); exclusion (ps.); discrimination, distinction; difference.
vyūha m. shifting, displacement; dis traction (of semi-vowels or compound vowels); distribution, disposition (rare); military ar ray, troops in battle-array (ord. mg.); ag gregate, host, multitude; Purushottama's quaternity as Vâsudeva, Samkarshana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha; detailed ex position (rare); section, chapter: -rakanâm vi-dhâ, assume a warlike attitude.
vyuccha pr. base, √ 3. vas; -½ukkh- antî, f. pr. pt. id.; -½ukkhân, 3 pl. pr. subj. √ 3. vas; -½ukkhiti, f. interruption; -½uk- kheda, m. id.; -½úkya, fp. n. imps. [√ vak] one should interrupt (V.); -½ũta, pp. √ 4. vâ; -½utkrama, m. transgression; inverted order; -½utkrânta, pp. (√ kram) departed: -gîvita, a. whose life has departed, lifeless; -½ut-thâ tavya, fp. n. one should desist from; -½ut thâna, n. awaking (a certain stage in Yoga); neglect of duties; -½utpatti, f. derivation, etymology; growth in knowledge, education, culture, comprehensive learning: -mat, a. cultured; -½utpâdaka, a. deriving, explaining etymologically; -½utpâdana, n. derivation from (ab.); -½utpâdya, fp. to be derived; - explained; -½udaka, a. waterless; -½udâsa, m. abandonment (rare); rejection, exclusion; end (rare); -½uparama, m.tranquillization, cessation; close (of day); -½upasama, m. cessation; -½ushita, pp. 1. √ vas, dwell; 2. √ vas, shine; n. daybreak (only lc.); -½ũsh- ta, pp. (√ vas) dawned etc.; (ví)-½ushti, f. flush of dawn (V.); reward for (g., lc., --°ree;), requital (good or evil); grace, beauty (rare).
vraścana a. cutting down; suitable for cutting down; n. cutting down, hewing in pieces; incision (in a tree); m. resin obtained from incisions in trees.
śakya fp. possible, practicable, capable of being (inf. w. ps. mg.: -m, n. is used impersonally or with a subject in a different gender or number); to be subdued, conquerable; literal, explicit (meaning: opp. indicated or suggested): -pratîkâra, a. capable of removal, remediable; -rûpa, a. possible to be (inf. w. ps. mg.); -sa&ndot;ka, a. admitting of doubt; -sâmanta-tâ, f. condition in which neighbouring kings are conquerable.
śabdarūpa n. nature of a sound; peculiar sound; form of a word (gr.); -vat, a. sounding; uttering sounds; possessing the quality of sound; -vidyâ, f. science of sounds, grammar: -½upâdhyâya, m.teacher of gram mar; -virodha, m. contradiction in words (not sense), seeming contradiction; -vedhin, a. shooting or hitting by sound (without see ing the mark); -sakti, f. force or meaning of a word; -sâsana, n.doctrine of sounds, grammar: -vid, a. knowing grammar; -sâs tra, n. grammar; -sesha, a. of which the name only remains; having only the title of -left (--°ree;); -slesha, m. verbal equivoque, pun; -samgña, a. bearing the name of (--°ree;); -samgñâ, f. technical grammatical term; -sphota, m. crackling (of fire); -hîna, (pp.) n. unsanctioned use of a word.
śabdakarmaka a. having the meaning of sound; -kalpa-druma, m. T. of an encyclopaedic dictionary dating from the present century; -kâra, a. uttering sounds; -kosa, m. treasury of words, dictionary; -tva, n. nature of sound; -pati, m. ruler in name only, nominal lord; -pâtin, a. hitting (an unseen object) by its sound (arrow); -brah man, n. Brahman in words, sacred scrip tures; -bhâg, a. bearing the title of (--°ree;); -maya, a. (î) consisting of sound; consisting of the word (--°ree;); -mâtra, n. mere sound.
śarajanman m. (born among reeds), ep. of Kârttikeya; -gâla, n. multi tude of arrows: -maya, a. consisting of a cloud of arrows.
śayyā f. [√ sî: to be lain on] couch. bed (ord. mg.); lying, resting, sleeping: -gri- ha, n. bed-chamber; -pâlaka, m. guardian of a (royal) bed: -tva, n. office of guardian of the bed-chamber; -½âvâsa-vesman, n., -vesman, n. bed-chamber; -½âsana-bhoga, m. pl. lying down, sitting, or eating; -½ut thâyam, ad. on rising from one's couch, early in the morning; -½utsa&ndot;ga, m. surface of a couch.
śaravya n. [fr. saru] target, aim: -tâ, f. condition of a target; -vyadha, a. hitting a mark.
śarabheda m. arrow-wound and failure of cream; -vana, n. thicket of reeds: -bhava, a. born in a thicket of reeds (god, =Kârttikeya), -½udbhava, m. ep. of Kârtti keya; -varsha, n. 1. shower of arrows; 2. shower of water, rain (pl.); -varshin, a. discharging water; -vega, m. (arrow-swift), N. of a steed.
śarīraka n. (--°ree; a. f. ikâ) a wretched tiny body; the wretched body; body (metr. for sarîra); -kartri, m., -krit, m. father; -karshana, n. emaciation of the body; -grahana, n. assumption of a bodily form; -ga, a. produced from, belonging to, per formed with the body, bodily; m. offspring, son; god of love; -ganman, a. id.; -tulya, a. (equal to=) dear as one's own body; -tyâga, m. abandonment of the body, renunciation of life; -danda, m. corporal punishment; -dhâtu, m. chief constituent of the body (flesh, blood etc.); -dhrik, m. corporeal being; -nipâta, m. collapse of the body, falling down dead; -nyâ sa, m. casting off the body, death; -pâta, m. collapse of the body, death; -pîdâ, f. bodily suffering; -prabhava, m. begetter, father; -baddha, pp. confined in a body, in carnate; -bandha, m. fetters of the body; assumption of a (new) body, rebirth: in. bodily (disappear); -bhâg, m. embodied being; -bheda, m. collapse of the body, death; -yashti, f. slender body, slim figure; -yâtrâ, f. sustenance of the body; -yoga-ga, a. produced from bodily contact; -vat, a.provided with a body; substantial; m. em bodied being; -vimokshana, n. liberation from the body, death; -vritta, pp. careful of his body or life; -vritti, f. maintenance of the body, support of life; -vaikalya, n. in disposition of body, distemper; -susrûshâ, f. personal attendance; -soshana, n. morti fication of the body; -samdhi, m. joint of the body; -sâda, m. bodily exhaustion, emacia tion; -stha, a. existing in the body; -sthiti, f.maintenance of the body.
śastrakarman n. surgical opera ation; -kali, m. duel with swords; -kopa, m. raging of the sword or war; -graha, m. taking to the sword, combat; -grâhaka, a. bearing arms, armed; -ghâta, m.stroke of the sword; -devatâ, f. goddess of war (only pl.); -dhârana, n. bearing of the sword; -nidhana, a. dying by the sword; -nir yâna, a. id.; -nyâsa, m. laying down of arms, abstention from war; -pâni, a. hold ing a sword in one's hand; -pânin, a. id. (metr.); -pâta, m. cut with a knife; -pra hâra, m. sword-cut; -bhrit, a. bearing arms, armed; m. warrior; -vat, a. armed with a sword; -vihita, pp. inflicted with a weapon; -vritti, a.living by the sword, following the profession of arms; -vrana-maya, a. consist ing in wounds caused by weapons; -sikshâ, f. skill with the sword; -sampâta, m. dis charge of missiles, conflict; -hata, pp. slain with the sword.
śastra n. [cutting instrument: √ sas] knife, dagger, sword, weapon; C.: arrow (rare); sword=war.
śāṭa m., î, f. (strip of) cloth, petti coat; a-ka, m. n. id.
śāmana a. putting an end to, throw ing into the shade (v. r. sam-); n. soothing remedy.
śikhitā f. condition of a peacock; -dis, f. Agni's quarter, south-east; -dyut, a. gleaming like fire; -dhvaga, m. (having a peacock as his emblem) ep. of Kârttikeya.
śilākṣara n. lithography; -gri ha, n. grotto; -kaya, m. mass of stones, mountain; -gatu, n. bitumen; -tala, n. slab of rock; -tva, n. nature of stone; -½âditya, m. N. of a king; -patta, m. stone slab (for sitting on or grinding); -prâsâda, m. stone temple; -bandha, m. wall; -maya, a. (î) made of stone; -varshin, a. raining stones; -vesman, n. rock house, grotto; -sastra, n. stone weapon; -sita, pp. whetted on a stone (arrow); -½âsana, a. seated on a stone; -stambha, m. stone column.
śilpakārī f. female artisan; -kârikâ, f. id.; -griha, n. workshop of an artisan; -vidyâ, f. knowledge of the arts or crafts; -vritti, f. subsistence by a craft; -sâstra, n. work on arts or crafts.
śraddhā a. putting faith in, trusting (d.; V.); f. confidence, trust, faith, belief, in (lc., --°ree;), faithfulness, sincerity (V., C.); de sire, longing, for (lc., prati, inf., or gnly. --°ree;; C.); curiosity (V., C.): -m âkhyâhi nas tâvat, pray satisfy our curiosity and tell us.
śvavat a. keeping dogs; -vâla, m. hair of a dog; -vishthâ, f. excrement of a dog; -vritti, f. life of a dog (a term applied to servitude or service); -vrittin, a. living on dogs.
ṣaṣṭha a. (&isharp;) sixth: w. bhâga, m. or amsa, m. sixth part, one-sixth; w. kâla, m. sixth hour of the day; sixth meal (on the evening of the third day); m. (sc. kâla) sixth meal: -m kri, take the sixth meal only (omitting the preceding five); n. one-sixth: -kandra, m. N.; -½amsa, m. sixth part, one-sixth, sp. tax of one-sixth raised by kings: -vritti, m. (subsisting on one-sixth), king, prince; -½anna-kâla, a. taking onlythe sixth meal, eating only on the evening of the third day (-tâ, f. abst. n.); -½anna-kâl-ika, a. id.
ṣṭhīvana n. spitting upon (lc.); ejected saliva, spittle.
saṃvyavasya fp. [√ sâ] to be de cided; -vyavaharana, n. agreeing or getting on together in ordinary life; -vyavahâra, m. intercourse, with (in.); occupation with, ad diction to (--°ree;); business transactions; term generally understood: -vat, m. business man; -vyâna, n. wrapper, cloth, upper garment.
saṃvijñāna n. implication; knowledge: -bhûta, pp. generally known; -vitti, f. knowledge; perception, sense, of (--°ree;); 1. -víd, f. V., C.: consciousness, of (--°ree;); knowledge; understanding, agreement, cove nant, regarding (--°ree;; ord. mg.); C.: feeling, of (--°ree;); plan, scheme; conversation, about (--°ree;); established usage, custom; name; gratification: -am kri, sthâpaya, or vi-dhâ, make an agreement, with (in. ± saha, g.), to (d., inf.), regarding (--°ree;); -am la&ndot;ghaya or vi½ati-kram, break an agreement; 2. -víd, f. acquisition, property (V.); -vida, a. con scious (in a-, Br.); n. agreement (perh. incorr. for -vid); -vidhâ, f. arrangement, contriv ance, preparation; mode of life; -vidhâ tavya, fp. to be arranged, contrived, or man aged; n. imps. one should act; -vidhâtri, m. arranger, ordainer, creator, god; -vidhâna, n. arrangement, contrivance, preparation: -ka, n. peculiar mode of action; -vidhi, m. arrangement, preparation, provision; -vidhe ya, fp. to be brought about; -vibhagana, n. sharing with another; -vibhaganîya, fp. to be distributed among (d.); -vibhâga, m. par tition, sharing with others; bestowal of a share, on (d., lc.); bestowal or distribution of (--°ree;); causing to participate in (--°ree;); giving (an order, --°ree;); share: -m kri, Â. partici pate inanything (in.) with any one (g.): -sîla, a. accustomed to share with others; -vibhâgi-tva, n. virtue of sharing with others; -vibhâgin, a. accustomed to share with others, in the habit of sharing with (g.); receiving a share of (g.); -vibhâgya, a. to be presented with something; -vîta, pp. √ vyâ; n. clothing.
saṃsakta pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. con dition of having stuck, -yuga, a. yoked, harnessed, -vadana½âsvâsa, a. having her breath cleaving to her mouth, with suppressed breath; -sakti, f. intimate union, close contact, with (--°ree;); -sa&ndot;ga, m. connexion; -sa&ndot;gin, a. (-î) attached or adhering to, intimately associated with: -î-tva, n. close connection with (--°ree;); -sád, f. (sitting together), as sembly; court (of a king or of justice); company, multitude; -sarana, n. going about; transmigration, mundane existence (as a series of transmigrations); -sarga, m. union, connexion, contact, with (in., g., --°ree;); indulgence orparticipation in, contamination with (--°ree;); contact with the world of sense, sensual indulgence (pl.); social contact, as sociation, intercourse, with (in. ± saha, g., lc., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (in. + saha, g., --°ree;): -vat, a. coming in contact or con nectedwith (--°ree;); -sargi-tâ, f. social relations; -sargin, a. connected, with (--°ree;); possessed of (--°ree;); -sargana, n. commingling, combina tion, with (in.); attaching to oneself, con ciliation of (g.); -sárpa, m. N. of the thir teenth month (V., C.); -sarpana, n. ascent, of (g.); creeping, gliding motion; -sarpad dhvaginî-vimarda-vilasad-dhûlî-maya, a. (î) filled with dust rising through the tramp of a marching army; -sarp-in, a. creeping along; swimming about; gliding over, ex tending to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. extension to (--°ree;); -sava, m. simultaneous Soma sacrifice of two neighbouring adversaries (Br., S.).
saṃstha a. standing, staying, resting, existing, or contained in (lc., gnly. --°ree;); being in or with=belonging to (lc. or --°ree;); based or dependent on (--°ree;); being in possession of (--°ree;); lasting (--°ree;; rare); á, m. (RV.): only lc. in the midst or presence of (g.); -sth&asharp;, f. remaining or abiding with (--°ree;; E., rare); form, appearance (C.); established order, standard, rule (C.); condition, state, nature (C.); completion, conclusion (V.); end, death (P.); complete liturgical course (being the basis of a sacrifice; the Gyotishtoma, the Haviryagña, and Pâkayagña consist of seven such forms); spy in one's own country (rare): --°ree; a. a, having the form of, appearing as; -sthâna, n. position, situation in a place (--°ree;); standing firm (in battle); existence; life; strict adherence to (--°ree;); abode; public place in a town; form, shape, appearance (ord. mg.; often with rûpa); condition, state, nature (rare); aggregate (rare): -vat, a. ex isting; having various forms; -sthâpaka, a. establishing; -sthâpana, n. fixing, setting up, erecting; establishment, of (g., --°ree;); re gulation of (--°ree;): â, f. cheering up, encourage ment; -sthâpayitavya, fp. to be cheered or consoled; -sth&asharp;pya, fp. C.: to be placed in (subjection) to (g.); -impressed on the mind (lc.) of (g.); V.: to be concluded (sacrifice); (sám)-sthiti, f. C.: union with (in., lc.); standing or resting on (lc., --°ree;); position; abid ing, residence in (lc.); duration, continuance; perseverance (rare); attaching importance to (lc.); existence, possibility, of (g., --°ree;); form; established order; condition, nature; V.: conclusion (rare); P.: end, death (rare).
saṃskāra m. [√ kri] preparation, dressing (of food); refining (of metals etc.); polishing (of gems); cleansing, purifying; embellishment, decoration, adornment; rear ing (of animals or plants); toilet, attire (rare); correct formation or use (of a word); train ing, education; correctness (of pronuncia tion or expression); purificatory rite, domes tic consecration (applicable to all members of the first three castes), sacrament; sacrament of the dead, cremation (rare); mental impres sion (left by causes no longer operative and sts. dating from a previous birth; there are three kinds, vega, impulse, sthiti-sthâpaka, elasticity, andbhâvanâ, reproductive ima gination); after-effect; creation of the mind (regarded by it as real though actually non existent, such as material phenomena and all connected therewith; B.): -tâ, f. abst. n. of a cpd. ending insamskâra (=mental impres sion); -tva, n. decoration: kakshushâm samskâra-tvam sam-âp, become a feast to the eye; -nâman, n. sacramental name (= our baptismal name); -maya, a. (--°ree;) con sisting in the consecration of (rite); -vat, a. grammatically correct; -visishta, pp. better prepared (food).
saṃseka m. wetting (ps.), with (--°ree;); -sevana, n. employment of; exposure to; waiting on, serving; -sevâ, f. frequenting; service; employment; predilection for (--°ree;); -sevin, a. worshipping (--°ree;); -sevya, fp. to be frequented, visited; to be worshipped; to be employed, to be indulged in.
saṃhat f. [putting together: √ han] layer, pile (RV.1); -hata, pp. (√ han) com pact etc.: -tâ, f. close contact; union, -tva, n. id.; compactness; complexity; -hati, f. closure; compactness (of body); economy (rare); combination, joint effort, union, con nexion, with (in.; ord. mg.); seam; mass, bulk, heap, assemblage, multitude: -sâlin, a. dense; -hanana, a. compact, firm; n. compactness, robustness; steadfastness; body; -hantri, m. uniter; -harana, n. seizure; gathering in, reaping; magical bringing back of discharged missiles; destruction; -har tavya, fp. to be collected; -re-arranged; destroyed (lit. -withdrawn, opp. emitted or created); -hartri, m. destroyer; -harsha, m. thrill; joy, delight; rivalry, jealousy; -harsh ana, a. (î) causing horripilation; gladden ing; n. rivalry, jealousy; -harshin, a. de lighting (--°ree;); jealous; -hâta, m.conciseness (of style; v. r. sam-ghâta); -hâra, m. collect ing, accumulation; collection; contraction (of the organs of speech), retraction (of a trunk); magical withdrawal of a discharged missile, magical means of drawing back a discharged missile; condensation, compendium; destruc tion of the world (ord. mg.: withdrawal, opp. emission, creation); destruction; con clusion, end (of a play, act, etc.): -kâla, m. time of the world'sdestruction: â-ya, den. Â. appear like the time of the world's destruc tion; -hâra-varman, m. N.; -hârin, a. (--°ree;) destroying (withdrawing what was created); -hârya, fp. to be removed, checked, or stop ped (in a-); to be led astray, corruptible (in a-); to be caused to participate in, having a claim on (ab.).
saṃkaṭa a. [put together: Pr.= krita] contracted, narrow; dense, impervious (forest); difficult, critical; --°ree;, full of (danger ous things); N.; Slender, N. of a gander; n. contracted space, narrow passage, defile; strait, difficulty, critical condition, distress, danger (to, from, --°ree;): â-ya, den. Â. grow too narrow; become contracted, grow less; -ka thana, n. conversation, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;); -kathâ, f.conversation, talk, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;), about (--°ree;); -kara, m. commingling, mixture; intermixture of castes by unequal marriages (=varna-); action equivalent to the mixture of castes (sts. n. in E.); mixture of figures of speech: -krityâ, f. act degrading to a mixed caste, î-karana, n. act which degrades to the position of a mixed caste; -karshana, m. Plougher, ep. of Halâyudha, elder brother of Krishna, among Vishnu wor shippers identified with the second person in the quaternity of Purushottama (=the soul); n. extraction; means of uniting; -kalana, n. putting or holding together; n., â, f. addi tion; -kalita, pp. added together.
saṃkranda m. lamentation; battle; -krándana, a. shouting, roaring; m. ep. of Indra; n. battle: -nandana, m. pat. of Ar guna and of the monkey Vâlin; -kramá, m. going together (V.); C.: course, progress; tran sition, transference to (lc.); entry of the sun into a new sign of the zodiac; bridge (ord. mg.); stair (esp. leading down to water); N. of a fairy prince; -krámana, n. entrance, commencement; transition, entrance into (lc., --°ree;); entry of the sun into a new sign of the zodiac; transfer to another world, de cease; -kramî-kri, make a bridge or medium of: gd. by means of (ac.); -krânta, pp. √ kram; -krânti, f. entrance into (lc., --°ree;); transference, communication; passage of the sun to another sign of the zodiac (--°ree;): pa yaso gandûsha-samkrântayah, transfer ence of water to swallowing = water meant for drinking; -krâmin, a.being transferred to others; -krîda, m. play, sport; -krosá, m. shout; -klishta-karman, a. acting with difficulty; -kleda, m. saturation, wetting, with (--°ree;): -bhûta, pp. forming a moist mass (foetus); -klesa, m. pain, suffering; -kshaya, m. decay, loss, complete consump tion or disappearance; drying up (of water); ruin, destruction; end; -kshâlanâ, f. wash ing, ablution; -kshipti: -kâ, f. simple ex pedient (dr.); -kshepa, m. throwing together, destruction (rare); abridgment, compres sion, conciseness, brief exposition; quintes sence of (g.); aggregate (rare): in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, briefly, concisely; in., -tas, in the aggregate; -kshobha, m. jolt, shock, com motion, disturbance; agitation, excitement.
saṃgraha m. seizing, grasping; keeping, retaining; obtainment (pattra-, of leaves); taking (of food); magical with drawal of discharged missiles; collecting, gathering; accumulation, store; bringing together, assembling (of men); complete enumeration; collection, totality, complete compendium, summary, epitome (ord. mg.); inclusion (rare); restraining, controlling (rare); guarding, protection, of (g.); ruler (E.); propitiation, kind treatment, enter tainment: in. completely, entirely; in., ab. summarily, briefly; -grahana, n. acquisi tion; collecting, accumulation; encasing, setting in (--°ree;, of a jewel); restraining; pro pitiation (also V., -gráh-); adultery, with (--°ree;); -grahanîya, fp. to be directed towards (lc.); -grahin, m. collector; -grahîtrí, m. charioteer.
satta pp. (√ sad) sitting.
satkathā f. good conversation or tale; -kartri, m. benefactor; -karman, n. good work, virtuous act; a. performing good actions; -kalâ, f. fine art; -kavi, m. good or true poet: -tva, n. true poetic gift;-kâra, m. sg., pl. kind treatment, hospitable recep tion, hospitality; praise, favour (of a king, --°ree;): -½arha, a. worthy of hospitable treat ment; -kârya, fp. effected; deserving of honour or hospitality; n. necessary exist ence of the effect (as inherent in the cause: in Sâ&ndot;khya phil.): -vâda, m. theory of the actual existence of the effect, -vâdin, m. ad herent of this theory; -kâvya, n. good poem; -kîrti, f. good reputation; a. having a --; -kula, n. good or noble family; a. belonging to a --; -krita, pp. honoured, treated hos pitably; n. honourable reception; -kriti, f. kind treatment, hospitable reception, hos pitality; -kritya, gd. having entertained hospitably; -kriyâ, f. putting in order, pre paration (rare); sg., pl. kind treatment, hos pitable reception, hospitality (ord. mg.); cele bration (of a wedding, --°ree;); -kshetra, n. good field.
sad a. (independent only once), very com- mon --°ree;, sitting, dwelling in.
sadāphala a. always bearing fruit; -matta, a. always rutting (elephant); -mada, a. id.; always arrogant; -½ârgava, a. always honest.
sadāna a. 1. having gifts (RV.1); 2. rutting (elephant; C.).
sadṛkṣa a. alike; like, resem bling (d.; V., P.; rare); -drís, a. (nm. &ndot;, V.; k, C.) id. (w. in. or --°ree;); -drísa, a. (î) of like appearance, resembling, similar (to, in., g., lc., --°ree;; in, lc., --°ree;); suitable, conformable to (--°ree;); worthy of, befitting (g., --°ree;): °ree;-or -m, ad. suitably: -tva, n. similarity, resemblance, -vritti, a. behaving similarly: -tâ, f. iden tity of conduct.
sadvājin m. noble steed; -vârttâ, f. good news: -m prakh, enquire about any one's health; -vigarhita, pp. censured by the virtuous; -vikkheda, m. separation from the virtuous; -vidya, a.possessed of true knowledge, well-informed; -vidyâ, f. true knowledge; -vriksha, m. fine tree; -vritta, n. well-rounded shape; behaviour of the vir tuous, good conduct; a. well-conducted: -sâl in, a. of virtuous conduct; -vritti, f. good conduct; -velâ, f. right moment; -vaidya, m. good physician.
saṃtakṣaṇa n. biting sarcasm: vâk- samtakshanais, by cutting speeches; -tata, pp. √ tan: -varshin, a. raining continuously; (sám)-tati, f. V., C.: continuity, continuance, duration; C.: causal connexion of things; continuous series or flow, quantity, multi tude; density of --dense (darkness, --°ree;); con tinuation of a family, offspring (ord. mg.); race, lineage; continued meditation (rare); -tan-i, a. prolonging (Br.): í, m. or f. sound, music (RV.); -tamasa, n. (general) darkness; -tárana, a. taking across (a danger; V.); n. (C.) crossing (also fig.); -targana, a. scold ing, threatening; n. threat, revilement; -tarp ana, a. refreshing, invigorating; n. means of strengthening.
saṃnahana n. tying together; pre paration; cord; equipment; -nâda, m. sound, din, cry, roar; -nâdana, a. causing to sound, filling with noise; -nâma, m. subjection; modification; -nâha, m. tying up, girding; preparation, equipment; undertaking; cord; armour, mail; trappings of a horse; -nikar sha, m. drawing together, approximation, close contact, with (--°ree;); connexion with, re lation to (--°ree;); nearness, proximity: -m, ac. (go etc.) near; ab. from one's presence (de- part etc.); lc. in the neighbourhood of (g., --°ree;); -nikâsa, --°ree; a. having the appearance of; -nikrishta, pp. near etc.; n. nearness, prox imity: -m, ad.near (--°ree;); lc. in the neigh bourhood of (g., --°ree;); -nikaya, m. accumula tion; abundance, plenty, store; -nidhâtri, m. one who is near; receiver (of stolen goods); official on duty; -nidhâna, n. (putting toge ther into), receptacle; nearness, proximity, presence; existence: ab. from (g.); lc. in the neighbourhood or presence of (g., --°ree;); -nidhi, m. juxtaposition; proximity, vicinity, pre sence, existence: lc. in the presence of, near (g., --°ree;); -m, into the presence of, near (g., --°ree;); -m kri, bandh, or vi-dhâ, take up one's position or abode in (lc.); -nipâta, m. con tact, collision, encounter, with (in.); con junction, combination, aggregation, mixture; (morbid combination=) disorder of the three bodily humours; fall, descent (in lakshana-); collapse, death (very rare): -nidrâ, f. trance; -nipâtita, cs. pp. brought together, assembled; -nipâtya, fp. to be shot (arrow) at (lc.); -nibarhana, n. repression, mastery (of the heart); -nibha, a. resembling, like, -ish (--°ree;; sometimes with names of colours).
saṃdaṃśa m. compression (of the lips); connexion; tongs; thumb and fore-finger; nippers (of a crab); section, chapter: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. pair of tongs; -darpa, m. arrogance, boasting of (--°ree;); -darbha, m. weaving (of a garland); piling (of arms); mixture; artistic combination (of words, notes etc.); literary composition; -darsana, n. seeing, beholding, viewing (ord. mg.); vision; gaze, look (rare); inspection, con sideration; appearance, manifestation; meet ing with (in. ± saha); showing, display (of or to, --°ree;): -m gam svapne, appear to (g.) in a dream; -m pra-yam, show oneself to (g.); lc. in view of; -d&asharp;na, n. bond, fetter, halter (V.); m. (?) fettering place (below the knee of an elephant); -dâna-tâ, f. condition of a fetter; -dânita, den. pp. bound, fettered: -ka, n. combination of three Slokas consisting of a single sentence; -digdha,pp. (√ dih) doubtful etc.; n. ambiguous expression: -tva, n. uncertainty, -punar-ukta-tva, n. uncer tainty and tautology, -buddhi, a. doubtful minded; -dîpaka, a. setting aflame, making jealous (--°ree;); -dîpana, a.kindling; exciting, provoking; m. one of the five arrows of Kâma; n. kindling, exciting, stimulating; -dûshana, a. (î) corrupting, ruining; n. de filing, violating; cause of ruin; -drís, f. (V.) sight; appearance; view, direction; -dríse, V. d. inf. of sam + √ dris.
saṃdhinigrahadvāreṇa in. by means of uniting and getting at variance with (g.); -mat, a. living in peace; leagued, allied; m. N.; -mati, m. N. of a minister; -vigraha-ka, m. minister of alliances (= foreign affairs) and of war; -vigraha-kây astha, m. secretary of foreign affairs and of war; -vigraha-kârya½adhikârin, m. du. ministers of foreign affairs and of war; -vid, a. acquainted with alliances; -velâ,f. time of twilight; -sambhava, a. produced by eu phonic combination; m. diphthong; -sarp ana, n. crawling through narrow passages.
saṃniyacchana n. curbing, guiding; -yantri, m. restrainer; -yama, m. exactness; -yoga, m. commission; precept, injunction; -roddhavya, fp. to be confined; -rodha, m. obstruction, suppression;-vâya, m. combination; -vritti, f. return (in aand abhûyah-); -vesa, m. entrance, taking up a position; inclusion (rare); impression (of a mark, --°ree;); combination, arrangement; posi tion (--°ree; a. situated in or on); form, appear ance; dwelling-place; assemblage: -m kri, take up a position in (--°ree;); make room for (--°ree;); -vesana, n. dwelling-place, abode; -vesayitavya, fp. to be inserted; -hita, pp. (√ dhâ) near etc.: -½apâya, a. having destruc tion near at hand, perishable, transient.
samad f. [raging together], strife, battle (V.; often lc. pl.): -am kri or dhâ, cause strife among or between (d.); -mada, a. intoxicated, excited with passion; rutting; -mádana, n. conflict (RV.1); a. (C.)ena moured; provided with Madana trees.
samaviṣama n. pl. level and uneven ground: lc. on level and uneven ground: -kara, a. producing what is smooth and rough (time); -vîrya, a. equal in strength; -vritti, a. whose conduct is uniform.
samājñā f. appellation, name; -gñâna, n. recognition as (--°ree;); -dâna, n. taking upon oneself, incurring, contracting; -deya, fp. to be received; -desa, m. direction, instruction; command, order; -dhâtavya, fp. to be set to rights, repaired, or adjusted; -dhâna, n. adjustment, settlement; recon cilement; justification of a statement, de monstration; mental concentration, atten tion; deep contemplation or devotion:-m kri, attend; -dhi, m. putting together, join ing, with (in.); joint (of the neck); union, combination; performance; adjustment, set tlement; justification of a statement, proof; attention (to, lc.), intentness on (--°ree;); deep meditation on the supreme soul, profound devotion (ord. mg.); N. of various figures of speech: -m kri, direct one's attention, to (lc.); -dhi-ta, den. pp. reconciled; -dhitsu, des. a. (√ dhâ) wishing to prove.
samīkaraṇa n. levelling; as similation; putting on a level with (in.); equalising, setting to rights; -kri, level; rase to the ground; equalize; place on an equality with, declare to be equal to (in.); adjust, set tle; -kriti, f. weighing.
samāsa m. [putting together: √ 2. as] combination, union (Br., S.); condensa tion, succinct statement; compound (gr.): in. fully, thoroughly (ascertain); in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, concisely, succinctly, briefly; -â-sakti, f. attachment to (lc.): in. with devotion; -â sa&ndot;ga, m. transference (of business) to (lc.); -â-satti, f. nearness, vicinity.
samāvartana n. return home (of a pupil after the completion of his reli gious studies); -vaha, a. bringing, producing (--°ree;); -(â)vâya, m. metr. for -(a)vâya; -vâ sa, m. abode, habitation; -vritti,f.=-âvar tana; -vesa, m. entering; absorption in (--°ree;); simultaneous occurrence, co-existence (ord. mg.); agreement with (--°ree;); -sraya, m. con nexion with (--°ree;); shelter, refuge, asylum (ord. mg.); dwelling-place, habitation; re lation, reference (rare); resorting to (--°ree;): ab. in consequence of, owing to; a. (--°ree;) dwelling or situated in; relating to; -sraya- na, n. resorting or attaching oneself to (--°ree;); -srayanîya, fp.to be sought refuge with; taken service with; m. master (opp. samâ srita, servant); -srayin, a. occupying, ob taining possession of (--°ree;); -srita, pp. √ sri; m. servant: -tva, n. having betaken oneself to (the protection of, --°ree;); -slesha, m. em brace; -svâsa, m. recovery of breath, relief, encouragement; consolation; -svâsana, n. encouraging, comforting; consolation; -svâs ya, fp. to be consoled.
samāhara a. destroying (--°ree;); -hartri, m. collector (an official); -hâra, m. aggregation, summing up; sum; collection, assemblage; withdrawal (of the senses from the world); (&asharp;)-hita, pp.(√ dhâ): -mati, a. (having an) attentive (mind); -hit-ikâ, f. N.; -hva, a. having the same name as (--°ree;); -hvaya, m. challenge; conflict; betting on animal combats; appellation, name; -hvâ tri, m. challenger to (d.);-hvâna, n. calling upon, -together; challenge (to fight or play).
samīra m. wind (also in the body); -îrana, a. setting in motion; stimulating; m. wind; god of wind; -îra-lakshman, n. (token of wind), dust; -îhâ, f. desire, long ing, striving after (--°ree;); -îhita, pp.√ îh; n. desire, wish.
samudanta a. rising above the edge, about to overflow (V.); -aya, m. union, junction (of forces); combination, aggregate; income, revenue (rare); success (rare): -m kri, collect or assemble (an army); -âkâra, m. presentation, offering, of (--°ree;); good or courteous behaviour; intercourse with (in.); address; -âya, m. combination, collection, aggregate, whole; genus (elephant); -âyin, a. combining, forming an aggregate; -ita mukha, a. with one voice, all at once; -ga, m. round casket; kind of artificial stanza (in which the two halves are identical in sound but different in meaning, e.g. Kirâtâr gunîya XV, 16): -ka, m. n. round casket; -gama, m. rise (of the sun), rising (of dust, of the breast); -danda, a. uplifted (arm); -desa, m. exposition, doctrine; locality, place; -dhata, pp. √ han: -lâ&ndot;gûla, a. cocking his tail; -dharana, n. upraising, extrication; removal; -dhartri, m. deliverer from (the ocean, danger, ab.); extirpator; -dhâra, m. extraction; rescue; removal, destruction; -bandhana, n. hanging up: âtmanah --, hanging oneself; -bodhana, n.resuscitation; -bhava, m. production, origin; appearance: --°ree; a. arising or produced from, being the source of; -bhâsana, n. illuminating; -bhe da, m. development; source; -yama, m. lift ing up; exertion, effort, labour, setting about (d., lc., --°ree;); -yamin, a. exerting oneself, strenuous; -yoga, m. employment, use (rare); preparation, equipment; energy; concurrence (of causes).
samutka a. longing for (--°ree;); -kantak ita, pp. with bristling hair, thrilled; -kan- thâ, f. longing for (--°ree;); -karsha, m. laying aside (of a girdle); higher rank, exalted posi tion; pre-eminence, excellence; -kskepa, m. throwing out a hint, allusion to (d.); -târa, m. getting over, deliverance from (--°ree;); -tu&ndot; ga, a. lofty; -tegana, n. inciting, instigat ing; -tha, a. arising, sprung, produced, or derived from (ab., gnly. --°ree; w. a word in the ab., sts. lc., sense); appearing in (--°ree;); -thâna, n. rising, getting up; hoisting (of a flag); augmentation of (property, g.); swelling of (the stomach, g.); undertaking, occupation, activity; healing: sambhûya or ekîbhûya --, common enterprise, partnership; --°ree; a. arising or produced from; -patana, n. flying up together; -patti, f. origin, produc tion; -panna, pp. produced, arisen; -pâda, m.production; -pâdya, fp. to be produced or caused; -piñga, m. confusion, disorder; -pîdana, n. pressing, squeezing; -phulla, pp. opened wide (eyes); -sarga, m. discharge (of urine etc.); emission (of semen): -m kri, have sexual intercourse with (lc.); -sâra-ka, a. dispersing, driving away; -sârana, n. id.; dispelling, removing; -sâha, m. energy: -tâ, f. alacrity in (lc.); -suka, a. agitated, un easy, anxious; longing for (--°ree;), eager to (inf.; ord. mg.); -tâ, f. desire, longing, -tva, n. agitation; yearning emotion; -suka-ya, den. P. fill with yearning; -sedha, m. height.
saṃpakva a. boiled soft; ripe; fully matured; -patti, f. concord (S., rare); turn ing out well, success, accomplishment; at tainment, acquisition; turning into, becom ing (rare); existence (rare); good condition, excellence; abundance, affluence; lucky event; prosperity, fortune (sg., pl.): in. at random: -ka, a. --°ree;, excellence; -pád, f. V.: agreement, bargain (rare); full number, total; C.: success, accomplishment, fulfilment; at tainment, acquisition; turning into, becom ing (rare); existence (rare; --°ree; a.=possess ing); right condition; excellence, perfection, beauty; abundance, plenty, high degree or excess of; (what befals), fate (rare); good fortune, prosperity, wealth, property (sg., pl.); -panna-kshîrâ, a. f. giving good milk: (a)-tamâ, spv. f. giving very good milk; -panna-tara, cpv. very palatable; -panna tâ, f. possession of (--°ree;); -panna-danta, a. possessing teeth; -parâyá, m. death (rare); conflict, battle; -parigraha, m. gracious re ception of (g.); property; -parka, m. mix ture, union, contact, association (of, --°ree;; with, in. ± saha, g., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); -pâta, m. C.: flight, swift descent, fall, into (lc.); a particular mode of flight; col lision, concussion, encounter, with (saha); confluence; point of contact (rare); en trance, appearance, occurrence; V.: remnant of fluid (in a vessel), residue of an offering; hymns contiguous in the Samhitâ and ritual (also -sûkta, n.); -pâti, m. N. of a fabulous bird, son of Aruna or Garuda and elder brother of Gatâyu; -pâtín, a. flying to gether; flying with=equally swift; falling down (flowers); -pâda-ka, a. procuring, bestowing; producing, causing; -pâdana, a. (î) procuring, bestowing; carrying out, executing; n. procurement, acquirement; accomplishment, fulfilment, execution, per formance, production; clearing, putting in order (a house or site); -pâdanîya, fp. to be procured; -carried out, brought about, or accomplished; -appeased; -pâdayitri, m., trî, f. procurer; producer, accomplisher; -pâdita-tva, n. accomplishment or fulfilment by (--°ree;); -pâdin, a. coinciding with, suitable for (in., --°ree;); procuring; accomplishing; -p&asharp;d ya, fp. to be brought about, effected, or accomplished: -tva, n. accomplishment; -pârin, a. putting across (of a vessel, Br.); -pipâdayishâ, f. desire to accomplish; wish to prove right; -pîda, m. pressure: â, f. pain, torment; -puñga, m.multitude; -puta, m. hemispherical bowl (and anything shaped like it); round casket (for jewellery etc.); hemisphere (rare); credit, balance: e likh, write down (ac.) to the credit of (g.); -put ikâ, f. jewel-casket (=treasuryof aphorisms and tales); -pushti, f. perfect prosperity; -pûgana, n., -pûgâ, f. honouring, reverence; -pûgya, fp. to be honoured; -pûrna, pp. (√ 1. pri) filled etc.: -kâlîna, a. occurring in the fulness of (=at the right) time (birth), -kumbha, m. full pot; -pûrna-tâ, f. com pleteness, completion; full measure: -yuk ta, pp. having abundance; -pûrna½a&ndot;ga, a. (î) having its parts complete, entire; -pûrti, f. fulfilment, completion; -pûrva, a. pre ceded by=compounded with pûrva; -prik ta-tva, n. union.
saṃpradātavya fp. to be given; -imparted or taught; -dâtri, m. giver, of ferer; -dâna, n. giving, presenting, bestow ing; giving up; imparting, teaching; grant ing; giving in marriage; gift, donation; person to whom anything is given=for whom anything is done, notion of the dative case; -dânîya, fp. to be given or presented; -dâ ya, m. bestower (very rare); oral tradition (regarding, --°ree;); -dhârana, n.,â, f. delibera tion; -dhârya, fp. to be weighed or con sidered; -pada, n. pl. standing on tip-toe; -mâpana, n. killing; -yug, a. clasped by (--°ree;); -yoga, m. fastening, clasp (of a jewel); union, connexion, association, contact, with (in. ± saha, --°ree;; ord. mg.); conjugal or sexual union, with (--°ree;); conjunction (of the moon with asterisms); employment, exercise, practice (rare); -lâpa, m. chatter; -vartaka, a. set ting in motion, furthering; producing; m. creator (Siva); -vartana, n. moving or riding about; -vâha, m. stream, continuity; -vrit ta, pp. having taken place, past; -vritti, f. appearance, occurrence; -vriddhi, f. growth, prosperity; -vesa,m. entrance, into (lc., --°ree;).
sarvaśūnya a. entirely empty: -tâ, f. complete void; theory that everything is non-existent, nihilism, -tva, n. id.: -vâdin, m. nihilist; -samhârin, a. all-destroying; -sa-guna, a. possessing excellences in every thing; -sama-tâ, f. impartiality towards everything; (á)-samriddha, pp. entirely well arranged (V.); -sampatti, f. success in everything; abundance of everything; -sam panna, pp. provided with everything: -sas ya, a. having abundant corn everywhere (earth); -saha, a. enduring everything; -sâdhana, a. accomplishing everything; -sâdhârana, a. (â, î) common to all; -sâdhu, ad. very good (as an exclamation); -sâmân ya, a.common to all; -siddhârtha, a. having all one's aims accomplished, having every thing one desires; -sukha-krit, a. causing universal happiness; (sárva)-sena, a. leading all his host (RV.); -sthâna-gavâta, m. N. of a Yaksha; -sva, n. entire property; --°ree;, entirety, whole, or sum of: -phal-in, a. with all their goods and fruits; -svarna-maya, a. (î) entirely golden; -hara, a. appropriating everything; all-destroying (death); -hara- na, n.confiscation of the entire property; -hâra, m. id.: -m, abs. confiscating his whole property; -hâsya, fp. derided by all; -hút, a. offered completely (sacrifice; V.); -huti, f. entire sacrifice (Br.).
sarvadeva m. pl. all the gods; -devatâ-maya, a. (î) containing all deities; -devatyã, a. sacred to or representing all the gods; -deva-maya, a. (î) containing or representing all gods; -desîya, a. coming from every country; -daivatya, a. representing all gods; -dravya, n. pl. all things; -dhar ma-maya, a. containing --, -vid, a. knowing all laws; -nara, m. every one; -nâma-tva, n. pronominal nature; -nâman, n. (general name), pronoun; -nâma-sthâna, n. case termination added to the strong base; -nâsa, m. complete lack; loss of everything, com plete ruin: -m kri, lose everything; -niyan tri, m. all-subduer: -tva, n. abst. n.; -patta maya,a. made of fabrics of all kinds; -path îna, a. occupying the whole road; -prabhu, m. lord of all; -prâna, m.: in. with all one's might; -prâyaskittá, a. (&isharp;) atoning for every thing (Br.); n. (V.) expiation for everything; a certain libation in the Âhavanîya; -prâ yaskitti, f. complete atonement; -bhaksha, a. eating or devouring everything, omnivor ous; -bhakshin, a. id.; -bhâva, m. whole heart or soul; complete satisfaction:in., °ree;--, with one's whole soul (love etc.): pl. all ob jects; -bhûta, pp. being everywhere; n. pl. °ree;--, all beings: with na, no being: -krit, a. framing all beings, -maya, a. (î) containing or representing all beings, -½âtman, m. soul of all beings; -bhûmi, a. owning the whole earth; -bhogya, fp. advantageous to all; -ma&ndot;gala, a. universally auspicious: â, f. ep. of Durgâ (sts. also of Lakshmî); -manorama, a. delighting every one; -máya, a. (î) con taining everything; -mahat, a. greatest of all: -tara, cpv. greater than all the rest; -mâmsa½ada, a. eating every kind of flesh; -mâya, m. N. of a Râkshasa; -medhá, m. universal offering (a ten days' Soma sacrifice); -medhya-tva, n. universal purity; -yagña, m. every sacrifice: pl. all sacrifices; -yatna, m. every effort: in. with all one's might, to the best of one's ability; -yatna- vat, a. making every possible effort; -yoni, f. source of all; -yoshit, f. pl. all women; -ratna, m. N.: -maya, a. formed of all gems; entirely studded with jewels, -samanvita, pp. possessed of all jewels; -rasa, m. all kinds of juices or fluids (pl. or °ree;--); every taste: pl. all kinds of palatable food; -râtra, m. (?) the whole night: °ree;-or -m, ad. the whole night through; (sárva- AV., or sarvá- SB.)-rûpa, a. (V.) having all colours; having or assum ing all forms; of all kinds; -½ritu-ka, a. habitable in every season (house); -li&ndot;ga, a. having all genders, adjectival; -loká, m. V., C.: the whole world; C.: the whole people; every one: pl. or °ree;--, all beings; every one: -bhayamkara, a. appalling to the whole world, -mahesvara, m. ep. of Siva and of Krishna; -loha, a. entirely red; n. metals of all kinds (°ree;--): -maya, a. (î) entirely of iron; -vâram, ad. all at once, simultaneously; -vikrayin, a. selling all kinds of things; -vigñân-in, a. knowing everything: (-i)-tâ, f. omniscience; -víd, a. omniscient; -vinâsa, m. entire destruction; -vinda, m. a certain mythical being; -vishaya, a. relating to everything, general; (sárva)-vîra, a. all-heroic, consisting of, relating to, accompanied by or leading all men or heroes (V.); -ved asá, a. attended by a gift of all one's goods (sacrifice; V.); bestowing all his property on priests after a sacrifice (C., rare); n. en tire property (V.): -dakshina, a. attended with a gift of all one's property as a sacrificial fee (sacrifice; V., C.); -vedin, a. omniscient; knowing all the Vedas; -vainâsika, a. be lieving in complete annihilation; m. Bud dhist; -vyâpad, f. complete failure; -vyâp in, a. all-pervading; -vrata, n. universal vow; a. all-vowing; -sakti, f. entire strength: in. with all one's might; -sa&ndot;kâ, f. suspicion of every one.
salakṣaṇa a. having the same characteristics, similar; (sá)-lakshman, a. id.; -lagga, a. ashamed, (coquettishly) bash ful; embarrassed; -laggita-sneha-karunam, ad. with embarrassment, love, and compassion.
savāsas a. clothed, with one's clothes; -vikalpa, a. possessing or admitting of variety or distinctions, differentiated: -ka, a. id.; -vikâra, a. together with its develop ments or derivatives; together with its pro ducts (milk); enamoured; subject to modi fication or decomposition (food); -vikâsa, a. shining; -vikrama, a. vigorous, energetic; -viklavam, ad. dejectedly; -vigraha, a. embodied; -vikikitsitam, ad.doubtfully; -vitarkam, ad. thoughtfully; -vitâna, a. having a canopy.
savāya d. (of 2. savá) for setting in motion, for the uprising of (g.; RV.).
salīla a. playing, without exerting oneself; sportive, coquettish (ord. mg.): -m, ad. as it were in play (± iva); coquettishly.
sahiṣṭha spv. most mighty; -ishnu, a. bearing, enduring, putting up with (ac., g., --°ree;); forbearing; resigned, patient: -tâ, f., -tva, n. endurance of (--°ree;); resignation, patience.
sahāsana n. sitting together.
sāṃyātrika m. [samyâtrâ] sea farer, trader by sea; -yuga, a. (î) suitable for battle (samyuga): w. ku, f. battle-field: î-na, a. warlike; -râvin-a, n. [samrâvin] general shout, uproar; -vatsara, a. (î) yearly, annual [samvatsara]; m. one versed in the calendar, astrologer: i-ka, a. annual, yearly; lasting a year or the whole year; m. astrolo ger; -vitti-ka, a. [samvitti] based on a mere feeling, subjective; -vyavahâr-ika,a. (î) current in ordinary life (samvyavahâra); generally intelligible; -say-ika, a. (î) sub ject to doubt (samsaya), uncertain; hazard ous (undertaking); -sarg-ika, a. (î) produced by contact or intercourse (samsarga); -sâr-ika, a. connected with or dependent on the cycle of mundane existence (samsâra); -sid dhi-ka, a. (î) original, inherent, natural samsiddhi]; -hita, a. (î) peculiar to the Samhitâ: i-ka, a. id.
sādana a. wearying, exhausting; n. V.: setting down (of vessels etc.); C.: seat, place, dwelling (=sadana).
sāda m. [√ sad] sitting on a horse, riding (RV.1); C.: sinking in (of wheels); weariness, exhaustion; cessation; destruc tion, loss; despair: -da, a. (--°ree;) destroying.
sātvata a. peculiar to the Satvats or Sâtvatas; relating to Sâtvata (Krishna); w. vritti, f. a particular dramatic style; m. N. of a tribe to which Krishna belonged (=Yâ dava; pl.); a mixed caste, descendants of an outcast Vaisya: î, f. princess of the Satvats.
sādhuvāda m. cry of &open;well done,&close; applause: -m dâ, applaud; -vâdin, a. just in speech; applauding; -vritta, pp. well rounded; well-conducted, virtuous (-tâ, f. good conduct); -vritti, a. id.; -sîla, a. hav ing a good character: -tva, n. goodness of character, virtuous disposition; -samâkâra, a. well-conducted, upright.
sāya n. [perh. letting loose, unyoking: √ 2. si] turning in (RV.1); close of day, even ing: -m kri, make a stay, spend the evening (RV.1): (á)-m, ad. in the evening, at eventide.
sāhasika a. (î) committing or guilty of violence; bold, daring; rash, reck less; m. desperado, robber; N. of a cook: -tâ, f. daring; -in, a. committing violence; over-exerting oneself.
siddha pp. (√ sidh) hit (mark); ac complished, achieved, effected, fulfilled, real ized, successful; ready (money); prepared, made ready; cooked (food); gained, acquired; peculiar; unchangeable; cured (person); established, settled, substantiated, proved; well known, in (--°ree;); possessed of magical power (things); subject, ready to serve one (spirits, charms); perfected, adept in (d., --°ree;); become perfect, possessing super natural power, emancipated from the laws of nature; m. seer, sorcerer, magician; saint, Siddha (a class of demi-gods, such as Kapila, Vyâsa etc., possessing supernatural powers, esp. that of flying through the air); = Gina (with the Jains); N.; n. magical or super natural power: -kârya, a. having accomplished one's purpose; -kshetra, n. region inhabited by Siddhas, land of the Blest; N. of certain sacred regions: -parvata, m. mountain in the land of the Blest; -tâp asa, m., î, f. ascetic endowed with super natural knowledge and power; -tva, n. correct ness; establishment, demonstration; perfec tion; -dhâman, n. abode of the Blest;-bhûmi, f. fairyland; -mantra, m. magical spell; -yoga, m. magical agency; -yogin-î, f. sorceress, witch, fairy; -ratna, a. possess ing a magical jewel; -rasa, m. quicksilver; -rasâyana, a. possessed of an elixir of life; -râga, m. N. of a king; -laksha, a. hitting the mark (arrow); -vat, ad. as established or proved: -kri, regard as settled or proved; -varti, f. magical wick; -vâsa, m. abode of the Blest, N. of a locality; -sambandha, a. whose kin is known; -sarit, f. (famous river) Ganges.
siddhi f. [√ 2. sidh] hitting of a mark (lc.); accomplishment, performance, ful filment, complete attainment, success (sg., pl.; ord. mg.); getting the better of, cure (of a disease), by (--°ree;); coming into force; pay ment, recovery (of money due); attainment of one's aims, success, fortune (common mg.); personal perfection entailing the acquisition of supernatural powers (phil.); magical power (often °ree;-w. the magical object); effi cacy, efficiency, skill; resultance, establish ment, demonstration; work of art (rare); Success personified as a goddess, as Durgâ; N. of a female friend of Danu: -ka, a. --°ree;= siddhi, magical power; -kara, a. (î) produc ing success or fortune: î, f. N. of a sorceress; -kâra-ka, a. causing any one (g.) to attain his object; producing an effect; -kârin, a. accomplishing anything (g.); -kshetra, n. field of success, successfully accomplished ob ject; -gñâna, n. certain knowledge; -da, a. granting success or fortune; -darsin, a. see ing future success, knowing the future; -prâya, a. near to perfection; -mat, a. suc cessful; perfect (man); possessing magical power; m. perfect man; -mârga, m. road to fairyland; -yâtrika, a. wandering about for the purpose of learning magical arts; m. fortune-hunter; -yoga, m. employment of magical power; -varti,f. magical wick; -½îsvara, m. lord of magical power, ep. of Siva; n. N. of a region sacred to Siva.
sukhārtha m. object of pleasure: ac., d. for relief, for the sake of ease; -½arthin, a. desiring happiness or bliss; -½arha, a. de serving of happiness; -½âloka, a. easy to get sight of; -½avagama, m.easy comprehension; â-vatî, f. N.; -½avabodha, m. easy compre hension; -½âvaha, a. bringing pleasure, to (--°ree;); -½âsa, m. (pleasant food), cucumber; 1. -½âsâ, f. expectation of pleasure; 2. (su-kha) ½âsâ, f. very (sky=) remote expectation; -½â- sraya, a. productive of pleasure; -½âsana, n. comfortable seat; -½âsikâ, f. comfort; -½âs îna, pt. sitting at ease; -½asukha, n. sg. joy and sorrow, pleasure and pain; -½âsvâda, m. taste of enjoyment, relish, delight.
sucakra a. having good wheels; m. good chariot (RV.); -kákshas, a. having good sight, keen-sighted (V.); -katura, a. very expert; -karita, pp. well-performed (vow); n. (sú-) sg. pl. good conduct, virtuous actions (V., C.); a. well-conducted (C.): -vrata, a. having performed his vow thoroughly, -½ar tha-pada, a. having well-selected sense and words (speech); -kintita, pp. well-consi dered; -kira, a. very long (of time): -m, in., °ree;--, ad. for a very long while; ab. after a very long time; -kétas, a. intelligent, sa pient; benevolent; -ketú, m. grace: only in. ú-nâ, graciously (RV.); -gana, m. good or benevolent man or person (sts. referring to a f.): svabhâva-sugano ganah, good-na tured man; -gana-tâ, f. good nature, geni ality, benevolence; -gana-tva, n. id.; -ga na½âkara, m. N.; -gániman, a. creating fair things (RV.); -gánman, a. id. (V.); of noble or auspicious birth (C.); -gaya, m. great victory; a. easy to conquer; -gala, a. having good water; (sú)-gâta (or á), pp. V.: well born or produced, of excellent kind or nature; nobly born, noble; of genuine birth; C.: well-formed, beautiful (ord. mg.); genuine, sincere (rare); not born in vain (v. r. sa gâtah); -gâta-vaktra, m. N. of a teacher (S.); -gâta½a&ndot;gî, a. f. having well-formed limbs; -gita-srama, a. getting over exertions well, indefatigable; -gihvá, a. (RV.) fair tongued; sweet-voiced; -gîrna, pp. well worn, ragged; well-digested: -sata-khanda maya, a. (î) consisting of a hundred worn out rags; -gîva, n. imps. it is easy for (g.) to live;-gîvita, a. living happily.
sudhā f. [good drink: √ 2. dhâ] beverage of the gods, nectar; milk (rare); mortar, plaster: -½amsu, m. (having rays of nectar), moon; -½âkara, m. mine of nectar; moon; -dîdhiti, m. moon; -drava, m. white-wash; -dhavala, a. white with plaster, white-washed; white as plaster; -dhavalita, den. pp. whitened with plaster, white-washed; -dhâman, m. moon; -dhârâ, f. stream of nectar; -dhauta, pp. white-washed; -pûra, m. stream of nectar; -bhitti, f. white-washed wall; -bhug, -bhogin, m. (feeding on nectar), god; -maya, a. (î) containing or consisting of nectar; -½amrita, n. nectar; -ras mi, m. moon; -rasa, m. nectar; a.tasting. like nectar: -maya, a. (î) consisting of or containing nectar; -½avadâta, pp. white-washed; white as plaster; -varsha, n. shower of nectar; -subhra, a. white-washed; -½âsâ ra, m. shower of nectar; -sita, a. white-washed; white as plaster: -tâ, f. whiteness of plaster; -sindhu, m. ocean of nectar; -sûti, m. moon; -seka, m. besprinkling with nectar; -syandin, a. flowing with nectar; -½âhartri, m. abstracter of nectar, ep. of Garuda; -hrada, m. lake of nectar.
siddhi f. [√ 1. sidh + ti] putting aside, removal.
suvarṣa m. good rain; a. raining well; -vasanta, m. good spring; -vastu sampad, a. having abundant wealth; -vas tra, a. beautifully-dressed; -vâkya, a. fair spoken; -v&asharp;k, a. id. (V.); -vânta, pp.having thoroughly disgorged the blood it has sucked (leech); -vâsa-kumâra: -ka, m. N. of a son of Kasyapa; -v&asharp;sas, a. beautifully attired, adorned; -vâsita, pp. perfumed, fra grant; -vâsin-î, f. married or singlegirl (not yet grown up) residing in her father's house; -v&asharp;stu, f. N. of a river (now Suwad); -vikrama, m. valour, prowess; -vikrânta, pp. bold, courageous, valiant; n. bold or courageous conduct; -vigraha, a.having a beautiful body or figure; m. N. of a messen ger; -vikakshana, a. very discerning or wise; -vikârita, pp. well-pondered; -vigñâná, a. easy to distinguish (RV.1); very discerning; -vigñeya, fp. easy to distinguish.
sūdana a. (â, î) guiding aright (courser; RV.1); putting an end to, destroy ing (gnly. --°ree;; C.); m. (C.) slayer or destroyer of (--°ree;); n. destruction (C.).
sotka a. full of longing, °ree;--, ad.; -½ukantha, a. eager or yearning for (prati); regretting, grieving at (--°ree;): -m, ad. long ingly; regretfully; -½utkampa, a. trembling, tremulous; -½utkarsha, a.excellent; -½ut prâsa, a. ironical, mocking: -m, ad. -ly; -½utpreksham, ad. with indifference; -½ut sava, a. festal (day); festive, overjoyed; -½utsâha, a. resolute, energetic, courageous; threatening (clouds); overjoyed: -m, ad. energetically, emphatically; with great joy: -tâ, f. alacrity, vigour; -½utsuka, a. longing, yearning, anxious, for (lc., prati, --°ree;); -½utse ka, a. arrogant, haughty; -½utsedha, a. high, lofty: -m, ad. with a jerk.
skanda m. hopper (in trina-skandá, grasshopper, N.); effusion, dropping (of, g., --°ree;); destruction; Assailer, god of war, leader of the divine hosts and chief of the demons of disease which attack children, possessed of eternal youth (hence Kumâra), son of Siva or Agni, brought up by Krittikâ (hence Kârtti keya): -ka, n. (?) a metre: -grâma, m. N. of a village; -gupta, m. N. of a prince and of an elephant-keeper;-gananî, f. Skanda's mother, Pârvatî; -tâ, f., -tva, n. condition of Skanda; -dâsa, m. N. of a merchant.
steya n. [√ stâ] theft, robbery (of, g., --°ree;): -krít, a. committing theft (of, --°ree;).
stha stha, ṣṭha a. --°ree; [√ sthâ] standing, sitting, situated, staying, abiding, existing (in, on, among); being in (an age or condition); engaged in, occupied with, devoted to, practising.
sthānaka m. N.; n. attitude (in shooting etc.); kind of posture; station, rank; place, spot: -sthânaka, n. pl. lc. in all places, everywhere; -kintaka, m. quarter-master; -kyuta, pp. removed from one'splace; -tâ, f. state of being the receptacle of, possession of (g.); -tyâga, m. abandonment of one's dwel ling-place; -pâla, m. guardian of a place; superintendant; -bha&ndot;ga, m. ruin or fall of a place; -bhramsa, m.loss of one's dwel ling; -position; -bhrashta, pp. removed from one's proper place, displaced; having lost one's position; -yoga, m. pl. assignment of the proper places (for commodities); -vid, a. having local knowledge; -sthâna, n. pl. lc. in every nook and corner; -sthita, pp. occupying a high position; -½antara, n. an other place; -½âsraya, m. place on which any thing stands (eka-, a. being in the same place); -½âsana-vihâra-vat, a.occupying the abode, the seat, and the recreation ground; -½âsedha, m. local or personal arrest.
sthita pp. [√ sthâ] standing, -up (opp. walking, sitting, lying); standing firm (in battle); staying, remaining, situated, in a place (lc., ad., --°ree;; common mg.); being in a condition or position (in., ab., lc., --°ree;, n. in app.; more commonly ad., pp., pr. pt., gd.; w. pr. pt. or gd.=continually; ord. mg.); engaged in, intent on, addicted or devoted to, practising, persevering in (lc., --°ree;); abiding in, conforming to, following (command etc., lc.); being in office; steady, kept (agreement, counsel); settled, generally accepted (also Br.); determined, resolved upon; firmly con vinced; firmly resolved to (inf., lc. of vbl. n.); ready to (d.); being there, existing, present, come (time); directed to (lc., --°ree;; effort, gaze); resting or dependent on (lc.); conducing (oppression) to (d.); remaining, left (rare); having desisted or stopped; un accompanied by iti (in the Padapâtha); stand ing alone: -m, n. imps. it was stood by (in.) =he waited; anityam sthitah, not remain ing permanently, staying only a short time; purah --, =imminent; parasparam sthitau, standing face to face (as foes); muktâ½âkâ ra-tayâ --, resting in the form of (=like) a pearl (drop of water); pade sthite,=in the Padapâtha; n. standing still, staying: -vat, pp. act. being, in (lc.).
snehaccheda m. breach of friend ship; -pravritti, f. course of love; -pra srava, m. effusion of love; -bhûmi, f. wor thy object of affection; -maya, a. (î) full of affection; consisting of or called love.
sphālana n. [sphal] patting, slap ping.
sphoṭa m. [√ sphut] bursting, split ting (int.); opening, unlocking; blister, pus tule; small fragment, chip (rare); roar, crash; indivisible creative word (phil.); eternal and imperceptible element in sounds and words regarded as the real vehicle of the sense (gr.); -ana, a. cleaving, crushing; dispelling (doubt, --°ree;); m. divider (a term applied to the vocalic sound heard between certain conjunct conso nants); n.splitting, rending, breaking; waving (the arms); cracking (the fingers); -ita, cs. pp. √ sphut; n. crackling.
syanda m. flowing, trickling; trick ling fluid, juice; -aná, a. (C.) swift (car); dripping (--°ree;); m. war-chariot, car (RV.1, C.); a tree (Dalbergia Ougeinensis); n. flowing, trickling; -in, a. flowing; emitting moisture (moonstone), shedding milk spontaneously (cow); flowing with, distilling, dripping (--°ree;): -î, f. female animal with a flowing udder; -rá, a. (RV.) speeding; quickly melting away (wealth).
svavāsinī f. half-grown girl still living in her own father's house (=su-); -vigraha, m. own body: ac.=oneself; -vi dhi, m.: in. in one's own way; in the right way, duly; -vidheya, fp. to be done by oneself; -vishaya, m. own country, home; own sphere or province: kasmins kit svavi shaye, in some part of his kingdom; (á) vrikti, f. (RV.1) self-appropriation: in. pl. =exclusively for ourselves; -vritti, f. own way of life; own subsistence or existence; independence: in. sg. pl. at the sacrifice of one's own life; -vairitâ, f. hostility towards oneself: niga½âyushah -m kri,=take one's own life; -sakti, f. own power or strength; energy (of a god): in. to the best of one's ability.
svasti f. well-being, fortune, success (V.; rarely in P., E.): V. in. í, ad. well, hap pily, successfully (V., C.): w. d.=farewell; hail (at beg. of a letter); (fr. this ad. arose an apparently indecl. n. n.,=nm. or ac., meaning) welfare, prosperity, luck (V., C.): -ka, m. kind of bard (rare); auspicious mark, cross with ends bent round; crossing of the hands on the breast; kind of cross-shaped cake; n. sitting with crossed legs; -kâra, m. bard who cries &open;hail;&close; exclamation svasti; -tâ, f. condition of well-being (Br.); -d&asharp;, a. bestowing welfare (RV.); -mát, a. faring well, safe, happy (V., C.); auspicious (RV.); containing the word svasti (Br.); -vâk, f. benediction, congratulation; -vâkana, n. in vitation addressed to Brâhmans to pronounce a blessing on an undertaking; fee presented on such an occasion; -vâkanika, a. pro nouncing a blessingon anything; -vâkya, fp. to be asked to pronounce a blessing on an undertaking; n.=-vâkana.
svās a. (RV.) fair-mouthed (Agni); sharp-mouthed, keen-edged (axe); -½âsa sthá, V. a. sitting on a good seat; supplying a good seat; -½âstarana, a. having a fair cushion; -½âstîrna, pp. id.
svaira a. moving slowly or cautiously (rare): -m, ad. according to one's own inclination or will, of one's own accord, with out let or hindrance, without more ado, at random; freely, unreservedly (speak); slow ly, softly, cautiously; fearlessly; lc. pl. svai reshu, in cases when one is unreserved, in indifferent matters: -kathâ, f. unreserved conversation; -ka-m, ad. straight out; -gati, a. going about free, being at liberty; -kârin, a. acting at will, free; -vihârin, a. walking about at pleasure; meeting with no resistance (command); -vritta, pp. acting according to one's will; -vritti, a. living subject to no control, acting without restraint; -stha, a. standing unconcerned; -½âlâpa, m. unreserved conversation.
ha a. (--°ree;) [√ han] killing, destroying; m. killer of; 3. [√ hâ] a. (--°ree;) leaving, quitting.
hṛdaya n. heart (also as seat of mental operations); interior of the body (rare); centre (rare); core (=what is best, dearest, or most secret): e kri, take to heart: -kampana, a. causing the heart to quake; -kshobha, m. agitation of heart; -gata, pp. dwelling in the heart; -granthi, m. (knot=) perplexity of heart; -grâhaka, a. convincing the heart; -m-gama, a. touching the heart; -kora, m. stealer of the heart; -kkhid,a. piercing the heart; -gvara, m. anguish of heart; -dâhin, a. burning the heart, caus ing anguish; -desa, m. region of the heart; -pramâthin, a. agitating the heart; -priya, a. dear to the heart, beloved; -vallabha, m.beloved of the heart; -vritti, f. disposition of the heart; -vyathâ, f. mental anguish; -vyâdhi, m. disease of heart; -sûlá, m. spit used for roasting the heart of the victim; -samsarga, m. union of hearts; -stha, a. cherished in the heart; -hârin, a. captivat ing the heart.
hṛt a. (--°ree;) bringing; stealing, robbing; taking away, dispelling, putting an end to.
hetu m. [impulse: √ hi] cause, motive, of (lc., --°ree;, rarely d., g.; very rare in V.); C.: reason, argument, proof (in logic = second part of the five-membered syllogism); means; price (rare); condition, sine quâ non (of sub sistence); manner (rare); agent of the causa tive verb (gr.); primary cause (opp. pratyaya, secondary cause: B.); cause of the bondage of the soul, world of sense, nature (among the Pâsupatas); short speech setting forth the requisite conditions for the attainment of an end (dr.): in. hetunâ, ab. g. hetoh, rarely also d. or lc., for a cause or reason, by reason of, on account of (g., --°ree;); yato hetoh, because; iti hetoh, for this reason; --°ree; a. having -as a cause, caused, impelled, or attracted by: -ka, (--°ree;) a. (î) causing, producing; caused or produced by; -tâ, f. causation; -tva, n. id.; state of being the reason orthe primary cause; agency of the causal verb; -mat, a. having a cause, caused; provided with reasons or proofs, well-founded; open to argument; -mâtra-tâ, f. condition of being a mere means; -mâtra-maya, a. serving only as a means; -rûpaka, n. reasoned metaphor; -vidyâ, f. dialectics, logic; -sâstra, n. id.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
493 results0 results91 results
agnayaḥ sagarāḥ sagarā stha sagareṇa nāmnā raudreṇānīkena pāta māgnayaḥ pipṛta māgnayo gopāyata mā namo vo 'stu mā mā hiṃsiṣṭa # VS.5.34; (omitting gopāyata mā) VSK.5.8.5; (omitting māgnayo gopāyata and writing astu for 'stu) śś.6.13.1. P: agnayaḥ sagarāḥ Kś.9.8.24. See prec. two.
agnim īḍe (VSK. īle) pūrvacittiṃ (TS. pūrvacittau) namobhiḥ # VS.13.43b; VSK.14.4.6b; TS.4.2.10.2b; MS.2.7.17b: 102.4; KS.16.17b; śB.7.5.2.19.
agnir jambhais tigitair atti bharvati # RV.1.143.5c.
agnir naḥ pātu kṛttikāḥ # TB.3.1.1.1a.
agne prāyaścitte (śG. prāyaścittir asi) tvaṃ devānāṃ prāyaścittir (HG. tvaṃ prāyaścittir) asi # śG.1.18.3; SMB.1.4.1; PG.1.11.2; ApMB.1.10.3 (ApG.3.8.10); HG.1.24.1; JG.1.22. P: agne prāyaścitte GG.2.5.2; KhG.1.4.12 (text prāyaścittiḥ); HG.1.24.1 (bis).
agne bharantu (MS.3.2.2 and 3.3.8, bharanta ?) cittibhiḥ # VS.12.31b; 17.53b; TS.4.2.3.1b; 6.3.2b; 5.2.2.2; 4.6.2; MS.2.7.10b: 87.9; 3.3.2: 17.3; 3.3.8: 40.14; KS.16.10b; 18.3b; 19.12; 21.8; śB.6.8.1.7; 9.2.3.7.
acittī yac cakṛmā daivye jane # RV.4.54.3a; TS.4.1.11.1a; MS.4.10.3a: 149.16. P: acittī Mś.5.2.4.43.
aty acittim aty arātim agne (MS.KS. ati nirṛtim adya) # VS.27.6b; TS.4.1.7.3b; MS.2.12.5b: 149.4; KS.18.16b. See next, and aty arātīr.
aty acittīr ati dviṣaḥ # AVś.2.6.5b. See under prec.
aty arātīr ati dviṣaḥ # AVP.3.33.6b. See under aty acittim.
adyate 'tti ca bhūtāni # TA.8.2.1c; TU.2.2.1c; MU.6.12c.
anadyamāno yad anannam (JUB. adantam) atti # ChU.4.3.7d; JUB.3.2.4d.
anu vām ekaḥ pavir ā vavarta (TB. vavartti) # RV.5.62.2d; MS.4.14.10d: 231.13; TB.2.8.6.6d.
apā vṛdhi parivṛtaṃ (TB. parivṛttiṃ; comm. parivṛtiṃ) na rādhaḥ # RV.7.27.2d; TB.2.8.5.8d.
avatatadhanvā pinākāvasaḥ (TS.Apś. pinākahastaḥ) kṛttivāsāḥ # VS.3.61; TS.1.8.6.2; śB.2.6.2.17; Apś.8.18.9. Fragment: kṛttivāsāḥ Kś.5.10.22. See kṛttivāsāḥ, and pinākahastaḥ.
avidvāṃsaś cakṛmā kac canāgaḥ # TS.4.7.15.6b. See acittibhiś.
aśmā ca me mṛttikā ca me # VS.18.13; TS.4.7.5.1; MS.2.11.5: 142.5; KS.18.10.
aśva ivātti śinī naḍam # AVP.11.10.5d.
asinvan daṃṣṭraiḥ pitur atti bhojanam # RV.2.13.4c.
asinvann atti jihvayā vanāni # RV.10.79.2b.
āditya prāyaścitte tvaṃ devānāṃ prāyaścittir asi # ApMB.1.10.5 (ApG.3.8.10); HG.1.24.1. P: āditya prāyaścitte HG.1.24.1 (bis). See sūrya prāyaścitte.
āyur yajñapataye dhattam (MS. yajñapatau, omitting dhattam) # MS.1.3.12: 34.15; TB.1.1.1.3; Apś.12.22.9.
idaṃ vatsyāmo bhoḥ (HG. vatsyāvaḥ, omitting bhoḥ) # AG.3.10.2; HG.1.5.13. See om ahaṃ.
ibhyān na rājā vanāny atti # RV.1.65.7b.
ime jīvā vi mṛtair āvavṛtran (TA. āvavarttin !) # RV.10.18.3a; AVś.12.2.22a; TA.6.10.2a; AG.4.4.9. P: ime jīvāḥ Kauś.71.18; 86.21. Cf. BṛhD.7.11 (B).
iṣṭo yajño bhṛgubhir draviṇodā yatibhir (MS. once yattibhir) āśīrdā vasubhiḥ (KS. āśīrvāṃ atharvabhiḥ; Apś. vasubhir āśīrvān atharvabhiḥ) # VS.18.56; TS.5.6.8.6; MS.1.4.1: 48.4; 2.12.3: 147.3; KS.5.4; 18.18; 32.4; Apś.4.12.10. Ps: iṣṭo yajño bhṛgubhiḥ MS.1.4.5: 53.13; śB.9.5.1.31; Apś.17.23.9; Mś.1.4.2.21; 6.2.4.13; iṣṭo yajñaḥ KS.40.13; Kś.18.6.19. Treated metrically in some of the texts.
uttiṣṭhann ojasā saha # RV.8.76.10a; AVś.20.42.3a; SV.2.338a; VS.8.39a; TS.1.4.30.1a; JB.3.89; PB.13.2.5; śB.4.5.4.10a; Aś.7.2.3; 8.12.7; śś.12.1.4; 18.2.2; 7.15; Vait.41.17. Ps: uttiṣṭhann ojasā śś.10.13.6; uttiṣṭhan Kś.12.3.2; Apś.12.15.10.
utthitas tretā bhavati # śś.15.19c. See uttiṣṭhaṃs.
urvaśī ca pūrvacittiś cāpsarasau (VSKṃS.KS. cāpsarasā) # VS.15.19; VSK.16.4.9; TS.4.4.3.2; MS.2.8.10: 115.6; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.20.
usrāv etaṃ dhūrṣāhau (Mś. dhūrvāhau; VSK. usrā etaṃ dhūrvāhau) yujyethām (TS. dhūrṣāhāv, omitting yujyethām) anaśrū avīrahaṇau brahmacodanau # VS.4.33; VSK.4.10.4; TS.1.2.8.2; śB.3.3.4.12; Mś.2.1.4.27. Ps: usrāv etaṃ dhūrṣāhau TS.6.1.11.4; Apś.10.28.1; usrāv etam Kś.7.9.11. See usrā etaṃ dhūrbādhā.
ūrjasvāṃś ca payasvāṃś ca # AVś.19.46.6d. AVP.4.23.6 divides differently, putting ūrjasvāṃś ca at the end of pāda c, and payasvāṃś ca at the beginning of pāda d. See śaṃbhūś ca, and payasvāṃś cāstṛtas.
eha śrīś ca hrīś ca dhṛtiś ca tapo medhā pratiṣṭhā śraddhā satyaṃ dharmaś caitāni mottiṣṭhantam anūttiṣṭhantu # TA.4.42.5.
ainaṃ chinatti varuṇaḥ # AVP.5.32.10a.
te niṣattiḥ kim u no mamatsi # RV.4.21.9c; MS.4.12.3c: 186.14.
(TSṭB.Apś. kiṃ) svid āsīt pūrvacittiḥ # VS.23.11a,53a; TS.7.4.18.1a; MS.3.12.19a: 166.4; KSA.4.7a; śB.13.2.6.14; 5.2.17; TB.3.9.5.2; Apś.20.19.7. P: kā svid āsīt Kś.20.5.21; 7.12.
kiṃ svid āsīt pilippilā (also piśaṅgilā, and pūrvacittiḥ) # see kā svid etc.
gandharva prāyaścitte tvaṃ devānāṃ prāyaścittir asi # PG.1.11.2.
gātrāṇi parvaśas te (KSA. parvaśaḥ, omitting te) # VS.23.42c; TS.5.2.12.1c; KSA.10.6c.
guhāhitāṃ nihitāṃ (KS. hitāṃ, omitting ni-) gahvareṣu # KS.31.14b; Mś.1.2.4.4b. See guhā satīṃ.
gṛhāṇāṃ paśyan vaya uttirāṇi (AVP. paśyan paya ut tarāmi) # AVP.3.26.1d; KS.38.13d; Apś.16.16.4d.
canodhā asi (VSK. canodhāś, omitting asi) cano mayi dhehi # VS.8.7; VSK.8.4.1; śB.4.4.1.6.
candra prāyaścitte tvaṃ devānāṃ prāyaścittir asi # SMB.1.4.3; PG.1.11.2; JG.1.22.
citiṃ juhomi etc. # see cittiṃ etc.
cittaṃ ca cittiś ca # TS.3.4.4.1; MS.1.4.14: 64.1; Apś.5.24.1; PG.1.5.9; ApMB.1.10.9 (ApG.3.8.10). Cf. cittaṃ ca svāhā.
cittaṃ ca svāhā # HG.1.3.9. Cf. cittaṃ ca cittiś.
citti juhomi manasā ghṛtena (MS.KS. citiṃ juhomi manasā) # VS.17.78a; TS.5.5.4.3a; 7.4.1; MS.2.10.6a: 139.8; 3.3.9: 43.3; KS.39.3a; śB.9.2.3.42. P: cittiṃ juhomi Apś.16.23.2; 17.1.13; 3.9; citiṃ juhomi Mś.6.1.7.11; 6.2.1.14; 6.2.3.15; 6.2.5.13. See prec.
cittim acittiṃ (KS. ms. citim acitiṃ) cinavad (KS. -vo) vi vidvān # RV.4.2.11a; TS.5.5.4.4a; KS.40.5a. P: cittim acittim Apś.16.34.3,4.
cittiś ca svāhā # HG.1.3.9. Cf. cittaṃ ca cittiś.
citti (TA. citti) sruk # MS.1.9.1: 131.1; TA.3.1.1; śś.10.14.4; Mś.5.2.14.1. Designated as caturhotāraḥ: see Pet. Lex., s.v.
jāyamāno mātarā garbho atti # RV.10.79.4b.
jīvo jīvantyā adhi (ApMB. jīvantyāḥ, omitting adhi) # RV.5.78.9d; ApMB.2.11.17d,18d.
jyāyasvantaś cittino mā vi yauṣṭa # AVś.3.30.5a; AVP.5.19.5a.
jyok cid atti garbho yad acyutam # RV.6.15.1d.
tan me nirṇuda mṛttike # TA.10.1.9b.
tayor anyaḥ pippalaṃ svādv atti # RV.1.164.20c; AVś.9.9.20c; MuṇḍU.3.1.1c; N.14.30c.
tasthau mātā viṣito atti garbhaḥ # RV.10.27.14b.
tena yā brahmadattāsi # MahānU.4.5e. See mṛttike brahma-.
tvacaṃ bhinatti bhūmyāḥ # AVP.7.7.2b.
tvaṃ cittī tava dakṣaiḥ # RV.8.79.4a.
tvāṃ hinvanti cittibhiḥ # RV.8.44.19b; KS.40.14b.
devānāṃ nihitaṃ nidhiṃ yam indraḥ (AVP. indra, but putting yam indra with the following pāda) # AVś.19.27.9a; AVP.10.7.9a.
devān vā yac cakṛmā kac cid āgaḥ # RV.1.185.8a. Cf. yad vo vayaṃ cakṛmā, and under acittibhiś.
devāso agniṃ janayanta cittibhiḥ # RV.3.2.3b.
dyaur āsīt pūrvacittiḥ # VS.23.12a,54a; TS.7.4.18.1a; MS.3.12.19a: 166.6; KSA.4.7a; śB.13.5.2.17. P: dyauḥ Kś.20.5.22.
namaś candralalāṭāya kṛttivāsase namaḥ # GDh.26.12.
na mṛtyur āsīd amṛtaṃ na tarhi (TB. omitting āsīd, and, dividing wrongly, na mṛtyur amṛtaṃ tarhi na) # RV.10.129.2a; TB.2.8.9.4a; N.7.3. Cf. BṛhD.1.58.
nitikti yo vāraṇam annam atti # RV.6.4.5a.
nirṛtyai parivividānam (TB. parivittim) # VS.30.9; TB.3.4.1.4.
patto jagāra pratyañcam atti # RV.10.27.13a.
pinākahastaḥ kṛttivāsā avatatadhanvā # MS.1.10.4: 144.15; 1.10.20: 160.16. See under avatatadhanvā.
pumāṃ enaṃ tanuta ut kṛṇatti # RV.10.130.2a. See pumān enad vayaty.
pumān enad vayaty udgṛṇatti # AVś.10.7.43c. See pumāṃ enaṃ.
prajāpate prāyaścitte tvaṃ devānāṃ prāyaścittir asi # ApMB.1.10.6 (ApG.3.8.10).
bṛhat sāma pratiṣṭhityā antarikṣe (KS. -kṣam; TS. pratiṣṭhityai, omitting antari-) # VS.15.11; TS.4.4.2.1; MS.2.8.9: 113.12; śB.8.6.1.6.
bhūyiṣṭhāṃ te nama"uktiṃ vidhema (with, or without svāhā) # RV.1.189.1d; VS.5.36d; 7.43d; 40.16d; VSK.9.2.3d (omitting svāhā, whereas VS.7.43d has it); TS.1.1.14.3d; 4.43.1d; MS.1.2.13d: 22.7; KS.3.1d; 6.10d; śB.3.6.3.11d; 4.3.4.12d; TB.2.8.2.3d; TA.1.8.8d.
bhūri cid annā sam id atti sadyaḥ # RV.7.4.2d.
maṇḍūko mūṣikā tittiris (MS. -ras) te sarpāṇām # VS.24.36; MS.3.14.17: 176.3.
mayā so annam (AVś. 'nnam) atti yo vipaśyati # RV.10.125.4a; AVś.4.30.4a.
mahīva kṛttiḥ śaraṇā ta indra # RV.8.90.6c; SV.2.762c; N.5.22.
yaḥ kumārān janasyātti # AVP.6.14.7a.
yakṣad agnir devo devāṃ (MS. devaṃ) ā ca vakṣat # VS.17.62; TS.4.6.3.4; 5.4.6.6; MS.2.10.5 (bis): 137.16,17; 3.3.8 (bis): 41.8,9; KS.18.3; AB.2.34.11 (omitting ā ca vakṣat); śB.9.2.3.20.
yajña iṣṭaḥ pūrvacittiṃ dadhātu # TB.2.5.5.1c.
yajñasya vaya uttiran # AVś.6.36.2c; Aś.8.9.7c; śś.10.11.9c. See yajñasya svar.
yajñasya svar uttiran # SV.2.1059b. See yajñasya vaya.
yad atti tasmai svāhā # VS.22.8; TS.7.1.19.3; MS.3.12.3: 161.6; KSA.1.10.
yad atty upajihvikā # RV.8.102.21a; VS.11.74a; TS.4.1.10.1a; MS.2.7.7a: 83.9; KS.16.7a; śB.6.6.3.6; Mś.6.1.3.28 (33); N.3.20. P: yad atti Kś.16.4.39.
yad dhariṇo (TS.KSAṭB. -ṇī) yavam atti # VS.23.30a,31a; TS.7.4.19.2a; MS.3.13.1a: 168.7; KSA.4.8a; śB.13.2.9.8; 5.2.8a (bis); TB.3.9.7.2; śś.16.4.4a,6.
yad vo vayaṃ cakṛmā kac cid āgaḥ # RV.2.27.14b. Cf. devān vā yac, and under acittibhiś.
yamo vaivasvato rājā (Aś.śś. vaivasvataḥ, omitting rājā) tasya pitaro viśas ta ima āsate yajūṃṣi (Aś.śś. yajurvedo) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.6; Aś.10.7.2; śś.16.2.4--6.
yavaṃ na vṛṣṭir vy unatti bhūma # RV.5.85.3d; N.10.4d.
yaḥ saṃgrāmān (TSṃS. -maṃ) nayati (KS. jayati) saṃ yudhe vaśī (AVP. saṃyuge, putting erroneously vaśī with the next pāda; TSṃS. saṃ vaśī yudhe; KS. saṃ vaśī yudhā) # AVś.4.24.7a; AVP.4.39.7a; TS.4.7.15.2a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.12; KS.22.15a.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"tti" has 361 results
atipattiabsence of any possibility ; Sec क्रियातिपत्ति. confer, compare P. III.3.139 Cān. 1.3.107.
anupapattidiscord, absence of validity, incorrect interpretation; confer, compareप्रथमानुपपत्तिस्तु M.Bh on I.4.9.
anuvṛttirepetition or recurrence of a word from the previous to the subsequent rule or rules, which is necessary for the sake of the intended interpretation. The word is of common use in books on Pāṇini's grammar. This recurrence is generally continuous like the stream of a river ( गङ्गास्रोतोवत् ); sometimes however, when it is not required in an intermediate rule, although it proceeds further, it is named मण्डूकप्लुत्यानुवृत्ति. In rare cases it is taken backwards in a sūtra work from a subsequent rule to a previous rule when it is called अपकर्ष.
anaimittikanot possessed of any definite cause; अनैमित्तिको ह्यनुबन्धलेाप: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.20 also on I. 1.59 and I. 2.64.
aprātipatti(1)impossibility to obtain the correct form; (2) absence or want of apprehension, cf शब्दानां चाप्रतिपत्तिः प्राप्नोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8.
abhyāvṛttiinclination towards an action; tendency to do an act; confer, compare संख्यायाः क्रियाभ्यावृत्तिगणनं कृत्वसुच् । P. V. 4.17 अभिमुखी प्रवृत्तिरभ्यावृत्तिः (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on V.4.19) is the explanation in the Mahābhāṣya,while पौनः पुन्यमभ्यावृत्तिः (Kāś. on V.4.17) is the one given in Kāśikā
avṛttiabsence of, or prohibition of, a vṛtti or composite expression; monformation of a composite expression; confer, compare समानाधिकरणानां सर्वत्रावृत्तिरयोगादेकेन M.Bh. on III.1. 8.
avyutpattipakṣathe view held generally by grammarians that all words are not necessarily susceptible to analysis or derivation, an alternative view opposed to the view of the etymologists or Nairuktas that every word is derivable; confer, compare पाणिनेस्त्वव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष एवेति शब्देन्दुशेखरे निरूपितम् Pari. Śekh. Pari. 22; वाचक उपादान: स्वरूपवानिति अव्युत्पत्तिपक्षे Vyāḍi's Saṁgraha.
aāpatti(1)production; resulting of something into another; change; cf दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिः नतिः मूर्धन्यापत्तिः मूर्धन्यभावः V. Prāt. I. 42 and Uvaṭa's commentary thereon; cf also यमापत्तिं explained as यमभावं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 9. (2) modification; confer, compare अापद्यते श्वासतां नादतां वा R.Pr.XIII.1.; (3) contingency, undesired result.
aāvṛttirepetition, exempli gratia, for example पदावृत्तिः; see commentary on Vāj. Prāt. IV.21; confer, compare also आवृत्तितः सप्तदशत्वं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 2.
aāsatticlose proximity of a word with another; confer, compare णौ इत्यस्य आसत्तिवशात् कृतं एव संबन्धः । Pari. Bhaskar Pari. 97.
uṇādisūtravṛttia gloss on the Uṇādi Sūtras in the different versions. Out of the several glosses on the Uṇādi Sūtras, the important ones are those written by Ujjvaladatta, Govardhana, Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, Rāmacandra Dīkṣita and Haridatta. There is also a gloss called Uṇādisūtrodghātana by Miśra. There is a gloss by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. on the Kātantra version of the Uṇādi Sūtras.
utpatti(1)production: confer, compare वर्णोत्पत्तिः production of a phonetic element Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.23.1 ; (2) production of a grammatical element such as the application of an affix or addition of an augment or substitution of a letter or letters during the process of word-formation: confer, compare गतिकारकोपपदानां कृद्भिः सह समासवचनं प्राक् सुबुत्पत्तेः Pari. Śek. Par. 75; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). II.2.19. Vārt, 4.
udgrāhapadavṛttiname given in the Rk. Prātiśākhya to the Udgrāhasaṁdhi where the vowel अ is followed by a long vowel; e.g, कः ईषते =क ईषते R.Pr.II.10.
upasargavṛttia treatise on upasargas by Bharatamalla in the Sixteenth Century A.D.
ekavṛttisingle vṛtti or gloss on the Vedic as well as classical portions of grammar. Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva has used this term in his Bhāṣāvṛtti to contrast his Vṛtti (भाषावृत्ति) with the Kāśikāvṛtti and the Bhāgavṛtti which deal with both the portions; confer, compareअनार्ष इत्येकवृत्तावुपयुक्तम् Bhāṣāvṛtti on I.1.16, confer, comparealso Bhāṣāvṛtti on III. 4.99, IV.3.22 and VI.3.20.एकवृत्ति is possibly used by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva in the sense of मुख्यवृत्ति or साधारणवृत्ति i. e. the common chief gloss on both the portions.
kātantradhātuvṛttiascribed to Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti., the famous commentator of the Kātantra Sūtras who lived in the ninth or the tenth century.
kātantradhātuvṛttiṭīkāa commentary ascribed to Ramanātha and called Manoramā on the Kātantradhātuvṛtti of Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. See कातन्त्रधातुवृत्ति a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
kātantraparibhāṣāvṛtti(1)name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha written by Bhāvamiśra, probably a Maithila Pandit whose date is not known. He has explained 62 Paribhāṣās deriving many of them from the Kātantra Sūtras. The work seems to be based on the Paribhāṣā works by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and others on the system of Pāṇini, suitable changes having been made by the writer with a view to present the work as belonging to the Kātantra school; (2) name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha of the Kātantra school explaining 65 Paribhāṣās. No name of the author is found in the Poona manuscript. The India Office Library copy has given Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. as the author's name; but it is doubted whether Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. was the author of it. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kātantralaghuvṛttia short gloss on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to a scholar named Chucchukabhaṭṭa.
kātantravṛttiname of the earliest commentary on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. The commentary was once very popular as is shown by a number of explanatory commentaries written upon it, one of which is believed to have been written by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. himselfeminine. See Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
kātantravṛttiṭippaṇīa gloss on दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति written by Guṇakīrti in the fourteenth century A.D.
kātantravṛttiṭīkāa commentary on Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.'s Kātantravṛrtti by Mokṣeśvara in the fifteenth century A.D.
kātantravṛttivyākhyānamed Aṣṭamaṅgalā on Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.'s Kātantravṛtti written by Rāmakiśora Cakravartin who is believed to have written a grammatical work शाब्दबोधप्रकाशिका.
kātantrasūtravṛttian old Vṛtti on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Vararuci who is, of course, different from Vararuci Kātyāyana. The Vṛtti appears to have been occupying a position similar to that of Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti..
kāśikāvṛttisāraa commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti named अमृतसूति by Vāraṇāvateśa-śāstrin.
kāśyapīvṛttiname of a gloss on the Cāndra Vyākaraṇa.
kṛdvṛttia short treatise by a grammarian named मोक्षेश्वर who lived in the fifteenth century. The work deals with verbal derivatives.
kriyātipattiliterally over-extension or excess of action; the word is, however, used in grammar in the sense of non-happening of an expected action especially when . it forms a condition of the conditional mood ( लृङ् ); confer, compare कुताश्चिद्वैगुण्यादनभिनिर्वृत्तिः क्रियायाः क्रियातिपत्तिः Kāś. on P. III. 3.139; confer, compare also नान्तरेण साधनं क्रियायाः प्रवृत्तिरस्तीति साधनातिपत्तिश्चेत्कियातिपत्तिरपि भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.3.139.
gūḍhabhāvavṛttia commentary on Ramacandra's Prakriya Kaumudi by Krsnasesa of the famous Sesa family of grammarians. The date of this Krsnasesa is the middle of the sixteenth century. For details about Krsnasesa and the Sesa family see introduction to Prakriyakaumudi B. S. S. No. 78.
caṅgavṛttia short treatise written by वङ्गदास, dealing with the topic of the five compact expressions or Vrttis viz. कृत्, तद्वित, समास, एकशेष, and सनादिधातु.
jainendravyākaraṇamahāvṛttiname of a commentary on the Jainendra Vyakarana, written by Abhayanandin in the ninth century A. D. see जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
durghaṭavṛttiname of a grammar work explaining words which are difficult to derive according to rules of Panini. The work is written in the style of a running commentary on select sutras of Panini, devoted mainly to explain difficult formations. The author of it, Saranadeva, was an eastern grammarian who, as is evident from the number of quotations in his work, was a great scholar of the 12th or the 13th century.
durghaṭavṛttisaṃskaraṇaa grammar work on the formation of difficult words attributed to शर्वरक्षित or सर्वरक्षित.
dhātupāṭhavṛttia commentary on the Dhatupatha by Nagesa.
dhātuvṛttia general term applied to a treatise discussing roots, but specifically used in connection with the scholarly commentary written by Madhavacārya, the reputed scholar and politician at the court of the Vijayanagara kings in the fourteenth century, on the Dhatupatha ot Panini. The work is generally referred to as माधवीया-धातुवृति to distinguish it from ordinary commentary works called also धातुवृत्ति written by grammarians like Wijayananda and others.
nipātāvyayopasargavṛttiashort treatise explaining and illustrating the use of indeclinables, written by a grammarian named तिलक who probably lived in Kasmira.
nimittinan affix or an augment or a substitute taking place on account of certain formal causes or nimittas; confer, compare निर्ज्ञातार्थो निमित्तमनिर्ज्ञातार्थो निमित्ती, इह च प्रत्ययोऽनिर्ज्ञातः प्रकृत्युपपदोपाधयो निर्ज्ञाताः M. BSh. on III. l . l Vart. 2.
nirvṛttiproduction of the effect; production of the activity by the agents or instruments of activity called Karakas; confer, compare साधनं हि क्रियां निर्वर्तयति तामुपसर्गो विशिनष्टि M.Bh. on II. 2.19 Vart. 2.
nivṛtti(1)cessation of recurrence of a word or words from a rule to a subsequent rule or rules; non-application of a rule consequent upon the cessation of recurrence or anuvrtti cf; न ज्ञायते केनाभिप्रायेण प्रसजति केन निवृत्तिं करोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. 1.1.44 Vart.8. confer, compare also एकयोगनिर्दिष्टानां सह वा प्रवृत्तिः सह वा निवृत्तिः Kat. Par. Vr. Pari. 9; (2) cessation or removal; confer, compare न च संज्ञाया निवृत्तिरुच्यते । स्वभावतः संज्ञा संज्ञिन; प्रत्याय्य निवर्तन्ते । तेन अनुबन्धानामपि निवृत्तिर्भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.1. Vart. 7; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1. 3 et cetera, and others; confer, compare also the usual word उदात्तनिवृत्तिस्वरः.
nivṛttisthānaplaces where the substitutes गुण and वृद्धि do not apply ; weak terminations; kit or nit affixes in Panini's grammar; confer, compare अथाप्यस्तेर्निवृत्तिस्थानेष्वादिलेापो भवति । स्तः सन्तीति । Nirukta of Yāska.II. 1. The word संक्रम is also used in this sense by ancient grammarians.
naimittikaeffect; one that is caused; confer, compare निमित्ताभावे नैमित्तिकस्याप्यभावः a Paribhāsā given by Vyādi, Siradeva and others.
pañcālapadavṛttithe usage or the method of the Pañcālas; the eastern method of euphonic combinations, viz. the retention of the vowel अ after the preceding vowel ओ which is substituted for the Visarga; e. g. यो अस्मै; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 12; Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19. This vowel अ which is retained, is pronounced like a short ओ or अर्धओकार by the followers of the Sātyamugri and Rāņāyaniya branches of the Sāmavedins; confer, compare commentary on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI. 19 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Āhnika 1.
paribhāṣāvṛttia general name given to an explanatory independent work on Paribhasas of the type of a gloss on a collection of Paribhasas,irrespective of the system of grammar, whether it be that of Panini, or of Katantra, or of Jainendra or of Hemacandra. The treatises of Vyadi (Panini system), Durgasimha and BhavamiSra (Katantra system), Purusottamadeva and Siradeva (Panini system), Abhyankar (Jainendra system) and others are all known by the name Paribhasavritti.
paribhāṣāvṛttiṭippaṇīa very brief commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva written by Srimanasarman of Campahatti.
paribhāṣāvṛttiṭīkāa commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva written by Ramabhadra Diksita who lived in the seventeenth century A. D.
parjanyavallakṣaṇapravṛttithe application of a grammatical rule or operation like the rains which occur on dry land as also on the sea surface: confer, compare कृतकारि खल्वपि शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् । तद्यथा । पर्जन्यो यावदूनं पूर्णे च सर्वमभिवर्षति । M.Bh. on P.I. 1.29 ; VI. 1.127: cf also यथा पर्जन्यः यावदूनं पूर्णे वाभिवर्षति एवं लक्षणमपि दीर्घस्य दीर्घत्वम् । चिचीषति, बुभूषति। Vyaadi. Pari. 58, confer, compare कृतकारि शास्त्रं मेघवत् न चाकृतकारि दहनवत् Puruso. Pari. 86.
pāṇinisūtravṛttia gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.
punarvṛttioccurrence of the same operation again after it has once occurred and has been superseded; confer, compare अङ्गवृत्ते पुनवृत्ताद​विधिः, M.Bh. on VI. 4.160;VII. I.30 et cetera, and others
prakṛtipratyāpattirestoration to the original word from the substituted word; exempli gratia, for example the restoration of the root हन् in कंसवधमाचचष्टे कंसं घातयति; confer, compare आख्याताकृदन्ताण्णिज्वक्तव्यस्तदाचष्टे इत्येतस्मिन्नर्थे । कृल्लुक् प्रकृतिप्रत्यापत्तिः प्रकृतिवच्च कारकं भवतीति वक्तव्यम्, M.Bh. on III. 1 26 Vart. 6.
prakriyākaumudīvṛtticalled also प्रक्रियाकौमुदीव्याख्या or even कृष्णपण्डिता ( वृत्ति ) written by a learned grammarian named Krsnapandita belonging to the famous Sesa family of grammarians.
pratipattiknowledge, understanding; confer, compare तस्मादनभ्युपायः शब्दानां प्रतिपत्तौ प्रतिपदप्राठः। M.Bh. on Ahn. 1 ; also confer, compare MBh. on P. I. 1. 20. Vart.5 I.1 44,46 et cetera, and others
pratipattigarīyastvadifficulty in understanding; requiring an effort to understand the sense; confer, compare योगविभागे तु प्रतियोगं भिन्नबुद्ध्युदयाद् व्यक्तं प्रतिपतिगरीयस्त्वम् Puru. Pari. 98.
pratipattigauravadifficulty in understanding; requiring a longer time in understanding the sense: confer, compare एवं हि प्रतिपत्तिगौरवंं स्यात् Sira. Pari. 50. See प्रतिपत्तिगरीयस्त्व.
pratipattilāghavafacility of understanding: confer, compare प्रतिपत्तिलाघवार्थं ज्ञाजनोर्जा इति दीर्घान्तादेशविधानम् Sira. Pari. 91.
pratyāpattirestitution, restoration to the previous wording; confer, compare प्रातिपदिकस्य च प्रत्यापत्तिर्वक्तव्या Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI.3.34 Vart.2; restoration to the previous nature; confer, compare अकारस्य प्रत्यापत्तौ दीर्घप्रतिषेधः । खट्वा,माला । M.Bh. on P. VIII.4.68.
pratyāsattiimmediate proximity; close contact; the same as प्रत्यासङ्ग which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare हेतुमण्णिचो विधिः प्रतिषेधोपि प्रत्यासत्तेस्तस्यैव न्याय्यः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I 3.88. confer, compare also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on VII.1.95.
pratyāsattinyāyaor प्रत्यासतिवचन a dictum that a word should, as fair as possible, be construed with the nearest word; confer, compare अनन्तरस्य विधिः प्रतिषेधो वेत्यर्थः प्रतिपत्तिन्यायलभ्यः Sira. Pari. 48.
pravṛtti(l)application or presentation of a rule as opposed to निवृत्ति; cf क्वचित्प्रवृत्तिः क्वचिदप्रवृत्तिः कचिद्विभाषा क्वचिदन्येदेवः (2) working; function; confer, compare नान्तरेण साधन क्रियायाः प्रवृत्तिर्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.3.7.
pravṛttinimittacause of the application of a word which is shown by the word when the affix त्च or ता is added to it: confer, compare तस्य भावस्त्वतलौ । शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V. 1.119. There are given four such causes जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा ।
pravṛttibhedadifference regarding the cause of application; confer, compare पूर्वमिति वर्तमाने पुनः पूर्वग्रहणं प्रवृत्तिभेदेन नियमप्रतिपत्त्यर्थम्; Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI.2:174.
prācyapadavṛttisuccession of two vowels where the former vowel, which is either ए, or ओ remains without coalescence with the following vowel अ, even though by rules it is liable to be changed; exempli gratia, for exampleसुजाते अश्वसूनृते । अध्वर्यो अद्रिभिः सुतम् । In such cases the vowel अ is pronounced like ए. This view is held by the senior Sakalya (स्थविरशाकल्य); confer, compare प्राच्यपञ्चाल-उपधानिभोदयाः शाकल्यस्य स्थविरस्येतरा स्थितिः, R.Pr. II.44; confer, compare also स पूर्वस्यार्धसदृशमेकेषाम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XI.19 and the commentaries thereon; confer, compare also छन्दोगानां सात्यमुग्रिराणायनीया अर्धमेकारमर्धमोकारं चाधीयते । सुजाते ए अश्वसूनृते । अध्वर्यो ओ अद्रिभिः सुतम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 3, 4 as also on P.I.1.48.
bhāgavṛttione of the oldest commentaries on the Sutras of Panini, which, although not available at present, has been profusely quoted by Purusottamadeva and other Eastern Grammarians of the twelfth and later centuries. The authorship of the work is attributed to Bhartrhari, but the point is doubtful as Siradeva in his Paribhasavrtti on Pari. 76 has stated that the author of the Bhagavrtti has quoted from Maghakavya; confer, compare अत एवं तत्रैव सूत्रे भागवृत्तिः पुरातनमुनेर्मुनितामिति पुरातनीनेदिरिति च प्रमादपाठावेतौ गतानुगतिकतया कवयः प्रयुञ्जते न तेषां लक्षणे चक्षुरिति | Some scholars attribute its authorship to Vimalamati. Whosoever be the author, the gloss ( भागवृत्ति ) was a work of recognised merit; confer, compare काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत् सिद्धान्तं वेत्तुमस्ति धी: | तदा विचिन्त्यतां भातभीषावृत्तिरियं मम Bhasavrtti at the end. सृष्टिघर in his commentary on the Bhasavrtti also says " सा हि द्वयोर्विवरणकर्त्री."
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhāṣāvṛttiṭīkāa learned commentary on Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva's Bhāṣavṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara a learned grammarian of the sixteenth century.
mahābhāṣyalaghuvṛttiname given to the short gloss on the Mahabhasya written by the famous eastern grammar-scholar Maitreya-Raksita of the twelfth century.
mādhavīyā-dhātuvṛttia learned gloss on the धातुपाठ of Paanini by माधव. See माधव.
laghuparibhāṣāvṛttian independent work on Paribhāşās written by Puruşottamadeva in the twelfth century A. D. called लघुपरिभाषावृत्ति in contrast with the बृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति of सीरदेव. The Vŗtti is named ' Lalitā ' also, by the author.
lalitāvṛttiname given to the Paribhāșāvŗtti written by Purușottamadeva, a famous grammarian of the Eastern branch of Pāņini's system which prevailed in Bengal from the eighth to the end of the twelfth century A.D. See पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vārttikasūtrathe same as वार्तिकवचन which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The Varttikas are termed Varttika sutras on account of their close similarity with the original Sutras, which in contrast are termed Vrttisutras.
vibhattipādaconventional name given to the third pāda of the fifth Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., as it begins with the Sūtra प्राग्दिशो विभक्तिः P.V.3.1.
vilambitā vṛttiretarding or slow manner of speech in which the letters are uttered quite distinctly; this kind of speech is followed by the preceptor while teaching Veda to his pupils; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्ति प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्तिं विलम्बिताम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 19. confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII. 24. See विलम्बित a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
vivṛtti(1)separation of the two vowels which were euphonically combined into one; the hiatus or position of two vowels near each other; confer, compare विवृत्तिः स्वरयोरसंधिः; (2) the interval between two vowels placed near each other; confer, compare स्वरयोरनन्तरयोरन्तरं विवृत्तिः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.119; confer, compare also संहितायां यत्स्वरयोरन्तरं तद्विवृत्तिसंज्ञं स्यात् Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.I. This interval is one mātrā according to the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya, while it is only half-a-mātrā according to the Ṛktantra and the Ṛk-Prātiśākhya; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13; Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 3५. See विराम.
viśeṣapratipattia clear understanding, or a determined sense in a place of doubt: confer, compare व्याख्यानतो विशेषप्रतिपत्तिर्नहि संदेहादलक्षणम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 1; also M.Bh. in Āhnika 1.
vṛtti(1)treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः | M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, | but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः | वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.
vṛttigranthacommentary works of the type of Vṛtti, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिग्रन्थेषूपलभ्यते.
vṛttitrayavārtikaa very short work in verse-form explaining in a very general manner the nature of Sūtras and Vārttikas; the work is anonymous.
vṛttidīpikāa treatise on the different ways in which the meaning is conveyed by words according to the conventions of grammarians,written by a grammarian Krisnabhatta surnamed Mauni.
vṛttipakṣathe alternative method of speaking by the use of compound words as contrasted with simple words; both the methods are observed in use among the people: cf इह द्वौ पक्षौ वृत्तिपक्षश्चावृत्तिपक्षश्च। स्वभावतश्चैतद् भवति वाक्यं च समासश्च । M.Bh.on P.II.1.l,II.1.51, III.1.7,IV.1. 82.
vṛttiparigaṇanaa definite enumeration of words used in a specific sense (as contrasted with वार्तिपरिगणन) which means a definite enumeration of the senses in which an operation, such as a compound-formation or so,takes place; confer, compare अथैतस्मिन्सति अनभिधाने यदि वृतिपरिगणनं क्रियते, वर्तिपरिगणनमपि कर्तव्यम् ; cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.24 Vart. 16.
vṛttisamavāyaserial arrangement of letters in a specific way ( as for instance in the Mahesvara Sutras) for the sake of grammatical functions; confer, compare वृत्तिसमवायार्थं उपदेशः | वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः। समवायॊ वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण सांनवेशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Ahnika I.
vṛttisamuddeśaname given to the last of the fourteen sections of the third chapter of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya ( viz. the संकीर्णकाण्ड ) in which the taddhita affixes and their interpretations are discussedition
vṛttisūtraa rule forming the basis of a vrtti, i. e. a rule on which glosses are written, as contrasted with वार्तिकसूत्र or वार्तिक a pithy Sutralike statement composed as an addition or a modification of the original Sutra; confer, compare केचित्तावदाहुर्यद् वृत्तिसूत्रे इति | संख्ययाव्ययासन्नादूराधिकसंख्यां: संख्येये ( P. II. 2.25 ) इति | M, Bh. on P. II. 2. 24,
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāravṛttia commentary on the Vaiyākaranabhusana, written by Mahānanda in the beginning of the nineteenth century.
vyāpattiliterally loss or disappearance; the word is used in the sense of conversion of one thing into another in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare अथाप्यन्तव्यापत्तिर्भवति Nirukta of Yāska.II. l ; cf also अन्यैरेकारान्नातिरत्र पूर्वा ततो व्यापत्तिर्भवतीति विद्यात् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.1.
vyutpattiderivation of a word from a root which formed a special feature of the Nairukta school of Vedic scholars in ancient times; the word निर्वचन is used in the same sense: confer, compare सति संभवे व्युत्पत्तिरन्यथा कर्तव्या रूढेरनियमात् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.V. 2.93.
vyutpattipakṣathe view that every word is derived from a suitable root as contrasted with the other view viz. the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष. The grammarians hold that Panini held the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष,id est, that is the view that not all words in a language can be derived but only some of them can be so done, and contrast him (id est, that isPanini) with an equally great grammarian Sakatayana who stated that every word has to be derived: confer, compare न्यग्रोधयतीति न्यग्रोध इति व्युत्पत्तिपक्षे नियमार्थम् ! अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष विध्यर्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.VII.3.6.
vyutpattivāda(l)name given to a topic in grammar which deals with the derivation of words as suitable to the sense: (2) name given to treatises discussing the derivation and interpretation of words.
śabdavyutpattiderivation of a word by tracing it to the root from which it is formedition
śabdavyutpattikaumudīa small treatise on the derivation of words written by a grammarian named RajaramaSastrin.
śabddhārthapratipattiशब्दार्थप्रत्यय knowledge of the meaning of a word from that word when heard, the word being either denotative ( वाचक ) or ind cative ( द्योतक ).
śaśidevavṛttiname of a work on grammar by शशिदेव which is mentioned by Al Beruni.
śvobhūtivṛttia grammatical work of the type of a gloss on the Sutras of Panini written by an ancient grammarian श्वोभूति mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare स्तोष्याम्यहं पादिकमौदवाहिं ततः श्वेाभूते शातनीं पातनीं च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.57. Possibly the grammarian श्वोभूति is referred to in the word श्वोभूत in the verse.
saṃpratipattiunderstanding, comprehension of the sense; confer, compare गौणमुख्ययोर्मुख्ये संप्रतिपत्तिः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 3.82 Vart, 2.
samāpattirestoration of the resultant to the original, as for instance, restoration of the padapatha and the kramapatha to the Samhitapatha; confer, compare प्रकृतिदर्शनं समापत्तिः Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. III. I.7.
svaravivṛtti( 1 )the same as स्वरविराम which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; ( 2 ) a short treatise on Vedic accents written by a modern Vedic scholar and grammrian named Indradattopadhyaya.
svādyutpattithe addition of case-affixes which requires the designation प्रातिपदिक for the preceding base by the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रतिपादिकम् or' कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च ' P.I. 2.45,46. The addition of a case-affix entitles the.word,made up of the base and the case-affix,to be termed a Pada which is fit for use in language;confer, compare अपदं न प्रयुञ्जीत; confer, compare निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकसंज्ञा वक्तव्या। किं पुनरत्र पदसंज्ञया प्रार्थ्यते। प्रातिपदिकादिति स्वाद्युत्पति:, सुबन्तं पदमिति पदसंज्ञा, पदस्य पदादिति निघातो यथा स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.45 Virt.12.
haimabṛhadavṛttia gloss written on the Haima Sabdanusasana sutrapatha by Hemacandra himselfeminine. See हेमचन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
hemalaghuprakriyāvṛttia topicwise work based on Hemacandra's Sabdanu-sasana written by Vinayavijaya, a Jain scholar of grammar.
haimalaghuvṛttia short gloss on the Sabdanusasana, written by Hemacandra himselfeminine. See हेमचन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
a,pೱ,(ೱ)Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
agati(1)absence of any other recourse or alternative. confer, compare अगत्या हि खलु परिभाषाश्रीयते. Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adevaPari. vṛtti Pari.119;(2) which is not a word termed gati. confer, compare चनचिदिवगोत्रादितद्धिताम्रेडितेष्वगते: P. VII.1.57.
agniveśyaan ancient writer of Vedic grammar mentioned in the Taittirīya prātiśākhya. confer, compare कपवर्गपरश्च (विसर्ग:) अग्निवेश्यवाल्मीक्योः ( मतेन ऊष्माणं न आपद्यते ) T.Pr. IX. 4.
agniveśyāyanawriter of Vedic grammar, mentioned in the Taittirīya prātiśākhya. confer, compare नाग्निवेश्यायनस्य ( मते उदात्तपरः स्वरितपरो वा अनुदात्तः स्वरितं नापद्यते इति न) Tait. Pr. XIV.32.
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
anavakāśahaving no occasion or scope of application; used in connection with a rule the whole of whose province of application is covered by a general rule, and hence which becomes technically useless, unless it is allowed to set aside the general rule: confer, compare अनवकाशा हि विधयो बाधका भवन्तिrules which have no opportunity of taking effect( without setting aside other rules ) supersede those rules; M.Bh. on V.4.154, also Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. on Pari. 64.
anavakāśatvaabsence of any opportunity of taking effect, scopelessness considered in the case of a particular rule, as a criterion for setting aside that general rule which deprives it of that opportunity confer, compare अनवकाशत्वं निरवकाशत्वं वा बाधकत्वे बीजम्. This अनवकाशत्व is slightly different from अपवादत्व or particular mention which is defined usually by the words सामान्यविधिरुत्सर्गः । विशेषविधिरपवादः ।
aniṭ(1)not admitting the augment इट् to be prefixed to it; the term is strictly to be applied to ārdhadhātuka affixes placed after such roots as have their vowel characterized by a grave accent ( अनुदात्तस्वर ); the term अनिट् being explained as अनिडादि qualifying the अार्धधातुक affix; (2) in a secondary way, it has become customary to call such roots अनिट् as do not allow the augment इट् to be prefixed to an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. Such roots are termed अनुदात्त verily because they are possessed of an anudātta vowel. e. g. कृ, भृ, जि, गम् , हन् et cetera, and others as against भु, धू, तॄ, श्वि, वृ, वद्, फल्, चल्, et cetera, and others which have their vowel characterized by an acute (उदात्त ) accent. For a complete list of such roots see the well-known stanzas given in the Siddhāntakaumudī incidentally on अात्मनेपदेष्वनतः P. VII.1.5. ऊदॄदन्तैर्यौतिरुक्ष्णुशीङ्स्नु....निहताः स्मृताः ॥ १ ॥ शक्लृपच्मुचिरिचवच्विच् .........धातवो द्व्यधिकं शतम् ॥ as also some lists by ancient grammarians given in the Mahābhāṣya on एकाच उपदेशेनुदात्तात्. P. VII. 2.10 or in the Kāśikā on the same rule P. VII.2.10.
anudāttanon-udatta, absence of the acute accent;one of the Bāhyaprayatnas or external efforts to produce sound. This sense possibly refers to a stage or a time when only one accent, the acute or उदात्त was recognized just as in English and other languages at present, This udatta was given to only one vowel in a single word (simple or compound) and all the other vowels were uttered accentless.id est, that is अनुदात्त. Possibly with this idea.in view, the standard rule 'अनुदात्तं पदमेकवर्जम्'* was laid down by Panini. P.VI.1.158. As, however, the syllable, just preceding the accented ( उदात्त ) syllable, was uttered with a very low tone, it was called अनुदात्ततर, while if the syllables succeeding the accented syllable showed a gradual fall in case they happened to be consecutive and more than two, the syllable succeeding the उदात्त was given a mid-way tone, called स्वरितः confer, compare उदात्तादनुदात्तस्य स्वरितः. Thus, in the utterance of Vedic hymns the practice of three tones उदात्त, अनुदात्त and स्वरित came in vogue and accordingly they are found defined in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works;confer, compare उच्चैरुदात्तः,नीचैरनुदात्तः समाहारः स्वरितः P.I.2.29-31, T.Pr.I.38-40, V.Pr.I.108-110, Anudātta is defined by the author of the Kāśikāvṛtti as यस्मिन्नुच्चार्यमाणे गात्राणामन्ववसर्गो नाम शिथिलीभवनं भवति, स्वरस्य मृदुता, कण्ठविवरस्य उरुता च स: अनुदात्तः confer, compare अन्ववसर्गो मार्दवमुरुता स्वस्येति नीचैःकराणि शब्दस्य Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.29,30. Cfeminine. also उदात्तश्चानुदात्तश्च स्वरितश्च त्रयः स्वराः । अायामविश्रम्भोक्षपैस्त उच्यन्तेSक्षराश्रयाः ॥ Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III.1. The term anudātta is translated by the word 'grave' as opposed to acute' (udātta,) and 'circumflex' (svarita); (2) a term applied to such roots as have their vowel अनुदात्त or grave, the chief characteristic of such roots being the non-admission of the augment इ before an ārdhadhātuka affix placed after them. ( See अनिट्, ).
anunyāsaa commentary on न्यास (काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि). The work is believed to have been written by इन्दुमित्र. It is not available at present except in the form of references to it which are numerous especially in Siradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.
anuvartanacontinuation or recurrence of a word from the preceding to the succeeding rule; the same as anuvṛtti; confer, compare अनुवर्तन्ते नाम विधयः । न चानुवर्तनादेव भवन्ति। किं तर्हि । यत्नाद्भवन्तीति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.3.
antaraṅgaparibhāṣāthe phrase is used generally for the परिभाषा "असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे' described a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See the word अन्तरङ्ग. The परिभाषा has got a very wide field of application and is used several times in setting aside difficulties which present themselves in the formation of a word. Like many other paribhāṣās this paribhāṣā is not a paribhāṣā of universal application.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
arthavadgrahaṇaparibhāṣāa well known maxim or Paribha of grammarians fully stated as अर्थवद्ग्रहणे नानर्थकस्य ग्रहणम्, deduced from the phrase अर्थवद्ग्रहणात् frequently used by the Vārttikakāra. The Paribhāṣā lays down that 'when a combination of letters employed in Grammar, is possessed of a sense, it has to be taken as possessed of sense and not such an one as is devoid of sense.'
avagraha(1)separation of a compound word into its component elements as shown in the Pada-Pāṭha of the Vedic Saṁhitās. In the Padapāṭha, individual words are shown separately if they are combined by Saṁdhi rules or by the formation of a compound in the Saṁhitāpāṭha; exempli gratia, for example पुरोहितम् in the Saṁhitāpāṭha is read as पुरःsहितम्. In writing, there is observed the practice of placing the sign (ऽ) between the two parts, about which nothing can be said as to when and how it originatedition The AtharvaPrātiśākhya defines अवग्रह as the separation of two padas joined in Saṁhitā. (Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. II.3.25; II.4.5). In the recital of the pada-pāṭha, when the word-elements are uttered separately, there is a momentary pause measuring one matra or the time required for the utterance of a short vowel. (See for details Vāj. Prāt. Adhāya 5). (2) The word अवग्रह is also used in the sense of the first out of the two words or members that are compounded together. See Kāśikā on P.VIII.4.26; confer, compare also तस्य ( इङ्ग्यस्य ) पूर्वपदमवग्रहः यथा देवायत इति देव-यत. Tai. Pr. I. 49. The term अवग्रह is explained in the Mahābhāṣya as 'separation, or splitting up of a compound word into its constitutent parts; confer, compare छन्दस्यानङोवग्रहो दृश्येत पितामह इति ।(Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.36); also confer, compare यद्येवमवग्रहः प्राप्नोति । न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् । यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.109) where the Bhāṣyakāra has definitely stated that the writers of the Padapāṭha have to split up a word according to the rules of Grammar. (3) In recent times, however, the word अवग्रह is used in the sense of the sign (ऽ) showing the coalescence of अ (short or long) with the preceding अ (short or long ) or with the preceding ए or ओ exempli gratia, for example शिवोऽ र्च्यः, अत्राऽऽगच्छ. (4) The word is also used in the sense of a pause, or an interval of time when the constituent elements of a compound word are shown separately; confer, compare समासेवग्रहो ह्रस्वसमकालः (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1). (5) The word is also used in the sense of the absence of Sandhi when the Sandhi is admissible.
asarvavibhaktinot admitting all caseaffixes to be attached to it; confer, compare तद्धितश्चासर्वविभक्ति: P.I.1.38: यस्मान्न सर्वविभक्तेरुत्पत्तिः सोसर्वविभक्तिः । ततः यतः तत्र यत्र । Kāś. on I.1.38.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
ācāra(1)customary usage of putting or employing words in rules; confer, compare आचार्याचारात्संज्ञासिद्धिः, P.I,1.1, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4. (2) behaviour;confer, compare उपमानादाचारे P.III. 1.10; cf also निवासत आचारतश्च M.Bh. on VI.3.109.
ādya(1)premier; confer, compare इदमाद्यं पदस्थानं (व्याकरणनामकं ) सिद्धिसोपानपर्वणाम् Vāk. Pad. I.16; (2) preceding as opposed to succeeding (उत्तर); confer, compare सहाद्यैर्व्यञ्जनैः V.Pr.I.100 (3) original; confer, compare आद्यप्रकृतिः परमप्रकृतिः (original base) Bhāṣā Vṛtti. IV.1.93; (4) first, preceding, आद्ये योगे न व्यवाये तिङः स्यु; M.Bh. on III.1-91.
āpatyapatronymic affix such as अण् and others. The term अापत्य, which is the same as the usual term अपत्य in तस्यापत्यम् P.IV.I, is found sometimes used in the Vārttikas and in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare आयत्याज्जीवद्वंश्यात्स्वार्थे द्वितीयो युवसंज्ञ: P.IV.1.163 Vārt 6.
aābhyantaraprayatnainternal effort made in producing a sound, as contrasted with the external One called बाह्यप्रयत्न. There are four kinds of internal efforts described in the Kāsikāvrtti.; confer, compare चत्वार आभ्यन्तरप्रयत्नाः सवर्णसंज्ञायामाश्रीयन्ते स्पृष्टता, ईषत्स्पृष्टता, संवृतता, विवृतता चेति । Kās. on P. 1.1.9. See also यत्नो द्विधा । आभ्यन्तरो बाह्यश्च et cetera, and others Si. Kau. on I.1.9.
aāmantrita(1)a word in the vocative singular. confer, compare सामन्त्रितम् P.II.3.48: a tech. term in Pāṇini's grammar, the peculiar features of which are पराङ्गवद्भाव (confer, compare P.II.1.2), अविद्यमानवद्भाव (confer, compare P.VIII.1.72), द्वित्व (confer, compare P.VIII. 1.8), अद्युदात्तत्व (confer, compare P.VI.1.198), सर्वानुदात्तत्व(confer, compare P.VIII.1.19), splitting of ए into अा and इ, exempli gratia, for example अग्रे into अग्ना ३ इ (confer, compare P.VIII.2.107 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3); (2) Vocative case, confer, compare ओकार अामन्त्रितजः प्रगृह्यः Ṛk. Prāt. I.28; Vāj. Pr. III.139: II.17: II.24 VI.1.
āraḍeKRISHNASHASTRI a reputed Naiyāyika of Banaras of the nineteenth century, who wrote, besides many treatises on Nyāya, a short gloss on the Sutras of Pāṇini, called Pāṇini-sūtra-vṛtti.
āsya(1)place of articulation, the mouth, confer, compare अत्यन्त्यनेन वर्णान् इति अास्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.9; (2) found in the place of articulation; e g. the effort made for the utterance of words confer, compareआस्ये भवमास्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.9, also स्पृष्टादिप्रयत्नपञ्चकमास्यम् Laghuvṛtti on Śāk. I.1.6.
ikpadopasthitithe presence of the word इक् (vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ) in a rule, where the operations गुण and वृद्धि are prescribed by putting the words गुण and वृद्धि; exempli gratia, for example सिचि वृद्धिः परस्मैपदेषु P.VII.2.1; confer, compare इको गुणवृद्वी P.I.1.3.
indumitraauthor of अनुन्यास, a commentary on Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa., the well-known commentary on the Kāśikavṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi. Many quotations from the Anunyāsa are found in the Paribhāṣāvṛtti of Sīradeva. The word इन्दु is often used for इन्दुमित्र; confer, compare एतस्मिन् वाक्ये इन्दुमैत्रेययोः शाश्वतिको विरोध: Sīra. Pari. 36.
iṣṭaa word frequently used in the Vārttikas and the Mahābhāṣya and other treatises in the senses of (1) a desired object, (2) a desired purpose, (3) a desired statement, (4) a desired form id est, that is the correct form : confer, compare इष्टान्वाख्यानं खल्वपि भवति: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).I.1. Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. 1. योगविभागादिष्टसिद्धिः Pari.Śek. Pari. 114.
iṣṭia word generally used in the statements made in the Mahā bhāṣya, similar to those of the Sūtrakāra and the Vārttikakāras, which are 'desired ones' with a view to arrive at the correct forms of words; confer, compare प्राप्तिज्ञो देवानांप्रियो न त्विाष्टिज्ञः, इष्यत एतद् रूपमिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 4.56.
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
uktārthaa word or expression whose sense has been already expressedition The expression उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः is frequently used in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas and cited as a Paribhāṣā or a salutary conventional maxim against repetition of words in the Paribhāṣāpāṭhas of Vyādi (Par. 51), Candragomin (Par 28) and Kātantra (Par. 46) and Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. (Par. 46) grammars.
ukhyaa writer on Vedic phonetics and euphony quoted in the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya; confer, compare उख्यस्य सपूर्वः Tai. Pra. VIII. 22.
ugrabhūtior उग्राचार्य writer of a gloss on the Nirukta, called Niruktabhāṣya believed to have lived in the 18th century A. D; writer also of a grammatical work Śiṣyahitāvṛtti or Śiṣyahitānyāsa, which was sent to kāshmir and made popular with a large sum of money spent upon it, by his pupil Ānanadpāla.
ujjvaladattathe famous commentator on the Uṅādi sūtras. His work .is called Uṅādisūtravṛtti, which is a scholarly commentary on the Uṅādisūtrapāṭha, consisting of five Pādas. Ujjvaldatta is belived to have lived in the l5th century A.D. He quotes Vṛttinyāsa, Anunyāsa, Bhāgavṛtti et cetera, and others He is also known by the name Jājali.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
udayaṃkarasurnamed pāṭhaka who wrote a commentary on the Laghuśabdenduśekhara named Jyotsna and a very critical work on Paribhāṣās similar to Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti; the work is incomplete.
udāttathe acute accent defined by Pāṇini in the words उचैरुदात्त: P.I.2. 29. The word उच्चैः is explained by Patañjali in the words 'आयामो दारुण्यं अणुता स्वस्य इति उचैःकराणि शब्दस्य' where आयाम (गात्रनिग्रह restriction of the organs), दारुण्य (रूक्षता rudeness ) and स्वस्य अणुता ( कण्ठस्य संवृतता closure of the glottis) are given as specific characteristics of the acute accent. The acute is the prominent accent in a word-a simple word as also a compound word-and when a vowel in a word is possessed of the acute accent, the remaining vowels have the अनुदात्त or the grave accent. Accent is a property of vowels and consonants do not possess any independent accent. They possess the accent of the adjoining vowel connected with it. The acute accert corresponds to what is termed 'accent' in English and other languages.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
upadhmānīyaa letter or a phonetic element substituted for a visarga followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class. Visarga is simply letting the breath out of the mouth. Where the visarga is followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class, its pronunciation is coloured by labial utterance. This coloured utterance cannot be made independently; hence this utterance called 'उपध्मानीय' ( similar to a sound blown from the mouth ) is not put in, as an independent letter, in the वर्णसमाम्नाय attributed to महेश्वर. Patañjali, however, has referred to such dependent utterances by the term अयोगवाहवर्ण. See अयेागवाह; confer, compare xक इति जिह्वामूलीयः । जिह्वामूलेन जन्यत्वात् । xप इत्युपध्मानीयः । उपध्मानेन जन्यत्वात्. अयेगवाह is also called अर्धविसर्ग. See अर्धविसर्ग.
upamanyu(1)the famous commentator on the grammatical verses attributed to Nandikeśvarakārikā. which are known by the name नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका and which form a kind of a commentary on the sūtras of Maheśvara; (2) a comparatively modern grammarian possibly belonging to the nineteenth century who is also named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.and who has written a commentory on the famous Kāśikāvṛtti by Jayāditya and Vāmana. Some believe that Upa-manyu was an ancient sage who wrote a nirukta or etymological work and whose pupil came to be known as औपमन्यव.
upamānastandard of comparison. The word is found in the Pāṇinisūtra उपमानानि सामान्यवचनैः P.II.I.55 where the Kāśikāvṛtti explains it as उपमीयतेऽनेनेत्युपमानम् ।
upavarṣaan ancient grammarian and Mīmāmsaka believed to have been the brother of Varṣa and the preceptor of Pāṇini. He is referred to, many times as an ancient writer of some Vṛttigranthas.
upasaṃkhyānamention, generally of the type of the annexation of some words to words already given, or of some limiting conditions or additions to what has been already statedition The word is often found at the end of the statements made by the Vārttikakāra on the sūtras of Pāṇini.: confer, compare P.I.1.29 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1: I.1.36 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3 et cetera, and others The words वाच्य and वक्तव्य are also similarly useditionThe word is found similarly used in the Mahābhāṣya also very frequently.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasargayogaconnection with a prefix; joining of the prefix. Some scholars of grammar hold the view that the Upasarga is prefixed to the root and then the verbal form is arrived at by placing the desired terminations after the root, while others hold the opposite view: confer, compare पूर्वं धातुः साधनेनोपयुज्यते पश्चादुपसर्गेण । अन्ये तु पूर्वं धातुरुपसर्गेण युज्यते पश्चात्साधनेनेत्याहुः Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti Pari. 131, 132; cf also vol. VII. Mahābhāṣya edited by the D. E. Society, Poona, pages 371-372.
upasthānaoccurrence: prescnce by virtue of anuvṛtti i. e. recurrence or continuation of a word in the rules that follow; confer, compare शब्देन चाप्यधिकृतेन कोन्यो व्यापारः शक्योवगन्तुमन्यदतो योगे योग उपस्थानात् M.Bh. on 1.3.11 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1.
ekamunipakṣaa view or doctrine propounded by one of the many ancient sages or munis who are believed to be the founders of a Sastra; a view propounded only by Pāṇini, to the exclusion of Kātyāyana and Patañjali; confer, compare एकमुनिपक्षे तु अचो ञ्णितीत्यत्राच इति योगं विभज्य...व्यवस्थितविभाषात्रोक्ता Durghaṭa-Vṛtti I.1.5; see also I.4.24, II.3.18.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
oraṃbhaṭṭa scholar of grammar of the nineteenth century who wrote a Vṛtti on Pāṇini sūtras called पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति. He has written many works on the Pūrvamīmāmsa and other Śāstras.
aupasaṃkhyānikasubsequently stated by way of addition or modification as done by the Vārttikakāras; confer, compare औपसंख्यानिकस्य णस्यापवादंः । आरण्यको मनुष्यः Kāś on P.IV.2.129; confer, compare also Kāś. on V.1.29 and VI.3.41.
or विसर्गः literally letting out breath from the mouth; sound or utterance caused by breath escaping from the mouth; breathing. The Visarjanīya, just like the anusvāra, is incapable of being independently utteredition Hence, it is written for convenience as अः although its form for writing purposes is only two dots after the vowel preceding it; confer, compare अः इति विसर्जनीयः । अकार इह उच्चारणार्थः इति कुमारीस्तनयुगाकृतिर्वर्णो विसर्जनीयसंज्ञो भवति । Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk. I.1.16. See अः a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 2.
m̐ nāsikyaa nasal letter or utterance included among the अयोगवाह letters analogous to anusvāra and yama letters. It is mentioned in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as हुँ इति नासिक्यः on which Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.makes the remark अयमृक्शाखायां प्रसिद्धः. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya mentions नासिक्य, यम and अनुस्वार as नासिक्य or nasal letters, while Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.defines नासिक्य as a letter produced only by the nose; confer, compare केवलनासिकया उच्चार्यमाणे वर्णॊ नासिक्यः Uvvaṭa's Bhāṣya on the Prātiśākhya works.on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya calls the letter ह् as nāsikya when it is followed by the consonant न् or ण् or म् and gives अह्नाम् , अपराह्णे and ब्रह्म as instances. The Pāṇinīya Śikṣā does not mention नासिक्य as a letter. The Mahābhāṣya mentions नासिक्य as one of the six ayogavāha letters; confer, compare के पुनरयोगवाहाः । विसर्जनीयजिह्वामूलीयोपध्मानीयानुस्वारानुनासिक्ययमाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Śivasūtra 5 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, where some manuscripts read नासिक्य for अानुनासिक्य while in some other manuscripts there is neither the word आनुनासिक्य nor नासिक्य. It is likely that the anunāsika-colouring given to the vowel preceding the consonant सू substituted for the consonants म, न् and others by P. VIII. 3.2. to 12, was looked upon as a separate phonetic unit and called नासिक्य as for instance in सँस्कर्ता, मा हिँसीः, सँशिशाधि et cetera, and others
kaṇṭhaglottis: cavity in the throat holding vocal cords; the place of the production of the sounds अ, अI and ह; confer, compare अहविसर्जनीयाः कण्ठे V, Pr.I. 71; cf, also कण्ठ्योsकारः प्रथमपञ्चमौ च R.Pr.I.18.
kaṇṭhyaproduced at the throat or at the glottis; the vowel अ, visarga and the consonant ह् are called कण्ठ्यं in the Prātiśākhyas, while later grammarians include the guttural consonants क्, ख् ग्, घ् and ङ् among the Kaṇṭhya letters; confer, compare अकुहविसर्जनीयानां कण्ठः Sid. Kau.on तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P.I.1.9. See कण्ठ.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantrapradīpaa grammar work written by a scholar named Kuśala on the Kātantrasūtravṛtti by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti.. See कातन्त्रपञ्जिका.
kātya(1)another name sometimes given to Katyāyana to whom is ascribed the composition of the Vārttikas on Pāṇini-sūtras; (2) an ancient writer Kātya quoted as a lexicographer by Kṣīrasvāmin, Hemacandra and other writers.
kātyāyanathe well-known author of the Vārttikas on the sūtras of Pāṇini. He is also believed to be the author of the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya and many sūtra works named after him. He is believed to be a resident of South India on the strength of the remark प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्याः made by Patañjali in connection with the statement 'यथा लौकिकवैदिकेषु' which is looked upon as Kātyāyana's Vārttika. Some scholars say that Vararuci was also another name given to him, in which case the Vārttikakāra Vararuci Kātyāyana has to be looked upon as different from the subsequent writer named Vararuci to whom some works on Prakrit and Kātantra grammar are ascribedition For details see The Volume of the introduction in Marathi to the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya, written by K. V. Abhyankar and published by the O. E. Society, Poona.. pages I93-223 published by the D. E.Society, Poona.See also वार्तिकपाठ below.
kāraan affix, given in the Prātiśākhya works and,by Kātyāyana also in his Vārttika, which is added to a letter or a phonetic element for convenience of mention; exempli gratia, for example इकारः, उकारः ; confer, compare वर्णः कारोत्तरो वर्णाख्या; वर्णकारौ निर्देशकौ Tai. Pra.I. 16: XXII.4.;confer, compare also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.1.37. It is also applied to syllables or words in a similar way to indicate the phonetic element of the word as apart from the sense of the word: e. g.' यत एवकारस्ततीन्यत्रावधारणम् Vyak. Paribhāṣā , confer, compare also the words वकार:, हिंकारः: (2) additional purpose served by a word such as an adhikāra word; confer, compare अधिकः कारः , पूर्वविप्रतिषेघा न पठितव्या भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.11.
kārakacakra(1)written by Puruṣotta madeva a reputed grammarian of Bengal who wrote many works on grammar of which the Bhasavrtti, the Paribhāṣāvṛtti and Jñāpakasamuccya deserve a special mention. The verse portion of the Kārakacakra of which the prose portion appears like a commentary might be bearing the name Kārakakaumudī.
kārmanāmikathe word is found used in Yāska's Nirukta as an adjective to the word संस्कार where it means belonging to nouns derived fromroofs (कर्मनाम)"like पाचक,कर्षक et cetera, and othersThe changes undergone by the roots in the formation of such words i. e. words showing action are termed कार्मनामिकसंस्कार; confer, compare कर्मकृतं नाम कर्मनाम। तस्मिन् भवः कार्मनामिकः Durgavṛtti on Nirukta of Yāska.I.13. कार्य(l) brought.into existence by activity (क्रियया निर्वृत्तं कार्यम् ) as oppo- sed to नित्य eternal; confer, compare एके वर्णाञ् शाश्वतिकान् न कार्यान् R.Pr. XIII.4 confer, compare also ननु च यस्यापि कार्याः ( शब्दाः ) तस्यापि पूजार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.44 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 17;(2) which should be done, used in connection with a grammatical operation: confer, compare कार्य एत्वे सयमीकारमाहुः ।| अभैष्म इत्येतस्य स्थाने अभयीष्मेति । R.Pr. XIV.16; confer, compare also विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I.4.2; (3) a grammatical opera- tion as for instance in the phrases द्विकार्ययोगे, त्रिकार्ययोगे et cetera, and others; confer, compare also गौणमुख्ययोर्मुख्ये कार्यसंप्रत्ययः Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 15;(4) object of a transitive verb: confer, compare शेषः कार्ये Śāk.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kīlhārnKielhorn F., a sound scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who brought out excellent editions of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya and the Paribhāṣenduśekhara and wrote an essay on the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana. For details see Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya Vol VII.p.40, D. E society edition, Poona.
kuṇiname of an ancient Vṛttikāra the Sūtras of Pāṇini, mentioned in their works by Kaiyata and Haradatta; confer, compare Kaiyaṭa's Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on P. I.1.74, also Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on I.1.1
kṛdgrahaṇamention of a kṛt id est, that is of a word ending with a kṛt affix. The word mainly occurs in the Paribhāṣā कृद्ग्रहणे गतिकारकपूर्वस्यापि ग्रहणम् which occurs first as an expression of the Vārttikakāra (P.I.4.13 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 9) and has been later on given as a Paribhāṣā by later grammarians (Pari. Śek. Pari.28).The Paribhāṣā is referred to as वृद्ब्रह्मणपरिभाषा in later grammar works especially commentary works.
kṛllukthe elision of a kṛt affix: the word is found used along with the words प्रकृतिप्रत्यापत्तिः, and प्रकृतिवत् कारकं भवति in the Vārttika अाख्यानात्कृतस्तदाचष्टे इतेि कृल्लुक् प्रकृतिप्रत्यापत्तिः प्रकृतिवच्च कारकम् by means of which the phrase कंसं घातयति is formed for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे.
kauṇḍinyaan ancient grammarian referred to in the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya(Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 38) and Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., (P.II.4.70).
kauhalīputraan ancient grammarian referred to in the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya: confer, compare T.Pr. XVIII.2.
krukankṛt affix रुक; e.g, भीरुकः; confer, compare(भियः) क्रुकन्नपि वक्तव्यः P.III.2.174 Vārttika.
kroṣṭrīyaan ancient school of grammarians who are believed to have written rules or Vārttikas on some rules of Pāṇini to modify them; the क्रोष्ट्रीय school is quoted in the Mahābhāṣya; confer, compare परिभाषान्तरमिति च मत्वा क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.3.
klībatvaa word used in the sense of 'neuter gender' by grammarians later than पतञ्जलि and the Vārttikakāra; confer, compare समभागे क्लीबलिङ्गमर्धमेकदेशिना समस्यते Bhāṣā Vr. on P.II.2.2; पक्षे हि क्लीबत्वम् Kaiyaṭa's Pr. on II.1. 51; समाहारद्वन्द्वे क्लीबत्वप्रसङ्गात् Durgh. Vr. on P.II.4.l7.
ksa(1)aorist vikaraṇa affix substituted for च्लि; confer, compare P.III.1.45, 46; e. g. अदृक्षत्, आश्लिक्षत्, अधुक्षत् confer, compare Kāś. on P.III.1.45,46; (2) kṛt affix स applied to the root दृश् preceded by a pronoun such as त्यद्, तद् et cetera, and others exempli gratia, for example यादृक्षः, तादृक्ष: et cetera, and others confer, compare दृशेः क्सश्च वक्तव्य: P.III.2.60 Vārttika. (3) affix स applied to the root गाह् or ख्या or कव् to form the noun कक्ष; confer, compare कक्षो गाहतेः क्स इति नामकरण: ख्यातेर्वा कषतेर्वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2.
khataddhita affix. affix, always changed into ईन, (l) applied to the word कुल in the sense of a descendant, exempli gratia, for example कुलीनः, आढ्यकुलीन:; confer, compare P. IV. 1.139; (2) applied to the words अवार, पार, पारावार and अवारपार in the Śaīṣika senses, e. g. अवारीणः, पारीणः et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.IV.2.93 and Vārttikas 2, 3 on it; (3) applied to words ending in the word वर्ग ( which does not mean 'sound' or 'letter' ) in the sense of 'present there,' e. g. वासुदेववर्गीणः, युधिष्ठिरवर्गीणः; confer, compare P. IV. 3.64; (4) applied to the words सर्वधुर and एकधुर in the sense of 'bearing,' and to ओजसू , वेशोभग, यशोभग and पूर्व, exempli gratia, for example ओजसीनः et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.IV.4.78, 79, 130, 132, 133; (5) applied in the sense of 'favourable to' to the words आत्मन् , विश्वजन, et cetera, and others (P.V.1.9), to विंशतिक, (32) to अाढक, अाचित, पात्र and others (53-55), to समा (85-86), to रात्रि, अहन् , संवत्सर and वर्ष (87-88) and संवत्सर and परिवत्सर (92); e. g. आत्मनीनः, आढकीनः पात्रीणः, समीनः, संवत्सरीणः et cetera, and others; (6) to the words सर्वचर्मन्, यथामुख et cetera, and others e. g. सर्वचर्मीणः confer, compare P.V. 2.5 to 17; (7) to the words अषडक्ष, अशितंगु et cetera, and others confer, compare P.V.4.7,8. e. g. अषडक्षीणः. (8) ख is also a technical term in the sense of elision or लोप in the Jainendra Grammar confer, compare Jain I. 1.61. (9) The word ख is used in the sense of 'glottis' or the hole of the throat ( गलबिल ) in the ancient Prātiṣākhya works.
khyunkṛt affix अन applied to the root कृ in the sense of an instrument when preceded by the words अाढ्य, सुभग, स्थूल et cetera, and others provided the whole word is similar in sense to cvi-formation ( च्व्यर्थ ), exempli gratia, for example अाढ्यं करणम् , सुभगंकरणम्; confer, compare P. III. 2.56; feminine. अाढ्यंकरणी, confer, compare नञ्स्नञीकक्ख्युंस्तरुणतलुनानामुपसंख्यानम् P.IV.1.15.Vārttika.
garīyasinvolving a special effort.The word is frequently used by the Vārttikakāra and old grammarians in connection with something, which involves greater effort and longer expression and, hence, not commendable in rules of the Shastra works where brevity is the soul of 'wit'; confer, compare पदगौरवाद्योगवेिभागो गरीयान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 121. The word गुरु is also sometimes used in a similar sense; confer, compare तद् गुरु भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1 Āhnika of the Pātañjala Mahābhāṣya. l Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
(1)fifth letter of the guttural class of consonants having the properties कण्ठसंवृतत्व, घोष, नादानुप्रदान, अल्पप्राणत्व and अानुनासिक्य; (2) the consonant ङ् getting the letter ,क as an augment added to it, if standing at the end of a word and followed by a sibilant, e. g. प्राङ्कूशेते confer, compare ङ्णो: कुक् टुक् शरि P. VIII. 3.28; (3) the consonant ङ् which, standing at the end of a word and preceded by a short vowel, causes the vowel following it to get the augment ङ् prefixed to it; e. g, प्रत्यङ्ङास्ते confer, compare ङमो ह्रस्वादचि ङमुण् नित्यम् P. VIII.3.32.
caṅgadāsaa grammarian who has written a work on the topic of the five vrttis. The work is named चङ्गवृति.
carcā(1)splitting up of a word into its component parts, which is generalty shown in the Padaptha by अवग्रहं (S). The word, hence means पदपाठ or recital by showing separately the constitutent words of the Samhita or the running text of the Veda. The word is used almost in the same sense in the Mahabhasya in respect of showing the words of a sutra separately; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐजिति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति M.Bh. on Mahesvara Sutra 1 Wart. 6l ; (2) a repeated word; confer, compare इतिकरणात् पुरतो यत् पुनः पदवचनं तत् चर्चाशब्देनोच्यते. Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.20; (3) a discussion or a debate where consideration is given to each single word; confer, compare प्रर्यायशब्दानां लाघवगौरवचर्चा नाद्रियते Par. Sek. Pari. 115.
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
chāndasafound in the Vedic Literature; Vedic; cf छान्दसा अपि क्वचिद् भाषायां प्रयुज्यन्ते Bhasavrtti on P. IV.4.143; confer, compare also छान्दसमेतत् । दृष्टानुविधिश्च च्छन्दसि भवति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.5.
jahaddharmatvaabandonment or giving up of properties in the case of a word included in a वृत्ति or composite expression; confer, compare जहद्धर्मत्वाच्छब्दप्रवृत्तेः Durghata Vrtti on P. II. 2.6.
jit(l)literally affix marked with the mute letter ज्; e. g. जस्, जसि, जुस्. the word जित् is not however found used in this sense; (2) a word supposed to be marked with the mute indicatory letter ज्.The word is used in this sense by the Varttikakara saying that such a word does not denote itself but its synonyms; confer, compare जित् पर्यायवचनस्यैव राजांद्यर्थम् P.I.1.68 Vart. 7. In the Sutra सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II. 4. 23, the word राजन् is supposed to be जित् and hence it denotes इन्, ईश्वर et cetera, and others; but not the word राजन् itself; (3) In the Pratisakhya works जित् means the first two consonants of each class (वर्ग); exempli gratia, for example क्, ख्,च्, छ्. et cetera, and others which are the same as खय् letters in Panini's terminology; confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्, V. Pr.I.50;III.13.
jinendrabuddhia reputed Buddhist Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote a scholarly commentary on the Kasikavrtti ofJayaditya and Vamana. The commentary is called न्यास or काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका and the writer is referred to as न्यासकार in many later grammar works Some scholars identify him with पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् the writer of the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण, but this is not possible as पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् was a Jain Grammarian who flourished much earlier.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
jhacwording of the affix झ (see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) suggested by the Varttikakara to have the last vowel of अन्त acute, by चितः (P.VI.1.163) the property चित्व being transferred from the original झ to अन्त; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. तथा च झचश्चित्करणमर्थवद् भवति on P.VII.1.3.
jhita term, meaning 'having झ् as इत्' used by the Varttikakra in connection with those words in the rules of Panini which themselves as well as words referring to their special kinds, are liable to undergo the prescribed operation; confer, compare झित् तस्य च तद्विशेषाणां च मत्स्याद्यर्थम्। पक्षिमत्स्यमृगान् हन्ति। मात्त्प्यिक;। तद्विशेषाणाम्। शाफरिकः शाकुलिकः । M.Bh.on P.I. 1. 68 Vart. 8.
ñiṭhataddhita affix. affix इक added to words headed by काशी as also to words meaning a village in the Vahika country optionally with the affix ठञ् in the Saisika senses;exempli gratia, for example काशिका, काशिकी, बैदिका, बेदिकी, शाकलिकां, शाकलिकी. The affixes ठञ् and ञिठ are added to the word काल preceded by आपद् as also by some other words; e. g. आपत्कालिका, अापत्कालिकी तात्कालिका, तात्कालिकी et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV.2. 116,117,118 and Varttika on IV. 2.116.
ṭakkrt affix अ, not admitting गुण or वृद्धि to the preceding vowel and causing ङीप् in the feminine ( by P.IV. 1.15), added to the roots गा, पा and हन् under certain conditions; e. g. समग;, सुरापः, पतिघ्नी et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2.8, 52, 53, 54, 55.
ṇa(1)krt affix अ, added optionally to the roots headed by ज्वल् and ending with कस् in the first conjugation (see ज्वलिति a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.) in the sense of agent, and necessarily to the root श्यै, roots ending with अा and the roots व्यध्, आस्रु, संस्रु, इ with अति, सो with अव, हृ with अव, लिह्, श्लिष् and श्वस्, to the roots दु and नी without any prefix and optionally to ग्रह्: e. g. ज्वालः or ज्वलः, अवश्यायः, दायः, धायः, व्याधः, अास्त्रावः, संस्त्रवः, अत्यायः, अवसायः, अवहार:, लेहः, श्लेष:, श्वास:, दावः, नाय:, ग्रहः or ग्राहः: ; in the case of the root ग्रह् the affix ण is applied by ब्यवस्थितविभाषा, the word ग्रहः meaning a planet and the word ग्राहः meaning a crocodile; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.140-143; (2) krt affix अ in the sense of verbal activity ( भाव ) applied along with the affix अप् to the root अद् with नि; exempli gratia, for exampleन्यादः निघसः; confer, compare P. III.3.60; (3) krt affix ण prescribed by the Varttikakara after the roots तन्, शील्. काम, भक्ष् and चर् with आ; confer, compare P.III.1.140 Vart 1, and III. 2.l Vart. 7; (4) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of अपत्य added along with टक् also, to a word referring to a female descendant (गेीत्रस्त्री) if the resultant word indicates censure ; e. g. गार्भ्यः गार्गिकः confer, compare P. IV.1.147, 150; (5) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of अपत्य added also with the affix फिञ्, to the word फाण्टाहृति: (6) taddhita affix. affix अ in the sense of 'a game' added to a word meaning 'an instrument in the game'; exempli gratia, for example दाण्डा, मौष्टा: confer, compare P. IV.2.57: {7) taddhita affix. affix अ added to the word छत्त्र and others in the sense of 'habituated to' exempli gratia, for example छात्र:, शैक्षः, पौरोहः चौर:: confer, compare P.IV. 4.62: (8) taddhita affix. affix अ added to the words अन्न, भक्त, सर्व, पथिन् , यथाकथाच, प्रज्ञा, श्रद्धा, अर्चा, वृत्तिं and अरण्य in the senses specified with respect to each ; exempli gratia, for example आन्नः (मनुष्यः) भाक्तः ( शालिः ), सार्वे ( सर्वस्मै हितम् ), पान्थः, याथाकथाचं (कार्यम्), प्राज्ञः or प्रज्ञावान् , श्राद्धः or श्रद्धावान् , अार्चः or अर्चावान् , घार्त्तः or वृत्तिमान् and अारण्याः ( सुमनसः ); confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV. 4.85, 100, V.1.10, 76, 98, V.2.101 and IV.2.104 Varttika.
ṇastaddhita affix. affix अस् applied to the word पर्शू in the sense of collection. The original Varttika is पर्श्वाः सण् P. IV. 2. 43 Vart. 3. Some scholars read णस् in the place of सण् in the Varttika which is read as पर्श्वा णम् वक्तव्यः by them.
ṇicaffix इ causing Vrddhi (1) applied to roots of the tenth conjugation ( चुरादिगण ) such as चुर् , चित् et cetera, and others e. g. चोरयति, चोरयते; confer, compare P. III. 1.25: (2) applied to any root to form a causal base from it, e. g. भावयति from भू, गमयति from गम्: confer, compare हेतुमति च P. III. 1.26: (3) applied to the words मुण्ड, मिश्र etc, in the sense of making, doing, practising et cetera, and others ( करण ); e. g. मुण्डं करोति मुण्डयति, व्रतयति (eats something or avoids it as an observance), हलं गृह्नाति हलयति et cetera, and others; cf P. III. 1.21; (4) applied to the words सत्य, पाश, रूप, वीणा, तूल, श्लोक, सेना, लोमन, त्वच्, वर्मन्, वर्ण and चूर्ण in the various senses given by the Varttikakara to form denominative roots ending in इ: e. g. सत्यापयति, पाशयति etc; confer, compare P. III.1.25: (5) applied to suitable words in the sense of composing, exempli gratia, for example सूत्रं करोति सूत्रयति, et cetera, and others: (6)applied to a verbal noun ( कृदन्त ) in the sense of 'narrating' with the omission of the krt affix and the karaka of the verbal activity put in a suitable case; e. g. कंसं घातयति for the sentence कंसवधमाचष्टे or बलिं बन्धयति for बलिबन्धमाचष्टे,or रात्रिं विवासयति, सूर्यमुद्गमयति, पुष्येण योजयति et cetera, and others: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.26. Roots ending in णिच् (णिजन्त) take the conjugational endings of both the Parasmaipada and the, Atmanepada: confer, compare णिचश्च P. I. 3.74. They have perfect forms by the addition of अाम् with a suitable form of the perfect tense of the root कृ, भू or अस् placed after अाम्, the word ending with अाम् and the verbal form after it being looked upon as separate words e. g. कारयां चकार कारयां चक्रे et cetera, and others; cf P. III.1.35, 40. They have the aorist form, with the substitution of the Vikarana चङ् ( अ ) for च्लि before which the root is reduplicated; e. g. अचीकरत्, अबीभवत् et cetera, and others: confer, compare P.III.1.48, VI.1.11 as also VII.4.93-97.
tattvavimarśinīname of a commentary on the Kasikavrtti by a grammarian named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.in the beginning of the nineteenth century A. D.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadādividhia convention similar to the तदन्तविधि of Panini,laid down by the Varttikakara laying down that in case an operation is prescribed for something followed by a single letter, that single letter should be taken to mean a word beginning with that single letter: confer, compare यस्मिन्विधिस्तदादावल्ग्रहणे P.I.1.72 Vart. 29: Par. Sek. Pari. 33.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
tṛjantaa word ending in the affix तृच् and hence getting the guna vowel (i. e. अ ) substituted for the final vowel ऋ before the Sarvanamasthana (i. e. the first five) case affixes; confer, compare तृजन्त आदेशॊ भविष्यति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VII. 1.96.
tṛtīyāthe third case; affixes of the third case ( instrumental case or तृतीयाविभक्ति ) which are placed (1) after nouns in the sense of an instrument or an agent provided the agent is not expressed by the personal-ending of the root; e. g. देवदत्तेन कृतम्, परशुना छिनत्ति: confer, compare P. III. 3.18; (2) after nouns connected with सह्, nouns meaning defective limbs, nouns forming the object of ज्ञा with सम् as also nouns meaning हेतु or a thing capable of produc ing a result: e. g. पुत्रेण सहागतः, अक्ष्णा काणः, मात्रा संजानीते, विद्यया यशः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II.3.19,23; (3) optionally with the ablative after nouns meaning quality, and optionally with the genitive after pronouns in the sense of हेतु, when the word हेतु is actually used e. g. पाण्डित्येन मुक्तः or पाण्डित्यान्मुक्त:; केन हेतुना or कस्य हेतोर्वसति; it is observed by the Varttikakara that when the word हेतु or its synonym is used in a sentence, a pronoun is put in any case in apposition to that word id est, that is हेतु or its synonym e.g, केन निमित्तेन, किं निमित्तम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 3. 25, 27; (4) optionally after nouns connected with the words पृथक्, विना, नाना, after the words स्तोक, अल्प, as also after दूर, अन्तिक and their synonyms; exempli gratia, for example पृथग्देवदत्तेन et cetera, and others स्तोकेन मुक्तः, दूरेण ग्रामस्य, केशैः प्रसितः; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.32, 33, 35, 44; (5) optionally with the locative case after nouns meaning constellation when the taddhita affix. affix after them has been elided; exempli gratia, for example पुष्येण संप्रयातोस्मि श्रवणे पुनरागतः Mahabharata; confer, compare P.II.3.45; (6) optionally with the genitive case after words connected with तुल्य or its synonyms; exempli gratia, for exampleतुल्यो देवदत्तेन, तुल्यो देवदत्तस्य; confer, compare P. II.3.72.
tribhāṣyaratnaname of a commentary on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya written by Somayarya. The commentary is said to have been based on the three Bhasya works attributed to the three ancient Vedic scholarsVararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
trivikramapupil of Vardhamana who wrote a gloss called ’पञ्जिकॊद्द्यॊत’. on the Katantra-vrtti
dntyaproduced at the teeth, dental; formed at the teeth by the tip of the tongue; exempli gratia, for example the letters लृ ल् ,स् and तवर्ग; confer, compare लृलसिता दन्ते V.Pr.I.69. According to Panini's grammar लॄ(long) does not exist. According to Taittirya Prtisakhya र् is partly dental and partly lingual; cf T.Pr.II.41, while व् is partly dental and partly labial; confer, compare T.Pr. II.43; confer, compare दन्त्या जिह्वाग्रकरणाः V. Pr.I. 76; confer, compare लुग्वा दुहदिहलिहगुहामात्मनेपदे दन्त्ये P. VII. 3.73.
dayānandasarasvatia brilliant Vedic scholar of the nineteenth century belonging to North India who established on a sound footing the study of the Vedas and Vyakarana and encouraged the study of Kasikavrtti. He has written many books on vedic studies.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
dyotakaindicative, suggestive; not directly capable of expressing the sense by denotation; the nipatas and upasargas are said to be 'dyotaka' and not 'vacaka' by standard grammarians headed by the Varttikakara; confer, compare निपातस्यानर्थकस्यापि प्रातिपदिकत्वम् P.I.2.45 Varttika 12; confer, compare Kaiyata also on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf also निपाता द्योतकाः केचित्पृथगर्थाभिधायिनः Vakyapadiya II.194;, गतिवाचकत्वमपि तस्य ( स्थाधातोः ) व्यवस्थाप्यते, उपसर्गस्तु तद्योतक एव commentary on Vakyapadiya II. 190; confer, compare पश्चाच्छ्रोतुर्बोधाय द्योतकोपसर्गसंबन्ध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 50; cf also इह स्वरादयो वाचकाः चादयो द्योतका इति भेदः Bhasa Vr. om P.I.1.37.The Karmapravacaniyas are definitely laid down as dyotaka, confer, compare क्रियाया द्योतको नायं न संबन्धस्य वाचकः । नापि क्रियापदाक्षेपीं संबन्धस्य तु भेदकः Vakyapadiya II.206; the case affixes are said to be any way, 'vacaka' or 'dyotaka'; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युर्द्वित्त्वादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya II. 165.
drutāone of the three Vrttis or styles of utterance mentioned in the Pratisakhya works and quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compareतित्रो वृत्तीरुपदिशन्ति वाचो विलम्बितां मध्यमां च दुतां च । अभ्यासार्थे दुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्ति विलम्बिताम् । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 18, 19; confer, compare ये हि द्रुतायां वृत्तौ वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते मध्यमायां, ये मध्यमायां वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते विलाम्बितायाम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.70, Vart. 4. The utterance of a letter takes ,1/3 rd time more in the मध्यमवृत्ति than in the द्रुतवृत्ति, while in the विलम्बितवृत्ति it takes 1/3 rd more than in the मध्यमवृत्ति. In short, the utterance of the same letter takes in the three vrttis, Druta, Vilambita and Madhyama the quantity of time in the proportion of 9:12:16 respectively.
dviḥprayogadoubling, putting a word or word element twice;the words द्वित्व and द्विर्वचन are used in the same sense.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
dhātupradīpaa work dealing with verbal forms written by Maitreya Raksita, a Buddhist writer and a famous grammarian belonging to the eastern part of India who lived in the middle of the twelfth century. He is believed to have written many scholarly works in connection with Panini's grammar out of which the Tantrapradipa is the most important one. The work Dhatupradipa is quoted by Saranadeva, who was a contemporary of Maitreya Raksita, in his Durghatavrtti on P. II. 4. 52.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
nāda(1)voice; resonance; tone; the sound caused by the vibration of the vocal chords in the open glottis when the air passes through them; confer, compare वर्णाोत्पत्त्यनन्तरभावी अनुरणनरूपः शब्दः नादः Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.9; confer, compare also संवृते कण्ठे यः शब्दः क्रियते स नादसंज्ञो भवति Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 4; (2) sound, articulate sound generally without sense, which is momentary; (3) the highest sound. See परा.
nāmannoun, substantive; one of the four categories of words given in the Nirukta and other ancient grammer works; confer, compare चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्याते चोपसर्गनिपाताश्च, Nirukta of Yāska.I.1. The word is defined as सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि by standard grammarians; confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1.; confer, compare also सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII.8; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 49 and commentary thereon. Panini divides words into two categories only, viz. सुबन्त and तिङन्त and includes नामन् ,उपसर्ग and निपात under सुबन्त. The Srngarapraksa defines नामन् as follows-अनपेक्षितशब्दव्युत्पत्तीनि सत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायीनि नामानि। तानि द्विविधानि। आविष्टलिङ्गानि अनाविष्टलिङ्गानि च । The word नामन् at the end of a sasthitatpurusa compound signifies a name or Samjna e. g. सर्वनामन्, दिङ्नामन् , छन्दोनामन्; confer, compare also. Bhasavrtti on संज्ञायां कन्थोशीनरेषु P. II.4. 20 and संज्ञायां भृत्. P. III. 2.46 where the author of the work explains the word संज्ञायां as नाम्नि. The word is used in the sense of 'a collection of words' in the Nirukta, confer, compare अन्तरिक्षनामानि, अपत्यनामानि, ईश्वरनामानि, उदकनामानि, et cetera, and others
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
nipātānarthakatvathe view prominently expressed by the Varttikakara that nipatas do not possess any sense, which was modified by Bhartrhari who stated that they do possess sense which, of course, is indicated and not expressedition See निपात.
nimada mode of utterance of words at the performance of a sacrifice. Seven such modes are given in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya; confer, compare उपांशुध्वाननिमदोपव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि T.Pr.XXIII. 5
niyata(1)regulated in size or number; definitely fixed; the word नियत is used in grammar in connection with the nimitta or nimittin in a grammatical operation prescribed by a rule, which, or a part of which, is shown to be superfluous unless there is laid down a regulation; confer, compare शेषग्रहणं कर्तव्यम् । शेषनियमार्थम् | प्रकृत्यर्थौ नियतौ प्रत्यया अनियतास्ते शेषेपि प्राप्नुवन्ति M.Bh. on I.3.12 Vart. 6; (2) The grave accent; cf उदात्तपूर्वं नियतं... स्वर्यते RPr.III.9.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nirdeśamention, actual statement; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in sentences like स तथा निर्देशः कर्तव्यः, निर्देशं कुरुते et cetera, and others; confer, compare also V.Pr. I. 36;confer, compare also the maxim तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य P. I.1.66 and Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 134; confer, compare also अवश्यं कयाचिद्विभक्त्या केनचिद्वचनेन निर्देशः कर्तव्यः M.Bh. on P. I. 2. 39 Vart. 1. Sometimes the mention or exhibition made by a word shows the particular type of word; confer, compare Durghata Vrtti on P. I. 2. 6 and VII. 4. 73 as also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 11 and V. 2. 20.
nirvacanainterpretation by means of etymology as found in the Nirukta works; the act of fully uttering the meaning hidden in words that are partially or wholly unintelligible in respect of their derivation, by separating a word into its component letters; confer, compare निष्कृष्य विगृह्य निर्वचनम्, Durgavrtti on Nirukta of Yāska.II. 1.For details see Nirukta II.1.
niṣedhanegation; prohibition; cf निषेधपञ्चसूत्रीयं स्वरार्था Bhasavrtti on P. II. 2.16; confer, compare निषेधाश्च बलीयांसः Par. Sek. Pari. 112. The word प्रतिषेध is used frequently in this sense in old grammar works such as the Mahabhasya, the word निषेध being comparatively a modern one.
nīlakaṇṭhadīkṣitaa famous grammarian of the seventeenth century who wrote an independent work on the Paribhasas in Vyakarana named Paribhasavrtti. This Vrtti is referred to in the Paribhsendusekhara by Nagesabhatta and the views expressed in it are severely criticised in the commentary गदा.
nyāsa(1)literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.
patañjalithe reputed author of the Mahābhāșya, known as the Pātañjala Mahābhāșya after him. His date is determined definitely as the second century B.C. on the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the text of the Mahābhāșya itselfeminine. The words Gonardiya and Gonikāputra which are found in the Mahābhāșya are believed to be referring to the author himself and, on their strength he is said to have been the son of Goņikā and a resident of the country called Gonarda in his days. On the strength of the internal evidence supplied by the Mahābhāșya, it can be said that Patañjali received his education at Takșaśila and that he was,just like Pāņini, very familiar with villages and towns in and near Vāhika and Gāndhāra countries. Nothing can definitely be said about his birthplace, and although it might be believed that his native place was Gonarda,its exact situation has not been defined so far. About his parentage too,no definite information is available. Tradition says that he was the foster-son of a childless woman named Gonikā to whom he was handed over by a sage of Gonarda, in whose hands he fell down from the sky in the evening at the time of the offering of water-handfuls to the Sun in the west; confer, compareपतत् + अञ्जलि, the derivation of the word given by the commentators. Apart from anecdotes and legendary information, it can be said with certainty that Patañjali was a thorough scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who had studied the available texts of the Vedic Literature and Grammar and availed himself of information gathered personally by visiting the various schools of Sanskrit Grammar and observing the methods of explanations given by teachers there. His Mahābhāșya supplies an invaluable fund of information on the ways in which the Grammar rules of Pāņini were explained in those days in the various grammar schools. This information is supplied by him in the Vārttikas which he has exhaustively given and explainedition He had a remarkable mastery over Sanskrit Language which was a spoken one at his time and it can be safely said that in respect of style, the Mahābhāșya excels all the other Bhāșyas in the different branches of learning out of which two, those of Śabaraswāmin and Śańkarācārya,are selected for comparison. It is believed by scholars that he was equally conversant with other śāstras, especially Yoga and Vaidyaka, on which he has written learned treatises. He is said to be the author of the Yogasūtras which,hence are called Pātañjala Yogasūtras, and the redactor of the Carakasamhitā. There are scholars who believe that he wrote the Mahābhāșya only, and not the other two. They base their argument mainly on the supposition that it is impossible for a scholar to have an equally unmatching mastery over three different śāstras at a time. The argument has no strength, especially in India where there are many instances of scholars possessing sound scholarship in different branches of learning. Apart from legends and statements of Cakradhara, Nāgesa and others, about his being the author of three works on three different śāstras, there is a direct reference to Patañjali's proficiency in Grammar, Yoga and Medicine in the work of King Bhoja of the eleventh century and an indirect one in the Vākyapadīya of Bhartŗhari of the seventh century A. D. There is a work on the life of Patañjali, written by a scholar of grammar of the South,named Ramabhadra which gives many stories and incidents of his life out of which it is difficult to find out the grains of true incidents from the legendary husk with which they are coveredition For details,see Patañjala Mahābhāșya D.E.Society's edition Vol. VII pages 349 to 374. See also the word महाभाष्य.
parasmaipadaa term used in grammar with reference to the personal affixs ति, त: et cetera, and others applied to roots. The term परस्मैपद is given to the first nine afixes ति, त:, अन्ति, सि, थ:, थ, मि, व: and म:, while the term आत्मनेपद is used in connection with the next nine त, आताम् et cetera, and others; confer, compare परस्मै परोद्देशार्थफलकं पदम् Vac. Kosa. The term परस्मैपद is explained by some as representing the Active_Voice as contrasted with the Passive Voice which necessarily is characterized by the Aatmanepada affixes. The term परस्मैभाष in the sense of परस्मैपद was used by ancient grammarians and is also found in the Vaarttika अात्मनेभाषपस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI. 3.8 Vart.1 . The term परस्मैभाष as applied to roots, could be explained as परस्मै क्रियां (or क्रियाफलं) भाषन्ते इति परस्मैभाषाः and originally such roots as had their activity meant for another, used to take the परस्मैपद् affixes, while the rest which had the activity meant for self, took the अात्मनेपद affixes. Roots having activity for both, took both the terminations and were termed उभयपदिनः.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
parisaṃkhyānaliterally enumeration; enunciation;mention ; the word is found generally used by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras at the end of their Varttikas. The words वक्तव्यम्, वाच्यम् , and the like, are similarly usedition
paśyantīname of the second out of the four successive stages in the origination or utterance of a word from the mouth. According to the ancient writers on Phonetics, sound or word ( वाक् ) which is constituted of air ( वायु ) originates at the Mulaadhaaracakra where it is called परा. It then springs up and it is called पश्यन्ती in the second stage. Thence it comes up and is called मध्यमा in the third stage; rising up from the third stage when the air strikes against the vocal chords in the glottis and comes in contact with the different parts of the mouth, it becomes articulate and is heard in the form of different sounds. when it is called वैखरी; confer, compare वैखर्या मध्यमायाश्च पश्यन्त्याश्चैतदद्भुतम् । अनेकतीर्थभेदायास्त्रय्या वाचः परं पदम् Vaakyapadiya I. 144, and also confer, compare पश्यन्ती तु सा चलाचलप्रतिबद्धसमाधाना संनिविष्टज्ञेयाकारा प्रतिलीनाकारा निराकारा च परिच्छिन्नार्थप्रत्ययवभासा संसृष्टार्थप्रत्यवभासा च प्रशान्तसर्वार्थप्रत्यवभासा चेत्यपरिमितभेदा । पश्यन्त्या रूपमनपभ्रंशामसंकीर्ण लोकव्यवह्यरातीतम् । commentary on Vaakyapadiya I. 144. confer, compare also तत्र श्रोत्रविषया वैखरी । मध्यमा हृदयदशेस्था पदप्रत्यक्षानुपपत्त्या व्यवहारकारणम् । पश्यन्ती तु लोकव्यवहारातीता। योगिनां तु तत्रापि प्रकृतिप्रत्ययविभागावगतिरस्ति | परायां तु न इति त्रय्या इत्युक्तम् । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on चत्वारि वाक्परिमिता पदानि । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
puruṣottamadevaa famous grammarian believed to have been a Buddhist, who flourished in the reign of Lakșmaņasena in the latter half of the twelfth century in Bengal. Many works on grammar are ascribed to him, the prominent ones among which are the Bhāșāvŗtti and the Paribhāșāvŗtti, the Gaņavŗtti and the Jñapakasamuccaya and a commentary on the Mahābhāșya called Prāņapaņā of which only a fragment is available. Besides these works on grammar, he has written some lexicographical works of which Hārāvalī, Trikāņdaśeșa, Dvirūpakosa, and Ekaaksarakosa are the prominent ones. The Bhasavrtti has got a lucid commentary on it written by Srstidhara.
pṛthagyogakaraṇaframing a separate rule for a thing instead of mentioning it along with other things in the same context, which implies some purpose in the mind of the author such as anuvrtti in subsequent rules, option, and so on; confer, compare पृथग्योगकरणमस्य विधेरनित्यत्वज्ञापनार्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.3.7; confer, compare also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on I.3.33, I. 3. 84, I.4.58, III.1.56, IV.1.16, VII. 4.33, VIII.1.52, VIII.1.74.
paurastyavaiyākaraṇaa grammarian of the eastern school which is believed to have been started by जिनेन्द्रबुद्धि the writer of the gloss called न्यास on the Kasikavrtti. The school practically terminated with पुरुषोत्तमदेव and सीरदेव at the end of the twelfth century A.D. Such a school existed also at the time of Panini and Patanjali, a reference to which is found made in प्राचां ष्फ ताद्धतः P. IV. 1.17 and प्राचामवृद्धात्फिन् बहुलम् IV.1. 160 and प्राचामुपादेरडज्वुचौ च V.3.80 where the word is explained as प्राचामाचार्याणां by the writer of the Kasika.
pauṣkarasādian ancient grammarian who belonged to the dynasty of पुष्करसद्, whose views are quoted by the Varttikakara and the writers of the Pratisakhya works: cf चयो द्वितीयाः शारि पौष्करसादेः P. VIII. 4.48 Vart. 3; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनपरः पौष्करसादेर्न पूर्वश्च ञकारम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V: confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XIII. 16; XIV. 2, XVII. 6.
prakṛta(1)in context, in question; the word is frequently used in connection with words in the preceding rules which are drawn on to the following rules by anuvrtti or continuation; confer, compare प्रकृतं गुणवृद्धिग्रहणमनुवर्तते, M.Bh. on I.1.3 Vart. 2: (2) found or available in a large quantity; confer, compare तत्प्रकृतवचने मयट् । प्राचुर्येण प्रस्तुतं प्रकृतम् । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 4.21.
pragrahaabsence of euphonic change; the. term is frequently used in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I.60, IV.1.1-54.
pratiprasavaliterally bringing into life again; the term is used in the sense of a counter-exception; confer, compare याजकादिभिश्चेति पुनः कारकषष्ठीसमासप्रतिप्रसवाद् ब्राह्मणयाजकादिषु उत्तरपदप्रकृतिस्वर एव । Bhasavrtti on II.2.16.
pradeśaliterally district; sphere of application, place of the application of a rule. The word is frequently used in this sense in the Kasika Vritti; confer, compare प्रत्ययप्रदेशाः प्रत्ययलोपे प्रत्ययलक्षणमित्येवमादयः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III.1.1 . confer, compare also अनुदात्तप्रदेशाः अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ इत्यादयः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 2.30. The word प्रदेश is also used in the sense of the place of use or utility; confer, compare संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः किं तु प्रदेशवाक्येन सहैव । ... कार्यज्ञानं च प्रदेशदेश एव Par. Sek. Pari. 3.
prapañcaamplification, further explanation,clarification. The expression पूर्वस्यैवायं प्रपञ्चः or तस्यैवायं प्रपञ्चः is very frequently used in the Kasika vrtti; confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II. 1.33,37,41, 58, II.4.28, III.2.6I et cetera, and others
prabhācandraa Jain grammarian who wrote a learned commentary named Nyasa on the Amoghavrtti of Amoghavarsa.
praśśliṣṭa(l)an additional letter (vowel or consonant) read on splitting up a euphonic combination; confer, compare प्रश्लिष्टा. वर्णावेतौ M.Bh.on P.I.1.9 Vart. 2; (2) ; contracted combination; name of a Samdhi where two vowels coalesce into one single vowel, confer, compare R.Pr. । II. 15-19.
praśleṣa(l)coalescence of two vowels into one, as given in Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II.6, and 7, corresponding to the गुण, वृद्वि and दीर्घ substitutes prescribed by the rules आद्गुणः P.IV 1.87; अकः सवर्णे दीर्घः VI.1.101; and वृद्धिरेचि VI. 1.88 which are stated under the jurisdiction of the rule एकः पूर्वपरयोः VI.1.84; (2) finding out the presence of a letter in addition to the letters already present as coalesced, after splitting the combination into its different constituent 1etters. This Practice of finding out an additional letter is resorted to by the commentators only to remove certain difficulties in arriving at some correct forms which otherwise could not be obtained; e. g. see क्ङिति च where क्ङ् is believed to be a combination of ग्, क् and ङ् See प्रश्लिष्ट and प्रश्लिष्टनिर्देश.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācīnamatathe view or doctrine of the former or rather older grammarians. The word is used in many commentary books and the meaning of the word is to be decided according to the context. For example in the works of Ramacandra, the author of the Prakriyakaumudi and his followers, the word refers to the view given by the writers of the Kasikavrtti and the commentaries thereon in the works of Bhattoji and his pupils, it refers to the writer of the Prakriyakaumudi in addition to the writers of the Kasika, while in the works of Nagesa it refers to the writings of Bhattoji and his pupils. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. V1I pp. 23-24 D. E. Society's Edition.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
prādisamāsaa compound with प्र and others prescribed by the rule कुगतिप्रादयः P. II.2.18 and explained in detail by the Varttikas headed by the Varttika प्रादयो गताद्यर्थे प्रथमया P. II. 2. 18 Vart. 4, which comes under the general head तत्पुरुष ; the compound is also called प्रादितत्पुरुष; confer, compare कथं प्रभावो राज्ञः । प्रकृष्टो भाव इति प्रादिसमासो भविष्यति । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.24 cf also प्रान्तः पर्यन्तः । बहुव्रीहिरयं प्रादिसमासो वा Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VI. 2. 180.
plākṣāyaṇaan ancient Vedic scholar who presumably wrote a work on Vedic grammar (of the type of the Pratisakhya works).For a difference of view he is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya: confer, compareन प्लाक्षिप्लाक्षायणयेाः T.Pr. IX.6.
plākṣian ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.See प्लाक्षायण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The words प्लाक्षि and प्लाक्षायण as also प्लाक्षी ( feminine ) occur in the Mahabhasya also, but not in the Ganapatha of Panini.
balīyastvarelative superiority in strength possessed by rules of grammar or by operations based on rules of grammar. This Superiority is decided generally on any one or more of the four recognised criteria such as परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व. The phrase अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् very frequently occurs in the varttikas and in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare M.Bh. on P. III. 1.67, VI.i.17, 85 Vart. 15, VI. 4.62 and VII.1.1.
bahumadhyagataa word which has entered between two constituent words of a compound by splitting in a way the compound e. g. the word च in ईयते नरा च शंसं दैव्यम् Rg. Veda IX. 86.42; confer, compare एतानि परिगृह्णीयात् बहूमध्यगतानि च । R.Pr.X.7. explained by Uvvata as बहूनां पदानां मध्यगतानि च यानि पदानि तानि अतिक्रम्य परिगृह्णीयात् !
bādhasublation, setting aside; , सामान्यशास्त्रस्य विशेषशास्त्रेण बाध: Par. Sek. on Pari. 51.
bādhakatvathe same as बाध ; sublation; setting aside; this sublation is described to be of two types(1) complete sublation when the rule set aside, is for ever set aside and cannot, by the maxim called तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय, be applied again; confer, compare दधि ब्राह्मणेभ्यो दीयतां तक्रं कौण्डिन्यायेति सत्यपि संभवे दधिदानस्य तक्रदानं निवर्तकं भवति । confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.47; VI. 1.2. VI. 2.1. et cetera, and others; ( 2 ) temporary sublation when the rule set aside, can be applied, if possible after the special rule has been applied; confer, compare सर्वथा अनवकाशत्वादेव बाधकत्वे स्वस्य (अनवकाशशास्त्रस्य) पूर्वप्रवृत्तिरित्येव बाधः । तत्र बाधके प्रवृत्ते यद्युत्सर्गप्राप्तिर्भवति तदा भवत्येव यथा तत्रैव याडादयः Par.Sek.on Pari.57, The sublation or बाधकत्व is not only in the case of सामान्यविशेषभाव and अनवकाशत्व as given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., but a rule or operation which is पर (cited later), or नित्य, or अन्तरङ्ग sets aside the rule or operation which is पूर्व,or अनित्य,or बहिरङ्ग respectively. This बाध्यबाधकभाव occupies a very important position in respect of the application of grammar rules for arriving at the correct forms (इष्टरूपसिद्धि) and grammarians have laid down a number of Paribhasas in the field of बाध्यबाधकभाव.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bhavat( भवन्त् )ancient term for the present tense found in the Brhaddevata and other works, The term 'vartamana' for the present tense was also equally common. The word is found in the Mahabhasya, the Unadisutravrtti of Ujjvaladatta and in the Grammar of Jainendra confer, compare P.II.3.1 Vart 11, Unadi III. 50 Jain Vyak. I.1.471.
bhāvakartṛkahaving for its subject a verbal derivative in the sense of the भाव or the root activity. The word भाववचन is explained as भावकर्तृक in the Kāṡikāvŗtti. e. g. the word रोग: in चौरस्य रुजति रोगः Kāṡ. on P. II. 3.54: confer, compare भाववचनानां भावकर्तृकाणां Kāṡ. on P II. 3.54.
bhāṣyasūtrathe brief pithy statements in the Mahābhāṣya of the type of the Sūtras or the Vārttikas. These assertions or statements are named 'ișṭi' also.
bhāṣyeṣṭithe brief pithy assertions or injunctions of the type of Sūtras given by Patañjali in a way to supplement the Sūtras of Pāṇini and the Vārttikas thereon. See the word इष्टि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. and the word भाष्यसूत्र also.
bhoganirtaddhita affix. affix भोगीनर् suggested by the Vārttikakāra to form words like राजभोगीन, अाचार्यभोगीन which are derived by the rule आत्मन्विश्वजनभोगोत्तरपदात् ख: P. V. 1.9.
bhojathe well-known king of Dhārā who was very famous for his charities and love of learning. He flourished in the eleventh century A.D. He is said to have got written or himself written several treatises on various śāstras. The work Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa which is based on the Astādhyāyi of Pāṇini, but which has included in it the Vārttikas and Paribhāṣās also, has become in a way a Vyākaraṇa or a general work in grammar and can be styled as Bhoja-Vyākaraṇa.
maṇḍūkagatiliterallythe gait of a frog; jump; the continuation of a word from a preceding Sūtra to the following Sūtra or Sūtras in the manner of a frog by omitting one or more Sūtras in the middle; the word मण्डूकप्लुति is also used in the same sense especially by later grammarians; confer, compare अथवा मण्डूकगतयोधिकाराः | यथा मण्डूका उत्प्लुत्योत्प्लुत्य गच्छन्ति तद्वदधिकाराः || Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.3 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2, II. 3.32, II. 4.34, VI.1.16, VI.3.49,VII. 2.117.
matuptaddhita affix. affix मत् changed in some cases to वत् (cf मादुपधायाश्च मतोर्वोऽयवादिभ्यः P. VIII. 2.9), applied to any noun or substantive in the sense of 'who possesses that,' or 'which contains it,' or in the sense of possession as popularly expressedition The affix is called possessive affix also, and is very commonly found in use; e. g. गोमान्, वृक्षवान् , यवमान् , et cetera, and others confer, compare तदस्यास्त्यस्मिन्निति मतुप् P. V. 2.94. The very general sense of 'possession' is limited to certain kinds of possession by the Vārttikakāra in the following stanza; भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने | संसर्गेऽस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: confer, compare Kāś. on P. V. 2.94. There are other taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the same sense as मतुप्, such as the affixes लच् (V. 2.96-98), इलच् (99, 100, 105, 117), श and न (100), ण (101), विनि (102, 121, 122), इनि (102, 115, 116, 128, 129-137), अण् (103, 104), उरच् (106), र (107), म (108), व ( 109, 110), ईरन् and ईरच् (111), वलच् (112, 113), ठन् (115, 116), ठञ् (118, 119), यप् (120), युस् (123, 138, 140), ग्मिनि (124), आलच् and आटच् (125), अच् (127), and ब, भ, यु, ति, तु, त and यस् each one applied to specifically stated words. मतुप् is also specially prescribed after the words headed by रस (confer, compare रसादिभ्यश्च P. V. 2.95) in supersession of some of the other affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. which would take place in such cases, if मतुप् were not prescribed by the rule रसादिभ्यश्च. The portion of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. prescribing the possessive affixes is named मतुबधिकार (P. V. 2.92 to 140).
madhyamapadalopaliterally the dropping of the middle word or member ( of a compound generally) as for instance in शाकपार्थिक for शाकप्रियपार्थिव; the word मध्यमपदलोप is also used in the sense of a compound. The compounds which have the middle word dropped are enumerated by the Vārttikakāra under the Vārttika शाकपार्थिवादीनां मध्यमपदलेापश्च Bh. Vṛ. II.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).; cf also Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.6.30.
mantraname given to the Samhitā portion of the Veda works especially of the Ṛgveda and the Yajurveda as different from the Brāhmaṇa, Āraṇyaka and other portions of the two Vedas as also from the other Vedas; confer, compare मन्त्रशब्द ऋक्शब्दे च यजु:शब्दे च; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4. The word मन्त्र occurs several times in the rules of Pāṇini ( confer, compare P. II. 4. 80, III.2.71, III.3.96, VI. 1. 151, VI.1.210, VI.3.131, VI.4.53, VI. 4.141) and a few times in the Vārttikas. (confer, compare I. 1. 68 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4, IV.3.66 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5 and VI. 4. 141 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1). It is, however, doubtful whether the word was used in the limited sense by Pāṇini and Kātyāyana. Later on, the word came to mean any sacred text or even any mystic formula, which was looked upon as sacredition Still later on, the word came to mean a secret counsel. For details see Goldstūcker's Pāṇini p. 69, Thieme's 'Pāṇini and the Veda ' p. 38.
mahānyāsaname of a commentary on the Kāśikāvivaranapanjikā (popularly named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.), mentioned by Ujjvaladatta in his Unādisūtravṛtti.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mācākīyaan ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work, who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya as one, holding the view that य and व् preceded by अ and followed by उ and ओ respectively, are dropped provided they stand at the beginning of a Pada ( word ). माचाकीय, who belonged to the Yajurveda school, is said to have held this view which is generally held by the followers of the Rgveda: confer, compare उकारौकारपरौ लुप्यते माचाकी यस्य(Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.X.29) on which the commentator adds वह्वृचानामयं पक्षः.
mukhanāsikāvacanadefinition of अनुनासक, a letter which is pronounced through both-the mouth and the nose-as contrasted with नासिक्य a letter which is uttered only through the nose; exempli gratia, for example ड्, ञ् , ण्, न् , म् and the nasalized vowels and nasalized य् , व् and ल्; confer, compare मुखनासिक्रावचनेीSनुनासिकः Paan. I. 1.8: confer, compare also अनुस्वारोत्तम अनुनासिकाः (Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II.30), where the fifth letters and the anusvaara are called anunaasika. According to Bhattoji, however, anusvaara cannot be anunaasika as it is pronounced through the nose alone, and not through both-the mouth and the nose. As the anusvaara is pronounced something like a nasalized ग् according to the Taittiriyas it is called a consonant in the Taittiriya Praatisaakhya: confer, compare ' अनुस्वारोप्युत्तमवह्यञ्जनमेव अस्मच्छाखायाम् ! अर्धगकाररूपत्वात् / Com. on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 30.
mokṣeśvaraa grammarian of the fourteenth century who has written a commentary on the Katantra Vrtti of Durgasimha. He has written a commentary on the Akhyatavrtti of the Katantra school as also a short treatise dealing with the krt affixes called Krdvrtti.
yañ(1)short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) formed by the letter य of हृयवरट् and the mute letter ञ्ज of इभञ् including serni-vowels and the third and the fourth consonants excepting घ् , ढ् and ध् of the five consonant groups: confer, compare अतो दीर्घो याञि P. VII. 3. 10l ; (2) taddhita affix. affix added (a) in the sense of गोत्र (grand-children and their descendants) to words of the गर्ग class and some other words under specific conditions, exempli gratia, for example गार्ग्यः: वात्स्य:, काप्यः et cetera, and others, confer, compare गर्गादिभ्यो यञ् and the following P.IV. 1. 105-108: (b) in the sense of collection to केदार, गणिका, केश and अश्व, confer, compare P.IV.2.40 and the Varttika.thereon and IV. 2.48; (c) in the Saiska senses to the word द्वीप, confer, compare P.IV.3.10: (d) to the word कंसीय e. g. कांस्यम् confer, compare P.IV.3.168, and (e) to the words अभिजित्, विदभृत् and others when they have the taddhita affix. affix अण् added to them : exempli gratia, for example अाभजित्य: confer, compare P. V. 3. 118.
yuktavadbhāvaliterally behaviour like the original base. The term is used in the sense of possession of, or getting, the same gender and number as was possessed by the base to which the taddhita affix. affix was added and subsequently dropped by a rule of Panini in which the word लुप् is put in the sense of dropping: e. g. कुरयः देश: or अङ्गाः देश: in the sense of कुरूणां or अङ्गानां निवासो जनपदः confer, compare जनपदे लुप् P. IV.3.81 and लुपि युक्तवद् व्यक्तिवचने P.I.2.51;confer, compare also M.Bh. on P. I. 2.51 and 52.
yuckrt affix यु changed into अन, (1) applied in the sense of 'a habituated agent' to intransitive roots in the sense of movement or utterance, to Atmanepadi roots beginning with a consonant, to the roots जु, चेकम् सृ, शुच्, कुघ्, as also to roots in the sense of decoration: exempli gratia, for example चलन:, शब्दन:: cf P.III. 2. 148-15I: (2) applied to causal roots, as also to the roots आस् श्रन्थ् and others in the sense of verbal activity when the word so formed has always the feminine gender; exempli gratia, for example कारणा, हृरणा, आसना, घट्टना,वेदना et cetera, and others; confer, compare P.III.3.107 and the Varttikas thereon; (3) applied to roots ending in अा and preceded by the indeclinables ईषद्, दुस् or सु in the sense of easy or difficult for obtainment and, wherever seen to any root in the Vedic language, as also to some other roots as found in actual use in the classical literature; e. g. ईषद्दानो गौर्मवता, दु्ष्पानः, सुपान: et cetera, and others सूपसदन:, दुर्योधनः, दुर्मर्षण: et cetera, and others, confer, compare P.III.8.128-130.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
r(1)second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा, S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.
rak(1)taddhita affix.affix र proposed by the Varttikakra instead of अारक् for being affixed to the word गोधा to form the word गौधारः: confer, compare आरग्वचनमनर्थकं रका सिद्धत्वात् P.IV.1.130 Vart. 1 ; (2) krt affix रक् applied to the root ज्या; confer, compare रकेि ज्यः प्रसारणम् P. I.1.4 Vart. 6.
ranu[RENOU,LOUIS]a sound Sanskrit scholar of France of the present time who has written some treatises and many articles on Sanskrit grammar out of which his works on the Terminology of Sanskrit Grammar, Kasika and Durghatavrtti reguire a special mention.
ramaugment र inserted after the vowel अ of the root भ्रस्ज्, when the letterर् which is already present in भ्ररुज् (before अ) and the penultimate स् are dropped; the result is that the word भर्ज्, in short, becomes substituted in the place of भ्रस्ज्: confer, compare भ्रस्जो रोपधयो रमन्यतरस्याम्P.VI. 4.47, and भ्रस्जो रोपधयोर्लोप अागमो रम् विधीयते as Bharadvajiya Varttika thereon
ramānāthaśarmaa grammarian of the Katantra school who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a commentary named Manorama on the Katantradhatuvrtti and Sabdasadhyaprayoga.
rāmabhadra dīkṣitason of यज्ञराम दीक्षित, a grammarian of Tanjore of the seventeenth century who wrote a commentary on the Paribhasavrtti of Siradeva named परिभाषावृत्तिव्याख्या. He has also written the ' life of Patanjali' ( पतञ्जलिचरित ) and many miscellaneous works, such as उणादिमणिदीपिका and others.
laghunyāsa(1)short writing, brief putting in, brief expression; confer, compare सोयमेवं लघुना न्यासेन सिद्धे et cetera, and others; (2) the word is given as a name to a grammatical work, written by देवेन्द्रसूरि on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra, possibly in contrast with the बृहन्न्यास written by Hemacandra himself or with Kāśikāvivaranapańjikā popularly called न्यास written by Jinendrabuddhi on the Kāśikāvŗti of Jayāditya and Vāmana. See न्यास.
vaktavyathat which ought to be stated or prescribed; the word is frequently found used by the Varttikakāra when he suggests any addition to, or modification in Panini's rules. Sometimes,the word is added by the author of the Mahabhasya in the explanation of a Varttika after stating what is lacking in the Varttika.
vacana(1)literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने | लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.
vatinirdeśaspecific statement by putting the word वत् for the sake of extended application ( अतिदेश ) ; exempli gratia, for example ब्राह्मणवदधीते: confer, compare स तर्हि वतिनिदेश: कर्तव्यः । न ह्यन्तरेण वतिमातदेशो गम्यते । M.Bh.on P. I.1.23 Vart. 4.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇasamāmnāyaa collection of letters or alphabet given traditionally. Although the Sanskrit alphabet has got everywhere the same cardinal letters id est, that is vowels अ, इ et cetera, and others, consonants क्, ख् etc : semivowels य्, र्, ल्, व, sibilants श् ष् स् ह् and a few additional phonetic units such as अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others, still their number and order differ in the different traditional enumerations. Panini has not mentioned them actually but the fourteen Siva Sutras, on which he has based his work, mention only 9 vowels and 34 consonants, the long vowels being looked upon as varieties of the short ones. The Siksa of Panini mentions 63 or 64 letters, adding the letter ळ ( दुःस्पृष्ट ); confer, compare त्रिषष्टि: चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Panini Siksa. St.3. The Rk Pratisakhya adds four (Visarga, Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya and Anusvara ) to the forty three given in the Siva Sutras and mentions 47. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya mentions 52 letters viz. 16 vowels, 25class consonants, 4 semivowels,six sibilants (श्, ष् , स्, ह् , क्, प् , ) and anusvara. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions 65 letters 3 varieties of अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ, two varieties of ए, ऐ, ओ, औ, 25 class-consonants, four semivowels, four sibilants, and जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय, अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, नासिक्य and four यम letters; confer, compare एते पञ्चषष्टिवर्णा ब्रह्मराशिरात्मवाचः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 25. The Rk Tantra gives 57 letters viz. 14 vowels, 25 class consonants, 4 semivowels, 4 sibilants, Visarga,.Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya, Anunasika, 4_yamas and two Anusvaras. The Rk Tantra gives two different serial orders, the Uddesa (common) and the Upadesa (traditional). The common order or Uddesa gives the 14 vowels beginning with अ, then the 25 class consonants, then the four semivowels, the four sibilants and lastly the eight ayogavahas, viz. the visarjanya and others. The traditional order gives the diphthongs first, then long vowels ( अा, ऋ, लॄ, ई and ऊ ) then short vowels (ऋ, लृ, इ, उ, and lastly अ ), then semivowels, then the five fifth consonants, the five fourths, the five thirds, the five seconds, the five firsts, then the four sibilants and then the eight ayogavaha letters and two Ausvaras instead of one anuswara. Panini appears to have followed the traditional order with a few changes that are necessary for the technigue of his work.
varṇārthavattvathe theory or view that individual letters are severally possessed of different senses. For instance, the difference in the meanings of the words कूप, यूप, and सृप is due to the difference in their initial letter. The theory is not acceptable to the Vaiyakaranas nor the theory वर्णानर्थवत्व given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. They follow the theory of संघातार्थवत्त्व i. e. sense given by a group of words together. See M.Bh, on Siva Sutra 5, Varttikas 9 to 15.
varṇikuberanāthaor वर्णिकुवेरानन्द an old writer on grammar who has written a work named शब्दविवरण on the meanings of words. The work forms a part of his bigger work दानभागवत. Both the works are incomplete. The शब्दविवरण is based mostly upon ancient grammar works of Patanjali Vararuci, Varttikakara, Sarvavarman, Bhartrhari and others.
vasuthe krt. affix क्वसु which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The word वसु is used for क्वसु by the Varttikakara: confer, compare वसुसंप्रसारणमाज्विधौ सिद्धं वक्तव्यम् P.VI.4.22 Vart. 9.
vākyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
vākyasaṃskārapakṣathe grammarian's theory that as the individual words have practically no existence as far as the interpretation or the expression of sense is concerned, the sentence alone being capable of conveying the sense, the formation of individual words in a sentence' is explained by putting them in a sentence and knowing their mutual relationship. The word गाम् cannot be explained singly by showing the base गो and the case ending अम् unless it is seen in the sentence गाम् अानय; confer, compare यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे कृष्णादिसंबुद्धयन्त उपपदे ऋधेः क्तिनि कृते कृष्ण ऋध् ति इति स्थिते असिद्धत्वात्पूर्वमाद्गुणे कृते अचो रहाभ्यामिति द्वित्वं .. Pari. Bhaskara Pari. 99The view is put in alternation with the other view, viz. the पदसंस्कारपक्ष which has to be accepted in connection with the गौणमुख्यन्याय; cf पदस्यैव गौणार्थकत्वस्य ग्रहेण अस्य ( गौणमुख्यन्यायस्य) पदकार्यविषयत्वमेवोचितम् | अन्यथा वाक्यसंस्कारपक्षे तेषु तदनापत्तिः Par. Sek. on Pari. 15, The grammarians usually follow the वाक्यसंकारपक्ष.
vācanikaexpressly cited by a वचन or a statement of the authors of the Sutra, the Varttika and the Mahabhasya, as contrasted with what naturally occurs or is inferred from their statements; confer, compare नेदं वाचनिकसलिङ्गता असंख्यता च ( अव्ययानाम् ) ( स्वाभाविकमेतत् M.Bh. on P.I. 1.38 Vart. 5 and P. II.2.6, confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.64 Vart. 53.
vācya(1)directly expressed (sense) as contrasted with व्यङ्ग्य or ध्वनित: confer, compare शब्देनार्थान् वाच्यान् दृष्ट्वा बुद्धौ कुर्यात्पौर्वापर्यम् | M.Bh. on P. I.4.109 Vart. 10; (2) which should be stated or which deserves to be stated, The word वाच्य is generally put in connection with the additions or corrections to the sutras by the Varttikakara and the Mahbhasyakara in their explanations: confer, compare तत्रैतावद्वाच्यम्, M.Bh. on P. I.4.1 ; confer, compare also वाच्य ऊर्णोर्णुवद्भावःM.Bh. on P. III.1. 22 Vart. 3; III. I. 36 Vart. 6.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārarucakārikāan ancient grammarwork in verse believed to have been written by an ancient scholar of grammar, who, if not the same as Katyayana who wrote the Varttikas, was his contemporary and to whom the authorship of the Unadi Sutras is ascribed by some scholars. See वररुचि.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vārtikavacanaa small pithy statement or assertion in the manner of the original sutras which is held as much authoritative as the Sutra: cf न ब्रुमो वृत्तिसूत्रवचनप्रामाण्यादिति | किं तर्हि | वार्तिकवचनप्रामाण्यादिति [ M.Bh. on P.II..1.1 Varttika 23.
vijayānandcalled also विद्यानन्द, a grammar scholar of the Katantra school who wrote (l) Katantradhatuvrtti (2) Katantrottara and (3) Kriyakalapa.
vibhajyānvākhyānaa method of forming a word, or of arriving at the complete form of a word by putting all the constituent elements of the word such as the base, the affix, the augment, the modification, the . accent, et cetera, and others one after another and then arriving at the form instead of completing the formation stage by stage; e. g. in arriving at the form स्नौघ्नि the wording स्नौघ्न + अ +ई is to be considered as it stands and not स्नौघ्न + अ = स्नौघ्न and then स्नौघ्न +ई. The विभज्यान्वाख्यानपक्ष in connection with the formation of a word corresponds to the पदसंस्कारपक्ष in connection with the formation of a sentence.
vibhāga(1)lit, division, splitting; the splitting of a sentence into its constituent parts viz. the words; , the splitting of a word into its constituent parts viz. the base, the affix, the augments and the like: (2) understanding or taking a thing separately from a group of two or more; confer, compareअवश्यं खल्वपि विभज्योपपदग्रहणं कर्तव्यं यो हि बहूनां विभागस्तदर्थम् ! सांकाश्यकेभ्यश्च पाटलिपुत्रकेभ्यश्च माथुरा अभिरूपतराः, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.V.3.57: (3) splitting of a Saṁhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada text: confer, compare अथादावुत्तरे विभागे ह्रस्वं व्यञ्जनपरः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.III.l, where विभाग is explained as पदविभाग by the commentator confer, compare also R.Pr.XVII.15; (4) the capacity of the Kārakas (to show the sense) confer, compare कारकशक्तिः विभागः Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on Kāś.I.2.44.
vimalamatian old grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss named भागवृत्ति on Pāṇini's Sūtras to which the grammarians Purusottamadeva, Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand others of the twelfth century refer. Some scholars say that भागवृत्ति was written by भर्तृहरि; but it is not feasible, as there is a reference to Māghakāvya in भागवृति. In books on grammar,. especially of the Eastern School in the 11th and the 12th century, there are several quotations from the Bhāgavṛtti. See भागवृत्ति.
virāmaan ancient term used in the Prātiśākhya works for a stop or : pause in general at the end of a word, or at the end of the first member of a compound, which is shown split up in the Padapāṭha, or inside a word, or at the end of a word, or at the end of a vowel when it is followed by another vowel. The duration of this virāma is different in different circumstances; but sometimes under the same circumstances, it is described differently in the different Prātiśākhyas. Generally,there is no pause between two consonants as also between a vowel and a consonant preceding or following it.The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya has given four kinds of विराम (a) ऋग्विराम,pause at the end of a foot or a verse of duration equal to three mātrās or moras, (b) पदविराम pause between two words of duration equal to two matras; e. g. इषे त्वा ऊर्जे त्वा, (c) pause between two words the preceding one of which ends in a vowel and the following begins with a vowel, the vowels being not euphonically combined; this pause has a duration of one matra e,g. स इधान:, त एनम् , (d) pause between two vowels inside a word which is a rare occurrence; this has a duration of half a mātrā;e.gप्रउगम्, तितउः; confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामः समानपदविवृत्तिविरामस्त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र इत्यानुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. The word विवृत्ति is explained as स्वरयोरसंधिः. The vivṛttivirāma is further divided into वत्सानुसति which has the preceding vowel short and the succeeding long, वत्सानुसारिणी which has the preceding vowel a long one and the succeeding vowel a short one, पाकवती which has both the vowels short, and पिपीलिका which has got both , the vowels long. This fourfold division is given in the Śikṣā where their duration is given as one mātrā, one mātrā, three-fourths of a mātrā and one-fourth of a mātrā respectively. The duration between the two words of a compound word when split up in the पदपाठ is also equal to one mātrā; confer, compare R.Pr.I.16. The word विराम occurs in Pāṇini's rule विरामोs वसानम् P.I. 4.110 where commentators have explained it as absence; confer, compare वर्णानामभावोवसानसंज्ञः स्यात् S.K.on P. I.4.110: confer, compare also विरतिर्विरामः । विरम्यते अनेन इति वा विरामः Kāś. on P.I.4.110. According to Kāśikā even in the Saṁhitā text, there is a duration of half a mātrā between the various phonetic elements, even between two consonants or between a vowel and a consonant, which, however, is quite imperceptible; confer, compare परो यः संनिकर्षो वर्णानां अर्धमात्राकालव्यवधानं स संहितासंज्ञो भवति Kāś. on P. I.4.109 confer, compare also विरामे मात्रा R.T.35; confer, compare also R.Pr.I.16 and 17. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.I.4.109 and I.4.110.
vivāraname given to an external effort in the production of a sound when the vocal chords of the glottis or larynx are extended; confer, compare कण्ठबिलस्य विकासः विवारः Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1.9. confer, compare also विवरणं कण्ठस्य विस्तरणम् | स एव विवाराख्य: बाह्यः प्रयत्न: | तस्मिन्सति श्वासे नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः कियते | तद्ध्वनिसंसर्गादघोषो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नो जायते इति शिक्षायां स्मर्यते Bhāṣya on Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 5.
viśrāntavidyādharaname of a grammar work of a general type which once occupied a prominent position and was studied as a text book of grammar, representing an independent system. The work is referred to by Hemacandra and Haribhadra. It is attributed to Vāmana who may be the same as one of the joint writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti. In that case the date of the work is the 7th century A. D.;confer, compare the popular verse परेत्र पाणिनीयज्ञाः केचित्कालपकोविदा: । एकेकं विश्रान्तविद्याः स्युरन्ये संक्षिप्तसारकाः quoted in Vol.VII p. 388 Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya D.E. Society's edition.
viṣamapadavyākhyāor विषमी (1) a critical commentary on Nāgeśa's Laghuśabdenduśekhara written by Rāghavendrācārya Gajendragadkar of Satara who lived in the first half of the nineteenth century and who has also written a gloss named त्रिपथगा on the Paribhāṣenduśekhara; (2) name of a commentary on Nāgeśa's Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Cidrūpāśraya: (3) name of a commentary on Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.
vṛtta(1)arrived at or accomplished,as a result of वृत्ति which means a further grammatical formation from a noun or a verb; resultant from a vṛtti; confer, compare यावता कामचारो वृत्तस्य ये लिङ्गसंख्ये ते अतिदेक्ष्येते, न पुनः, प्राग्वृत्तेर्ये M Bh. on P.I.2.51; cf also युक्तंपुनर्यद् वृत्तनिमित्तको नाम अनुबन्धः स्यात्; (2) | employment, the same as प्रयोग, confer, compare वृत्ताद्वा । वृत्तं प्रयेागः । Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.on P. I. 3.9; (3)behaviour, treatment confer, compare नकारस्योष्मवद् वृत्ते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) X.13; (4) manner of Veda writing, metrical form, metre; confer, compare तद् वृत्तं प्राहुश्छन्दसाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII.22.
vebhaktabelonging to a case-affix; confer, compare क्राभ्यां सॊ वैभक्तः ( मूर्धन्यमापद्यते )। ऋक्षु। वणिक्षु । confer, compare also वैभक्तस्य णत्वे P. VI. 1.85 Varttika 6.
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇaa well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
vaivṛttaname given to the svarita or circumflex accent on the vowel following upon a vowel accented acute, when there is a vivrtti or pause between the two vowels; e.g, य इन्द्रः; cf वैवृत्ततैरोव्यञ्जनौ क्षैप्राभिनिहितौ च तान् | Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 10.
vyavasthāliterally definite arrangement; restriction regarding the application of a rule, especially when it seems to overlap, as done by the Varttikakara, and later on by the Paribhashas laid down by grammarians regarding the rules of Panini: confer, compare स्वाभिधेयापेक्षावधिनियमो व्यवस्था S. K. on P. I.1.34; confer, compare also लक्ष्यानुसाराह्यवस्था Par. Sek. Pari. 99, 108.
vyākaraṇadīpikāname of a short gloss or Vrtti on the Sutras of Panini written by a modern scholar of grammar Orambhatta of Varanasi.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
vyāvṛtipushing aside; removal; the word is frequently used in connection with the setting aside or removal of the application of such rules, as also of the contingency of such rules as are not desired in the formation of a correct word, by means of applying another rule necessary for the correct formation; cf तद्वि इदं तिष्यपुनर्वसु इत्यत्र तद्वथावृत्त्यर्थम् Par. Sek. on Pari. 34; as also तद्धि असवर्णग्रहणं ईषतुरित्यादौ इयङादिव्यावृत्त्यर्थम् Par.Sek. on Pari.55: cf also the usual statement ब्यावृत्तिः क्रियते ।
vyudāsasetting aside of a rule or operation by means of another more powerful rule, or by means of a conventional dictum.
śabdasiddhi(1)formation of a complete word fit for use by adding proper suffixes to the crude base and . making the necessary modifications confer, compare नैव व्याकरणादृते शब्दसिद्धिः | ( 2 ) name of a commentary by महादेव on the Katantra sutravrtti by Durgasimha.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śabdārthasaṃbandhathe connection between a word and its sense which is a permanently established one. According to grammarians,words, their sense and their connection, all the three, are established for ever: confer, compare सिद्धे शव्दार्थसंबन्ध P. I.1. . Varttika 1,and the Bhasya thereon सिद्ध शब्द: अर्थः संबन्धश्चेति | Later grammarians have described twelve kinds of शब्दार्थसंबन्ध viz. अभिधा,विवक्षा, तात्पर्य, प्रविभाग, व्यपेक्ष, सामर्थ्य अन्वय, एकार्थीभाव, दोषहान, गुणोपादान, अलंकारयेाग and रसावियोग: confer, compare Sringaraprakasa.I.
śaraṇadevaa prominent grammarian of the Eastern school of Panini's system of grammar who lived in the thirteenth century and wrote works on Panini's grammar. His work named दुर्घटवृत्ति which ex. plains according to Panini's rules, the Varttikas thereon, and the Jnapakas deduced from them,the various words difficult to be explained, is much appreciated by scholars of grammar. He has quoted from a large number of classical works, and referred to many works of the Eastern grammarians who followed the Kasika school.
śivabhaṭṭaa grammarian, who wrote a commentary named कुङ्कुमविकास on the Padamanjari of Haradatta. He was the grandson of Nilakantha Diksita who was also a grammarian and who wrote an independent work on the Paribhasas, named the Paribhasavrtti.
śuklayajuḥprātiśākhyaname of the Pratisakhya treatise pertaining to the White Yajurveda which is also called the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya. This work appears to be a later one as compared with the other PratiSakhya works and bears much similarity with some of the Sutras of Panini. It is divided into eight chapters by the author and it deals with letters, their origin and their classification, the euphonic and other changes when the Samhita text is rendered into the Pada text, and accents. The work appears to be a common work for all the different branches of the White Yajurveda, being probably based on the individually different Pratisakhya works of the different branches of the Shukla Yajurveda composed in ancient times. Katyayana is traditionally believed to be the author of the work and very likely he was the same Katyayana who wrote the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini.
śeṣādria grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a work, Paribhasabhaskara, on the Paribhasas of the Panini system; the treatise is written in the manner of Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti which has been taken as a basis by him.
śaityāyanaan ancient Grammarian and Vedic scholar who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya for recommending a sharp and distinct nasalisation of the anusvara and the fifth class-consonants; confer, compare तत्रितरमानुनासिक्यमनुस्वारोत्तमेषु इति शैत्यायन: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 1.
śrutaliterally what is actually heard; the word is used in connection with such statements as are made by the authoritative grammarians, Panini and the Varttikakara by their actual utterance or wording, as contrasted with such dictums as can be deduced only from their writings. confer, compare श्रुतानुभितंयोः श्रौतः संबन्धो बलीयान्. Par. Sek Pari. 104.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
saṃkrama(1)joining with a subsequent word after omitting a word or two occurring between; cf, गलत्पदमतिक्रम्य अगलता सह संधानं संक्रम:; e. g. शूद्रे अर्ये for शूर्द्रे यदर्ये where यत् is passed over in the krama and other recitals; cf Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 77, 165, 194; (2) a term used in ancient grammars for such affixes and others which do not allow the substitution of guna or vrddhi for the preceding vowel; the term is also used for the letters क्, ग् and ङ् when they are mute, serving only the purpose of preventing guna or vrddhi; confer, compare मृजेरजादौ संक्रमे विभाषा वृद्धिमारभन्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.3. Vart. 10.
saṃdhāraṇaputting very close in utterance; slurring of a phonetic element when it appears as almost suppressed; confer, compare संधारणं वर्णश्रुतेः संवरणम् Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 5.
saṃnidhāpanaputting together too close, so that the two phonetic elements which are so placed, coalesce together and result into a third, or one of the two merges into another.
saṃprasāraṇaliterally extension; the process of changing a semi-vowel into a simple vowel of the same sthana or place of utterance; the substitution of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ for the semi-vowels य्, व् , र् and ल् respectively; cf इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. 1.1.45. The term संप्रसारण is rendered as a 'resultant vowel' or as 'an emergent vowel'. The ancient term was प्रसारण and possibly it referred to the extension of य् and व्, into their constituent parts इ +अ, उ+अ et cetera, and others the vowel अ being of a weak grade but becoming strong after the merging of the subseguent vowel into it exempli gratia, for example confer, compare सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P. III. 2.8 Vart.1. For the words taking this samprasarana change, see P. VI. 1 .13 to .19. According to some grammarians the term संप्रसारण is applied to the substituted vowels while according to others the term refers to the operation of the substitution: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.15. The substitution of the samprasarana vowel is to be given preference in the formation of a word; , confer, compare संप्रसारणं तदाश्रयं च कार्यं बलवत् Pari. Sek. Pari. 1 19. संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्व the relative superior strength of the samprasarana change in comparison with other operations occurring simultaneotisly. The phrase न वा संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्वात् is often used in the Mahabhasya which is based upon the dictum of the superior strength of the samprasarana substitution, which is announced by the writer of the Varttikas; P. VI. 1.17 Vart, 2. , See संप्रसारण.
sadhīnartad, affix अधीन proposed by the Varttikakara in the sense of 'something in that or from that'; exempli gratia, for example राजनीदं राजाधीनं; confer, compare तस्मातत्रेदमिति सधीनर् P. V. 4.7 Vart. 2. The standard affix in such cases is ख ( ईन ) by the rule अषडक्ष अध्युत्तरपदात् ख; P. V. 4.7.
sarvarakṣitaspelt as शर्बरक्षित also; a Buddhist grammarian who is believed to have redacted or revised the grammar work Durghatvrtti of Saranadeva.
sarvavibhaktyantaliterally ending with all cases; the term is used as an adjective of the word समास and refers to a compound which can be dissolved by putting the first member in any case: cf सर्वविभक्यन्तः समासो यथा विज्ञायेत | अल: परस्य विधिः; अलि विधिरित्यादि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56. सर्वस्यद्वेपाद conventional name given to the first pada of the eighth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra सर्वस्य द्बे VIII.1.1.
sāmānyagrahaṇāvighātathe preservation of the inclusion of two or more terms by such a wording as is common to those two or more terms; exempli gratia, for example ङी for ङीप् ङीष् and ङीन्; आप् for टाप्, डाप् and चाप्: confer, compare अथवा अवश्यमत्र सामान्यग्रहणाविघातार्थः ककारोनुबन्धः कर्तव्यः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III, 1.83 Vart.. 7. The phrase सामान्यग्रहणाविघातार्थ is very frequently used in the Kasikavrtti.
sāyaṇa,sāyaṇācāryathe celebrated Vedic scholar and grammarian of Vijayanagar who flourished in the 14th century and wrote, besides the monumental commentary works on the Vedas, a grammatical work on roots and their forms known by the name माधवीया धातुवृत्ति. As the colophon of the work shows, the Dhatuvrtti was written by Sayanacarya, but published under the name of Madhava, the brother of Sayanacarya: confer, compare इति महामन्त्रिणा मायणसुतेन माधवसहोदरेण सायणाचार्येण विरचितायां माधवीयायां धातुवृत्तौ...Madhaviya Dha tuvrtti at the end; cf also तेन मायणपुत्रेण सायणेन मनीषिणा । व्याख्येया माधवी चेयं धातुवृत्तिर्विरच्यते । Mad. Dhatuvrtti at the beginning.
sārvavibhaktikapertaining to all cases, i. e. prescribed to convey the sense of all case affixes; the term is commonly used by commentators with reference to the taddhita affix. affix तस् prescribed by the rule प्रतियोगे पञ्चम्यास्तसि: and the Varttika तसिप्रकरणे आद्यादिभ्य उपसंख्यानम् thereon: confer, compare P, V. 4.44 and Vart. 1 .
siddha(1)established; the term is used in the sense of नित्य or eternal in the Varttika सिद्धे शब्दार्थसंबन्धे where, as Patanjali has observed, the word सिद्ध meaning नित्य has been purposely put in to mark an auspicious beginning of the शब्दानुशासनशास्त्र which commences with that Varttika; confer, compare माङ्गलिक आचार्यो महतः शास्त्रौघस्य मङ्गलार्थे सिद्धशब्दमादितः प्रयुङ्क्ते M.Bh.on Ahnika 1; (2) established, proved, formed; the word is many times used in this sense in the Mahabhasya, as also in the Varttikas especially when a reply is to be given to an objection; confer, compare P.I. 1.3 Vart. 17, I.1. 4. Vart. 6: I. I. 5, Vart.5,I.1.9 Vart. 2 et cetera, and others
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
sīradevaa prominent grammarian of the Eastern part of India who lived in the twelfth century A. D. He was a very sound scholar of Panini's grammar who wrote a few glosses on prominent works in the system. His Paribhasavrtti is a masterly independent treatise among the recognised works on the Paribhasas in which he has quoted very profusely from the works of his predecessors, such as the Kasika, Nyasa, Anunyasa and others. The reputed scholar Maitreya Raksita is more often guoted than others.
su(l)case affix ( सु ) of the nominative singular and ( सु ) of the locative plural; confer, compare P. IV. 1.2: (2) Unadi affix सु ( क्सु ) applied to the roots इष्: e.g, इक्षु: confer, compare इषः क्सुः Unadi 437. सुक् augment सुक् added according to some grammarians to any word optionally with असुक्, which is prescribed in the case of the words अश्व, वृष, क्षीर and लवण before the affix क्यच् ( य ) in the sense of desire. e. g. दधिस्यति, मधुस्यति et cetera, and others confer, compare P. VII. 1 51 Varttika.
subdhātua root formed from a noun or a subanta by the addition of any of the following affixesक्यच् ( by P. III. 1.8, 10 and l9), काम्यच् (by P.III.1.9), क्यङ् (by P. III.1.1 1, 12 and 14-18), क्यष् (by P.III.1.13),णिङ् (by P III.1.20), णिच् (by P.III.1.21 and 25) and यक् (by P.III.1.27)and also by क्विप् or zero affix by P. III. b.l l Varttika 3. All these formations ending with the affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are termed roots by the rule सनाद्यन्ता धातव: (P.III. 1. | 32) and are regularly conjugated in all the ten tenses and moods with the general conjugational sign शप् added to them in the conjugational tenses, and स्य, तास् and others in the other tenses and moods, and have verbal derivatives also formed by the addition of suitable krt affixes.
sūtrakārathe original writer of the sutras; e. g. पाणिनि, शाकटायन, शर्ववर्मन् , हेमचन्द्र and others. In Panini's system, Panini is called Sutrakara, as contrasted with Katyayana,who is called the Varttikakara and Patanjali, who is called the Bhasyakara;confer, compare पाणिने: सूत्रकारस्य M.Bh. on P.II 2.1.1.
sūtrapāṭhathe text of Panini's Sutras handed down by oral tradition from the preceptor to the pupil. Although it is said that the actual text of Panini was modified from time to time, still it can be said with certainty that it was fixed at the time of the Bhasyakara who has noted a few different readings only. The Sutra text approved by the Bhasyakara was followed by the authors of the Kasika excepting in a few cases. It is customary with learned Pandits and grammarians to say that the recital of the Sutras of Panini was originally a continuous one in the form of a Samhitatext and it was later on, that it was split up into the different Sutras, which explains according to them the variation in the number of Sutras which is due to the different ways of splitting the Sutrapatha.
sūtrabheda(l)splitting up of a grammatical rule ( योगविभाग ); (2) change in the wording of a rule; confer, compare स एष सूत्रभेदेन लृकारोपदेशाः प्लुत्याद्यर्थ: सन् प्रत्याख्यायेत सैषा महतो वंशस्तम्बाल्लट्वानुकृष्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 2 Vart. 5.
sṛṣṭidharaname of the famous commentator on Purusottamadeva's Bhasavrtti,who lived in the fifteenth century A.D.
soma,somacāryaname of the writer of a gloss named त्रिभाष्यरत्न on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.
saunāganame of a school of ancient grammarians who composed Varttikas in explanation of the sutras of Panini; confer, compare सौनागाः पठन्ति P. III. 2.56 Vart. 1, IV. 1.74 Vart. 1. confer, compare एतदेव सौनागैर्विस्तरतरकेण पठितम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 2.18 Vart. 4.
skandhaca taddhita affix. affix in the sense of collection, added to the words नर, करि and तुरङ्ग: confer, compare Varttika on P. IV. 2.51 quoted in the Kasikvrtti.
sthavirakauṇḍinyaname of an ancient writer of Pratisakhya works who is quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVII. 4.
smṛtian authoritative dictum of an ancient grammarian before the famous author of the Varttika;confer, compare तथा च स्मृतिः श्तिपा शापानुबन्धेन निर्दिष्ट्ं etc, Siradeva Pari. 68.
svasthaliterally remaining in its own form without admitting any cuphonic change for thc final letter; an ancient term for 'pragrhya' of Panini.
the last of the spirant consonants, | which is a glottal, voiced letter called also ऊष्म or spirant of a partial contact, i. e. possessed of the properties कण्ठय, नादानुप्रदान, ऊष्म and ईषत्स्पृष्टत्व. This letter has been given twice in the Paninian alphabet, viz. the Mahesvara Sutras, and the Bhasyakara has given the purpose of it, viz. the technical utility of being included among soft consonants along with semi-vowels, nasals and the fifth, the fourth, and the third class-consonants (हश् अश् et cetera, and others),as also among the hard consonants along with the fourth and the third class-letters and spirants ( झ्लू, ). The second letter हू in हल् appears, however, to have only a technical utility,as the purpose of its place there among spirants is served by the jihvamuliya and the Upadhmaniya letters which are,in fact, the velar and the labial spirants respectively, besides the other three शू, षू and सू .The Rk Pratisakhya calls ह as a chest sound. For details, see Mahabhasya on the Siva Sutra हयवरट् Varttikas 1, 2 and 3.
hṛradattaname of a reputed grammarian of Southern India who wrote a very learned and scholarly commentary, named पदमञ्जरी, on the Kasikavrtti which is held by grammarians as the standard vrtti or gloss on the Sutras of Panini,and studied especially in the schools of the southern grammarians. Haradatta was a Dravida Brahmana, residing in a village on the Bank of Kaveri. His scholarship in Grammar was very sound and he is believed to have commented on many grammarworks.The only fault of the scholar was a very keen sense of egotism which is found in his work, although it can certainly be said that the egotism was not ill-placed and could be justified: confer, compare एवं प्रकटितोस्माभिर्भाष्ये परिचय: पर:। तस्य निःशेषतो मन्ये प्रतिपत्तापि दुर्लभः॥ also प्रक्रियातर्कगहने प्रविष्टो हृष्टमानसः हरदत्तहरिः स्वैरं विहरन् ! केन वार्यते | Padamajari, on P. I-13, 4. The credit of popularising Panini's system of grammar in Southern India goes to Haradatta to a considerable extent.
haribhāskara( अग्निहोत्री )a grammarian of the Deccan who lived in the seventeenth century at Nasik and wrote commentaries on grammarworks out of which his treatise on Paribhasas ( परिभाषाभास्कर ) written independently but based upon Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti, deserves a special notice and mention.
huṣkaraṇathe use of the sign-word हुष्, put in the grammar of Apisali according to some grammarians who read हुष्करण for पुष्करण in the Kasikavrtti on P. IV.3.115.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
haimadhātuvyākhyāwritten by a Jain grammarian named पुण्यसुंदर which is similar to the Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti,
Vedabase Search
1120 results
abhisaṃrādhana for getting Your mercySB 5.3.8
abhiyuktāḥ just befittingSB 1.19.24
abhyānanāḥ everyone looking forward to the center, where Kṛṣṇa was sittingSB 10.13.8
ācchidya cutting shortSB 3.21.18
rādhā vasi' āche Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is sittingCC Madhya 14.185
vasiyā āchena was sittingCC Madhya 10.130
āchena vasiyā was sittingCC Antya 6.189
āchena vasiyā was sittingCC Antya 16.16
sa-ādaram with great respect (as befitting Lord Śiva)SB 8.12.3
āsana-ādau sitting, and so onSB 11.5.48
agni-ādeḥ by setting on fireSB 1.13.8
adhikṣipat putting to shameSB 3.28.30
adhiṣṭhānam sitting placeBG 3.40
yat-adhiṣṭhitaḥ upon which He is sittingSB 12.11.13
adhitiṣṭhan sitting onSB 6.7.13
adhyāsanam sitting placeSB 5.20.29
adhyāsīnam sitting higherSB 10.78.23
adhyāste is sitting higherSB 10.78.24
śayyā-āsana-aśana-ādi accommodations for sleeping, sitting or eatingSB 5.14.36
kārtika-ādi-vrata to observe special vows in the month of KārttikaCC Madhya 22.127
chedana-ādikaḥ cutting offSB 3.7.10
āsana-ādīnām and of sitting and so onCC Madhya 14.187
kṛttikā-ādīni headed by KṛttikāSB 6.6.23
ādīpanam setting on fireSB 3.30.25
kṛta-āgasam because of committing the great sin of killing a cowSB 9.2.9
agni-ādeḥ by setting on fireSB 1.13.8
āhāra karāñā getting someone to eatCC Antya 8.73
āhūya putting herSB 9.14.13
kārtika āile when the month of Kārttika arrivesCC Madhya 16.8
kārtika āile when the month of Kārttika arrivedCC Madhya 16.9
aiśvarya-jñāna-miśrā knowledge of Kṛṣṇa mixed with a reverential attitudeCC Madhya 19.192
ajāyām for begettingSB 3.5.50
pāñā ājñā getting this orderCC Madhya 25.201
prabhu-ājñā pāñā getting the order of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 1.125
ājñā pāñā getting permissionCC Antya 13.116
akṣaiḥ through the small holes in the latticed windowsSB 10.69.9-12
alabdha-bhogaḥ not getting any material comfort (practically starving for all material needs)SB 6.13.15
alabdha-nāthaḥ without getting the shelter of a protectorSB 9.4.52
ālambiyā puttingCC Madhya 13.91
carma-ambara-paridhāne by putting on a garment of skinCC Madhya 10.159
amṛta-artham for getting nectarSB 8.7.5
āmucya putting onSB 10.65.32
jāla-āmukha of lattice windowsSB 10.41.20-23
ānanda pāñā getting great pleasureCC Madhya 18.61
andham ignorance (forgetting his body and soul)SB 7.6.6
ańghri-pātam putting on the stepsSB 3.1.37
kuśa-āsana āni' bringing straw mats for sittingCC Madhya 24.274
ańkīkṛtām sitting on his lapSB 6.17.4-5
valmīka-antarhitam who was sitting within the hole of the earthwormSB 9.3.8
vaira-anubandham the inimical attitudeSB 10.39.8
anubhāvaḥ in such an attitudeSB 5.1.38
artha-anudarśinā whose instructions were quite befittingSB 8.15.32
anurūpa befittingSB 1.10.19
anurūpā befittingSB 3.31.12
anurūpa just befitting His position and beautySB 9.10.6-7
bhāva-anurūpa befitting the emotionCC Antya 17.5
anurūpāḥ fittingSB 1.10.19
anurūpayā befitting the King's positionSB 3.21.48
anuśikṣan setting the exampleSB 4.11.12
anutaptaḥ regrettingSB 1.18.49
anuvarṇyate is fittingly describedSB 12.6.4
mudā anvitāḥ being joyous in their attitudeSB 10.3.6
mat-āpanaḥ the means of getting My favorCC Madhya 8.89
mat-āpanaḥ the cause for getting Me backCC Madhya 13.160
apasmṛta forgettingSB 10.35.2-3
apasmṛtiḥ forgetting (that the flesh was meant for offering in the śrāddha)SB 9.6.7
apāsya putting asideMM 24
āpatantam setting upon themSB 10.19.8
apavargeṇa putting asideSB 10.23.47
apratilabdha-kāmaḥ not getting his desires fulfilledSB 5.13.12
apsarasam the celestial woman (Pūrvacitti)SB 5.2.22
arhasi it is befitting for YouSB 10.16.51
yathā-arhataḥ as befittingSB 7.11.8-12
arhati is befittingSB 8.11.37
ārohaṇa getting upCC Adi 6.63
ārohaṇa getting upCC Madhya 13.69
āropya putting onSB 3.21.36
artha-anudarśinā whose instructions were quite befittingSB 8.15.32
artha-kāmayoḥ for the sake of lusty desires and getting more and more moneySB 8.19.25
prati-upakāra-artham for the sake of getting some returnBG 17.21
amṛta-artham for getting nectarSB 8.7.5
prajā-artham for the sake of getting sonsSB 9.1.13
udaka-artham for getting some waterSB 9.16.3
ārūḍhaḥ sitting onSB 4.30.5
ratham ārūḍhaḥ getting on the chariotSB 8.15.8-9
ārūḍham who was sittingSB 10.7.18
āruhya getting onSB 4.9.39-40
āruhya getting onSB 4.9.41
āruhya getting onSB 8.6.38
āruhya getting onSB 8.15.8-9
āruhya getting onSB 8.24.34-35
āruhya getting onSB 9.6.15-16
āruhya getting on top ofSB 9.11.30
āsādya gettingSB 5.5.7
kamala-āsana-stham sitting on the lotus flowerBG 11.15
āsana in sittingBG 11.41-42
āsana sittingSB 1.10.11-12
āsana sitting onSB 1.11.16-17
āsana sitting accommodationsSB 1.13.6
āsana sitting on one seatSB 1.15.19
āsana sittingSB 3.31.26
jita-āsanā having controlled the sitting postureSB 4.4.25
āsana sittingSB 5.8.11
āsana of a sitting placeSB 5.13.12
śayyā-āsana-aśana-ādi accommodations for sleeping, sitting or eatingSB 5.14.36
śayyā-āsana-aśana-ādi accommodations for sleeping, sitting or eatingSB 5.14.36
āsana sitting placesSB 5.16.24
kṛta-āsana-parigrahaḥ after accepting a sitting placeSB 8.16.3
āsana sitting placesSB 9.6.45-46
āsana sitting placesSB 10.62.23-24
āsana sittingSB 10.82.29-30
āsana sitting placesSB 10.84.7
āsana sittingSB 10.90.46
āsana sittingSB 11.5.47
āsana-ādau sitting, and so onSB 11.5.48
āsana sittingSB 11.6.45
āsana sittingSB 11.7.55
āsana in sittingSB 11.11.11
āsana sitting near the guru to render serviceSB 11.17.29
āsana offering of sitting placesSB 12.10.15
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Adi 1.16
āsana sitting placesCC Adi 7.61
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Madhya 1.4
āsana sitting placeCC Madhya 6.119
āsana sitting placesCC Madhya 7.42
āsana sitting placeCC Madhya 10.4
āsana-ādīnām and of sitting and so onCC Madhya 14.187
āsana-pīṭha the sitting placeCC Madhya 15.231
kṛṣṇera āsana sitting place of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 15.234
āsana diyā giving a sitting placeCC Madhya 19.19
divya-āsana a nice sitting placeCC Madhya 19.85
śayyā-āsana sitting or lying on the bedCC Madhya 19.199-200
kuśa-āsana āni' bringing straw mats for sittingCC Madhya 24.274
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Antya 1.6
āsana dilā offered a sitting placeCC Antya 3.173
āsana diyā offering a sitting placeCC Antya 6.84
āsana sitting placeCC Antya 6.107
āsana sitting placeCC Antya 18.103
jita-āsanaḥ one who has controlled the sitting postureSB 1.13.54
jita-āsanaḥ controlled sitting postureSB 2.1.23
vijita-āsanaḥ controlling the sitting posturesSB 3.28.8
kalpita-āsanaḥ having prepared a sitting placeSB 4.8.43
garuḍa-āsanaḥ sitting on the back of GaruḍaSB 8.4.13
āsanaḥ the yoga sitting posturesSB 11.9.11
āsanaḥ the sitting posturesSB 11.13.13
vivikta-āsanaḥ sitting togetherCC Antya 2.119
āsanaiḥ by sittingSB 7.5.38
āsanam sitting accommodationSB 2.2.15
āsanam sitting positionSB 4.12.17
āsanam a sitting placeSB 8.8.10
āsanam a sitting placeSB 8.18.26
āsanam sitting placesSB 12.8.38
āsanam on sitting placesSB 12.8.39
āsanān sitting placesSB 4.22.4
jita-āsanān who conquered the yogic āsana, or sitting postureSB 4.31.3
āsanāni sitting placesSB 4.9.61
kamala āsanasya of Lord Brahmā, whose sitting place is on the lotus flowerSB 5.20.29
āsane on a sitting placeSB 2.1.16
eita āsane on this sitting placeCC Madhya 15.234
vasāila āsane gave a sitting placeCC Antya 5.11
dilena āsane offered a sitting placeCC Antya 12.124
martya-asat-dhīḥ considers the spiritual master to be like an ordinary human being and maintains such an unfavorable attitudeSB 7.15.26
āsatīm while she was sittingSB 4.25.57-61
viśada-āśayāḥ with a greatly serious attitudeSB 3.5.46
prajā-āśāyāḥ nivṛttasya of one who was almost hopeless of getting a son at this ageSB 10.5.23
aśubha-āśayāt from the inauspicious attitude of desiring sense gratificationSB 11.7.19
āsicya wettingSB 4.28.47
āsīnaḥ sittingSB 1.7.3
āsīnaḥ sittingSB 5.5.34
āsīnaḥ sitting (in the core of the heart)SB 6.16.11
āsīnaḥ while sittingSB 7.4.38
nāvi āsīnaḥ sitting in the boatSB 8.24.56
āsīnaḥ while sitting comfortably in his sitting room or on the throneSB 10.2.24
asīnāḥ sittingSB 10.23.15
āsīnaḥ sittingSB 10.26.6
āsīnaḥ sittingSB 11.14.29
āsīnaḥ sittingSB 11.14.32-33
āsīnaḥ sittingSB 11.27.19
āsīnaḥ sittingSB 12.6.9-10
āsīnam sittingSB 1.8.3
āsīnam sittingSB 1.9.10
āsīnam sittingSB 1.19.31
āsīnam sittingSB 3.4.6
āsīnam sittingSB 3.5.1
āsīnam sittingSB 3.14.9
āsīnam sittingSB 3.21.45-47
āsīnam sittingSB 3.28.19
āsīnam sittingSB 4.6.38
āsīnam who was sitting silentlySB 7.5.39-40
āsīnam who was sitting on the throneSB 7.8.37-39
āsīnam sitting downSB 8.6.29
āsīnam sitting togetherSB 8.7.20
āsīnam who was sittingSB 8.23.13
āsīnam sittingSB 9.16.11
āsīnām a woman sittingSB 9.20.7
āsīnam while sitting downSB 10.6.24
āsīnam the sittingSB 10.7.20
āsīnam sittingSB 10.58.5
āsīnam sittingSB 10.60.1
āsīnam sittingSB 10.62.29-30
āsīnam sittingSB 10.69.30
āsīnam sittingSB 11.28.31
āsīnam sittingSB 11.30.28-32
āsīnau sittingSB 10.39.42-43
astam settingSB 2.3.17
astam the setting positionSB 7.2.35
astam its settingSB 10.42.23
āste is sittingSB 1.13.56
āsthāya getting onSB 4.10.4
asu-vigame while quitting this lifeSB 3.9.15
aśubha-āśayāt from the inauspicious attitude of desiring sense gratificationSB 11.7.19
battiśā-āṭhiyā named battiśā-āṭhiyāCC Madhya 15.207
śānta-ātmā a peaceful attitudeSB 9.2.11-13
sarva-bhūta-ātma-bhāvena by a merciful attitude toward all living entitiesSB 9.5.11
aṭṭa raised sitting placesSB 4.9.57
aupayikam befittingCC Madhya 12.1
avadāya cutting to piecesSB 5.26.31
avajānantaḥ committing insultsSB 11.23.37
avamucya getting downSB 10.41.10
avaplutaḥ getting downSB 1.9.37
avarūḍhaḥ getting downSB 10.38.15
avarudhya gettingSB 5.4.4
avaruhya getting down (from the palanquin)SB 5.10.15
avaruhya getting downSB 10.9.9
avaruhya getting downSB 10.52.28
avaruhya getting downCC Madhya 18.25
avaskandya getting downSB 10.38.26
avatīrya getting down (from the back of Garuḍa)SB 8.3.33
avijñāya forgettingSB 4.29.26-27
āviśantam entering (into his private sitting area)SB 10.44.35
āviṣṭa sittingSB 10.41.20-23
ayogya not befittingCC Madhya 11.4
ayogya not befittingCC Madhya 12.19
bāhuḍi' getting outCC Antya 17.41
bāhya vismaraṇa forgetting everything externalCC Antya 6.308
bakaiḥ with the ducks sitting in one placeSB 10.12.7-11
yathā-balam befitting one's own strengthSB 4.22.50
basiyā sitting downCC Adi 14.24
battiśā-āṭhiyā named battiśā-āṭhiyāCC Madhya 15.207
bhakti-bhāve with a devotional attitudeCC Adi 4.227-228
bhaktyā by a devotional attitudeSB 1.15.47-48
bhaktyā with a devotional attitudeSB 5.19.13
pravṛddha-bhaktyā with an attitude of increased devotional serviceSB 6.16.31
pramoda-bhāva in a pleasing attitudeSB 3.4.10
bhāva-jñā understanding the attitude (of the husband)SB 9.10.55
bhāva-vibhūṣaṇe ornament of an ecstatic attitudeCC Madhya 14.196
sevya-sevaka-bhāva the Kṛṣṇa conscious attitude that the Lord is the master and the living entity is His servantCC Antya 2.95
bhāva-anurūpa befitting the emotionCC Antya 17.5
bhāvaḥ one's attitudeSB 10.74.46
pṛthak-bhāvaiḥ by each in a different loving attitudeSB 10.39.53-55
sevya-bhāvaiḥ and with the attitude of willing serviceBs 5.55
bhāvam the attitudeSB 7.6.24
bhāvam a different attitude of attachment or envySB 9.19.15
bhāvayitā Maru will begin by begetting a sonSB 9.12.6
bhakti-bhāve with a devotional attitudeCC Adi 4.227-228
sarva-bhūta-ātma-bhāvena by a merciful attitude toward all living entitiesSB 9.5.11
bhāvena with an attitudeSB 10.80.41
sa-bhaya-nayana just now sitting there with fearful eyesSB 10.8.31
bhindan splittingCC Antya 1.167
bhindatī splittingCC Antya 1.151
alabdha-bhogaḥ not getting any material comfort (practically starving for all material needs)SB 6.13.15
bhramati forgettingBG 1.30
kṛṣṇa bhuli' forgetting KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.117
bhuli' forgettingCC Madhya 22.24
bhūme vasi' sitting on the groundCC Madhya 14.137
karṇaḥ śalaḥ bhūriḥ Karṇa, Śala and Bhūri (Saumadatti)SB 10.68.5
sarva-bhūta-ātma-bhāvena by a merciful attitude toward all living entitiesSB 9.5.11
brahma-rātre the nighttime of BrahmāSB 10.33.38
buddhiḥ attitudeSB 10.54.42
buddhim the attitudeSB 10.38.18
buddhyā with the attitudeSB 10.90.27
kumāraḥ ca also Lord KārttikeyaSB 8.23.26-27
upaviśantaḥ ca sitting silently like themSB 10.12.7-11
caḍāñā putting aboardCC Madhya 19.77
caḍi getting onCC Adi 17.100
naukāte caḍiyā getting on the boatCC Madhya 16.122
caḍiyā getting upCC Madhya 18.104
naukāte caḍiyā getting aboard a boatCC Antya 10.42
candana pari' putting on the sandalwoodCC Madhya 4.177
cāpada khāñā getting the slapCC Madhya 13.95
carma-ambara-paridhāne by putting on a garment of skinCC Madhya 10.159
catvara-prāńgaṇa the yard and the raised sitting placeCC Madhya 12.120
cauryaiḥ by committing theftSB 6.1.22
pakṣa-cchedaḥ the cutting of the wingsSB 8.11.34
cetana pāñā getting His senses backCC Madhya 18.73
chedam the cutting offSB 12.5.4
chedana-ādikaḥ cutting offSB 3.7.10
chedana the cutting awayCC Madhya 19.161
chidā-karaṇa in causing the cuttingCC Antya 1.168
chindan cuttingSB 4.5.22
chittvā cutting offBG 4.42
chittvā cuttingBG 15.3-4
chittvā cutting offSB 3.24.18
chittvā cuttingSB 6.3.9
chittvā cutting offSB 6.16.12
chittvā after cutting to piecesSB 10.6.33
chittvā cutting offSB 11.8.43
chittvā cutting offSB 11.28.17
chittvā cutting offSB 11.28.23
chittvā cutting offSB 12.4.34
chuṭi' getting freeCC Madhya 19.33
chuṭi' getting releasedCC Madhya 19.35
citti CittiSB 4.1.42
cūḍā pāñā getting the helmetCC Madhya 4.15
ḍāhine pātiyā setting on the right sideCC Antya 6.107
dakṣaḥ Dakṣa, the expert in begetting childrenSB 6.4.17
mṛga-dāraka befitting the calf of the deerSB 5.8.20
skanda daraśana visiting Lord Skanda (Kārttikeya, son of Lord Śiva)CC Madhya 9.21
dāsya-rati attachment in a service attitudeCC Madhya 19.183-184
deha-tyāge by committing suicideCC Antya 4.55
deha-tyāga haite from committing suicideCC Antya 20.108
yathā-deśam befitting the place and situationSB 4.22.50
labdha-dhanaḥ for getting some wealthSB 1.12.32
dharaḥ putting onSB 4.21.18
dhārayan puttingSB 10.48.15-16
martya-asat-dhīḥ considers the spiritual master to be like an ordinary human being and maintains such an unfavorable attitudeSB 7.15.26
mat-dhiṣṇyatayā because of being My sitting placeSB 5.5.26
prajā-sarga-dhiyaḥ who were under the impression that begetting children was the most important dutySB 6.5.29
dhṛta putting onSB 10.41.25
dhuti pari' putting on a new clothCC Antya 6.59
āsana dilā offered a sitting placeCC Antya 3.173
dilena āsane offered a sitting placeCC Antya 12.124
divya-āsana a nice sitting placeCC Madhya 19.85
āsana diyā giving a sitting placeCC Madhya 19.19
hasta diyā putting their handsCC Antya 2.126
diyā putting inCC Antya 6.57
diyā puttingCC Antya 6.80
āsana diyā offering a sitting placeCC Antya 6.84
diyā puttingCC Antya 6.317
diyā puttingCC Antya 11.69
para-drohe in putting others in difficultyCC Madhya 2.22
dṛṣṭa-śruta by experiencing personally through direct association, or by getting knowledge from the VedasSB 5.12.14
dui-jana vasi' both of them sittingCC Antya 4.136
dūra-sthān the demigods, who were sitting at a distant placeSB 8.9.21
su-durācāraḥ one committing the most abominable actionsBG 9.30
dvāre vasi' sitting at the doorCC Antya 3.122
dvāre vasi' sitting at the doorCC Antya 3.128
dvāre vasi' sitting at the doorCC Antya 3.235
dvāre vasi' sitting at the doorCC Antya 3.242
eita āsane on this sitting placeCC Madhya 15.234
etya getting inSB 1.15.11
sei gandha pāñā getting that aromaCC Antya 19.88
gańgā-prāpti getting the mercy of the Ganges (death)CC Antya 1.52
smita-garbhāḥ containing a gentle smiling attitudeCC Madhya 14.200
garuḍa-āsanaḥ sitting on the back of GaruḍaSB 8.4.13
garutmatā getting up on the back of GaruḍaSB 4.9.1
gata-hriyaḥ forgetting all shynessSB 10.47.9-10
gatāḥ sittingSB 10.53.51-55
ghare vasi' sitting within His roomCC Madhya 13.161
ghare vasi' sitting in His roomCC Madhya 15.7
gońphāte vasiyā sitting in his caveCC Antya 3.229
guhā-śayāya sitting within the bodySB 4.3.22
guha-praharaṇa by the weapons of Kārttikeya, the son of Lord ŚivaSB 5.20.19
guhaḥ KārttikeyaSB 8.10.28
guham of the name KārttikeyaSB 3.1.30
guham KārttikeyaSB 10.51.16
guṇa-vat fittinglySB 4.21.8
deha-tyāga haite from committing suicideCC Antya 20.108
hasta diyā putting their handsCC Antya 2.126
hatvā after hittingSB 10.63.19
he vipracitte O VipracittiSB 8.21.19
hitvā quittingSB 1.12.28
hitvā after quittingSB 3.30.31
hitvā putting asideSB 10.25.23
hitvā putting asideSB 10.29.6-7
hṛdi-stha sitting within their heartsSB 12.6.47
hriyā by Her attitude of shynessCC Madhya 14.194
gata-hriyaḥ forgetting all shynessSB 10.47.9-10
na hṛṣyati is not jubilant (upon getting something favorable)CC Madhya 23.110
sunirvṛta-indriyaḥ being very satisfied with getting the opportunity of sense gratificationSB 5.13.17
jagadānande pāñā getting JagadānandaCC Antya 12.97
jagadānande pāñā getting JagadānandaCC Antya 12.98
jāla-āmukha of lattice windowsSB 10.41.20-23
jāla of the lattice windowsSB 10.60.3-6
jāla-randhra through the holes of the lattice windowsSB 10.60.3-6
jāla from the holes of latticed windowsSB 10.71.31-32
sveda-jale by emitting the water of perspirationCC Madhya 20.286
jale nāmi' getting down into the waterCC Antya 6.69
dui-jana vasi' both of them sittingCC Antya 4.136
jihāsatā while quittingSB 3.4.26
jihāsayā for getting freeSB 1.12.32
jita-āsanaḥ one who has controlled the sitting postureSB 1.13.54
jita-āsanaḥ controlled sitting postureSB 2.1.23
jita-āsanā having controlled the sitting postureSB 4.4.25
jita-āsanān who conquered the yogic āsana, or sitting postureSB 4.31.3
bhāva-jñā understanding the attitude (of the husband)SB 9.10.55
aiśvarya-jñāna-miśrā knowledge of Kṛṣṇa mixed with a reverential attitudeCC Madhya 19.192
yathā-kālam befitting time and circumstancesSB 4.22.50
kalpate is quite befittingCC Madhya 13.160
kalpita-āsanaḥ having prepared a sitting placeSB 4.8.43
putra-kāmā and desirous of getting a sonSB 11.1.13-15
apratilabdha-kāmaḥ not getting his desires fulfilledSB 5.13.12
kamala-āsana-stham sitting on the lotus flowerBG 11.15
kamala āsanasya of Lord Brahmā, whose sitting place is on the lotus flowerSB 5.20.29
artha-kāmayoḥ for the sake of lusty desires and getting more and more moneySB 8.19.25
kāṇe pari' putting on the earCC Antya 14.44
chidā-karaṇa in causing the cuttingCC Antya 1.168
āhāra karāñā getting someone to eatCC Antya 8.73
kari am puttingCC Adi 17.172
kari' settingCC Madhya 11.199
muddatī kari' setting a time for paymentCC Antya 9.54
vivāha karile after getting marriedCC Adi 13.27
vinaya kariyā by submitting pleasing wordsCC Madhya 1.234
kariyā vaṇṭana allotting areasCC Madhya 12.92
kariyā puttingCC Madhya 15.231
karkoṭakaḥ pūrvacitti Karkoṭaka and PūrvacittiSB 12.11.42
karṇaḥ śalaḥ bhūriḥ Karṇa, Śala and Bhūri (Saumadatti)SB 10.68.5
kārtika āile when the month of Kārttika arrivesCC Madhya 16.8
kārtika āile when the month of Kārttika arrivedCC Madhya 16.9
kārtika-ādi-vrata to observe special vows in the month of KārttikaCC Madhya 22.127
kārtike in KārttikaSB 6.19.21
kārtike in the month of Kārttika (October-November)CC Madhya 20.201
kuñja kāṭi' cutting the bushesCC Madhya 4.50
kāṭi' cuttingCC Madhya 9.56
kautuka-mańgalām the ceremony of putting on the auspicious marriage necklaceSB 10.53.11
sama-kāyaḥ sitting with the body straight and erectSB 11.14.32-33
cāpada khāñā getting the slapCC Madhya 13.95
khidyataḥ regrettingSB 1.4.32
kṛntan cuttingSB 6.12.33
kṛntanam cutting offSB 3.30.27
kṛntanam the cutting,SB 12.12.39
kṛṣṇa bhuli' forgetting KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.117
kṛṣṇera āsana sitting place of KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 15.234
kṛta-visrambhaḥ putting all faithSB 5.8.16
kṛta-āsana-parigrahaḥ after accepting a sitting placeSB 8.16.3
kṛta-āgasam because of committing the great sin of killing a cowSB 9.2.9
kṛta puttingSB 10.35.2-3
kṛttikā-putraḥ the son of KṛttikāSB 6.6.14
kṛttikā-ādīni headed by KṛttikāSB 6.6.23
kṛtti KṛttikāSB 6.14.30
puraḥ-kṛtya putting at the headSB 10.59.12
puraḥ-kṛtya putting in frontSB 10.63.51
kṣamam fittingSB 10.76.30
kṣiptvā puttingSB 8.6.22-23
kula-ucitam exactly befitting your dynastySB 8.19.2
kumāraḥ ca also Lord KārttikeyaSB 8.23.26-27
kumāreṇa with KārttikeyaSB 8.23.20-21
kuñja kāṭi' cutting the bushesCC Madhya 4.50
kuśa-āsana āni' bringing straw mats for sittingCC Madhya 24.274
sthagita-kuṭilā stopped and assumed an attitude of crookednessCC Madhya 14.189
labdha-dhanaḥ for getting some wealthSB 1.12.32
labdha-vyavasthānaḥ getting the opportunity to exchange his old ageSB 9.18.38
labdhvā by gettingSB 4.8.56
labdhvā gettingSB 4.24.3
labdhvā gettingSB 8.17.21
labdhvā after gettingSB 10.7.30
prāpti lāgi' with a view to gettingCC Antya 2.147
poṣaṇa-pālana-prīṇana-lālanam raising, maintaining, petting and protectingSB 5.8.9
lālayan while pattingSB 4.8.9
lālayantī was pattingSB 10.7.18
lālayatī patting and softly rubbing with her handSB 10.7.35-36
lañā gettingCC Madhya 1.128
upadeśa lañā getting instructions from Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.21
lekhāñā getting writtenCC Madhya 9.209
lekhāñā getting copiedCC Madhya 9.306
madhya-sthāne sitting in the middleCC Madhya 11.233
mahā-rańge in a great sporting attitudeCC Antya 18.81
vasiyā mājhe sitting in the middleCC Madhya 12.131
kautuka-mańgalām the ceremony of putting on the auspicious marriage necklaceSB 10.53.11
mantra pāñā getting the hymnCC Antya 16.71
siṃhāsanera mārjana washing of the sitting place of the LordCC Madhya 12.99
martya-asat-dhīḥ considers the spiritual master to be like an ordinary human being and maintains such an unfavorable attitudeSB 7.15.26
ūrja-māsam the month of Ūrja (Kārttika)SB 12.11.44
mat-dhiṣṇyatayā because of being My sitting placeSB 5.5.26
mat-āpanaḥ the means of getting My favorCC Madhya 8.89
mat-āpanaḥ the cause for getting Me backCC Madhya 13.160
matiḥ attitudeSB 10.55.11
matim the attitudeSB 6.2.38
aiśvarya-jñāna-miśrā knowledge of Kṛṣṇa mixed with a reverential attitudeCC Madhya 19.192
mṛga-dāraka befitting the calf of the deerSB 5.8.20
mudā because of a joyful attitudeSB 1.10.4
mudā anvitāḥ being joyous in their attitudeSB 10.3.6
muddatī kari' setting a time for paymentCC Antya 9.54
mūḍheṣu unto the foolish persons rotting in this material worldSB 7.9.42
udak-mukhaḥ sitting facing the northSB 6.8.4-6
muktvā quittingBG 8.5
mumukṣoḥ of persons who are very serious about getting out of material entanglementSB 5.12.13
muñcan spittingSB 6.11.11
nā yuyāya is not befittingCC Madhya 10.143
nā vasile if not sittingCC Madhya 11.202
nā pāile without gettingCC Madhya 12.31
nā yuyāya is not at all befittingCC Madhya 13.139
nā yuyāya is not befittingCC Madhya 17.170
tomāre nā pāñā not getting YouCC Madhya 18.149
na hṛṣyati is not jubilant (upon getting something favorable)CC Madhya 23.110
nā pāñā not gettingCC Madhya 25.203
nā yuyāya is not befittingCC Antya 4.180
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 6.19
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 6.247
vāsā nā pāñā not getting residential quartersCC Antya 12.19
vāsā nā pāñā not getting His residential quartersCC Antya 12.22
nā pāile without gettingCC Antya 15.23
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 16.149
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 17.13
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 20.53
nā yuyāya is not befittingCC Antya 20.99
yogya nahe are not befittingCC Madhya 15.262
jale nāmi' getting down into the waterCC Antya 6.69
nāmiyā getting downCC Madhya 15.124
sa-nātha with a fitting masterCC Madhya 1.206
sa-nātha with a fitting masterCC Madhya 8.73
alabdha-nāthaḥ without getting the shelter of a protectorSB 9.4.52
naukāte caḍiyā getting on the boatCC Madhya 16.122
naukāte caḍiyā getting aboard a boatCC Antya 10.42
nāvi āsīnaḥ sitting in the boatSB 8.24.56
sa-bhaya-nayana just now sitting there with fearful eyesSB 10.8.31
nibhṛte vasiyā sitting in a solitary placeCC Madhya 15.37
nibhṛte vasiyā sitting in a solitary placeCC Madhya 17.164
nibhṛte vasiyā sitting in a solitary placeCC Madhya 18.139
nīḍaḥ sitting placeSB 4.29.18-20
nīḍam sitting placeSB 4.26.1-3
nidhāya puttingSB 10.16.32
nija-ucita exactly befitting Your positionCC Antya 7.127
nikṛntanam cuttingSB 6.5.40
pāñā nimantraṇa getting an invitationCC Adi 5.162
nimlocati while settingSB 3.14.9
nimlocati while it was settingSB 10.46.8
nirjihīrṣuḥ desirous of cuttingSB 11.3.47
nirvāṇa-sukha-saṃvidā by transcendental bliss, putting an end to material existenceSB 9.7.25-26
niśā nighttimeSB 12.8.21
niṣkramya getting outSB 6.12.32
niṣkṛtāya for getting freeSB 1.19.2
nistāraṇa-yogam the process of getting out of material entanglementSB 5.17.24
nivasan sittingSB 4.8.43
prajā-āśāyāḥ nivṛttasya of one who was almost hopeless of getting a son at this ageSB 10.5.23
pāi' gettingCC Adi 5.151
pāi gettingCC Madhya 9.309
pāile if gettingCC Madhya 4.123
nā pāile without gettingCC Madhya 12.31
nā pāile without gettingCC Antya 15.23
pāiñā gettingCC Madhya 1.75
pāiyā getting the opportunityCC Adi 13.123
paiyā gettingCC Adi 14.77
pāiyā gettingCC Adi 16.62
pāiyā gettingCC Madhya 1.155
pustaka pāiyā getting those two booksCC Madhya 9.325
pakṣa-cchedaḥ the cutting of the wingsSB 8.11.34
poṣaṇa-pālana-prīṇana-lālanam raising, maintaining, petting and protectingSB 5.8.9
pāñā nimantraṇa getting an invitationCC Adi 5.162
pāñā gettingCC Adi 10.139
pāñā gettingCC Adi 17.61
pāñā gettingCC Adi 17.61
pāñā gettingCC Adi 17.93
pāñā gettingCC Adi 17.129
pāñā gettingCC Adi 17.182
pāñā gettingCC Adi 17.191
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 1.122
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 2.95
cūḍā pāñā getting the helmetCC Madhya 4.15
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 4.121
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 4.180
pāñā getting a chanceCC Madhya 5.58
prasāda pāñā getting this honor of the garlandCC Madhya 6.36
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 6.115
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 6.217
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 6.223
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 7.57
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 8.222
sukha pāñā getting such transcendental happinessCC Madhya 9.35
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 9.61
patra pāñā getting the leavesCC Madhya 9.213
puńthi pāñā getting that scriptureCC Madhya 9.238
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 9.257
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 9.309
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 9.330
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 9.341
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 9.348
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 10.95
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 11.40
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 11.142
tāhā pāñā getting thatCC Madhya 12.34
vastra pāñā getting that clothCC Madhya 12.38
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 12.43
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 12.158
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 13.30
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 13.124
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 14.252
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 16.31
ānanda pāñā getting great pleasureCC Madhya 18.61
cetana pāñā getting His senses backCC Madhya 18.73
tomāre nā pāñā not getting YouCC Madhya 18.149
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 19.52
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 19.160
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 21.14
pāñā gettingCC Madhya 24.161
pāñā getting an opportunityCC Madhya 25.194
pāñā ājñā getting this orderCC Madhya 25.201
nā pāñā not gettingCC Madhya 25.203
pāñā gettingCC Antya 1.61
prabhu-ājñā pāñā getting the order of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 1.125
pāñā gettingCC Antya 2.100
pāñā gettingCC Antya 2.148
upadeśa pāñā getting this instructionCC Antya 3.260
pāñā gettingCC Antya 3.267
pāñā gettingCC Antya 5.12
pāñā santoṣa getting satisfactionCC Antya 5.134
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 6.19
prabhura śeṣa pāñā after getting the remnants left by Lord Nityānanda PrabhuCC Antya 6.99
pāñā gettingCC Antya 6.154
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 6.247
pāñā gettingCC Antya 6.290
pāñā gettingCC Antya 9.94
vāsā nā pāñā not getting residential quartersCC Antya 12.19
vāsā nā pāñā not getting His residential quartersCC Antya 12.22
pāñā gettingCC Antya 12.38
pāñā gettingCC Antya 12.40
pāñā gettingCC Antya 12.89
pāñā gettingCC Antya 12.96
jagadānande pāñā getting JagadānandaCC Antya 12.97
jagadānande pāñā getting JagadānandaCC Antya 12.98
pāñā gettingCC Antya 12.130
ājñā pāñā getting permissionCC Antya 13.116
pāñā gettingCC Antya 14.105
pāñā gettingCC Antya 14.111
pāñā gettingCC Antya 15.37
pāñā gettingCC Antya 15.42
pāñā gettingCC Antya 15.43
mantra pāñā getting the hymnCC Antya 16.71
pāñā gettingCC Antya 16.93
pāñā gettingCC Antya 16.147
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 16.149
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 17.13
sei gandha pāñā getting that aromaCC Antya 19.88
nā pāñā not gettingCC Antya 20.53
pāṇḍu-vijaya the getting down from the carCC Madhya 14.61
pāpaḥ although sinful (getting the body of a demon)SB 6.14.6
para-drohe in putting others in difficultyCC Madhya 2.22
pārameṣṭhyāni other paraphernalia befitting a royal receptionSB 9.10.35-38
parāñā putting onCC Antya 18.73
pari' putting onCC Adi 3.46
candana pari' putting on the sandalwoodCC Madhya 4.177
dhuti pari' putting on a new clothCC Antya 6.59
kāṇe pari' putting on the earCC Antya 14.44
paridhāna putting onCC Madhya 3.37
paridhāna putting onCC Antya 18.83
paridhāna putting onCC Antya 18.101
carma-ambara-paridhāne by putting on a garment of skinCC Madhya 10.159
paridhāya putting onSB 8.9.14-15
paridhāya putting onSB 10.22.23
paridhāya putting onSB 10.75.22
kṛta-āsana-parigrahaḥ after accepting a sitting placeSB 8.16.3
parityajya after quitting the bodySB 1.15.49
pariveṣayantyaḥ getting dressedSB 10.29.6-7
pārthiva-ucitam just befitting a kingSB 1.17.43-44
tomā pāsariyā forgetting Your LordshipCC Antya 20.33
ańghri-pātam putting on the stepsSB 3.1.37
pāti' settingCC Antya 9.14
ḍāhine pātiyā setting on the right sideCC Antya 6.107
patra pāñā getting the leavesCC Madhya 9.213
pātreṣu as fitting candidates for charitySB 11.6.37-38
paṭṭiśaiḥ with the weapons called paṭṭiśaSB 8.10.36
piṇḍā-tale at the foot of the raised place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was sittingCC Antya 1.111
piṇḍāra upare the top of the raised place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was sitting with His devoteesCC Antya 1.111
śubhra-pīṭha white sitting placesCC Madhya 3.57
āsana-pīṭha the sitting placeCC Madhya 15.231
pīṭha sitting placeCC Madhya 15.235
piyāite while letting Him suckCC Adi 14.11
poṣaṇa-pālana-prīṇana-lālanam raising, maintaining, petting and protectingSB 5.8.9
prabhu-ājñā pāñā getting the order of Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Antya 1.125
prabhura śeṣa pāñā after getting the remnants left by Lord Nityānanda PrabhuCC Antya 6.99
guha-praharaṇa by the weapons of Kārttikeya, the son of Lord ŚivaSB 5.20.19
prajā-sarge in the matter of begetting childrenSB 4.24.14
prajā-sarga-dhiyaḥ who were under the impression that begetting children was the most important dutySB 6.5.29
prajā-artham for the sake of getting sonsSB 9.1.13
prajā-āśāyāḥ nivṛttasya of one who was almost hopeless of getting a son at this ageSB 10.5.23
prajanaḥ the cause for begetting childrenBG 10.28
prajananāya for begetting a childSB 4.1.28
prajāpatiḥ one who is entrusted with begetting childrenSB 4.1.3
prajātaye for the purpose of getting a sonSB 4.13.35
prajāti due to begettingSB 2.6.8
prajayā by getting a sonSB 6.14.26
prajayā for the purpose of begetting childrenSB 11.5.13
pramoda-bhāva in a pleasing attitudeSB 3.4.10
catvara-prāńgaṇa the yard and the raised sitting placeCC Madhya 12.120
gańgā-prāpti getting the mercy of the Ganges (death)CC Antya 1.52
prāpti lāgi' with a view to gettingCC Antya 2.147
prāptira upāya the means of getting the treasureCC Madhya 20.131
prāpya gettingSB 9.12.16
prāpya gettingSB 9.21.27
prarudantam with a crying attitudeSB 10.9.11
prasāda pāñā getting this honor of the garlandCC Madhya 6.36
prasamīkṣya Kṛṣṇa, seeing her in that attitudeSB 10.9.9
prāsya puttingSB 10.57.8
prati-upakāra-artham for the sake of getting some returnBG 17.21
pratibudhya getting upSB 8.4.25
su-pratīkaḥ is now sitting down here like a very good, well-behaved childSB 10.8.31
pratilabdha getting backSB 8.17.13
pratyutthāna by getting up from the throneSB 6.7.2-8
pratyutthāna by His standing up from His sitting placeSB 10.69.20-22
pratyutthāya getting upSB 1.4.33
prāviśan sitting on themSB 8.9.14-15
pravṛddha-bhaktyā with an attitude of increased devotional serviceSB 6.16.31
prāya-upaviṣṭaḥ sitting and fastingSB 1.4.10
priya-prema-ullāsa because of the loving attitude of the belovedCC Madhya 14.194
prīṇana petting it in loveSB 5.8.8
poṣaṇa-pālana-prīṇana-lālanam raising, maintaining, petting and protectingSB 5.8.9
priya-prema-ullāsa because of the loving attitude of the belovedCC Madhya 14.194
pṛthak-bhāvaiḥ by each in a different loving attitudeSB 10.39.53-55
puńthi pāñā getting that scriptureCC Madhya 9.238
puraḥ-kṛtya putting at the headSB 10.59.12
puraḥ-kṛtya putting in frontSB 10.63.51
puraskṛtya putting in the frontSB 1.8.1
puraskṛtya putting in the frontSB 1.11.18
purodhāya putting in front of the sageSB 9.16.4
pūrvacitti PūrvacittiSB 5.2.20
pūrvacitti PūrvacittiSB 11.16.33
karkoṭakaḥ pūrvacitti Karkoṭaka and PūrvacittiSB 12.11.42
pūrvacittim PūrvacittiSB 5.2.3
pustaka pāiyā getting those two booksCC Madhya 9.325
putra-kāmā and desirous of getting a sonSB 11.1.13-15
kṛttikā-putraḥ the son of KṛttikāSB 6.6.14
putraiḥ and (begetting) childrenSB 10.84.39
rādhā vasi' āche Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is sittingCC Madhya 14.185
vasiyā rahilā stayed there sittingCC Antya 3.116
randhana of cuttingSB 5.19.20
jāla-randhra through the holes of the lattice windowsSB 10.60.3-6
mahā-rańge in a great sporting attitudeCC Antya 18.81
ratham ārūḍhaḥ getting on the chariotSB 8.15.8-9
rathena getting on the chariotSB 1.7.17
dāsya-rati attachment in a service attitudeCC Madhya 19.183-184
brahma-rātre the nighttime of BrahmāSB 10.33.38
rātre uṭhi' getting up at nightCC Madhya 13.4
rātriḥ the nighttimeSB 12.4.3
she (Pūrvacitti)SB 5.2.4
sa-ādaram with great respect (as befitting Lord Śiva)SB 8.12.3
sa-bhaya-nayana just now sitting there with fearful eyesSB 10.8.31
sa-nātha with a fitting masterCC Madhya 1.206
sa-nātha with a fitting masterCC Madhya 8.73
sabhāte vasiyā sitting in an assemblyCC Madhya 19.17
sādhu befittingSB 5.5.4
sadṛśīm befittingBs 5.55
saha-upaviṣṭāḥ sitting with KṛṣṇaSB 10.13.8
karṇaḥ śalaḥ bhūriḥ Karṇa, Śala and Bhūri (Saumadatti)SB 10.68.5
sama-kāyaḥ sitting with the body straight and erectSB 11.14.32-33
samarhaṇam befitting respectSB 8.22.14
samāsādya getting the opportunity to fight between themselvesSB 8.10.6
svasti samāsīnaḥ sitting in an easy postureSB 3.28.8
samāsīnam sitting (in meditation)SB 10.79.16-17
saṃsthāyām at the time of death, or while quitting this bodySB 6.10.3
samupāsīnam sitting in yogic meditationSB 12.8.23
samutthāya getting upSB 9.1.30
nirvāṇa-sukha-saṃvidā by transcendental bliss, putting an end to material existenceSB 9.7.25-26
saṃviśya sittingSB 10.20.30-31
saṃvṛścya cuttingSB 10.32.22
saṃvṛścya cuttingCC Adi 4.180
saṃvṛścya cutting offCC Madhya 8.93
saṃvṛścya cuttingCC Antya 7.44
sañchidya completely cutting offSB 11.8.44
sañchidya cutting offSB 11.13.33
sańgatāḥ getting His direct associationSB 10.29.10-11
sannaddhaḥ putting on His armorSB 10.83.32
śānta-ātmā a peaceful attitudeSB 9.2.11-13
sāntānikaḥ quite capable of begetting sonsSB 6.14.11
pāñā santoṣa getting satisfactionCC Antya 5.134
prajā-sarga-dhiyaḥ who were under the impression that begetting children was the most important dutySB 6.5.29
prajā-sarge in the matter of begetting childrenSB 4.24.14
sarva-bhūta-ātma-bhāvena by a merciful attitude toward all living entitiesSB 9.5.11
śastra cutting weaponsSB 10.59.17-19
saubha-stham sitting in the Saubha planeSB 10.77.29
śayaḥ sittingSB 10.37.10-11
śayana putting to bedSB 10.59.45
guhā-śayāya sitting within the bodySB 4.3.22
śayyā-āsana-aśana-ādi accommodations for sleeping, sitting or eatingSB 5.14.36
śayyā-āsana sitting or lying on the bedCC Madhya 19.199-200
sei gandha pāñā getting that aromaCC Antya 19.88
prabhura śeṣa pāñā after getting the remnants left by Lord Nityānanda PrabhuCC Antya 6.99
sevya-sevaka-bhāva the Kṛṣṇa conscious attitude that the Lord is the master and the living entity is His servantCC Antya 2.95
sevya-sevaka-bhāva the Kṛṣṇa conscious attitude that the Lord is the master and the living entity is His servantCC Antya 2.95
sevya-bhāvaiḥ and with the attitude of willing serviceBs 5.55
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Adi 1.16
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Madhya 1.4
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Antya 1.6
siṃhāsana the sitting place of the LordCC Madhya 12.82
siṃhāsana the sitting place of the LordCC Madhya 12.97
siṃhāsanera mārjana washing of the sitting place of the LordCC Madhya 12.99
skanda daraśana visiting Lord Skanda (Kārttikeya, son of Lord Śiva)CC Madhya 9.21
skandam Lord Skanda (Kārttikeya)SB 10.79.11-15
smita-garbhāḥ containing a gentle smiling attitudeCC Madhya 14.200
śraddhayā because of the attitudesSB 5.26.2
dṛṣṭa-śruta by experiencing personally through direct association, or by getting knowledge from the VedasSB 5.12.14
hṛdi-stha sitting within their heartsSB 12.6.47
sthagita-kuṭilā stopped and assumed an attitude of crookednessCC Madhya 14.189
kamala-āsana-stham sitting on the lotus flowerBG 11.15
saubha-stham sitting in the Saubha planeSB 10.77.29
dūra-sthān the demigods, who were sitting at a distant placeSB 8.9.21
madhya-sthāne sitting in the middleCC Madhya 11.233
sthāpana setting downCC Madhya 12.82
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Adi 1.16
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Madhya 1.4
siṃha-āsana-sthau sitting on a throneCC Antya 1.6
sthitāḥ sittingSB 10.43.20
sthitam sittingSB 3.28.37
sthitam sittingSB 10.59.15
ṣṭhīvana spitting on the bodySB 5.5.30
su-durācāraḥ one committing the most abominable actionsBG 9.30
su-pratīkaḥ is now sitting down here like a very good, well-behaved childSB 10.8.31
śubhra-pīṭha white sitting placesCC Madhya 3.57
nirvāṇa-sukha-saṃvidā by transcendental bliss, putting an end to material existenceSB 9.7.25-26
sukha pāñā getting such transcendental happinessCC Madhya 9.35
yathā-sukham sitting comfortablySB 11.14.32-33
sunirvṛta-indriyaḥ being very satisfied with getting the opportunity of sense gratificationSB 5.13.17
suta-utpattim begetting childrenCC Adi 17.164
svapsyāmi I am sitting silently, thinking deeply about these material activitiesSB 7.13.27
svasti samāsīnaḥ sitting in an easy postureSB 3.28.8
sveda-jale by emitting the water of perspirationCC Madhya 20.286
tāḍana by the hittingSB 10.72.38
tāhā pāñā getting thatCC Madhya 12.34
taittirīyāḥ known as TaittirīyaSB 12.6.64-65
piṇḍā-tale at the foot of the raised place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was sittingCC Antya 1.111
tasmin on that sitting placeSB 7.15.31
tasyāḥ of her (Pūrvacitti)SB 5.2.5
tat-ucitam this is quite befitting himSB 5.14.44
tat the attitude of my singingSB 7.15.72
tatra in that connection (getting out of the entanglement of material conditioning)SB 7.7.29
tīre uṭhi' getting on the bankCC Madhya 12.152
tittirīṇām of the tittiri birdsSB 5.2.10
tomā pāsariyā forgetting Your LordshipCC Antya 20.33
tomāre nā pāñā not getting YouCC Madhya 18.149
ṭuńgi upara vasi' sitting in an elevated placeCC Madhya 20.40
deha-tyāga haite from committing suicideCC Antya 20.108
deha-tyāge by committing suicideCC Antya 4.55
tyajan quittingBG 8.13
tyajan quittingSB 1.9.23
tyakta putting asideSB 10.47.9-10
ucita fittingCC Madhya 5.151
nija-ucita exactly befitting Your positionCC Antya 7.127
ucita befittingCC Antya 9.37
ucitaiḥ befittingSB 10.73.25
ucitaiḥ befittingSB 10.73.26
pārthiva-ucitam just befitting a kingSB 1.17.43-44
ucitam befittingSB 4.11.8
tat-ucitam this is quite befitting himSB 5.14.44
kula-ucitam exactly befitting your dynastySB 8.19.2
yathā ucitam in a fitting mannerSB 10.43.38
ucitam is befittingCC Madhya 9.269
udak-mukhaḥ sitting facing the northSB 6.8.4-6
udaka-artham for getting some waterSB 9.16.3
udapāsya setting far asideCC Madhya 8.67
udgāri emittingSB 10.66.32-33
udgīrṇa emittingMM 18
udvāsya puttingSB 11.3.54
udvīkṣamāṇam who was seen in that attitude by mother YaśodāSB 10.9.11
priya-prema-ullāsa because of the loving attitude of the belovedCC Madhya 14.194
unmūla in the cuttingSB 7.5.17
upadeśa lañā getting instructions from Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 25.21
upadeśa pāñā getting this instructionCC Antya 3.260
upadyate is befittingBG 2.3
upakalpya getting readySB 11.3.50-51
prati-upakāra-artham for the sake of getting some returnBG 17.21
upālabdhum to chastise and threaten (rather, she enjoyed how Kṛṣṇa was sitting there as a very good boy)SB 10.8.31
upalabhya gettingSB 6.2.42
upalabhya getting the associationSB 9.14.41
upalabhya getting backSB 10.11.53
upapannam just befitting your positionSB 9.20.15
upapannam fittingSB 10.23.25
upapannam fittingSB 10.29.23
ṭuńgi upara vasi' sitting in an elevated placeCC Madhya 20.40
piṇḍāra upare the top of the raised place where Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was sitting with His devoteesCC Antya 1.111
upaśamanāya for getting freeSB 3.31.16
upāsīnaḥ sitting downSB 9.6.49
upāsīnam unto one sitting nearbySB 1.5.1
upāsīnam sitting nearSB 6.14.16
upāsīnam sitting in meditationSB 8.4.9
upāsīnān sitting silently nearbySB 1.9.11
upasthe sitting under itSB 1.6.15
upasthitaḥ sitting near themSB 10.86.43
upaveśa for the sittingCC Madhya 12.1
upaviśantaḥ ca sitting silently like themSB 10.12.7-11
prāya-upaviṣṭaḥ sitting and fastingSB 1.4.10
upaviṣṭāḥ sittingSB 4.14.36
saha-upaviṣṭāḥ sitting with KṛṣṇaSB 10.13.8
upaviṣṭam sittingSB 10.87.7
upaviṣṭeṣu all sitting downSB 1.19.12
upaviṣṭeṣu were sitting on their respective seatsSB 8.9.16-17
upaviśya sittingBG 6.11-12
prāptira upāya the means of getting the treasureCC Madhya 20.131
upayāpanam getting them marriedSB 10.69.32
ūrja-māsam the month of Ūrja (Kārttika)SB 12.11.44
uta and what to speak of begetting one hundred sons in each of themSB 9.6.52
uṭhāñā getting upCC Madhya 9.320
uṭhāñā getting upCC Madhya 9.344
uṭhāñā getting him upCC Antya 9.128
uṭhāñā getting them upCC Antya 10.45
uṭhi' getting upCC Adi 5.183
uṭhi' getting upCC Madhya 2.72
uṭhi' getting upCC Madhya 2.73
uṭhi' getting upCC Madhya 4.130
uṭhi' getting upCC Madhya 4.200
tīre uṭhi' getting on the bankCC Madhya 12.152
rātre uṭhi' getting up at nightCC Madhya 13.4
uṭhi' getting upCC Madhya 14.10
uṭhi' getting upCC Madhya 17.6
uṭhi getting upCC Antya 2.151
uṭhi' getting upCC Antya 4.92
uṭhi' getting upCC Antya 4.145
uṭhi' getting upCC Antya 6.36
uṭhi' getting upCC Antya 6.119
uṭhi' getting upCC Antya 9.146
uṭhi' getting upCC Antya 12.140
uṭhi' getting upCC Antya 17.61
uṭhi' getting upCC Antya 19.72
uṭhiyā getting upCC Madhya 19.238
uṭhiyā getting upCC Antya 2.126
uṭhiyā getting upCC Antya 17.22
utkrāmantam quitting the bodyBG 15.10
utkṛtya cutting offSB 10.77.27
suta-utpattim begetting childrenCC Adi 17.164
utsṛjantam while quittingSB 3.4.12
utsṛjya putting Him asideSB 10.9.5
uttārya putting down from the ovenSB 10.9.7
utthāya getting upSB 4.13.47
utthāya after getting up from bedSB 4.24.78
utthāya after getting upSB 4.31.4
utthāya utthāya repeatedly getting upSB 5.8.14
utthāya utthāya repeatedly getting upSB 5.8.14
utthāya getting upSB 6.18.68
utthāya getting upSB 7.3.25
utthāya after getting up from sleepSB 8.4.15
utthāya getting upSB 8.4.17-24
utthāya getting upSB 8.17.5
utthāya getting upSB 9.2.4
utthāya getting upSB 10.4.3
utthāya getting upSB 10.5.21
utthāya getting upSB 10.41.26
utthāya getting upSB 11.31.14
utthāya getting upCC Antya 8.49
utthitaḥ getting upSB 3.13.31
utthitaḥ getting upSB 10.43.11
uttīrya getting out of the waterSB 9.18.5
uttīrya getting outSB 9.19.4
vaimānika getting on airplanesSB 8.15.20
vaira-anubandham the inimical attitudeSB 10.39.8
vaisa You are sittingCC Adi 7.63
vaiṣṇavaḥ befitting a devoteeCC Madhya 23.29
valmīka-antarhitam who was sitting within the hole of the earthwormSB 9.3.8
kariyā vaṇṭana allotting areasCC Madhya 12.92
vāsā nā pāñā not getting residential quartersCC Antya 12.19
vāsā nā pāñā not getting His residential quartersCC Antya 12.22
vasāila āsane gave a sitting placeCC Antya 5.11
vasatā sittingCC Adi 17.293
vasi' sittingCC Adi 8.51
vasi' sittingCC Adi 17.11
vasi' sittingCC Adi 17.242
vasi' sittingCC Adi 17.259
vasi' sittingCC Adi 17.283
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 2.55
vasi' sitting thereCC Madhya 4.34
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 4.84
vasi' sitting downCC Madhya 4.125
vasi' sitting downCC Madhya 6.11
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 6.123
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 8.13
vasi' sitting togetherCC Madhya 9.176
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 9.286
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 10.38
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 11.116
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 11.201
ghare vasi' sitting within His roomCC Madhya 13.161
bhūme vasi' sitting on the groundCC Madhya 14.137
rādhā vasi' āche Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is sittingCC Madhya 14.185
ghare vasi' sitting in His roomCC Madhya 15.7
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 15.234
vasi' sitting downCC Madhya 18.78
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 18.135
ṭuńgi upara vasi' sitting in an elevated placeCC Madhya 20.40
vasi' sittingCC Madhya 21.126
vasi' sittingCC Antya 3.114-115
vasi' sittingCC Antya 3.121
dvāre vasi' sitting at the doorCC Antya 3.122
dvāre vasi' sitting at the doorCC Antya 3.128
dvāre vasi' sitting at the doorCC Antya 3.235
dvāre vasi' sitting at the doorCC Antya 3.242
vasi' sittingCC Antya 3.243
dui-jana vasi' both of them sittingCC Antya 4.136
vasi' sittingCC Antya 5.15
vasi' sittingCC Antya 7.83
vasi' sitting downCC Antya 11.83
vasi' sittingCC Antya 13.62
vasi' sitting downCC Antya 14.36
vasi' sitting downCC Antya 18.107
vasi' sittingCC Antya 19.73
nā vasile if not sittingCC Madhya 11.202
vasiñā sittingCC Madhya 4.129
vasiyā after sittingCC Adi 7.60
vasiyā sittingCC Adi 17.47
vasiyā sittingCC Adi 17.115
vasiyā sittingCC Adi 17.191
vasiyā sittingCC Adi 17.247
vasiyā sittingCC Adi 17.286
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 3.9
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 6.14
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 8.17
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 8.55
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 8.243
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 9.322
vasiyā āchena was sittingCC Madhya 10.130
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 11.176
vasiyā mājhe sitting in the middleCC Madhya 12.131
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 13.23
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 13.165
nibhṛte vasiyā sitting in a solitary placeCC Madhya 15.37
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 15.289
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 16.59
vasiyā sitting downCC Madhya 17.104
nibhṛte vasiyā sitting in a solitary placeCC Madhya 17.164
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 18.80
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 18.102
nibhṛte vasiyā sitting in a solitary placeCC Madhya 18.139
sabhāte vasiyā sitting in an assemblyCC Madhya 19.17
vasiyā sittingCC Madhya 19.21
vasiyā rahilā stayed there sittingCC Antya 3.116
gońphāte vasiyā sitting in his caveCC Antya 3.229
āchena vasiyā was sittingCC Antya 6.189
vasiyā sittingCC Antya 10.92
ye vasiyā sittingCC Antya 12.72
āchena vasiyā was sittingCC Antya 16.16
vasiyā sitting downCC Antya 20.148
vasiyāche He was sitting thereCC Madhya 9.99
vasiyāchena was sittingCC Adi 5.218-219
vasiyāchena there were sittingCC Adi 7.58
vasiyāchena was sittingCC Adi 16.28
vasiyāchena is sittingCC Madhya 10.166
vasiyāchena was sittingCC Antya 6.44
vastra pāñā getting that clothCC Madhya 12.38
guṇa-vat fittinglySB 4.21.8
yathā-vat in a befitting waySB 9.10.44
vibhaktasya after setting aside the share for the familySB 9.21.7
bhāva-vibhūṣaṇe ornament of an ecstatic attitudeCC Madhya 14.196
vidārayat cutting throughSB 10.89.50
vidhūya getting rid ofSB 11.3.41
vidūyatā regretting very muchSB 4.26.19
asu-vigame while quitting this lifeSB 3.9.15
vihiṃsakaḥ committing violenceSB 11.10.27-29
pāṇḍu-vijaya the getting down from the carCC Madhya 14.61
vijita-āsanaḥ controlling the sitting posturesSB 3.28.8
vinaya kariyā by submitting pleasing wordsCC Madhya 1.234
vinipāṭya cutting in twoSB 2.7.16
vipracitte VipracittiSB 6.10.31
vipracitte VipracittiSB 7.2.4-5
he vipracitte O VipracittiSB 8.21.19
vipracitti VipracittiSB 6.6.29-31
vipracitti VipracittiSB 6.6.37
vipracitti VipracittiSB 6.10.19-22
vipracitti VipracittiSB 8.10.19-24
viśada-āśayāḥ with a greatly serious attitudeSB 3.5.46
bāhya vismaraṇa forgetting everything externalCC Antya 6.308
vismaraṇe in forgettingNBS 19
vismṛta forgettingSB 10.71.26
vismṛtaḥ forgettingSB 10.88.35
vismṛte by forgetting HimCC Adi 14.1
vismṛti of forgettingNBS 22
vismṛtya forgettingSB 7.13.28
vismṛtya forgettingSB 10.41.25
vismṛtya forgettingSB 10.57.31
vismṛtya forgettingSB 10.90.18
kṛta-visrambhaḥ putting all faithSB 5.8.16
visṛjan while quittingSB 1.9.31
visṛjya putting asideBG 1.46
visṛjya putting asideSB 10.51.56
visṛṣṭaḥ getting freeSB 10.70.16
vivāha karile after getting marriedCC Adi 13.27
vivarjanāt by cutting offSB 7.5.37
vivikta-āsanaḥ sitting togetherCC Antya 2.119
vivṛścasi you are cuttingSB 6.14.55
vivṛścya cutting downSB 11.12.24
kārtika-ādi-vrata to observe special vows in the month of KārttikaCC Madhya 22.127
labdha-vyavasthānaḥ getting the opportunity to exchange his old ageSB 9.18.38
vyavasthitam Kṛṣṇa was sittingSB 10.9.8
yāhāń yaiche yogya whatever was fitting according to the time and circumstancesCC Antya 8.92
yāhāń yaiche yogya whatever was fitting according to the time and circumstancesCC Antya 8.92
yat-adhiṣṭhitaḥ upon which He is sittingSB 12.11.13
yathā-kālam befitting time and circumstancesSB 4.22.50
yathā-deśam befitting the place and situationSB 4.22.50
yathā-balam befitting one's own strengthSB 4.22.50
yathā fittinglySB 7.8.2
yathā-arhataḥ as befittingSB 7.11.8-12
yathā-vat in a befitting waySB 9.10.44
yathā ucitam in a fitting mannerSB 10.43.38
yathā fittinglySB 10.45.32
yathā-sukham sitting comfortablySB 11.14.32-33
yathā fittinglySB 12.3.16
yathā-yogya as it was befittingCC Madhya 6.32
yathā-yogya as is befittingCC Madhya 10.127
yathā-yogya as it is befittingCC Madhya 11.34
yathā-yogya as it is befittingCC Madhya 11.133
yathā-yogya as is befittingCC Madhya 11.170
yathā-yogya as it is befittingCC Madhya 16.238
yathā-yogya as it is befittingCC Madhya 16.243
yathocita befittingCC Madhya 4.137
ye vasiyā sittingCC Antya 12.72
nistāraṇa-yogam the process of getting out of material entanglementSB 5.17.24
yogya befittingCC Madhya 5.62
yathā-yogya as it was befittingCC Madhya 6.32
yogya just befittingCC Madhya 10.36
yathā-yogya as is befittingCC Madhya 10.127
yogya befittingCC Madhya 11.4
yathā-yogya as it is befittingCC Madhya 11.34
yathā-yogya as it is befittingCC Madhya 11.133
yathā-yogya as is befittingCC Madhya 11.170
yogya befittingCC Madhya 11.199
yogya befittingCC Madhya 12.19
yogya befittingCC Madhya 12.76
yogya befittingCC Madhya 12.161
yogya nahe are not befittingCC Madhya 15.262
yathā-yogya as it is befittingCC Madhya 16.238
yathā-yogya as it is befittingCC Madhya 16.243
yāhāń yaiche yogya whatever was fitting according to the time and circumstancesCC Antya 8.92
yogya just befittingCC Antya 13.59
yogyaiḥ as it is befittingSB 7.13.24
yuktam just befittingSB 1.17.17
yuktam befittingSB 5.18.5
yuktam befittingSB 7.3.12
yuktam fittingSB 10.69.15
yuktam quite befittingCC Madhya 6.109
nā yuyāya is not befittingCC Madhya 10.143
yuyāya is it befittingCC Madhya 12.47
nā yuyāya is not at all befittingCC Madhya 13.139
nā yuyāya is not befittingCC Madhya 17.170
nā yuyāya is not befittingCC Antya 4.180
nā yuyāya is not befittingCC Antya 20.99
 

aṃsubhedana

fine cutting, a pharmaceutical process.

arthāpatti

one of tantrayuktis; presumption; inference from circumstances; disjunctive hypothetical syllogism; logical implication.

āsana

sitting posture.

bhedana,bhedya

splitting; excise.

chedana,chedya

cutting; incise

doṣabalapravṛttivyādhi

(doṣa.bala.pravṛtta.vyādhi) psychosomatic diseases.

hṛvera,hṛbera

Plant andropogon grass; black vetiver; roots of Colius vettiveroides.

kapila

leech used for blood letting.

kapītana

Plant Thespesia populnea, Ficus arnottiana, Ficus religiosa, Aegle marmelos, Spondias mangifera.

khara

1. donkey, ass; 2. rough, cutting.

krittika

white spot, Pleides constellation, the cutters; third star in the path of moon; Eta Tauri or Alcyone in the constellation Taurus.

kṛttika

1. white spots; 2. vehicle; 3. star cluster Pleiades; the cutters.

kumbhaka

breath retention, stopping the breath by shutting the mouth and closing the nostrils with fingers of the right hand.

mūṣika

leech used for blood letting.

naimittika

casual, accidental.

nakha

nail; nakhabheda splitting of nails.

nirvikalpa

not admitting an alternative, free from change.

niṣṭīvana

spitting, salivation.

pañcakarma

five purifying therapatic procedures: emesis vamana, errhine nasya, enema vasti, purgation virecana, blood-letting raktamokṣaṇa.

pañcamṛttika

clays of powder of brick, ash, earth of ant-hill, gairika (red ochre), salt.

pāriśa

Plant 1. Thespesia populnea, Indian tulip tree; 2. Indian rock fig, Ficus arnottiana.

pāṭana

incising, cutting

pingala

1. twining tubular vessel on the right side of the body, 2. a kind of leech used for blood letting; 3. brown, reddish brown colour.

plakṣa

Plant Indian tulip tree, Thespesia populnea; white fruited wavy leaf fig, Ficus infectora, F. lacor, F. arnottiana, F. glabella, F. tsiela.

pramīlaka

1. shutting the eyes; 2. visual disturbances.

punḍarīkamukhi

(punḍarīka.mukhi) leech used for blood letting.

rakta

blood, red, raktamokṣaṇa blood-letting, raktapradara menorrhagia, metrorrhagia.

raktamokṣan

blood-letting to treat certain diseases.

ratti

a measurement of weight equivalent to 125mg.

sandhāraṇa

posture, position; attitude; holding together, supporting.

sanghātabalapravṛttivyādhi

(sanghāta.bala.pravṛthi.vyādhi) diseases caused by external or environmental factors.

sankhumukhi

a non-poisonous leech used in blood-letting therapy.

sanyāsa

1. renunciation, 2. coma; 3. putting sealed pot containing mercury and other medicines on the furnace.

sāvarika

leech used for blood letting.

savikalpa

possessing variety or admitting of distinctions; differentiated.

śayyāmūtra

bedwetting, nocturnal enuresis.

sūci

needle, pin, blood letting with needle.

tāḍana

blowing with a pipe to remove impurities, hitting.

tittiri

a bird, Greek partridge; Alectoris chukar.

utkartana

cutting off, cutting to pieces.

vajrāsana

one of the yogic postures, diamond pose, thunderbolt pose; sitting on heels with calves beneath the thighs.

vāṇi

voice, vāṇiutpatti speech-production.

vipāṭana

incision, act of splitting in two.

vipluta

unremitting pain in vagina, associated with infertility.

vīrudh

Plant medicinal plant, herb that grows again after cutting; a creeper.

vivarta

illusion, vivartavāda method of asserting the vedānta doctrine, knitting disjoined parts.

vyavāyi

diffusive, pervading, those pervading the entire body before getting digested.

vyutpatti

etymological derivation.

Wordnet Search
"tti" has 198 results.

tti

sāmañjasyam, saumanasyam, anusāritā, yathātathyam, aucityam, ucitatā, upapattiḥ, sadṛśatā, yogyatā, yuktatā, yuktiḥ   

ucitaḥ upayuktaśca saṃyogaḥ।

sāmañjasyāt kaṭhinam api kāryam sukaraṃ bhavati।

tti

pāpam, paṅkam, pāpmā, kilviṣam, kalmaṣam, kaluṣam, vṛjinam, enaḥ, agham, ahaḥ, duritam, duṣkṛtam, pātakam, tūstam, kaṇvam, śalyam, pāpakam, adharmam, durvinītatā, avinayaḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, duśceṣṭitam, kuceṣṭitam, durvṛttiḥ, kunītiḥ, kucaritam, kucaryā, vyabhicāraḥ, durācāraḥ   

tat karma yad dharmānusāri nāsti।

pāpāt rakṣa।

tti

agrajā, jyeṣṭha-bhaginī, atti   

vayasā adhikā bhaginī।

mama agrajā adhyāpikā asti।

tti

mṛdā, mṛttikā, pāṃśuḥ   

pṛthivyāḥ āvaraṇe vartamānam aśmādīnāṃ cūrṇam।

eṣā mṛdā atīva phaladāyinī asti।

tti

ānandin, sānandaḥ, prahṛṣṭa, ānandavṛtti, prasannacitta, ullāsī, ānandita, hṛṣṭa, hṛṣṭamānasa, hṛṣṭahṛdaya, praharṣita, harṣita, praharṣaṇa, haroṣamāṇa, harṣaṇa, āhlādin, hlādin, pramodin, pramudita, mudita, mudānvita, harṣānvita, praphulla, harṣayukta, tuṣṭa, parituṣṭa, ullasa, ullāsin, ullasit   

ānandena sahitaḥ।

santuṣṭasya jīvanam ānandi asti।

tti

makṣikā, bhambhaḥ, nācikā, gandhatotupā, pataṅgikā, pattikā, vamanīyā, palaṅkaṣā   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ pṛṣodaraḥ śabdāyamānaḥ kīṭaḥ।

gomaye makṣikāḥ maśanti। /ārṣabhasya rājarṣermanasāpi mahātmanaḥ nānuvartmārhati nṛpo makṣikevagarutvataḥ।

tti

daśā, avasthā, sthitiḥ, saṃsthitiḥ, bhāvaḥ, vṛtti   

kasyāpi viṣaye prasaṅge vā sthitiḥ।

krodhasya daśāyāṃ kṛtaṃ karma na samyag bhavati।

tti

samāptiḥ, niṣpattiḥ, siddhiḥ, nivṛtti   

samāpanasya kriyā।

mahātmā gāndhī mahodayasya mṛtyunā yugasya samāptiḥ jātā।

tti

kāryam, karma, vṛttiḥ, kāryodyogaḥ, vartanam, vṛttitā, jīvikā   

upajīvikārthe tathā ca sevārthe kṛtaṃ karma।

svasya kāryaṃ samāpya saḥ gataḥ।

tti

nirmāṇam, sarjanam, sṛṣṭiḥ, utpattiḥ, sargaḥ, nisargaḥ, bhāvanam   

utpādanasya kriyā।

asya bhuvanasya nirmāṇaṃ mughalaśailyā kṛtam।

tti

śāntiḥ, viśrāmaḥ, nivṛttiḥ, viśrāntiḥ, śamaḥ, upaśamaḥ, praśāntiḥ, nirvṛttiḥ, sukhaḥ, saukhyam, svasthatā, svāsthyam, samādhānam, nirudvegaḥ   

krodhaduḥkhādīnāṃ cittavṛttīnāṃ nirodhena manasaḥ śamanam।

śāntena manasā yogaḥ kartavyaḥ।

tti

dhanikaḥ, dhanāḍhyaḥ, dhanī, dhanavān, sadhanaḥ, lakṣmīvān, śrīmān, dhaneśvaraḥ, lakṣmīśaḥ, ibhyaḥ, saśrīkaḥ, koṣavān, sampattimān, samṛddhaḥ, mahādhanaḥ, bahudhanaḥ, vittavān, vasumān, arthavān, arthānvitaḥ, sārthaḥ, dhanasampannaḥ, dhanasamṛddhaḥ, dhanavipulaḥ, khadiraḥ   

yaḥ dhanena sampannaḥ।

dhanāḍhyena paropakārāya phaladāyinaḥ vṛkṣasya iva bhāvyam।

tti

yaśaḥ, kīrtiḥ, khyātiḥ, pratiṣṭhā, maryādā, sukīrtiḥ, satkīrtiḥ, sukhyātiḥ, parikhyātiḥ, viśrutiḥ, pratiṣṭhā, viśrāvaḥ, prasiddhiḥ, prakīrtiḥ, kīrtanam, prathā, prathitiḥ, samprathī, samajñā, samājñā, pratipattiḥ, vikhyātiḥ, pravikhyātiḥ, pratikhyātiḥ, samākhyā, janaśrutiḥ, janapravādaḥ, janodāharaṇam, kīrtanā, abhikhyānam, samajyā, ājñā   

dānādi-sadguṇa-prabhavād vidyā-kalādiṣu prāvīṇyād vā ādarasya bhāvanayā sahitā janeṣu śrutiḥ।

sacina teṇḍulakara mahodayena krikeṭa krīḍāyāṃ yaśaḥ dhanaṃ ca arjitam।/ mandaḥ kaviḥ yaśaḥprārthī gamiṣyāmi upahāsyatām। prāṃśulabhye phale lobhād udbāhur iva vāmanaḥ॥

tti

tittiraḥ, tittiriḥ, titiriḥ, taitiraḥ   

pakṣiviśeṣaḥ yaḥ dvandvārthe māṃsārthe vā upayujyate।

mayā tittirayoḥ dvandvaṃ dṛśyate।

tti

vinīta, vinayin, saumya, saumyavṛtti, namrabuddhi, namravṛtti, namraśīla, namracetas, nirviṇṇa, nirviṇṇacetas, savinaya, sahanaśīla, vinata   

yasya svabhāvaḥ mṛduḥ asti।

rameśaḥ vinītaḥ asti।

tti

saujanyam, sādhutā, sajjanatā, sabhyatā, sattvavṛttiḥ, uttamatā, uttamatvam, guṇaḥ, praśastatā, praśastatvam, sadbhāvaḥ, sāttvikaḥ, sāttvikatā, sādhubhāvaḥ, sujanatā, sujanatvam, sauṣṭha, kulīnatā   

sujanasya bhāvaḥ।

pāṭhaśālāyāṃ tasya saujanyaṃ khyātam। / saujanyam varavaṃśajanma vibhavo dirghāyurārogyatā vijñatvaṃ vinayitvaṃ indriyavaśaḥ satpātradāne ruciḥ sanmantrī susutaḥ priyā priyatamā bhaktiśca nārāyaṇe satpuṇyena vinā trayodaśaguṇāḥ saṃsāriṇāṃ durlabhāḥ।

tti

bhittiḥ, bhittikā, kuḍyam, kuḍyakam   

gṛhādermṛdiṣaṭakādimayī vṛttiḥ।

śilāyāḥ bhittiḥ dṛḍhā।

tti

aprāptiḥ, anupalabdhiḥ, anavāptiḥ, anāptiḥ, anupatti   

aprāptasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

dhanasya anupalabdheḥ kāraṇāt na vastūni krītāni।

tti

vyavahāraḥ, vṛttiḥ, vṛttam, ācāraḥ, rītiḥ, caritram, caritam, ācaraṇam, gatiḥ, ceṣṭitam, sthitiḥ   

samāje anyaiḥ saha kṛtam ācaraṇam।

tasya vyavahāraḥ samyak nāsti।

tti

ekāgratā, aikāgryam, niṣṭhā, niṣṭhitatvam, ekaniṣṭhatā, ananyavṛttiḥ, ekacittā, ekacittatvam, ananyacittatā, abhiniveśaḥ, cittābhiniveśaḥ, abhiyuktatā, abhiniviṣṭatā, āsaktiḥ, āsaktatā, niveśaḥ, praveśaḥ, niviṣṭatā, āviṣṭatvam, paratā, manoyogaḥ   

ekacittasya bhāvaḥ।

saritā pratyekaṃ kāryaṃ ekāgratayā karoti।

tti

bhittivivaram   

dīpādisthāpanārthe bhittau vinirmitaṃ vivaram।

tena bhittivivare dīpaḥ sthāpitaḥ।

tti

gṛham, geham, udvasitam, veśma, sadma, niketanam, niśāntam, natsyam, sadanam, bhavanam, agāram, sandiram, gṛhaḥ, nikāyaḥ, nilayaḥ, ālayaḥ, vāsaḥ, kuṭaḥ, śālā, sabhā, pastyam, sādanam, āgāram, kuṭiḥ, kuṭī, gebaḥ, niketaḥ, sālā, mandirā, okaḥ, nivāsaḥ, saṃvāsaḥ, āvāsaḥ, adhivāsaḥ, nivasati, vasati, ketanam, gayaḥ, kṛdaraḥ, gartaḥ, harmyam, astam, duroṇe, nīlam, duryāḥ, svasarāṇi, amā, dame, kṛttiḥ, yoniḥ, śaraṇam, varūtham, chardichadi, chāyā, śarma, ajam   

manuṣyaiḥ iṣṭikādibhiḥ vinirmitaṃ vāsasthānam।

gṛhiṇyā eva gṛhaṃ śobhate।

tti

virāmaḥ, viratiḥ, vyanadhānam, avaratiḥ, uparatiḥ, nivṛttiḥ, vinivṛttiḥ, nirvṛttiḥ, nivarttanam, nirvarttanam, chedaḥ, vicchedaḥ, upaśamaḥ, apaśamaḥ, kṣayaḥ   

samupasthitāyām athavā pravartamānāyām kriyāyām santaticchedaḥ।

kartuḥ vṛthā virāmāt kālakṣepaḥ bhavati।

tti

aṅgāraḥ, aṅgāram, alātaṃ, ulmūkam, ālātam, nidhāpakaḥ, kṛṣṇamṛt, kṛṣṇamṛttikā, kṛṣṇabhūmi   

dagdhakāṣṭhakhaṇḍaḥ sāgniḥ niragniḥ vā।

aṅgāraḥ karaṃ kṛṣṇāyate।

tti

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

tti

paittika, paitta   

pittasambandhī।

atūlena pittena nābhyāṃ paittikaṃ śūlaṃ bhavati।

tti

kāmuka, kāmin, kāmavṛtti, kāmapravaṇa, kāmāsakta, sakāma, kāmana, kamana, kamra, kamitṛ, kāmayitā, ratārthin, maithunārthin, suratārthin, maithunābhilāṣin, sambhogābhilāśin, maithunecchu, vyavāyin, anuka, abhīka, abhika, lāpuka, abhilāṣuka, vyavāyaparāyaṇa, lampaṭa, strīrata, strīpara, kāmārta, kāmātura, kāmāndha, kāmānvita, kāmāviṣṭa, kāmagrasta, kāmādhīna, kāmayukta, kāmākrānta, kāmajita, jātakāma, kāmopahata   

yaḥ strīsambhogābhilāṣī asti।

saḥ kāmukaḥ vyaktiḥ asti।

tti

lābhaḥ, labdhiḥ, prāptiḥ, phalam, phalodayaḥ, labhyam, labhyāṃśaḥ, āyaḥ, udayaḥ, utpannam, paṇāyā, paṇyaphalatvam, vṛddhiḥ, vivṛddhiḥ, pratipattiḥ, yogakṣemaḥ, prayogaḥ, arjanam, upārjanam   

mūladhanādadhikaṃ vyāpārādibhiḥ prāptaṃ dhanam।

saḥ vastravyāpāre lābhaḥ prāptavān।

tti

abhiruciḥ, pravṛtti   

prakṛtyā kasminnapi ruciḥ।

pāṭhanasya abhiruciḥ dṛṣṭvā saḥ nagare preṣitaḥ।

tti

pravṛttiḥ, caritam, caryā, anuśīlanam, ācāraḥ, vyavahāraḥ, svabhāvaḥ, prakṛttiḥ, śīlaḥ, svarūpam, nisargaḥ   

saṃtatābhyāsād janitam ācaraṇam।

prātarutthānaṃ tasya pravṛttiḥ।

tti

dhanam, vittam, vibhavaḥ, arthaḥ, vaibhavam, sampattiḥ, draviṇam, dravyam, rāḥ, riktham, ṛktham, hiraṇyam, dyumnam, svāpateyam, bhogyam, ghasu, svāpateyam, vasu, dyumnam, kāñcanam, lakṣmīḥ, sampat, vṛddhiḥ, śrīḥ, vyavahāryam, raiḥ, bhogaḥ, svam, rekṇaḥ, vedaḥ, varivaḥ, śvātram, ratnam, rayiḥ, kṣatram, bhagaḥ, mīlum, gayaḥ, dyumnaḥ, indriyam, vasu, rāyaḥ, rādhaḥ, bhojanam, tanā, nṛmṇam, bandhuḥ, medhāḥ, yaśaḥ, brahma, śraṃvaḥ, vṛtram, vṛtam   

suvarṇarupyakādayaḥ।

sādhu kāryārthe eva dhanasya viyogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ।

tti

janma, jātiḥ, janiḥ, jananam, janimā, utpattiḥ, udbhavaḥ, sambhavaḥ, bhavaḥ, januḥ   

astitvasya sambhavanam।

kṛṣṇasya janma mathurāyām abhavat।

tti

daivayogaḥ, daivikam, samāpatti   

dvayoḥ ghaṭanayoḥ bahvīnāṃ vā ghaṭanānām akasmāt samavāsthānam।

daivayogaḥ eva ayaṃ yat ahaṃ bhavantameva mīlitum agamam paraṃ bhavān eva atra upasthitaḥ।

tti

sammānam, prabhāvaḥ, māhātmyam, pratāpaḥ, pratiṣṭhā, anubhāvaḥ, anubhūtiḥ, āyattiḥ, āyatiḥ, āspadam, indratā, indratvam, garimān, gurutā, guruttvam, tejasvitā, paktiḥ, bhagaḥ   

loke prasiddhiḥ।

janaḥ tasya sammānaṃ karoti।

tti

niścayaḥ, nirṇayaḥ, nirṇayaṇam, niścitam, niṣpattiḥ, siddhīḥ   

ūhādinā kasyāpi vastunaḥ sthiteḥ niścitiḥ।

bhūri nirikṣaṇānantaram asmākam ayaṃ nirṇayaḥ jātaḥ yat rāmaḥ sajjanaḥ puruṣaḥ iti।

tti

śaṅkā, bādhā, bādhaḥ, bādhakam, āśaṅkā, āpatti   

kimapi kāryam ayogyaṃ matvā tadviṣaye kathanasya kriyā।

samyak kāryaṃ kartuṃ kasyāpi āśaṅkā na bhavet।

tti

sukhasaṃvitti   

sukhadāyikā anubhūtiḥ।

mandire gamanena sukhasaṃvittiṃ labhate।

tti

utpattiḥ, udbhavaḥ, udayaḥ   

prādurbhavanasya kriyā bhāvo vā।

pṛthivyāṃ prathamataḥ ekakośīyasya jīvasya utpattiḥ abhavat।

tti

saṅkaṭam, vipadā, vyasanam, āpattiḥ, āpadā, ariṣṭam   

aniṣṭaghaṭanayā jātā sā sthitiḥ yayā bahuhāniḥ saṃbhavati।

saṅkaṭe matiḥ baddhasadṛśā jāyate।

tti

svābhāvika, svabhāvaja, prākṛtika, autpattika, autsargika, naisarga   

svabhāvasambandhī।

krodhaḥ tasya svābhāvikaḥ guṇaḥ।

tti

yatnaḥ, prayatnaḥ, ceṣṭā, ceṣṭitam, viceṣṭitam, ceṣṭanam, udyamaḥ, udyogaḥ, vyavasāyaḥ, adhyavasāyaḥ, adhyavasānam, pravṛttiḥ, vyāpāraḥ, āyāsaḥ, ghaṭanam, ghaṭanā, ghaṭā, grahaḥ, guraṇam, gūraṇam, goraṇam, upakramaḥ, karmayogaḥ, prayogaḥ, vyāyāmaḥ, utsāhaḥ   

īpsitasiddhyarthaṃ kriyamāṇaṃ kāryam।

udyoginaṃ puruṣasiṃham upaiti lakṣmīr daivena deyam iti kāpuruṣā vadanti। daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣam ātmaśaktyā yatne kṛte yadi na sidhyati ko'tra doṣaḥ॥

tti

udyogaḥ, udyamaḥ, vyavasāyaḥ, jīvikā, vṛtti   

jīvitārthe kṛtaṃ karma।

tena vastravikrayaṇena saha anyaḥ udyogaḥ api ārabdhaḥ।

tti

skandaḥ, ṣaḍānanaḥ, kumāraḥ, kārttikeyaḥ, ṣāṇmāturaḥ, mayūraketuḥ, siddhasenaḥ, viśākhaḥ, agnibhūḥ, āmbikeyaḥ, āgneyaḥ, kāmajitaḥ, gāṅgeyaḥ, candrānanaḥ, tārakāriḥ, devavrataḥ, mayūreśaḥ, śikhīśvaraḥ, kārtikaḥ, harihayaḥ, krauñcāriḥ, mahiṣārdanaḥ, rudratejaḥ, bhavātmajaḥ, śāṅkariḥ, śikhībhūḥ, ṣaṇmukhaḥ, kāntaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

bhagavataḥ śivasya jyeṣṭhaputraḥ।

senānīnāmaham skandaḥ।

tti

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

tti

vārtā, vṛtāntaḥ, samācāraḥ, sandeśaḥ, sandiṣṭaḥ, savādaḥ, vṛttam, vartamānam, pravṛttiḥ, kiṃvadantī, udantaḥ, udantakaḥ, lokavādaḥ, lokapravādaḥ, janavādaḥ, janaśrutiḥ, vācikam, sūcanā   

ghaṭanānāṃ vṛttāntaḥ yaḥ ākāśavāṇīdūradarśanāditaḥ prāptaḥ।

pūrvaṃ bhavantaḥ hindībhāṣāyāṃ viśvasya vārtāḥ aśruṇvan।

tti

vayanavṛtti   

vayanasya vṛttiḥ।

pārvatī pañcāśat rupyakāṇi iti yāvat ekasya patalacchandasya vayanavṛttiṃ gṛhṇāti।

tti

vicayavṛtti   

vicayasya vṛttiḥ।

svāmī śramikāya madhukavicayasya pañcaviṃśatiḥ rupyakāṇi vicayavṛttim ayacchat।

tti

anupradānam, aṃhitiḥ, apavargaḥ, apasarjanam, ijyaḥ, utsargaḥ, utsarjanam, udāttaḥ, upasattiḥ, upasadaḥ, dattam, dādaḥ, dānīyam, dāyaḥ, namas, niryātanam, nirvapaṇam, pradānam, vilambhaḥ, viśraṇanam, vihāpitam, sparśanam, apavarjanam   

kasyāpi sāmājike dhārmikādeḥ kāryārthe dānarūpeṇa vibhinnajanāt saṅkalitaṃ dhanādiḥ।

tena mandirārthe saṅkalitena anupradānena svasya gṛhaṃ vinirmitam।

tti

carma, dṛtiḥ, paśutvak, paśucarma, kṛttiḥ, ajinam, vardham, śipi   

mṛtānām aśvādīnāṃ paśūnāṃ carma yat pādukādinirmāṇe carmakāreṇa upayujyate।

asya paśutvaṅmayasya syūtasya carma bahūmulyam asti।

tti

carma, tvak, asṛgdharā, kṛttiḥ, ajinam, dehacarmam, raktādhāraḥ, romabhūmiḥ, asṛgvarā   

śarīrasya āvaraṇam।

nirbhinnānyasya carmāṇi lokapālaḥ anilaḥ aviśat।

tti

vṛttiḥ, vṛttam, ācāraḥ, rītiḥ, vyavahāraḥ, caritram, caritam, ācaraṇam, gatiḥ, ceṣṭitam, sthitiḥ   

jīvane vartanasya rītiḥ।

sādhoḥ ācārāt saḥ samāje pratiṣṭhām alabhata।

tti

vṛttihīnatā   

sā avasthā yasyāṃ nirvāhārthe manuṣyaḥ kimapi kāryaṃ kartuṃ na śaknoti।

pratidine vṛttihīnatāyāḥ samasyā vardhate eva।

tti

vādaḥ, vicāraḥ, vivādaḥ, vādānuvādaḥ, vipratipattiḥ, vitarkaḥ, vādayuddhaṃ, hetuvādaḥ   

kamapi viṣayamadhikṛtya khaṇḍanamaṇḍanātmikā carcā।

atyadhikena vādena kāryaṃ naśyati।

tti

balam, āyattiḥ, utsāhaḥ, tavasyam   

śarīrasya śaktiḥ।

puṣṭivardhakasya bhojanasya abhāvāt balaṃ mīnāti।

tti

dinam, ahna, ahaḥ, ahan, āyattiḥ, divasaḥ, vāraḥ, vāsaraḥ   

saptāhasya aṃśaḥ।

somavāsaraḥ saptāhasya prathamaṃ dinam asti।

tti

puttikā, matkoṭakaḥ, kaṇikā   

kīṭaviśeṣaḥ- śvetā pipilī yā kāṣṭha-kargajādīn bhakṣayati।

asya pustakasya pṛṣṭhāni puttikābhiḥ ।

tti

sampattiḥ, vibhavaḥ, āśayaḥ, kiṃcanyam, vibhavaḥ   

svādhikāre vartamānaṃ dhanaṃ samparigrahaḥ ca yasya krayaḥ vikrayaḥ ca kartuṃ śakyate।

tena kaṣṭārjitā atyādhikā sampattiḥ।

tti

śuddhatā, nirmalatā, nirmalatvam, vaimalyam, śucitā, śucitvam, śaucam, śaucatvam, amalatvam, amalatā, vimalatā, vimalatvam, svacchatvam, nirmālyam, praśuddhiḥ, prasatti, mṛjā, viviktatā, viśuddhatā, viśuddhatvam, vaiśadyam, sādaḥ, pūtiḥ   

śuddhasya bhāvaḥ।

śuddhatāyāḥ rogaḥ na prasarati।

tti

acalasampattiḥ, sthāvarasampatti   

sā sampattiḥ yā anyatra netuṃ na śakyate।

kṛṣikṣetram gṛham ityādayaḥ acalasampattiḥ asti।

tti

peśībhitti   

vanaspateḥ kośikāyāḥ bahiḥ vartamānaṃ paṭalaṃ yat tām āghātāt trāyate।

peśībhittyā peśīnām ākāraḥ vartate।

tti

sevā, upasattiḥ, devanā, dosthaḥ, parisaryā   

pūjyādīnāṃ sukhārthe kṛtaṃ karma।

saḥ ahorātraṃ pitroḥ sevāṃ karoti।

tti

udyogaḥ, vyavasāyaḥ, vṛttiḥ, vyāpāraḥ   

tad padam athavā kāryaṃ yasya kṛte vetanaṃ prāpyate।

idānīṃtane kāle udyogasya prāptiḥ atīva kaṭhinā jātā।

tti

dhāraṇā, avagamaḥ, avagamanam, cetanā, jñaptiḥ, dhītiḥ, dhīdā, prabodhaḥ, prājñā, vijñātiḥ, vittiḥ, sambodhaḥ   

buddhyā adhigataṃ jñānam।

pratyekasya jīvasya dhāraṇā bhinnā vartate।

tti

kṛtti   

saḥ kālaḥ yadā candramāḥ aśvinyādiṣu saptaviṃśatiṣu nakṣatreṣu tṛtīye nakṣatre vartate।

saḥ kṛttikāyāṃ jātaḥ।

tti

sevānivṛtti   

niyatakālād anantaraṃ vyavasāyāt muktiḥ।

sevānivṛtteḥ anantaraṃ śyāmasya pitā gṛhe eva asti।

tti

āvṛttiḥ, punarāvṛttiḥ, punarāvartanaḥ   

kasminnapi karmaṇi pāṭavārthe tatkarmaṇaḥ punaḥ punaḥ kṛtiḥ; asmin vākye rāma iti śabdasya trivāraṃ āvṛttiḥ jātā। /

āvṛttiḥ sarvaśāstrāṇām bodhādapi garīyasī

[udbhaṭa]

tti

vetanam, vṛttiḥ, bhṛtiḥ, mūlyam, arjanam   

karmakaraḥ karma kṛtvā yad dhanaṃ prāpnoti tad।

saḥ pratidinaṃ upārjanaṃ karoti।

tti

bhedaḥ, vyāvṛttiḥ, bhinnatā, vibhinnatā, viṣamatā, asamānatā   

asamānasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

asmin vastuni mahān bhedaḥ asti।

tti

abhyāsaḥ, āvṛtti   

kasyacit viṣayasya punaḥ punaḥ adhyayanam।

rāmaḥ pāṭhasya abhyāsaṃ karoti।

tti

mānyatā, saṃvitti   

svīkṛteḥ bhāvaḥ।

iyaṃ saṃsthā sarvakārasya mānyatām alabhata।

tti

abhiyānam, pravṛtti   

kañcit mahatvapūrṇaṃ kāryaṃ sampādayituṃ pravartamānaḥ upakramaḥ।

janān sākṣaraṃ kartuṃ sarvakāreṇa sākṣaratāyāḥ abhiyānam ācaryate।

tti

vatsaraḥ, varṣaḥ, saṃvatsaraḥ, parivatsaraḥ, abdaḥ, samā, samāḥ, saṃvad, hāyanaḥ, variṣam, kālagranthiḥ, ṛtuvṛttiḥ, māsamānaḥ, yugāṃśakaḥ, śarad, śaradā   

sarveṣām ṛtunāṃ parivartaḥ dvādaśa-māsayuktaḥ yugasya aṃśabhūtaḥ kālaḥ।

agrime vatsare bhārate vaiśvika-krīḍā-mahotsavaḥ bhaviṣyati।

tti

namratā, hrītiḥ, śālīnatā, vinayatā, suvṛttiḥ, vinītatā, nābhimānaḥ, vinītatvam   

vinayena yuktaḥ vyavahāraḥ।

adhikārī namratayā asmākaṃ vacanam aśrṛṇot।

tti

paitṛkasampatti   

dāyādaiḥ prāptā sampattiḥ। etad bhavanaṃ rohitaḥ paitṛkasampattyāṃ prāptavān।

tti

vivādaḥ, kalahaḥ, vādaḥ, vipralāpaḥ, vipratipatti   

yasya viṣayasya dvau athavā adhikāḥ virodhinaḥ pakṣāḥ santi tathā ca yasya satyatāyāḥ nirṇayaḥ na jātaḥ।

rāmaśyāmayoḥ madhye vartamānasya bhūmiviṣayasya vivādasya nirṇayaḥ na jātaḥ।

tti

kāryavidhiḥ, kāryaśailī, pravṛtti   

kāryasya paddhatiḥ।

bhavān svasya kāryavidhiṃ kiñcit parivartayatu।

tti

santoṣaḥ, saṃtuṣṭiḥ, santuṣṭiḥ, paritoṣaḥ, parituṣṭiḥ, nivṛttiḥ, śāṃtiḥ, upaśamaḥ, toṣaḥ, saṃśamaḥ, svāsthyam, dhṛtiḥ   

manasaḥ sā avasthā yasyāḥ manuṣyaḥ nandati anyad kimapi na icchati ca।

saṃtoṣasya kāraṇāt manuṣyaḥ sukhaṃ śāntiñca anubhavati।

tti

āvṛtti   

ekasmin kāle jātam pustakasya mudraṇam।

asya pustakasya prathamā āvṛttiḥ vipaṇyām āgatā।

tti

vetanam, vṛttiḥ, vartanam, bhṛtiḥ   

jīvanayāpanārthaṃ dīyamānaṃ dhanam।

jyeṣṭhebhyaḥ vidhavābhyaśca jīvanaṃ yāpayituṃ sarvakāraḥ vetanaṃ dadāti।

tti

pāñcālakaḥ, putrakaḥ, kṛtrimaputrakaḥ, cañcāpuruṣaḥ, puttalaḥ, pāñcālikā, putrikā, vastraputrikā, puttikā, śālāṅkī, kuruṇṭī, pāñcālī, pañcālī, lepyamayī, pañcālikā, śālabhañjī, śālabhañjīkā   

vastrakargajādīkṛtaputtalikā।

pitā pavanasya kṛte ekaṃ pāñcālakam akrīṇāt।

tti

mudraṇavṛtti   

mudraṇasya vṛttiḥ।

prakāśakaḥ asya pustakasya mudraṇavṛttiḥ adhikam apekṣate।

tti

chātravṛtti   

adhyayanārthe prāptam anudānam।

rohanaḥ chātravṛtiṃ prāpsyati।

tti

vahanavṛtti   

vahanasya vṛttiḥ।

śramikaḥ ikṣoḥ vahanavṛttiḥ pañcaśatarupyakāṇi apekṣate।

tti

dānam, utsarjanam, upasattiḥ, upasadaḥ, anupradānam, ijyaḥ, utsargaḥ, aṃhitiḥ, upahārakam, upāyanam, aṃhatiḥ   

kenacit dattam vā kasmādapi prāptaṃ vastu।

jīvanam īśvarāt prāptaṃ dānam iti janāḥ manyante।

tti

sīmā, maryādā, āghāṭaḥ, avadhiḥ, maryā, aṇī, āṇiḥ, aṇiḥ, āyattiḥ, antaḥ, antakaḥ, parisīmā, sīmantaḥ, pāliḥ, velā, avacchedaḥ, paricchedaḥ   

kasyāpi pradeśasya vastunaḥ vā vistārasya antimā rekhā।

bhāratadeśasya sīmni sainikāḥ santi।

tti

peṣaṇavṛtti   

peṣaṇasya vṛttiḥ।

adhunā godhūmasya peṣaṇavṛttiḥ sārdhadvirupyakāṇi asti।

tti

pratyāgamanam, pratyāvṛttiḥ, punarāgamanam, punarāgamaḥ, punarāyanam, punarāvṛttiḥ, punarāvartaḥ, upāvṛttiḥ, parivṛttiḥ, pratyāvṛttiḥ, āgatiḥ   

punaḥ āgamanasya kriyā।

atithīnāṃ pratyāgamanena gṛhasadasyāḥ khinnāḥ jātāḥ।

tti

prāyaścittam, prāyaścittiḥ, prāyaścetanam, niṣkṛtiḥ, pāpaniṣkṛtiḥ, pāpāpanuttiḥ, pāvanam   

pāpakṣayamātrasādhanaṃ karma।

hindūdharmīyāḥ svapāpānāṃ prāyaścittam ācarituṃ tīrthasthānaṃ gacchanti athavā dānādīn kurvanti।

tti

bhikṣāvṛtti   

bhikṣāṃ yācitvā ājīvikārjanasya kriyā।

saḥ bhikṣāvṛttyā parivārasya pālanaṃ karoti।

tti

sāmarthyam, śaktiḥ, balam, prabhāvaḥ, vīryam, ūrjaḥ, sahaḥ, ojaḥ, vibhavaḥ, tejaḥ, vikramaḥ, parākramaḥ, śauryam, draviṇam, taraḥ, sahaḥ, sthāmaḥ, śuṣmam, prāṇaḥ, śaktitā, vayā, īśā, āyattiḥ, āspadam, utsāhaḥ, aidham, aiśyam, tavaḥ, pratāpaḥ, prabalatā, prabalatā, sabalatā, prabalatvam, prāsahaḥ, dhiṣṇyam, vaibhavam, śambaraḥ   

śāririkī kṣamatā yayā manuṣyaḥ kāryaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

bharatasya sāmarthyaṃ kena api na jñāyate।

tti

punarāgamanam, pratinivṛttiḥ, pratigamanam, pratyāgamanam, pratyāyānam, pratigatiḥ, pratyāgatiḥ, pratyāvṛttiḥ, āgatiḥ, punarupāgamaḥ   

punaḥ āgamanasya kriyā।

adya śyāmasya grāmāt punarāgamanam na śakyate।

tti

bakavṛtti   

vañcanāṃ kṛtvā kāryasiddheḥ vṛttiḥ।

navīnasya bakavṛtteḥ kāraṇāt ko'pi suhṛd tena saha vārtāṃ na karoti।

tti

āpad, vipad, vyasanam, upaplavaḥ, vipattiḥ, upadravaḥ, atyāhitaṃ, anarthaḥ, viplavaḥ, vipattikālaḥ, āpatkālaḥ, vipatkālaḥ   

vipattiyuktaḥ kālaḥ।

hitaiṣiṇāṃ parīkṣaṇaṃ vipattau eva bhavati। / sampattau ca vipattau ca sādhūnāmekarūpatā।

tti

vyutpattiḥ, utpattiḥ, upapatti   

padasya tat mūlaṃ rūpaṃ yasmāt tat padaṃ siddhaṃ bhavati।

bhūmiḥ iti padasya vyutpattiḥ bhū iti dhātoḥ bhavati।

tti

sādhanasampatti   

prāpteḥ sādhanam।

ūrjāprāptyarthaṃ vayaṃ naisargikyāṃ sādhanasampattau āśritāḥ smaḥ।

tti

sahajavṛttiḥ, pravṛtti   

naisargikam ācaraṇam।

alpena eva kāraṇena rośanaṃ gītāyāḥ sahajavṛttiḥ asti।

tti

sāmpattika   

sampatteḥ sambandhī।

dvayoḥ bhrātroḥ madhye sāmpattikaḥ vivādaḥ asti।

tti

vinītatā, suvṛtti   

mithyācārarahitasya ācaraṇasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

munayaḥ vinītatayā jīvanaṃ yāpayitum icchanti।

tti

svīkāraḥ, pratipattiḥ, pratigrahaḥ, pratigrahaṇam, grahaṇam, āvānam, svīkaraṇam, aṅgīkāraḥ   

aṅgīkaraṇasya kriyā।

vivāhasya varṣadvayānantarapi varuṇena svapatnyāḥ svīkāraḥ na kṛtaḥ।

tti

vidhiḥ, bhāgyam, bhavitavyatā, niyatiḥ, yathābhāvaḥ, bhāgyavṛttiḥ, daivam, prāktanam   

yā ghaṭanā niścayena bhavati eva।

vidhiṃ kaḥ api parihartuṃ na śaknoti।

tti

abhivṛtti   

kasyāpi kāryasya prākṛtikī abhiruciḥ।

samyak abhivṛttiḥ saphale jīvane sāhāyyikā bhavati।

tti

yuddhāvasānam, yuddhaviśrāmaḥ, yuddhanivṛttiḥ, avahāraḥ   

sā avasthā yasyāṃ dve athavā adhikāni rāṣṭrāṇi yuddhaṃ sthagayitvā śāntim icchanti।

ijarāila iti tathā ca pelesṭāina iti rāṣṭrayoḥ yuddhāvasānasya prayatnaḥ niṣphalaḥ jātaḥ।

tti

ājīvana-vṛtti   

sā vṛttiḥ yā ājīvanaṃ prāpyate।

svātantrayasainikāḥ ājīvana-vṛttiṃ labhante।

tti

vṛttiḥ, vartanam, ācaraṇam, rītiḥ, sthitiḥ   

sā śarīrasya kriyā yayā manasi sthitāḥ bhāvāḥ prakaṭībhavanti।

sahayātriṇaḥ vṛttiṃ dṛṣṭvā vayaṃ jāgarukāḥ abhavam।

tti

rajonivṛtti   

strīṇāṃ māsikadharmasya nivṛttiḥ।

vayasaḥ 45-55 ityasmin saṃvatsare rajonivṛttiḥ bhavati।

tti

anuṣṭhānam, ācaraṇam, vidhānam, karaṇam, sampādanam, niṣpattiḥ, siddhiḥ, nirvāhaḥ, nirvahaṇam   

suyogyarītyā kāryasya samāpanam।

asya kāryasya anuṣṭhānaṃ samyakatayā jātam।

tti

kṛtti   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargatatṛtīyanakṣatram।

bharaṇyāḥ kṛttikāyāṃ praviśati candraḥ।

tti

dhanam, dravyam, vasuḥ, arthaḥ, vittam, draviṇam, sampad, hiraṇyam, vibhavaḥ, sampatti   

upayogināṃ tathā ca mūlyavatāṃ vastūnāṃ samūhaḥ।

pūrvaṃ gopālakānāṃ sampannatā teṣāṃ gorūpaṃ dhanam eva āsīt।

tti

vṛtti   

śabdānāṃ sā racanā yayā mādhuryādayaḥ guṇāḥ vardhante।

sāhitye madhurā puruṣā prauḍhā ityādayaḥ vṛttayaḥ santi।

tti

nivṛttavetanam, anuvṛtti   

karmakarasya tad māsikaṃ vārṣikaṃ vā vetanaṃ yad saḥ tasya parivāro vā tasya nivṛttyāḥ anantaraṃ prāpnoti।

saḥ daśasahasrāṇi rupyakāṇi nivṛttavetanam prāpnoti।

tti

abhiṣaṅgaḥ, pravṛttiḥ, prasaṅgaḥ, pravaṇatā, vinatatā   

saḥ manobhāvaḥ yaḥ anyatamam vihāya anyatamaṃ vṛṇoti।

matānām abhiṣaṅgaḥ kāṃgresam anu vartate।

tti

veśyāvṛttiḥ, gaṇikāvṛttiḥ, veśyājīvaḥ, vārasevā, bandhakītvam, pauṃścalyam   

dhanam arjituṃ parapuruṣeṇa saha sambhogasya kriyā।

veśyāvṛttiḥ mahānagareṣu ādhikyena vartate।

tti

durvṛtti   

duṣṭā vṛttiḥ।

durvṛttyāḥ rakṣatu।

tti

ahetuka, akāraṇa, animitta, ahetu, anaimittika   

yasya kāraṇaṃ nāsti।

ahetukyā cintayā kim।

tti

aniścayaḥ, anirṇayaḥ, avyavasāyaḥ, apratipatti   

niścayasya nirṇayasya vā abhāvaḥ।

aniścayasya sthitau kārye virāmaḥ eva varataraḥ।

tti

anivṛttivādaram   

jainaśāstrānusāram ekaṃ karma।

anivṛttivādarasya anusāreṇa pariṇāmaḥ dūrībhavati kintu vāsanā avaśiṣyate eva।

tti

apūrṇatā, anirvṛttiḥ, asiddhiḥ   

asamāpteḥ bhāvaḥ।

asya kāryasya apūrṇatāyāḥ kāraṇāt anyeṣu kāryeṣu tasya prabhāvaḥ bhavati।

tti

anudyogitā, vṛttihīnatā   

udyamasya pariśramasya vā abhāvaḥ।

yāntrike yuge anudyogitāyāḥ pramāṇam anudivasaṃ vardhate।

tti

ānuvṛttika   

anuvṛttisambandhī।

saḥ ānuvṛttikaṃ dhanam ānetuṃ vittakośe gataḥ।

tti

vṛttibhogī, vṛttibhuk, vārṣikavṛttiḥ, bhogī   

yaḥ vṛttiṃ prāpnoti।

vṛttibhoginaḥ mṛtyoḥ anantaraṃ tasya vṛttiṃ tasya bhāryā prāpnoti।

tti

dīpakāvṛtti   

dīpakālaṅkārasya bhedaḥ।

dīpikāvṛttyāṃ ekasminneva arthe bhinnāni padāni upayujyante।

tti

uñchavṛtti   

gṛhītaśasyakṣetrāt śeṣāvacayanam;

munayaḥ uñchavṛttyā jīvanti

tti

raktapravṛtti   

rogaviśeṣaḥ।

raktapravṛttiḥ pittaprakopāt udbhavati।

tti

asvīkāraḥ, pratyādeśaḥ, nivṛttiḥ, vimardaḥ, pratiṣedhaḥ   

kasyāpi vṛttasya asvīkṛteḥ kriyā।

yūyaṃ mama asya anurodhasya asvīkāraṃ mā kuruta।

tti

pratyāgamanam, punarāgamanam, pratinivṛttiḥ, pratyāyānam, pratigatiḥ, pratyāgatiḥ, pratyāvṛttiḥ, āgatiḥ, punarupāgamaḥ   

anyasmāt sthānāt pūrvaṃ sthānaṃ prati saṃyogasya kriyā।

dehalyāṃ pratyāgamanaṃ kadā bhaviṣyati।

tti

pratidānam, pratyāpatti   

pratyarpitasya dhanasya pratyāgataṃ dhanam।

vetanāt adhikasya ūnitasya karasya varṣānantaramapi pratidānaṃ na prāptam।

tti

vetanam, vṛttiḥ, bhṛtiḥ, mūlyam   

tantukaraṇasya vetanam।

etāvataḥ tūlasya tvaṃ kiyat vetanaṃ svīkariṣyasi।

tti

pūrvacitti   

ekā apsarāḥ।

pūrvacittiḥ indrasya sabhāyāṃ nṛtyaṃ kṛtavatī।

tti

apunarāvartanam, apunarāvṛtti   

punarāvartanasya abhāvaḥ।

sādhavaḥ mahātmanaśca jīvanasya apunarāvartam icchanti।

tti

pratibhā, sampratipattiḥ, sacetanatā, saṃjñā   

dhāraṇā buddhiḥ ca।

uttejanāt krodhāt vā vayaṃ prāyaḥ svasya pratibhāṃ vismarāmaḥ।

tti

apratipatti   

kiṃ kartavyam ityasmin viṣaye ajñānam।

apratipattiṃ nivārayituṃ rājā mantriṇaḥ samīpam agacchat।

tti

apratipatti   

arthajñāne asamarthatā।

asmin granthaviṣaye apratipattiḥ asti।

tti

apravṛtti   

pravṛtteḥ abhāvaḥ manasaḥ abhiruceḥ abhāvaḥ vā।

apravṛttyāḥ vaśāt saḥ jīvanāt nirāśaḥ abhavat।

tti

taittirīya upaniṣad, taittirīya   

pramukhā upaniṣad।

taittirīya upaniṣad yajurvedasya bhāgaḥ।

tti

varṇalepanavṛtti   

varṇalepanasya vetanam।

etasya varṇalepanavṛttiḥ pañtāśadrupyakāṇi apekṣate।

tti

tittirīphalam, rūkṣā, vīśodhanī, śīghrā, daśānikaḥ, sarpadaṃṣṭraḥ, setubhedin, vārāhāṅgī, madhupuṣpā, citrā, sāmānya-jayapālam   

eraṇḍasya jāteḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

tittirīphalasya mūlapatrādīni oṣadhyāṃ prayujyante।

tti

kṛtti   

ṣaṭ striyaḥ yāḥ kārtikeyaṃ poṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā tam apālayan।

kṛttikāyāḥ nāmnā skandaḥ kārtikeyaḥ iti kathyate।

tti

tittiraḥ, cakoraḥ, kṛkaṇaḥ, ṭiṭṭibhaḥ   

pakṣiviśeṣaḥ;

indro divaspatiḥ śatruṣṭiṭibho nāma devatā

[śa.ka]

tti

karṣaṇavṛtti   

karṣaṇasya vetanam।

karmakarāḥ atyadhikāyāḥ karṣaṇavṛtteḥ nāthanaṃ kurvanti।

tti

racanavṛtti   

racanasya vetanam।

saḥ dvicakravāhanasya racanavṛttiḥ śatarupyakāṇi icchati।

tti

abhijñānam, mānyatā, saṃvitti   

kañcit dṛṣṭvā tadeva saḥ iti kathanam।

pratyakṣadarśinaḥ abhāvāt aparādhinaḥ abhijñānaṃ na jātam।

tti

vipracitti   

ekaḥ rākṣasaḥ।

rāhuḥ vipracitteḥ putraḥ āsīt।

tti

dṛḍhoktiḥ, sampratipatti   

kasmiṃścit kathanaviṣaye pakṣaviṣaye vā yuktasya nirṇayasya svīkaraṇasya kriyā।

idānīṃ paryantaṃ prakṛtisambandhīnāṃ anekānāṃ viṣayāṇāṃ dṛḍhoktiḥ na jātā।

tti

bhitticitram   

bhittiṣu viśeṣaprakāreṇa racitaṃ citram।

naikeṣu prāsādeṣu bhitticitrāṇi racitāni।

tti

avasthā, paristhitiḥ, padavī, daśā, sthānaṃ, saṃsthānaṃ, bhāvaḥ, vṛttiḥ, padaṃ, gati, bhūmiḥ   

ekā viśeṣasthitiḥ।

mama paristhityāṃ bhavān kiṃ kuryāt।

tti

dairghyam, āyatiḥ, ānāhaḥ, āyattiḥ, āyatiḥ, āyāmaḥ   

ekāṃśutaḥ anyāṃśuparyantam antaram atha vā ekasthānāt anyasthānaparyantam tiryak antaram।

asya āyatiḥ viṣkambhāt gurutarā asti।

tti

lābhaḥ, utpattiḥ, labdhiḥ, prāptiḥ, prayojanam, arjanam   

nirdhāritasamaye kāryādisampanne vyayādi apanite upagatam utpannam।

asmin kāryodyoge mama utpannam ekādaśarūpyakāṇi asti।

tti

utkṛṣṭapade niyuj, śreṣṭhapade niyuj, pratipad, padavṛddhiṃ kṛ, padavardhanaṃ kṛ, pratipattiṃ dā, puraskṛ   

vartamānapadāt utkṛṣṭapade niyojanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saṃsthā mām utkṛṣṭapade niyokṣyati।

tti

bhittiḥ, bhittikā, kakṣyā   

kasyāpi padārthasya prastāraḥ yena kiñcit sthānam āveṣṭitaṃ bhavati।

asyāḥ vāpyāḥ bhittiḥ sthūlā asti।

tti

antaḥ, antam, samāptiḥ, niṣpattiḥ, siddhiḥ, paryantam, prāntaḥ, samantaḥ, pāraḥ, pāram, avasānam, paryavasānam, avasāyaḥ, avasādaḥ, avasannatā, sātiḥ, sāyaḥ   

kasyāpi vṛtāntasya kathanasya vā antimaṃ caraṇam yena tadviṣaye sarvaṃ jñāyate।

asya pustakasya antaṃ paṭhitvā eva ko'pi niṣkarṣaḥ śakyaḥ।

tti

sadvṛtti   

uttamam ācaraṇaṃ vṛttiśca।

sadvṛttyā vinā manuṣyaḥ paśuḥ iva asti।

tti

tittiriḥ   

paurāṇikaḥ ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

tittiriḥ kṛṣṇayajurvedīyaḥ āsīt।

tti

puttikā, pataṅgikā   

madhumakṣikāviśeṣaḥ।

puttikāyāḥ apekṣayā sāmānyā madhumakṣikā kiñcit bṛhat vartate।

tti

bhojaka, bhakṣaka, bhakṣayitṛ, bhoktṛ, khādaka, khāditṛ, atti, attṛ, aśitṛ, khaṭakhādaka   

yaḥ khādati।

sarvebhyaḥ bhakṣakebhyaḥ bhojanaṃ pariveṣitam।

tti

virāmaḥ, avakāśaḥ, uparamaḥ, nirvṛttiḥ, vinivṛtti   

anujñā-pūrvaka-kāryatyāgasya kriyā।

matkṛte etasmāt kāryāt virāmasya avasaraḥ nāsti।

tti

nivṛttināthaḥ   

navanātheṣu ekaḥ।

nivṛttināthaḥ jñāneśvarasya bhrātā āsīt।

tti

arthāpatti   

mīmāṃsāśāstrānusāreṇa pramāṇaviśeṣaḥ।

arthāpattau kasyāpi viṣayasya śabdadvārā eva viṣayasya siddhiḥ bhavati।

tti

arthāpatti   

arthālaṅkāraviśeṣaḥ।

arthāpattau ekasya arthasya kathanena anyaḥ siddhaḥ bhavati।

tti

anukaraṇam, anukriyā, anukṛtiḥ, anuvṛttiḥ, anukarma   

kasyacit vartanaṃ sambhāṣaṇaśailīṃ vā samyak avalokya tadanusāram eva kṛtam ācaraṇam।

jyeṣṭhānām anukaraṇaṃ na yogyam।

tti

aicchika-sevānivṛtti   

sarvakālaṃ yāvat kāryāt avakāśagrahaṇasya kriyā।

pitā aicchika-sevānivṛtteḥ paścāt rogārtāyāḥ mātuḥ sevāṃ karoti।

tti

avṛttiḥ, vṛttivaikalyam   

upajīvikāyāḥ abhāvaḥ।

kadācit avṛttiḥ manuṣyasya adhaḥpatanasya kāraṇaṃ bhavati।

tti

kaṭukīṭaḥ, daṃśaḥ, puttikā, bhambharālikā, maśaḥ, maśakaḥ, malimlucaḥ, raṇaraṇaḥ, sūcītuṇḍaḥ, sūcīmukhaḥ, sūcyāsyaḥ, vajratuṇḍaḥ, sūkṣmamakṣikā, kṣudraḥ   

jhirīviśeṣaḥ।

bālāḥ kaṭukīṭaṃ grahitum ayatanta।

tti

parivṛtti   

arthālaṅkārabhedaḥ।

parivṛttau parivartanasya kathanaṃ bhavati।

tti

kapotavṛtti   

pratidinasya arjanena eva pratidinaṃ khādanasya kriyā।

adhikeṣu karmakareṣu kapotavṛttiḥ bhavati।

tti

indriyārthavādaḥ, bhogavṛtti   

indriyaiḥ sukhopabhogasya vṛttiḥ।

jīveṣu indriyārthavādaḥ prākṛtikaḥ eva।

tti

āpattiḥ, āpad, viplavaḥ, vipatti   

atīvahāniyuktā durghaṭanā।

bhopālasya vāyoḥ āpattiḥ bhāratadeśasya audyogikī āpattiḥ asti।

tti

bhūkhaṇḍaḥ, bhūsampatti   

gṛhādīn nirmātuṃ bhūmeḥ bhāgaḥ।

pañjābarājye tasya bhūkhaṇḍaḥ asti।

tti

vṛttiḥ, bhāvaḥ, saṃsthitiḥ   

kārye pravartayituṃ kāryāt dūrīkartuṃ vā manasi vartamānā sthitiḥ।

cīnadeśasya vṛttim anusṛtya eva bhāratadeśena ācaraṇaṃ kṛtam।

tti

pāvakavṛttiḥ, dahanadurgam   

yantrāṃśasya tantrāṃśasya ca ekaṃ surakṣātmakaḥ bhāgaḥ।

sthānīyasya kṣetrasya jāleṣu pāvakavṛttiḥ prayujyate।

tti

svavṛtti   

svasya vṛttiḥ।

śāsanena kāryahīnatāṃ samāpayituṃ janān svavṛtteḥ upāyaḥ sūcitavyaḥ।

tti

adhikoṣaṇam, adhikoṣa-vyāpāraḥ, kusīdavṛtti   

vittakoṣasya kāryam।

naike dhanikāḥ idānīm adhikoṣaṇaṃ kurvanti।

tti

nivṛttiḥ, sevānivṛtti   

kasyāścit krīḍāyāḥ athavā kasmāccit viśiṣṭāt kāryāt sarvakālaṃ yāvat apravṛttiḥ।

viśvacaṣakapratiyogitāyāḥ anantaraṃ prāyaḥ sacinaḥ krikeṭa iti krīḍāyāḥ nivṛttiṃ svīkariṣyati।

tti

āvartanam, abhyāvṛttiḥ, āmnāyaḥ, āvṛtti   

mantrādīnāṃ punaḥ punaḥ paṭhanasya kriyā।

śivapūjayā saha rudramantrāṇām āvartanam anivāryam asti।

tti

vārttikābharaṇam   

ṭīkāgranthaviśeṣaḥ ।

vārttikābharaṇe ṭupṭīkāyāṃ ṭīkā vartate

tti

tittiraḥ   

ekā jātiḥ ।

tittirasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

tti

śaṭhārivyutpattidīpikā   

ekaṃ kāvyam ।

śaṭhārivyutpattidīpikāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

kusumāñjalivṛtti:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalivṛtti: kusumāñjaligranthe likhitā ṭīkā asti

tti

kṛttirathaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

kṛttirathasya varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe dṛśyate

tti

śārīrakabhāṣyanyāyavārttikam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śārīrakabhāṣyanyāyavārttikasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

śārīrakabhāṣyavārttikam   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śārīrakabhāṣyavārttikasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

prācīnavṛtti   

uṇādi-sūtreṣu ekā ṭīkā ।

prācīnavṛttiḥ ṭīkā saṃskṛtavāṅmaye prasiddhā

tti

kusumāñjalivṛtti:   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

kusumāñjalivṛtti: kusumāñjaligranthe likhitā ṭīkā asti

tti

kṛttirathaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

kṛttirathasya varṇanaṃ rāmāyaṇe dṛśyate

tti

śrībhāṣyavatti   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

śrībhāṣyavṛtteḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

satīvṛtti   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

satīvṛtteḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

bhāgavṛttikāraḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

bhāgavṛttiḥ nāma vyākaraṇasiddhā kṛtiḥ bhāgavṛttikāreṇa racitā

tti

sarvānukramaṇīvṛtti   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

sarvānukramaṇīvṛtteḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

vipracitti   

ekā apsarāḥ ।

vipracitteḥ ullekhaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

tti

ghaṭakarparakulakavṛtti   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

ghaṭakarparakulakavṛtteḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

tti

svāmikārttikaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

svāmikārttikasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

taittirīyavārttikaḥ   

ekā ṭīkā ।

taittirīyavārtikasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

tti

padavṛtti   

kāvyaprakāśasya ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

padavṛttyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

niruktavṛtti   

yāskācāryasya niruktam ityasya granthasya durgācāryeṇa racitaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

niruktavṛtteḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

vṛttikaumudī   

chandaḥśāstrasya granthaviśeṣaḥ ।

vṛttikaumudī iti nāmakayoḥ dvayoḥ granthayoḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

vṛttisaṅgrahaḥ   

pāṇinīyānām sūtrāṇām ekaḥ laghuḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

vṛttisaṅgrahasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

tarkaparibhāṣāvṛtti   

vimibhaṭṭena racitaḥ ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

tarkaparibhāṣāvṛtteḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

tti

taittirīyavārttikaḥ   

ekā ṭīkā ।

taittirīyavārtikasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

tti

nagnavṛtti   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

nagnavṛtteḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

Parse Time: 3.371s Search Word: tti Input Encoding: IAST: tti